Skip to main content

Full text of "A critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus"

See other formats 


= 
~~ 


Bee 
eee 


Soe 


oath 


i 
Saat 
‘ 


i! 
y Hetintbh ti 
Mane fe 


cas 
tine 


a 


pons 
oe 
inn 


y 


jean lyn: Pe 
ay 
sent 
ry nya 
aan 


ff 


= 


= 


Ay al 
Civatial 
silt 


4 
Whe: 


A CRITICAL REVISION OF THE 
GENUS EUCALYPTUS 


BY 


JH. MAIDEN) (so, pS, pie 


(Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the 
Botanic Gardens, Sydney). 


2 a gs 


NOL Vi: 
PARTS 41—50 (1920—2I). 


(WITH 40 PLATES.) 


Published by Authority of 
THE GOVERNMENT. OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


SoDNEy ; 
JOHN SPENCE, ACTING GOVERNMENT PRINTER. 


1922. 
#59641 


a 


A CriticAL REVISION OF THE 


-— GENUS EUCALYPTUS, 


me 


BY 


J: H. MAIDEN, 15.0, F.RS, FLS. 


(Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). 


VOLE. WV: | 
PARTS 41—50 (1920—21). ae 
i oe ae’ 


(WITH 40 PLATES.) Ny 


“« Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and combining 
them. Even when a sysiem has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, 
or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by 
antiquity, and transmits that hoard, augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. 
In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and 


even when they fail, are entitled to praise.” 
5 Macautay’s ‘Essay ON MILTON.” 


Published by Authority of 
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


Spdnep: 
JOHN SPENCE, ACTING GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP STREET. 


*59641—A 1922. 


Baan, 


ite rd 
ae fe 


ede ta be 


Rs Wheat: Ca SY at 
ie a ~ ne 


INDEX. 


[The names of Synonyms or Plants, &c., incidentally mentioned are in italics. The 


page containing the description is printed in heavier type. | 


Abortive Branches 
Adhesion of Branches 
Afforestation, Natural ... 
Agathis australis .. 


Age of Australian (Tastieniony) Teaeae 


s Hucalypts 
> Trees 


Aggressiveness, Dominance or ... 


Angophora 

Angophora cordifolia 

Annual bush fires 

Apple 

Apple Gum 

Apple, Rock 

Apple-top Box 

Apple tree 

Approximation, Grafting by 

Artificial Grafts ... 

Ash, Buddong Mountain 
Moreton Bay 
Mountain 

Australian trees, The tahoe 


Balmy Creek 
Bark, The 
Needle 
Powder 
Bastard Bloodwood 
Box Ls sks 
Gum-leafed Box 
Tronbark 
Stringybark 
B. Eucalypt 
Beuzeville, W. A. W. aon 
Beyer, George 
Big Tree ... 


* PAGE. 
287 | Black Box 
280 | Blackbutt 


248 New England 
256 | Blackbutted Gum 


244 | Black Mallee 


245 | Blaxland, Gregory 


245 | Blood Tree 
278 | Bloodwood 


148, 280 Bastard 


310 Smooth-stemmed 


148 Large... 
fen 248 Mountain 
177, 310 Smooth-barked 
Bee 31 White 
D5 WaT, Yellow 


310 | Bloodwood-bark Ironbark 
281 | Blooming, Precocious 


282 | Blue Gum 
251 Mallee 


“310 | Blue-leaf Stringybark 
253 | Blue-top Stringybark 


254 | Booangie ... 


Booneet 
89, 90, 91 | Box Tree 
308 | Box sine 
288 Apple-top 
coo. duis} Bastard ee 
2, 7,45 Bastard Gum-leafed 
63, 65, 310 Black... 
265 Cabbage 
an cea 4 Fuzzy 
be UIs, Alsi Alls} Grey x 
97 Gum-topped W ey 
251 Hill 
235 | Hybrid 
255 | Tronbark 


PAGE. 
48, 50, 61, 201, 207, 303 


71, 171, 173, 196, 264, 288, 299, 310, 325 


171 


150 

oo 1O 
2, 82, 310 
2, 7, 45 
46 


156, 194, 2 
265, 310 
175, 177 

63, 65, 310 


48, 50, 61, 201, 207, 305 


iv 


Box, Mallee 
Narrow blue-leaf 
Narrow-leaved Bimble 
Narrow-leaved 
Poplar 
Poplar-leaf ... 
Riedass.. 
Ribbon 
Scrub... 
White 
Yamble 
Box, Use of the term 
Brachyscelis pomiformis 
Bracts 
Branches, petive : 
Adhesion of ... 
Cohesion of 
Pendulous 
Brown, Robert 
Brush Ironbark ... 
Budding oa 
Buddong Mountain Ash... 
Bulbous and tuberous stems 


Bundling or tuftiness of the stamens ... 


Burrawang and Spotted Gum ... 
Bush fires ... 

Annual ... 
Byron Plains 


Cabbage Box 

Cabbage Gums 

Caley, George 

California big trees 
Calophyllum oo 
Camfield, Julius Henry ... 
Cauotchouc 

Cider Gum 

Cohesion of Branches 
Colour of flowers (filaments) 


Colour scheme of Hucalyptus erythrocorys 


Connate leaves 

Cornute ... 

Correlation 

Crown Gall 

Cullen, Sir Wiliam Pontus 


Debillipalah 
Den 
Desert Gun 


Desert Sandstone Y alee I asiet 


INDEX. 
PAGE. PAGE. | 
201, 209, 211, 212 | Determination of increment by stem analysis 250 
65 | Dominance or Aggressiveness 278 
.. 804} Dugourd, M. Justin ... Boas ete 
201, 207 | Dundarangera 133, 136 
62 | Dwarf Eucalypts 227 
aes 62 
57, 60, 67 Eucalypt, B. 4 97 
2 loa 124 
ey ee ucalypte! Age of 245 
60, Coe Dwarf 227 
ee Flowering of sn.) AU) 
oS Snufi-coloured bark . 27, 30 
ge Eucalyptus bark classifications 312 
ss Eucalyptus Forests, Influence of seulement 
ae on 248 
Bee Eudesmia 135 
Ban Eudesmia tetragona R ae 162 
aT Eudesmiz 276 
a aig Ewart, Professor A. a 255 
fe Hucalyptus Abergiana F.v.M. 0) 31, Lio 108 
A acaciaeformis Deane ed Maiden 
‘ var. linearis 289 
Ze acacioides A. Cunn 125, 326 
1 accedens W. V. Fitzgerald 119, 122 
ee adjuncta Maiden .. 297 
ae alba Reinw he 1, 94, 272, 294 
a alpina Lindl 16, 278 
=) Andrewsi’ Maiden 171, 257 
176 angophoroides R. T. Baker . 175 
NG 9 | angustifolia Woolls 236, 238 
30, 308 angusiissima F.v.M: 296, 329 
255 annulata Benth 329 
73 | apiculaia Baker and Smith 97, 326 
148 | approximans Maiden ... 96, 326 
a 97 | Baileyana F.v.M. 110, 118, 136, 
987, 310 | 12H, 138 
979 | Bakeri Maiden ... 123, 324 
79 | Baueriana Schauer 62 
134 Baueriana Schauer, var. conica 
105 Maiden eee 64 
100 | Baeuerleni F.v.M. 275, 326 
226 Behriana F.v.M. 301, 324 
985 Beuzevillei, de ... his soo ART) 
234. | Beyeri R. T. Baker 235, 238, 275 
bicolor A. Cunn. 195, 203, 209, 304 
45 bicolor A. Cunn., var, parviflora 
59 | F.v.M. 195 
166, 167 bigaleruia F.v.M. 1 
110 | Blakelyi Maiden 275 


INDEX. v 
PAGE. PAGE 
Eucalyptus Blaxlandi Maiden and Cambage 150) Eucalyptus decipiens Endl. 66, 68, 182 
Boormani Deane and Maiden... 49 decipiens Endl. var. angustifolia 67 
Bosistoana F.v.M. 275 decorticans a oe eo eo 
botryoides Sm. 257 decurva F.v.M. ... ces ose OXY 
Bowmani F.v.M. doo AUS dichromophloia F.v.M. 1, 3, 47, 115, 
Bridgesiana R. T. Baker Iga), Wctel 270 
Brownii Maiden and Cambage... 194 diptera Andrews ee mo) OPA 
buprestium F.v.M. 329 diversicolor F.v.M. 246, 258 
caesia Benth. 553 aon. oP) diversifolia Bonp. 275, 327 
calophylla R.Br. 11, 72, 78, 83, 275 dives Schauer. se 189, 275 
as honey yielder 74 doratozylon F.v.M. tf ..- 029 
Seeds of 78 drepanophylla F.v.M. ... 232, 261 
calophylla R.Br., var. rosea | Drummondi F.v.M.... ae 21 
(Hort.) Maiden 71, 75, 80, 281 Drummondii Bentham (non 
calycogona Turez, bes 275, 324 F.v.M.) . 22,119, 122 
Camfieldi Maiden De 146, 148 dumosa A. Cunn. Se Seo 
Cambageana Maiden ... 196, 267 Dunniw Maiden ... a Se ZOS 
Cambagei Deane and Maiden... 177 Ebbanoensis Maiden 169, 329 
campanulata Baker and Smith 171, 172 elaecophora F.v.M. 177, 279 
Campaspe S. le M. Moore 119 elongata Link ... oe aoe 28 
canaliculata Maiden ... 219, 220 eremophila Maiden... 128, 180,329 
capitellata Smith 146, 149, 189 erythrocorys F.v.M. ... 183,137,329 
celastroides Turcz. ao at) Colour scheme of ... 134 
cinerea E.v.M. ... as 243, 275 erythronema Turez. 99, 330 
cinerea F.v.M., var. nova-anglica eudesmioides F.v.M. 136, 137, 145, 
Maiden 242 164, 165, 170, 329 
citriodora Hook 89 eugenroides Sieb. 116, 149, 189, 
cladocalyx F.v.M. 246 | 216, 278 
clavigera A. Cunn. son, liwartiana Maiden 21, 120, 330 
cneorifolia IDOE sso se 217, 324 eximia Schauer... ase Oy 04,42, 47 
coccifera Hook. f. 326 Oil of lemon in leaves of 27 
cochinchinensis Auct. ... ee lS3 Flowering of ... See 29 
concolor Schauer ... 66, 67, 182 exserta F.v.M. ... ae ie 91 
concolor confusion, The 66 falcata Turez. ... Sob So = 50 
conica Deane and Maiden 64, 202 var. ecostata Maiden... 67, 68 
Consideniana Maiden ... noo ASH fasciculosa F.v.M. 276 
cordata Labill. ... i, 54, 275 Fergusont Bae aa 226, 229 
coriacea A. Cunn. 189, 191, 289 ferruginea Schauer. ... 54, 276 
cornuta Labill. ... Pen 39.0 ficifolia F.v.M. ... ... 71, 78, 80, 83 
corymbosa Sm. ... 3, 10, 31, 32, 42 var. Guilfoylei Bailey 71 
cosmophylla F.v.M.  ... 17, 275 foecunda Schauer. aes 292, 294 
crebra F.v.M. 46, 234, 261, 263, 267 Foelscheana F.v.M. ... 1, 3, 4, 276 
Culleni R. H. Cambage 233 Lanceolar-leaved form 
Dalrympleana Maiden... 253, 258, of on + 5 
268, 270 Forrestiana Diels. 99, 108, 330 
Dawsoni R. T. Baker 56 fruticetorum F.y.M. ... ee SUS 
dealbata A. Cunn. 301 gamophylla F.v.M. 53, 54, 105, 276 
Deanei Maiden ... 258 gigantea Hook. f. 174, 191, 251, 
de Beuzevillei 190 258, 276 


vi INDEX. 

PAGEs PAGE. 
Eucalyptus @illii Maiden... ste ... 325 | Eucalyptus maculosa R. T. Baker ... .. 282 
glaucophylla Hofimansegg —... 76 Maideni F.v.M. oa fone G2 
globulus Labill. ... 240, 241, 246, 276 marginata Sm. ... Se Baa each 
var. St. Johny R. T. Marsdent C. Hall aM cen Alls} 
Baker ... Bes Saal 2240 megacarpa F.vy.M Te ooo) IBY 
gomphocephala DC. 41, 219, 307 melanophloia F.v.M. ... dio aes 
goniantha Turez. oA <a) oO melliodora A. Cunn. ... 277, 279 
gonrocalyx F.v.M. ae doa Bis) melissiodora F.v.M. ... AG 34 
gracilis F.v.M. . 157, 276, 325 melissiodora Lindl. ... 04, 36, 89,92 
grossa F.v.M. ... aa tee, 000M micranthera F.v.M. ... 118, 217, 330 
Guilfoylei Maiden as Sey LQ microcorys F.v.M. Sie ee 208 
Gunnit Hook. f. eae Sia CxS microtheca F.v.M. Ses 505. AUK 
haemastoma Sm. var. micrantha miniata A. Cunn. 10, 39, 107, 198 
Benth. cae me 216, 280 | Juvenile leaves of 198 
haematoxylon Maiden ... ae 82 MITCHELLI Cambage fe) 92 

hemiphloia F.v.M. ... 49, 63, 203 Mitchelliana Cambage (Syn. of 
var. albens ... gpa etsts) preceding) ... aa obo cask’) 
var. microcarpa Maiden 207, | Mooreana (W.V.F.) Maiden... 93 

279 Moorei Maiden and Cambage 
Hillii Maiden... ae see tA} ; 193, 277, 327 
Houseana (W. V. Fitzgerald) | Morrisit R. T, Baker ... pees Oy3) 
Maiden Rs wee 276, 291 | Morrisoni Maiden a re 51 
hybrida Maiden sist aa 48 Mundijongensis Maiden ... 805 
incrassata Labill +.» 164, 306, 325 Nanglei R. T. Bakez  ... 226, 230 
var. angulosa eee 99 neglecta Maiden ... ous ToD 
Jacksoni Maiden ater 126, 258 nitens Maiden ... ae Sao. Fak} 
Jutsoni Maiden ee 295, 330 nitida Hook. f. ... ba 193, 327 
Kruseana F.v.M. ne 51, 330 Normantonensis Maiden and 

Kybeanensis Maiden and Cam- Cambage ... a eee LOO 
bage... ee aay CA eA | notabilis Maiden re eee 1S 

Lane-Poolei Maiden 28, 117, 122 nova-anglica Deane and Maiden 
Laseroni R. T. Baker pe Sit 177, 242 
latifolia F.v.M. ... ie 1, 8, 38 | numerosa Maiden oes pod AS) 
Lattensis Naudin ane Ape As? | obliqua L’Herit ... nse 278, 288 
Lehmanni Preiss Sse sss, a0 obtusifolia DC. ... re Lodi 
Leichhardtii Bailey Ait NOL OD occidentalis Endl. 100, 129, 181, 277,331 
leptophleba F.v.M.  ... 261, 263, 264 var. eremophila Diels 128, 180 

leptopoda Benth. Be soe 880) var. grandiflora Maiden 
Jeucoxylon F.v.M s ee ae 128, 180 
ligustrina DC. ... Saks see BION odontocarpa F.v.M. 137, 138, 142, 
lirata (W.V.F.) Maiden 111, 137, 138 | 144, 331 
longifolia Link and Otto 98 | odorata Behr, and Schlecht 199, 205 
Macarthuri Deane and Maiden 279 | var. calercultrix F.v.M. 206 
macrandra F.v.M, oe sca O30) | var. Woollsiana Maiden 211 
macrocarpa Hook 54, 276, 330 | Oldfieldii F.v.M. 17, 20, 23, 119, 121, 
macrorrhyncha F.v.M. ... see OA 122, 331 
maculata Hook 81, 32, 42, 84, 222, 247, | var. Drummondii Maiden 22 
258 | Gleosa Reeve .. 119, 125, 325 
var. citriodora F.v.M. --. 32, 88 | var. angustifolia Maiden 296 


INDEX. vil 


PAGE. PAGE. 
EHuealyptus oligantha Schauer Bs ... 272 | Eucalyptus regnans F.v.M. ... ... 253, 256, 258 
orbifolia F.v.M. ... RAG Homool resinifera Sm; ... ive Se ee AK, 
pachyloma Benth. ek ee oll Risdoni Hook, f. aa Soe Alt! 
pachyphylla F.v.M.... 12, 331 rostrata Schlecht ... 247, 277, 280 
pachyphylla F.v.M. (Strongylan- rubida Deane and Maiden 270, 277, 
therae) W. H. Cornish, 1885 15 282, 288 
var. pedicellata Maiden 13 vubida-maculosa ae sea 5 ASY4 
var. sessilis var. nov... 14 saligna Sm. a ap 221, 247 
paniculata Sm. -.. 49, 225, 247 salmonophloia F.v.M. ... 125, 280 
var. angustifolia Woolls. 235 Seeana Maiden ... oo een bb 
papuana F.v.M. a ae 2 sepulcralis F.v.M. se =n) 208 
parvifolia Cambage .... 289, 327 -  setosa Schauer ... 3, 8, 54, 277 
patellaris F.v.M. Bee soa. ABE Sheathiana Maiden hs eee oo 
patens Benth. ... ae aoe oli siderophloia Benth. ... 46, 231 
pellita F.v.M. ... eee bp8) PAu) sideroxylon A. Cunn. ... bo | oe) 
peltata Benth ... ... ol, 88, 47, 54 Steberiana F.v.M. var. Oxleyen- 
Penrithensis Maiden ... ae alo sis Deane and Maiden... 171 
perfoliata R.Br. 54, 94, 104, 277 | similis Maiden ... 109, 111, 137, 138 
Perriniana F.v.M. me 566 53 | socialis F.v.M. ... 8 peo 70 
phoenicea F.v.M. oe S65 39 spathulata Hook Be “is OL 
Pilligaensis Maiden... bay eal) Spenceriana Maiden... Bee HU 
pilularis Sm... as 258,299 |. splachnicarpa Hook ... a 76 
var, pyriformis Maiden 299 | squamosa Deane and Maiden ... 30, 31 
Pimpiniana Maiden... 100, 331 stellulata Sieb... us 188, 193 
piperita Sm... aie 216, 309 St. Johni R. T. Baker ... ... 240 
Planchoniana F.v.M. ... 108, 277, 288 | Stoneana F. M. Bailey ... spo ADH) 
platypus Hook ... 1295 181,.331 | Stowardi Maiden as 98, 331 
pleurocarpa Schauer... Hoe eh G2 stricta Sieb aca, ee US dure LES evs: 
polyanthemos Schauer 57, 58, 277 Stuartiana F.v.M. - nea 177, 288 
has lanceolate leaves 59 var. parviflora ae L1G 
populifolia Hook ... 195, 203, 304 teretcornis Sm. ... 277, 279, 284, 288 
populnea F.v.M. 28 B60 63 terminalis F.v.M. ee 2 Ss 1d 210 
praecox Maiden ... aoe peo! ae tessellaris F.v.M. O66 S68 46 
Preissiana Schauer aes 505) esa tetragona F.v.M. 136, 137, 138, 145, 
priunosa Schauer saa oes 54 161, 168, 191, 277,331 
ptychocarpa F.v.M.... 10, 105 | tetraptera Turcz. ame = ool 
Barkiofeee Oi tetrodonta F.v.M. 136, 137, 138, 189, 
pulverulenta Sims son Sy eeu 145 
pulvigera A. Cunn. Be 506 54 | Todtiana F.v.M. oor i> 288 
pumila Cambage ah 300, 327 | Torelliana F.v.M. Sse eto egos 
punctata DC... Ane 221, 298 | trachyphloia F.v.M.31, 48, 47, 115,277 
pyziformis Turcz 17, 18, 277, 331 umbra R. T. Baker ~... ae SG 
var, Kingsmillit Maiden 17,18 | uncinata Turez 67, 68, 118, 124, 277, 
var. minor Maiden... 12, 13 326 
val. pruinosa ... ae. 17 urnigera Hook. f, ins 41, 328 
radiata Sieb ty, ae 247, 288 variegata F.v.M.... Bes ake 90 
rariflora Ff. M. Bailey ... POS: vernicosa Hook. f. es 278, 328 
Raveretiana F.v.M. ie sem soil viminalis Labill. 248, 253, 258, 269, 
redunca Schauer 118, 125, 277 270, 278 


viii 


Eucalyptus virgata Sieb 
viridis R. T. Baker 
vitrea R. T. Baker 
Watsoniana F.v.M. 
Websteriana Maiden 
Woollsiana R. T. Baker 

False Mallees ... 

Fasciation 

Fletcher, J. J. 

Flockton, Miss M. L. 

Flooded Gum ... 

Flowering Gums 

Flowering of Eucalypts 

Flowering period, Vegetable form aid 

Flowers (filaments), Colour of 

Forest Ironbark 

Forests increased 

Forma fruticosa 

Fungus invasion 

Fuzzy Box 


Gala tree 
Galls 
Gall, Crown 
Spherical... 
Gippsland trees 
Glen of Palms... 
Gou-unya Bee ‘ aan 
Grafting by approach in eealiee stage 
approximation ... 
Grafts, Artificial 
Natural 
Growth of trees, Rate of 
Grey Box 
Gum 
Tronbark 
Mallee 
‘(Grose’s Head ... 
River ... 
Gum, Apple 
Blackbutted 
Blue 
Burrawang and Spotted 
Cabbage 
Cider 
Desert ... 
Flooded... 
Grey ; 
Lemon-scented 


125, 203, 326 


INDEX. 

PAGE. PAGE, 
328 | Gum Melaleuca 198 
Mottled 686 86 
ce LOS: Mountain 82, 269. 310 
10, 31, 40, 47 Mountain Red is 83 
bon, al Red 3. a 50 Wt, Wet 
199, 206 Red flowering ... . 12, 80 
326 Rusty ... Mis .. 27, 35 
2983 Rusty, of Tieichhacde be OM 
283 Salmon . 118 
985 Scarlet- focus 80 
310 Scented 91 
78 Slaty aus 57 
273 Spotted 84, 90, 311 
‘973 Swamp ... aus 311 
719 Tobacco Pipe ... 198 
238 Weeping ae 288, 311 
249 White ... 117, 118, 166, 190, 268, 269, 309 
43 Woolly ... 311 
986 Yellow ... 110 
64 Top we a 231 
Gum-topped White Box 211 
45 Gum Tree 309 
283 Red 309 
285 Gums, Flowering 78 

46 
255 | Hardy, Alfred Douglas 257 
- 12,13) Hay, Richard Dalrymple 268 
43 Helicomorphy sures eat: 
7 Hemiphloiae 312, 322 
As Heteroblasticity 274 
282 | tHeteroblastic leaves ... 54 
a ly) Heterotrophy ... 281 
244, 245 | ill Box 60 
+ 266 | Homoblasticity 274 
220, 297 | Hopkins, Harry 287 
228 Hutchins, D. E. a son aXe 
325 | Hybrid .. 187, 215, 281 
30 | Hybrid Box 209 

30 

310 
310 | Illyarie 133. 
309 | Increment curves 250 
86 | Influence of settlement on Enoalypene foreate 248 
3s 2 | Inophloie 312, 313 
287, 310 | Insect invasion 285 
166, 167 | Insect markings on leaves 2 
... 810 Invasion, Fungus 286 
220, 297 | Isoblasticity 274 
91, 311 | Isoblastic leaves 54 


INDEX. 


PAGE, 

Tronbark 262, 310 

Bastard 114 

Bloodwood-bark 229 

Brush 238 

Forest 238 

Grey 228 

Mountain 231 

Naked-top ... yee aol 

Narrow-leaved 235, 237 

Pink 230 

Scrub 238 

White 236 

Boxes. Bae Bee bat ae 50 

Tronbarks of New South Wales, Some eee 22D) 

Juvenile leaf stage Se 273 
Juvenile leaves of Bcaluptiss miniata A, 

Cunn 198 
Kardan 75 
Kauri’... 256 
King, Miss Ethel 285 
Kingsmill, Hon. Wm. 18 
Kurden 75 
Lander Creek ... 14 
Leaf, Round tee 62 
Leaves, Insect markings on ... 2 

Tsoblastic 54 

Peltate aa 33 
Lemon-scented Gum ... 91, 311 
Leichhardt Re aay 45 
Rusty Gum of on ae 37 

Leiophloiz .. 312, 313, 321 
Lepidophloie ... .. 812, 314, 322 
Mahogany 218 
Mallalie 165, 166 
Mallee ... ac 301, 311 
Black-... 325 

Blue 325 

Grey 325 
edits. 325 

Water ... 206 
Whipstick 323 

White ... ae spel, POwAS) 

Mallee Box 201, 209, 211, 212 
Mallee roots 284 


ix 

PAGE, 

Mallees .. 284, 321, 322 
False 326 

True 323 

Maree ... 75 
Marlock 164 
White ie cou. dy 
Marlocks .. 021, 322, 328 
Marri : 75 
Melaleuca Gia 198 
Melaleuca leucadendron L. Ms 183 
Messmate 140, 141, 171, 173 
Prickly 287 

Milne River 16 
Mogargo 3 239 
Moravian Mission Station, Horanebare ads 15 
Moreton Bay Ash 310 
Morrison, Dr. Alexander 52 
Mottled Gum ... 86 
Mountain Ash 253 
Bloodwood . 1. 27, 29 

Gum ee 82, 269, 310 

Ironbark ... 231 

Red Gum ... 83 

Musson, C. T eas y 283 
Myallie aa en 50 ° 166 
Mycorrhiza 286 
Naked-top Ironbark . 231 
Nanism us 273 
Narrow blue- leaf Box 65 
Narrow-leaved Bimble Box ... cee OE 
Narrow-leaved Box 201, 207 
Narrow-leaved Ironbark 235, 237 
Natural Afforestation 248 
Natural Grafts 279 
Needle Bark ae es 288 
New England Blackbutt... 171 
Stringybark 152 

New technical terms ... 312 
N’egumbat 75 
Nodules, Stem 284 
Pachyphloie ... .. B12; 314, 322 
Ration hsulee a. ~ 253 
Peltate leaves 33 
Pendulous Branches . 288 
Peppermint 171, 174, 218, 242 
White 65 

Tree 309 


Perez, Dr. G. V. 


Pimples es BES 5 


Pink Ironbark... 
Plenty River ... Bo 
Poplar Box... Gab 
Leaf Box 
Podocarpus 
Porcupine Btrneybare 
Powder Bark ... 
Precocious blooming ... 
Prickly Messmate 
stems ... 
Protuberances of thes stem 


Rate of growth of trees 
Red Box 
Red-flowering Gum 
Red Gum \ 
Red Gum, Mountaine 
Red Gum tree 

Red Mallee 

Redwood 

Rhytiphloie 

Ribbon, Box 

Rock Apple 

Roots, Mallee ... 
Round leaf 
Rusty Gum a 
of Leichhardt 


Sahut, Mons. Felix 
SalmonwGume S50) 
Scarlet-flowering Gum 
Scented Gum ... 
Schizophloie ... 

Scrub Box 

Scrub Ironbark 

Seeds 

Sequoia sempervirens ... 
Sequoia Wellingtonia ... 
Slaty Gum 

Smith, Clayton O. 


Smooth-barked Bloodwood ... 


Smooth-stemmed Bivedaecedl 
Snuff-coloured Eucalypts 


Some Ironbarks of New South W ae 


Spearwood 
Spherical gall ... 


. 


INDEX. 
PAGE. PAGE. 
281 | Spontaneous growth of trees, The . coe A510) 
288 | Spotted Gum ... 84, 90, 311 
230 | Spotted Gum rash : 85 
16 | Stamens, Bundling or tuftiness of ... boo, las) 
62 | Staminal ring ... re 355 57, 185 
62 | Stem analysis, Determination of increment ... 
286 by Bo 250 
288 | Stem nodules ... 3 284 
118 | Stems, Bulbous and tuberous 285 
273 Prickly 287 
287 Protuberances of 286 
287 | Stringybark 139, 140, 141, 171, 173, ‘114, 309 
286 Bastard ... se Lh2e8ipaais 
Blue-leaf 151 
Fuieone Blue-top 152 
ne New England 152 
STOO 708 Porcupine 288 
ila aes Twisted ... 147 
elon Yellow 155 
2 Swamp Gum = 311 
ue Technical terms, New 312 
325 | The Growing tree 244 
Bee 1) 253) tothe spontaneous growth oft trees 250 
ep Hien Cb eee Thurraney bao 85 
212 Timbers, Variation in colour of 225 
31 | ‘Tingle Tingle, Yellow 127 
ae Tobacco Pipe Gum 198 
ee Torrangora 239 
AES Tree, Big ach 255 
ou Trees, California big ... 255 
Trees, Gippsland 255 
989 | Trees, The largest Australian 254 
11g | Trees, Vertical growth of 289 
go | True Mallees 323 
aay 91 Tuart 307 
baal, 814, 322) emu oue 258 
195 | Twisted Scnneebark 147 
238 
81 | Urar 85 
255 
255 Strait ha : 
57 Variation in colour of timbers "6 225 
283 Vegetable form and flowering period 273 
Vertical growth of trees 289 
29 
5 
27, 30 | Water Mallee Pee 200 
225 | Weeping Gum 288, 311 
164 | Weston, C. T..., 282 
46 | Whipstick Mallee 323 


INDEX, 


PAGE. 

White Bloodwood .... ee me ... 43, 45 
IB Oxsae ros ue nae =. 605,645,211 
Gum-topped 606 sie Soren ell 

Gum 117, 118, 166, 190, 268, 269, 309 
Tronbark a 2 ok wet 230 
Mallee ... =r ee ae Oa 
Marlock date ane ss sone HG 
Peppermint ... 36 ses B 65 
Willowy Eucalypt... ane ae wa = LOE 
Woolls, Rev. Dr. ane Bae ae Sob ue BET 
Woollsiana No. 2, The ae Be aoa: | AOE 
Woollybutt ... Ba 154, 171, 177, 198, 311 


* Woolly Gum ... a oat 5a co Bly 


Xerophytic conditions 


Yah-ruigne 

Yamble Box 

Yellow barks ... 
Yellow Bloodwood 
Yellow Gum 

Yellow Jack 

Yellow Jackets 

Yellow Jacket, Desert sandstone 
Yellow Stringybark ... 
Yellow Tingle Tingle . 
Yudhulwan 


Sydney: John Spence, Acting Government Printer—1922. 


x1 


PAGE, 
286 


... 85, 86 
31 

27 

cee oe TO 
34, 35, 36, 110 
31, 35, 36, 37, 110 
110 


a a oun algal; 


Piles 


es 
ine 


Per onuE OMe tear intss 


Tibet 


= 


i. 
4, Ee. pyriformis PEURCz AON; yar. 


Bet Oldfieldii P.v.M. 
7. Lf. Dreevmondii Bentham. 


fies “ins 


INDEX 


. PART XLL 


wall. latifotia es M. 
\B. Foelscheana E.v.M. 
5. HE. Abergiana I, wM. 


pachyphylla k. veM. 


milli Maiden. 


Plates;i68-171. (Issued June, 1920.) 


PART XLII. 
298; EH. eximia Schauer. 
299. EB. peltata Bentham. 
930. BH. Watsoniana P.v.M. 
231. BH. trachyphloia F.v.M. 
939. BH. hybrida Maiden. 
938, H. Kruseana F.v.M. 
934. B. Dawsoni R. T. Baker. 
- 62. E. polyantiemos Schauer. 
64. EE. Baweriana Schauer. 
235, BE. conica Deane and Maiden, 
~ 76. B, concolor Schauer. 
Plates, 172-175. (Issued August, 1920.) 
PART XLUI. 
236, EB. ficifolia F.v.M. 
937. B. calophylla R.Br. 
938, EH. hematorylon Maiden. 
239. EH. maculata cok. 
240, H. Mooreama (W. V. Witzgerald) Maiden. 
241. EB. approrimans Maiden. 
242. E. Stowardi Maiden. 
Plates 176-179 (Issued. November, 
1920.) 
PART XLIYV. 
243. E. perfoliata KR, Brown. 
944. B. ptychocarpa V.v.M. 
945. EH. similis Maiden. 
246, H. lirata(W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden,n.sp. 
947. HE. Baileyana V.v.M. 
248. BE. Lane-Poolei Maiden. 
249. BE. Ewartiana Maiden. 
250. B. Bakeri Maiden. 
251. BE. Jacksoni Maiden. 
252. E. eremophila Maiden. 
Plates, 180-788. (Issued february, 
1921.) 
PART XLV. 
253. EB. erythrocorys F.v.M. 
954. E. tetvodonta W.v.M. 
+256. EB. odontocarpa F.v.M. 
17. BE. capitellata Smith. 
! 956. EB. Camfieldi Maiden. 
A 7. E. Blaclandi Maiden and Cambage. 
£58. E. Normantonensis Maiden and Cambage 
Plates, 184-187. (Issued April, 1921.) 
Pash 


Kings- 


“8 


OF PARTS PUBLISHED~continued. 


PART XEVI. 
. tetragona F.v.M, 
i. cuulesmiocides T'.v.M. 
}. Hbbanoensis Maiden n.sp. 
. Andicwst Maiden. 
7. angophoroides R. T. Baker. 
7. Kybeanensis Maiden & Cambage. 
. (dup. of 262) 2. eremophila Maiden. 
70. H. deerpiens Endl. : 


Plates, 188-191. (issued May, 1921.) 


PART XLVII. 


965. FH. Laseroni R. 'T. Baker. 
266. ne de Beuzeville: Maiden. 
1, Maitchelli Cambage. 
; B. Brownii Maiden and Cambage. 
969. BH. Caumbageana Maiden. 
193. EH. miniata A. Cunn. 
Wj. Wootlltsiana lt. T. Baker. 
44. B. odorata Behr and Schlecht. 


3. EZ. hemiphloia W.v.M., var. 
Maiden. ar 


49. H. bicolor A. Cunn. 
'. Pilligaensis Maiden. 
. Penrithensis Maiden. 
. nucranthera F.v.M. 
. notabilis Maiden. 
. canaliculata Maiden, 
Plates, 192-195. (Issued July, 1921.) 


microcarpa 


PART XLVIII. 


. paniculata Sm. 

. decorticans sp. nov. 

. Cullent R. H. Cambage. 

. Beyeri R. T. Baker. ~ 

. globulus Labill. 

» E> nova-anglica Deane and Maiden. 


THE GROWING TREE. 


Rate of growth. 


bo 

~I 

On . 
St Sy 


Natural afforestation. 
Increment curves. 
The jargest Australian trees. 
Plates 196-199. (Issued August, 1921,) 


PART XLIX. 


278. E. drepanephylia F.v.M. ‘ 
38.-E. leptophleba F.v:M. 

279. B. Dalrympleana Maiden. 

280. BH. Hillii Maiden. 

217. BH. dichromophloia F.v.M. 


THE GROWING TREE—continucd. 

Nanism. 
The flowering of Eucalypts while in the juvenile- 

leaf stage. 
Dominance or aggressiveness of certain species. 
Natural grafts. Artificial grafts.’ 
Fasciation. Tumours and galls. 
Protuberances of the stem. 
Abortive branches (prickly stems). 
Pendulous branches. 
Vertical growth of trees. 


Plates, 200-203. (Issued September, 1921.) 


PART L. 
. Houscana (W. V. Titzeerald) 
J, Julsoni Maiden. 
. adjwicta Maiden. 


. pumila Cambage. 
. rarifiora FE, M. Bailey. 
. Mundijongensis Maiden, 


THE BARK. 

1. Harly references to Hucalyptus barks 

Hucalyptus: ‘yernaculars in general, — 

2. Wuealyptus bark classifications, 

O. Mallees, Marlocks, and other smalls 

(a) True Mallees. 

(0) False Mallees. 
(¢) Marlocks. 

Plates, 204-207 (issued December 


PART LI. Bah 
287. HE. Sheathiana Maiden. 
288. H. striaticalyx W. V. Fitzgerald. 
289. H. taeniola Baker and Smith. 
82. EH. Strickland: Maiden. 
290, EH. wnialata Baker and Smith. 
31. #, Planchomana F.v.M. 
21. B. marginata Sm. 
291. H#. Irbyi Baker and Smith. be 
292. HB. Yurraensis Maiden and Cambage, n.sp 
THE BARK—continwod. 
. Leiophloie (Smooth-Barks or Gums), 
. Hemiphloie (Halt-barks). 
. Rhytiphloie (Rough-barks). 
. Pachyphloie (Stringybarks). 
. Schizophlove (Ironbarks). 
. Lepidophloiw (Barks friable and Ree: 
Plates, 208-211. (Issued February, 1922, 


PART LII. 


On raw eH 


160, BE. @mplifolia Naudin, 
292. x HE. algeriensis Trabut. 
293. x HB. antipohtensis Trabut. 
294. x BE. Bourlicrt Trabut. 
295. x E. Cordier Trabut. 
296. x EB. gomphocornuta Trabut. 
297. x EB. jugalis Naudin. 
E. occidentalis Endl., var. o? 
Trabut. 
298. x B. pseudo-globulus (Hort.) Nandi 
999. x E. Trabuti Vilmorin. : 
E. Stuartiana x globulus Tra) +t 
300, x F. Insizweensis Maiden sp. ~ 
THE BARK—continued. — 
3. Classification of Trees in General by} 
of their Barks. 
4, Variation in Barks of the same: 
5. Bark in Relation to Heat and 
6. Adventitious Shoots. 
7. Ringbarking- — - 
8. Coppice-growth (suekering). 
9 


. Twist in Bark. iy 
10. Bark Repair. i 
11. Microscopie Characters of Bark. 
12. Calcium Oxalate. — 

13. Tannin. : 

14. Oil in Bark. — 

15. Fibre in Bark. 

16. Colour of Inner Bark. — } 
17. Colour of Outer Bark. SS ee 
Plates, 212-215, (Issued An 


A CRITICAL REVISION OF THE 
GENUS EUCALYPTUS | 


BY 


4 H. MAIDEN, 180, 6 RS, PLS 


(Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the 
Botanic Gardens, Sydney), 


Vor. V. PART be 


24-4258 


PART XLI comsten' Worx 


(WITH FOUR PLATES.) 


PRICE Two SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. 


Published by Authority of 
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE QF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


SBDTED ; | 
WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER. 


483573 1920. 


Bvealyps ‘eliqua 1 Héritier. 
- Plates, 5-8. (Issued May, 1903.) 


: Eucalyptus Behriana BV. M 
Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.) . Eucalyptus populifolia Hook: (738 
Eucalyptus Bowman F.v.M. (Dow 


Eucalyptus incrassata Labillardiére. : 
Eucalyptus fecunda Schauer. . eae. hee 
Plates, 13-24. (Issued June, 1904.) . Eucalyptus Bosistoana F.v.M. 
eee . Eucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn. 
6. Eucalyptus stellulata Sieber. oe - Eucalyptus hemiphlowa F.v.M. 
i a Eucalyptus coriacea A. Cunn. . Eucalyptus odorata Behr and Schl 
: Eucalyptus coccifera Hook. f. 4 (a). dn Ironbark Boz. 


e Plates, 25-28. (Issued November, 1904.) . Bucalyptus Jruticetorum F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus acaciovdes A. Cunn. — 


. Eucalyptus Thozetiana ¥.v.M. — 
. Eucalyptus ochrophloaia ¥.v.M. 
. Zucalyptus microtheca F.v.M. 


Plates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) Plates a oo eeued Febmiaty > 


. Eucalyptus Raveretiana ¥.v.M. 
12, Eucalyptus regnans F.v.M. . Eucalyptus crebra F.v.M. — 
3. Eucalyptus vitellina Naudin, and Eucalyptus — . Eucalyptus Staigeriana F.v.M. - 
_witrea R. T. Baker. . Eucalyptus melanophloia F.v.M. 
. Hucalyptus pruinosa Schauer. 
5. Eucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden. . Eucalyptus Smitha R. T. Baker. 
6. Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpland. . Lucalyptus Naudiniana F.v.M. 
Plates, 33-36. (Issued October, 1905.) . Eucalyptus sideroxylon A. Cunn. 
j . Lucalyptus leucoxylon F.v.M. 
Bucadyptus capitellata Sm. . Eucalyptus Caleys Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Muelleriana Howitt. Plates, 53-56. (Issued Novae 
19. Eucalyptus macrorrhyncha ¥.v.M. 
: 20. Eucalyptus eugenioides Sieber. 
21. us marginata Sm. i 
/ a ae % he, PN . Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. — 
23. Eucalyptus sepuleralis F.v.M. SRS i Mala 


Plates, 37-40. (Issued March, 1907.) i oe oe es ee 
ucalyptus cneorifolia 


Plates, 57-60. (Issued J uly, 


. Eucalyptus affinis Deane and Maiden. — 
. Eucalyptus paniculata Sm.? 


X - 24. Eucalyptus alpina Lindl. 
25. Eucalyptus mierocorys F.v.M. XIV—66. Eucalyptus melliodora A. Cunn. 
26. Lucalyptus acmenioides Schauer. 67. Eucalyptus fasciculosa F.v.M. 

27. Eucalyptus umbra R. T. Baker. 68. Eucalyptus uncinata Turezaninow 

28. Hucalyptus virgata Sieber. 69. Eucalyptus decipiens Endl. 

29. Eucalyptus apiculata Baker and Smith.. 70. Eucalyptus concolor Schauer. 

30. Eucalyptus Luehmanniana F. v. Mueller. 71 Eucalyptus Cléezcana F.v.M. 

31. Lucalyptus Planchoniana F.v.M. 72, Eucalyptus ee a ee 
Plates, 41-44. (Issued November, 1907.) 


eC pinticsr REVISION OF FHE 


GCeNUsS MUCABYETUS 


BY 


Je Tels IWOAIDIDIEDIN| | GSMO). TE IRgSi 18 SERSS 


(Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). 


Wom Ve Ara | 
Part XLI of the Complete Work. 


(WITH FOUR PLATES.) 


“« Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and combining 
them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, 
or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by 
antiquity, and transmits that hoard. augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. 
In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and 


even when they fail, are entitled to praise.’’ 
Macautay’s ‘‘ Essay ON MILTON.” 


PRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE, 


Published by Authority of 
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 


Sydney: 


WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET. 


*83573—A 1920, 


CCOXXIII, Eucalyptus latifolia Fv.M. 


Deseription 
Range 
Affinities 


CCXXIV. Eucalyptus Foelscheana F.v.M. 


Description 0 ‘ : ° ‘; : 
Form 1 (Are there two forms ?) 
Form 2 
Lanceolar-leaved form 

Range 

Affinities 


CCXXV. Eucalyptus Abergiana Fy.M. 


Description 


Range 
Affinities . : ( . 

CCXX VI, Eucalyptus pachyphylla ¥.v.M. 
Description ° ° ° : ° : e : 5 


History of a confusion 
Synonyms. . ° : : : : 
Variety sessilis var. nov. 
Range— 

of typical or normal species . 

of sessile-fruited form. (var. sessilis) 
Affinities 


IY) 
1 ap) 


CXIV. Eucalyptus pyriformis Turczaninow, 
Variety Kingsmillt Maiden. 


Description 
Range 
Affinity 


XCHI, Eucalyptus Oldfieldit F.v.M. 
Description : : 4 é ; : 
Range 

Affinities 


CCXX VII. Eucalyptus Drummondit Bentham. 


Description 

Synonym . . : ‘ : : . 
Range 

Affinities 


Explanation of Plates . 


2k 
Zag 


DESCRIPTION, 


COXXIIM. EF. latifolia F.v.M. 


Journ. Linn. Soc. 11, 94 (1859). 


FOLLOWING 1s a translation of the original :-— 


A tree with somewhat terete branchlets, leaves sub-opposite or scattered, with rather long petioles, 
broad or orbicular-ovate, obtuse, glaucescent, opaque, imperforate, thinly penniveined, intramarginal 
vein very close to the edge, umbels terminal, paniculate, few flowered, peduncles and pedicels angular, 
these twice as long as the former (#. melanophloia, &ec.). Fruits sub-campanulate, ecostate, 3-4 celled, 
flat at the vertex, valves touching at the rim. 


Growing in riparian level ground, at the upper part of the Roper River, 8th July, 1856. Flowered 
in the summer. . 


A small or medium-sized tree, the bark, after the falling of the last ashy-coloured strips, is smooth 
and yellowish. Leaves 2-3, rarely 4 inches long, often 2 inches broad, with a petiole of almost an inch 
long, thickly and faintly penniveined as those of ZF. bigalerita (E. alba Reinw., see Part XXV, p. 96, of the 
present work). Umbels simply and compositely paniculate. Fruit about 3 lines long, the margin slightly 
bent back at the mouth. Valves included. I have not found the flowers. 


In habit similar to £. bigalerita, but in its characters rather resembling E. dichromophloia. 


In spite of his reference to the inflorescence, it was either not seen by Mueller, 
or he had lost it (see under #. Foelscheana, p. 8). At all events, it has been figured 
(fig. 2b, Plate 168) for the first time. The individual umbels have six to twelve flowers. 
The colour of the timber is red. 


Then Bentham (B.FI. i, 255) described it in English as foilows :— 


A small or middle-sized tree, with a smooth ash-grey bark, tardily separating from the inner brownish 
bark, also smooth (F. Mueller). Leaves alternate, or here and there almost opposite, petiolate, ovate, obtuse, 
with transverse parallel veins, rather more prominent and not so close as in the allied narrow-leaved species. 
Flowers rather large, four to six in each umbel, in a large terminal corymbose panicle. Peduneles terete ; 
pedicels terete, shorter than the calyx-tube. Calyx-tube broadly turbinate, four to five lines in diameter, 
rather thick. Operculum very short, slightly convex. Anthers ovate-oblong, with parallel distinct cells. 
Fruits globose-truncate or urceolate-globose, with a very short neck, smooth, and not ribbed, 3 to 4 lines 
in diameter, the rim thin; the capsule deeply sunk. Seeds winged. 


RANGE. 


The type came from the upper part of the Roper River, and Bentham adds 
** Islands of the Gulf of Carpentaria,’ whence it was collected by Robert Brown about 
1802, but what I have seen collected by that botanist on the islands belongs to 
E. Foelscheana. So far } have only seen specimens of £. latifolia from the Northern 
Territory and the big islands north of it. The Roper River, of course, flows into the 
western side of the Gulf of Carpentaria, 


Following are notes on Northern Territory specimens in the National Herbarium, 


Sydney :— : 


“ Grows on heavy soil and is associated with L. pupuana and FL. terminalis. 
The wood is soft.” Has the ordinary friable Bloodwood bark, Bathurst Island (G. F. 
Hill, No. 464). Mr. Hill kindly sent a photograph of this tree. Bathurst Island 
(G. F. Hill, No. 469). In flower, which is fragrant. 

“White bark, flaking off in places in strips. Conical fruits ”’ (perhaps a reference 
to the narrow mouths). McKinlay River flats (Dr. Jensen, No. 388). “ Bloodwood,” 
McKinlay River flats (Dr. Jensen, No. 390). 

Pine and Horseshoe Creeks (EK. J. Dunn and R. J. Winters). 

“ Bloodwood,” fairly large tree, near Pine Creek (C. E. F. Allen, No. 107). 

Note (a). “ Bastard Bloodwood.” “‘ Similar in habit to the Bastard Bloodwoods 
and Cabbage Gums identified as 2. grandijolia and EB. Foelscheana (narrow leaf tall form). 
The leaf is always stout and untwisted, but in the roughish bark, with red gummy 
splashes, and the crooked habit of the tree, it resembles the other two.” (Jensen, No. 385). 


Note (0). ‘Crooked limbed small tree, growing however in other places up to 
40 feet high. Roughish bark except on branches where it is white and smooth. Stem 
up to 12 inches in diameter. Capsules in small terminal racemes. Leaves ovate.” 
Pine Creek (Dr. Jensen, No. 357). 

“Cabbage Gum,” near Wandi (Dr. Jensen, No. 383). .““ Bastard Bloodwood.” 
Roughish bark over most of the stem, branches often smooth. Near Wandi (Dr. 
Jensen, No. 385). 


“Timber pale red in colour.” Woolgni (Dr. Jensen, No. 401). “ Broad leaf 
type.” Umbrawarra (Dr. Jensen, No. 411). “Stem like £. papuana.”” Cullen River, 
Woolgni and Umbrawarra (Dr. Jensen, No. 418). The leaves with insect markings, 
like EL. brachyandra F.v.M. Artesian Range, North-Western Australia (W. V. Fitz- 
gerald, No. 1358). 

Between Bull Oak and Crescent Lagoon, track Cullen Creek (Prof. Baldwin 
Spencer); track to Cullen Creek, Katharine River, &c. (Prof. Baldwin Spencer) (with 
insect markings). 


APE TIN SS. 


1. With FE. dichromophloia F.v.M. 


The original description says that H. latifolia in its characters rather resembles 
E, dichromophloia, and they appear to be closest related. Both are Bloodwoods, but 
E. dichromophloia has bark of a redder cast. Both have red timbers. 


The foliage of the two trees is usually very different,—that of H. latifolia being 
broad, while that of 4. dichromophlov is narrow. Compare Plate 168 with Plate 165 
of Part XL. The buds and fruits are sufficiently approximate to require care. 


(Reference omitted from p. 319, Part XL) (H. dichromophloia and E. corymbosa). 

It has been already observed that the large-fruited forms of EF. dichromephloia 
display a good deal of similarity to EH. corymbosa. The juvenile leaves enable us to 
emphasise points of difference. f we turn to Plate 161, Part XX XIX (£. corymbosa) 
we have juvenile leaves figured at 5, 6, 7a, and an intermediate leaf figured at 7b. The 
juvenile leaves of H. corymbosa are pedunculate, glabrous or with weak hairs; those of 
E. dichromophloia are sessile, stem-clasping, and scabrous. The intermediate leaves 
are a good deal alike, those of 1. corymbosa being longer in proportion to the width, but 
the corresponding material of H. dichromophloia is not sufficiently abundant to speak 
finally. . 
The juvenile leaves of LH. dichromophloia (Old Battery, Hidsvold, Q., Dr. T. L. 
Bancroft, September, 1919) came too late to be figured on Plate 165. They are the 
- first I have seen, to my knowledge. I cannot do better than say that I cannot distin- 
guish them from some of the figures of H. setosa on Plate 158, Part XXXVIIL They 
seem replicas of figs. 5 and 8, and almost as scabrous. The mature leaves of the two 
species are, of course, very different, but the intermediate leaves of this specimen of 
E. dichromophlova are very broad and lanceolate, as broad as those of the juvenile 


leaves. 


2. With £. Foelscheana ¥.v.M. See p. 8. 


3. With EB. corymbosa Sm. 


“ #. latifolia has very broad even roundish leaves, and belongs, on account of 
its smooth bark, to the section Leiophloie, unless this be subject to exceptions.” 
(*« Kucalyptographia,” under &. corymbosa.) It is not correct to say that F. latifolia isa 
member of the Leiophloiw, although there are Bloodwoods with barks more scaly. We 
do not know the extent to which some of these tropical Bloodwoods vary in regard 
to the roughness of thei barks. 


DESCRIPTION. 
COXXIV. EF, Foelscheana F.v.M. 


In The Chemist and Druggist of Australasia, November, 1882. 


A pwarr tree, or only of shrubby growth; branchlets robust, not angular; leaves scattered or exceptionally 
opposite, on rather short stalks, ovate or verging into a roundish form, sometimes very large, always of 
firm consistence, blunt or at the summit slightly pointed, greyish-green on both sides, not much paler 
beneath; their primary veins very divergent or almost horizontally spreading, numerous and thus 
closely approximated, but subtle and therefore not prominent; the circumferential vein contiguous 
to the margin of the leaf; oil-dots concealed or obliterated; wmbels four to six-flowered or rarely 
three-flowered, forming a terminal panicle; calyces pear-shaped, on longish or rarely short stalks, 
faintly angular, not shining; lid not so broad as the tube of the calyx, very depressed or some- 
times conspicuously raised towards the centre, tearing off in an irregular transverse line, long retained 
and soon reflexed from the last point of adherence; stamens all fertile, bent inward before expansion ; 
filaments yellowish-white, some of the outer dilated towards the base; anthers (when fresh) almost cuneate- 
ovate or the inner more oblong and the outer slightly cordate, all bursting anteriorly by longitudinal slits ; 
connective reddish, with a slight dorsal turgidity towards the summit; style much exceeded in length by 
the stamens; stigma not dilated; fruit large, urceolar, not angular; valves generally four, nearly deltoid, 
inserted much below the narrow edge of the fruit, at last deeply enclosed; fertile seeds large, terminated 
by a conspicuous membrane; sterile seeds very slender. 


The species, above defined, is flowering already at the height of 18 inches (as is the case also with 
E. cordata and E. vernicosa), therefore, when still quite young, producing then a comparatively large 
cluster of blossoms; the full-grown tree seldom exceeds a height of 20 feet, and always remains of cripply 
stature. Stem-diameter to 9 inches, or rarely more; bark, dark grey, rough; leaves of young plants often 
twice, or even thrice, the size of those of old trees. (Original description.) 


Mueller again described it, with slightly different verbiage, and also figured it 
in the “ Eucalyptographia.” The “ Eucalyptographia” figure and description can 
be taken as referring to the type; they were put in hand within a few weeks after the 
publication of the original description. 

“ I have measured a juvenile leaf 15 by 11 inches, and was informed that larger 
ones could have been collected. 

It will be observed that Mueller speaks of the species as rarely exceeding a height 
of 20 feet, and that if ‘‘ always remains of a cripply nature.” In the “ Eucalypto- 
graphia ” he speaks of “the greatest height attained about 20 feet. Stem diameter only 
to 12 inches asa maximum.” It attains the height of “ 30 feet or more ” at Burrundie. 

It would appear that there are variations as regards bark and leaves in this 
species. Until more field observations are available, let us refer to them as Form 1 
and Form 2. It is probable that the two forms may be reconcilable as belonging to 
the same species. 


Form 1. (The bark.) Description of type bark 445. (Typical of, say, 
24 miles around Darwin, and therefore presumably typical of the species.) 
Hard-scaly, about 1 cm. thick, in longitudinal furrows, and cracking less deeply 
transversely, so as to form tessers longer than wide, but the precise sizes of each tessera 
yariable, 


5 


Form 2. (The bark.) Description of type bark 450. (Typical of the Stapleton 
district. ) 


This bark is thin-scaly, simply peeling off in irregular flakes of the thickness of 
brown paper. As compared with the bark of No. 445, that of 450 appears to be from 
a young, or a stunted tree. 


Form 1. (The leaves.) Common in the species within, say, 24 miles of Darwin. 


“ Those about Darwin have smaller, thinner, and narrower leaves.” (G. F. Hill.) 
Mr. Hill is apparently referring to leaves of the shape of fig. 4a, Plate 169, and he is 
perhaps emphasising his Nos. 344 and 445 (Darwin) too much. At the same time 
we must remember that those of the type are described as “‘ ovate or verging on a 
roundish form.” Around Darwin most of the leaves would be from second-growth 
plants. 


The form from Darwin and near Darwin is usually found on dry, shotty ironstone 
or sandy loam (well drained) or on stony land (about Darwin), usually associated with 
E, tetradonta, grandifolia, miniata, and my No. 398 (“ Smooth-stemmed Bloodwood ”’), 
(G. F. Hill.) 


Form 2. (The leaves.) Further down the railway line, say from 34 miles to 
69 miles, and probably much further. The Stapleton form (69 miles from 
Darwin). 


“The foliage of the Stapleton specimens is denser, leaves more ‘ fleshy * and 
generally more rounded.” (G. F. Hill.) This is a fair description of the typical form. 
Mr. Hill says that the Stapleton form grows on the flats or on the foothills very near 
flats, sometimes on stony country, sometimes on alluvial soil. “ The Stapleton form 
is generally associated with the sp. represented by my 448, 449, LE. papuana, E. grandi- 
jolia, and E. terminalis. 


“ The bark of the two forms is very distinct, as will be seen by comparing 445 and 
450.” (G. F. Hill.) 
Lanceolar-leaved form. 


We must recognise that lanceolar leaves occur in this species. 
“Specimens without fruit, brought by R. Brown in 1802, during Captain Flinders’ Expedition from 
Carpentaria, may also belong to E. Foelscheana, although the leaves pass into a lanceolar form.’’ (Original 
description.) 


Mueller amplifies these remarks in the following :— 

_ “Some specimens without fruit, brought by Robert Brown already during Capt. Flinders’ Expedi- 
tion from Carpentaria, and presented to the Melbourne Botanic Museum by Sir Joseph Hooker, may 
belong to an extreme form of H. Foelscheana, although the leaves pass into a lanceolar form, and the 
flower-stalklets are of lesser length.’ (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,’’ under EH. Foelscheana.) 


Brown’s specimen is figured at fig. 1, Plate 170. It does not seem useful to 
give this lanceolar form a variety name, as it 1s a transition form, as will be seen from 
examination of the other figures. 

B 


RANGE. 


Confined to the Northern Territory, so far as we know. 


“Near Port Darwin, on sandy soil; Mr. Paul Foelsche. Found also in other 
northern portions of Arnhem’s Land, by Mr. J. McKinlay.” (Original description.) 
In the “ EKucalyptographia,” Bridge Creek, which is near Darwin (Burkitt), was added. 
It will be observed that I have added a number of other Territory localities, all within 
the tropics. It has still to be searched for in the Cape York Peninsula (Queensland) 
and in the Kimberley country (North-west Australia). 


WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 

Small fruits, broadly lanceolate leaves. Derby (C. H. Ostenfeld). I quote this 
specimen doubtfully, as although it simulates a small-fruited 2. Foelscheana, the 
material is so imperfect that it may be a coarse form of B. dichromophloia. At the same 
time our Western Australian friends should be on the lookout for /. Foelscheana in 
the tropical portion of their State. 


NorRTHERN TERRITORY. 

Huge juvenile foliage, very urceolate fruits. Near Darwin (Prof. Baldwin 
Spencer, W. 8. Campbell. N. Holtze). 

“On stony foothills and on flats at foot of hills. Associated with LE. setosa, 
EL. miniata, and Coolabah, No. 448. Timber sent, also bark, bark of trunk and branches 
similar throughout. Buds, flowers, fruit.” Stapleton (G. F. Hill, No. 450). Inflores- 
cence forming an open panicle. “‘ From tree idistinguishable from 450.” Stapleton 
(G. F. Hill, No. 452). ‘‘ Tree indistinguishable from 450.” Stapleton (G. F. Hill, No. 
455), 

“ Bloodwood, rough bark on trunk and branches, narrow-leaved form. Small 
tree (see bark from trunk). Flowers about July, fruits 25th October, 1915.” Darwin 
(G. F. Hill, No. 344). A form with wnuswally narrow leaves. 

“ B. Foelscheana. Typical of £. Foelscheana in vicinity of Darwin, and 20 miles 
south of Darwin.” (Note my specimen No. 344 determined as above by you.) Sample 
of timber, bark, and fruit with seed.” 20 miles 8.E. of Darwin (G. F. Hill, No. 445). 
Pedicellate, broad lanceolate leaves. 


The following is an interesting note made by Dr. H. J. Jensen, in 1916, referring 
to some of the above specimens :— 

344, EF. Foelscheanu, also 358, 367, 368. 

“A further specimen of the broad-leaved type 368 with fruits was collected by 
me in December last. It was rather surprising to find that the narrow-leaved trees 344 


5) 


and 358 were the same as 368, as the tree in ‘“‘ Eucalyptographia ” was described as 
low, shrubby, and broad-leaved, and I know it well at Brook’s Creek and Bridge Creek 


where I believe Inspector Foelsche collected his type material. In those localities it is 


7 


never, to my present knowledge, seen more than 15 feet high. It is a low scrub, 
found principally on clayey clay-slate and schist-flats, leaves very fleshy, flowers in 
huge bunches at end of branches, flowers very fleshy; pods large. The specimens at 
Burrundie, however, grow to a height of 30 feet or more—both broad leaf and narrow 
leaf form, and the tree has the appearance of the Cabbage Gum. ‘The leaves are not 
as large as usual in the scrubby form. Wood white ant proof.” 


“ Bastard Bloodwood. Now in flower, has rough bark to top of branches, 
narrow-leaved form. Another variety has bark like Moreton Bay Ash. Both have 
reddish resinous splashes on bark. Leaves similar in both.” Burrundie, November, 
1915 (Dr. Jensen, No. 358). 


Leaves variable in size and shape, Brook’s Creek; Pine and Horseshoe Creeks ; 
Pine Creek Railway (EK. J. Dunn, R. J. Winters). “ Large tree.” Near Pine Creek 
(C. E. F. Allen, No. 108). Narrewish leaves, open panicle. 


* Tree similar to 365, 366. Terminal branches erect; leaves more rounded.” 
_ 30 miles south-east of Darwin (G. F. Hill, No. 367). 


“ Broad-leaved form. Medium-sized tree; trunk covered with rough scaly 
bark; branches smooth, large sucker leaf.” Batchelor, about 60 miles south of Darwin 
(Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 368). 


Mature and immature fruits. Umbrawarra (Dr. Jensen, No. 416). “On 
horntels country, north of Umbrawarra, and on blocky schist country at Woolgni occurs 
a Bloodwood-like gum with broad leaves like #. Foelscheana, bark mostly smooth, but 
a little fine scaly bark at base like 2. papuana, seed pods larger and urn-shaped, having 
a more marked rim than those of 2. Foelscheane. Leaves, sucker leaves, wood, sent 
under Nos. 417, 418, 419, and 420. This tree grows on both ridges and flats, and seems 
variable in size and shape of pod. &. Foelscheana collected in same locality on a 
small flat, has bark all rough. Seeds without rim, otherwise similar (No. 416).” 
Umbrawarra (Dr. Jensen, No. 417). Fruits somewhat elongated. 


“ Rough bark almost to top, large fruits.” McKinlay River flats (Dr. Jensen, 
No. 387). : 

Edith Creek; also Track to Katharine River, widely spread; also coarse foliage, 
fruits not large and hardly urceolate, near Katharine River (Prof. Baldwin Spencer). 


“Leaf like #. Foelscheana, bark lke E. papuana. Associated with LE. setosa. 
Pedicellate juvenile leaves (? intermediate form). Woolgni (Dr. Jensen, No. 420). 
Thin juvenile leaves. Woolgni, Cullen River (Dr. Jensen, 415); thin pedicellate 
juvenile leaves, Cullen River, on banks (Dr. Jensen, No. 419). 


Robert Brown’s specimens, collected 1802-5, and distributed from the British 
Museum in 1876 under the labels— 
(a) (Islands of) Gulf of Carpentaria ; 
(b) No. 4779, E. latifolia F.M. (E£. compacta R.Br.), North Coast ; 
are H. Foelscheana. They are the lanceolate leaved form of the species. 


AFFINITIES. 


1. With E. terminalis F.v.M. 


“ E. Foelscheana belongs to the series exemplified by H. terminalis. . . . . If it was not for 
the great diversity of habit, E. Foelscheana might be approximated very closely to H. terminalis.’’ 
(** Hucalyptographia,” under £. Foelscheana.) 


Compare Plates 164 and 165 (Part XL) for LZ. terminalis, with Plates 169 and 
170, this Part, for BE. Foelscheana. EF. Foelscheana is a smaller, more gnarled tree, with 
very much coarser foliage. The fruits of F. terminalis are longer and narrower, usually 
less urceolate, or, if urceolate, more high-shouldered. Those of both species may be 
very large. Both have red timbers. 


2. With £. latifolia F.v.M. 


In some respects it is allied to FE. latifolia; the leaves, however, are larger and not decurrent at 
the base; the petioles are comparatively shorter and, as well as the branchlets, less slender; the peduncles 
and pedicels are thicker and less angular; the calyces larger, not roundish-blunt at the base, and therefore 
not passing suddenly into a pedicel of upwards unincreased thickness ; the fruit is much larger, at least twice 
as long as broad; and considerably contracted towards the summit, thus not almost semi-ovate; the 
flowers of the real E. latifolia are as yet unknown, and may prove different from those of the Z. Foelscheana , 
though their anthers, seen as remnants, show the same form.’’ (Original description.) 


He repeats these observations in almost the same words, and adds “ A few 
adherent anthers of 2. latifolia do, however, exhibit the same form. These two 
species hold almost the same relation to each other as /. urnigera to E. cordata” 
(“ Eucalyptographia ”’ under E. Foelscheuna). 

Compare Plates 168 and 169. E. Foelscheana is a very much coarser species 
than 2. lutijolia, as regards its inflorescence and fructification. |The former species 
shows greater extremes of size in leaves than does the latter; I have not seen huge 
leaves nor lanceolar ones in ZL. latiJolia. The fruit of that species is smaller, less urceolate, 
the orifice smaller, and has slenderer peduncles and pedicels. 


3. With E. setosa Schauer. 

The affinities with this species are less close. Compare Plate 158, Part XX XVIII, 
for fruits of E. setusa, which are large, and frequently of the same shape’as those of 
E. Foelscheanw, but those of the latter are always glabrous. The leaves of the two 
species are very different, while /. setosa is often a moderately large, umbrageous 
tree. 


DESCRIPTION. 


COXXV. E. Abergiana F.v.M. 


In Fragm. xi, 41 (1878). 


SHORTLY afterwards Mueller redescribed it in English in the “ Eucalyptographia ” 
with a Plate. The “ Eucalyptographia ” description so nearly follows the original that 
it may be stated here as equivalent to it. 


Finally very tall; leaves scattered, of thick consistence, oval or elongated-lanceolar, hardly inequi- 
lateral, shining above, opaque beneath ; the lateral veins copious subtle and very spreading, the longitudinal 
vein almost contiguous to the margin of the leaves, or but slightly removed from the edge; panicles terminal ; 
flower-stalks thick, almost cylindrical, the ultimates bearing 2-6 flowers on exceedingly short or without 
stalklets; calyces pale, their tube truncate-ovate, nearly twice as long as the almost hemispheric lid, not 
angular; stamens all or nearly all fertile, inflexed before expansion; anthers oval, with nearly longitudinal 
dehiscence; stigma very slightly dilated; fruits large, oval-urnshaped, smooth, with a thin margin and with 
four enclosed at first horizontal valves; fertile seeds expanding from their summit into a long membrane, 
much longer than the slender sterile seeds. 


On the mountains, near Rockingham Bay; Dallachy. 


A lofty tree, with persistent bark and very expanding branches. Heart-wood very hard, reddish. 
Branchlets in some instances slender and somewhat angular, in other cases thick and cylindrical. Leaf- 
stalks 3-14 inches long. Leaves measuring 24—4 inches in length or occasionally longer, rarely shortened 
to an almost oval form, 1-2 inches broad, often very gradually narrowed upwards, blunt at the base. 
Panicle almost corymbous; its ultimate flower-stalks generally about 1 inch long, as well as the branchlets; 
pale, not shining. The wnopened calyces egg-shaped, their very blunt and rather thick lid rather separating 
by a horizontal rupture than by a well-defined suture of circumcision; the tube in flowering state about 
3 an inch long, sometimes subsequently slightly turbinate. A few of the outer stamens occasionally devoid 
of anthers; filaments, according to the note of the collector, whitish in a fresh state, but reddish-yellow 
when dry; the longer filaments 4-5 lines long. Avthers hardly $a line long; their cells separated by a 
broad connective. Style half-included within the calyx, exceeded by the stamens. Fruit 1 inch long, 
or somewhat longer, not angular; the valves deltoid-sha ped, hardly } inch long. Fertile seeds very 
compressed, terminated by a semi-oval membrane, giving a length of about 4 inch for the whole seed, 
including the appendage. 


In the “* Eucalyptographia ” it is stated to be “ a lofty tree with persistent bark 
and very expanding branches,” and with reddish timber. I do not know of any tree 
belonging to this species which may be called “ lofty ” or “ stately ” (loc. e7t.), but the 
species is very little known, and should be further investigated. 


10 


RANGE. 


The type came from the Coast Range near Rockingham Bay, Queensland, near 
18 deg. south latitude, and we do not certainly know it from any other locality. 


QUEENSLAND. 


“Tree 15 or 20 feet high, rough bark.” Coast Range, Rockingham Bay 
(J. Dallachy). The type. 


AFFINITIES. 


1. With E. ptychocarpa F.v.M. 


“ Approaches to 2. ptychocarpa, with which it agrees in the size and shape of its fruit, but the latter 
i8in no way lined with prominent longitudinal ridges, nor are the flowers provided with conspicuous stalklets.’’ 
(“ Eucalyptosraphia,’’ under B. Abergiana.) 

These ridges sharply separate the two species, which will be further compared 
when H. ptychocarpa is dealt with. 


2. With &. miniata A. Cunn. 


“This species differs from #. Abergiana in narrower leaves, opaque on both sides, axillary solitary 
flower stalks, longitudinally angular calyces, longer anthers, larger fruits and seeds without any appendage.”’ 
(“ Euealyptographia,’” under £. Abergiana.) 

For EF. miniata, see Plate 96, Part XXII. The obvious differences are elongated 
ribbed fruits of #. miniata rarely urceolate as in 2. Abergiana. The ribbing extends 
to the buds. | The coarse inflorescence is sessile as to pedicels in both species. 


3. With EF. Watsoniana F.v.M. 


“EF. Watsoniana again recedes in narrower leaves, equally coloured on other side, calyces with a 
varnish lustre and fixed to distinct stalklets, a widely dilated lid which over-reaches the orifice of the calyx- 
tube, longer stamens, fruits wider at the summit with a furrowed broader rim and unappendiculated seeds.”’ 
( Eucalyptographia,’? under £. Abergiana.) 


The differences of these two species will be dealt with in the next Part (under 
FE. Watsoniana). 


4. With EF. corymbosa Sm. 


“ EB. corymbosa, which likewise oécurs as far north as Rockingham Bay, is separated from H. Aber- 
giana by its narrower leaves, acute at the base, angular and more slender flower-stalks, smaller calyces 
provided with stalklets and not pale-coloured, a thinner and not obtuse lid, which separates by a distinct 
suture of the calyx, smaller fruits, more contracted upwards, and the lesser appendage of the seeds.”’ 
(“ Eucalyptographia,’’ under Z. Abergiana.) 


El 


And again “ If it were necessary to point out any differences of H. corymbosa and E. Abergiana, we 
need only allude again to the colour of the stamens ; —besides Z. corymbosa has its flowers and fruits smaller, 
the seeds wholly or nearly destitute of any appendage, and the seedlings purplish-hispid, with short-stalked 
elliptic opposite leaves; while Z. Abergiana is still further removed by the want of stalklets of its flowers 
and by the larger and wider lid, although the seeds are here again conspicuously appendiculated.’’ 
(“ Eucalyptographia,’’ under Z. ficifolia.) 


For E. corymbosa see Plates 161 and 162 in Part XXXIX. In that species, 
pedicels are present and the peduncles more slender. The buds and fruits are smaller 


and less coarse; the fruits of 2. Abergiana are less urceolate and the rims thicker. The 
foliage of E. Abergiana is coarser. 


5. With £. terminalis F.v.M. 


“ B. terminalis is distinguished in a similar manner from EZ. Abergiana as E. corymbosa, except the 
seeds, but besides in the paler foliage, the leaves being of equal colour on both sides, necessitating stomata 
on each, and not merely on the underside as in £. Abergiana; thus also the latter, like all the species with 
only hypogenous stomata, forms a more shady tree, its leaves expanding more horizontally, whereas 
E. terminalis, like the majority of its congeners, turns its leaves more vertically.’’ (‘* Hucalyptographia,”’ 
under 2. Abergiana.) 

Let us turn to Plate 164, Part XL, as regards figures of HL. terminalis. E. 
terminalis (so far as we know) is the larger tree; 2. Abergiana is stockier, and with 
thicker, coarser foliage. #, Abergiana has very short pedicels or none, while the fruits 
of E. terminalis are cylindroid rather than urceolate. 


6. With EF. calophylla R.Br. 


“ B. Abergiana can be separated from E. calophylla and E. terminalis by the want of stalklets of its 
calyces, and from the latter besides by the broader and above dark-green leaves.’’ (“ Hucalyptographia,”’ 
under B. corymbosa). 


This will be referred to when F. calophylla is reached. 


12 


DESCRIPMON: 


COXXVI. E. pachyphylla Fv.M. 
In Journ. Linn. Soc. ii, 98 (1859). 


THE description may be translated in the following words :— 


Shrubby, with angular young branches, and alternate leaves on moderately long petioles, thickly 
coriaceous, ovate, or lanceolate-ovate, acuminate, hardly unequal-sided, not perforate, finely penniveined, 
the peripheral vein remote from the margin; with axillary umbels irregularly 3-flowered, the peduncles and 
pedicels very short. Flowers not known. The tube of the fruiting-calyx depressed-hemispherical, with 
four distinct ribs and more indistinct ones, with raised margins, the capsules 4- to 5-celled, convex at the 
top, with somewhat exserted valves, the fertile seeds with narrow wings, rather light-coloured. 


Hab. In a sandy desert at Hooker’s Creek (Northern Territory). Flowering time, autumn, 


Shrub of the height of a fathom or slightly higher. Leaves mostly 14 to 24 inches long, opaque 
in dry specimens. Flowers not known. Fruits 6 to 8 lines in diameter, the margin just produced above 
the valves. Fertile seeds with the wings added 1} lines long. Near to E. alpina. 


It will be observed that the flowers were unknown to the original describer, and that the “ peduncles 
and pedicels (are) very short.”’ 


It was then described by Bentham in B.Fl. iii, 237. Inter alia the fruits are 
described as nearly sessile. 


Then Mueller figured it in ‘‘ Eucalyptographia,” but the plate, as regards the 
flowering and fruiting twig, is made up of more than one plant; in other words it is in 
part an accidental fake. The material of this species in the Melbourne Herbarium 
had in course of years, from Mueller’s time onwards, become a good deal mixed up. 
Recently Prot. Ewart forwarded the whole of it to me for examination. I am satisfied 
that in the “ Kucalyptographia ” plate the leaves and fruits belong to the type, although 
a peduncle is not shown and the pedicels are shown too long (see figs. 1 and 2, Plate 171, 
of the present work). 

The buds and flowers in the ‘‘ Eucalyptographia”’ plate do not belong to the 
type. They really came from Glen of Palms, Macdonnell Range (E. Giles). 


Then come my notes on the species in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii, 507 (1918), 
from which the following notes are extracted :— 

In Ewart and Davies’ “Flora of the Northern Territory,” p. 306 (1917), | 
indicated that I believe this is a valid species, and that my H. pyriformis Turez., var, 
minor (present work, Part XVII, pages 232 and 235) should merge init. I desire to 
draw attention to this species, which is in some confusion, 


13 


Bentham, as stated, described the species, but he pointed out the inadequacy of 
the material, and even doubted if it should be given specific rank. In Fragm. x, 5 
(1876), Mueller recorded it from Glen of Palms, Macdonnell Range, Northern Territory 
(EE. Giles), and described the flowers (5-7 and nearly sessile) for the first time. He 
indicated its true affinity to EB. pyriformis. 

Mueller then figured the species in his “ Eucalyptographia,” and as usual he 
missed the opportunity of figuring the type. 

From Tanami, western Northern Territory (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 206, 1914), 
I have received both E. pachyphylla (resembling No. 371) and a small-flowered 
E. pyrijormas under the same number, and undoubtedly the species are closely related. 


Mueller’s “ Eucalyptographia ’’ plate of this rare species is misleading to the 
extent that it will cause most people to think that it correctly depicts his EH. pachy- 
phylla. As a matter of fact, it shows a multiflowered, pedicellate form. To put 
botanists on their guard, I considered it at one time desirable to indicate the plant 
figured by Mueller as var. pedicellata. 


SYNONYMS. 


1. E. pyriformis Turez., var. minor Maiden (in part). 


2. FE. pachyphylla F.v.M., var. pedicellata Maiden. 


1. E. pyriformis Turez., var. minor Maiden in part. This work, Part XVII, 
p. 230, also Plate 75, figs. 5 and 6 (figs. 7a and 7b are H. Oldfieldii ¥.v.M.). 


There was an unfortunate mix-up of material in the Melbourne Herbarium 
shortly after Mueller’s death, referred to at p. 12. 


2. E. pachyphylla ¥.v.M., var. pedicellata Maiden in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 
lii, 508 (1918). 


Misled by the original description (a) of the peduncles and pedicels as very short, 
(b) of Bentham’s description of the fruits as “ nearly sessile,” (c) by Mueller’s description 
of the flowers of the Glen of Palm specimens as “ nearly sessile ” (having seen them I 
would call them “sessile ””), but particularly by (d) the upper part of the ‘‘ Eucalypto- 
graphia” plate, where Mueller shows two clusters of buds and flowers sessile (the cluster 
of fruits has exaggerated pedicels), I looked upon the normal form as sessile, and, 
therefore, a form with pedicels as worthy of a varietal name, pedicellata. I now find 
that the normal state of the species is pedicellate, so that the variety pedicellata must 
fall, while a variety sessilis has been proposed at p. 14, 

C 


14 


VARIETY. 
Var. sessilis var, nov. 


I have already shown that confusion has arisen in regard to the presence or 
absence of pedicels in this species. The pedicellate (normal) and non-pedicellate forms 
should, however, be distinguished by a name, and therefore I propose the name sessilis 
for the latter. The specimens, Glen of Palms, Macdonnell Range, Northern Territory 
(E. Giles), may be taken as the type of the proposed variety (see figs. 4a to c, Plate 171). 


RANGE. 


(Of normal form, @.e., with pedicellate inflorescence. ) 


NORTHERN TERRITORY. 
The sheet in Herb. Melb, labelled “ £. pachyphylla Verd. Mueller, Hooker's Creek, 
Dr. M.” and which refers to the type. consists of two leaves, together with loose pedi- 
sured inthe * Kucalyptographia’’ plate, but 


fo) 


cellate fruits, evidently the same as those fi 
with shorter pedicels than figured therein. See figs. lu, 1b, Plate 171. They belong 
to the type. (1 would again remind my readers that the buds and flowers shown on 
the “ Kucalyptographia ” plate do not belong to the type.) 

Small tree of 10 feet. Tanami, western Northern Territory, collected by Dr. 
H. J. Jensen (C. E. F. Allen, No. 206). Flowers only, shortly pedicellate. It is difficult, 
and perhaps impossible, to separate these flowers from those labelled “ Sources of the 
Georgina River.” 

(JUEENSLAND. 

“HB. pachyphylla, F.v.M.,” Pituri Creek, a tributary of the Georgina River, 
Western Queensland (Alfred Henry, 1889). A few fruits only. See fig. 2, Plate 
171. The fruit is a little smaller than that of the type. 
ji Linda Creek. [I cannot trace this. Can it be the same as Lander Creek, a few 
lines below?] One fruit only. Shortly pedicellate; fig. 3, Plate 171. As compared 
with the type, this is of greater diameter and with more ribs on the calyx-tube. 


The following in fruit only :— 
A. “Interior of $.A.” (doubtless Northern Territory). Figured at 5a and 5b, 
Plate 75. 


B. 60 miles west of Camp IV, Lander Creek, Northern ‘Territory, 22nd June, 
1911 (G. F. Hill, No. 371). 


15 


Sessile, single, large-fruited form. A specimen in leaf and flower only, labelled 
by Mueller “ 2. pachyphylla F.v.M. (Strongylanthere), W. H. Cornish, 1885,” precisely 
matches the flowering specimen(Glen of Palms, /. Giles) in the ‘‘Eucalyptographia”’ plate. 
Figured at 6a-6d, Plate 75. This is the plant referred to as from the Mulligan River, 
Western Queensland, this work, Part XVI, p. 235. 


RANGE (of var. sesseées var. nov.). 


NorTHERN TERRITORY. 


“W. Austral. Expedition, Glen of Palms, H. Giles, 1872,” in Luehmann’s writing, 
“Hi, pachyphylla ¥.M.”’ in Mueller’s writing. 

These specimens are in flower and bud only, are sessile, and are interesting 
because in Fragm. x, 5(1876), Mueller first described the flowers (5-7 and nearly sessile) 
from them. I look upon them as quite sessile, and they are depicted in Mueller’s 
“ Kucalyptographia ” plate (flowers and buds only). 


Glen of Palms is on the Finke River, just south of the Kuichauff Range. — It 
formed Camp 44, Horn Expedition. In the report of this Expedition, Botany, by 
Prot. R. Tate, at p. 158, he records Giles’ specimen, and also Krichaufi Range (Kempe), 
a specimen to be presently referred to; also gorge of Reedy Creek, ravine on south 
side of Mt. Tate, on Mt. Sonder, all localities in the Macdonnell Ranges. 


The Rey. H. Kempe, the collector above referred to, was located at the Moravian 
Mission Station, Hermannsburg, on the northern side of the Finke River, and about 
1 mile north of the Krichauff Range. It was abandoned as a Mission Station in the 
early “ nineties.’” See Report, Horn Exped., p. 48. | There is a survey of the Station 
and its surroundings in Mr. C. Winnecke’s Report of the Expedition. 


Immature (some slightly glaucous) fruits, Finke River (Kempe, 1880), are, as 
regards some of them, very fairly represented by 66, Plate 75; fruits immature, but a 
little more advanced are figured herewith. 


Here we have a small fruited form. Leaves and ripe fruits, Finke River (Revd. 
W. Schwarz, 1886) are figured herewith. Mueller does not appear to have referred to 
these specimens anywhere. 

15 miles west of Hugh River (a tributary of the Finke River), Macdonnell Ranges, 
N.T., 6th May, 1911(G. F. Mill, No. 147). Glaucous early fruits, 40 miles west of Camp 
IV, Lander Creek, N.T. 21st June, 1911 (G. F. Hill, No. 361). Flowers with most 
of the stamens dropped. 

Still in the Macdonnell Ranges, at p. 35 of the Horn Expedition Report, we have 
“ June 17, 1894, Horn Exped., Camp 33, Deering Creek, height 2,210 feet. Travelled 
over sandridges covered with . . . . and Mallee (Hucalyptus pachyphylla).” 

“ Bush, 8-12 feet high, on sand plain 9 miles N.E. of the permanent water of 
Winnecke’s on the Marshall.’”’ (Lieut. Dittrich.) 


16 


Luehmann’s label is “ N. of McDonnell Range, Plenty River, Marshall River, 
Milne River, Lake Nash (Lieut. Dittrich, 1886).” Mueller labelled it E. pachyphylla. 

Plenty River near 8. lat. 23, unites with the Sandover River to form the Marshall 
or Hay River (N.T.). The Milne River runs into the Herbert River near the Northern 
Territory-Queensland boundary in 21° 8. lat. Lake Nash is near the Northern 
Territory—Queensland border near 21° 8. lat. 138° long. The material consists of a 
few loose buds and fruits, buds with pedicels on short peduncles, and with sharply 
pointed opercula and sharp, almost winged ribs, sharper than figured in Plate 75 or 
in the “ Eucalyptographia.”” The fruits (fig. 6, Plate 171) sessile. (These fruits very 
well match the sessile flowers figured in the “ Eucalyptographia. ”) 


(JUEENSLAND. 
Labelled pachyphylla by F.v.M. :— 
1. Sources of the Georgina River (Lieut. Dittrich, 1886). Flowers and buds only. 


2. Dense bushes, 10-15 feet high, Spinifex sand plains, 27 miles west of the Rankin 
River, lat. 205227! -24” <— 
(a) Flowers with short pedicels and moderately ribbed opercula very 
pointed. 
(b) Buds, with label (as above), but buds rather more pedicellate. 


Both (a) and (6) show how difficult it is to frame a character on the length of 
the pedicel. They certainly connect with the Tanami specimens. 

The Georgina River of Western Queensland has its principal source in the Barkly 
Tableland, and receives the Lorne and Rankin’s Creeks from the Northern Territory. 
In the “ New Atlas of Australia ” (1886), the Rankin and the Lorne are shown as the 
same stream, in 20-21° S. lat., near the Queensland border. 


These Queensland specimens collected by Lieut. Dittrich in 1886, for Mueller, 
were obtained near the Northern Territory—Queensland border, and on the same trip 
as those collected by the same traveller and recorded under Northern Territory. 
Arranging them geographically under two States is merely a matter of convenience. 


APPIN] iS: 


1. With F. alpina Lindl. 


“Near to #. alpina”’ (original description). (See Part IX, Plate 41, for E. 
alpina.) The anthers of the two species are totally different. 2H. alpina is a rather 
broad-leaved small tree of mountain tops of a restricted range in Victoria. | The buds 
and fruits of H. alpina may be described as warted; the ridges, where present, are not 
as well defined as in FE. pachyphylla. The fruits are different, though sometimes 
possessing a resemblance. 


17 


2. E. cosmophylla ¥.v.M. 


“In some respects they ” (the imperfect specimens of EL. pachyphylla) “ resemble 
E. cosmophylla and its allies, but the fruit, the seeds, and perhaps the inflorescence 
are different (B.FI. in, 237). Let us turn to Part XXI, Plate 91, for H. cosmophylla. 
In E. cosmophylla the flowers are usually in threes, and the calyx-tubes have usually 
one rib and the opercula none at all. The fruits differ a good deal, and the anthers 
still more. £. cosmophylla attains the size of a fairly large tree. 


3. With E£. pyriformis Turcz. 

This was first indicated by Mueller in Fragm. x, 5. 

“ E. pachyphylla approaches the variety pruinosa of E. pyriformis [such a variety 
has never been technically defined.—J.H.M. |, butits flowers and fruits are much smaller, 
almost devoid of a general flower stalk (peduncle), and crowded to the number of about 
seven together (“‘ Eucalyptographia ” under EH. pyriformis). For E. pruinosa Turez., 
see this work, Part XVII, pp. 230-1. I have not seen the species, but Mueller says 
E. pachyphylla only “ approaches ”’ it. 

There seems no doubt that both Mueller and I are correct in pointing out the 
affinity of Z. pachyphylla to E. pyriformis, and I went so far as to make the former a 
variety of the latter. Compare figures 5 and 6 (#. pachyphylla) with the rest of the 
figures on Plates 75 and 76 (H. pyriformis). The anthers are similar, and the chief 
differences lie in the size of the fruits and in the length of calyx-tube or at least pedicel. 


a 


4. With FE. pyriformis Turez., var. Kingsmilli Maiden. 


The affinity of £. pachyphylla is, however, closer to this variety, but they differ, 
as regards the larger buds and fruits; the longer petioles and pedicels; the more pointed 
opercula; the ribs deeper, almost winged and more numerous, of var. Kingsmilli. 


5. With E. Oldfieldii F.v.M. 


E. Oldfieldii is under revision, but Part XVII, p. 223, may be turned to, and 
figs. 11, Plate 73, and figs. 1 and 2, Plate 74, consulted. All these are close to the 
type. Both species are Mallees, but in H. Oldfieldw the fruits are in threes, with no 
ribbing on either calyx-tube or operculum, and the rim of the fruit is domed. 

Fig. 7, Plate 75 (Burracoppin), which I attributed to E. pyriformis var. minor 
(and specifically identical with H. pachyphylla), of which fruits and a few leaves are 
alone available, is a form of #. Oldfieldi1, with comparatively long stout pedicels. 1 
have a note on it in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 455. 


18 


DESCRIPTION. 
CXIV. EF. pyriformis Turczaninow. 


Tue following new variety, originally published in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., hi, 508 
(1918), is figured in the present work for the first time (see also p. 229, Part XVII). 


E. pyriformis Tures., var. Kingsmilli Maiden. 


A shrub, or small tree attaining a height of about 20 feet, with rough bark on the trunk, the upper 
branches being smooth. The crimson flower-buds give the tree a most ornamental appearance. 


Juvenile leaves (not seen in their earliest stage, 7.¢., not quite opposite, but earlier than I have 
ever seen them in any form of E£. pyriformis) narrow-lanceolate, say 4-6 cm. long and 1 cm. in the widest 
part, with petioles of about 1 em. Equally pale green on both sides, venation not conspicuous, the secondary 
veins at an angle of about 45° with the midrib. 


Mature leaves apparently not different from those of the normal form of E. pyriformis. 


Flowers in an umbel usually of three, with a rounded or flattened peduncle of about 4 em., with 
pedicels of half that length. Anthers as in #. pyriformis. Buds with calyx-tubes nearly hemispherical 
and about 2 cm. in diameter. The operculum continued into an almost pungent point. Both calyx-tube 
and operculum covered with about eight thin prominent wings, about 4 mm. deep, giving the buds a 
remarkable appearance. The style about 1-5 cm. long, persistent, with the stigma of scarcely increased 
diameter, 


Dise at first concave, with a sharp raised inner ring flush with the top of the calyx-tube, which 
continues to grow upward, and at the samc ne expanding outwards, completely absorbing the concave 
cavity (noted in the early stages of its grow. until it reaches a height of 3-4 mm. above the level of the 
truncate calyx rim. 


Fruit nearly hemispherical, 2-5 cm. in diameter, with eight prominent wings; these and the 
remainder of the calyx-tube (calycine rim) raised about the staminal ring. 


This bizarre and showy variety, which promises to be an interesting addition to gardens in semi- 
tropical districts of low rainfall, is named in honour of the Hon. William Kingsmill, M.L.C., who has for 
many years taken a most active interest in forestry matters in Western Australia, and who has frequently 
assisted my botanical work for that State. 


19 


RANGE. 


Confined to Western Australia as far as we know. 


From the Kast Murchison to Lake Way. The type from close to a mining camp 
called Mount Keith, about 160 miles north of Leonora (W. Kingsmill, July, 1918). 

I subsequently received the following specimen from the National Herbarium, 
Melbourne (Prof. Ewart). “‘ Bush of 10 feet.” Upper Ashburton River (W. Cuthbert- 
son, 1888). This is the variety Kingsmilli but with peduncles and pedicels shorter 
and fruits smaller than in the type. 


AFFINITY. 


With E. pachyphylla F.v.M. (see p. 17). 


20 


DESCRIPTION. 


XC, FE. Oldfield F.v.M. 


In Fragm. 11, 37 (1860). 


Fo.Liow1nc is a translation of the original :— 


A shrub, leaves alternate with rather long petioles, ovate or narrow lanceolate, thick, coriaceous 
the same colour on both sides, slightly curved, imperforate, faintly and spreadingly veined, peripheral vein 
fairly distant from the edge, umbels shortly pedunculate, 2- or 3-flowered, the almost hemispherical oper- 
culum narrowed into a short umbo slightly longer than the semi-globular tube of the subsessile calyx, the 
very convex top of the fruit broadly encircling the capsule, calyx-tube exangular, hemispherical, the vertex 
of the 3- or 4-celled capsule pyramidal and exsert, seeds without wings. 


In sandy plains near the Murchison River—A. Oldfield. 


A shrub 4-5 feet high. Bark red, with loose flakes. Branchlets angled, the older ones terete. 
Leaves shining, 24-5 inches long, $-14 inches broad at the lower part. Peduncles 14 up to a few lines long, 
thickened at the base. Buds 4-5 lines long, wrinkled. Fruits not broader than 4 inch; tube hemispherical, 
margin 2 lines broad. Valves or either the exsert part of the capsule itself 14 lines long, almost deltoid. 
Seeds sterile, 3-1 line long; the fertile ones hardly more than a line long and blackish. 

It was described in English by Bentham in B. Fl. 11, 237, and figured and described 
by Mueller in his ‘ Eucalyptographia.” 


Notes supplementary to the description. 


It has an ovoid operculum usually more or less rostrate. Its juvenile fohage 
is petiolate and ovate, not broad, with the intramarginal vein distinctly removed from 
the edge. I have not seen it in its earliest stage. 

It is a stiff shrub of 8 or 10 feet, with many thin stems close together, forming an 
impenetrable scrub, but not a true Mallee. It is not a timber tree. 

The anther will be found figured at fig. 9, Plate 171. It will be seen that it is 
practically identical with that of 2. pyriformis (fig. 9, Plate 171), belonging to a group 
named by Mueller Strongylanthere. 


2) 


RANGE. 


It is confined to Western and South Australia. Mueller (“ Eucalyptographia ’’) 
gives its range as from Champion Bay to the Murchison River in Western Australia, but 
the localities about to be quoted show that it extends to the Eastern gold-fields and to the 
South Australian border. 


For a number of Western Australian localities, see Part XVII, p. 223, of the 
present work. It is a species often obviously passed over as “ Mallee,” and we require 
additional localities in order to properly map out its distribution. 


WESTERN AUSTRALIA (ADDITIONAL LOCALITIES). 
About 4 miles north of Menzies (C. E. Lane Poole, No. 282). 


Bruce Rock to Merriden (Dr. F. Stoward, Nos. 16, 36). “‘ Mallee,” Tammin 
(C. H. Ostenfeld, No. 512). Comet Vale (J. T. Jutson, Nos. 242, 250). 


SoutH AUSTRALIA. 


“Camp 10, §.A., Elder Exploring Expedition. 27th June, 1891. 15 feet 
high.” (R. Helms.) On the official map it is stated that some Mallee was found in 
the vicinity of this camp, which is in South Australia, in, say, 27° 60’ S. lat. and 
131° long. E. 


AFFINIPIES: 


1. With F. Drummondii. ¥.v.M. 


“ The close affinity of H. Oldfieldii to E. Drummondii remains to be noted. So far as I can judge 
from Drummond’s specimen No. 86, no other discrepancies of the latter exist than the smaller size of the 
leaves, flowers and young fruits, and the comparatively greater length of the flower-stalks and stalklets ; 
but such differences are not in every. other case of specific value, and as the bud and ripe fruit remained 
hitherto unknown, the final settling of this question is not yet possible. If #. Drwmmondw should prove 
a mere variety, as seems likely . . . .”’ (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,’’ under BE. Oldfieldii.) 

E. Oldfieldii differs from #. Drummondit in the sessile inflorescence which is 
arranged in triads (or when pedicellate), the pedicels are very stout and shorter than 
those of 2. Drummondir) and in different shaped buds and fruits, as will be seen by 
comparing Plate 78 (fig. 11) and Plate 74 (figs. 1 and 2) for H. Oldfieldi: with Plate 74 
(figs. 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10) for ZH. Drummondii. The former is a Mallee, and the latter a 
small tree. 


2. With E. Ewartiana Maiden, in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. W. liti, p. 111 (1919). 
This will be dealt with when £, Ewartiana is reached, 


Additional affinities have been dealt with in Part XVII, p. 225. 
i 


bo 
i) 


DESCRIPTION, 


COXXVU, EF. Drummondit Bentham. 
In B.FI. in, 237 (1866). 


Leaves from ovate oblong to lanceolate, obtuse or acuminate, under 3 inches long, very thick, with 
very fine close parallel veins, very diverging or almost transverse, but scarcely conspicuous, the intra- 
marginal one close to the edge. Peduncles axillary or lateral, } to 14 inches long, terete or nearly so, each 
bearing an umbel of 3 to 6 rather large flowers on terete pedicels often $ inch long. Calyx-tube broadly 
hemispherical, hard and smooth, 4 to 5 lines diameter. Operculum conical, rather broader and consider- 
ably longer than the calyx-tube. Stamens about 4 inch long, inflected in the bud; anthers rather small, 
ovate, with distinct parallel cells. Disk very broad, nearly flat, forming a prominent ring round the ovary, 
of which the obtusely conical centre protrudes about 1 or 14 lines above the disk at the time of flowering. 
Fruit unknown. 

The fruit was unknown to Bentham when he described L. Drummondia in 
B.F 1. ii, 237, and apparently Mueller only saw the young fruits. They will be found 
at fig. 7, Plate 74. Juvenile foliage petiolate, ovate, intramarginal vein close to edge 
(specimens of O. H. Sargent, near York, W.A.), but neither it nor the anthers figured 
until figs. 10-12, Plate 171, of the present part. 


SYNONYM. 


E. Oldfieldii F.v.M., var. Drummondii Maiden, at Part XVII, p. 223, of the 
present work. 
Mueller, in “ Euvcalyptographia,” under #. Oldficldi7, uses the iollowing words :— 


So far as I can judge from Drummond’s specimen No. 86, no other discrepancies of the latter (as 
regards L. Oldfieldii) exist than the smaller size of the leaves, flowers and young fruits, and the comparatively 
ereater length of the flower stalks and stalklets, but such differences are not in every case of specific value, 
and as the bud and ripe fruit remained hitherto unknown, the final settling of this question is not yet 
possible. If #. Drwmmondii should prove a mere variety, as seems likely ; 


Mueller continued to hold the opinion that #. Drunumondii was not distinct from 
E. Oldfieldii, for he omitted it from his Census. TLuehmann (Proc. Aust. Assoc. Adv. 
Science, vii, 5382, 1898) writes: “ BE. Drummondii seems a variety of this (#. Oldjieldi), 


being smaller in all its parts.” 


23 


After consideration, in Part XVI} of the present work, I constituted £. 
Drummondit as 2 variety of LE. Oldfieldv as already stated, adopting Drummond’s No. 86 
(the type of #. Drwnmondi) as the type for the variety. 1 am now of opinion that 
EB. Drummondii is a valid species. 


RANGE. 


It is confined to Western Australia. As in the case of so many other of 
Drummoud’s specimens, we do net know precisely their localities, but imasmuch as it 
has only been certainly found since from the York district, we have an indication 
of Drummond’s locality, and I would urge systematic search for the species. Local 
observers are now aware that it has long been confused with #. Lane-Poolei (a species 
to which it is more closely related than HZ. Oldfieldiz), and this should facilitate search. 

Drummond’s No. 86. The inflorescence varies in size somewhat in various 
specimens. Figured at 3 and 6, Plate 74. 

The following specimen matches the type absolutely :— 

Smaill tree of about 20 feet. Trunk and branches smooth, whitish buff, with a 
few brown semi-detached scales of dead bark. Leaves dull green. Growing in light, 
humous soil, mixed with ironstone gravel. Cut Hill, York (O. H. Sargent, No. 266). 
(Figured at 5 and 7, Plate 74.) 


Also St. Ronan’s Well, near York (C. E. Lane Poole). 


The following specimens have been examined :— 
No. 86(Drummond). Herb. Cant. and Herb. Oxon. The former in bud (one), 
but mostly early fruit. The latter mostly in bud and flower, and a little early fruit. 


AFFINITIES. 


1. With EZ. Oldfieldii F.v.M. See p. 21. 


2. With EB. Lane-Poolei Maiden, in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. liii, p. 107, (1919). 
This is its closest affinity, and will be dealt with when £. Lane-Poolei is reached, 


24 


Explanation of Plates (168-171). 


PLATE 168. 


E. latifolia F.v.M. 


1, Juvenile orbicular leaf. Not quite in the alternate stage, but the youngest leaf I have seen. 
Bathurst Island, Northern Territory. (G. F. Hill, No. 464.) 

2a. Mature leaf; 2b, large corymbose panicle, showing buds, flowers, and very young fruits; 2c, front and 
back views of anther; 2d, fruits of varying size and shape. Bathurst Island. (G. F. Hill, No. 469.) 

3. Immature fruit, markedly urceolate. Pine Creek, Northern Territory. (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 357.) 

4. Mature and starved fruits. Between Bull Oak and Crescent Lagoon, Darwin to Katharine River. 
(Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer.) 

5. Mature fruits with remarkably slender peduncles and pedicels ; the leaves comparatively small. 
Darwin to Roper River. (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer.) 

6a. Mature leaf; 6b, immature fruits. McKinlay Flats, Northern Territory. (Dr. H. I. Jensen.) 


PLATE 169. 
E. Foelscheana F.v.M. (See also Plate 170.) 


1. (At back), portion of a large juvenile leaf (the original is 15 by 11 inches, and even larger were seen). 
Katharine River, Northern Territory. (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer.) 

2. Small, scarcely urceolate fruits, attached to a mature leaf 20 to 16 cm. Katharine River. (Prof. 
W. Baldwin Spencer.) 

3a. Mature leaf; 3b, immature buds; 3c, immature fruit. McKinlay River Flats. (Dr. H. I. Jensen.) 

4a. Twig, bearing buds and flowers; 46, front and back views of anthers; 4c and 4d, fruits, views end-on 
and in elevation. Darwin (correspondent of Mueller). 

5. Mature fruits of the large or typical form, near Darwin. (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer.) 

6a. Mature leaf; 6, unusually oblong leaf; 6c, small, mature fruit. Track to Katharine River. (Prof. 
W. Baldwin Spencer.) 


PLATE 170. 
E. Foelscheana F.v.M. (See Plate 169.) 


(The lanceolar-leaved form.) 


1. Twig with long lanceolar leaf and flat-topped opercula (compare fig. 4a, Plate 169). ‘‘ North Coast ”* 
(Northern Territory). Robert Brown, “ Iter Australiense, 1802-5.” 

2a. Twig with shorter lanceolar leaf and fruits; 2b, fruit, end view. Darwin (correspondent of Mueller, 
by whom the specimen was sent to the Calcutta Herbarium). 

da. Small lanceolar leaf, comparable in size and shape with that of 6a, Plate 169. (Note the straight 
insect markings, parallel to the secondary veins. They have also been observed in Eucalyptus 
brachyandra F.v.M., but apparently not previously recorded); 30, small fruits; 3c, winged 
seeds. Between Cullen River and Woolgni, Northern Territory. (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 418.) 


The lanceolar-leaved form of this species is referred to at pp. 5 and 6. It would appear that a 
variety name for this form would not be justified in the present state of our knowledge, for 
comparing Plates 170 and 169, it will be observed that there is much variation in the shape of 
the leaves of the species. Further, if the fruits be compared, e.g., the small fruits, fig. 3b (Plate 
170) with the small fruits 2 (Plate 169), and the large fruits, fig. 2a and 26 (Plate 170) with the 
large fruits of fig. 5 (Plate 169), it will be seen that small and large fruits occur in both the typical 
and lanceolar-leaved forms. 


4a. 


5a. 


la. 


4a, 


8a. 


25 
PLATE 170—continued. 


E. Abergiana F.v.M. 
Twig with leaf, buds, and flowers; 4b, fruit, with a very short pedicel, from the drawing of the type 
in Mueller’s “ Eucalyptographia.”’ 
Mature leaf (rather broader than any leaf depicted by Mueller’s artist); 56, immature bud; 5c, anthers 


in different positions; 5d, fruit (rather more sessile than depicted by Mueller’s artist). Rockingham 
Bay, Queensland. (J. Dallachy.) Both 4 and 5 drawn from the type. 


PLATE 171. 


E. pachyphylla F.v.M. 


Leaf; 16, fruit. Hooker’s Creek, Northern Territory. (Mueller.) Type of the species (N.B., the fruits 
drawn in ‘“‘ Kucalyptographia’’ have the pedicels too long and the peduncle is not shown). 
Fruit from Pituri Creek, see p. 14. (A. Henry, 1889). From the Melbourne Herbarium. Not far 

removed from the type. Note the pedicels in both cases. 
Fruit, Linda Creek (see p. 14). From Melbourne Herbarium. Note the articulation of the peduncle 
to the single pedicel. 
Var. sessilis var. nov. 


Sessile head of buds; 46, underside view of the same, showing an annulus or disc; 4c, side-view of disc. 
The dise represents morphologically a fusion of pedicels, seated on a scarcely perceptible peduncle ; 
4d, views of anther. Glen of Palms, Macdonnell Ranges, “‘ W.A. Expedition, 1872’’ (E. Giles). 

These are the same buds as those figured in the BE. pachyphylla plate in the “ Eucalypto- 

graphia.”’ : 


. Ripe fruits (showing annulus); 55, immature fruit. Dalhousie Springs (Finke River, 1880). 


(Rev. H. Kempe). From Melbourne Herbarium. 

Leaf and fruits. North of Macdonnell Ranges (Plenty River district). (Lieut. Dittrich.) From 
Melbourne Herbarium. ~ See p. 16. : 

Fruits. Finke River. (Rey. W. Schwarz, 1886.) From Melbourne Herbarium. See p. 15. 


E. pyriformis Turez., var. Kingsmilli Maiden. 


Mature leaf; 8b, the broadest leaf I have seen, but not in the juvenile stage; 8c, flowers, showing the 
slender peduncles and pedicels ; 8d, anthers; 8¢, side-view of operculum. Note the dark spot which 
represents the aperture into the apex of the operculum into which the style and stigma are 
inserted as into a sheath or case; 8f, flower-bud, showing the shortest operculum and pedicel seen ; 
8g, immature fruit; 8h, perfectly ripe fruit. All from New England to Mt. Keith (about 160 
miles north of Leonora, W.A. (Hon. W. Kingsmill, M.L.C.) The type. 


&. Oldfieldii F.v.M. 


. Anthers. Mingenew, W.A. (J.H.M.) 


For the remainder of the drawings of H. Oldfieldii, see Plate 73, Part (XVII, fig. 11, and 
Plate 74, figs. 1 and 2. 


E. Drummondti Benth. 


Juvenile leaf. Near York, W.A. (O. H. Sargent.) 
Front and back view of anther. Cut Hill, York. (O. H. Sargent.) 
Front and back view of anther. Cut Hill, York. (O. H. Sargent.) 
. Note some variation in Nos. 11 and 12. 
For the remainder of the drawings of EZ. Drummondii, see Plate 74, Part XVII, figs. 3. 
DNOni pole 


The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “ Forest Flora of New 
South Wales ”’* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs 
of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic 
value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of 


the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— 


acacioides A. Cunn, (xlviii), 
acmenioides Schauer (xxxii). 

affinis Deane and Maiden (lvi). 
amygdalina Labill. (xvi). 

Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). 

Baileyana ¥.v.M. (xxxv). 
Baueriana Schauer (lvii). 
Baueriana Schauer var. conica Maiden (Iviti). 
Behriana ¥F.v.M. (xlvi). 

bicolor A. Cunn. (xliv). 

Boormani Deane and Maiden (xlv), 
Bosistoana F.v.M. (xl). 

Caley Maiden (Iv). 

capitellata Sm. (xxviii). 
Considenaana Maiden (xxxvi). 
coriacea A. Cunn. (xv). 

corymbosa Sm. (xii). 

crebra F.v.M. (lui). 

dives Schauer (xix). 

frutacetorum F.v.M. (xl). 

gigantea Hook. f. (li). 

goniocalyx F.v.M. (v). 

hemastoma Sm. (xxxvii). 
hemiphloia F.v.M. (vi). 

longifolia Link and Otto (ii). 
Luehmanniana ¥.v.M, (xxvi). (=E. virgata). 
macrorrhyncha ¥.v.M. (xxvii). 
maculata Hook. (vi). 


melanophloia F.v.M. (liv). 


melliodora A. Cunn, (ix). 
macrocorys F.v.M. (xxxviil). 
nucrotheca F.v.M. (li). 

numerosa Maiden (xvii). 

obliqua L’ Hérit. (xxii). 
ochrophloia F.v.M. (1). 

odorata Behr and Schlechtendal (xli). 
oleosa F’.v.M. (1x). 

paniculata Sm. (vill). 

pilularis Sm, (xxxi). 

piperita Sin. (xxxiil). 
Planchoniana F.v.M. (xxiv). 
polyanthemos Schauer (ix). 
populifolia Hook. (xlvii). 
propinqua Deane and Maiden (Ix). 
punctata DC. (x). 

regnans F.v.M. (xviii). 

resinifera Sm. (iil). 

rostrata Schlecht, (1xii). 

rubida Deane and Maiden (Ixiii). 
saligna Sm. (iv). 

stderophloia Benth. (xxxix), 
siderocylon A. Cunn. (xiii). 
Sitebertana ¥.v.M. (xxxiv). 
stellulata Sieb. (xiv). 

tereticornis Sm. (x1). 

virgata Sieb. (xxv). 


vitrea R. T. Baker (xxii). 


* Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. 


other illustrations. 


Price Js. per part (10s. por 12 parts); each part containing + plates and 


Sydney; William App!egate Gullick, Government Printer. ~1920. 


168. 


ele 


CRiT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


wot 


\ 


pO an 


A , 


M.FloeKfon-del. er lifh- 


EUCALYPiUS, PATIPOLIA  K.v.M: 


169. 


Pre 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


a 


Oe Tne, 


M.FlocKfon.det.eblith- 


[See also Plate 170.] 


EUCALYPTUS FOELSCHEANA F.v.M. 


Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS. . PL. 170. 


ge cp I er 
ee =< 5 Racy 
— Say oie 


fo pe 


ee 


M.Flockton delet lth. 


EUCALYPTUS FOELSCHEANA F.v.M. (J-3) [See also Plate 169.] 
(The lanceolar-leaved form.) 
E. ABERGIANA F.v.M. (4, 5) 


CriT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


aM ime eae So 


eH nT PD : 
a ae tag, 


ees 


M.FloeKion. del-ef hth- 


(4-7). 


(1-3) var. sessilis. 
E. PYRIFORMIS TURCZ var. Kingsmilli MAIDEN. (8). 
[See also Plate 73, fig. 11, and Plate 74, figs. 1 and 2.] 


EUCALYPTUS PACHYPHYLLA F.v.M. 


E. OLDFIELDII F.v.M. (9). 
[See also Plate 74, figs. 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10.] 


F. DRUMMONDII Bentu. (10-12). 


Blanes: 65- 68. 


ee July, 1912.) 


 Bucalyptus oleosa ¥.v.M., var. Flocktonie 


Maiden. 


. Bucalyptus Le Souefii Maiden. 

. Bucalyptus Clelandi Maiden. 

. Bucalyptus decurva E.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus doratoxylon F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus corrugata Luehmann. 
. Eucalyptus goniantha Turez. 

. Eucalyptus Strickland: Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus Campaspe 8. le M. Moore. 
. Eucalyptus diptera Andrews. 

. Eucalyptus Griffithsic Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus grossa F.v.M. 

7. Eucalyptus Pimpiniana Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus Woodward: Maiden. 


Plates, 69-72. (Issued September, 1912.) 


. Eucalyptus salmonophloia ¥.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus leptopoda Bentham. 

. Eucalyptus sgwamosa Deane and Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus Oldfieldi F.v.M. i 
. Eucalyptus orbifolia F.v.M. 

. Eucdyptus pyriformis Turezaninow. 


Plates, 73-76. (Issued February, 1913.) 


. Eucalyptus macrocarpa Hook. 

. Eucalyptus Preissiana Schauer. 

. Eucalyptus megacarpa ¥.v.M. 

. Eucdyptus globulus Labillardiére. 
. Eucalyptus Maidens ¥F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus urnigera Hook. f. 


Plates, 77-80. (Issued July, 1913.) 


. Eucdyptus goniocalyx F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus nitens Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus eaeophora ¥.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus cordata Labill. 

. Eucalyptus angustissima F.v.M. 


Plates, 81-84. (Issued December, 1913.) 


. Eucalyptus gigantea Hook. f. 

. Eucalyptus longifolia Link and Otto. 
. Eucdyptus diversicolor ¥.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus Guilfoyle: Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus patens Bentham. 

. Eucalyptus T odtiana ¥.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus micranthera F.v.M. 


‘Plates, 85-88. (Issued March, 1914.) 


XXII—117. 


118. 
119. 
120. 
121. 
; 122. 
123. 
124. 


XXTHI—125. 


126. 


127, 


XXIV—128. 
129. 


130. 
131. 
132. 


Plates, 100 bis—103. 


XXV—133. 
134. 
135. 
136. 


XXVI—138. 
139. 
140. 


XXVII—141. 
142. 
143. 
144, 


XXVITI—145. 
146. 
147. 


148. 


t XXI—113. Lucalyptus cinerea F.v.M. 
114, Bucdyptus pulverulenta Sims. 
115. Eucalyptus cosmophylla ¥.v.M. 
116. Eucalyptus gomphocephala A. P. DC. 


Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914.) 


Eucalyptus erythronema Turez. f 

Eucalyptus acacieformis Deane & Maiden 

Eucalyptus pallidifolia F.v.M. % 

Eucalyptus cesia Benth. 

Eucalyptus tetraptera Turcz. 

Eucalyptus Forrestuana Diels. 

Eucalyptus miniata A. Cunn. 

Eucalyptus phenicea F.v.M. 

Plates, 93-96. (Issued April, 1915.) 
| 

Eucalyptus robusta Smith. 

Eucalyptus botryoides Smith. 

Eucalyptus saligna Smith. 

Plates, 97-100. (Issued July, 1915.) 


Eucalyptus Deane: Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Dunniw Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Stuartuana F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Banks Maiden. 
Eucalyptus quadrangulata Deane & Maide ha 
(Issued November, 1915 


Eucalyptus Macarthuri Deane and Maiden, 
Eucalyptus aggregata Deane and Maiden. 
Eucalyptus parvifolia Cambage. 
Eucalyptus alba Reinwardt. 

Plates, 104-107 


Eucalyptus Perrmmiana F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Gunna Hook. f. 

Eucalyptus rubida Deane and Maiden. 
Plates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) 


Eucalyptus maculosa R. T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus precox Maiden. 
Eucalyptus ovata Labill. 

Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden. 

Plates, 112-115. (Issued July, 1916.) 


Eucalyptus vernicosa Hook. f. oe 
Eucalyptus Muellert T. B. Moore. ‘ 


Eucalyptus Kitsoniana (J. G. Luehmann) . 
Maiden. 


Eucalyptus vimenalis Tabdlnrdic re. 
Plates, 116-119. (Issued December, 1916.) 


y. 
oe 


Eucalyptus Baeuerlent ¥.v.M. 
Eucalyptus scoparia Maiden. 


Part XXIX—149. 
150. 
tos 
152. 

Ss 158. 
© 154, 
Plates, 120-123. 


Eucalyptus punctata DC. 
Eucalyptus Kirtoniana ¥.v.M. 
(Issued February, 1917.) 


XXX—155. HLucalyptus resinifera Sm. 
156. Eucalypius pellita F.v.M. 
157. Eucalyptus brachyandra F.v.M. 
Plates, 124-127. (Issued April, 1917.) 


XXXI—158. Hucalypius iereticornis Smith. 

159. Hucalyptus Banerofti Maiden. 

-160. Eucalyptus amplifolva Naudin. 
Plates, 128-131. (Issued July, 1917.) 


Eucalyptus Seeana Maiden. 

Eucalyptus exserta F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus Parramatiensis C. Hall. 
Eucalyptus Blakelyi Maiden. 

Eucalyptus dealbata A. Cunn. 

Eucalyptus Morris: R. T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus Howitivana F.v.M. 

(Issued September, 1917. 


XXXII—161. 
162, 

163. 

164. 

165. 

166. 

167. 

Plates, 132-135. 


XXXIII—168. Hucalyptus rostrata Schlechtendal. 
169. Bucalyptus rudis Endlicher. 
170. Hucalyptus Dundast Maiden. 
171. Hucalypius pachyloma Benth. 
Plates, 136-139. (Issued December, 1917.) 


XXXIV—172. Eucalyptus redunca Schauer. 
173. Eucalyptus accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. 
174. Hucalyptus cornuta Labill. 
175. Hucalyptus Websteriana Maiden. 
Plates, 140-143. (Issued April, 1918.) 


XXXV--176. 
177. 

178. 

179. 

180. 

181. 

Plates, 144-147. 


Eucalyptus Lehmanni Preiss. 
Euoalypius annulata Benth. 
Eucalyptus platypus Hooker. 
Rucalyptus spathulata Hooker. 
Eucalyptus gamophylia F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus argillacea W.V. Fitzgerald 
(Issued August, 1918.) 


Kucayptus Bentham: Maiden & Cambage. 
Eucalyptus propingua Deane and Maiden. 


Part XXXVI1e iodo 


183. 
184. 


185. 
186. 


187. 
188. 


Plates, 148-151. 


XXXVIH—189. 
190. 
191. 


192. Eucalyptus papuana ¥.v.M. 
Plates, 152-155. 


XXXVIMI—193. 
194. 
195. 

196. 

re 

198. 

199. 

200. 

9. Hucalyptus amygdalina Labill. 

201. 

202. 

203. 

Plates 156-159. 


XXXIX—204. 
205. 
206. 
207. 
208. 
209. 
210. 
Dita 

73. 
212. 
28. 
Lads 
214. 
295. 
Plates 160-163. 


XL—216. 
217. 
218. 
219. 
220. 
221. 


222. 


Eucalyptus macrandra F: vM. 

Eucalyptus salubris B.v.M. ; 

Eucalyptus dadocalye Fv.M. 

Eucalyptus Cooperiana F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus interterta R. T. Baker. — 

Eucalyptus confluens ( War tag 
Maiden. 


(Issued January, 19 5) j 


Boal hus oleae A. Cunn. 
Eucalyptus aspera R.y.M. .— 
Eucalyptus grandifoha R.Br. 


(Issued March, 1919.) 2 


Eucalyptus tessellaris F. v.M. 
Eucalyptus Spencervana Maiden. “4 
Eucalyptus Olifioniana W. V. Pitagerld. 
Eucalyptus setosa Schauer. Ay 
Eucalyptus Serruginea Schauer. 
‘ELucalyptus Moore, Maiden and Camba 
Eucalyptus dumosa A. Gunn. ~ 
Eucalyptus torquata Luehmann. 


Eucalyptus radiata Sieber. 
Eucalyptus numerosa Maiden. 
Eucalyptus nitida Hook. f. 
(Issued July, 1919.) 


Eucalyptus Torelhhana ¥.v.M. 
Eucalyptus corymbosa Smith. 
Eucalyptus intermedia R. T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus patellaris F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus celastroides Turczaninow. 4 
Eucalyptus gracilis ¥.v.M. a 
Eucalyptus transcontinentalis Maiden. 
Eucalyptus longicorns F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Flocktonve Maiden. 
Eucalyptus virgata Sieber. 
Eucalyptus oreades R. T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus obtusiflora DC. a 
Eucalyptus fraxinoides Deane and Mai le] 
(Issued February, 1920.) — 
Eucalyptus termmalis F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus dichromophloia F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus pyrophora Benth. 
Eucalyptus levopinea R. T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus ligustrina DC. ee: 
Eucalyptus stricta Sieber, 
Eucalyptus grandis (Hill) Maiden. - 
Plates 164-167. . (Issued March, 19 


a He MAIDEN, ‘180, PRS EES 


(Government Botanist of New South ‘Wales and Director of the 


ae ss See Botanic ‘Gardens, Sydney). es 


VoL. Vo PART 2. 


Part XE ae 


(WITH FOUR PLATES. » 


PRIcE Two SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. 


Published by Gallons of 
‘THE ‘GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW ae WALES. 


a Sania: 
WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER. 


1920. 


rey ee 


eee eee 


10-4: 
ee . Hucalyptus fecunda Schauer. 


= Bucalyptus pilul aris” 


oe var. 


ca 
Muelleriana Maiden. 
Plates, 1-4, (Issued March, 1903.) 


‘ Eucalyptus obliqua L’ Heéritier. 


Plates, 5-8. (Issued May, 1903.) 


. Eucalyptus calycogona Turczaninow. 


Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.). 
Eucalyptus incrassata Labillardiére, 


Plates, 13-24, (Issued June, 1904.) 


. Eucalyptus stellulata Sieber. 
. Eucalyptus coriacea A. Cunn. 
. Eucalyptus coccifera Hook. f. 


Plates, 25-28. (Issued November, 1904.) 


. Eucalyptus amygdalina Labillardiére. 
. Hucalyptus linearis Dehnhardt. 
. Eucalyptus Risdona Hook. f. 


Plates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) 


: Ducaynins regnans B.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus witellina Naudin, and Eucalyptus 


vitrea R. T. Baker. 


. Eucalyptus dives Schauer. 
. Eucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpland. 


Plates, 33-36. (Issued October, 1905. ) 


5 Heiealyaius capitellata Sm. 
. Eucalyptus Muellervana Howitt. 


Eucalyptus macrorrhyncha F.v.M. 


. Hucalyptus eugeniordes Sieber. 
. Eucalyptus marginata Sm. . 

. Hucalyptus buprestiuum F.v.M. 
. Hucalyptus sepulcralis F.v.M. 


Plates, 37-40. (Issued March, 1907.) 


. Hucalypius alpina Lindl. 

. Eucalyptus microcorys F.v.M. 

. Hucalyptus acmenroides Schauer. 

, Eucalyptus umbra R. T. Baker. 

. Hucalyptus virgata Sieber. 

. Hucalyptus apiculata Baker and Smith. 

. LHucalyptus Luehmanniana F. v. Mueller. 
. Hucalyptus Planchoniana F.v.M. 


Plates, 41-44. (Issued November, 1907.) 


. Kucalyptus piperita Sm. 
. Eucalyptus Sreberiana F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus Consideniana Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus hemastoma Sm. 
. Eucalyptus siderophlova Benth. 
. Zucalyptus Boormani Deane and Maiden. 
. Lucalyptus leptophleba F.y.M. 
. Eucalyptus Behriana F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus populifolia Hook. 
Eucalyptus Bowmani F.v.M. (Doubtful species.) 


Plates, 45-48. (Issued December, 1908.) 


. Eucalyptus Bosistoana F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn. 
. Eucalyptus hemiphloia F.v.M. 
AN 
rN 44, 
44 (a). 
45. 


a = 


Eucalyptus odorata Behr and Schlechtendal. 
An Ironbark Box. 
Eucalyptus fruticetorum F.v.M. 


XII—50. Eucalyptus Raw 
. Eucalyptus crebra F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus Staigeriana B.v.M. 
. Bucalypius meanophlaa ¥.v.M. 
. Hucalyptus pruinosa Schauer. 
. Hucalypius Smitha R. T. Baker. 
. Eucalyptus Naudimiana ¥.v.M. 
. Zucalyptus sideroxylon A. Cunn., 
. Eucalyptus leucorylon F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus Caley: Maiden. 


XIII--60. 
. Eucalyptus paniculata Sm. 

. Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. ~ 
. Eucalyptus Ruddert Maiden. — A. 
. Hucalypius Bauertana Schauer. ae 
. Lucalyptus cneorrfolia DC. ee 


. Eucalyptus melliodora A. Gunn, 

. Lucalypius fasciculosa F.v.M. 

. Hucalyptus uncinata Turezaninow. 
. Hucalypius decipiens Endl. 

. Lucalypius concolor Schauer. 

. Hucalyptus Cléeziana ¥.v.M. 

. ELucalyptus olagantha Schauer. 


. Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M. 
. Hucalyptus Gillaa Maiden, 
. Lucalyptus falcata Turcz. © 


. Eucalyptus Le Souefii Maiden. 

. Hucalyptus Clelands Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus decurva ¥.v.M.— 

. Lucalyptus doratoxylon F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus corrugata Luehmann. 
. Lucalyptus gonvantha Turez. 

. Eucalyptus Strickland: Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus Campaspe 8. le M. Moore. 
. Eucalyptus diptera Andrews. 

. Lucalyptus Griffithsi Maiden. 

. Hucalyptus grossa F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus Pimpiniana Maiden. ~ 
. Hucalyptus Woodward: Maiden. 


. Lucalyptus salmonophloia F.v.M. 
. Lucalypius leptopoda Bentham. © 

. Bucalyptus squamosa Deane and Ma 
. Eucalyptus Oldfieldit F.v.M. — 
: es ore E.v.M. .: 


“Plates, 4 


Plates, 53-56. (Issued November 


Eucalyptus affinis Deane and Maiden. 


Plates, 57-60. (Issued July, 1911 


Plates, 61-64. (Issued March, 1912 


Plates, 65-68. (Issued ia 1912 


Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M., var. Plockton 
Maiden. 


Plates, 69-72. (Issued Septemb 


A CRIMICAL REVISION OF THE 


GENUS PBUesLverus 


BY 


ie MATIN, USO. fl RS, EES: 


(Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). 


Vor. VE art. 2. 
Ear, XEN of the Complete: Work. 


(WITH FOUR PLATES.) 


“* Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and . combining 
them. Even when a sysi.m has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, 
or to. reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by 
antiquity, and transmits that hoard. augmented by fresh aequisitions, to future ages. 
In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, ard 


even when they fail, are entitled to praise.’ 
Macauray’s “Essay ON MILTON.” 


PRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. 


Published by Authority of 
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES,’ 


Svonev : 


WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET. 


*92895—-A 1920. 


CCXXVIIT, Eucalyptus eximia Schauer. 


PAGE. 


Besctipion : ‘ : A . : : ° 27 
Synonym (doubtful) : ; A ° : ‘ ‘6 : 28 
Range (including Grose Head). : : : : : 28 
Association with £. corymbosa and E. squamosa : ° 31 
Affinities . : : : ° : ° . . ° 31 


COX XIX. ee oy Bentham. 


Description : ° , 33 
Synonyms. : : : : 6 . : ° : C 34 
Range ‘ : : : : Q . 35 
(The Rusty Gum Be Leichhardt) A 5 : < : 37 
ASfhintVeStsh, Saris dha nee ee yess.) 25) BS Ginem)” Hey Hae oe 


COXXX, Eucalyptus Watsoniana F.v.M. 


Description 6 . ° ° ° ° . e ° 40 
Range : : : : 3 : ; é ° . f 41 
Affinities . ‘ : . 4 4 : 5 3 : 41 


CCX X XI. pe a F.v.M. 


Description . ° ° ° ° 43 
A supposed forma Gruticosae ‘ . ° . : 6 43 
Range (including sume of (esichharat’s collections) 44 
Affinities. 5 : é 5 6 ‘ : d : 5 46 


COC Bee le Maiden. 


Description ‘ : 48 

Range : : : : : : 6 C : 5 ° 48 

Affinities (including a _ brief -discussion on 
hybridisation) .. . 3 : : : 2 : ; 49 


COX XXII. ee Kruseana }'.v.M. 


Description 4 : A “ 4 51 
Synonym . : ; : ‘ : : , : ; 51 
Range : : ; : : : : : ; : : 52 


Affinities . : : : 5 ; : : : : 5 53 


COXXXIV. Eucalyptus Dawsoni R. T, Baker. 


PAGE. 


| Description : 5 ‘ . . 5 6 ° . ° 56 
Illustrations . c : 4 & : : ; : 6 56 
Synonym . 6 : : : : q : : . ° 56 
Range ; ‘ é f ; Z : é : ° : 56 
Pfinmities <2 ee) Sak ek se el eee 


LXIT, Sua peisen enas Schauer. 


Description : ‘ 5 . : 58 
Illustrations : : g ! : : : : t 58 
‘TEhe bark . : 0 : ‘ : : : 3 = Fs 58 
The species has lanceolate leaves : 5 5 59 
Range (specimens seen by Mueller, and additional 
localities) . : : : : : : . . é 60 
Affinities . ‘ < : ; : z : 4 : i 61 


LXIV. Eucalyptus Baueriana Schauer. 
Description : : : 4 é : ; ‘ ‘ é 62 
Range— . : : 

Specimens included by Mueller in EF. polyanthemos €2 
Other localities 5 : : ‘ : : ; 5 63 


COX XX V. ili conica Deane and Maiden. 


Description ‘ : : : : 5 64 
Synonym : : : : ; : é : : 4 64 
Range : : ; F ‘ : : ‘ ‘ : : 64 


LXX. Eucalyptus concolor Schauer. 


The type. Explanation of the confusion with 


E. decipiens and other species . P : = nee 66 
Drummond's No, 77 is not £. concolor . Z : : 67 
Affinities . ; j : : : é ; 4 : A 68 


Explanation of Plates (172-8) . : : ‘ : “ 68 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCOXX VII, FE. eximia Schauer. 


In Walpers’ Repertorium i, 925 (1843). 


FoLiowinc is a translation of the original :— 


Rigid, with firm lanceolate leaves narrowed into a petiole, long, acute, smooth on both sides and 
sub-opaque, covered with small black dots, imperforate, without veins; the terminal panicle composed of 
very many—about six-flowered heads with long peduncles; peduncles compressed, somewhat two-edged ; 
operculum coriaceous, convex, umbonate, after expansion sometimes with the hinge of the operculum as if 
adherent to the obconical wrinkled-angular calyx-tube (and the remaining parts ?) glaucous-hoary, finally 
smooth shining. Leaves half a foot long and longer, about an inch broad. Flowers showy, 6 lines long; 
stamens elongated, white. Collected in New Holland in former days by Ferd. Bauer. 


Tt was described by Bentham in B.FI. iii, 258, as follows :— 


Leaves faleate-lanceolate, acuminate, mostly 4 to 6 inches long, with numerous veins, fine and 
parallel, but scarcely visible owing to the thick coriaceous texture. Flowers several together, closely 
sessile in heads, which are usually arranged on thick angular or flattened peduncles, in terminal corymbs 
or panicles. Calyx-tube thick, obconical, somewhat angular, much tapering at the base, 3 to 4 lines long. ~ 

> Operculum broadly conical or shortly acuminate, always much shorter than the calyx-tube, and double, 
as in E£. maculata, but the inner one not readily separable in the dried specimens till the flower is ready to 
open. Stamens 3 to 4 lines long; anthers ovate-oblong, the cells parallel, opening longitudinally. Ovary 
short, flat-topped. Fruit urceolate, } to 1 inch long, the rim thin, the capsule deeply sunk. 


It is described and figured by Mueller in the ‘‘ Eucalyptographia.” 


Caley, at the beginning of the 19th century, called it ‘‘ Snufi-coloured Bark 
Eucalyptus,’ which is descriptive, but, it seems to me, it gives an idea that the bark 
is browner than it really is. The colour of the bark is a dirty yellow. 


By Sydney people this is variously known as “‘ Mountain Bloodwood,’ “ Yellow 
Bloodwood,” and “ Rusty Gum.’ It is called ‘“‘ Bloodwood” partly because kino 
exudes in the concentric circles of the wood (which kino, by the way, cannot be mistaken 
for that of #. corymbosa). Baron von Mueller states (“‘ Kucalyptographia”’ ), following 
Dr. Woolls, I find, that it sometimes goes by the name of “ Smooth-barked Bloodwood,” 
but I have not heard it so: called. 


The purple (plum violet) of the young foliage is a very conspicuous object, and 
it has long been known that it contains a small percentage of caoutchouc, as does that 
of the common Sydney Bloodwood (E. corymbosa). 


Mr. W. F. Blakely noted that the young shoots in the Hornsby-Galston district 
(near Hawkesbury River) distinctly smell of 01] of lemon (February, 1918). 


28 


Bentham (B.FI. i, 258), speaking of the operculum, says ““ . . . double, 
as in #. maculata, but the inner one not readily separable in the dried specimens ti'] 
the flower is ready to open.” Mueller follows the matter up in the “‘ Eucalyptographia,” 
but I think it will be best to deal with the morphology of the opercula (which involves 
consideration of a number of species), when dealing with the morphology of the genus 
in the second portion of this work. 


DOUBDFUL SYNONYAE 


E. elongata Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. 1, 30 (1822). 


Following is a copy of the original :— 


“223. E. elongata. Fol. lanceolatis attenuatis acumine subfiliformi reticulatim 
venosis. Hab. in Australia. T. Fol. pet. 8” longo lamina 4-5’ Iga. 10’-1’ lata 
coriacea. Non floruit.’”’ A specimen in the Vienna Herbarium labelled ‘‘ Eucalyptus 
elongata Link, Ferd. Bauer, Herb. Bauer” is EZ. eximea Schauer. 

On the other hand, we have the species rather more fully described in DC. 
Prod. iii, 222, as follows :— 


“49, E. elongata (Link lc.) foliis alternis lanceolatis attenuatis acumine sub- 
filiformi reticulatim venosis coriaceis. In Noy. Hollandia. Folii petiolus 8 lin. longus, 
lamina 4-5 poll. longa 10-12 lin. lata. An forte eadem ac E. cornuta aut potius 
E. persicifolia? (v.s. sine fl. ex hort. Berol). 

A single leaf, from the Prodromus Herbarium (from M. Casimir De Candolle) has 
the following label :— 

(Manu Ottonis), ‘‘ Eucalyptus elongata Lk. En.” 
(Manu Seringe1), “ Jardin de Berlin Mr. Otto, 1826.” 
(Manu DC. i1), “* An cornuta? persicifolia?”’ 

It is not H. eximia. I would not like to state its origin at present. EH. elongata 
Link, in Otto’s handwriting, was written by the collaborator of Link in much botanical 
work. 


RANGE. 


The collection of the type is credited to Ferdinand Bauer, as is the case with 
other specimens collected by Robert Brown, but forming part of a collection of Bauer's 
(who was Sir Joseph Banks’s artist attached to Brown), which found its way to the 
Vienna Herbarium. Brown described it and gave it a name, but, like so many of 
Brown’s descriptions of Eucalyptus, it never saw the light. The type came from the 
Grose River, New South Wales. 


29 


Bentham gives “ Banks of the River Grose, R. Brown, and (lower) Blue Mountains, 
Miss Atkinson.” Mueller (“‘ Eucalyptographia”’) adds Bent’s Basin (Woolls), which 
is on the Nepean, about 22 miles south of its junction with the Grose. The Dogwood 
Creek, Queensland, specimens, ‘collected by Leichhardt and referred to in the 
‘* Kucalyptographia,” under EF. eaimia, are EL. peltata F.v.M. 


It seems to be confined to the sandstone of eastern-central New South Wales, 
its most southerly recorded locality being Jervis Bay, and northerly one Howe’s Valley, 
near Singleton, while the most westerly locality is Springwood, in the lower Blue 
Mountains (1,200 feet). 


Southern localities. A specimen in Herb. Cant., Ex herb. Lindl., labelled, “* 7 feet 
high, P. Jarvis, Fraser” (Jervis Bay, Fraser died in December, 1831) is HL. eximia. 
Another specimen, labelled “ Eucalyptus sp., height 50 feet, flowers in September, 
Port Jervis” (Jervis Bay) (Fraser), in Herb. Oxon, is this species. 


The next most southerly locality recorded is Shoalhaven River (Badgery’s 
Crossing to Nowra, W. Forsyth and A. A, Hamilton). It is remarkable that it has 
never been recorded from Jervis Bay since Fraser’s time, nor between Jervis Bay and 
the Shoalhaven. 


Yalwal, 18 miles from Nowra, Shoalhaven district (R. H. Cambage). Picton 
Lakes (R. H. Cambage). It is obvious that we want more collecting over southern 
localities for this species. 


A large tree of this species used to be in Government House Grounds, just inside 
the gates. It was demolished during the widening of Macquarie-street, in 1913. It 
may have been an original specimen of the Sydney flora, still preserved to some extent 
in the Outer Domain, but I doubt it. 


Western localities. —V ery common about Glenbrook and Blaxland, but was not 
observed beyond Springwood. October is the usual flowering time for this species, 
but the evidence available on 12th November last went to show that, with but few 
exceptions, it did not flower last spring; and it is worthy of note that it flowered profusely 
in 1900 and 1902, but was almost destitute of flowers in 1901 (vide these Proceedings, 
1902, p. 206). Many of the trees were rendered attractive in November by the display 
of purple foliage on the young shoots. (R. H. Cambage and J.H.M., Proc. Linn. Soc. 
N.S. W. xxx, 199, 1905). 


Mulgoa (R. H. Cambage, J.H.M.). “* This is the ‘ Mountain Bloodwood.’ The 
Fark is generally different in texture from the other. It is not so thick, and looks more 
like the bark of a Mahogany or Woolly Butt.” Near Bent’s Basin (Rev. Dr. Woolls). 


“ Smooth-barked Bloodwood,” specimen from cliffs near Bent’s Basin (W. Woolls). 
Bent’s Basin, only on the sandstone ridge (J.H.M.). Bent’s Basin is on the Nepean 
River, a few miles south of Penrith. 


30 


Following are two historical specimens. They are co-types. ‘‘ Banks of the 
Grose.” Robert Brown, 1802-5. (Presented by J. J. Bennett at the 1876 distribution 
from the British Museum, No. 4776. ) 


“Snuff-coloured bark Eucalyptus, Grose, September, 1804, F2.” (George 
Caley.) (Presented by British Museum through Dr. A. B. Rendle, No. 42.) (Grose 
Head on other specimens. ) 


Grose’s Head was a name originally given by Caley himself. There isa reference 
to its use by Bligh on 31st October, 1807 (Hist. Rec. Aust. vi, 145), who speaks of it 
as “ A high, commanding situation called Grose’s Head.” The name is several times 
used by Blaxland in his “‘ Journal of a Tour of Discovery Across the Blue Mountains 
in the year 1813.” One of the references is that at Glenbrook Lagoon, “ the high land 
of Grose Head appeared before them at about 7 miles distance, bearing north by east.’ 
Mr. Alexander Wilson told me that Grose Head is a bluff at the junction of Burralow 
Creek and Grose River (a few miles from the junction of the latter with the Nepean), 
parish of Burralow, county of Cook. 


Mr. R. H. Camlage and I, in 1906, saw it when we ascended the Grose River 
from the Nepean. We could only progress about 5 miles from the Nepean junction to 
the head of navigation. We then came to large sandstone boulders, but could hardly 
progress a short distance over them, and continued progress was impossible. Looking 
up the stream, the fine bluff of Grose Head was the prominent feature of the landscape. 
It is easy to suppose that Caley saw it from this position. 


Northern lccalities.—Petween 17-19 mile-posts, Galston road, Hornsby (W. F. 
Blakely’. At tke Linnean Society's excursion of the 27th April, 1889, numerous 
individuals, including some very fine trees, of this species were found at the junction 
of the Berowra Creek with the Hawkesbury River. This was the most northerly locality 
known for a number of years. (Henry Deane and J.H.M.) 


I am indebted to Mr. W. F. Blakely for the following notes on the occurrence 
of this species between Hornsby and Hawkesbury River, including its association with 
E. squamosa Deane and Maiden :— ; 


There are several fine belts of this species on the eastern and north-eastern spurs of the rugged 
sandstone country along Berowra Creek, from the Galston Valley, on the Galston road between the 17-19 
mile-posts, to Brooklyn on the Hawkesbury River; and also in similar situations in various places 
throughout the Kuring-gai Chase; namely, on the Gibberygong track, Kuring-gai Chase boundary line, 
2 miles east of Hornsby; Bobbin Head (plentiful); along the-Chase road to Mt. Colah (two patches) ; 
close to railway line at Kuring-gai, Berowra, Cowan and Hawkesbury River stations. It is also common 
at various points along Cowan Creek. For instance, fine specimens are to be seen at Windybanks and at 
Jerusalem Bay. 


On the Pittwater side of the Chase there is a patch of it towards the head of Cowan Creek. 


It is interesting to note that besides occupying the highest points in the strip of country between 
Manly and Brooklyn, H. eximia descends to the sea-level, attaining its greatest development on the lower 
levels, but some really good specimens are met with at considerably high elevations. 


31 


ASSOCIATION WITH E. CorYMBOSA Sm. AND E. sQUAMOSA DEANE AND 
MAIDEN. 


E. eximia is often associated with E. corymbosa and HE. squamosa, but to a limited extent. It 
usually prefers the well-drained rugged, often precipitous ridges, with a northerly or easterly aspect, as 
seen along the railway line near the Hawkesbury River station, while 2. corymbosa prefers the better-class 
soils of the northern, eastern, and western slopes; also the medium soils interspersed with ironstone gravel 
of the flat, open forests, on the tops of ridges. On the other hand, Z. squamosa is usually confined to the 
moist tops and somewhat sour, swampy, elevated southern depressions. When these species meet, they 
do not penetrate beyond their ecological boundaries. In any case, #. corymbosa is the most aggressive of 
the three, for it appears to have adapted itself to all sorts of environmental conditions. 


We now cross to the northern bank of the Hawkesbury River. 

Woy Woy and Hawkesbury River (Andrew Murphy). 

“ Pepper,” not Peppermint, is the Colo name, Hawkesbury River (a surveyor 
whose name I have forgotten). 

Maitland (Sawyer’s Gully), where it is known as Rock Apple. (R. H. Cambage.) 


AFFINITIES. 


We are dealing in this Part with four Yellow-barks or Yellow-jackets. They 
all have palish timber (in contradistinction to reddish), viz., EB. eximia, E. peltata, 
E. Watsoniana, and E. trachyphloia, and have some affinities for that reason. They are 
contrasted at p. 47. 

E: eximia is a member of the Corymbose, and Bentham (B.FI. ii, 199) places it 
nearest to H. maculata, giving the key. 

Flowers pedicellate in 3-flowered umbels ... EB. maculata. 
Flowers sessile, in heads... Hee As ... E. eximia. 


These are the only two species of the section he records as having a double 
operculum. 


Mueller’s views as to the affinities of HZ. eximia will be given in his own order. 


1. With F. Watsoniana F.v.M. 


E. eximia is closely related to LE. Watsoniana, differing mainly in narrower leaves, in the smaller 
flowers without any stalklets, in the lid not exceeding the width of the calyx-tube, and in smaller fruits 
with not emerging or protruding disc. (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,” under EZ. eximia.) 


This is the only other Yellow-jacket with which Mueller contrasts it, and I will 
refer to the affinity under table at p. 47. 


2, With £. Abergiana F.v.M. 


In its panicles it resembles H. Abergiana, but the leaves are almost sickle-shaped and not 
conspicuously darker above, the lid and calyx-tube are separated by a clear sutural line, and the seeds 
are not provided with a terminating membrane. (‘ Eucalyptographia,” under H, ewimia.) 


B 


32 


For £. Abergiana, see Plate 170, Part XLI. The two species are sharply separated 
by the non-yellow bark, and the red timber of 2. Abergiana. The mature foliage of 
that species is broader, the buds ovoid, and therefore the opercula non-conoid, the 
peduncles thicker and more distinctly articulate, the fruits larger and more woody. 
At the same time, we are not fully aware of the amount of variation in that species. 


3. With E. maculata Hook. f. 


E. eximia claims particularly close relationship to Z. maculata; but its distinctness is vindicated 
by the persistency and peculiarity of the bark, by the still finer venation of the leaves, by the flowers 
being of larger-size and devoid of stalklets, by the less ready separation of the outer and inner lid from 
each other, by the petaloid whitish not shining inner but smoother and more lustrous lid, and by the 
larger fruits; the seedling state may also be different. (‘‘ Hucalyptographia,” under L. eximia.) 

Mr. W. F. Blakely informed me, in February, 1918, that young shoots of 
E. eximia in the Hornsby, Sydney, district, distinctly smelled of oil of lemon. This 
indicates affinity to L. maculata var. citrvodora. I will postpone further consideration 
of the contrasts until L. maculata is reached in Part XLIIL 


4, With E. corymbosa Sm. 


Although called a Bloodwood tree, it differs widely from E. corymbosa, not only in some of the 
characteristics of its flowers and fruits, but also in foliage and bark, the latter being of more scaly texture 
and also smoother outside. (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,’ under HZ. eximia.) 

For E. corymbosa see Part XXXIX, Plates 161, 162. The latter has a hard, 
scaly, non-yellow bark, with red timber. Its flush of young foliage is reddish rather than 
purple, and its very young leaves are non-petiolate. The two species differ in the shape 
of the fruits, which have pedicels in E. corymbosa, which also bas its buds more clavate. 


e 


33 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCXXIX. EF. peltata Bentham. 
In BF. iii, 254 (1866). 


FotLow1ne is the original description :— 


A tree with a dark, shining, brittle, flaky, but persistent bark (F. Mueller). 


Leaves from nearly orbicular to oblong-ovate, obtuse, rather large, peltately inserted on the petiole 
above their base, rusty-scabrous or glabrous or somewhat glaucous, with diverging but not close veins. 


Flowers rather large, nearly sessile in the umbels, which are arranged in oblong (or corymbose) 
terminal panicles, but not seen expanded. 


Calyx-tube obconical in the bud, about 3 lines long, smooth and shining. 
Opereulum much shorter, obtusely conical or hemispherical. 
Anthers ovate-oblong, with parallel cells. 


Fruit urceolate-globose, about 4 lines diameter, contracted above the deeply-sunk capsule, the rim 
thin, seeds (which I have not seen) smooth and not winged according to F. Mueller. 


It was figured and further described by Mueller in the “ Eucalyptographia.” 


A small or middle sized tree, with a straight trunk seldom above 15 feet long or more than 18 inches 
in diameter, with a spreading rather dense top (Johnson); foliage drooping, the greatest height of the 
whole tree about 30 feet (Tenison-Woods). Bark everywhere (all over the tree) persistent, lamellar, very 
brittle, somewhat shining and brownish or pale-yellowish, the colour of the bark having originated the 
curious vernacular of Yellow-jacket for this tree. (‘‘ Hucalyptographia.”’) 


In 1908, when I received a full suite of specimens from the Emerald District, 
misled by Bentham’s description of the peltate juvenile leaves as mature ones, I thought 
it might be new, and carefully described it, but did not publish it. 


Following is the description of the juvenile leaves, made at the time :— 

Broadly lanceolate to orbicular, peltate (up to 10-15 cm. long and 3-5-4 cm. 
broad being common dimensions), symmetrical, the slightly flattened glaucous branch- 
lets and the midribs sparsely besprinkled with weak brown hairs, the tips of the branchlets 
densely hziry. Equally green on both sides, or but slightly paler on the under side, thin, 
petiolate, midrib distinct and slightly channelled, lateral veins irregularly curved, rather 
distant from each other, passing through a more parallel stage until they become feather- 
veined in the adult stage; the intramarginal vein at a considerable distance from the 
edge. Mature leaves of the ordinary lanceolate shape. 

I have since found that the peltate condition of leaves in Eucalyptus is more 


common than was at one time supposed, but a full discussion of this character may well 
be deferred until the Morphology portion of this work is reached. 


34 


Following is an excellent account of the tree :— 


Eucalyptus peltata is known around Alma-den as Yellow Jack, from the yellowish colour of the 
scaly bark, which is of much the same texture as that of the Blocdwood group, though perhaps a little 
more flaky. This rough scaly bark extends to the branchlets, the tips of which are angular, glabrous 
and yellowish. The timber is pale towards the outside of the tree, but dark brown near the centre. The 
fruits are slightly urceolate and the sessile buds are angular in dried specimens. The only peltate leaves 
seen were amongst the ovate, scabrous, ‘sucker’ foliage. The adult leaves examined are glabrous and 
lanceolate, with a yellowish midrib, and are 5 to 6 inches long and one-quarter of an inch to 1 inch 
broad. The “sucker” stems are hispid. (R. H. Cambage in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 407, 1915.) 


SYNONYMS. 


1. E. melissiodora F.v.M. in Journ. Linn. Soe. iti, 95 (1859), 
but not of Lindley. 


2. E. Leichharatii Bailey. 


3. E. eximia Schauer, var. Leichhardtii Ewart. 


1. BE. melissiodora F.v.M. in Journ. Linn. Soe. iti, 95 (1859). 


Following is a translation of the original :— 


A tree, branchlets compressed-tetragonal, rough, leaves opposite or sub-opposite, ovate or 
sub-cordate, rarely oblong-lanceolate, petiolate and scabrous above the rounded somewhat inflexed base, 
opaque, covered with translucent dots, penniveined reticulately veined, peripheral vein unequally distant 
from the margin, umbels paniculate, 6-7 flowered, peduncles scabrous, angled and longer than the 
calyx-tube, buds ovate, smooth, ecostate shortly pedicellate, the calyx-tube half as long again as the 
interior conical-hemispherical operculum, the outer operculum imperfect, fruits campanulate, three-celled, 
smooth at the vertex, valves included, seeds smooth, winged. Habitat in the porphyritic mountains of 
Newcastle Range. Flowered October and November. A small or medium sized tree, trunk straight, bark 
adhering all over, shining with brittle dirty yellow flakes. Branchlets and peduncles grown over with an 
ash-coloured and rusty roughness. Leaves with a petiole 4-1 inch long, semiterete, for the most part, 
adhering above the base, rarely to the margin, generally 2-3 inches long, 14-24 inches broad, in the 
abnormal specimen collected by Mitchell* up to 5 inches long and 1 inch only broad, sometimes acute, 
sometimes obtuse or rather emarginate. Calyx-tube shining obconical, semi-ovate, 2-3 lines long narrowed 
into a very short pedicel. Operculum double, the exterior one chestnut brown, slowly coming away in 
pieces, grown to the interior one; the interior one 14 lines long. Fruit about 4 lines long, perfectly 
campanulate, green, somewhat smooth at the vertex, valves inserted above the middle of the tube. 
Seeds brown, shining. The species is remarkable for the double operculum. 


Mueller (“ Eucalyptographia” under £. peltata) concurs in Bentham’s opinion 
that E. melissiodora, “‘ might merely constitute the young state of E. citriodora, and 
this has been confirmed through local observation by Dr. E. Wuth, whose attention I 
directed to this subject.” He goes on to point out that, in dealing with EZ. maculata 
in “* Eucalyptographia,” he added Z. peltata as a synonym by a slip of the pen. 


* This is another plant, the true HZ. metissiodora Lindl., which is a synonym of Z. maculata var. citrsodora, 


35 
2. EF. Leichhardtii Bailey, in Queensland Agric. Journ. xvi, 493 (May, 1906). 


The original description is as follows :— 


“Yellow Jack” or “Yellow Jacket.’”’ A tree of small size, the timber not considered durable. Bark 
on the trunk thick, spongy, and somewhat lamellar; colour a light yellowish-brown; deciduous on the 
smaller branches. Leaves 3 to 6 inches long, falcate-lanceolate, the apex often elongated and filiform, the 
base somewhat oblique, tapering to a petiole of about 1 inch ; transverse parallel veins very numerous, but 
not very distinct owing to the coriaceous texture of the leaf, the intramarginal one rather distant from 
the edge. Flowers several together, nearly or quite sessile, in. heads which are arranged on thickish (more or 
less angular) branches of a terminal panicle from 4 to 8 incheslong. Calyx-tube thick, angular-rugose, much 
tapering towards the base in the flower, about 4 lines long and 3 lines broad at the top. Operculum 
broadly conical or shortly acuminate, considerably shorter than the calyx-tube, usually in the fresh state 
of a glossy-purple, texture thin and tough; from the centre a descending tube is formed by the petaloid 
portion or inner membrane which encloses the summit of the style and stigma before the flower expands, 
similar to what Mueller points out as occurring in HZ. eximia. Stamens 3 to 4 lines long; anthers oblong; 
cells parallel, opening longitudinally. Ovary flat-topped. Fruit urceolate, about 6 lines long, rim rather 
thin; capsule deeply sunk, 3-celled. Seeds oblong, about 3 lines long, 14 lines broad, smooth, flat and 
glossy-brown. 

Hab. :—Near Alice, Central Railway (received from Mr. Wm. Pagan, Chief Engineer for 
Railways). 

The above species seems only to have once previously been brought under notice, and then by 
Baron Mueller when describing E. eximia, in his grand work, “ The Eucalyptographia,” where he says : 
“Imperfect specimens, collected by Dr. Leichhardt on Dogwood Creek, in Queensland, and designated 
‘Rusty Gum-tree,’ seem referable to H. eximia.” 


3. In a paper in Vict. Nat., p. 56 (July, 1907), Prof. Ewart deals with #. Leich- 
hardivi, which he reduces to E. eximia Schauer, var. Leichhardtii Bailey [this should be 
var. Leichhardtii Ewart, according to a letter from Prof. Ewart.—J.H.M.], and 
incidentally refers to the fact that Mueller has referred similar specimens, presumably 
including “imperfect specimens, collected by Dr. Leichhardt on Dogwood Creek in 
Queensland, and designated ‘ Rusty Gum-tree, seem referable to EH. eximia.” 
(“ Eucalyptographia,’ under FE. eximia.) 

‘A point apparently overlooked by Bailey is that the internal ledge just within 
the rim is nearly horizontal, instead of sloping inwards and downwards as in E. eximia 
type, so that the outer chamber of the fruit is saucer-shaped instead of cup-shaped. 
In this respect, as well as in the size of the fruit, the capsules show an approach to 
E. maculata, but in the bark, and in other features, the two trees differ considerably.” 
(Ewart, Joc. cit.) 


RANGE. 


The type came from Newcastle Range, Queensland, which is east of the Etheridge 
and the Gilbert, in Northern Queensland, and of the township of Georgetown. It was 
collected by Mueller during Gregory’s Northern Territory Expedition of 1856, 


36 


In the “ Eucalyptographia,” Mueller extends the localities as follows: “ On 
porphyritic mountains at the sources of the Burdekin, Lynd, and Gilbert Rivers 
(Mueller); on granite hills near Charters Towers, on auriferous formation (Tenison- 
Woods); at Ravenswood, near the Burdekin River (S. Johnson).” 


These are the most northerly localities (see also some mentioned by Leichhardt 
for “ Rusty Gum” below). Then we have a group of localities around Emerald, Central 
Railway, while the most southerly locality is that of Leichhardt, on Dogwood Creek, 
near Dulacca Railway Station. lLeichhardt’s specimens are fragmentary, but I have 
no doubt as to their identity. 


It will thus be seen that E. peltata has a very extensive range 1 in n Queensland, 
occurring in rather dry situations, and on somewhat sterile soil. 


I have a specimen from the Melbourne Herbarium, “£. peltata Benth., E. mellissi- 
odora Lindl. Newcastle Range (Mueller).” This is Mueller’s label. It haga nearly 
orbicular leaf, a sucker leaf, as figured in “‘ Eucalyptographia.” 


Cape River (Stephen Johnson) in Herb. Melb. Mueller also quotes Charters 
Towers and Ravenswood, which are in about the same latitude. (Ravenswood is by 
Rey. J. E. Tenison-Woods. ) 


“ Yellow Jack.” ‘‘ Rough, scaly yellow bark to branches, wood pale, light brown 
centre. 30-40 feet high. On granite at 1,600 feet.” ‘Alma-den (R. H. Cambage, 
Nos. 3884, 3885). 


“This species occurs plentifully between Hinasleigh and Wirra Wirra, near 
Forsayth. Exactly similar trees, as regards appearance and habit, were seen from 
the train in the Desert near Jericho, to the east of Barcaldine, but as these trees were 
not examined, their identification is doubtful, though it is understood they are known as 
Eucalyptus Leichhardiii Bailey.” (R. H. Cambage in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 
407, 1915.) 

All the above localities are in the same general area, viz., the southern part of 
Cape York Peninsula, and east of the southern part of the Gulf of Carpentaria. This 
general area includes the localities for the species as quoted by Mueller in the 
“ Kucalyptographia.” 

Going south, we have a Bloodwood, Washpool Creek, Eidsvold (sent by Dr. 
T. L. Bancroft as E. eximia). 


Coming further south, we have “ Yellow Jack,” Chinchilla State Forest. (Forest 
Ranger George Singleton, C. T. White's No. 12.) This is on the South-Western line. 
Note also Leichhardt’ s locality of Dogwood Creek, near the modern Dulacca. See below, 
p. 37. 

Further north still, we have a group of localities on the Central Railway. 

“ Yellow Jacket,’ Desert Country, west of Emerald (R. Simmonds). From 
the same locality Mr. J. L. Boorman reports, ‘‘ Tree of medium size (trunks 18 inches 
to 2 feet in diameter being common), bark of a Bloodwood character, and of a light or 
yellow colour.” 


37 


“ Yellow Jacket. Medium-sized trees of 30-40 feet. Stems of 1-4 feet in 
diameter, but never more than 15 feet or so of milling timber, it being generally difficult 
to obtain more than posts and rails, its principal use. Wood dark brown in centre, 
pale yellow sapwood. Flaky bark, from base of stem up to branches, having a yellowish 
appearance.” Beta (J. L. Boorman). 

Still a little further, on the same line, viz., at 328 miles from Rockhampton, we 
have a specimen of the type of E. Leichhardtii, which came from Alice, Central Railway 
(W. Pagan, through F. M. Bailey). 


In considering the range of the speciés, it is necessary to study the notes on 
Leichhardt’s Rusty Gum, which follow. 


The Rusty Gum of Leichhardt :— 


Not a mile further on [from his Acacia Creek] we came on a second creek, with running water, which 
from the number of Dogwood shrubs (Jacksonia), in the full glory of their golden blossoms, I called 
Dogwood Creek. The creek came from north and north-east, and flowed to the south-west to join the 
Condamine. The rock of Dogwood Creek is a fine-grained porous Psammite (clayey sandstone) with 
veins and nodules of iron, like that of Hodgson’s Creek. A new gum-tree, with a rusty-coloured scaly 
bark, the texture of which, as well as the seed-vessel and the leaf, resembled Bloodwood, but specifically 
different . . . (Leichhardt’s “ Overland Expedition to Port Essington,” p. 20.) 

These are the specimens of Leichhardt referred to by Mueller in the “ Eucalypto- 
graphia,” under EH. eximia, as probably referable to that species, but they. belong to 
E. peltata. Dogwood Creek is a little to the south of Dulacca Railway Station on the 
Western Railway. 

If we peruse Leichhardt’s work we find other references to Rusty Gum. Perhaps 
the following are the whole of them. 


At the junction of the Suttor and Cape Rivers, he says, “ The country back from 
the river is formed by flats alternating with undulations, and is lightly timbered with 
Silver-leaved Ironbark, Rusty Gum, Moreton Bay Ash and Water-box. The trees 
are generally stunted and unfit for building . . .” (p. 195). 

At p. 208, approximate latitude 20° 8’ 26”, which would bring us to, say, the 
Charters Towers group of localities, ““ The ridges were covered with Rusty Gum and 
Narrow-leaved Ironbark.” 


Then we have, “ A new Eucalyptus with a glaucous suborbicular subcordate 
leaf, and the bark of the Rusty Gum; a stunted or middle-sized tree, which grew in 
great abundance on the ranges” (p. 230). Mr. Cambage tells me that the locality 
referred to is on the Burdekin River, below Grey Creek, but above the Perry and Clarke 
Rivers. Roughly 100 miles north-west of Charters Towers, or 100 miles south-east 
of Einasleigh, or 50 miles south-west of Stone River. The suborbicular, subcordate 
leaves may, of course, refer to peltate leaves, which are more abundant on some trees 
than on others. On the other hand, Leichhardt calls it a ‘“‘ new Eucalyptus,’ and he 
therefore probably thought it different from the trees he usually calls Rusty Gum. 
On the other hand, it may represent trees with an inordinate proportion of juvenile 
leaves. The species of Leichhardt’s, p. 230, is therefore doubtful. 


38 


At p. 304, ‘“ We travelled . . . over a succession of plains separated by 
belts of forest, consisting of Bloodwood, Box, Apple Gum, and Rusty Gum,” This 
was near the Lynd River. 


At p. 355, “Some of the ridges were openly timbered with a rather stunted 
White Gum tree, and were well grassed, but the grass was wiry and stiff. At the end 
of our stage, about 16 miles distant from our last camp, we crossed some Rusty Gum 
MORIN dig O° 


At p. 356, “In a patch of Rusty Gum forest we found Acacia equisetifolia 
and the dwarf Grevillea of the Upper Lynd in blossom. The thyrsi of scarlet flowers 
of the latter were particularly beautiful.” Here they were a little south of the Albert 
River of Captain Lort Stokes, 


AFFINITIES. 


1, With £. latifolia F.v.M. 


Possibly a variety or state of some species allied to E. latifolia without the peltate 
leaves. The specimens are very imperfect. (B.FI. iii, 254.) 

In many of its characteristics, especially the form of its fruits, #. peltata approaches to £. latifolia, 
but the latter is smooth-barked, its leaves are partly almost opposite and always attenuated, with an acute 
base into their stalk, the lateral veins less prominent, the reticulation of the veinlets also less visible, while the 
marginal vein is almost confluent with the edge of the leaves, the stalklets of the flowers are of conspicuous 
length, the lid is single and separates by a less regularly marked dehiscence, and the brownish roughness 
of the branchlets and foliage is absent, in which latter respects an approach of LH. peltata to E. ferruginea, 
E. aspera, E. setosa, and £. clavigera is established. (“ Eucalyptographia ’’ under Z. peltata.) 

The mistake that E. peltata has peltate leaves in the full-grown state also misled 
L. Diels, who, in his “‘ Jugendformen und Blutenreife,’ says that, except in these 
(assumed) adult leaves, ‘‘ otherwise it shows in many characters, especially in the 
very important shape of the fruit, great approach to #. latifolia. It is more than 
probable that the two species are closely connected ; indeed, also in their geographical 
distribution they belong to the same region, 7.e., North-eastern Australia. Unfortunately 
the ontogeny of E. latifolia is not perfectly known. I could nowhere find a description 
of the juvenile leaves.” 


For £. latifolia, see Plate 168, Part XLI, where it will be seen that the two species 
are not closely allied. The juvenile leaves of B. latifolia are larger, glabrous, and not 
peltate. The mature Jeaves are broad. The inflorescence is very different. The 
flowers are more numerous and, like the fruits, have comparatively long pedicels. The 
fruits are, for the most part, larger, and have thicker walls; while after the falling of the 
outer strips of bark the inner bark is yellowish. The bark is not yellowish as a whole, 
and the timber is red. JH. peltata is a Queensland species, while H. latifolia belongs to 
the Northern Territory. 


39 


2and 3. With E. miniata A. Cunn., and E. phenicea F.v.M. 


E. peltata is, however, well marked, as noticed by myself in 1856 on the sources of the south-eastern 
rivers of Carpentaria, by the remarkable texture and structure of the bark, in which respect it bears 
resemblance’ only to BE. phenicea and FH. miniata, constituting with them the section of Lepidophloiz in 
the cortical system. (“‘ Eucalyptographia,” under £. peltata.) 

For £. miniata and E. phexicea see Plate 96, Part XXII, with the juvenile leaves 
of the former described at p. 37. The juvenile leaves of H. miniata are not petiolate; 
those of L. phenicea are not known. The buds and fruits are very different from those 
of EL. peltata, those of E. miniata being very large and ribbed, the ribbing being less 
marked in LZ. pkanicea. There are other differences that comparison of the figures will 
readily disclose. The filaments of H. miniata and EF. phenicea are orange to scarlet, 
while the barks are more lamellar and friable. 


4, With EF. Torelliana F.v.M. 


Perhaps £. peltata will require to be placed nearest to #. Torelliana, although the latter stands on 
record as one of the tallest forest trees near Rockingham Bay, with a ‘‘ bark smooth as glass’; moreover, 
the hairiness of its branchlets and leaf-stalks is more conspicuous, all its leaves are of completely basal 
insertion and evidently paler beneath, therefore their stomata are not isogenous, but (as tabulated before) 
heterogeneous; the flowers and fruits may also prove different, the former being only as yet known in an 
unexpanded state and the latter having never yet been collected at all. 


For E. Torelliana see Part XX XIX, Plate 160. It will be at once seen that the 
two species have much in common—the broad-leaved, hirsute, peltate juvenile leaves, 
succeeded by narrow-lanceolate leaves, the venation being less fine and feather-like in 
E. peltata. The difference in the aspect of the trees has already been referred to, the 
size, bark, and timber being all dissimilar. The buds are different, but the markedly 
urceolate fruits of E. Torelliana are more markedly so. The latter species is a coastal 
species with high rainfall. The other is a comparatively dry-country species. 


40 


DESCRIPTION. 


COXXX. EF. Watsoniana F.v.M. 


In Fragmenta x, 98 (1876). 


Fo.itow1ne is a translation of the original :— 


A tree with somewhat terete branchlets, leaves sparse, ovate or narrow-lanccolate, slightly falcate, 
the same colour on both sides, with rather long petioles, imperforate, veins very divergent, faint and 
abundant, the two longitudinal veins clese to the margin, panicles terminal, few or many flowercd, the 
last peduncles 2-4 flowered, the rather large campanulate-turbinate almest eccstate calyx-tube the same 
length as the quadrangular pedicel, the very thick flattish shortly umbonate operculum broader than the 
smooth calyx-tube, stamens yellowish, all fertile, anthers linear-oblong, dehiscing near the margin, style 
short, stigma scarcely dilated, fruits large urceolate-campanulate, the sulcate annulate rim slightly 
descending and broadly encircling the orifice, valves 3-4, celtcid, entirely included, fertile seeds winged, 
greatly exceeding in size the sterile ones. 


In the mountains near Wigton (Queensland) Th. Wentworth Watson. 


A tree attaining a height of at least 60 feet. Bark (according to the discoverer) persistent, 
wrinkled and sometimes scaly, red-brownish. Mature leaves 4-5 inches long, 1-14 inches broad, opaque, 
papery-coriaceous. Peduncles, with pedicels in twos or fours, fairly strong. Calya-tube (flowering) almost 
4 inch long, often covered with little excrescences. Operculum distinctly broader than the calyx-tube, 
attaining at least } an inch in breadth, shining, sometimes very depressed and with a rather long umbo, 
sometimes rather convex and terminating gradually in a short point. The longer of the stamens measuring 
inch, greatly exceeding the style. Anthers at least }.a line long. Calyzx-iube (fruit) an inch long, slightly 
contracted below the terminating margin. Vertex of the capsule smooth before dehiscing. Seeds brownish, 
shining; the fertile ones very much compressed, smooth, 2-3 lines long, margin acute. The species is 
called “‘ Bloodwood ” in its native place. 


In our cultivated specimen the opercula are flat, as shown in the drawing. I 
do not think I have seen an umbo on them. ‘The only cultivated specimen known to 
me is in the north-eastern part of the Botanic Gardens, growing with a westerly aspect 
and on rather shallow soil, overlying sandstone. It is about 40 years old, and was raised 
from seed of the type received by Baron von Mueller. It is about 50 feet in height, 
and at 3 feet from the ground the stem is 3 ft. 3 in. in circumference, or 13 inches in 
diameter. ‘The trunk is single and erect, with an umbrageous canopy; the bark is of a 
dirty paie yellow colour, thick, not furrowed, scaly-fibrous, in thinnish layers. The 
superficial layers of the bark are deciduous, as in the case of the Yellow-barks. I have 
not seen a characteristic piece of the timber, and hesitate to damage our tree, but it is 
not a dark-coloured timber so far as we can see from smail branches. The very young 
foliage is broadish and triplinerved, sparingly hairy, and not peltate. 


AL 


RANGE. 


This species is only recorded from “ near Wigton; on a tributary of the Boyne 
River, in the Burnett district” of Queensland, according to “ Eucalyptographia.’’ 
We know little as to its distribution. The original description says, “ In the mountains 
near Wigton,” and I suggest, at a guess, that its home is in the Craig’s Range. 


I have received it from near Eidsvold (Dr. T. L. Bancroft), and also from Boon- 
dooma, Burnett district, 70 miles north-west of Wondai (S. J. Higgins, through C. T. 
White), and would suggest that our Queensland friends be on the lookout for it. 


AFFINITIES. 


1, With £. urnigera Hook. 


“Tt is to be easily distinguished from #. wrnigera by its very fine and abundant venation, by its 
paniculate flowers and distinctly larger fruits.” (Translation of original.) 
The principal resemblance between H. Watsoniana and E. urnigera arises from 
the fact that the fruits of both are urceolate. But reference to Plate 80; Part XVIII 
(for EZ. urnigera) shows that the detailed resemblance is not very strong. There is some 
resemblance in the buds, which is accentuated after shrinkage; the number of buds is 
fewer in LE. urnigera. The foliage is different (although H. Watsoniana rarely suckers in 
Sydney, and my specimens are unsatisfactory). H. urnigera is a White Gum, and a 
native. of a cold climate, wood pale, not Bloodwood-like, and the affinities of the species 
are with the Z. Gunnii group and not with the Bloodwoods. 


2. With E. gomphocephala DC. 


“.. . further as it is plainly different from all other species except E. gomphocephala on account 
of the breadth of the operculum, it is to be placed in the series of H. corymbosa.”’ (Translation of original.) 
Examination of Plate 92, Part XXI (for E. gomphocephala) shows that the two 
species are not closely related, although there are some general resemblances of buds 
and fruits. The venation of the leaves is different, E. gomphocephala is a Western 
Australian tree, H. Watsoniana is from Queensland. The former is a very large tree, 
strongly calciphile, and with short, fibrous bark like a shorn sheep; the timber is pale 
and interlocked. ; 


42 


3. With E. maculata Hook. 


The relationship of this tree is with H. maculata, but the bark is totally persistent, the leaves are 
frequently a good deal broader, while their veins are finer and not quite so close, the flowers are often fewer 
and always conspicuously larger, the lid is ampler than the summit of the calyx-tube and seems to be 
simple from the commencement, although it exhibits considerable thickness; the fruits are of much larger 
size, rather expanded than contracted at the summit, with a flatter not suddenly quite descending rim, 
which latter is separated by a conspicuous circular channel from the tube of the fruit-calyx, while the seeds 
are larger and the fertile of these more angular. (‘‘ Kucalyptographia,”’ under E. Watsoniana.) 


This will be referred to when EF. maculata is reached, in Part XLIII. 


4. With FE. eximia Schauer. 


“Nearer still (than #. maculata) is the affinity to E. cximia which has likewise persistent and 
structurally similar bark, also a subtle venation of the leaves and comparatively large fruits” . . . 
(“ Eucalyptographia,” under EZ. Watsoniana.) 


The affinities of these two species will be found dealt with in tabular form at 
p. 47. 


5. With E. corymbosa Sm. 


“. . . the fruit bears close resemblance to that of EZ. corymbosa, a species otherwise very different, 
belonging to the series with hypogenous stomata and having smaller flowers with neither dilated nor 
polished lid.” (“‘ Eucalyptographia,” under Z. Watsoniana.) 

For E. corymbosa see Plates 161 and 162, Part XXXIX. It has a deep red 
timber, while its bark is hard-flaky and darker in colour than that of EH. Watsoniana. 
The buds are very different, while the fruits of H. Watsoncana are larger, and have a very 


different rim. 


6. With FE. Avergiana F.v M. 


“ B. Walsoniana recedes (from HL. Abergiana) in narrower leaves equally coloured on either side, 
calyces with a varnish lustre and fixed to distinct stalklets, a widely dilated lid, which overreaches the 
orifice of the calyx-tube, longer stamens, fruits wider at the summit with a furrowed broader rim and 
unappendiculated seeds. (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,’’ under £. Abergiana.) 

“FE Atergiana might in thee comparisons be left out of consideration as it has stomata only on 
the lower page of the leaves, no flower-stalklets, and the lid separating from the tube of the calyx by 
irregular rupture, a narrower fruit-rim and appendiculated seeds. (Op. cit. under E. Watsomana.) 

For E£. Abergiana see Plate 170, Part XLL It has a non-yellow bark and a red 
timber. The buds are very different in shape, the fruits more sessile, less urceolate 


and with a different rim. 


43 


DESCRIPTION. 


COXXXI.  E. trachyphloia F.v.M. 


In Journ. Linn. Sec. ii, 90 (1859). 


FotLow1ne is a translation of the original :— 


A tree with angular branchlets, Icaves alternate, moderately petiolate, narrow-lanceolate, subfalcate, 
narrowed into a fine point, opaque, faintly veined, with pellucid dots, intramarginal vein somewhat close 
to the edge. Umbels paniculate, 3-5 flowered, pedicels shorter than the peduncle, angled and the same 
length as the fruit. Frwit small, ecostate, truncate-ovate, three-celled, deltoid valves deeply included, 
seeds wingless. 


On hills near the Burnett River (Queensland). Flowering September and October. 


A medium sized tree, the bark persistent on the trunk and branches, ashy brown and rough, breaking 
into little pieces. Leaves 3-5 inches long, 5-8 lines broad, narrowed into a petiole of 6-9 lines, a little 
paler on the underside, fruit measuring about 3 lines, gradually contracted at the mouth. 


Bentham then described it in B. FI. i, 221 :-— 


A moderate-sized tree, with a dark grey rugged bark, persistent. Leaves long-lanceolate, often 
faleate, 4-6 inches long, with very numerous fine parallel almost transverse veins, the marginal one close to 
or very near the edge. Flowers not seen. Fruiting-umbels several together in terminal panicles or in the 
upper axils, each with 3 to 6 pedicellate fruits. Fruit ovoid-truncate, contracted towards the orifice, 
about 3 lines long, the rim thin, the capsule deeply sunk. 


It was described and figured by Mueller in the “ Eucalyptographia,” and he 
points out that while it attains a height of 80 feet, with a stem-diameter of 2 feet, 
5a . . . Inexposed situations on the tops of hills dwarfed in growth and fruiting 
eieae in a shrubby state.” 

The timber is pale-coloured, somewhat like Spotted Gum (E. maculata). 


Dr. J. Shirley, gives the aboriginal name as ‘“‘ Gou-unya” in use by the Koola- 
burra tribe, between Tarromeo and Nanango, South Queensland. 


In constituting a forma fruticosa F. M, Bailey, Queensland Agric. Journ. xxv, 
July, 1910, p. 9, says :— 


For many years may have been observed on the Glasshouse Mountain, a dwarf form of our “‘ White 
Bloodwood.’ It flowers and fruits when only about 5 feet high, and is certainly a worthy plant for 
garden culture, and if thus brought into use would require some name whereby it might be distinguished 
from the common form of the species, hence I have attached to it the above name fruticosa. We, however, 
so far have no proof of seedling plants retaining the dwarf habit, yet there is no reason to suppose otherwise, 
for this may be looked upon as a sport, like many other variations in the genus. Baron von Mueller notices 
in his “ Eucalyptographia,”’ Decade 5, this mountain form, but does not mention any particular locality ; 
it may, however, have been in this same place, for I believe that he and Walter Hill together did some 
collecting in that locality in the early days of Queensland. 


44 


I do not think it is necessary to give this a formal name, unless it be desired 
to similarly treat the remainder of the numerous species which, while normally trees, 
flower in a shrubby state. 


RANGE. 


The type came from the Burnett River (near Bundaberg), in Queensland, and 
in the “ Eucalyptographia”’ it was only recorded by the author from central and south 
Queensland localities, viz. :—‘‘ In poor, hilly country, hitherto traced from Moreton 
Bay (Bailey) to the Burnett River (Mueller) and the Mackenzie River (Bowman, 
O’Shanesy), chiefly in the sandstone formation.’ In Queensland, however, it occurs as 
far north as Stannary Hills, west of Cairns, while since I now record it from Bathurst 
and Melville Islands, it will doubtless be found to occur on the Cape York peninsula, 
and in the Northern Territory generally. 


Going south, it occurs in New South Wales, as far south as the Goulburn River ~ 


* and Denman district, occurring over a large area north and north-west, chiefly on poor 


sandy and. rocky land, until Queensland is approached and the Queensland localities 
connected therewith. 
New South WALEs. 

Murrumbo, 50 miles north of Rylstone, near the Goulburn River (R. T. Baker). 
On sandy conglomerate, probably Narrabeen beds, Baerami, 15 miles west of Denman 
(R. H. Cambage, 2636). “‘ Plentiful all over the district on the sides and tops of the 
hills all over the district. The trees have the appearance as if recently rung, as the 
foliage is of a reddish-brown cast. Small trees 20-30 feet, 1-1} feet, rough pale bark, 
timber brown, chippy, but hard. Locally known as Bloodwood.” Gungal, near 
Merriwa (J. L. Boorman). The above three localities are in the same general area. 

We are now in the vicinity of the North-west Line and its branches. Bloodwood, 
50 feet, 4 feet. Parish Brigalow, county Pottinger (Forest Guard M. H. Simon). 
“‘ Bloodwood, about 10 miles from Coonabarabran-Gunnedah road” (Dr. Jensen, 
No. 127). Coonabarabran-Paradine road, near Coonabarabran (W. Forsyth). About 
33 miles east of Bugaldi-Coonabarabran road (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 95). ‘‘ Bloodwood. 
Bark lighter than E. corymbosa.” Warrumbungle Range (K. H. F. Swain, No. 35). 
Arrarownie, Borah Creek, Pilliga Scrub (Dr. Jensen, No. 152). South-east Pilliga 
(HE. H: F. Swain, No. 22). Central Pilliga on a sterile ridge (EH. H. F. Swain, No. 15). 
Pilliga East State Forest, county Baradine (Gordon Burrow). On Sandhills. Up to 
2 feet diameter. Narrabri(J.H.M.). East Narrabri (J. L. Boorman). 

“ Bloodwood. About 30 feet high, 4 feet girth. Associated with #. crebra and 
Callitris calcarata.” Parish Terrergee, county Courallie, Moree district (HE. H. F. Swain, 
No. 36). “Little Bloodwood,’ Ticketty Wel!, between Wallangra and Yetman 
(Forest Assessor A. Julius). 


A5 


QUEENSLAND. 
The following specimens were collected by Leichhardt. 
1. Debillipalah. 
2. Between Myall Creek and Byron’s Plains (22nd May, 1843). 
3... . hills, scarce, a slender tree of 3 feet (?), with a scaly bark 
(4th June, 1843). 
Dr. John Shirley, of Brisbane, has kindly favoured me with the following 
comments on these three localities (1, 2, 3) :— 
1. Dibillipah is evidently Didillibah, near Woombye, on our North Coast Line, 
62 miles north of Brisbane. 
2. Between Myall Creek and Byron’s Plains, 22nd May, 1843. Myall Creek is 
a tributary of the Condamine on the Darling Downs, not far from Oakey, a township 
on our Western Line, 120 miles from Brisbane. Byron Plains has been searched for by 
officers of our Survey Department, but with no result. This was not his only visit 
to this neighbourhood, as Stuart Russell (“ Genesis of Queensland,” p. 360) reports :— 
‘“* On my return to Cecil Plains (38 miles from Oakey) alone, one afternoon in the middle 
of 1844 (just before Leichhardt left for Port Essington) I saw a surprising object 
a veritable chimney-pot hat . .. . ’*twas Dr. Ludwig Leichhardt’s.” 


3...) Hills) . Where was he 4th June, 1843.? 


No works to hand will solve this; but he collected mainly on the coastal country 
north of Brisbane in the early part of 1843, and on the Downs in the latter half. 


4, Leichbardt’s label on another specimen is ‘‘ ‘Gala’ tree, very similar to the 
Bloodwoods in the Sandy Mountain Range, Archer’s Station, 23rd September, 1843.” 
The Rev. Dr. Lang (“ Cooksland,’ p. 83), quotes a letter from Dr. Leichhardt, dated 
the 4th of the same month from “‘ Archer's Station, Bunya Bunya.” J would suggest 
that Leichhardt named the tree because of the parrots called Galahs (Cacatua 
roseicapella) which frequent this and other Bloodwoods because of the profusion of 
honey-yielding flowers. 

Following are some specimens by later collectors :— 

“ White Bloodwood, with broadish leaves,’ South Queensland (Forest Inspector 
Board). Hight-mile Plains, just south of Brisbane (A. Murphy, J. L. Boorman). 
Brisbane (J.H.M.). Ipswich-road, near Brisbane, common (C. T. White). 

Chinchilla (R. C. Beasley). (We want more localities on this railway line.) 

“ Bastard Bloodwood,’ Taylor's Range (F. M. Bailey). The forma fruticosa of 
F. M. Bailey. Common on top of Mount Ngun Ngun, Glass House Mountains (C. T. 
White, J. Shirley). 

Maryborough (W. H. Simon) “‘ White Bloodwood.” ‘Fairly large trees of 
40-60 feet, stems 2-4 feet. Bark whitish, flaky, or even of a Stringybark nature. 
Timber not much esteemed locally.” Bundaberg, close to the type locality. (J. L. 
Boorman, J.H.M.) 

Near the Comet River (P. O’Shanesy). 


46 


Rockhampton, with a spherical gall 1} inches in diameter, identical with or 
closely resembling Brachyscelis pomiformis, see Part XL, p. 318. (J.H.M.) 


‘ Bloodwood,” Stannary Hills. (Dr. T. L. Bancroft.) 


Percy Island, west gf Mt. Armitage. ‘“‘ Small tree, 20 feet”; Middle Percy Island; 
low trees growing thickly together, south-east of Middle Percy Island (Henry Tryon). 


NoRTHERN TERRITORY. 


“Large Bloodwood. This species grows in the open forest country with E. 
miniata and E. tetradonta on both Melville Island and Bathurst Island. Examples are 
found on the gentle slopes and along the little streams falling from the higher country 
to the main waterways, 7.e., the tidal estuaries.” Bathurst Island (G. F. Hill, No. 465). 


This is the first record, so far as I am aware, from the Northern Territory, and - 
we must therefore connect this and the North Queensland localities. 


AFFINITIES. 


1 and 2. With E£. siderophloia Benth., and EF. crebra F.v.M. 


“ EB. trachyphloia, placed by Bentham between #£. siderophloia and E. crebra, is much nearer 
allied to EB. terminalis and EB. dichromophloia (2s shown in the Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. xi, 43-44), along 
which species it was placed already in the Jowrn. Linn. Soc. ui, 90.” (‘‘ Eucalyptographia,” under 
E. siderophloia). 


In the same work, under £. trachyphloia, he also compares it with E. crebra in 
the following words :— 


“ec 


E. trachyphloia approaches HE. crebra and some cognate Ironbark trees, all of which have 
the stomata isogenous and show a clear line of dehiscence, by which the lid is separated, while the difference 
of the anthers separate them even sectionally according to Bentham’s system. Besides, in-#. crebra the 
lid is not depressed, the fruit is not or less contracted at the summit, and the valves are almost terminal.”’ 


For E. siderophloia turn to Plate 47, Part X of the present work, and for E. crebra 
to Plate 53, Part XII. But both these are Ironbarks, and it seems inadvisable at this 
place to stop to make comparisons between Ironbarks and a Bloodwood, the relation- 
ships being so distant. 


3. With E£. tessellaris F.v.M. 


This species shares in some of the characteristics of E. trachyphloia, but irrespective of the 
discrepancies of the bark differs already in the uniform coloration of the leaves, which latter are also 
generally longer, are less pointed and show more distinctly the veriation; moreover, the inflorescence is 
less expanded; the lid is larger and separates by a more sharply defined sutural line from the other portion 
of the calyx; the fruits are also of greater size, though less hard; the fertile seeds are much larger, 
comparatively more compressed and distinctly margined; but the last-mentioned characteristic is not 
well expressed in the lithographic illustration of H. tessellaris now offered, figure 9 having been drawn from 
wnripe seeds. (“ Eucalyptographia,’’ under Z, tessellaris.) 


47 


For E. tessellaris, see Plate 156, Part XXXVIII. The juvenile leaves are narrow, 
the flower buds clavate and decurved. The chief similarity is in the fruits, which 
much resemble each other in size and outline, but they are otherwise very different. 
One can readily crush the fruits of Z. tessellaris between the fingers, as their walls are 
papery like those of #. clavigera and its allies; those of EH. trachyphlova are much more 
strongly built. The trees are very dissimilar in appearance, LH. tessellaris having tessel- 
lated bark (and smooth upwards) as its name denotes, while that of HL. trachyphloia has 
a flaky fibrous bark throughout, with a yellowish cast. 


4, With EF. dichromophloia F.v.M. 

Its real systematic place should be next to Z. dichromophloia, from which it can be distinguished in 
rougher bark, in thinner less elongated leaves of a darker green above, and dull paleness beneath (therefore 
not of equal colour on both sides), with recurved edge, in the want of stomata on the upper page of the 
leaves, in the calyces of less polished smoothness, in smaller fruits with perhaps never or only rarely four 
valves, and in the absence of any appendage to the fertile seeds. (“ Eucalyptographia.” under 
E. trachyphloia.) 

For £. dichromophicia, see Plate 165, Part XL. Its affinity to L. trachyphloiais 
not as close as Mueller thought it was. EH. dichromophloia has a red timber, and a 
reddish, flaky bark. The juvenile foliage of H. dichromophloia is described at Part 
XULT,p. 3. 

The affinity of HE. trachyphloia is with the Yellow Barks. . eximia, peltata, 
Watsoniana, and trachyphloia are Yellow-barks ; all have barks fibrous-flaky and more 
or less yellow, and timbers palish in contrast to reddish, such as that of 2. corymbosa. 
These Yellow-barks are more stringy than those of the generality of those of the Blood- 
woods (which are more flaky); in this respect they display affinity to the Peppermints 
and even to the Stringybarks. The following table shows some of the characters 
contrasted, so far as it is possible to contrast species so closely related :— 


cami. pelia’a. Watsoniana. trachyphloia. 
| 

Juvenile leaves| Peltate  ... ...| Peltate 506 ...| Unknown... ..-| Peltate, more hirsute 

| than the others. 

Mature leaves | Tendency to large) Medium size ...| Medium size ...| Tendency to small 
size. size. 

Buds ... ...| No pedicels; me-) Hardly any pedicels ;| Short pedicels; rather] Distinct and even 
dium size; coni-| smaller than #.) large; nearly flat) moderately long 
cal opercula. ELIMAM 5 conical) — opercula. pedicels; small; 

opercula. sub-conical oper- 
el cula. 

Fruits... ...| Medium size; ovoid, Small, ovoid ...| Rather large; dis-| Small, slightly urceo- 
less rarely urceo-| |  tinctly urceolate. late. 
late. | 


D 


48 


DESCRIPTION, 
COXXXII. EF. hybrida Maiden. 
In Journ. Roy. Soc. .N.S.W., xlvui, 85 (1913). 


FoLLowi1ne is the original description :— 


Arbor erecta, altitudine circiter 50 pedes. Cortex cinerea, laevis, corrugata. Lignum pallidum 
durum. Folia matura lanceolata vel late lanceolata, pallida virentia, tenuiora, circiter 8-12 cm. longa, 
vena peripherica margini approximata, venis lateralibus patentibus. Flores in breve panicula corymbosa, 
quaque plerumque 3-6 flora. Calycis tubus conoideus. Operculum acuminatum, calcis tubo aequilongum. 
Fructus cylindrico-conoidei, circiter 6 mm. lati, in orificium leniter contracti, margine tenui. Valvarum 
apices plusve minusve depressi, orificium rare tangentes. 


An erect tree of about 50 feet high, the tips of the branches smooth, the butt with a sub-fibrous 
(peppermint-like) or flaky-fibrous and more or less flat-corrugated bark, greyish or blackish externally, 
hence some trees have been described as ‘‘ Black Box.” 


Timber pale-coloured, hard, interlocked, and probably valuable. 


Juvenile foliage not seen in the strictly opposite state, but as seen, not different from the mature 
foliage except in width. 


Mature foliage.—Lanceolate or broadly lanceolate, slightly faleate, acuminate, commonly 8 to 
12 cm. long. Dull green, the same colour on both sides, rather thin and tough, lateral veins spreading, 
fine, the intramarginal vein not far removed from the edge of the leaf, oil dots not numerous. 


Flowers.—Peduncles of moderate length, angular, usually in a short corymbose panicle, each with- 
about three to six or sometimes more flowers. Calyx-tube conoid, 5 cm. diameter, often angular, tapering into 
ashort pedicel. Operculum pointed and as long as the calyx-tube. Stamens inflected in the bud, anthers, 
small, yellow, opening in small slits near the top, filaments at base, and small gland at back, indubitably 
showing intermediate characters between the anthers of Z. paniculata and E. hemiphlova. 


Fruit.—When immature cylindrical, with a rim round the orifice; when ripe cylindrical to almost 
conoid, about 6 mm. in diameter, hardly constricted at the orifice, rim thin, tips of valves more or less 
sunk and rarely flush with the orifice. 


RANGE. 


Type from Concord, Sydney, N.S.W. (Rey. Dr. Woolls, 1890; R. H. Cambage, 
10th February, 1901). It was originally found in Bray’s Paddock, Concord, near 
Sydney, where I knew of six trees until recently, but building operations may soon 
exterminate these particular specimens. = 

Dr. J. B. Cleland has drawn my attention to a tree on Milson Island, Hawkesbury 
River (a short distance west of the Railway Bridge), which appears to be identical with 
that from Concord. £. paniculata Sm. is common on the island, but there is no 
E. hemiphiova. This suggests that the hybrid originated elsewhere than on Milson Island. 


49 


AFFINITIES. 


The affinities of this species are almost intermediate between EL. paniculata Sim., 
the Grey Ironbark, and £. hemiphloia F.v.M., the Grey Box. 


This is the first species of this genus which has been named with especial reference 
to its hybrid character. I have a large number of instances of apparently indubitable 
hybrids. In most cases a pictorial illustration is necessary to make the hybridism 
clear, and I propose to describe them in this work when dealing with hybridism as a 
special subject. 


Following is the first passage referring to this particular tree. The Cabramatta 
tree is the plant afterwards described as H. Bcormani Deane and Maiden (see Part X, 
p- 330 of the present work). Its affinity is with #. s¢derophloia Benth. rather than 
with E. paniculata Sm. The Ironbark in Mr. Bray’s paddock at Concord is B. hybrida. 


The Ironbark group (Schizophloiz) is less liable to variation in the nature of its bark than any of 
the preceding sections; and yet in some forms of EZ. paniculata the bark is less rough and deeply furrowed 
than in its allies, whilst in exceptional cases, when it goes under the popular names of “ Ironbark Box” 
and “ Bastard Ironbark,” the wood and fruit are those of Ironbark, but the bark less rugged. Some 
years ago, when the late Mr. Thomas Shepherd was residing with Mr. Bell, at Cabramatta, he called my 
attention to a tree which, so far as its general characters were concerned, appeared to be an Jronbark, the 
shape of the buds, flowers and fruit being similar to those of EZ. paniculata, and the wood being, in the 
opinion of the workmen, like the ordinary Ironbark of the neighbourhood. Mr. Shepherd called the tree 
“Black Box” and “Ironbark Box,” and entertained an idea that it might be an undescribed species. 
Although I have had specimens of this tree for some years, it is only of late that I have come to the 
conclusion that the tree in question is really an Ironbark, for on Mr. H. Bray’s property at Concord a 
similar one has been pointed out to me. This the workmen called ‘“‘ Bastard Ironbark,” as the wood 
resembles that of Ironbark, whilst the bark is not furrowed as Ironbarks usually are, but is more like that 
of Box or Woollybutt. Having examined the fruit and leaves of this tree, and having ascertained that 
the wood is similar to that of Ironbark, I am now convinced that the tree which puzzled Mr. T. Shepherd 
and that growing in Mr. Bray’s paddock are identical, both of them being varieties of B. paniculata. If 
hybridisation were possible in the genus, one would think that the “‘ Ironbark Box ” is a cross between 
Tronbark and Box, but according to the opinion of the late eminent naturalist W. 8. Macleay, F.L.S., the 
impregnation of the flowers takes place before the operculum falls off, and hence in such a case crossing 
cannot be effected. As this matter has never been carefully investigated by any observer, nothing like 
certainty can be affirmed of the probability or Rugeley) of hybridisation. (Rev. Dr. W. Woolls in 
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xvi, 60-61, 1891.) 


Ten years later Mr. Henry Deane and I drew attention to a Eucalypt which we 
had received from Mr. R. H. Cambage, and which we thought presented an instance 
of hybridism. This was the identical tree from Mr. Bray’s paddock at Concord. 


We are indebted to specimens of a species from Concord from Mr. R. H. Cambage, and. the 
examination of the specimens from the point of view of hybridisation is so instructive that we relate it in 
detail. Mr. Cambage stated that his tree was growing among E. paniculata Sm. (another of the Ironbarks), 
with HE. hemiphloia near. He added: “ The fruits look like those of H. paniculata, but the bark is not that 
of an Ironbark. The bark is as smooth as that of E. hemiphloia, and continues right up among the 

*branches.” Reference to the herbarium of the late Dr. Woolls showed that he had, many years previously, 
obtained specimens from the same locality, and following is a.copy of his label: “ Z. paniculata, Bastard 
Tronbark. Bark something like Woolly Butt or Box.’ The immature fruits have rims which remind one 


50 


of those of #. melliodora, and while seized of its affinities to E. paniculata, E. siderophloia and B. hemiphlora, 
there was certainly evidence to look upon it as an aberrant form of #. melliodora and also of Boststoana, an 
affinity which (as regards the latter species) had already been arrived at by Mueller (though in a different 
way) as regards the Cabramatta specimens. The fruits are a shade smaller than those of some specimens 
in our possession, and we have from time to time looked upon the tree as a possible hybrid between 
E. paniculata and E. hemiphloia, and E. paniculata and E. melliodora respectively. We have examined the 
trees referred to by Dr. Woolls and Mr. Cambage, and are of opinion that, while they may be properly 
described as “‘ Black Box ” and “ Ironbark Box,” there are certain points of difference between them and 
the Cabramatta trees (H. Boormani) which make us hesitate in referring them to the same species. The 
foliage and fruits are less coarse than those of Cabramatta, and this circumstance, coupled with the fact 
that the trees grow amongst EH. paniculata, may cause some observers who may be inclined to look upon 
the Concord trees as hybrids to consider that H. paniculata is one of the parents. Bearing in mind that 
cases of hybridisation amongst Eucalypts usually break down under fuller examination, we hesitate to 
believe that we have a case of hybridisation here, and will revert to the subject at some future time. 


Four years later I stated that I had no doubt as to its hybrid nature. [Thad had 
the tree under observation in the meantime, and was of opinion that it was a form 
sufficiently distinct to receive a name. c 


E. paniculata Sm. x hemiphloia F.v.M. In these Proceedings (1901, p. 340) Mr. Deane and I 
referred, though with some doubt, to a “‘ Black Box” or “‘ Ironbark Box” from Concord, near Sydney. 
I desire to say that, having kept these trees under observation, I have no doubt as to their being hybrids of 
the species named. (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxx, 498, 1905.) 


Hight years later still, I described the tree under the name H. hybrida. 


51 


DESCRIPTION. 
COXXXII. E. Kruseana F.v.M. 


In The Australian Journal of Pharmacy (Melbourne), 20th August, 1895, p. 233. 


Ir was described under the heading of “ Description of a new Eucalyptus from south 
Western Australia.” Following is the original description :— 


Branchlets terete; leaves small, opposite, sessile, mostly cordate-orbicular, some verging into a 
renate form, on both sides as well as the branchlets, peduncles, pedicels and calyces whitish-grey, copiously 
glandular-dotted, the venules faint, the peripheric close to the edge of the leaves; peduncles compressed, 
axillary, 3-4 flowered, about half as long as the leaves; pedicels variously shorter than the whole calyx, 
sometimes quite abbreviated; flowers small; tube of the calyx at first almost hemiellipsoid; operculum 
semiovate-conical, slightly pointed, about as long as the calyx-tube; filaments yellowish-white, inflected 
before expansion; anthers somewhat longer than broad, opening by longitudinal slits; stigma hardly 
broader than the style; fruit-bearing calyx globular semi-ovate, devoid of angulation, contracted at the 
summit, the rim narrow; valvules enclosed, but nearly reaching the orifice, usually four. Height of the 
plant unrecorded, but probably of shrubby stature. Leaves firm, of 2-14 inch measurement. Calyces, 
inclusive of the lid, hardly above } inch long. Fruit-calyx as broad as long, measuring fully } inch. 
Matured seeds as yet unavailable. 


It was named in honour of the late Mr. John Kruse, of Melbourne. 


° 


SYNONYM. 


E. Morrisoni Maiden. 


I described EB. Morrisoni in the Journ. Nat. Hist. and Science Soc. of W.A., vol. iii, p. 44 (1910). 
I find that the two species are identical, and therefore #. Morrisoni must fall. I endeavoured to see 
Mueller’s type many years ago, but it was detained by Mueller’s trustees for a number of years, and was 
not seen by me until Prof. Ewart showed it to me in August, 1911. (Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 328, 
1915.) 


Inasmuch as the description of £. Morrisoni usefully supplements that of Mueller’s 
in certain points, I give it here. H. Kruseana was described with 3-4 flowers, E. Morrisoni 
up to 7. There are lesser differences. 


A straggling shrub, about 8 feet high. One patch seen 50-150 miles east of Kalgoorlie, Trans- 
continental Survey. Collected by Henry Deane, M.A., M.Inst.C.E., Consulting Engineer, May, 1909. 


Frutex ramis sparsis circiter 2-5 m. altus. Folia glauca, coriacea, conferta, orbiculata, 1-2 em. 
diametro, amplexicaula, inconspicue venosa. 


Flores conferti in fine ramorum umbellis usque ad 7 in capitulo, brevissime pedicellati. Calyx 
subconicus, sine angulis, gradatim in pedicello, operculum simile forma magnitu lineque. 


52 


Filamenta sulphurea, antherea duabus cellis didymis, glandula magna. 
Fructus subcylindricus, circiter 6 mm. longus 5 vel 6 mm. latus. 
Capsula mersa sub orificio. 

Videtur #. pulvigere forsan approximandus. 


Juvenile leayes.—No very young leaves collected. Probably there is no difference between 
the juvenile and mature leaves. 

Mature leayes.—Glaucous on both sides, coriaceous, crowded, the branchlets rounded. All 
nearly orbicular and varying in diameter from about 1 to 2 cm. slightly amplexicaul, apex usually absent 
or slightly emarginate. Midrib moderately conspicuous for the basal half of its length; lateral veins 
anastomosing. Incipient crenulations on the margin in some leaves. 


Buds and Flowers.—Crowded at the ends of the branchlets in umbels up to seven in the head. 
Very shortly pedicellate; the common peduncle short also. Calyx conoid; not angular, tapering gradually 
into the pedicel; the operculum similar in shape and size, often bent or curved at the top. 


Filaments yellow, the anthers with two parallel cells joined together for their whole length, and with 
a very large gland at the back. 


Fruits.—In branchlets forming a compound panicle, the individual fruits subcylindrical, about: 
6 mm. long and 5 or 6 mm. broad, sharply separated from the pedicel. Capsule well sunk below the 
orifice, valves three or four. 

In honour of Dr. Alexander Morrison, formerly Government Botanist of Western Australia, who 
has done so much to diffuse a knowledge of the vegetation of his State. 


(The notes on the leaves will be seen under “‘ Affinities” at p. 53.) 


RANGE. 


It is confined to Western Australia, so far as we know at present. 

The type came from Fraser’s Range (J. D. Batt), while Mueller’s locality for the 
type is given in the description as “ Fraser's Range, South Western Australia.” The 
specimen itself bears the inscription, ‘‘ 100 miles north of Israelite Bay,’ and doubtless 
refers to the same locality. My locality for E. Morrisoni, ‘‘ 50-150 miles east of 
Kalgoorlie,’ Transcontinental Railway Survey, is new, but is in the same general locality 
as the preceding. (Maiden in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. W., xlix, 329.) 

I have not seen a specimen from any other locality, and invite attention of 
collectors to this dainty-foliaged small species. 


53 


AFFINITIES. 


1, With FE. Perriniana F.v.M. 


Related to Eucalyptus gamophylla, E. orbifolia, and E. Perriniana. The latter (last), however. is 
from cold mountain regions of Tasmania, and its leaves, free from each other only in the early stage of 
- the young plants, become connate when the trees attain some height, they then resemble those of 
E. Risdoni (probably the Huc. perfoliata of Desfontaines), although the species belongs to the series of 
Parallelanthere. (Original description.) 


For E. Perriniana see Part XXVI and Plate 108. All the leaves of that species 
are not isoblastic ; a lanceolate leaf is figured at 1d, Plate 108. The leaves of 
E. Kruseana are much smaller, and, so far as we know, the juvenile leaves are 
neither connate nor perfoliate. 2. Perriniana is a larger plant (though not very 
large), with flowers apparently always in threes, and with larger, hemispherical fruits. 


2. With E. gamophylla F.v.M. 


E. gamophylla is likewise separated from the present new species by the concrescently paired leaves ; 
moreover its pedicels are almost obliterated, the fruit-bearing calyces are much longer than broad, bearing 
the valvules at a higher insertion. (Original description.) 


For E. gamophylla see Part XXXV, with Plate 147. This again is a perfoliate 

species, succeeded by nazrower lanceolate leaves ; the leaves are not orbicular. The 
inflorescence is more paniculate and the fruits more cylindroid, while it is a tree yielding 
timber at least 8 inches in diameter. 


3. With F£. orbifolia F.v.M. 


The differences of E. orbifolia are obvious, consisting in scattered stalked leaves, larger flowers, 
semiglobular calyx-tube, proportionately longer operculum and exserted fruit valvules. (Original 
description.) 


For #. orbifolia let us turn to Part XVII, with Plate 74. We know but little 
of the species, but it is sufficient to say that they are very different. 


Following is an addendum I gave to my description of Z. Morrison¢ :— 


A few additional notes will be found in square brackets. The general question 
of the comparative morphology of the leaves of all species remains to be presented 
when the subject of Morphology is reached. 


“ E. Morrisoni belongs to the somewhat heterogeneous group (as regards 
affinities) of species with perfoliate or otherwise strictly opposite (sessile) leaves in the 
mature stage. 


It would appear from B. Fl. ii, 187, that Bentham did not attach much importance 
to shape of sucker or juvenile leaves. 

Nevertheless, he used these young leaves to some extent for classification pur- 
poses, e.g., “‘ Leaves in the young saplings of many species and perhaps all in some 
species” [my italics] “ horizontal, opposite, sessile and cordate.” (B.FI. ili, 185.) 


54 


Some species so included in Bentham’s time are now known not to be sessile 
throughout life, and it is very possible that, as time goes on, it will be found that all 
Kucalypts are heteroblastic (lastos, a shoot), ie, having juvenile leaves different from 
mature ones. This, if proved, will come about in two ways, by (a) the discovery of two 
kinds of leaves on existing isoblastic species, or (b) the discovery of two species (now 
- accounted isoblastic), one with cordate, &c., leaves entirely, and the other with usual 
falcate, &c., leaves entirely to be conspecific. 

_ We have much to learn in regard to the effect of changed environment on different 
species of Eucalyptus, and experiments in cultivation have thrown, and will continue 
to do so, much light wpon variation in this direction. 


So far as I know, the only species of Eucalyptus (in addition to the present one) 
which are isoblastic are :— 

1. E. pulvigera A. Cunn. A rare New South Wales species. [By this HZ. pul- 
verulenta Sims is meant. See Plate 91, Part XXI of the pres nt work.] 

2. E. cordata Labill. A Tasmanian species. [See Plate 84, Part XIX.] 

3. E. macrocarpa Hook, A very coarse Western Australian species. [See 
Plate 77, Part XVIII. In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii, 70 (1919), I have drawn 
attention to the fact that there is a tendency to heteroblasticity in this species. | 

4. E. pruinosa Schauer. Indigenous to Western Australia, North Australia, 
North Queensland. (I have seedlings of this species raised from seed collected by Prof. 
Baldwin Spencer, at Whanalowra (?), Northern Territory, in 1903, which are distinctly 
pedicellate!) [See Plate 54, Part XII] 

5. E. ferruginea Schauer. With sessile, cordate, rusty pubescent leaves—an 
Angophoroid species from Western Australia and North Australia. 

6. LE. setosa Schauer. A sessile, cordate, Angophoroid species, with bristly 
branchlets, from Queensland and North Australia. [The figures on Plate 158, Part 
XXXVIII, show that £. setosa cannot be longer considered as isoblastic, and that Plate 
159 shows that FE. ferruginea is becoming heteroblastic, and that probably more active 
observation will produce additional evidence in that direction. | 


Then we have, in a class by itself :— 

7. E. perfoliata R.Br., with very large perfoliate, connate leaves and fruits. In 
this case two opposite leaves cohere into a single jamella, which is pierced by the stem. 
From Western Australia. [See Part XLIV.] 

8. LE. gamophylla F.v.M., as figured by Mueller in “ Eucalyptographia,”’ shows 
no stalked leaves, but it becomes eventually lanceolate and very shortly stalked. See 
a specimen from Central Australia, collected by C. Winnecke about 1884 (Herb. Melb.), 
thus leaving E. perfoliata the only connate-leaved species to date. [See Plate 147, 
Part XX XV of the present work. | 

9. E. peltata Benth. is worthy of special mention. Its leaves are alternate, 
peltately attached to the petiole above the base, and broadly ovate. This unique 
species is figured in “‘ Eucalyptographia,’ and morphologically it is an incipient 


ee 


55 


form of the connate-petiolate leaf. [The ‘ Eucalyptographia ” plate is erroneous. 
The adult leaves are not peltate, but lanceolate, as is shown in the present Part. 
See p. 33 above.] 

Therefore our new species presents affinities to #. pruinosa Schauer, HL. pul- 
vigera A, Cunn., E. cordata Labill., E. macrocarpa Hook., E. ferruginea Schauer, and 
E, setosa Schauer. i 

It differs from all cf them.in colour of the filaments, from E. macrocarpa it 
is sharply separated in the size and shape of the fruits, from EF. ferruginea and E. setosa 
in the leaves, fruits, vestiture, &c. 

Then there remain H. pulvigera, E. cordata, E. pruinosa. 

From £. pulvigera it differs in the very much larger leaves of that species, in 
the shape of the buds, slightly in the anthers (see below), in the fruits in threes. The 
fruits are also very much larger, more hemispherical, with a defined rim, and are sessile 
on a common peduncle. 

From £. cordata it differs in the foliage (larger even than E. pulvigera), in the 
fruits, which are large and almost hemispherical ; the other characters are those of 
E. pulvigera. 

The anthers of £. pulvigera and E. cordata are identical. They also very strongly 
resemble those of EZ. Morrisonz, but they appear to differ in having a smaller gland 
and in being more versatile. 

From E. pruinosa it differs in the very much larger leaves (usually elliptical 
or tending to lanceolate), larger and more numerous flowers and fruits. The fruits 
also have a well-defined rim, and, like the branchlets and pedicels, are more or less 
angular. The two species are sharply different in the anthers, which, in the case of 
E. pruinosa, belong to a section with a small gland at the top and small openings of 

anthers.” 


56 


DESCRIPTION. 
COXXXIV. E. Dawsoni R. T. Baker. 


In Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxiv, 295 (1899), with a Plate (XXI). 


E. Dawsoni is referred to at Part XIII, p. 109 of the present work (1911), but is there 
looked upon as a synonym of EL. polyanthemos. In Part LIX, p. 242, of my “ Forest 
Floza of New South Wales” (1916) I was inclined to recognise Z. Dawsoni as a separate 
species, but hesitated, for reasons stated. I have now come to the conclusion that 
E. Dawsoni is sufficiently distinct. 


Following is the original description :— 


A tall tree with a smooth bark, the foliage, branchlets, buds and fruits glaucous. Young leaves 
broadly lanceolate 6 inches long and over 3 inches wide, on a petiole over an inch long, very obtuse, 
glaucous on both sides, venation distinct. Mature leaves mostly short, oblong-lanceolate, very obtuse, 
rarely acuminate, occasionally reddish in colour, venation fairly distinct, lateral veins not distant, 
intramarginal vein close to the edge. Peduncles axillary but mostly in large terminal corymbs, exceeding 
the leaves. Buds on young trecs 3 lines long, 14 lines in diameter, sessile or on short pedicels; operculum 
hemispherical, obtuse; on mature trees 4 to 5 lines long, 1 line in diameter, the calyx tapering into a filiform 
pedicel, operculum conical, acute. Cvary domed at the summit. Stamens all fertile, inflexed in the 
bud, filaments thick in proportion to the diameter of the anthers. Anthers very small, cylindrical, 
rounded at the base and truncate at the top, opening by terminal pores. Fruit small, turbinate, pedicel 
almest filiform, mostly a line in diameter and under 2 lines long, rim thin, capsule sunken, valves not 
exserted. 

illustrations. 


It is figured (as £. polyanthemos) in Plate 58 (Part XIII) of the present work, 
under the following figures :—4, 9, 10, 11. With the figures now submitted (5-8, 
Plate 175) it 1s suggested that the characters of the species are clear. 


SYNONYM. 


None, but hitherto included by me in LE. polyanthemos. It is undoubtedly a 
geminate species. 


RANGE. 


The species is confined-to New South Wales as far as we know. In the original 
description we have the following localities. ‘‘ Ridges on the watershed of the Goulburn 
River (R. T. Baker); across the main Divide at Cassilis, and north-west to Pilliga (Prot. 
W. H. Warren).” 


57 

To which may be added the following, some of which are supplementary localities. 

Bylong, 32 miles from Rylstone (R. T. Baker). The type. Also Murrumbo. 
“ Red Box, Slaty Gum,” Gulgong (J. L. Boorman and J.H.M.). 

Cobborah (between Dubbo and Dunedoo) (District Forester Marriott). Dunedoo 
(Forest Guard C. H. Gardner). 

“Red Gum Nos. 1 end 2.” Murrurundi (Forester L. A. Macqueen, 1913). 
Baerami, Denman (R. H. Cambage, Nos. 2710, 2711). 

The following specimens of £. Dawsonz in the National Herbarium, Melbourne, 
were looked upon by Mueller as H. polyanthemos. ‘“‘ Ridges near Mudgee’”’ (Rev. Dr. 
Woolls, October, 1886); Mudgee road (Woolls), under 2. polyanthemos in B.FI. in. 214. 


APE TNE s. 


With £. polyanthemos Schauer. 


I think that Part XIII, p. 114,'&c., of this work, and Part LIX, p. 214, &c., of 
my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales”’ are eloquent as to the affinities of the two 
species. 


Mr. Baker, in his original description of the species (op. cit., p. 296) does nos 
clearly contrast it with others. Speaking of it and HL. polyanthemos he says :—* The 
sucker and mature leaves of both species are different as well as the venation. The 
leaves of LE. Dawsoni are almost always glaucous, as well as the buds and fruits, a feature 
rarely found in FL. polyanthemos.”’ 


The describer speaks of LZ. Dawsoni as a tree with a smooth bark—growing “ to 
a great height with a splendidly straight, branchless trunk, and always occurs under 
the ridges, never being found on the summit nor at the base.” It seems to me that 
the most outstanding differences between the two species consist in the larger size, the 
more erect habit, and the smoother bark of EL. Dawsonc. 


I cannot satisfy myself that there are important differences in the juvenile leaves 
of the two species; the mature leaves are more commonly orbicular, or comparatively 
broad, in E. polyanthemos, the foliage of EH. Dawsoni being more commonly lanceolate. 


The fruits of £. Dawsoni appear to have thinner walls, and to be more conical 
than those of £. polyanthemos; the latter are usually more pear-shaped. At the same 
time the fruits are often so similar that they are not easily separated. 


The staminal ring (fig. 7a, Plate 175) seems more deciduous, with the 
stamens attached, in H. Dawsoni than in E. polyanthemos, but this is a matter for 
investigation with additional material. 


58 


_ DESCRIPTION. 


LX, EF. polyanthemos Schauer. 


For a description of this species, see p. 109, Part XIII of this work. It will ke 
observed that, at p. 56 of the present Part, Z. Dawsoni R. T. Baker has been recognised 
as a species distinct from E. polyanthemos. 


Tilustrations. 


In Plate 223, Part LIX of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,’ I figured the 
type specimen of E. polyanthemos Schauer. 


Most of the leaves are orbicular, and I find that the plate is incomplete to the 
extent that I did not also figure the lanceolate leaves which are often found on trecs 
bearing orbicular and broadly lanceolate leaves as on the type. 


If, however, Plate 58 of Part XIII of the ‘‘ Critical Revision”’ be turned to, it 
will be found that (as explained at p. 56) while figures 4, 9, 10, 11 are LE. Dawsoni, 
and show lanceolate leaves, Nos. 3, 5, 8 also show lanceolate leaves, and are true 
E. polyanthemos. 

The Bark. 


The “‘ North of Bathurst” tree (the type of E. polyanthemos) has a more or less 
rough, flaky bark, but it varies, within limits, as to the amount of fibre and the distance 
the roughness reaches up the bole. See also Cudal (W. F. Blakely), Hill End (R. H. 
Cambage), p. 61, for local descriptions more or less full. 


The north-east of Victoria and the southern New South Wales tree was described 
by the late Dr. A. W. Howitt as having a “ gnarled, greyish boxy bark” and “ bark 
grey, persistent, and looks often scaly.” “ At first sight the tree resembles somewhat 
E. hemiphloia variety albens in its bark.”’. Mr. Baeuerlen, speaking of trees near 
Bombala, N.S. W., says, “ bark light or yellow-grey, fibrous, persistent except on the 
topmost smallest branchlets.” 


Speaking of the Tumberumba district, N.8.W., Mr. R. H. Cambage says :— 
‘““ In comparing these trees with the Victorian and Bathurst Red Box, they appear to 
more nearly resemble the former, but this is chiefly owing to their having Pox bark 
covering the trunk and himbs. The fruit might belong to either, while, from a cursory 
examination, the red timber of all three appears the same. In foliage, however, the 
Kyeamba trees closely resemble the Bathurst Red Box, which has been described by R.T. 
Baker under the name £. ovalifolia (these Proceedings, 1900, p. 680). (Proc. Linn. Soc, 
N.S.W., xxix, 687.) EE en 


59 


See also the description of the bark under Wyndham (J. L. Boorman); near 
Albury (Bishop J. W. Dwyer); Canberra (R. H. Cambage). 

The use of the term Box as applied to this tree has caused some confusion. The 
earliest settlers probably applied the name to a half-barked sub-fibrous barked tree, 
which Sydney people know as Box (EF. hemiphloia). Later settlers, in the drier parts, 
refer to a bark which is often less fibrous and more flaky, eg., as is often seen in 
E. mellicdora. Ibtave seen the trees over much of the range of the species in New South 
Wales and Victoria, and am satisfied that the ‘‘ north of Bathurst” (the type) and the 
Southern Tableland (and Victorian) trees do not really differ in bark. There are, of 
course, differences in the barks as regards individual trees, particularly in localities 
far apart, as one would naturally expect. 


E. polyanthemos has lanceolate leaves. 


The following specimens were seen by Mueller and labelled by him E. poly- 
anthemos; all kave lanceolate leaves, which indeed are often seen on the upper branches 
of the species. It is, indeed, a matter of common observation that towards the top of 
an adult tree the leaves become smaller or more lanceo'ate. This has been already 
referred to under “Illustrations.” 

_ Mr. R. H. Cambage (op. cit.) points out the vaviation in the leaves of this species. 
Besides the examples to he immcdiately cited, see the references under ‘‘ Range”’ to the 
Federal Territory leaves (Weston, Camkage), and Hill End (Cambage). 

1. “‘ Den.’ Narrow-leaved Grey Box. The young saplings have round blue 
leaves, the old trees as within [7.c., lanceolate leaves.—J.H.M.]. Bark grey, persistent, 
and looks often scaly. The smallest branches are smooth. This tree when young often 
grows as a number of saplings from the same root. The trunk has often swellings and 
knobs, and is frequently largest just where it springs from the ground (Iguana Creek, 
Gippsland, A. W. Howitt, No. 10). 

As to the use of the name Den, see the present work XIII, p. 109. These speci- 
mens show that, even if this aboriginal name is given to another species, it is certainly 
applied to E. polyanthemos. 


2. In“ E. polyanthemos, Snowy River, Gippsland (R. Rowe per Charles Walter),”’ 
the leaves vary from broadly lanceolate to lanceolate and even narrow-lanceolate. 
There are no orbicular leaves amongst them. 


3. Mudgee road, N.S.W. The specimen is identical with Schauer’s, but the 
sender [not named.—J.H.M.] writes :—‘‘ In the larger trees the leaves are ovate- 
lanceolate.” 

Other specimens in the Melbourne Herbarium including lanceolate leaves are :— 
Daylesford (J. R. Tovey); County of Talbot (F. M. Reader). Both Victoria. 


60 


KANG: 


This has already been described at pages 112-115 of Part XIII. In view of the 
confusion that has gathered about some specimens, I give the following labels of speci- 
mens in the Melbourne Herbarium seen by Mueller, which have been sent to me by 
Professor Ewart. I have excluded those specimens of Z. Dawsoni and E. Baueriana 
which Mueller attributed to EL. polyanthemos. ‘The labels of these specimens are, in some 
cases, referred to at p. 113, sometimes with some change in the verbiage. In most 
cases the leaves are orbicular to broad- or oblong-lanceolate. 


VICTORIA (SEEN BY MUELLER). 

McAllister River (Mueller, 1858). Seen by Bentham. 

“ ill Box, Red Wood,’ Mt. Kosciusko Range (Find’ay, January, 1880). 
Wangaratta. Also timber No. B2, from same locality. 

Beechworth and near Chiltern (A. W. Howitt). Ovens River (Mueller, January, 
1853). Seen by Bentham. 

Bindi (?). Gippsland (Mr. O’ Rourke, A. W. Howitt). 

Heyfield and Euroa (A. W. Howitt). 

Upper Avoca and Loddon Rivers (A. C. Purdie, 1894). 

With lanceolate leaves, Ravenswood (Walter K. Bissill). 

Red Box. Wood red, close-grained, durable and very useful. Warrandyte, 
July, 1874 (? Walter). , 


‘“ Walter's timber specimen from Anderson's Creek.” 


New SourH WAatLEs (SEEN BY MUELLER). 


Delegate district (W. Baeuerlen, March, 1885, No. 124). Flowering as a shrub 
about 8 or 10 feet high, very spreading. Occurring only once ona hill here. Quiedong, 
near Bombala (W. Baeuerlen, March, 1887, No. 419). Bark light or yellow-grey, fibrous, 
persistent except on the topmost smallest branchlets. Trunk 2-3 feet, low, soon 
dividing. Branches wide-spreading. 50-60 feet high (do. No. 418). 

“ White Box. Upright tree 50-70 feet high. 2-3 feet diameter. Common 
in Lachlan and Murrumbidgee districts.” (J. Duff, 1883, No. 44.) 


° 


New SoutH WALES. 
Following are some additional specimens in the National Herbarium, Sydney :— 
“Small to medium-sized trees up to 40 or 50 feet. Bark ribbony or coming away 
in flakes, leaving a mottled patchy stem of red and grey. Foliage varying in size and 
shape; a most variable tree. Timber spoken of locally as first-class, but seldom reaches 
mill-size in the district.’ Wyndham (J. L. Boorman). 


61 


“Has a persistent, rather rough bark; spreading and rarely tall. Locally 
called ‘ Black Box’ (?) near Bega.” (W. D. Francis). 

“ Bark fibrous, persistent up to the branches, then whitish. About 50 feet high. 
Flowers creamy white, buds ashy.” Albury (Rev., now Bishop J. W. Dwyer, No. 111). 
Albury (A. V. Frauenfelder). 

Gundaroo (Rev. J. W. Dwyer). Mt. Stromlo, Federal Territory (C. J. Weston). 
With cylindroid fruits and lanceolate leaves. Malcolmvale, Majura, Federal Territory 
(C. J. Weston, No. 48. Smooth bark, almost to ground; some of the leaves lanceolate. 
Towards Murrumbidgee from Canberra (R. H. Cambage, No. 2974). 

Very common throughout the district and known as“ Red Box.” It occasionally 
produces a straight, workable timber, which is said to be excellent for all purposes, 
but usually it is a small much-branched tree. It suckers freely, and 1s a good honey 
plant. Trunkey (J. L. Boorman). 

“Red Box; gum bark, except at base.” With lanceolate leaves, Hill End (R. H. 
Cambage, No. 2751). 

Bumbery (J. L. Boorman). 

“ Rather low, well-branched trees. The bark white or greyish. Timber chiefly 
used for fencing, height 40-50 feet, girth 3 to 4 feet.” Box from the ranges, Mount Esk, 
Bowan Park, near Cudal (W. F. Blakely). 


fee IUINY! NBS. 


These are dealt with at p. 116 of Part XIII, and it is only necessary to add 
E. Dawsoni to the species there enumerated. The differences between EL. polyanthemos 
and this species are Cealt with at p. 57 of the present Part. 


DESCRIPTION. 
LX1IV. EF. Baueriana Schauer. 


FigureED and described at p. 120, Plate 59, Part XIII, of this work. Seealsop. 149, Plate 
215, Part LVII of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales.” 


RANGE. 


The following specimens from the Melbourne Herbarium have been lent to me 
by Professor Ewart. They were all labelled E. polyanthemos by Mueller and are very 
interesting on that account, since they help to interpret his own and Bentham’s writings 
on that species. They usefully supplement the list of localities given at pages 122-3 of 
Part XIII of the present work. | 


ViIcTORIA (SEEN BY MUELLER). 
Australia Felix (J. Dallachy, 1852). 
‘Beyond Mount Disappointment”? with narrow- to broad-lanceolate leaves 
(Mueller); about Station Peak (Mueller; both early fifties). 
Lake Wellington, Lake Tyers, Mitchells River and Tambo. (Mueller.) 
Upper Genoa River; Rhytiphloie (Mueller, September, 1860). 


New SoutH WALES (SEEN BY MUELLER). 

1. “‘ Poplar leaf Box,’ Round leaf or Poplar Box. No attributes of “Gum” 
about it. Very ornamental. Hard to kill, Flowers most abundant. Rich in honey. 
Candelo, damp gullies and river banks near the sea. E 

2. Bark rugose, reticulately wrinkled, dull olive green or ash grey, smaller 
branches smooth, green. Farrel 20-40 feet. Diameter 18 inches—3 feet. Murrah 
River to Towamba, along the coast, and a path at Wolumla Camping Reserve. (Both 
1 and 2, Tyrone White, 1885.) 

‘** Round-leaved Box, Ulladulla (J. S. Allan, No. 8B). 

(The above are South Coast.) 

‘* Bark slightly furrowed and grey. Spreading tree 40 feet high, stem 2 feet 

diameter. Liverpool (John Duff), 


63 


The following were collected by Rev. Dr. Woolls, and the labels bear some of his 
remarks, which explain some of his writings :— 
1. “ Hemiphloiz. Bastard Box. Very like the ‘true Box’ in appearance 
(E. hemiphloia). May be EL. populnea or E. (c) gneorifolia.” This specimen was labelled 
E. polyanthemos by both Mueller and Bentham. Fairfield. (H. populnea isa synonym 
of E. populifolia. See Part X, p. 340.) 


2. “ Poplar-leaved Gum. Rhytiphloiz. Bark persistent. Small tree on the 
Nepean called Lignum Vite. Heart wood very hard. E. populnea? See Hooker.” 
Labelled EL. polyanthema Schauer by Mueller, and Bentham concurred. 


3. “ E. populnea. On the banks of the Nepean. Bark like Stringybark, but 
not so fibrous. Sometimes called Bastard Box. I think this must be EL. populnea. 
Wood very hard, used for rough furniture. Small tree called Lignum Vite.” 


Following are specimens additional to those seen by Mueller or recorded by 
myself, op. cit. :— 

Southern New South Wales.—* Small trees or large shrubs, leafy from the ground 
upwards. Locally known as Pastard Box.” Eden-Towamba (J. L. Boorman), ‘“ Blue 
Box,” near Cobargo (W. Dunn). Moruya (E. Breakwell). 


“ Exceedingly large trees, having large and round stems, of a Pox-like scaly 
appearance. Yield a large amount of good, sound timber for use in fencing and such- 
like purposes. Has yielded most of the fencing on the Bodalla Estate. Fairly common. 
Nerrigundah (J. L. Boorman). 


Cobbitty, near Camden, on the river Nepean banks (J.H.M.). 
Northern New South Wales.—Enmore, 18 miles east of Uralla, head waters of the 


Macleay River. “ On Silurian (?) slate formation, 3,300 feet above sea level. Greatest 
elevation known to me for this species.” (R. H. Cambage.) 


64 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCOXXXV. FE. conica Deane and Maiden. 


In Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxiv, 612 (1899), with a Plate. 


Tue description will be found at p. 123, Part XIII, of the present work, and figures at 
Plate 60. Itis also figured at Plate 219, Part LVIII of my “ Forest Flora of New South 
Wales.” 


SYNONYM. 


E. Baueriana Schauer var. conica Maiden, in this work, p. 128, Part XIIL 


In certain cases (of which this is one), it is a matter of honest opinion as to whether 
a plant may be looked upon as a variety of a certain species or not. It is a geminate 
species with #. Bawertana, and | think that convenience will be better served by looking 
upon £. conica as distinct. 


RANGE. 


It is confined to New South Wales and Queensland so far as we know, and many 
localities are cited at p. 124, Part XIII of the present work. The following are 
additional :— 

New Soutu WaAtzgs. 

“ Large fuzzy Box-trees, 40-60 feet. It grows in a low moist place, subject to 
occasional floods.” Yalgogrin (J. L. Boorman). 

“A White Box. Has a rough white bark almost to tips of limbs; practically no 
bole; of a spreading and gnarled appearance, and useless.” Cumbijowa State Forest, 
12 miles east of Forbes (Forest Guard K. Walker). 

“ Like Peppermint, 24 inches diameter, 30 feet high. Rough grey bark, clean 
at tips of branches; growing on high country.” (Harvey Range State Forest.) 


65 
“ Yamble Box.” Near Yamble, via Mudgee (A. Murphy). 


Near Tingha (Gordon Burrow; I have not specimens, but do pot dispute the 
record). 


‘““ White Peppermint. A huge tree, in appearance like E. Stwartiana; a rough 
white bark. Parish Nangarah, County Darling, near Barraba(W. A. W. de Beuzeville). 


‘“ Fairly large tree, branches somewhat pendulous. Rough and fibrous bark 
on trunk and large branches, clean upper branches. Growing on alluvial flats at Arra- 
rownie, head of Bohena Creek, Pilliga Scrub, 35 miles south of Narrabri (Forest Guard 
T. W. Taylor, No. 82). “A White Box, rather smooth white bark.” Baradine and 
Bohena Creeks, Pilliga Scrub (W. A. W. de Beuzeville). ‘‘ Bastard Box,’ Baradine 
district (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 75). “‘ Box, rough bark to top. 40 feet high, 40 inches 
in girth.” Parish Bomera, County Pottinger (Forest Guard M. H. Simon). “ Narrow 
blue-leaf Box. 60 feet high, branching low.” Pilliga (E. H. F. Swain); Puilliga Forest 
(Gordon Burrow). 


QUEENSLAND. 


Stanthorpe (J. L. Boorman); Warwick (Dr. J. Shirley); ‘‘ Box,’ Gowrie, Little 
Plain (W. F. Gray). 


LXX. E. concolor Schauer. 


The Type. The concolor confusion. 


2 


Tur type of this species comes from limestone hills near Fremantle, Western Australia, 
as stated at p. 153, Part XIV of this work. A good deal of confusion has gathered 
around it, partly because the incomplete material available could not be interpreted 
at the time. 


Bentham (B.FI. iii, 249) quotes, in addition to the type, only specimens which 
come from the south coast, hundreds of miles from the type locality. 


In Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvui, 231 (1913), I have drawn attention to two 
specimens of the type lent to me by Dr. Fischer von Waldheim, then of the St. Peters- 
burg Herbarium. Careful drawings were made of the specimens before returning them, 
but one was in leaf only and the other was in flower, but without opercula. With 
additional experience gained since then, and comparison cf all material obtained from 
the Fremantle district (including Claremont), I find that figures 7 a-d, Plate 63, are 
practically identical with the type of BE. concolor. 


Fremantle material has, by Bentham, local botanists and myself, been included 
in three species in all, viz., E. decipiens, wncinata, and falcata. Following are references 
which will help to elucidate this :— 

1, Under E£. decipiens Endl. See Part XIV, last paragraph of p. 151, also Plate 
63, figs. 7 a-d. Near Claremont Asylum, Perth, “ practically a type locality of ZH. 
concolor.” In other words, I figured practically a typical specimen of E. concolor as 
E. decipiens. 

Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald, a well-informed Western Australian botanist, wrote, 
“EB. decipiens Endl. The Fremantle form consists of small thickets of erect shrubs, 
8-12 feet high, growing on tertiary limestone.” 

Bentham (B.Fl. iii) kept E. decipiens and E. concolor very far apart in his 
classification. Both under E£. decipiens (p. 218) and under HF. concolor (p. 247) he 
recognises shrubby and tree forms, but although he gives a far larger ultimate size to 
the former, he, speaking of the latter, says, ‘‘ larger and more rigid (than E. decipiens) 
in all its parts.” To what extent the shrubby and tree forms are to be divided amongst 
E. decipiens and E. concolor begs the question as to whether the two species are really 
different. 


In Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 231 (1913) I express the opinion that 
E. decipiens and E. concolor are not specifically different, in which case E. decipiens, 
being the older name, would stand. In view of the fact that inquiry is still 


67 


proceeding as to the relations of shrubs and trees from, say, the Swan River to King 
George’s Sound, hitherto variously attributed to EZ. concolor and to E. decipiens, the 
matter may well stand over for a reasonable time. 


It may turn out that— 
(a) E. concolor is the Fremantle form of E. decipiens. 


(b) E. decipiens var. angustifolia (see Part XIV, p. 149) is an even narrower-leaved 
form of £. decipiens than is typical E. concolor. 


2. Under E. uncinata Turcz. See Part XIV, and ab p. 145 we have Subiaco 
Beach near Fremantle (Dr. J. B. Cleland) and 3 miles south of Fremantle (W. V. 
Fitzgerald). I have also received specimens from “near Fremantle, Limestone” 
(C. Andrews). Not only did Mr. Fitzgerald, but also Mr. Ardrews, another competent 
botanist, label them EZ. uncinata. They had not seen the type of E. uncinata, the 
forms of which have not even yet been fully worked out, and it is useful to point out 
that the view above indicated was held near the type locality of £. concolor itself. 


It will be seen that Bentham (B.FI. ii, 218) points out the similarity of the 
fruit in £. decipiens and E. uncinata. 


3. Under E. falcata Turez. var. ecostata Maiden. See Part XV, p. 181. On 
limestone, near Fremantle. (Cecil Andrews and W. V. Fitzgerald). These speci- 
mens are discussed in their relations to H. concolor lower down the page and on page 
182. Placing these Fremantle specimens under £. falcata is an act for which I am 
alone responsible, but the Fremantle plant has the buds sometimes so ribbed as to 
resemble EL. falcata somewhat. 


Drummond’s No. 77 is not E. concolor. 


Bentham’s citation of Drummond’s 4th Coll. No. 77 under EH. concolor, a very 
thick-leaved specimen, only seen in mature leaf and fruit, and figured at fig. 11, Plate 
63 (Part XIV) is important inasmuch as it was the only specimen, named Z. concolor 
by high authority, which was available for the guidance of Australian botanists for 
vely many years. At fig. 12 I have matched Dr. Diels’ Cape Riche specimen with it, 
and still think that this view is probably correct. 


I have ieferred at length to Dr. Diels’ specimens at p. 155, Part XIV. Some 
further collecting is required, in connection with the general decipiens-concolor 
investigation already referred to, when the position of these specimens can again be 
referred to, but at present it can be said that none of them are typical for FE. concolor, 
and I have made a slip of the pen in the lettering under fig. 11 (page 163) in saying that 
Drummond’s specimen is typical for EZ. concolor. 


68 


AFFINITIES. 


At pages 66 and 67 I have already gone into the relations of EB. concolor to 
E. decipiens, E. uncinata and EL. falcata, and J have little to add. 


1. With £. decipiens Endl. 


Dr. Stoward, under No. 122, sent me a specimen of ‘‘ White Gum, height 30-40, 
diameter of trunk 15-18 inches. Grows on limestone country in the Tuart belt along 
the coast. Spot near Newmarket Hotel, Coogee Road. April-May, 1917.’ This is 
from the neighbourhood of typical H. concolor, and although these specimens lack 
juvenile leaves, they seem to answer to the description of £. decipiens. Ii E. coneolor, 
as I surmise, then the tree is the largest recorded for that species. 


2. With E. uncinata Turcz. 


For this species I would invite attention to Plate 62, Part XIV, and would say 
that the species is, as regards some of the Western Australian specimens, under 
revision. k 


3. With FE. faleata Turez. var. ecostata Maiden. 
For this species see Plate 68, Part XV. 


Explanation of Plates (172-5). 
PLATE 172. 


E. eximia Schauer. 


la. Peltate juvenile leaf, with curved venation; 1b, peltate juvenile leaf, the venation advanced a stage 
towards the pinnate; 1c, intermediate leaf, the venation still further advanced, but not 
yet completely pinnate, as the mature leaf depicted at fig. 1, Plate 173. Glenbrook, Blue 
Mountains, N.S.W. (J.H.M.) 


2. Broad, short, intermediate leaf, not in the juvenile stage. Note the glandular appearance of the 
young shoots. Springwood, Blue Mountains. (J. L. Boorman.) 


8a. Elongated petiolate juvenile leaf; 3b, 3c, 3d, different shapes and sizes of juvenile leaves, all with 
auriculate bases. 3d is almost hastate in shape. The secondary veins of 3c and 3d at'a smaller 
angle to the midrib than those of 3a and 3d. These specimens are accompanied, at the lower 
parts of the branchlets, by small, early leaves, arrested in their growth, similar in shape, and 
only differing from the other leaves in size. These remarks apply to other species also. Hornsby 
Valley, Galston Road, Sydney district. (W. F. Blakely.) 


4. Buds showing shrinking of the calyx-tube in drying and thus the operculum takes on a mushroom 
shape. Cultivated plant, Inner Domain, Sydney. (J.H.M.) 


Compare LZ. Watsoniana, fig. 1b, Plate 174. 


6a. 


2a. 


3a. 


4, 


la. 


2a. 


€9 


PLATE 172—continued. 


E. eximia Schauer—continued. 


Buds, with ridges on calyx-tube. Grose River, N.S.W. (George Caley, September, 1801.) (From 
the British Museum.) 


Buds with the ordinary conical opercula; 66, buds with opercula almost hemispherical; 6¢, back and 
front views of anther. Berowra to Peat’s Ferry, Hawkesbury River, (J.H.M. October, 1895.) 


Fruits, scarcely urceolate in shape. Woy Woy, Hawkesbury River. (A. Murphy.) 


Fruits unusually urceolate in shape. Badgery’s Crossing to Nowra, Shoalhaven River. (W. Forsyth 
and A. A. Hamilton.) From same tree as fig. 1, Plate 173. 


5: 79 


PLATE 178. 


E. eximia Schauer. (See also Plate 172.) 


Rather long, mature leaf. Badgery’s Crossing to Nowra, Shoalhaven River, N.S.W. (W. Forsyth and 
A. A. Hamilton.) 


E. peltata Benth. 

Juvenile leaf, nearly orbicular, peltate; 2b, juvenile leaf, a stage further advanced, broadly lanceolate, 
peltate, venation making a smaller angle with the midrib ; 2c, mature leaf, of the ordinary 
lanceolate shape (Mueller never saw mature leaves of his own species,—see ‘‘ Hucalyptographia ” 
plate); 2d, umbel of young buds, with bracteoles still attached; 2e, buds; 2f, buds, further 
advanced, and with conoid opercula; 2g, front and back views of anther. Alma-den, Northern 
Queensland. (R. H. Cambage, No. 3884.) 


E. Watsoniana F.v.M. (See also Plate 174.) 


Portion of mature leaf; 3b, bud; 3c, front and back views of anthers; 3d, fruit. Wigton Creek. 
Queensland. (T. Wentworth Watson.) From a portion ofthe type in the Melbourne Herbarium, 
Note that the bud is more wrinkled than that collected from a cultivated tree in the Botanic 
Gardens, Sydney (see figs. 5a, Plate 173, and 1, Plate 174.) 


A comparatively long, narrow, mature leaf with long petiole. Parish of Boondooma, Queensland. 
(S. J. Higgins, through C. T. White.) 


Buds; note their nearly flat tops, and absence of wrinkles; 50, youngish fruit, also free from wrinkles ; 
drawn from fresh specimens in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, raised from a seed obtained from 
the type. 


PLATE 174. 


E. Watsoniana ¥F.v.M. (See also Plate 173.) 


Mature leaf; 16, buds. This shrinking of the calyx-tube and ribbing, owing to the vascular bundles 
standing out, together with the “ overhanging” appearance of the operculum, is seen also in 
E. eximia (fig. 4, Plate 172), and in some other species. It is the effect of drying. Cultivated 
in Botanic Gardens, Sydney. 
E. trachyphloia F.v.M. 


Small juvenile leaf, peltate; 2b, juvenile leaf, a stage further advanced; 2c, fruits. Arrarownie, Borah 
Creek, Pilliga Scrub, N.S.W. (H. I. Jensen, No. 152.) 


Mature leaf. Pilliga Scrub. (E. H. F. Swain.) 
Narrow mature leaf. Coolabah, N.S.W. (W. W. Froggatt.) 


Intermediate or nearly mature leaf. South Queensland. (Forest Inspector J. Board.) 


70 
PLATE 174-—continued, 


E. trachyphloia F.v.M.—sontinued. 

6a, 66, Juvenile leaves, not in the earliest stage; 6¢, mature leaf; 6d, twig with buds; 6¢, front and back 
views of anther; 6f, fruits. Bundaberg, Queensland. (J.H.M.) N.B.—This is the type locality 
of the species. 

7a. Juvenile leaf in an early, though not the earliest stage; 7b, the same, but a little further advanced. 
Note the glandular hairs round the edges of these two leaves. 7c, intermediate leaf; 7d, fruits. 
N.B.—The mature leaves from Bathurst Island are so similar to that of fig. 3 of the present plate 
that they have not been depicted. Bathurst Island, Northern Territory. (G. F. Hill No. 465.) 
It is to be observed that the Bathurst Island foliage in its younger stages is coarser than any that 
has so far been recorded from the mainland. 


PLATE 175. 
E. hybrida Maiden. 


la. Mature leaf (juvenile leaf not available); 1%, buds; 1c, views of two anthers; 1d, le, fruits in two 
stages, v.e., the less advanced showing a rim. Concord, near Sydney. (R. H. Cambage, J. L. 
Boorman, J.H.M.) The type. 


2a, 2b, Mature leaves; 2c, buds; 2d, views of two anthers. Milson Island, Hawkesbury River. (Dr. J. B. 
Cleland.) 


E. Kruseana F.v.M. 


3a. Twig bearing fruits; 3b, different views of anthers; 3c, flowers; 3d, a solitary bud (all on the specimen) 
and a fruit. 100 miles north of Israelite Bay, W.A. (J. D. Batt.) The type. 


4a. A leafy shoot, some of the leaves younger than those depicted at 3a; 46, buds;. 4c, frmts. 50-100 
miles east of Kalgoorlie (Transcontinental Railway Survey), W.A. (Henry Deane.) Type of 
E. Morrisont Maiden, 
E, Dawsoni R. T. Baker. 
5. Buds of the type as depicted in Vol. XXIV, Plate XXI, Pros. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 


6a. Juvenile leaf; 6b, three views of anthers; &a, fruits; 8b, the same, end on. Denman, N.S.W. (R. H. 
Cambage No. 2711.) 


Ta. A flower; 7), the deciduous collar or staminal ring referred to at p. 57. Cobborah, N.S.W. (District 
Forester Marriott.) 


Pili: 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


o 


H 
i 
H 


2 
A 
z 


aan a 


™. Flocklen del. et Lith. 


EUCALYPTUS EXIMIA Scuauer. [See also Plate 173.] 


yt, 7/53; 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


SR eat Serena oh ii 


©. Flockfon det. ef lith, 


(2) 
[See also Plate 174.] 


(1) [See also Plate 172.] 


E: PELTADA F-v.M. 


EUCALYPTUS EXIMIA Schauer. 


(3-0) 


E. WATSONIANA F.v.M. 


Pipes 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


ee ia ws 


M.FlochTon delet lith- 


(1) [See also Plate 173.] 


EUCALYPTUS WATSONIANA F.v.M. 


(2-7) 


E. TRACHYPHLOIA F-.v.M. 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS Pit, ah7/ay. 


M. Floehrron- deter hth. 


E. KRUSEANA F.v.M. (8, 4) 


E. DAWSONI R. T. Baker. (5-8) [See also Plate 58, figs. 4, 9-11.] 


The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “ Forest Flora of New 
South Wales ”* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs 
of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic 
value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of 
the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— 


acacioides A. Cunn, (xlvii). melliodora A. Cunn. (ix). 
acmentoides Schauer (xxxii). microcorys F'.v.M. (xxxvili). 
affints Deane and Maiden (lvi). microtheca K.v.M. (Iii). 
amygdalina Labill. (xvi). numerosa Maiden (xvii). 
Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). obliqua L’ Hérit. (xxii). 

Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). ochrophloia F.v.M. (1). 
Baueriana Schauer (vii). odorata Behr and Schlechtendal (xli). 
Baueriana Schauer var. conica Maiden (Iviii). oleosa F.v.M. (1x). 
Behriana ¥.v.M. (xlvi). paniculata Sm. (viii). 
bicolor A. Cunn. (xliv). pilularis Sm. (XXXi). 
Boormani Deane and Maiden (x!v). piperita Sm. (xxxiil). 
Boststoana ¥.v.M. (xliui). Planchoniana F.v.M. (xxiv). 
Caleyi Maiden (lv). polyanthemos Schauer (lix). 
capitellata Sm. (xxviii). populifolia Hook. (xlvii). 
Consideniana Maiden (xxxvi). propinqua Deane and Maiden (lxi). 
corvacea A. Cunn. (xv). punctata DC. (x). 
corymbosa Sm. (xii). regnans F.v.M. (xviii). 
crebra F.v.M. (lit). resinifera Sm. (iil). 
dives Schauer (xix). rostrata Schlecht. (lxi). 
fruticetorum F.v.M. (xlti). ryubida Deane and Maiden (Ixin). 
gigantea Hook. f. (li). ; saligna Sm. (iv). 
goniocalyx F'.v.M. (v). siderophlova Benth. (xxxix). 
hemastoma Sm, (xxxvii). siderozylon A, Cunn. (xiii). 
hemiphloia ¥.v.M. (vi). Sieberiana ¥.v.M. (xxxiv). 
longifolia Link and Otto (ii). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). 
Luehmanniana F.v.M. (xxvi) (=E. virgata),  tereticornis Sm. (x1). 
macrorrhyncha F.v.M. (xxvii). virgata Sieb. {xxv). 
maculata Hook. (vii). vtrea R. T. Baker (xxiii). 


melanophloia ¥.v.M. (liv). 


* Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. Price ts. per part (I0s. per 12 parts) ; each part containing 4 plates and 
other illustrations 


Bydney : William Applegate Gullick, Goverument Printer. —1920. 


G 


as 
a 
ei 
! 
{ 


os urnigera Hock. ‘f. 
"Plates e780. Ae July, 1913.) 


: Ee Dae F.v.M. 

. Zucalyptus cordata Labill. 
Eucalyptus angustissima B.v.M. 
- Plates, 81-84. 


6. Eucalyptus gigantea Hook. f. 

7. Eucalyptus longifolia Link and Otto. 
_ Eucalyptus diversicolor F.v.M. 

). Hucalyptus Guilfoyle: Maiden. 
Eucalyptus patens Bentham. 
Bucalyptus Todtiana F.v.M. 

(2. Hucalyptus micranthera F.v.M. - 

~ Plates, 85-88. (Issued March, 1914.) 


Eucalyptus cinerea F.v.M. 

t. Zucalypius pulverulenta Sims. 
Eucalyptus cosmophylla F.v.M. . 
Eucalyptus gomphocephala A. P. DC. 

: Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914. ) 


17 Eucalyptus erythronema Turcz. 

8. Eucalyptus acacieformis Deane & Maiden 

19. Bucalyptus pallidifolia F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus cesia Benth. 
Spee tetraptera Turcz. 


Plates, 97-100. Tene J Fuly, 1915.) 


. Bucalypius Deane: Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Dunn Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Stuartiana ¥.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Banksi1 Maiden. 


tes, 100 bis—103. 


Eucalyptus Macarthurt Deane and Maiden. 
Eucalyptus aggregota Deane and Maiden. 


Plates, 104-107. 


Eucalyptus Perrimiana F.v.M. 
1. Lucalypius Gunnw Hook. f. 
. Hucadypius rubida Deane and Maiden. 
lates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) 


ucalyptus maculosa R. T. Baker. 
Bucdyptus precos Maiden. 
(ptus ovata Labill. 
calypius neglecta Maiden. 
bes, 112-115. (Issued July, 1916.) 


(Issued December, 1913.) - 


Eucalyptus quadrangulata Deane & Maiden. 
(Issued November, 1915 ) 


(Issued February, 1916.) 


Part xxv, Eucalyptus vernicosa Hook. f. 
: 146. Eucalyptus Mudleri T. B. Moore. 
; tee Hucalyptus Kitsoniana (J. G. Luehmann) 
; Maiden. 
148. Lucalyptus viminalis Labillardiare! 
Plates, 116-119. (Issued December, 1916.) 


‘XXIX—149. Eucalyptus Baeuerlenit F.v.M. 

. Hucalyptus scoparia Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus Benthami Maiden & Cambage. 
. Hucadlyptus propingua Deane and Maiden. 
. Bucalyptus punctaia DC. 

. Hucalyptus Kirtoniana F.v.M. 

Plates, 120-123. (Issued February, 1917.) 


XXX—155. Eucalyptus resinifera Sm. 
156. Eucalyptus pellita F.v.M. 
157. Lucalyptus brachyandra F.v.M. 
Plates, 124-127. (Issued April, 1917.) 


XXXI— 158. “Eucalyptus tereticornis Smith. 
159. Hucalyptus Bancrofti Maiden. 
160. Eucalyptus amplifolia Naudin. 

Plates, 128-131. (Issued July, 1917.) 


XXXH-—161. Hucalyptus Seeana Maiden. 

162. Eucalyptus exserta F.v.M. ~ . 

163. Eucalyptus Parramattensis C. Hall. 

164. Eucalyptus Blakelyi Maiden. 

165. Hucalyptus dealbata A. Cunn. 

166. Hucalyptus Morrisit R. T. Baker. 

.167. Eucalyptus Howittiana F.v.M. 
-. Plates, 132-135. (Issued September, 1917.) 


XXXHI—168. Hucalyptus rostrata Schlechtendal. 
169. Eucalyptus rudis Endlicher. 
170. Hucalypius Dundasi Maiden. 
171. Hucalyptus pachyloma Benth. 
Plates, 136-139. (Issued December, 1917. 


XXXIV—-172. Eucalyptus redunca Schauer. 
173. Eucalyptus accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. 
174. Eucalyptus cornuta Labill. 
175. Eucalyptus Websteriana Maiden. 
Plates, 140-143. (Issued April, 1918.) 


XXXV-—176. Hucalypius Lehmanni Preiss. 

. LHucalyptus annulata Benth. 

. Hucalyptus platypus Hooker. 

. Bucalypius spathulata Hooker. 

. Hucalyptus gamophylla F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus argillacea W. V. Fitzgerald. 
Plates, 144-147. (Issued August, 1918.) 


XXXVI 182. Eucalyptus occidentalis Endlicher. 
183. Eucalyptus macrandra F.v.M. 
184. Hucalyptus salubris F.v.M. 
185. Eucalyptus cladocalyx F.v.M. 
186. Eucalyptus Coopertana F.v.M. 
187. Eucalyptus intertezta R. T. Baker. 
188. Eucalyptus confluens (W. V. Fitzgerald) 
_. Maiden. 
Plates, 148-151. (Issued January, 1919.) 
XXXVII—189. Eucalyptus clavigera A. Cunn. 
190. Eucalyptus aspera F.v.M. 
191. Eucalyptus grandifolia R.Br. 
192. Eucalyptus papuana B.v.M. 
Plates, 152-155. (Issued March, 1919.) 


> 


es a ‘h . : eo Sauee 201. Eucalyptus radiata Sieber. 
hd oe a ae 202. Bucalyptus numerosa Maiden, — 
a alee i aS AS Ngati Hoh 203. Eucalyptus nitida Hook. f.. | 


Plates 156-159. - (Issued July, 


XXXIX—204. Pucaiee Ty cllant F.y 
205. Eucalyptus corymbosa Smith. 
206. Hucalyptus intermedia R. T 
: 207. Eucalyptus patellaris F.v.M. 
208. Eucalyptus celastroides Turczani 
209. Eucalyptus gracilis F.v.M. 
: 210. Hucalyptus transcontinentala 
211. Eucalyptus longicornis F.v.. 
13. Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M.  _ 
' 212. Hucalyptus Flocktonie Maide 
roe 28. Hucalyptus virgata Sieber. 
Be 7s eet 213. Eucalyptus oreades R. T. a 
ae 214. Eucalyptus obtusiflora DC. 
215. Eucalyptus fraxinoides Deane ai } 


mice a Plates 160-163. (Issued to 


ao Ane Eucalyptus terminalis F.v.M. 

Bt? oe ot 217. Eucalyptus dichromophloia ¥. his #8 
218. Eucalyptus pyrophora Benth. _ ees 
219. Hucalyptus levopinea R. T. BE 
220. Hucalyptus ligustrina DC. 
221. Bucalyptus stricta Sieber. 
222. Eucalyptus grandis (Hill) Maiden. 


Plates 164-167. (Issued March, =). ) 


XLI—223. Bucalyptus bapa Fy.M. 

224. Bucalyptus Foelscheana ¥. v.M 

225. Bucalyptus Abergiana F.v.M. 
226. Eucalyptus pachyphylla ¥.v. M 
114, Lucalyptus pyriformis Turczaninow 
variety Kingsmilli Maiden. 
92. Eucalyptus Oldfidda ¥.v.M. 
227. Eucalyptus Drummondii Bentham. 


Plates, 168-171. ae June, e, 1920, 


eS Freed [em ra 
Oe (AN) 
ee ee 290 26% ee 


i. “MAIDEN N) 150, PRS, PES. 


(Government Botanist af New South Wales and Director of the SF sete ne 
mabe 5 Botanic Gardens, pe 


Par rox EE [ E ee 


(WITH Foes. PLATES). a es aa 


— ——s=iPRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. 


ae ee cite Published by Authority of 


Svonen ; 
_ WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT. PRINTER. 


0000 ok Se 


. Eucalyptus « 
siya Mucl onitite Meee. i ies 
Saoteg Plates, 14 (Issued March, 1903. ) 


Ti—2. Lucalypius ee LT Hénitier. wre 
ae Plates, 5 (Issued May, 1903. ) ade 
<- IH—3. Eucalyptus calycogona Turezaninow. 
‘ Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.) 


4. Euealyptus incrassata Labillarditre. 
5. Bucalipius fecunda Schauer. 
Plates, 13-24. (Issued June, 1904.) 


V—6. Eucalyptus stellulata Sieber. 
7. Eucalyptus coriacea A. Cunn. 

_ 8. Eucalyptus coccifera Hook. f. 

_ Plates, 25-28. 


VI—9. Eucalyptus amygdalina Labillardiére. 
10. Rucalyptus linearis Dehnhardt. 
11. Bucalyptus Risdoni Hook. f. 
Plates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) 


VII—12. Eucalyptus regnans F.v.M. 
13. Lucalyptus vitellina Naudin, and Eucalyptus : 
virea R. T. Baker. : 
14. Eucalyptus dives Schauer. — 
15. Eucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden. 
16. Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpland. 
Plates, 33-36. (Issued October, 1905.) 


VIWI—17. Eucalyptus capitellata Sm. 

18. Bucalyptus Muelleriana Howitt. 

19. Eucalyptus macrorrhyncha F.v.M. 

20. Bucalyptus eugeniordes Sieber. 

21. Eucalyptus marginata Sm. 

22. Eucalyptus buprestium F.v.M. 

23, Eucalyptus sepulcralis F.v.M. 

Plates, 37-40. (Issued March, 1907.) 


24. Hucsalyptus alpina Lindl. 
25 Eucalyptus microcorys F.v.M. 
26 Eucalyptus acmenioides Schauer. 
27, Eucalyptus umbra R. T. Baker. 
28. Eucalyptus virgata Sieber. 
29, Eucalyptus apiculata Baker and Smith. 
30. Hucalyptus Luehmanniana F. v. Mueller. 
31. Eucalyptus Planchoniana F.v.M. 
Plates, 41-44. (Issued November, 1907.) 


X—32. Hucalyptus piperita Sm. 
33. Hucalyptus Sieberiana F.v.M. 
34. Eucalyptus Consideniana Maiden: 
35. Eucalyptus hemastoma Sm. 
36. Eucalyptus siderophloia Benth. 
37. Eucalyptus Boormant Deane and Maiden. 
38. Eucalyptus leptophleba F.v.M. 
39. Eucalyptus Behriana F.v.M. 
40. Bucalyptus populifolia Hook. 
Eucalyptus Bowmani F.v.M. (Doubtful species.) 
Plates, 45-48. (Issued December, 1908.) 


XI—41. Eucalyptus Bosistoana F.v.M. 
42. Eucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn. 
43. Eucalyptus hemiphloia F.v.M. 
44. Bucalyptus odorata Behr and Schlechtendal. 
44 (a). An Ironbark Boz. 
45. Hucalyptus fruticetorum F.v.M. - 


(Issued November, one 


XVII— 89. 
. Eucalyptus leptopoda Bentham. — 
. Eucalyptus squamosa Presale and Mai 


. Eucalyptus ae va 
. Eucalyptus crebra. 

. Eucalyptus Staigeriana F. v. M. : 
. Bucalyptus melanophloia Vv. M. 
. Eucalyptus pruinosa Schauer. ~~ 
. Fucalyptus Smith R. 'T. Baker. 
. Eucalyptus Naudiniana F.v.M. — 
. Eucalyptus sideroxylon A. Cunn. a 
. Eucalyptus leucoxylon F.v.M.\ 
. Lucalyptus Caleyi Maiden. ; 


. Eucalyptus “ae Deane and Maiden 
. Lucalyptus paniculata Sm. Boe 
. Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. 
. Eucalyptus Ruddert Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus Baueriana Schauer. 

. Eucalyptus cneorifolia DC. — 


. Eucalyptus melliodora A. Cunn, 
. Eucalyptus fasciculosa. F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus uncanata [ave saaiee S 
. Eucalyptus decipiens Endl. 
. Eucalyptus concolor Schauer. — 
. Eucalyptus Cloezcana ¥.v.M. = 
. Lucalypius oligantha Schauer. 


. Eucalyptus oleosa Fv. M. 
. Eucalyptus Gilli Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus falcata Turez. 


. Eucalyptus Le Souefii Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus Cleland: Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus decurva V.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus doratoxylon F.v.M. - 
. Eucalyptus corrugaia Luehmann, — 
. Eucalyptus goniantha Turez. 
. Eucalyptus Strickland: Maiden. - 
. Hucalypius Campaspe 8. le M. Moore 
. Eucalyptus diptera Andrews. Pe 

. Eucalyptus Griffiths Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus grossa F.v.M. 
. Bucalyptus Pompiniana Maidens 
. Eucalyptus Woodwardi Maiden. — 


Plates, 53-56. (Issued Novem 


ite 57-60. (Issued Fulys 1 


Plates, 61-64. (Issued Maree 19 2) 


Plates, 65-68. (Issued July. 191 2. 


Eueaagin oleosa F.v.M., var. Hog 
Maiden. 


Plates, 69-72. _ (Issued § 


Eucalyptus salmonophloia F. v.M. | 


. Eucalyptus pyriformis r 


8, 73-76 


A CRITICAL REVISION OF -THE 


Genus HUCeEYeTUS 


BY 


Jee VEAT DEN, eS\OsREaR.S. Fes. 


(Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). 


sone 7H ben 


{ JANS8 997 


Vo Pace Bae 
Part XLUI of the Complete Work. 


(WITH FOUR PVJATES.) 


+ 


“Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and combining 
them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, 
or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by 
antiquity, and transmits that hoard. augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. 
In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and 


even when they fail, are entitled to praise.” 
Macautay’s “Essay ON MILTON.” 


PRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE, 


Published by Authority of 
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 


Svdnev : 


WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET, 


*97741—A 1920. 


CCOXXXVI_ Eucalyptus ficifolia \.v.M. 


Description : ° : : 
Supposed variety . . ° 
Range : f : : : : : ; F 
Affinity, —). ° . 5 : . . . 5 6 ° 


CGCXXXVIT. Eucalyptus calophylla R.Br. 


Description ° ° ° ° : ° : ° 
Variety rosea Maiden . 

Synonyms. : 6 : ° 4 ° 

Range 5 . . . ° : ° ° ° . 
Affinities . ‘5 : ° . 


The colours of the filaments in E£. calophylla and 
E. ficifolia 


COXXX VIL. Eucalyptus hematoxylon Maiden. 


DESeription, \) . A 5 . 
Range 5 : : : : : ° 
JNO : : ° : . ° . ~ 


CCXXXIX. Eucalyptus maculata Hook. 


Description 
Range 


Variety citriodora F.y.M. 


Discussion of the question, species or variety 
Synonyms. 

Range : 

Affinities (of species) 


PAGE 


CCXL. Euealyptus Mooreana (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. 


PAGE. 
Description . : , : : : wy eee : : 93 
Range : 5 : : : : ‘ : 5 6 “ 94 


Affinities . é 0 : : : : : A : 5 G4 


CCXLI. Eucalyptus approximans Maiden. 


Description : : : : : : : < : : go 
Range ; : . : : ; : 2 ; ; : g6 
Affinities . : ‘ ; ‘ : : é 5 : 5 97 


COXLI. Eucalyptus Stowardi Maiden. 


Description ; 5 ; 3 : A : . : : 98 
Range . : : ‘ : : : : : : : 69 
Affinities . ; : : : ; : ; , : : 99 


Explanation of Plates (176-179) : : ; 6 SelOs 


DESCRIPTION. 


COXXXVI. E. ficifolia Fv.M. 


In Fragmenta ui, 85 (1860). 


FoLLowine is a translation of the original :— 


Leaves moderately petiolate, opposite, ovate-lanceolate or sub-ovate, acute, coriaceous, spreadingly 
and very finely penniveined in a crowded manner, scarcely pellucid-punctate, straightly and faintly 
reticulate-veined, paler on the underside, peripheral vein close to the margin, wmbels terminal and paniculate, 
pedicels quadrangular, about the same length as the calyx-tube, fruits large, truncate- or suburceolate- 
ovate, exangular, three- or four-celled, valves deltoid, deeply included and deflexed, fertile seeds greyish 
brown with long wings in the fore part, most of the seeds sterile, narrow and elongated. 


Bentham (B.FI. iii, 256), had his doubts as to its specific rank, and dismissed 
it in the following words :— 


E. ficifolia, F. Muell. Fragm. ii, 85. Only known from imperfect specimens in fruit, which differ 
in no respect from FH. calophylla, except that the seeds are of a pale colour and the testa expanded at one 
end, or round one side into a broad, variously-shaped wing. Further specimens may prove these differences 
not to be constant. 


West Australia. Broke’s Inlet, “ Black-butt,” Maxwell. From the Hay, Gordon and Tone Rivers 
in the same neighbourhood are flowering specimens undistinguishable from E. calophylla, which may 
possibly belong to this species. 


It was then more fully described, and also illustrated, by Mueller in the 
‘* Hucalyptographia.’ Some of his remarks on the colour of the filaments are referred 
to below. 


SUPPOSED VARIETY. 


E. ficifolia F.v.M. var. Guilfoylei Bailey, in Proc. Roy. Soc. Q., x, p. 17 (1894). 


This is identical with LZ. calophylla R.Br. var. rosea (Hort.) Maiden, see below, 
p- 75. 


RANGE. 


The type came from Broken Inlet, “‘ near the coast of the estuary, Broken Inlet, 
south West Australia,’ Maxwell. I would suggest that this is a slip of the pen or a 
limited local name for Brookes’ Inlet, between Irwin Inlet and D’ Entrecasteaux Point 
(1.e., approaching Cape Leeuwin). 


72 


Bentham says “from the Hey, Gordon and Tone Rivers in the same neigh- 
bourhood are flowering specimens undistinguishable from H. calophylla, which may 
possibly belong to this species.’ It may be said that dried flowering specim2ns of 
E. ficrfolia and EL. calophylla may be difficult to discriminate from each other. 


Mueller (‘ Eucalyptographia”’) says: “‘ From the western side of Irwin’s Inlet 
to the entrance of the Shannon, constituting a distinct forest belt in the coast region, 
though not actually approaching the sea-shore.” 


Brookes’s Inlet appears to be the most westerly locality, and it extends easterly 
to the west side of Irwin’s Inlet and the Shannon River to Irwin’s Inlet, and northerly 
to near Mount Hoskins in the Frankland district. The range of this species, which is 
not very great, has not yet been definitely ascertained. It is so extensively cultivated — 
in gardens that one has to be on one’s guard in recording localities for it, particularly 
west and north of King George's Sound. 


Dr. R. H. Pulleine, of Adelaide, who made an extensive trip, found it “ beauti- 
fully in flower in December, 1917.’ He found it on coastal hills (some of them hundreds 
of feet high), between Landers’ Camp, about 15 miles north-north-west of Nornalup. 
It forms flat-topped impenetrable thickets, 8-10 feet high, often so thick and inter- 
twined that you could walk over the top, rather than get through it. He referred me 
to Mr. Brockman, who obligingly replied as follows :— 

“ Only found in its wild state along the south coast in small areas extending from Denmark to the 
Nornalup Inlet, a distance of about 35 miles by roughly 5 miles. There is no large extent of it in this area, 
and I think about 2,009 acres is about the largest area where it grows, scattered and in stunted trees. There 
are a few clumps of flat-topped thickets mixed with other varieties of Gums. The largest tree, judging 


from memory, was about 6 feet (sic) diameter and about 35 feet, with a ragged and spreading top.” 
(E. J. T. Brockman, Reviley via Balingup.) 


It is in the National Herbarium of New South Wales from the following 
localities :— 


“ Trees of 12, 14 and 20 feet,’ west side of Irwin’s Inlet (Sid. W. Jackson, through 


H. L. White). 


* Red-flowering Gum. Height up to 30 feet and up to 3 feet in diameter. Grows 
on sandy hills near Irwin Inlet and on granite hills near Mt. Hoskins in the Franklin 
district.” (Dr. F. Stoward, No. 112). 


Shannon River; also near Wilson’s Inlet (W. V. Fitzgerald). 


oe IN Tae 


With E. calophylla R.Br. See p. 78. 


73 


DESCRIPIMON: 


COXXXVIL E. calophylla R.Br. 


In Journ. Geog. Soc. i, 1831 (1882), 20; Lindley in Bog. Reg. (1841), Pl. Mise. 72. 


Tw the ‘“‘ General view of the botany of Swan River,” by Robert Brown (Journ. Roy. 
Greog. Soc. 1, 17-21, 1832), at pp. 19-20, we have :— 


Of Eucalyptus, the only species in the collection (Fraser’s) had been first found on Captain Flinders’ 
voyage at King George’s Sound, on the shore of which it was the only useful timber tree, though there 
oI very moderate size. I have named it Hucalyptus calophylla. 


Lindley’s description was as follows :— 


Foliis alternis ovato-lanceolatis marginatis parce punctatis nunc acuminatis nunc obtusis cum 
mucrone; venis primatiis simplicibus pennatim dispositis contiguis subparallelis, umbellis terminalibus 
et axillaribus 4-5 floris, pedunculatis, operculo minimo hemisphacrico umbonato hine cupulae c. cardine 
affixo. 

(Of which the following is a translation :—Leaves alternate, ovate-lanceolate, marginate, with a 
few dots, sometimes acuminate, sometimes obtuse, with a mucro. Primary veins simple, pinnate, close 
together, sub-parallel, umbels terminal and axillary, 4-5 flowered, pedunculate, operculum very small, 
hemispherical, umbonate, fixed to the calyx-tube by a hinge.) 


Lindley then proceeds in Enelish :—- 
a (o} 


The name of ZL. calophylla is current in gardens for this beautiful plant, but I cannot discover 
it in books. It is a native of Port Augusta* on the south-west coast of New, Holland, whence its seeds were 
sont to Capt. Jas. Mangles, R.N., by Mrs. Molloy, a lady enthusiastically fond of flowers, to whom we 
are indebted for many acquisitiors. Its branches are of a rich reddish brown. The lcaf-stalks, which 
are rather more than an inch long, are of the same colour. The leaves are from 4 to 6 inches long, ovate- 
lanceolate, flat, pale green, with a rich red marginal line, within which, at the distance of a quarter of a 
line, runs a faint intramarginal vein; when bruised they have a faint ard rather pleasant smell; very few 
transparent dots are visible; the veins are delicate lines, almost at 1ight angles to the midrib, from three- 
fourths to one and a half lines asunder, and running somewhat parallel till they lose themselves in the 
intramargiral vein; they are held together by fire reticulations. The whole appearance of the foliage 
is that of a Calophyllum. The flowers are large and white, the cup is obconical, 6 lincs long, and as much 
a2ross the mouth; the lid, however, is only half that diameter, and hanes to the edge of the cup on one side, 
by a narrow neck, so that it cannot fall off; this arises from the cup continuing to enlarge after the separation 
of the lid. (Lindley, op. cit.) 


It is redescribed by Schauer in Plante Preissiane, i, 131 (1844-5). 


* This iz not to be confused with Port Augusta, in South Australia. The home of the type of Z. calophylla 
is now known as Augusta, and is just to the cast of Cape Leeuwin, 


74 


Bentham (B.#1. ii, 255) then described it as follows :— 


A beautiful tree, with a more dense foliage than usual in the genus, the rough, corky bark coming 
off in irregular masses (Oldfield). Leaves ovate, ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, obtuse or mucronate-acute, 
rather rigid with very numerous transverse parallel veins, the intramarginal one scarcely distant frcm 
the edge. Umbels loose, with rather large flowers, in a terminal corymbose panicle, with one or two some- 
times in the upper axils. Peduncles flattened or nearly terete, pedicels longer than the calyx-tube. Calyz- 
tube turbinate and often ribbed on the adnate part, the free part much dilated, often } inch diameter. 


Operculum hemispherical, obtuse or umbonate, shorter than the calyx-tube and continuous with it till 


the flower expands. Stamens $ to ? inch long; anthers ovate, with parallel distinct cells opening longi- 


tudinally. Ovary flat or slightly convex on the top. Fruit when perfect ovoid-urceolate, 2 inches long 
and above 1 inch diameter, very thick and hard, with a thick neck contracted at the orifice, but sometimes 
the fruit is smaller, the neck less distinct and less contracted. Capsule deeply sunk. Seeds large, ovate; 
black, flat or with a raised angle on one face, the edges acute but scarcely winged, the hilum large on the 
inner face. 


Ti was figured and described by Mueller in his “ Eucalyptographia.” 


Here we have a case of nomen nudum had the date been, say, thirty years later. 
Nowadays a date would not be accepted without a description, as was accepted by our 
predecessors in the case of 1831 or 1832. Probably Robert Brown distributed specimens 
to herbaria at this time, but the generally accepted dates of species in the old days 
were often in the nature of a compromise. Schauer in Plante Preissiane 1, 131 (1845), 
attributes this species to Lindley, but Bentham, Mueller, and all other writers on 
Eucalyptus are unanimous in attributing it to Brown, and I do not agree that they 
are wrong. Lindley himself speaks of the name as “ current’? ia his time. 

This is the commonest ‘‘ Red Gum” of Western Australia. The leaves slightly 
perfoliate in the young state. There is caoutchouc in the young leaves. 

Miss Bussell, of Ellensbrook, informed me that Red Gum blossom is called 
‘“ Booneet”’ by the blacks. They state that when it is in flower the Groper comes into 
the reef, so that the blacks can spear them. They make a somewhat similar observa‘ion 
in regard to the plant they call “ Whale’s Eye” (Candollea cuneiformis Labill ). 


In bark and general appearance the Red Gum resembles the Bloodwoods of 
the east. Red Gum is a pale-coloured timber with abundant gum-veins (in this respect 
also resembling Bloodwood). (It owes its common name to the abundance of its red 
astringent gum or kino.) I noticed fruit cases made with Jarrah ends and Red Gum 
sides. At a little distance the pale wood in a fruit case resembles Pine. (J.H.M. in 
Journ. W.A. Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. III, 1911). 

When travelling in Western Australia a few years ago, this tree was reputed 
to flower every alternate year, and was said by some to yield the best honey. 


Mr. A. H. Smith, of Baker's Hill, W.A., gave the following particulars in the 
Western Mail of 6th March, 1914, in regard to the flowering of this species. He is a 
beekeeper. and the notes would have increased value if they had been backed with 
the dates of the flowerings. 

When well grown it is the largest of the trees in the coastal and hills districts. It blooms from 
February to April, March being the month of full bloom. Every year a few trees, particularly saplings, 


may be found in bloom, but usually only one year out of three is marked by abundant general blossoms. 
In other words, the majority of trees bloom one year and miss two. Sometimes only one year is missed, 


75 


sometimes it is three. Apparently the season and the bush fires have something to do with the blossoming. 
From a beekeeper’s point of view the Red Gum honey harvest may be counted on once in three years. As 
the buds are formed only shortly before blossoming time, one canot tell whether the tree will bloom until 
December or maybe early in January. 


This tree is occasionally planted by beekeepers, particularly in South Australia 
and Victoria, as a honey plant. 


Schauer in Plante Preissiane gives the aboriginal name as “ N’gumbat.” 
Captain J. Lort Stokes, in his “ Discoveries in Australia,” u, 132, gave the aboriginal 
name as “ Kardan.’ At Ellensbrook, in the south-west, the name, at least for the 
blossom, is “‘ Booneet.” 


The following inspired paragraph in the Western Mail of 11th April, 1919, shows 
that an attempt is being made to change the vernacular name of Red Gum, so commonly 
applied in Western Australia to this tree, and replace it by ‘“‘ Marri,” said to be of 
aboriginal origin. It remains to be seen if people will give up a name at the bidding of 
authority, however desirable the change may be. 

Mr. Lane-Poole, the Conservator of Forests, is endeavouring to correct and replace the misleading 
name by which one of our most prominent timbers, the so-called Red Gum, is known. In the eastern States 
the term “ Red Gum” isapplied to Hucalyptus rostrata,the wood ofwhich is red, hard, and somewhat resembles 
in appearance our Jarrah. The name of the tree evidently arose from the colour.of the wood. Our Red 
Gum is Eucalyptus calophylla, and the name “ Red Gum” was probably given to it on account of the quantity 
of red gum or kino which exudes from this tree. In some portions of the South-west, the natives, according 
to the writings of pioneers, called this tree “ Kurden ” or “ Karden,” while other tribes called it the ‘* Marri” 
or * Maree.” As the native name “ Marri” is simple and in harmony with the native names karri, jarrah, 


and wandoo, Mr. Lane-Poole has decided to try and get people to adopt this name instead of the present 
common misleading one (szc) of Red Gum. 


I have seen fowls eating the seeds, but do not know the result of lengthened 
indulgence in such a diet. The fruits, which are large, and of a suitable shape, have had 
a limited use in country districts as tobacco pipes, both in Australia and South Africa. 
During the Great War these fruits had a great vogue as protectors of steel knitting 
needles. Two fruits were connected with strips of elastic by ladies who knitted socks 
and other garments for our soldiers, and they were willing to pay fancy prices for these 
fruits and thus the Red Cross benefited. — 


VARIETY. 


Var. rosea Maiden, in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xli, 187 (1916), a synonym 
of E. ficifolia F.v.M. var. Gualfoylec Bailey. As a matter of convenience this will be 
found under “ Affinities” at p. 78 below, since it is not easy to make the subject clear 
without entering into an exhaustive comparison of #. ficifolia and E. calophylla. 


76 


SYNONYMS. 


1. E. splachnicarpa Hook. 
2. E. glaucophylla Hoftmansegg (perhaps) 


1. In Hooker’s Bot. Mag. t. 4036, is a figure of a twig in bud and flower, with 
immature fruit, sufficient, however, to distinguish the species. This is accompanied 
by a description in Latin, of which the following is a translation :— 


Leaves alternate, oblique, ovate-lanceolate, with a marginal vein, penninerved, coriaceous, with 
terminal compound umbels, hemispherical operculum, sub-globose, broader than the calyx-tube. Fruit 
splachniform in shape. 

Splachniform means that it resembles the fructification of a moss of the genus 
Splachnum. Sir William Hooker was a considerable authority on mosses. 


2. E. glaucophylla Hoftmg. 
The original, in a very rare work, is as follows :— 

“ (429) Eucalyptus glaucophylla. . foliis superioribus sparsis petiolatis oblongis acuminatis 
apiculatis coriaceis glaucis, passim basi inaequalibus, nervis reticulantibus ante marginem connexis. 

Hab. in Austral. 

Caulis ramique teretia, cumque petiolis purpurascentia. Folia utiingue glauca. Pctiolo sxpericics 
ad 6” lg. Lamina magis nunc ad ovatum nunc ad lanceolatum accedens, versus apicem sensum angustata 
4-6’ lg., m 2’ lt., nervo primario pallido. 


An EF. longifolia? Link. Enum. Nonullis quadrans, aliis discrepans. Differt enum potissimum : 
foliis plurimis basi non inaequilibus, nullis ullo modo punctatis, coloris valde glauci, qui tamen in aliis, e.g., 
purpurascente, expresse memoratur, nulla mentione, acumine non incuryo, ita ut illam credere non audeam. 
Quousque sese extendat identitas, pronuncient comparantes arbitri me peritiores. 


Peregrinator quidam dixit, eam a cl. Wendland L. glaucescentem vocari; alii peritiores, meam 
aliam, novamque sp., asserunt.” (Hoffmg. Verz. Pfl. Nachtr. 2, p. 113.) 
Schauer in Walpers’ Repertorium 11, 927, says this is EB. splachnicarpa Hook. 
I have not seen the type, but agree with Bentham that it is “ very doubtful,’ 
particularly as there is an absence of glaucousness in the foliage of E. calophylla. 


RANGE. 


The type came from near Cape Leeuwin, Western Australia, and the species 
has not been found out of that State. Schauer says it is found around Perth and 
“ totius coloniae.” 

Bentham says ““ Common about King George’s Sound, R. Brown, Fraser, Oldfield 
and others; and thence to Swan River, Fraser, Drummond No. 150; Press's No. 250; 
rare towards Port Gregory, Oldfield.” 


a 


Mueller (“ Eucalyptographia”) puts it this way: “ Interspersed accompanying 
E. marginata through nearly the whole area of that species, but less gregarious, reaching 
its northern boundary about the Hill River, and the southern at King George’s Sound, 
mixed also into the forests of E. loxophleba (fecunda), but not into those of 
E. diversicolor, preferring a richer and deeper soil than EL. marginata.” 

It is a lover of good soil and well-watered districts, and forming as it does a 
large, picturesque, often scrambling tree, with huge branches, occurring exclusively 
over large areas, 1t gives to country what is known as a “ park-like” aspect. It 
occurs within a line roughly connecting Cape Riche and Port Gregory, but we do not 
fully know the localities north and east of that line. 


I have seen the following :— 


A specimen labelled “* #. calophylla Lindl. No. 250 of Mr. L. Preiss, 1837-1840, 
Swan River.’ Also Drummond’s No. 150 (presented by British Museum through 
Dr. A. B. Rendle). 


Following are “ modern” specimens in the National Herbarium, Sydney :—~ 

King George’s Sound (B. T. Goadby, No. 90). Albany (Henry Deane, R. Helms, 
J.H.M.). Shrub of 2-3 metres, flowers sweet-scented; near King George's Sound 
(Dr. L. Diels, No. 2188). “South West Plantagenet” (Dr. E. Pritzel, No. 250). 
Denmark (Dr. F. Stoward, No. 159). Bow River, also Wilson’s Inlet and Deep River 
(Sidney W. Jackson, presented by Mr. H. L. White). (These are as near to the type 
locality as I have got; they are a few miles to the east of it.) 

Foot of Stirling Range near Mt. Tulbrunup. Juvenile leaves perfoliate (J.H.M.). 
(This is as far east as [have seen it. It is very abundant in the locality, and has by no 
means petered out in the district). 

Jarrahwood (Forest Ranger Wm. Donovan). Preston Valley, with perfoliate 
juvenile leaves (Max Koch, No. 1855). (The above are connecting localities between 
the extreme south-west and the York district.) 

Tree of 20-30 feet. Thick, rough, brown, spongy bark. Growing in black 
humus, foot of hil] near Cut Hill, York (O. H. Sargent, No. 280). Bald Hill, near York 
(O. H. Sargent, No. 421). 


Following are in the Perth district :— 

Greenmount (Dr. Stoward, No. 285). (Guildford (W. V. Fitzgerald). Wood- 
lupine Creek near Perth (A. G. Hamilton). Perth (Dr. J. B. Cleland). Lower Canning 
River (Dr. A. Morrison, No. 28). 


The following locality is on the Midland Railway. 25 metres high, Gingin (Dr. 
L. Diels, No. 1945). This is the same as the Moore River. 

Mueller gives the Hill River (which is on the same parallel as Watheroo, on the 
M:aland Railway) as the northern limit, but this is greatly exceeded towards the north 
by Port Gregory (Oldfield) which is near Northampton, which is again north of 
Geraldton, 


78 


AFFINITIES. 


With &. ficifolia F.v.M. 
Bentham’s contrast in the Key (B.FI. 1, p. 199) is— 


Seeds large, not winged ... .» (EB. calophylla). 
Seeds (very irregularly) winged ... (H. ficifolia). 
This contrast has to be taken philosophically. While the seeds of LF. fictfolia 
appear to usually have more wing than those of FL. calophylla, those of the latter 
species are sometimes not without a winged appendage. 


This species, as far as is known, is related to EL. calophylla, but is very distinct 
in having pale brown, smaller seeds and a transparent wing running down the back 
as long or longer than the nucleus. The leaves resemble those of certain species of 
Ficus of the series of F. elastica. (Translation of original description ot £. ficrfolia.) 

The characteristics by which £. ficifolia can be distinguished from #. calophylla are as follow :— 
The tree is of less height, the bark is somewhat more deeply furrowed, the leaves are proportionately not 
quite so broad but longer, the flowers are mostly larger, the calyces assume a reddish hue, the filaments 
are of a splendid crimson [see my remarks below.—J.H.M.], the fruits less turgid, while the seeds are 
much paler in colour, have a smaller kernel, and are provided with a conspicuous appendicular membrane. 
Irrespective of this a very marked difference in the seedlings is observable, as those of Z. ficifolia show only 
slighly or not at all the bristly roughness of #. calophylla, nor are the seedling-leaves inserted above 
their base to the stalk, as in that species. (‘ Eucalyptographia,”’ under ZL. ficifolia.) 

Bentham (B.Fl. i, 256) pointed out that ‘‘ certain flowering specimens of 
E. ficifolia ave indistinguishable from #. calophylla, which may possibly belong to this 
species (ficifolia).” 

The seedling of ZL. ficifolia is described at i, 533, of Lubbock “ On Seedlings,” 
and that of LE. calophylla at the same place, and also fig. 344. There is a seedling of 
E. calophylla figured at the back ot the plate of £. calophylla in “ Kucalyptographia.” 
It is difficult, and perhaps impossible, to lay down important differences between the 
seedlings of E. ficifolia, calophylla and hematorylon. All are more or less scabrous, 
with large cotyledon leaves (those of £. calophylla are especially large), and with early 
peltate leaves. I prefer to leave the matter of seedlings to a subsequent Part, when 
those belonging to some hundreds of species can be compared as a whole, which is the 
true method to elucidate affinities. 


The following notes contrasting B. ficifolia and E.-calophylla lay especial stress 
on the colours of the filaments in the two species, and deal with a hybrid form. 


Everyone who knows Sydney and Melbourne, and who pays attention to horti- 
cultural matters, must have noticed the great development, during the last few years, 
of the cultivation of what the ordinary citizen calls ‘* Flowering Gums.” By this he 
means with flowers comparatively large in size and other than white in colour. Some 
people, a little more definite, simply call them Red-flowering, and many, Scarlet- or 
Crimson-flowering indiscriminately, using the terms scarlet and crimson as if they 


79 


were interchangeable, just as they are said to be both “ red.” As one to whom flowers 
of various kinds are often sent, I find that, as often as not, when a man writes “ scarlet ” 
he means “ crimson,’ and vice versa. In the case of trees like Eucalypts and Kurrajongs, 
which include both scarlet and crimson flowers, the confusion may be inconvenient. 


Colour of Flowers (filaments).—The colour of the filaments of EZ. ficifolia F.v.M., 
is not given in Mueller’s original description, but is stated to be “ crimson” in 
“ Eucalyptographia,” in the first half of the formal description, but in the second half 
it is described as “* beautifully cinnabar-red, occasionally varying to a lighter colouration, 
but never very pale.’ Further down, in contrasting £. ficifolia with EL. calophylla, 
he says, “ the filaments (oi H. ficzfoliw) are of a splendid crimson.” This may be 
carelessness, but it probably arises from a not very clear knowledge of English terms 
for the colours concerned. 

I have received from Dr. G. P. U. Prior, Mental Hospital, Rydalmere, near 
Sydney, flowers which are true L. ficifolia. They are bright scarlet in colour or, in 
in the language of Plate No. 79 of R4p. de Couleurs, bright fiery-red or russet-orange. 
The filaments do not contrast with the whitish anthers, for the pollen-masses are scarlet, 
too. The calyx-tubes are suffused with scarlet, and so the whole inflorescence is of a 
uniform tone of colour. 


Supplementary Note—We have an indubitable HE. ficifolia flowering in the 
Botanic Gardens, Sydney (January, 1920), which has all the morphological characters 
of the species, but the rich-coloured filaments (Dauthenay Plate 114), with stamens 
hardly in contrast, are rich crimson red, and do not belong to the orange or scarlet 
series at all. Evidently we must take more evidence in regard to these forms. 

Dr. Prior’s No. 2 is a shrub at present; itis the EF. ficifolia alba of nurserymen; 
it has white filaments, with a suspicion of colour at the base, arising from the coloured 
rim. Calyx-tube green. A little colour on the operculum. 

In E£. calophylla R.Br. the filaments are white or creamy, and I saw the trees 
in flower over large areas in their native habitats. Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald states that 
the filaments are “‘ rarely pink”; this indicates a tendency. 

This muddle that Mueller got into as regards the filaments of EZ. ficzfolia is 
continued by the nurserymen. Large numbers of plants are sold; indeed, the demand 
exceeds the supply. I need scarcely observe that precision is desirable, and sometimes 
necessary, in speaking of the colours of flowers. The following is a useful work 
of reference :—‘ Répertoire de Couleurs (quoted as Rép. de Couleurs) publié par 
la Société Francaise des Chrysanthémistes,’ &c. (Rennes and Paris, 1905). Two 
portfolios of plates and a handbook. 

In Vilmorin’s (Paris) Catalogue of Plants, the colour of the flowers of E. fictfolia 
is given as “ rouge carmin,’ which is not a colour admitted, as such, into Rép. de 
Couleurs. The firm is evidently following the late M. Naudin, a great French authority 
on the genus, who, Mém. Eucal. i, 555, says :—“Z. ficifolia qui les a Wun rouge 
carmin trés brillant, au moins dans une de ses variétés.” 


80 


In examining the catalogues of good Australian firms, I find the following given 
under FE. fictfolia :— 


1. “* Red-flowering Gum,” 20 feet. This colour may mean any thing. 


bo 


. Scarlet, 15 feet; ‘‘ Scarlet-flowering Gum,” 15 feet. Scarlet is correct. 


3. Crimson, 20 feet; Crimson-flowered Gum, 20 feet; right Crimson,” 15-2 
C 20 feet; Crimson-flowered G 20 feet; ‘* Bright Crimson,” 15-20 
feet. This may or may not be a confusion with scarlet, as begun by Mueller; I shall 
ave something to say about a Crimson-flowering Gum presently. “ee also p. 79. 
have sometl t bout a C flo 2G tly. See also p. 79 


Then one firm has :— 


6. “ Scarlet-flowering Gum, 15 feet, literally a blaze of beautiful rich crimson 


shade.” 


In examining the catalogues of Australian nurserymen I cannot find one which 
describes the colour of #. calophylla correctly. It should be white. One firm calls 
it “rich pink.” 


Several firms, however, have EF. calophylla rosea in their lists, either without 
comment, or “* Bright pink, 30 feet,” or ‘‘ Similar to Z. ficifolia, but rosy pink flowers.” 


I think this view of the case is correct; the rose- or crimson-flowering forms, 
which are large-growing (getting size from their calophylla parent, and their colour 
more or less from their ficifolia parent). The habit of these trees reminds me more 
strongly of 2. calophylla than of E. ficifolia, and as to colour, we have them of all 
shades of the faintest blush-pink (almost white) to deep crimson. 


The flowers of EZ. ficifolia and LE. calophylla are honey-smelling, the pertume 
heavy and oppressive in a room. They flower mostly in December and January, and 
the climatic conditions in Sydney during the last season have induced an exceptionally 
fine display of bloom. 


T have received trom Dr. Prior flowers, fruits and seeds of what I call No. 1. 
The flowers are Tyrian Rose in colour; see Plate No. 155 of Rép. de Couleurs. There 
is a short, white attachment to the anther, which is creamy-white in colour, with a line 
of Tyrian Rose running round the back, and this colour is sometimes blurred. When 
old, the anther-cells inside take a pinkish shade. The pollen is creamy-white 


In Proc. Roy. Soc. Qsld., x, 17 (1898), the late F. M. Bailey described “ what is 
probably an accidental sport”? inthe Melbourne Botanic Gardens, with flowers of a “ deep 
rose” as E. ficifoliavar. Guilfoylei . . . “It proved to be onlya form ot F. ficifolia 
differing from the normal plant in its smaller foliage, more compact inflorescence, different 
colour of flowers, with prominent umbo to the operculum and slight difference of seed- 
wing. I have received specimens of this form both from the late Mr. Guilfoyle and 
from Mr. J. Cronin. The yellow anthers contrast well with the filaments. The calyx- 
tubes are urceolate and apple-green, and both on account of the contrast of filaments 
with anthers and calyx-tubes, the effect in the mass is most charming. 


81 


The Rydalmere tree is 40 feet high, and flourishing. In every respect that I 
can see, it is identical with ZF. ficifolia var. Guilfoylei and EL. calophylla var. rosea Hort., 
and I am inclined to think that the more reasonable view is to look wpon it as a form 
of E. calophylla. The habit and size of the hybrid incline to those of #. calophylla, 
while the pink or purple tinge (in contradistinction to the scarlet of Z. ficifolia) naturally 
occurs in £. calophylla. 


Size and habit. —E. calophylla is a huge tree, with gnarled trunk and scrambling, 
umbrageous branches, the counterpart of the Apple (Angophora intermedia) of eastern 
Australia. The size is given as up to 150 feet, with a stem-diameter of 10 feet 
(* Eucalyptographia’’), and I am certain this is not exaggerated. 

E. ficifolia, on the other hand, is a small tree; I think it rarely exceeds 30 feet 
in height, and it is usually erect, and not scrambling. 


The hybrid may be fairly stated as intermediate in size. 


Seeds.—Those of E. calophylla are large, ovate, black, flat, and with a raised 
angle on one face, the edges acute but scarcely winged, the hilum large on the 
inner face. 

Those of F. ficefolia are of a pale colour, testa expanded at one end, or round 
one side into a broad, variously-shaped wing (B.FI. 11, 256). The hilum is towards 
the end of the seed, and furthest from the wing. 

The seeds of the EH. calophylla x E. ficifolia hybrid are flatter than those of 
E.. ficifolia, and also paler in colour. As compared with those of E. ficifolia, they are a 
little darker and less winged, but the hilum is more remote from the wing. In other 
words, they are intermediate between the two species. Most of the seeds are, however, 
sterile, and these are pale reddish-brown in colour, shining, and mostly boomerang- 
shaped. 

The sterile seeds of EH. calophylla are similar in shape, perhaps a little darker 
in colour. 

It seems to me that, in this rose-crimson series, we have incontrovertible evidence 
of hybridisation, the two most obvious factors being colour and size; and I, therefore, 
add E. calophyila and E. ficifolia to the very long list of pairs of species of which the 
evidence that they hybridise appears to be sufficiently clear. 

I have touched on the general question of hybridisation im the genus in Report 
Aust. Assoc. Adv. Science, 1904, p. 297, in the Proceedings of this Society, xxx, p. 492 
(1905), and on many other occasions, (Maiden in Proce, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xli, 185, 
1916.) 


DESCRIPTION. 


COXXXVIIT. E. hematoxylon Maiden. 


In Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 218 (1913). 


Arbor parva altitudinem 20 et trunci diametrum 18” attinens, “ Mountain Gum” nominata. 
Bloodwood typicus. Cortex stratis mollibus rubris secedens. Lignum rubrum, gummi venis. Folia 
petiolata lanceolata ad lato-lanceolata, coriacea, 8-9 cm. longa 2-3 cm. lata. | Venae secundariae tenues 
et fere paralleles. Flores in corymbo irregulare. Filamenta alba. Fructus ovoidei vel fere sphaerici, 
aliquando orificio constricti, urceolati, 3 env. longi, 2-5 em. lati. Orificium 1 cm. latum. 


A small tree, attaining a height of 20 feet and a trunk diameter of 18 inches. “ Much resembling 
L. calophylla R.Br., the ‘Red Gum,’ in general appearance.” Known as ‘“‘ Mountain Gum.” It is a 
typical “ Bloodwood.” 


Bark.—In soft reddish flakes, typically that of a ‘‘ Bloodwood.” 


Timber.—Red, with gum veins, stated to be “ very soft’; a typical Bloodwood timber, hence 
g 3 YI 


the specific name suggested. 


eg 

5 
Juvenile Leayes.—Broadly lanceolate, thin-membranous, reddish purple, petiolate, margin 

thickened, secondary veins very fine and nearly parallel to each other. Containing caoutchouce. 


Mature Leaves.—Petiolate, lanceolate to broadly-lanceolate,symmetrical or somewhat oblique, 
apex attenuate-acuminate, coriaceous and of medium thickness, equally green on both sides, margin 
thickened, intramarginal vein not far removed from the edge. Secondary veins fine and nearly parallel 
to-each other. Length say 8 or 9 cm., and breadth 2-3 cm. 


Buds.—In a large corymb consisting of individual umbels of four to seven. Each peduncle thin, 
flattened, ribbed, and about 2°5 cm. long; the pedicels similar but slenderer, and frcm 1 to 1:5 cm long, 
The bud club-shaped, the operculum pointed, short, less than half as long as the calyx-tube, which is 
contracted at the orifice, and which does not taper gradually into the pedicel. 


Flowers.—Filaments cream-coloured, stamens inflected in the bud, the anthers all fertile, long 
and somewhat pale, opening in parallel slits, small gland at the top; versatile. 


Style ribbed, the stigma hardly exceeding it in thickness. 
The anthers, style and stigma appear to be identical with those of E. corymbosa. 
(The description of the buds and flowers, op. cit. xlvili, 482 (1914).) 


Fruits.—Ovoid to nearly spherical, sometimes constricted at the orifice, thys taking on an urceolate 
shape. Large, 3 cm. long and 2-5 cm. broad, with an aperture of lcm. and less. Tips of valves well sunk. 
Seeds large, wing rudimentary. 


RANGE. 


It is confined to south West Australia so far as we know at present. Specific 
localities are :-— 


Happy Vailey, Jarrahwood Railway, Western Australia. Generally in poor, 
sandy country (Forest Ranger W. Donovan, July, 1912). 


“ Mountain Red Gum.” Height 30-40 feet and up to 12-18 inches in diameter. 
Trees are of a stunted nature, and the wood is very faulty. Grows in ironstone country 


in the mountains with Jarrah, between Busselton and Jarrahwood. (Dr. F. Stoward, 
No. 108.) 


APPIN TIES. 


The affinity at once suggested 1s #. ficifolia F.v.M., but the filaments of the new 
species are white, and the fruits are of a different shape, viz., smaller and more spherical, 
those of #. ficifolia beng somewhat cylindroid. The seeds of the latter species also 
are winged, its bark is more fibrous and its timber paler; it lacks the rich cedar-coloured 
timber of the present species. 


Tt is also allied to LZ. calophylla R.Br., a much larger tree. The three species 
are closely related, and all have very large, handsome cotyledon leaves, and the young 


leaves soon become more or less peltate, but the character is apparently most common 
in £, calophylla. 


84: 


DESCRIPTION. 


COXX XIX. EF. maculata Hook. 


In cones Plantarum, t. 619 (1844). The figure shows mature leaves, 
buds and flowers. 


FoLLow1nc is a translation of the original description :— 


A tall tree, the trunk spotted, leaves alternate, petiolate, lanceolate, drawn out into a long point, 
pellucid-dotted, purplish at the edges, copiously and distinctly veined, obliquely spreading, panicles axillary 
and terminal, sparsely branched, shorter than the leaves, operculum double, the external one conical- 
hemispherical, mucronate, shorter than the sub-angled calyx-tube, the interior one (the corolla) hemi- 
spherical membranous, shining. Spotted Gum, MSS. No. 387. (The type is therefore doubtless Backhouse’s 
No. 37 from the Maitland district, see p. 87.) 


The rest of the description is in English, and is as follows :— 


A large tree, Mr. Backhouse observes, of which the bark falls off in patches, giving it a spotted 
appearance. The timber is nearly equal to oak, but the sap or outer layers decay rapidly. The lid or 
operculum is double, inner one membranaceous; this inner one has justly been considered by Mr. Brown 
as the corolla, and it here forms an-exactly hemispherical glossy membranaccous cup, which often continues 
to adhere after the outer one has fallen away. ‘“‘The gum from the tree contains benzoic acid.” 
(Backhouse.) 


It is described as follows by Bentham :— 


A lofty tree with a smooth bark falling off in patches so as to give the trunk a spotted appeararce. 
Leaves ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, straight or faleate, acuminate, mostly 4 to 6 inches long or even 
more, with numerous parallel but rather oblique veins, not so close as in the preceding species (EL. pyrophora), 
and rather coarse, the intramarginal one close to the edge. Umbels 3-flowered, usually several together, on 
short leafless branches, forming a panicle or corymb.  Peduncles and pedicels short and thick, scarcely 
angular. Calyx-tube in the young bud shortly cylindrical, when open broadly turbinate, 3 to 4 lines 
diameter. Opercudum hemispherical, much shorter than the calyx-tube, the outer one much thicker and 
more persistent than in most species where it has been observed, and usually umbonate or shortly 
acuminate, the inner one (corresponding to the single one of most species) thin, obtuse, smooth and 
shining. Stamens attaining 4 or 5 lines; anthers ovate with parallel distinct cells opening longitudinally. 
Ovary flat-topped. Fruit ovoid-urceolate, usually about 4 inch long, and nearly as much in diameter, 
the rim narrow, the capsule deeply sunk. (B.FI. in, 258.) 


Mueller figured and described it in the “ Eucalyptographia.” Some additional 


notes on the species, which need not be reprinted here, will be found at Vol. I, p. 154 
of my “‘ Forest Flora of New South Wales.” 


This is the common Spotted Gum of New South Wales and Queensland, because 
of the mottled appearance of its smooth bark. There are other Spotted Gums, but 
none more characteristic in appearance than this. 


85 


“Yah-ruigne”’ was the name of the aborigines of the Illawarra, and ‘‘ Booangie” 
of these of Cumberland and Camden, N.S.W., according to the late Sir William 
Macarthur. Mr. Forester Allan tells me that “ Thurraney” was the name used by 
the South Coast blacks. ‘“ Urar” is a Brisbane name, according to Mr. T. Petrie. 
“ Kangar” is a name employed by Queensland aborigines to denote the variety 
ceitriodora. 

Many years ago Mr. Charles Hedley informed me that in Queensland certain 
persons were affected by what is known as “ Spotted Gum rash” after handling timber 
of this species. He instanced one case (at Maryborough) in which a man was habitually 
so indisposed after touching sawn Spotted Gum that he declined to handle it further. 
This acridity of the sap must be rare, as I have only heard of one other case, and this 
was in New South Wales. I have dealt with the matter in regard to other Eucalyptus 
timbers in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Vol. V, p. 175. 


RANGE. 


The original describer quoted the following localities for the species :—‘‘ Interior 
of N. Holland (Fraser) [which was not far from the coast.—J.H.M.] ; Maitland, Liver- 
pool and Newcastle (Backhouse).’ Liverpool is about 20 miles south of Sydney, and 
Newcastle and Maitland are about 100 miles to the north. 


It is confined to eastern Australia, extending from Gippsland, Victoria, in the 
south, from south to north of New South Wales, along the coast and coastal ranges 
and in Queensland to at least as far north as the Rockhampton district, while the variety 
citriodora occurs as far north as the Gulf of Carpentaria. It prefers ridges and poor 
country, and is commonly found with Ironbark. 


VICTORIA. 


In “ Eucalyptographia,’ under £. Watsoniana, Mueller records that Reader 
found E. maculata in the neighbourhood of the Genoa River. It was subsequently 
known from a specimen sent by Mr. J. H. King to the late Dr. A. W. Howitt, from the 
eastern slope of a spur from the Tarra Mountain, on the track from Buchan to Orbost, 
Gippsland, and about 15 miles from the former place, where it forms a small compact 
colony of a few acres in extent. (Vict. Nat., xiii, 150, 1897.) I hope our southern 
neighbours will connect this locality with the most southern of New South Wales 
localities, for I do not know any very close to the border of the two States. 


New South WALES. 


Southern Localities —‘ The Spotted Gum practically disappears after crossing the Bega River near 
Tathra. I believe there is no sign of Spotted Gum at Eden, and none between Eden and the Victorian 
border; there is a forest or two about Bermagui; there is also some between here (South Bermagui) and 
the Bega River, but once the Bega River is crossed the tree is lost.”” (Forest Guard W. Dunn.) 


56 


Bodalla district (Dromedary Mountain). (W. Bacuerlen.) 


Having travelled about much in localities where the Spotted Gum occurs, I notice that it is usually 
accompanied by the Burrawang (Macrozamia spiralis)—both sure indications of poor soil. sually when 
the Burrawang disappears, Messmates, Stringybarks, &c., make thcir appearance and the Spotted Gum 
disappears. Somctimcs I travel for milcs over a tract cf country where I sce ro Punawang, but as scon 
as I notice the Burrawang making its appearance again I always expect that the Syettcd Gum will appear 
also, which is usually the case. (W. Baeuerlen, writing from Bat man’s Bay.) 


George’s Basin and Wandandian and South Coast road generally (J.H.M.). With 
intermediate leaves. Milton (J. L. Boorman). Nowra (J.H.M.). 


A specimen in Herb. Kew in bud only labelled ‘‘ Sydney Woods, Paris Exhib.. 
No, 95, Spotted Gum, 100-150 feet; W. Macarthur, 1854,” is H. maculata. To trace the 
history of this specimen we must turn to the N.S.W. Catalogues of the Paris Exhibition 
of 1855 and of the London Exhibition of 1862. In the former catalogue it is called 
“Spotted Gum” and “ Mottled Gum,’ and the aboriginal name is given as 
“ Yah-ruingne.” In the latter catalcgue Hlawarra is given as the place where the name 
is in use, and “‘ Booangie”’ as the name in the Counties of Cumberland and Camden. 


We now leave the South Coast, and the following locality is on the tableland, 
perhaps as high (2,500 feet) as I have met it. Nye’s Hill, Wingello (not common). 
(J. L. Boorman.) 


Very large intermediate leaves. Theresa Park to Werombi, Camden district 
(J.H.M.). Liverpool to Bringelly (J.H.M. and J. L. Boorman). “I believe picked up 
at Mulgoa, April, 1810.’ (Copy of label in George Caley’s handwriting, British Museum, 
No. 43.) 


On sandy shale, ? mile south of Prospect Hill, near Parramatta (R. H. Cambage, 
No. 3590). We are now practically at Sydney. 


Following is an admirable account of the range of the species chiefly on the 
“South Coast’? of New South Wales, and with particular reference to the geological 
formations on which it occurs :— 


E. maculata .  . . occurs just where the monoclinal fold, alrcady alluded to, has thrown 
down the shales and exposed the Hawkesbury Sandstone, about 4 milcs before The Oaks is rcachcd. This 
species . . . is widely distributed throughout the coastal districts of New South Walcs. By the 
casual observer, erect trecs of Angophora lanceolata are sometimes mistaken for E. maculata. In going 
south from Sydney along the Mlawarra railway line, the Spottcd Grm is rot seen, except for a few trecs 
just beyond Wollongong, until the neighbourhood of Nowra is approached, after which it becomes common, 
and occurs at many points along the Milton road, such as at The Falls, ard beyond Tomerong, where the 
geological formation is of Permo-Carboniferous age. It is absent, however, from the igneous formation of 
Milton, but reappears to the south immediately the sedimentary rocks are reached, being plentiful towards 
Bateman’s Bay and also at Wagonga, where some of the very fincst specimens of this specics may be found, 
It extends into the north-eastern pait of Victoria, but is only very sparsely represented in that State. On 
parts of the North Coast of New South Wales it is a common tree, and occurs in the Maitland-Singleton 
district on the Permo-Carboniferous formation in company with L. crcbra, the Narrow-leaved Ironbark. 
It extends to within about 20 miles of the Great Dividing Range at Crooked Creek, on the Tenterfield- 
Casino road. 2. maculata is decidedly rare, however, in the Sydney district, and generally speaking, 
appears to avoid the Hawkcsbury Sandstone formation. There are a few exceptions to this discrimination, 
one being its occurrence on the sandstone just near the monoclinal fold from The Oaks to the western side 
of Mulgoa, while others are at Newport, and on the Appin road, about 5 miles from Campbelltown. At 
Newport, the Spotted Gum is growing on the rocks which form a remnant of the base of the Hawkesbury 


87 


Sandstone immediately overlying the Narrabeen Shales; while at The Oaks and near Campbelltown it 
occurs on the top of fairly thick beds of Hawkesbury Sandstone, from which the overlying Wianamatta 
Shale is, in places, only just barely removed. Observations in regard to the distribution of this species 
tend to show that it docs not seek either a highly siliceous sandstone, or a shale or slate of basic origin, 
but flourishes best where there is a combination of the two; and while it usually avoids the Hawkesbury 
Sandstone areas, as too siliceous, it is also absent from the deepest portions of the Wianamatta Shale, Its 
occurrence on this latter formation denotes the presence of sand in the vicinity. (R. H. Cambage, in Proc. 
Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xx vi, 551 (1911).) 

Western Localities —In. New South Wales the most western locality known to 
me is Poggy, a wild district a few miles from Merriwa. There is also some on the Mudgee. 
Cassilis road. Parish of Curryall, County of Bligh(Forest Guard J. B. Yeo). This is 
in the Cassilis district. 

Northern Localities —Occurs on the Ranges at Ourimbah, 6 miles from Gosford 
(J.H.M.). Near Clarence Town (Forest Guard Ikin). 

Common between Newcastle and Maitland (J.H.M.). \ Maitland (James 
Backhouse, No. 37, about 1837). Presented by Kew. The type. Ravensworth 
(Forest Guard L. A. MacQueen). Dungog (W. F. Blakely). 

Taree (EK. H. F. Swain). 

Anderson's Sugar Loaf, Macleay River (J. L. Boorman). 

Grafton to Coffs Harbour (J.H.M. and J. L. Boorman). Seuth Grafton (Henry 
Deane). Lawrence, Clarence River (J. V. de Coque), Lower Southgate, Clarence 
River (W. W. Froggatt). Very large intermediate leaves ; Copmanhurst, Upper 
Clarence River (J. L. Boorman). Casino, Richmond River (District Forester Pope). 


QUEENSLAND. 

Canungra, near Mt. Warning (J. L. Boorman.) 

Enoggera, Brisbane (F. M. Bailey). With young peltate leaves, Brisbane 
(J.H.M.). “ Fairly large trees of 60-80 feet, with a diameter of 3-4 feet still remain, 
where it has been preserved against the constant demands on this valuable timber.” 
Waterworks road, Brisbane (J. L. Boorman). Aspley, 5 miles north of Brisbane 
(K. Bilbrough). 

“ Spotted Gum, Burro, Taylor's Range.’ (Dr. L. Leichhardt, 1843.) 

Hatton Vale, Laidley (W. H. Pimlott). 

Kalbar (formerly Engelsburg), 76 miles west of Brisbane, za Ipswich and 
Dungandan (W. H. Martin). 

Goomboorian Range, near Gympie (R. N. Jolly). Brian Pastures, Gayndah 
(S. A. Lindeman). Bundaberg (J.H.M.). Hast of Rockhampton, near sea coast (P. 
MacMahon). 

The allusions to Spotted Gum by Leichhardt in his ‘‘ Overland Expedition” 
are few; two of them are at pages 20 and 48. On the banks of Hodgson’s Creek he 
points out that Spotted Gum and Ironbark (a combination often confirmed since 
Leichhardt’s time) formed the forest, while at Robinson’s Creek (p. 48) he found the 
same two species. 


§8 


VARIETY. 


Var. citriodora F.v.M. 


T have gone into the question of whether Z. citriodora is a variety of FE. maculata 
or not at pages 154, 155, 164, of Vol. I of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales.” 


Mueller (Fragm. ii, 47) used the name ZL. citriodora and so did Bentham (B.FI. 
il, 257). The latter, by placing it between LZ. corymbosa and E. terminalis, indeed he 
says ‘“ evidently very closely allied to E. corymbosa,’ did not realise its close affinity 
to £. maculata, although he remarks, under EL. citricdora, “‘ Woolls’ Spotted Gum from 
Parramatta [which is #. maculata.—J.H.M.] is very much like £. citriodora.’ Later, 
Mueller (“‘ Eucalyptographia,’ under 2. maculata) thus speaks of it :— 

E. citriodora can only be considered a variety of E. maculata, differmg merely in the exquisite 
lemon-scent of its leaves, and holding as a variety precisely the same position to #. maculata as Boronia 
citriodora to B. pinnata, or Thymus citriodorus to T. Serpyllum. Mr. Bailey, who had opportunities to 
compare the two trees promiscuously growing, confirms their specific identity. 

Under the circumstances it seems proper to attribute the authorship of the 
variety to Mueller. 


Mr. Bailey, in his ‘‘ Queensland Flora,’ records it as E. maculata var citriodora. 


I have occasionally crushed the young foliage of £. maculata and detected the 
citriodora perfume. This was the case in some specimens collected by Mr. J. L. Boorman 
at Copmanhurst, Clarence River. 

Messrs. E. Schimmel & Co., Miltitz, Saxony, in ‘‘ The Volatile Oils” (Gildemeister 
and Hoffman, p. 536), describe the oil of EZ. maculata, and say that ‘‘it cannot be 
distinguished from the following oil (EZ. citriodora).’ See my “ Forest Flora” i, p. 155. 
This means that, while the oil of H. maculata is less in quantity, its composition is 
similar to that of EF. citriodora. 

An adaptive character, like the presence of oil, cannot or should not in itself 
be used for specific determination. 

That is the evidence. The two trees(smaculata and its variety citriodora) do not 
differ in important morphological characters (the young shoots of the latter are more 
hairy, and perhaps the leaves are narrower and the buds less pointed, but these 
differences do not amount to much), and their oils run into each other, the relative 
proportion of Citronellal being vastly greater in the latter. Here, there seems to me, 
is a case of a variety clearly enough, and as I think that the term variety is a useful 
botanical designation, 1 employ it in the present instance. 

At the same time, the distiller and seller of oil (like the forester and gardener) 
are not to be blamed if they choose the simple descriptive name “‘ Eucalyptus citriodora” 
for the unwieldy one of “‘ Eucalyptus maculata variety citriodora.’ Although I would 
much like to see trade names approximate to the botanical ones, ordinary people will 
have to be more educated before they will accept ponderous names for everyday use. 
The application of botanical names is subject to laws; trade names, which sometimes 
simulate them, are not so controlled, and divergences between the two kinds of names 
are sometimes inevitable. 


89 


There is a note on the size of this tree at Wide Bay, Queensland, and on a planted 
one in the Sydney Botanic Gardens, in Dr. George Bennett’s “ Gatherings of a Naturalist 
in Australasia”? (1860), p. 265. Dr. Bennett got Mr. Norrie, the Sydney chemist, to 
distil the leaves for oil and the specimen was sent to Kew, and must have been one of 
the earliest prepared from the species. 


SYNONYMS (0 variety). 


1. E. citriodora Hooker, in Mitchell's Journ. Trop. Austral., 235. 
A translation of the brief Latin description is as follows :— 
Branches angular, brownish, minutely tuberculate, leaves broad-lanccolate, petiolate, pinnulate, 
spreading parallel veined, green (not glaucous). 
Then follows the statement :— 
Sir William Hooker has ventured to name this Lucalyptus, though without flower or fruit, from 
the deliciously fragrant lemon-like odour, which exists in the dry as well as the recent state of the plant. 
I have seen the following specimens :— 
(a) “ 1846, July 16, No. 153 bis. Sub-tropical New Holland, Lieut.-Col. Sir 
T. L. Mitchell. Eucalyptus citriodora.” 


(b) “ 1846, July 17, No. 217. Height 6 feet. [Evidently young scrub, not yet 
arrived at the flowering stage-—J.H.M.] Leaves perfumed like lemon. Sub-tropical 
New Holland. Lieut.-Col. Sir T. L. Mitchell. Eucalyptus citriodora Hooker, 204.” 

(c) “‘ Eucalyptus citriodora Hook., Sub-tropical New Holland, Col. Mitchell.” 
Allin Herb. Cant. Allin leaf only; (b) in young leaf, (a) and (c) in older, broad, shining 
and markedly veined. All are EZ. citriodora Hook. ; (a) and (b) are ex Herb. Lindley. 

Imperfect specimens were described by Bentham in B.Fl. ui, 257, as E. citrio- 
dora, from Balmy Creek, Mitchell, and Wide Bay, Moore. 


2. E. melissiodora Lindley in Mitchells Journ. Trop. Austral., 235. (non F.v.M., 
which = peltata.) 


The brief description is in Latin, which may be translated as follows :— 


Branches ferruginous-tomentose, scabrous, leaves on both sides with rusty papillae, scabrous, 
ovate oblong obtuse, peltate above the base (flowers and fruits unknown). 


I have examined the following specimens :— 


(a) “ No. 153, July 16, 1846. Sub-tropical New Holland. Lieut.-Col. Sir T. L. 
Mitchell. Height 5 feet. ‘Strong balm scent,” Eucalyptus ? melissiodora.’ Herb. 
Cant. ex Herb. Lindl. 


90 


(b) “ Eucalyptus melissiodora Lindl. Sub-tropical N. Holland. Col. Mitchell.” 
Herb. Cant. 


The label of (6) is in the same handwriting as (c) var. edtr¢odora (I think Lindley’s 
handwriting). 


The principal difference between the type specimens of melisstodora and 
citriodora lies in the greater amount of rusty tomentum on the leaves and stem of the 
former. The difference is, however, very slight and variable. 


E.. melissiodora was described by Mitchell, when he first came across it, as having 
“a powerful odour of balm.” (Melissa officinalis.) 


At the same time and place he found “ another bush, with leaves of the same 
shape, and glossy, but having a perfume equally strong of the lime.” This was called. 
E. citriodora. Neither species had flower or fruit. 


Bentham (B.FI. i, 254) doubtiully describes this in the foJlowmg words :— 


A shrub, exhaling a powerful odour of balm, and covered with a rusty resimous pubescence, short 
and scabrous on the foliage, almost bristly on the branchlets. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, more 
or less peltately inserted on the petiole above their base, the veins transverse, but not close. Flowers and 
fruit unknown. 


Queensland.—Sandstone rocks, Balmy Creek, Mitchell. Possibly a barren state 
of EF. citriodora or some allied species, in which the leaves of the flowering branches 
are not peltate. 


3. E. variegata F.v.M. in Journ. Linn. Soc., ii, 88 (1859). The specific name 
was given because of the appearance of the bark. 


Following is a translation of the original :— 


A tree, branchlets angular, leaves alternate, moderately petiolate, lanceolate-linear or narrow- 
lanceolate, falcate elongate, long acute, shining, thickly penniveined, covered with pellucid dots, peripheral 
vein very close to the edge, umbels paniculate, 3-flowered, the calyx-tube semiovate, twice as long as the 
hemispherical operculum, and like it ecostate, fruits truncate-ovate, 3-cellcd, 2-4 times longer than the 
pedicel, ecostate, smooth at the vertex, valves included, secds winged. Habitat in the grassy hills near 
the Burnett River. Flowering in the summer. 


A rather tall tree, trunk smooth, ashy-white, variegatcd with the grey or duty reddish outer layer 
of the bark. Leaves mostly 4-7 inches long. and an equal number of lines broad. Peduncles 2-3 lines 
long, angular. Buds ovate. Fruits 5-6 lines long, gradually contracted at the apex. 


Called Spotted Gum-tree by certain of the colonists. In habit it hardly differs from E. tereticornis 
and E. rostrata, except in the trunk, which is stripped of the outermost layers of bark as far as the base, 
and not covered with old woody, flaky, wrinkled layers of bark. 


91 


RANGE (of Variety). 


The type came from Balmy Creek, a name given, presumably, because of the 
presence of this tree, whose odour reminded Major Mitchell of Balm. See Mitchell's 
“ Tropical Australia,’ p. 235, and it is marked on his map, opposite p. 189. It is 
south of Mantuan Downs, and Dr. J. Shirley informs me that it is 20-30 miles west of 
Springsure. 


In his “ Queensland Flora” Bailey records it from Gladstone, Rockhampton, 
Springsure, Herberton and Port Denison. 

In the Catalogue of the Queensland Forestry Museum (1904) the record is given 
“ Plentiful around Gladstone and the Port Curtis district, Rockhampton, west side 
o: Eungella Range (Mackay district), Herberton, Mount Garnet, and a large quantity 
on the Hughenden-Charters Towers Railway Line.” 

With peltate young growth. (Queensland, recorded as-E. melissiodora Lindl.; 
with no further details.) 

Bundaberg and Gladstone Railway (correspondent of F. M. Bailey). 

Duaringa, 65 miles west of Rockhampton (J.H.M.). O’Shanesy points out that 
E. exserta and E. citriodora are oiten found in company. See this work, Part XXXII, 
p- 3 


Or 


“Scented Gum,’ Stannary Hills. (Dr. T. L, Bancroft.) Irvinebank (corre- 
<pondent of F'. M. Bailey). 
Dr. H. I. Jensen informs me that the Lemon-scented Gum abounds on mixed 


soils and on the porphyries on the Herberton-Irvinebank tableland, but seeks good 
deep soils. 


“Scented Gum.’ “Found sparsely throughout the coasta] range north of 
Town ville. Grows in ridgy country, tall growing with spare top, pink bark, timber 
grey, dark heart.’ Near Atherton (District Forest Inspector H. W. Mocatta). 


This tree which is so very common on the east side of the coast range in New South Wales, was 
thought at no very distant date to be almost confined to this colony. But it changes its character, and under 
another name, #. citriodora or Lemon-scented Gum, extends right up to the waters of the Carpentaria. 
It is always a fine tree and loves the warm sheltered eastern slopes of the ranges. But in tropical Queens- 
land it becomes a very much finer tree. The peculiar spotted appearance of the stem is exchanged for a 
uniform greyish blue tint. The tree is tall and stately, with a large sound tiunk, and, in fact, there are 
no Eucalypts which can at all compete with it in size except ZL. Raveretiana, and its leaves now send forth 
a strong perfume which is most grateful at a distance and like roscs, but close it is most powerful and 
pungent and exactly like essential oil of lemon. . . . J have tried to fix the southern limit of the cttrz- 
odora variety. Between Maryborough and the Burnett is the first place where the peculiar smell of rose 
leaves becomes apparent in the open forests. Mr. C. Moore is quoted as having found it in Wide Bay. 
On the road between Gympie and Maryborough, or about 120 miles north of Brisbane, the spotted variety 
of E. maculata is very abundant on stony ridges. The spotted character has disappeared somewhat and 
the trunks of the trees have a uniform reddish hue which is very remarkable. Here, too, one notices that 
the trees exude great quantities of a dark brown resin that ought to be of some commercial value. The 
strong rose scent in the woods, which is indicative of this tree, begins about the Burrun River on the over- 
land road between Maryborough and Bundaberg. The tree is, however, nowhere abundant, and I think 

D 


92 


places may be found where the two varieties grow side by side on the Burnett. After this, the spotted 
variety disappears and the scented kinds are confincd to a few stony spots of the most elevated ridges as — 
one journeys north. The farthest north I have seen it was on the swmmit of the Slate Range, 2,100 feet 
above the sea, on Carpentarian waters, in about Lat. 16° 8. It extends no great distance inland. Fifty 
miles from the coast is the farthest I remember to have seen it. . . . In the young state the chcots 
are often hispid from an abundance of coarse glandular hairs of red colour. This variety has more the 
odour of balm than of lemon, and hence was described as a different species. This is H. melissiodora 
Lindley, of the Flora, which was found by Mitchell and described in “Tropical Australia.” The appearance 
for a young Eucalypt is very remarkable. The foliage is short and rough and quite rusty looking, from 
the glands which become bristly on the small branches. (Rev. J. EH. Tenison-Woods in Proc. Linn. Soe, 
N.S.W., vil, 338, 1882-3.) 


APFINITIES (of Species). 


E. maculata is a well-defined member of the Corymbosz, but it stands out from 
all of them because of its smooth, blotched bark, 


With £. Torelliana F.v.M. 

This is the nearest species to it, but it has black, scaly bark up to about 10 feet 
up, while 7. maculata has practically no rough bark. Then let us turn to Plate 160, 
Part XXXIX, for HZ. Torelliana. It will be seen that the leaves of both species are 
peltate and hairy in their earliest stages, developing inte the usual lanceolate-leaved 
form, but in H. Torelliana the persistence of the broad, juvenile form is greater than 
in E. maculata. The flower buds have a good deal of resemblance, but the opercula 
are more conoid and more sessile in #. Torelliana. The fruits are more urceolate and more 
distinctly urceolate in #. Torelliana, while there is an absence of the warty excrescences 
co often seen in the fruits of H. maculata. 


95 


DESCKIR MON. 


CCXL. EF. Mooreana (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xvii, 221 (1918). 


Fottowrne is the original description :— 


Arbor parva, contorta, glauca. Ramuliteretes. Folia juvenilia ovato-cordata vel lato-lanceolata, 
amplexicaula vel perfoliata, crassa, pleraque 10 cm. longa, 8 cm. lata. Venae patentiores, venis secun- 
dariis fere parallelibus, vena peripherica a margine remota. Folia matura ampliora et acuminatiora. 
Opercula conica et longitudine et diametro 1 cm. metientia. Fructus hemisphaerico-cylindroidei, valvarum 
apicibus conspicue exsertis. 


In honour of Newton J. Moore, Minister for Lands, subsequently Premier, and then Agent-General 
in London for the State of Western Australia. 


A small crooked tree, glaucous all over, branchlets round. Notes on bark and timber not available. 
(A White Gum with reddish timber; see below.) 


Juvenile leayes.—Ovate-cordate or bluntly and broadly lanceolate, stem-clasping or perfoliate. 
Thick, somewhat undulate, uniform colour on both sides, venation somewhat spreading, the secondary 
veins roughly parallel. Intramarginal vein distant from the edge. Average size say 10 x 8 cm. 


Mature leaves.—These do not differ essentially from the juvenile leaves, except that they are 
larger and more acuminate. Average size, say 15 x 9 cm. 


Buds.—Four to seven on a sessile or nearly sessile head with a thick common peduncle of about 
lem. Symmetrical, the operculum bluntly conical, about 1 cm. long and of equal diameter, the calyx- 
tube of equal length and with one or two angles. 


Flowers.—Pale yellow when fresh, drying orange red. Anthers long and creamy in colour, opening 
in parallel slits, large gland at the back, filament attached to the middle, versatile. 


Fruits.—Hemispherical-cylindroid, with a thin, sharp, slightly domed rim, the tips of the valves 
very prominently protruded. Diameter at rim scarcely 1 cm. 


When Mr. Fitzgerald went to the war in April, 1916, he entrusted many of his 
botanical manuscripts to me, and amongst them I found the following description of 
E. Mooreana, which IJ reproduce here, as it usefully supplements the description I had 
drawn up nearly three years previously. A few notes from it I published in Journ. 
Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 454 (1917). 


Arborescent; branchlets, foliage and inflorescence mealy-white, seldom green, the branchlets 
terete or slightly angular; leaves sessile, opposite, broadly ovate, obtuse or scavcely acute, cordate or 
almost amplexicaul, rather rigid, veins divergent, the intramarginal one distant from the edge; flowers 
sessile, mostly 6-8 together, on axillary opposite peduncles which are thick, angular and dilated upwards ; 
calyx-tube obovoid, obtusely angled, lid conical, as long as or slightly longer than the tube, tapering into 
a short obtuse beak, enveloped until shortly before expansion of the stamens in an outer membranous 
covering of the same shape; stamens all antheriferous, the outer somewhat short and flexuose, the inner 


94 


inflected in the bud; anthers broadly oblong or almost ovate, with distinctly parallel cells dehiscing 
longitudinally ; ovary conical; style stout, shorter than the stamens ; fruit broadly obovate, obscurely 
angled, not constricted at the summit, the rim rather thick and flat; capsule scarcely sunk; valves four, 
deltoid and much protruding; seeds angular, the sterile ones small and narrow. 


Height, 30 feet, the trunk and limbs crooked, the former 10 feet; diameter 1} feet. Bark smooth, 
white and persistent. Timber reddish, tough and moderately hard. Leaves 4-6 inches long, 25-3 inches 
broad. Peduncles usually } inch long; calyx-tube 4 lines long. Stamens about 3 lines, the filaments 
pale-yellow. Fruit 5 lines long, 4 lines diameter. Seeds black. 


In sandy soil overlying sandstone and quartzite. Summits of Mts. Broome, Leake, Rason and 


Bold Bluff. (W.V.F.) 


Occasionally the leaves are quite connate and the calyces concrete. Aflinity—Z£. pulverulenta Sims. 


RANGE. 


So far as we know at present, it is confined to tropical Western Australia. 


Summits of Mounts Broome, May; Leake, July; Rason, September, 1905 ; 
and Bold Bluff, all Lady Forrest and King Leopold Ranges, Kimberley, north West 
Australia (W. V. Fitzgerald). Collected during the Kimberley Survey Expedition. 


APPINTELES. 


1. With EF. perfoliata R.Br. 


Both have thick perfoliate leaves which generally resemble each other, but those 
of EL. perfoliata are longer. The flowers and inflorescence are different, while the very 


large fruits which belong to the section Corymbosz, and have sunk valves, are totally 
different. 


2. With F. alba Reinw. 


The fruits have something in common and also the juvenile leaves, which are, 
however, petiolate in #. alba. The buds are very different. The mature leaves of 
E. alba are never so lanceolate as those of EZ. Mooreana. E. alba is a glabrous, soft, 
large Gum of moist flats, 2. Mooreana is a crooked glaucous tree of mountain tops. ' 
(1 have never seen the trees, and the above suggestions as to affinities were made as the 
result of examination of such herbarium material as was available to me in 1913.) 


3. With F. pulverulenta Sims. 


Mr. Fitzgerald makes this suggestion, as we have already seen. For 2. pulveru- 
lenta, see Part XXI, p. 12, with Plates 90 and 91. EH. Mooreana is a tree of 30 feet; 
E. pulverulenta is a tall spindly shrub. Both of them, so far as we are aware, have 
broad leaves in all stages, although apparently those of the latter species do not attain 
the size that those of the former do. The buds possess a good deal of similarity, but 
those of E. pulverulenta never excecd three in number, while those of E. Mooreana may 
have as manyas eight. The valves of those of EZ. Mooreana are more exsert than those 
of E. pulverulenta, and the fruits are probably rather smaller. The geographical positions 
of the two species are widely different, and the absence of photographs of the tree and 
of specimens of bark and timber make it difficult, under the circumstances, to assess 
the affinities of H. Mooreana. Mr. Fitzgerald had such remarkable success in collecting 
in the Kimberleys, and describing new forms, that it is to be hoped that this area will 
be further botanically explored, in order to still further add to our knowledge of the 
affinities of the Eucalypts and other genera. 


96 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCXLI, E. approximans Maiden. 
In Journ. Roy. Soc. NS.W., lin, 65 (1919). 


Foitowine is the original description :— 


Frutex Mallee similis 4-10 ft. altus magna multitudine crescens. Foliis teneribus lineari-lanceolatis, 
foliis maturis lincari-lanceolatis rectis vel leniter falcatis, acuminatis 7-5 cm.—1 dm. longis, 6-7 mm. latis, 
erassis, nitentibus, costa media sola conspicua, marginibus uniformiter glandulosis, glandulis oleosis dense 
punctatis. Pedunculis circiter -5 cm. longis, 4-8 flores breve pedicellatos ferentibus. Alabastris clavatis, 
operculo hemispherico-conoideo calycis tubo dimidio aequilongo. Antheris reniformibus. Fructibus 
cylindroideis circiter 5 mm. diametro, capsula valde emersa. 


“A Mallee-like plant of 4-10 feet growing in masses. Much resembles £. stricta of the Blue 
Mountains in its mode of growth. Stems dark grey, with patches of lighter bark. Becomes ribbony at 
certain periods. Generally one inch in diameter and never more than two.” (J. L. Boorman.) 


Juvenile leaves (seen almost but not quite opposite) linear-lanceolate, very similar to the mature 
leaves, the stems glandular. 


Mature leaves linear-lanceolate, straight, or slightly faleate, acuminate, and often with a hooked 
point, 7-5 cm. to 1 dm. (say 3 to 4 inches) long, and 6-7 mm. broad, thick and shining, the midrib alone 
visible, the margins uniformly glandular, giving them almost the appearance of being serrulate. Uniformly 
and copiously dotted with oil-glands on the upper surface, the more prominent of which become black 
points as age proceeds, 


Peduneles about -5 cm. long, slightly angular or terete, each with 4 to 8 shortly pedicellate flowers. 


Buds clavate, calyx-tube about 3 mm. in diameter, operculum hemispherical-conoid, about half 
the length of the calyx-tube. Stamens inflected in the bud, filaments nearly white, anthers reniform. 


Fruits cylindroid or ovoid-oblong, truncate, not contracted at the orifice, about 5 mm. in diamcter, 
the rim narrow and sloping inwards, the capsule deeply sunk. 


RANGE. 


Type from Barren Mountain (Henry Deane), in National Herbarium, Sydney. 

Confined to the north-eastern part of New South Wales so far as we know at 
present. “ From the summit of the Barren Mountain, on the range dividing the Bellinger 
and Clarence Rivers, 45 miles from the coast, and 4,500 feet above the sea.” (Henry 
Deane, 1901.) “* Grows facing a northerly aspect. This mountain is in the Dorrigo and 
Guy Fawkes district.” (J. L. Boorman, 1913.) 


97 


AFTEINITVEs, 


1 and 2. With FE. stricta Sieb., and E. apiculata Baker and Smith. 


Its closest relations are with these two species, but their fruits are always 
urceolate or ovoid, and not cylindroid or ovoid-oblong. The leaves are broader than 
those of 2. apiculata and resemble those of &. stricta a good deal, but those of the 
present species are more copiously dotted and possess the appearance of an almost 
serrulate margin, 


The species is referred to in Part IX, 283, under L. stricta. The specimen from 
Blackheath referred to as ‘‘ B”’ (Maiden and Cambage) has prominent spreading, usually 
well-defined venation, with the fruits inclined to be barrel-shaped. This puzzling 

form is still under investigation, for it has affinities with other Renanthere. 


E. approximans is a member of a trio (the other two members being L. stricta and 
EL. apiculata) that are not easy to separate. Thus the two latter can only be separated 
by a convention (width of suckers, a variable, like all other characters, see Part IX). 
The same thing may be said (perhaps quoting other characters) of other geminate 
species. But it seems to me that, in the important matter of fruits, those of H. stricta 
and EF. apiculata are always urceolate, or approximate thereto. In specimen “ B” 
the primary shape appears always to be that of a barrel, while in L. approximans the 
shape is always cylindroid. I have raised seedlings of “ B,’ £. apiculata (E. stricta 
may be omitted, as less close to H. approximans than E. apiculata) and E. approximans. 
Those of “ B” are for the most part with stem-clasping Jeaves, and have no close 
affinity to the last; those of £. apiculata and E. approximans present certain differences 
that are difficult to make clear without illustrations. 


I have already shown how close the species is to the Z. stricta series, but although 
I have examined the relationship over and over again since I received the plant in 1901, 
I have never distributed it before describing it as new, as after every careful inquiry 
I felt that I could not place it under a described species. 


98 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCOXLI, EF. Stowardi Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 457 (1917). 


FoLiow1ne is the original description :— 


Mallee vocatus ad 10’ altus. Foliis maturis coriaceis, nitentibus, lanceolatis, paullo falcatis, ca. 
11 cm. longis, 3 cm. latis maxima latitudine, longis petiolis 2-3 cm. Floribus teretibus pedunculis, 
pedicellis ad 5 cm. Alabastris magnis, clavatis, calyce tubo operculo minus dimidio aequante, ca. 
1-5 cm. longo, 5-costis prominentibus in pedicellem angustatis, costis operculi longi paullo angustati obtusi 
numerosioribus minore profundis. Fructibus magnis conoideis, 3-5 costis prominentibus, margine. 
truncata planata lata, orificio parvo. 


“A shrubby Mallee ” with smooth bark. 


Juvenile leaves not seen in their earliest stages, but broader, and with the intramargiral vein 
more remote from the edge than in the mature ones. 


Mature leaves coriaceous, shining, of similar colour on both sides, covered with fine black dots, 
with long petioles (say 2-3 cm.) lanceolate, asymmetrical, slightly faleate, tapering gradually to an apex 
consisting of a soft point, about 11 cm. (say 43 inches) long and 3 cm. broad in its widest part. 


Flowers with a terete peduncle of 2-2-5 cm., about seven in the head, with flattened pedicels up 
to -5 cm. The buds large, clavate,-the calyx-tube longer than a third of the operculum, about 1-5 cm. 
long, with five prominent ribs tapering into the pedicel, the long slightly tapering blunt operculum with 
more numerous, shallower ribs than those of the calyx-tube. 


Filaments cream-coloured, sometimes with a purplish flush at the base, tapering trigonous or 
tetragonous, ribbed, with numerous glands, anthers large with parallel cells and large gland at back. 


Fruits conoid, with three to five more prominent ribs and a number of intermediate shallower ones, 
with a truncate, flattish, slightly rounded, broad rim, with a small orifice; tips of the valves sunk or 
scarcely flush with the orifice. 


Kwelkan, on the Northam-Merriden line, 5 few miles north of Kellerberrin, Western Australia. 
(Dr. Frederick Stoward, Government Botanist and Plant Pathologist, No. 150, April, May, 1917.) 
The type. 


The material is scanty and it would appear that the following specimen also belongs to this species 
As this material is also sparse, it is desirable to describe it :— 


A shrub or “ small tree, the highest I have seen does not exceed 10 feet.”’ Bark of a smooth, dull 
grey. Branchlets round, more or less glaucous, as also the petioles, young leaves and fruits, the whole 
plant perhaps largely glaucous at certain seasons. 


Juvenile leaves not seen. 


Mature leaves very thick, coriaceous, dull to shiny, of an olive green, and the same colour on 
both sides, lanceolate to ovate, petiolate, the base ending rather abruptly in a petiole of 2 cm., the lanceolate 
leaves mostly tapering into a fine point, about 10 cm. (4 inches) long, or shorter, and about 2-5 em. (12 inch) 
broad, both surfaces entirely covered with innumerable fine black dots, the midrib and secondary veins 
moderately prominent, the secondary veins spreading and roughly parallel, making an angle of about 
45° with the midrib, the intramarginal vein distinctly removed from the edge. 


i 99 


Buds cylindroid, the blunt cylindrical operculum about twice as‘long as the slightly ribbed calyx- 
tube, about five to eight in the umbel, on a decurved peduncle of 2:5 cm., each calyx-tube gradually tapering 
into a pedicel of under 1 cm. 


Flowers.—* The bloom is evidently a large pale yellow” (Vachell). Anthers large, with parallel 
cells and large gland at back. : 


Fruits moderately large, conoid, flat-topped, rather gradually tapering into a flattish pedicel, with 
two especially prominent longitudinal ribs or wings running from the rim and causing an expansion of 
the pedicel, together with a number of less prominent ribs of which two are only secondary to the main 
ones, rim moderately broad and flat, with four deltoid or acicular tips of the valves distinctly protruding 
beyond the orifice and encased with the whitish remains of the capsule-lining. 


* Baronrath,” via Kellerberrm, W.A. Flowers and ripe fruit, September, 1903; nearly ripe fruit, 
December, 1903 (F. Harvey Vachell). 


“ Grows on the sand-plains about here. I have only met with a small group of them.” 


RANGE. 


This species is only known from Western Australia. The localities already 
indicated are Kwelkan and Kellerberrin. A third locality is Uberin Hill, Dowerin 
(from Mr. C. A. Fauntleroy, through Mr. W. C. Grasby), in the same general area. 


AFFINITIES. 


1. With E. erythronema Turez. 


See Plate 93, Part XXII of the present work. The leaves of EF. erythronema 
are narrower, the pedicels longer, the calyx-tubes not ribbed, the filaments pale and 
not glandular, the opercula conical, the fruits smaller, more flat-topped and_ less 
constricted at the orifice. The anthers are not dissimilar, and it would appear that 
E. Stowardi and E. erythronema are closely allied. 


2. With £. Forrestiana Diels. 


See Plate 95, Part XXII of the present work. In EF. Forrestiana the peduncle 
is longer, the pediceis more articulate, the anthers more rounded, the filaments less 
grooved, though glandular.- The opercula shorter, more conoid and less in diameter 


than the calyx-tube. The fruits larger and more quadrangular, the ridges more 
pronounced. 


3. With F. inerassata Labill., var. angulosa. 


Compare Plate 14, Part IV of the present work. The foliage of var. angulosa 


is coarser, the peduncle strap-shaped, the operculum shorter, and it and the fruit more 
corrugate. 


E 


100 


4. With F. Pimpiniana Maiden. 
See Plate 72, Part XVI of the present work. Attention may be drawn to the 


imperfectly known £. Pimpiniana to which it is also related, but less closely so. The 
Iruits of F. Pimpiniana are more ovoid and less ribbed. 


-5. With EF. occidentalis Endl. 


It appears to be closest allied to this species, but the peduncle is flat in 
E. occidentalis and terete in E. Stowardi. In some torms of FE. occidentalis we have also 
glandular filaments. The buds of E. occidentalis are more terete, 7.e., less ribbed; the 
fruits more urceolate and the valves more exsert, with a much thinner rim. 


Since the above was written I received the excellent specimens from Mr. 
Fauntleroy (referred to at Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii, 510 (1918), which enable 
me to clear up all doubts as to the affinities of the species. 5 


I surmised that its closest affinity was £. occidentalis Endl., and these specimens 
leave_no doubt on the point. They have the angular filaments seen in that and allied 
species, and peculiar, I believe, to the Cornute. Mr. Fauntleroy also supplies a small 
log, which is quite smooth, with long, thin, tough ribbons, and barely 2 inches in 
diameter for the most part, though where it is swollen, as the result of the boring of an 
insect, it 1s more than 3 inches. The colour of the small timber is white, varying to 
pale brown in the centre. : 


Explanation of Plates (176-179). 
PLATE 176. 


E. calophylla_ R.Br. 


la. Juvenile leaf in the earliest stage, scabrous, peltate, secondary ves curved. These juvenile leaves 
vary in size; 1b, intermediate leaf, the feather veins approaching those of the normal leaves. 
Both from Bow River, south West Australia. (Sid. W. Jackson, presented by H. L. White.) 
Young buds, showing bracteoles. Deep River, south West Australia. (Sid. W. Jackson, presented 
by H. L. White.) 
3a. Mature leaf; 35, buds; 3c, anthers; 3d, unripe fruit, drying irregularly; the urceolate and the bullate 
appearance are alike exaggerated. Perth district. (Dr. F. Stoward.) 


bo 


4. Fruit. Albany. . (Henry Deane.) A stunted specimen, taking on a globular appearance, and 
with orifice somewhat contracted. 


on 


Normal fruit, contracted a little in drying, but fairly characteristic of the species. Lower ‘Canning 
River, Perth district. (Dr. A. Morrison.) 


E. ficifolia F.v.M. (See also Plate 177.) 


6a. Mature leaf (small); 65, buds and flowers (note the persistent operculum); 6c, front and back view 
of anther. Shannon River, south West Australia. (W. V. Fitzgerald.) 
Young buds, showing bracteoles. Cultivated, Botanic Gardens, Sydney. (W. F. Blakely.) 


J] 


Oo bo 


6a. 


Ta. 


oO 


a 


la. 


8 


2a. 


101 2 


PUAER 77. 


E. ficifolia F.v.M. (See also Plate 176.) 
Mature leaf. The leaves vary a good deal in width and size. 
Mature fruit. Near Wilson’s Inlet, south West Australia. (W. V. Fitzgerald). 


Not quite mature fruit, showing an urceolate shape. Irwin’s Inlet, south West Australia. (S. W. 
Jackson, presented by H. L. White.) 


EL, hamatoxylon Maiden. 

Juvenile leaf, not quite in the earliest stage. “ Mountain Gum.” (Department of Woods and Forests, 
Perth, W.A., 1914. Probably from Jarrahwood, W.A.) 

Intermediate leaf; cultivated, Botanic Gardens, Sydney. (W. F. Blakely.) 

Small intermediate leaf; 6b, mature leaf; 6c, nearly fully expanded buds; 6d, front and back view 
of anther; 6e, nearly ripe fruit, dotted all over. Jarrahwood, south West Australia. (Forest 
Ranger Donovan.) 

Mature leaf ; 7b, calyx-tubes just after the fall of the stamens; 7c, ripe fruits. .Happy Valley. 
(Forest Ranger Donovan.) 


PLATE 178. 


E. maculata Hook. 
1b. Juvenile leaves in the earliest stage, scabrous and peltate. Brisbane, Queensland. (J.H.M.) 


. Large mature leaf; 2b, unexpanded buds, still enclosed in double opercula; 2c, coarse, warty old 


fruits. Enoggera, near Brisbane. (J. L. Boorman.) 
Small, non-urceolate fruits. Milton, N.S.W. (J. L. Boorman.) 


. Buds, showing outer and inner opercula; 46, back and front view of anthers; 4c, fruits. Near 


Liverpool, N.S.W. (J.H.M.) 


_ &B. maculata var. citriodora F.v.M. 
Juvenile leaf in the earliest stage, scabrous and peltate and very aromatic. Duaringa, 65 miles west 
of Rockhampton, Queensland. (J.H.M.) 
Juvenile leaf in the earliest stage. Type of HZ. melissiodora Lindl., collected by Sir Thomas Mitchell 
at Balmy Creek. (See p. 91.) 


Ta. Mature leaf (from top of tree); 7b, buds; Ve, front and back view of anthers; 7d, ripe fruit, warted. 


Stannary Hills, North Queensland. (Dr. T. L. Bancroft.) 


PLATE 179. 


E. Mooreana (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. 

Juvenile leaf; 16, umbel of buds included in double operculum; lc, mature leaf, with ripe buds and 
an expanded flower; 1d, views of anther; le, mature fruits. laand 16, summit of Mount Broome; 
lc, ld, and le, summit of Mount Rason, King Leopold Range, Kimberleys, north Western 
Australia. (W. V. Fitzgerald.) The type. 

E. approximans Maiden. 

Mature leaves; 26, portion of a leaf, enlarged, showing the sinuate, translucent margin, and the 
abundance of oil-glands; 2c, unripe buds; 2d, front and back view of anther; 2e, fruits. Barren 
Mountain, north-eastern New South Wales. (Henry Deane.) The type. 


E. Stowardi Maiden. 


3a. Juvenile leaf, though not quite in the earliest stage; 3b, mature leaf, with flower and also calyx- 


tube with persistent style; 3c, buds; 3d, front and back views of anthers, with angular and 
g.andular filaments; 3e, different views of fruit. Kwelkan, Western Australia. (Dr. F. Stoward.) 
The type. 


4a. Smaller buds and flowers; 4b, front and back view of anthers; 4c, fruits, smaller than those of the 


type. Kellerberrin, W.A. (F. H. Vachell.) 


The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “ Forest Flora of New 
South Wales ’* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs 
of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic 
value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of 


the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— 


acacioides A. Cunn. (xlviii), melliodora A. Cunn. (ix). 
acmeniordes Schauer (xxxii), microcorys F.v.M. (xxxviii). 
affints Deane and Maiden (lvi). microtheca F.v.M. (lii). 
amygdalina Labill. (xvi). Muelleriana Howitt (xxx). 
Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). numerosa Maiden (xvii). 
Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). obliqua L’ Hérit. (xxl). 

Baueriana Schauer (lvii). ochrophloia F.v.M. (1). 

Baueriana Schauer var. conica Maiden (lviii). odorata Behr and Schlechtendal (xi). 
Behriana F.v.M. (xlvi). oleosa F.v.M. (1x). 

bicolor A. Cunn. (xliv). paniciata Sm. (vii). 

Boormani Deane and Maiden (xlv). piulularis Sm. (xxx1). 

Bosistoana F.v.M. (xliii). i piperita Sm. (xxxili). 

Caley Maiden (Iv). Planchoniana F.v.M. (xxiv). 
capitellata Sm. (xxviii). polyanthemos Schauer (lix). 
conica Deane and Maiden (lvii1). populifolia Hook. (xlvii). 
Consideniana Maiden (xxxvi). propinqua Deane and Maiden (lxi). 
corzacea A. Cunn. (xv). punctata DC. (x). 

corymbosa Sm. (xii). radiata Sieb., a3 F. amygdalina (xvi), 
crebra F.v.M. (li). regnans ¥.v.M. (xviii). 

dives Schauer (xix). resintfera Sm. (iil). 

eugentoides Sieb. (xix). rostrata Schlecht. (1x). 
fruticetorum E.v.M. (xlii). rubida Deane and Maiden (1xiii). 
gigantea Hook. f. (li). saligna Sm. (iv). 

goniocalyx F.v.M. (v). siderophloa Benth. (xxxix). 
hemastoma Sm, (xxxvii). siderozylon A. Cunn. (xiii). 
hemiphloia F.v.M. (vi). Sieberiana F.v.M. (xxxiv). 
longifolia Link and Otto (ii). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). 
Luehmanniana F.v.M. (xxvi) (=E. virgata).  tereticornis Sm. (xi). 
macrorrhyncha F.v.M. (xxvii). Thozetiana ¥.v.M., (xlix). 
maculata Hook. (vii). virgata Sieb. (xxv). 

melanophloia F.v.M. (liv). vitrea R. T. Baker (xxiii). 


* Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. Price Is. per part (10s. per 12 parts) ; each part containing 4 plates an 
other illustrations. 


Sydney : William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer. —198%. 


Berth Bare) Fs ORGaNga.- 
eS (HIV IRZ): May. T: 


tia ay ire Pa: 
Rode a i 


cy in ees " , ‘ip das stooti 


Tl novity ‘wea. (vil) eae 


fe hl ee eee Ny PR YD ee te 


<9 eupnlg, Kbeiasedinny Fiore bows: (agen SL Ry WOLF Dig ge eR eb | ok Sage Sate 
we ; ' 2 


Din, 1G! 


CrIT. REY. EUCALYPTUS. 


M.Flochton del.er lith. 


5 


(He 


BR 


HUCADYPTUS CATOPERYACEA IK 


[See also Plate 177.] 


(6, 7) 


EB. PICIEOUIA F.v.M: 


Riera 
Peli 
L 


» 
un 
i 


Pivve 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


nme 
Me er a 


M.Flockton det_er ith. 


EUCALYPTUS FICIFOLIA F.v.M. (1-3) [See also Plate 176.] 


(4-7) 


E. HAAMATOXYLON MaIpeEn. 


Bis: 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS 


M.¥iockton.deler (ith. 


(1-4) 


EUCALYPTUS MACULATA Hook. 


(9-7) 


E. MACULATA var. CITRIODORA F.v.M. 


UI(S), 


Py 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


—— 


Tina 


M. FlocKton.del. eF Lith. 


) 


(3, 4) 


(1 


FITZGERALD). MAIDEN, 


We 


EUCALYPTUS MOOREANA (W 


E. STOWARDI Mairpen. 


(2) 


E. APPROXIMANS Marpen. 


pius Maidens B.v.M. 
yptus urnigera Hook. f. 
es, 77-80. (Issued July, 1913 » 


. Eucalyptus goniocalyx F.v.M. 

02. Eucalyptus nitens Maiden. . 

03. Eucalyptus eleophora F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus cordata Labill. 

. Eucalyptus angustissima F.v.M. 
Plates, 81-84. (Issued December, 1913 ) 


Eucalyptus gigantea Hook. f. 
Eucalyptus longifolia Link and Otto. 
Eucalyptus diversicolor F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus Guilfoyle: Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus patens Bentham. 

. Eucalyptus Todtiana F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus micranthera ¥.v.M. 

- Plates, 85-88. (Issued March, 1914.) 


. Eucalyptus cinerea F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus pulverulenta Sims. 
5. Eucalyptus cosmophylla F.v.M. 
: Eucalyptus gomphocephala A. P. DC. 
Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914.) 


. Eucalyptus erythronema Turcz. ae 

§.. Eucalyptus acacieformis Deane & Maiden 
. Eucalyptus pallidifolia ¥.v.M. 

0. Eucalyptus cesia Benth. 

. Eucalyptus tetraptera Turez. 

. Eucalyptus Forresiiana Diels. 

. Eucalyptus miniata A. Cunn. 

. Eucalyptus phenicea F.v.M. 

Plates, 93-96. (Issued April, 1915.) 


. Eucalyptus robusta Smith. 
126. Eucalyptus botryoides Smith. 
, Eucalyptus saligna Smith. 
Plates, 97-100. (Issued July, 1915.) 


28. Eucalyptus Deane: Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus Dunnii Maiden. 
30. Eucalyptus Stuartiana F.v.M. 
131. Eucalyptus Banks Maiden. 

132 


34. Eucalyptus aggrégata Deane and Maiden. 
. Bucdyptus parvifolia Cambage. 
136. Eucalyptus alba Reinwardt. 


. Eucalyptus Perriniana ¥.v.M. 

}. Eucalyptus Gunnw Hook. f. 

0. Eucalyptus rubida Deane and Maiden. 
Plates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) 


1. Eucalyptus maculosa R. T. Baker. 

. Eucalyplus precox Maiden. 
Eucalyptus ovata Labill. 

ucalyptus neglecta Maiden. 
3,112-115. (Issued July, 1916.) 


. Eucalyptus quadrangulata Deane & Maiden. 
_ Plates, 100 bis-103. (Issued November, 1915.) 


. Eucalyptus M acarthuri Deane and Maiden. 


- Plates, 104-107. -(Issued February, 1916., 


Mil-—145. Lucalyptus vernicosa Hook. f. 

- 146. Hucalyptus Mueller: T. B. Moore. 

—— «147. Eucalyptus Kitsoniana (J. G. Luehmann) 

‘ “ ~ Maiden, 

148. Lucalyptus viminalis Labillardiére. 
Plates, 116-119. (Issued December, 1916.) 


XXIX—149. Eucalyptus Baeuerleni F.v.M. 
-- 150. Hucalyptus scoparia Maiden. 


- 151. Eucalyptus Benthami Maiden & Cambage. 
152. Eucalyptus propingua Deane and Maiden. 
‘ 153. Eucalyptus punctata DC. 


154. Eucalyptus Kirtoniana F.v.M. 


Plates, 120-123. (Issued February, 1917.) 


XXX—155.. Hucalyptus resinifera Sm. 
= 156. Eucalyptus pelita ¥.v.M. 
157. Eucalyptus brachyandra F.v.M. 
_. Plates, 124-127... (Issued April, 1917.) 


XXXI—158. Eucalyptus tereticornis Smith. 
159. Eucalyptus Bancrofti Maiden. 
160. Eucalyptus amplifolia Naudin. 

Plates; 128-131. (Issued July, 1917.) 


XXXII—161. Eucalyptus Seeana Maiden. 
162. Eucalyptus exserta ¥.v.M. 
163. Eucalyptus Parramattensis C. Hall. 
164. Eucalyptus Blakelyi Maiden. 
165. Eucalyptus dealbata A. Cunn. 
166. Eucalyptus Morrisit R. T. Baker. 
(167. Eucalyptus Howittiana ¥.v.M. 


Plates, 132-135. (Issued September, 1917 ) 
~ XXXHI—168. Eucalyptus rostrata Schlechtendal. 


169. Eucalyptus rudis Endlicher. 

170. Eucalyptus Dundasi Maiden. 

171. Eucalyptus pachyloma Benth. 3 
Plates, 136-139. (Issued December, 1917.) 


XXXIV—172. Eucalyptus redunca Schauer. 
173. Eucalyptus accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. 
174, Eucalyptus cornuta Labill. 
175. Eucalyptus Websteriana Maiden. 
Plates, 140-143. (Issued April, 1918.) 


XXXV--176. Eucalyptus Lehmanni Preiss. 
177. Eucalyptus annulata Benth. 
178. Eucalyptus platypus Hooker. 
179. Eucalyptus spathulata Hooker. 
180. Eucalyptus gamophylia F.v.M. 
181. Eucalyptus argillacca W.V. Fitzgerald 
Plates, 144-147. (Issued August, 1918.) 


XXXVI—182. Eucalyptus occidentalis Endlicher. 
183. Eucalyptus macrandra ¥.v.M. 
184. Eucalyptus salubris F.v.M. 
185. Eucalyptus cladocalya F.v.M. 
186. Eucalyptus Cooperiana F.v.M. 
187. Eucalyptus interteria R. T. Baker. 
188. Eucalyptus confluens (W. V. Fitzgerald) 
Maiden. 
Plates, 148-151. (Issued January, 1919.) 


XXXVIL-189. Eucalyptus clavigera A. Cunn. 
190. Eucalyptus aspera F.v.M. 
191. Eucalyptus grandifolia R.Br. 
192. Eucalyptus papuana F.v.M. 
Plates, 152-155. (Issued March, 1919.) 


a 
Re 


9 


201. 
202. 
203. 


Part XXXVIII—193. 
: - 194. 
195. 
196. 
197. 
198. 
2: : 199. 
; : 200. 


Recap hie F v. M. ee 
Eucalyptus Spenceriana Maiden. as 
Eucalyptus Cliftoniana W. V. ee ee 
Eucalyptus setosa Schauer. _ 
Eucalyptus ferruginea Schauer. 
Eucalyptus Moore, Maiden and Cambage 
Eucalyptus dumosa A. Cunn, © 

Eucalyptus torquata Luehmann. 
Eucalyptus amygdalina Labill. 

Eucalyptus radiata Sieber. 
Eucalypius-numerosa Maiden. 

Eucalyptus nitida Hook. f. 


Plates 156-159. (Issued July, 1919.) 


XXXIX—204. Eucalyptus Torelliana ¥F.v.M. 


205. 
206. 
S207. 
208. 
209. 
210. 
211. 
73. 
212. 
28. 


213. 
214. 
215. 


Plates 160-163.— 


XL—216. 

O17. 

"918, 

219, 

920), 

291, 

a 999. 


Plates 164-167. 


XLI—223. 
224. 
225. 
226. 
114. 


92. 
227. 


XLII—228. 
229. 


Eucalyptus 
Eucalyptus 


Eucalyptus. 


Eucalyptus 
Eucalyptus 
Eucalyptus 
Eucalyptus 
Eucalyptus 
Eucalyptus 
Eucalyptus 


corymbosa Smith. 


antermedia R. T. Baker. 
patellaris F.v.M. 
celastroides: Turczaninow.- 
gracilis F.v.M. 
transcontinentalis Maiden. 
longicornis F.v.M. 

oleosa F.v.M. 

Flocktonie Maiden. 
virgata Sieber. “ 
oreades R. T. Baker. 


. Eueclyptus Watsoniana F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus trachyphloia F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus hybrida Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus Kruseana ¥.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus Dawson R. T. Baker. 
. Lucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. 
. Eucalyptus Bauervana Schauer. 

. Eucalyptus conica Deane and Maiden, 
. Eucalyptus concolor Schauer, 


‘ , Plates, 172-175. (Issued August, 1920.) 


Eucalyptus 
Eucalyptus obtusiflora DC. 
Eucalyptus frasgnoides Deane and Maiden, 


(Issued February, 1920.) - 


Lg amt Gua UNG 


Eucalyptus terminalis ¥.v.M. 
Eucalyptus dichromophloia F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus pyrophora Benth. 
Eucalyptus levopinea R. T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus ligustrina DC. 

Eucalyptus stricta Sieber. 

Eucalyptus grandis (Hill) Maiden. 
(Issued March, 1920.) 


MGS ice re MTOR OTs CT 08 her Ie oe 


Ped tes oy 
Coe 
Oe ee 


Eucalyptus latifolia F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Foelscheana ¥.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Abergiana F.v.M. 2 poe 
Eucalyptus pachyphylla F.y.M. Sy San 
Eucalyptus pyriformis Turczaninow. = 
variety Kingsmalli Maiden. a 
Eucalyptus Oldfield F.v.M. : a 
Eucalyptus Drummondu Bentham. eat 
Plates, 168-171. (Issued June, 1920.) a 


Hucalyptus eximia Schauer. 
Eucalyptus peltata Bentham. 


Boor 


Gardens, 
? 


Syey) 
c aS Ans 


a ee Bees 
i eR <etional mc 
ee = Vo V = Pag oo 
ee " Pp AR ie XLV oe E s ae 


| (WITH Qi PLATES) Seek ee S 


“Bablished S Authority of 
OF THE “SPATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


‘soon: 


“ 


fs ety ae 


NOP 4 
pela tne OF 


$60 


a NS 


- 
@ 
¥ - 
BN 


] 
2 
nd : 
rt 


Ill—3. Eucalyptus calycogona.Turezaninow. 


IV—4. Eucalyptus incrassaia Labillarditre. 
5. Hucaluptus fecunda Schauer. 


V—6. Eucalyptus stellulata Sieber. 56. Eucalyptus Naudiniana F.v.M. | 

: 7. Eucalyptus coriacea A. Cunn. 57. Eucalyptus stderorylon A. Cunn. 
8. Hucalyptus coccifera Hook. f. 58. Bucalyptus leucovylon F.v.M. 

Plates, 25-28. (Issued November, 1904.) 59. Hucalyptus Caleyz Maiden. 


_ VI—9. Eucalyptus amygdalina Labillardiére. 


a eee oe ee XIII—60. Lucalyptus affinis Deane and Maid 
EE ee pee Te een 61. Hucalyptus paniculataSm. 
A fesk e ates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) 62. Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. — 
 VII—12. Eucalyptus regnans F.v.M. 63. Hucalyptus Rudderi Maiden. — ae 
13. Eucalyptus vitellina Naudin, and Eucalyptus - - 64. Eucalyptus Baueriana Schauer. 


VIHI—17. Eucalyptus eapitellata Sm. 
18. Hucalyptus Muelleriana Howitt. 
19. Hucalyptus macrorrhyncha F.v.M. 


e Pee sh onuae 1. Eucalyptus Cléeziana F.v.M,. BS 
ae Healy pies pug enous pee 72, Eucalyptus oligantha Schauer. — E 
21. Eucalyptus marginata Sm. pines : 
22. Hucalyptus buprestium F.v.M. ates, 61-64. (Issued March, 191: 
23. Hucalyptus sepulcralis F.v.M. XV 
es : pu -73. Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M. 
Plates, 37-40. (Issued March, 1907.) 74.. Eucalyptus Gillit Maiden. ae 
IX—24. Hucalyptus alpina Lindl. 75. Eucalyptus falcata Turez. ee 
25. Eucalyptus microcorys F.v.M. Plates, 65-68. (Issued July, 1912.) 
26 Hucalyptus acmenioides Schauer. opt 
27, Eucalyptus umbra R. T. Baker. XVI— Eucalyptus oleosa F.vy.M., var. Flock 
28. Hucalyptus virgata Sieber. Maiden. 2S ee 
29. Eucalyptus apiculata Baker and Smith. 76. Eucalyptus Le Souefii Maiden, 
30. Eucalyptus Lwehmanniana F. v. Mueller. 77. Eucalyptus Clelandt Maiden. 
31. Hucalyptus Planchoniana F.v.M. 78. Hucalyptus decurva F.v.M. z: 
Plates, 41-44. (Issued November, 1907.) 79. Bucalyptus doratoxylon F.v.M, 
Sivas 80. Eucalyptus corrugata Luehmann, 
X—32. Eucalyptus piperita Sm. Bs eke . eo. 
33. Eucalyptus Sieberiana F.v.M. 2 ee vealypins gonna TENG = 
Beh Lae Seer ay 82. Eucalyptus Stricklandi Maiden. 
34. Hucalyptus Consideniana Maiden. 1 i EA een 
83. Eucalyptus Campaspe 8. le M. Moore. 
35. Bucalyptus hemastoma Sm. Secesh 
BM : 84. Eucalyptus diptera Andrews. _ 
36. Eucalyptus siderophloia Benth. 85. Lucalypius Griffiths Maiden ©) 
37. Eucalyptus Boormani Deane and Maiden. eee” uae aes eee 
86. Eucalyptus grossa F.v.M. 
38. Hucalyptus leptophleba F.v.M. 87. Bucalypius Pimpiniand Maio 
39. Eucalyptus Behriana F.v.M. : ES ee 
; cape 88. Lucalyptus Woodwardi Maiden. - 
40. Eucalyptus populifolia Hook. pl ; Tscne 
Eucalyptus Bowmani F.v.M. (Doubtful species.) ates, 69-72. (Issued Sep 
Plates, 45-48. (Issued December, 1908.) yyyy 89. Eucalyptus salmon ophloia Fy MM. 
XI—41. Eucalyptus Bosistoana F.v.M. ; 90. Bucalyptus leptopoda Bentham. 
42. Hucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn. 91. Eucalyptus squamosa De eal 
oe) ; ; bs : 
| 43. Eucalyptus hemiphloia F.v.M. 92. Hucalyptus Oldfieldir F.v.M. 
“ 44. Eucalyptus odorata Behr and Schlechtendal. _ 23. Bucalyptus orbifolia F.v.M. 
. 44 (a). An Ironbark Box. 94. Eucalyptus pyriformi 
: 45 PS 


a 
‘ 
‘ Oa 


II—2. Eucalyptus obliqua L’ Héritier. 


14. Eucalyptus dives Schauer. 
15. Eucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden. Sia I et 
16. Hucalyptus diversifolia Bonpland. XIV—66. Eucalyptus melliodora A. Cunn. — 


2 Eucalyptus | pilularis Sm., and ya ee 
Muelleriana Maiden. = = 
Plates, 1-4. (Issued March, 1903.) 


~ Plates, 5-8. (Issued May, 1903.) 


- Lucalyptus Raveretiana F.y. 
Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.) 51. Bucalyptus crebra F.y.M. 
52. Hucalyptus Staigeriana F.y.M. 
53. Bucalyptus melanophloia F.v.M. 
54. Eucalyptus pruinosa Schauer. 


Plates, 13-24. (Issued June, 1904.) 55. Fucalyptus Smith Bo T. Baker. 


Plates, 53-56. (Issued Novemb 


vurea R. T. Baker. 65. Bucalyptus cneorifolia DO. 
Plates, 57-60. (Issued July, 1 


Plates, 33-36. (Issued October, 1905.) 67. Hucalyptus fasciculosa F.v.M. — Z 
68. Hucalyptus uncinata Turezaninow. 
69. Hucalyptus decipiens Endl. — 
70. Eucalyptus concolor Schauer. 


. Eucalyptus fruticetorum F.v.M, 


AS @RITICAL REVISION OF THE 
GENUS EUCALYPTUS 


BY 


fel MAIDEN 1 S.0. 1RSs EES: 


(Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). 


Vor Pee 
Part XLIV of the Complete Work.> 


(WITH FOUR PLATES.) 


“Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and combining 
them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, 
or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by 
antiquity, and transmits that hoard. augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. 
In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and 


even when they fail, are entitled to praise.” 
Macautay’s ‘‘ Essay ON MILTON.” 


PRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. 


Published by Authority of 
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 


DvD : 


WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET. 


¥4283—A 1920. 


CCXLIII, Fuealyptus perfoliata R.Br. 


Description 
Range 
Affinities . S 6 ° 


CCXLIYV. ee fa os F.v.M. 


Description 

Colour of filaments 
Range 

Affinities 


COXLY. eee similis Maiden. 
Description 
Range 
Affinities 


PAGE, 
103 
103 


104 


105 
105 
106 
107 


109 
IIo 


IIo 


CCXLVI. Eucalyptus lirata (W. V. ae Maiden n.sp. 


Description 5 ° ° d ° ° ° 
Range 
Affinity 


CCOXLVIL. pee Baileyana F.v.M. 
Description 5 shone 
Modification of the ne ieee ae 4 : 
Range ( : : : : : ’ 

Affinities 


CCOXLVIL. ee Lane- Pooles Maiden. 


Description 
Range 
Affinities 


IIt 
Itt 


hier 


II3 
II3 
II4 
II5 


117 
118 
Irs 


CCXLIX. Eucalyptus Ewartiana Maiden. 


Description : ° . d : 


Range 5 : : . 
A ffinities 


CCL. Eucalyptus Bakeri Maiden. 
Deseription ; ; : 3 : é : 
Range 

Affinities 


CCLI. Eucalyptus Jacksoni Maiden. 
Description , : ; : : A { : 2 


Range 
Affinities 


CCLII. Eucalyptus eremophila Maiden. 
Description : : ; 5 . : : , : 
Synonym . 

Range 

Affinities 


Explanation of Plates (180-188) 


PAGE, 


120 


128 


DESCRIPTION: 


CCOXLIUT, EF. perfoliata &. Brown. 


In Bentham’s ‘“ Flora Australiensis,’’ ii, 253 (1866). 


FoLLowIne is the original description :— 


A large shrub of 10 feet or more (A. Cunningham). Leaves opposite, connate, 6 to 8 inches long 
and 3 to 4 inches broad, very obtuse, glaucous, with numerous parallel transverse veins. Flowers large, 
sessile in heads of four to six, on terete peduncles, forming a corymbose terminal panicle. Calyx-tube 
thick, broadly turbinate, smooth or nearly so, 7 to 8 lines long and as much in diameter. Operculum not 
seen. Stamens above } inch long, inflected in the bud; anthers small, ovate-oblong, with parallel distinct 
cells. Fruit urceolate, 14 inch long and above 1 inch diameter, smooth, the rim concave, the capsule sunk. 
Seeds not seen. ; 


It will be observed from the figures that the operculum is shorter than the calyx- 
tube; it is slightly conoid, but the process of drying accentuates its pointed character. 


The anthers are certainly small (see fig. 2c, Plate 180) for a member of the 
Corymbose, and will be drawn attention to when anthers are treated of collectively, 
and also when the-affinities of the Corymbose are dealt with. 


W. V. Fitzgerald (MSS.) adds the following information :— 


Tree from 20-40 feet; trunk, very crooked and frequently piped, to 15 feet, diameter 1 foot; 
bark persistent on stem and branches, dark-grey, rough, lamellar, and longitudinally fissured ; timber very 
dark-red, tough and hard; filaments white to pale yellow; fertile seeds terminating in a long membranous 
appendage. 

If Mr. Fitzgerald has made no mistake in his notes, it will be observed that the _ 
species attains the height of a medium-sized tree. 


RANGE. 


It is confined to Western Australia (the tropical north-west) so far as we know 
at present. : 

Bentham (original description) quotes it from “ Barren Hills, Rae’s River 
(should be Roe’s), North West Coast, A. Cunningham.” On the specimen in the Kew 
Herbarium are the following notes: “ Metrosideros, Roe’s River, A. Cunningham,” 
and “ Roe’s River, 238/1820, Sept., N.-W. Australia,” A. Cunningham, which means 
that it was collected on Captain P. P. King’s Expedition, and that it was specimen 
No. 238, collected in September, 1820. 


104 


Roe’s River runs into York Sound, and must not be confused with a river of 
similar name in the Northern Territory. 


Bentham also records it from Surgeon Bynoe (Captain J. Lort Stokes’ 
Expedition, 1838). 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
I have seen the following north-west specimens :— 
Leaves only (Harry Stockdale). 
King’s Sound, fruits and a leaf (W. W. Froggatt, seen by Mueller). 
Leaves, buds, and fruits. Lennard River (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 333). 


Native Well, 9 miles from Goody Goody, near Derby. (W. V. Fitzgerald, 
No. 333 bis.) 


Six miles north-east of Mt. Eliza. (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 707). 
Mt. Anderson and Grant Range. (W. V. Fitzgerald). 


Balmarringarra, not far from coast; Exmouth to King’s Sound. (Dr. H. 


Basedow. ) 


AFFINITIES. 


E. perfoliata, as a member of the Corymbosie, stands in a class by itself, because 
of its connate leaves and small anthers. 

Tf fruits alone are available for comparison, they may be compared with those 
of E. terminalis (Plate 164, Part XL); EB. pyrophora (Plate 166, Part XL); H. Foelscheana 
(Plate 169, Part XLI); &. Abergiana (Plate 170, Part XLI). If buds are alone 
available, they are most hkely to be confused with those of E. pyrophora. 


1. With F. gamophylla F.v.M. 

“The concrescence of the leaves by pairs in all stages of growth occurs, so far as known, only in 
E. perfoliata, if even in that rare and little known congener this coalescence should prove also 
unexceptional. ” (“ Eucalyptographia,” under Z. gamophylla.) 

A discussion on such leaves will be found at pages 53 to 55 of Part XLII of the 
present work. The number of species originally believed only to have connate leaves 
during all stages of growth has been gradually reduced, until, apparently, H. perfoliata 
alone remains, although in some, where a petiole has been found, it is exceedingly short. 
As regards EH. gamophylla, see Plate 147, Part XXXV of the present work, it would 
appear to differ from ZH. perfoliata in almost every other charactey. 


105 


DESCRIPTION: 


CCXLIV. E. ptychocarpa F.v.M. 


In Journ. Linn. Soc. ii, 90, (1859). 


FoLLowInG is a translation of the original :— 


A tree, with angular branchlets, leaves large, thick, alternate, obliquely lanceolate, drawn out to 
a point, moderately petiolate, rather shining on. the upper side, paler beneath, penniveined, marginate, 
imperforate, peripheral vein close to the margin, umbels terminal, paniculate, few to seven-flowered, partial 
peduncles two or three times longer than the angled pedicels, calyx markedly 8-ribbed, operculum 
hemispherical, two or three times shorter than the tube. Capsules large, ovate-campanulate, deeply 
8-ribbed, 4-celled, valves deeply included, fertile seeds with long wings on the upper side. 


On woody creeks and on drying watercourses, near the sources of the Rivers Wentworth, Wickham, 
and Limmen Bight. Flowering in March and April. 


A medium-sized or large tree with a dirty, greyish, wrinkled bark, somewhat fibrous within and 
everywhere persistent. Leaves 5—7 inches long, 14-2 inches broad. Capsule 1-14 inches long, contracted 
a little at the orifice, valves short. Seeds 2 lines long—that is, the fertile ones—bearing a membranous 
obovate wing 3 lines long, the numerous sterile ones smaller, and with narrow wings. 


The trunk in the structure of the bark holds an intermediate place between the Stringybarks and 
Boxes. ; 


Bentham (B. Fl. iii, 255) described it as follows :— 


A middle-sized or tall tree, with a persistent bark, intermediate between that of the Stringybarks and 
the Box trees (F. Mueller). Leaves large, from broadly ovate to ovate-lanceolate, sometimes above a foot 
long, straight or falcate, with numerous fine, closely parallel, almost transverseveins. Flowers large,in umbels 
forming a terminal panicle, peduncles terete, $ to 2 inches long, pedicels sometimes very short, sometimes 
1 to 2 inches long. Calyz-tube turbinate, 4 to ? inch long, hard, with about 8 longitudinal ribs. Operculum 
not seen. Stamens above 4 inch long; filaments rigid, inflected in the bud; anthers small, ovate, wrth 
distinct parallel cells. Fruits ovoid or slightly urceolate, very thick and hard, 1 to 2 inches long, with about 
8 prominent ribs, the rim thick, the capsule sunk. Seeds winged. 


It is also figured in “ Eucalyptographia.” 


For notes on the bark, see p. 107. 


Colour of filaments.—Leichhardt has a note (Paris Herbarium) on a Port Essington 
specimen, “Scarlet blossoms,” but he may have written the wrong colour in his imperfect \ 
English. 

Mr. B. Gulliver, who saw the tree during Captain Cadell’s voyage to Arnhem’s 
Land, states the flowers (filaments) to be “scarlet” (“ Eucalyptographia.”) Mueller 
is, however, in some doubt, for he goes on to say, “ Hf really they persist in the bright 
colour of LE. mimata and EL. phonicea,” &c. (I have shown under £. ficifolia that Mueller 
confused scarlet and crimson.) 


106 


W. V. Fitzgerald says (MSS.): “ Filaments white or occasionally tinged with 
pink, and not scarlet (vide “ Eucalyptographia ”’).” 5 


G. F. Hill’s specimens confirm Fitzgerald’s remarks. His filaments are cream- 
coloured and crimson. C. KH. F. Allen later recorded “ crimson.” It is obvious that 
we liave here a confusion between scarlet and crimson, as 1s not infrequently the case. 
The colour, other than cream, is pink to crimson. 


RANGE. 


North Western Australia and Northern Territory.—Mueller (original description) 
“found it in “ Dry river beds and rocky streams at the sources of the Wentworth, 
~ Wickham, and Limmen Bight Rivers.” 

Bentham adds, Melville Island, Fraser. (Fraser was never there, although 
specimens may have passed through his hands.) Port Essington, Gilbert. 

Later on Mueller recorded it from a number of localities in North Western 
Australia, so that we have it for the most northerly portion of Australia, as far east 
as the Gulf of Carpentaria. ‘ 

WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 

The following record was made by Joseph Bradshaw’s Expedition to the Regent's 
River, William Tucker Allen being botanical collector. “‘ Welcome Creek, Roe’s and 
- Drysdale Rivers, chiefly on the banks of tributaries.’’ Mueller in Proc. Linn. Soc. 
N.S.W., xvi, 469 (1891). 

Then W. V. Fitzgerald noted, from his own collection in the Kimberley district, 
“Tsdell and Charnley Rivers;. Woollybutt and Synnott Creeks,” adding that it is 
always found in wet, boggy spots. On another occasion he says “ chiefly growing 
along the banks of water-courses, but occasionally in rocky localities.” His Woollybutt 
Creek specimen, near Phillips’ Range, is No. 950. 


NORTHERN TERRITORY. 
Liverpool River (Gulliver in Herb. Melb.). Has a large lanceolate leaf. 


“ Bark like Z. terminalis to topmost branches (7.e., ike a Bloodwood, J.H.M.). 
Trunk 15 inches diameter. Spreading, somewhat stunted growth, 28 feet high; only 
one tree seen.”’ Side of small ravine, Bathurst Island (G. F. Hill, No. 467). 


Bud collected by Leichhardt on his Overland Journey to Port Essington 
(Herb. Paris). 


“ Large tree, crimson flowers.’’ Pine Creek (C. E. F. Allen, No. 116). 
Powell’s Creek (Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer). 


107 


“8 Mile Spring on to Tanumbirini (near creeks and springs). Crimson filaments. 
Stem like Bloodwood. (Appears to be same species as white-flowering form No, 810.) ” 
(G. F. Hill, No. 809.)” 

“No. 810. 8 Mile Creek on to Tanumbirii (tree similar to 809). Cream 
flowers. (G. F. Hill.) 

Both were collected on the same day, 26th March, 1912, and are identical, 
except in regaid to the colour of the filaments. E. ptychocarpa is therefore to be added 
to the list of species with filaments of two colours. 


APPINIEIES. 


l. With E. miniata A. Cunn. 


In the original description, Mueller says that the trunk of H. ptychocarpa, so 
far as the bark is concerned, holds an intermediate place between the Stringy-barks 
and the Boxes. He amplifies this in the following passage :—- 

“With a greyish, wrinkled, everywhere persistent, somewhat fibrous bark, thus 
fluctuating between the Stringybark and so-called Box trees, though in cortical 
characters perhaps nearest to E. hemiphloia and E. albens, but....... 
(~ Eucalyptographia.”) In his classification of barks he puts it with the Pachyphloie. 


Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald (MSS.) says it is “a tree up to 40 feet, trunk 15 feet, 
diameter 2 feet, bark persistent on stem and branches, dark-coloured, rough, soft and 
flaky, timber red, soft and very porous.” On the evidence it is not proper to put 
E. ptychocarpa with the Pachyphloiz (Stringybarks). 

It is difficult, in exceptional cases, to describe clearly the bark of a Kucalypt. 
That of 2. minzata I have tried to describe at p. 37, Part XXII. While I do not say 
that it is the same as that of FE. ptychocarpa (a bark I have not seen, except in a very 
- young tree), the fact that EH. minzata is sometimes called (with others) “ Woollybutt ” 
and “Stringybark ” shows that, at least as regards the barks of the trunks of mature 
trees, the two species have some resemblance to each other. 


A character hitherto unrecorded is that some of the young or intermediate leaves 
are shghtly peltate. This is consistent with the suggested Corymbosz affinity. 


Bentham says: “The fruit (of E. ptychocarpa) somewhat resembles that of 
E. mimata, but the venation of the leaves and the inflorescence are quite different.” 
(B. Fl. iii, 255.) 

Mueller, later, observes : “ From #. mimata it is far more distant (than EH. Abergiana) in its not 
scaly-friable bark, which does not separate from the main branches, in the leaves being not of a pale and 
dull-green on both sides, besides of thicker consistence, much larger and proportionately also broader, without 
any translucent oil-dots, in the absence of stomata on the upper page of the leaves; further, in the umbels 
not solitary nor lateral nor axillary, in larger flowers and conspicuous development of flower-stalklets, 
in fruits often smaller (although similarly shaped and ridged), and in the seeds provided with a long appendage 
(those of EZ. mimata being quite exappendiculate). (“ Eucalyptographia,’ under EZ. ptychocarpa.) 

b 


108 


E. yptychocarpa is a species with ribbed fruits, the fruits being large individually. 
Such a species is also H. mimiata A. Cunn.; see Plate 96, Part XXII. Those of 
E. mamata are sessile, often more elongate and narrow, sometimes hardly constricted at 
the orifice, but in other cases more constricted than in E. ptychocarpa, and with the ribs 
thicker. They differ also in the much smaller leaves of Z. miniata and in the venation 
of them, but I know of no closer affinity for H. ptychocarpa. 


2. With EF. Abergiana ¥.v.M. 


“Tts affinity is with #. Abergiana and E. mimata; from the former it can be distinguished by its 
longer leaves, with a still paler lower page, by its also still larger flowers, which are provided with usually 
long stalklets (although Bentham describes the latter as occasionally also very short), and most particularly 
by the fruit longitudinally traversed by about eight narrow ridges.” (‘‘ Kucalyptographia,”’ under 
E. ptychocarpa.) 

For £. Abergiana, see Plate 170, Part XLI, when it will be seen that the two 
species are not very closely related. 


3. With E. Forrestiana Diels. 


This is a ribbed, large-fruited species, but the fruits are only four-ribbed, while 
there are other differences (see Plate 95, Part XXII) which show that it is more removed 
from E. ptychocarpa than is EH. miniata. 


4, With F. Planchoniana F.v.M. 


Although EL. Planchoniana has been referred to in Part [X, I have not figured it, 
since Mueller had figured it in“ Eucalyptographia,” and I had nothing of importance 
to add. I have, however, figured it in Plate 90, Part XXIV of my “ Forest Flora of 
New South Wales,” to which I beg to refer my readers. It will be see that 
E. Planchoniana is a large-fruited species, with some ribbing of the buds and fruits, 
more marked in my plate than in Mueller’s. #. Planchoniana is an astern Australian 
tree, whose affinities are not close to those of EL. ptychocarpa. 


109 


DESCRIPTION: 


CCXLV. E. similis Maiden. 


In Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvu, 90, (1913). 


FOLLOWING is the original description :— 


Arbor mediocris. Folia juvena tenua, glabra, pedunculata, ovato-acuminata. Folia matura 
angusto-lanceolata, flavo-virentia, concoloria, circiter 12 em. longa, 2 cm. lata. Venae laterales, pinnatae 
distinctae, vena peripherica distincta et a margine remota. Umbellae confertae, multiflorae, plerumque 
in panicula terminale corymbosaque. Calycis tubus irregulariter costatus. Operculum hemisphericum 
vel umbonatum. Fructus vix 1 cm. longi, truncato-ovoidei, in orificium sensim contracti. 


A tree of medium size; notes on bark and timber uncertain. 


Juvenile foliage.—Thin, parchment-like, perfectly glabrous, not seen strictly opposite, 
pedunculate, ovate-acuminate. Size of a specimen, 6 by 3 cm. 


Mature foliage.—Narrow-lanceolate or slightly falcate, petiolate, the petioles flattened and 
twisted, length of blade up to 12 cm. and more, with a greatest width of about 2 cm. Equally yellowish- 
green on both sides, rather shiny, venation distinct, and nearly as prominent on the upper as on the lower 
side. Midrib very prominent, lateral veins pinnate and very distinct, the intramarginal vein distinct and 
removed from the edge. 


Buds and Flowers.—Inflorescence profuse, in a loose umbel, several-flowered, mostly in a 
terminal corymbose panicle, the peduncles slightly compressed or angular, calyx-tube irregularly ribbed, 
shiny; opercula hemispherical or umbonate, shiny. Filaments yellow, anthers with long, narrow adnate 
cells, with a moderately large gland at the back, and the filament attached half-way up. 


Fruits.—sharply separated from the short pedicel, on a slightly flattened common peduncle of 
about 15cm. Truncate-ovoid, gradually constricted towards the orifice, barely 1 cm. long and about 6 mm. 
at the orifice. Three-valved, the valves blunt. and these capsule teeth not adherent to the calyx-tube. 


(In the above description two errors have crept in. The intramarginal vein 
is not removed from the edge, or, at most, only occasionally, and then only to a brief 
distance. The description of the calyx-tube as “irregularly ribbed” is a slip of the 
pen. The words should have been applied to the fruits. See figure 3c, Plate 182.) 


The seeds are not winged. 


110 


RANGE, 


It is confined to rather dry country in Central Queensland, so far as we know 
at present. The type came from “ Desert country west of Emerald,” so described 
by Mr. G. H. Carr, Crown Lands Agent, Clermont, through Mr. R. Simmonds (March, 
1908). 

Many years previously I had received it from Jencho (Henry Deane), with 
fruits larger and more elongated than those of the type. 


I have received it since from Mr. W. Pagan (through Mr. C. T. White) from the 
vicinity of Alice, a railway station 328 miles west of Rockhampton, or 21 miles west 
of Jericho, at no great distance from the type locality. Publication of the drawings 
will enable our friends in Queensland to greatly extend its range, since there is no doubt 
that it has been confused in the past with other Yellow-barked Bloodwoods or Yellow 
Jackets: 


Dr. H. I. Jensen calls it “‘ Desert sandstone Yellow Jacket,” and describes it 
as between a Bloodwood and Stringybark, with a very yellow bark. 


APEINTT es: 


Its closest affinity (at the time of description), appeared to be EL. Baileyana 
F.v.M. (See description amended by me in “‘ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Part 
XXXV, 71). Like that species, it is a member of the section Kudesmiez, and appears 
to differ from EF. Baileyana in the following characters :— 


1. EH. similis is a “‘ Yellow Gum,” “ Yellow Jack” or “ Yellow Jacket,” while 
H. Baileyana is a ** Black Stringybark.” 


2. The mature leaves of H. similis have the same colour on both sides, and have 
shorter peduncles, while the juvenile leaves are glabrous, those of H. Baileyana being 
covered with stellate hairs. 

3. The fruits of #. similis are, in comparison with those of #. Baileyana, almost 
spherical to cylindroid, those of EZ. Baileyana being almost spherical, darker, and much 
larger. 


The specific name is given in view of the affinity of this species to B. Baileyana 
F.v.M. (Original description, slightly amended.) 


Its relations to the other members of the Eudesmiz will be further referred to 
in Part XLV when the Eudesmie are all figured. See also under £. lirata, p. 111. 


111 


DESCicl PTION. 


CCXLVI, E. lirata (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden n.sp. 


ARBoR ca. 30 m. alta, caulis diametro, 1 ad 1-5 m.; cortice aspera, cinerea sed molle et fere friable in 
trunco ramisque persistente. ligno brunneo; foliis alijuando oppositis, 8-10 cm. longis, petiolatis, flores, 
non vidi fructibus 3-5, breviter pedicellatis, ovoideo-oblongis, orificio paullo contractis; marginibus 
tenuibus capsulis depressis. 


Arborescent; branchlets cylindrical; leaves opposite, subopposite, or alternate, lanceolate, straight 
or faleate, acuminate, petiolate, dull-greyish on both pages, oil-dots crowded, veins inconspicuous, ascending, 
the intramarginal one not far removed from the edge; fruits 3-5 together, shortly pedicellate, on terete 
lateral or axillary solitary peduncles, ovoid-oblong, obscurely contracted between the summits, the rims 
‘thin; capsule sunk; valves 3, somewhat triangular, semi-exserted ; fertile seeds ovate, slightly compressed, 
dark-brown, punctate, the sterile ones very much smaller, narrow, and angular. 


Height, 30-40 feet; trunk to 15 feet, diameter 1-14 feet. Bark rough and greyish, but soft and. 
almost friable, resembling that of some forms of #. amygdalina Labill., persistent on trunk and limbs. 
Timber brownish, fairly hard and rather free in the grain. Leaves 3-4 in. long, petioles 4-3 inch. 
Peduncles 3-5 lines. Flowers not seen. Fruits about 5 lines (1 cm.) long. 


RANGE. 


It is only known, at present, from the type locality in the Kimberleys, North 
West Australia, where it was collected by Mr. Fitzgerald, viz., summit of Bold Bluff, 
in sandy soil overlying quartzite. - 

(The closely allied H. similis is found in west Central Queensland. We want 
further collections between the localities recorded for the two species, not only that we 
may know more about them, but in order that this knowledge may enable us to say 
whether we are justified in keeping them apart, or whether they are forms of the same 
species. ) 


AEE ENIPY: 


With £. similis Maiden. 
The two species are so closely related that I regret that the material of F. lirata 
is so scanty that it is impossible to make a final pronouncement. 
The colour and lustre (or absence of it) of the foliage of the two species resemble 
each other (as indeed does that of H. eudesmiordes). 


112 


Mr. Fitzgerald says nothing of the yellowness of the bark of 2. lirata, which 1s 
obvious in E. similis; one is an eastern and the other a western species, but these pots 
must not be urged too strongly. 


Of the material available to me of #. lirata (a few leaves, fruits, and seeds), 
together with Mr. Fitzgerald’s description, I have spoken of the leaves, and my readers 
may also consult the figures. The fruits are different in the types, but those of 
E. similis (as shown in figure 4, Plate 184) approximate to the shape of those of 
BE. lirata (figure 5b), although the former are larger. The fruits of B. similis would appear 
to be more numerous than those of H. lirata. Compare figures 3e and 5b, but, as 
regards the latter, the description says “ 3 to 5.” 


The seeds of EL. livata are wingless, like those of EZ. sumilis, but those of the former 
appear to be larger and rounder. At the same time I have not much of either 
before me. 


DESCRIPA ION: 


COXLVI. EF. Batleyana F.v.M. 


In Fragm. x1, 37 (1878). 


FoLLowInc is a translation of the original :— 


A tree, with angular branchlets, Jeaves scattered, papery, faleate-lanceolate, glaucous green, opaque, 
densely punctate, veins very fine, moderately spreading, peripheral vein rather distant from the margin, 
umbels axillary and lateral, solitary, 7-10 flowered, on a slightly compressed peduncle, calyx shortly 
pedicellate. the tube slightly longer than the semi-ovate or almost hemispherical, rather acute operculum, 
all the stamens fertile, anthers broadly cordate, fruit globose-urceolate, trilocular, margin of the orifice 
thin, valves deltoid, shortly exsert. 


Moreton Bay, rare. Bailey. 


Bark fibrous, persisting not only on the trunk but also on the branches, the inner bark tough and 
yellow. The timber, according to the discoverer, is yellowish. Leaves 3-5 inches long, 4-1 inch broad, 
the same colour on both sides, dull, thickly covered with slightly pellucid dots; veins inconspicuous, not 
closely pinnate. The flower-bearing peduncles about 4 inch long, the fruit-bearing ones double that length. 
Buds densely capitate, clavate-cylindrical; I have not seen fully developed flowers. Stamens inflexed 
before expansion. Fruit-bearing pedicels 2-4 lines long. Friut 5—7 lines long and broad, slightly wrinkled- 
“striate, very obtuse at the base; the valves occasionally scarcely extending beyond the mouth of the 
calyx. Seeds not seen. 


Mueller described the species in Enghsh in the “ Eucalyptographia ”’ with a 
figure, which, hke the description, 1s erroneous in parts. 


Mueller mixed up two trees under the one name. For example, in his 
“ Kucalyptographia ” figure, the lower part of the twig bearing the fruits is the true 
E. Baileyana. The rest of the figure, leaves, buds, and flowers, and of the details (again 
excluding the fruits and seeds) belong to a Stringybark nearest to HL. eugenroides Sieb. 
The figure, therefore, is a composite one, the twig of H. eugenioides having been 
prolonged, and the fruits of H. Baileyana having been fitted on to it. In other words, 
no such plant exists as is figured. 


I therefore re-described the species in the following words in my “ Forest Flora 
of New South Wales,” Part XXXV, p. 71 :— 


Bark.—The bark is hard, thick, rather interlocked, and contains much kino. It is not a 
typical Stringybark—that is to say, its bark is not soft and fibrous. ° 


Timber.—Of a light-grey colour when fresh, interlocked in grain, very tough, inferior in quality 
to that of the other Stringybarks (J. L, Boorman.) 


114 


Juvenile leaves.—Nearly ovate, not cordate at the base, tapering slightly at the apex to a blunt 
point or rounded. Common dimensions are 14 inches broad and 3 inches long. The margin somewhat 
undulate, the intramarginal vein a considerable distance fom the edge. The under surface nearly white, 
densely besprinkled with stellate hairs, as also the rhachises. The upper surface bright green, in prominent 
contrast to the lower surface. This surface is very sparingly besprinkled with stellate hairs, or they may 
be entirely absent. 


Mature leayes.—Lanceolate, symmetrical or falcate, gradually tapering to fine, though not 
rigid points. Five inches long, with a width in its broadest part of about 3 of an inch, are common 
dimensions. The marginal vein close to the margin, or forming a thickening of the same; the lateral veins 
numerous and fine, parallel, and forming an angle of about 45 degrees with the midrib. Upper surface 
shiny, under surface paler and dull. 


Flowers.—Umbels vary in number, but usually 5 to 7, the common flattened peduncle of about 
an inch; the flattened pedicels from } to } an inch. Anthers small, versatile, with parallel cells and long 
narrow openings, with a relatively large gland at the back. 


Buds.—Pear-shaped, the calyx irregularly toothed; the operculum nearly hemispherical, or with 
an umbo. 


Fruits.—Rather large, globular-urn-shaped, 3-celled; margin of the orifice thinly compressed ; 
valves deltoid, slightly exserted or hardly extending beyond the orifice; seeds without any appendage. 
(Mueller.) The largest fruits seen by me are abontes of an inch wide, -and the same deep. 

Oo < 


RANGE. 


The type comes from “ Moreton Bay.” More precisely, the locality from which 
the type was obtained is Eight Mile Plains, a few miles south of Brisbane. é 
It, however, is also found in northern New South Wales, and its known localities 
- extend from 20 miles south of Grafton, New South Wales, in the south, to the Blackdown 


Tableland, about 100 miles west of Rockhampton, Queensland, in the north. 


NEw Soutn WALES. 
Low, sandy country, about 20 miles south of Grafton. “Trees mostly hollow 
and ringy,’ showing that, as regards this particular locality, it is dying out. 


“IT do not remember having mentioned to you my meeting with the tree 
E. Baileyana (Bastard Tronbark) on the Clarence. I found it on some low, sandy country, 
about 20 miles south of Grafton. The trees I saw were from about 20 inches to 3 feet 
in diameter, and of medium height—25 to 40 feet to first branch. Bark dark, fibrous, 
and transversely interlocked, and very hard and tough. Trees mostly hollow or 
ringy.” (Late Mr. Augustus Rudder.) 


Copmanhurst, Clarence River (J. L. Boorman). “‘ Fairly tall trees of 30-50 feet 
high, with girth measurenents of 6-8 fect. The “bole is free from branches up to 
25-30 feet; 1s sound and heavy. The bark is thick-fibrous, but perhaps inferior for 
thatching purposes. The colow: of the stem is a distinctive reddish colour, making it 


116 


prominent above all other trees in the district. The soil where it grows is of a sandy 
nature, ridgy, and of a poor quality. It 1s known locally as Stringybark. The timber 
is much esteemed locally.” 

Between Lawrence (Clareuce River) and Casino (Richmond River).  (W. 
Fersyth.) 

(JUEENSLAND. 
Hight Mile Plains (F. M. Bailey and others). The type. 
Between Sunnybank and Mt. Gravatt. (C. T. White.) 


The next locality of which I have a record is approximately 500 miles to the 
north-west. 


“Good development, distribution scattered. Elevation about 2,400 feet. 
Blackdown Tableland near Dingo, 100 miles west of Rockhampton.” (P. MacMahon, 
N. W. Jolly.) 

It is quite evident that we have much to learn in regard to the range of this 
species, particularly in Queensland, and it is very probable that a careful investigation 
of the trees of the Blackdown Tableland would yield interesting and perhaps unexpected 
results, 


AFFINITIES. 


F 1. With £. dichromophloia ¥.v.M. 


The species in the fruit somewhat resembles E. dichromophloia, otherwise it is 
very different. The true affinity of this species will be better shown when expanded 
‘flowers are available. (Original description.) : 


2. With F. Bowmani ¥.v.M. 


Mueller, “ Kucalyptographia,” goes into the supposed differences of these two 
species at some length, but as (see the present work, Part X, p. 344) we do not: know 
what LE. Bowmani is, we may defer consideration of the comparisons until we do. 


3. With E. trachyphloia ¥.v.M. 


ee 


its leaves are paler beneath, and their veins very divergent and copious ; 
the stalklets are thin; the lid is much smaller, and exceeded in width and still more so 
in length by the tube of the calyx, separating moreover by an irregular rupture and 
not a clearly defined circumcision; the anthers are ovate, whereas the fruit is 
much smaller, nearly twice as long as broad, with deeply enclosed valves,”’ 
(“ Eucalyptographia,” under £. Barleyana.) 

C 


16 


-4..-With E. eugenioides Sieh. 


“ Finally it may be observed that LE. Baileyana exhibits great resemblance to 
E. eugenioides both in leaves and flowers, although the fruits are so very decidedly 


different. 
E. eugenrordes more particularly arose through the confusion between the two species, 


(“ Eucalyptographia,”~ under H. Baileyana.) The comparison with 
as already detailed. 


The comparisons with 2. Baileyana already referred to for the most part fall to 
the ground because, in his original description, Mueller described portions of two species, 
as already explained. . 

E. Baileyana is a true member of the Hudesmiee, and it is with species of that 
series that it can be most suitably compared. Its closest affinity appears to be with 
E. tetradonta. The matter will be further dealt with when the whole of the Eudesmiee 
are passed under review. See Part XLY. 


117 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCOXLVIT. EF. Lane-Poolet Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. W., liti, 107 (1919). 


FoLLow1ne is the original description :—- 


Arbor mediocris, White Gum vocata; cortice crassa, pulvere alba tecta; ligno hepatico; foliis 
primariis lanceolatis vel lato-lanceolatis, ca 6 cm. longis 3 cm. latis, venis secondariis fere parallellis ; foliis 
maturis breve petioliatis, lanceolatis, acuminatis subfalcatis, ca 10 vel 11 cm. longis, 2 em. latis, venis 
inconspicuis; pedunculis teretibus, ca 1:5 cm. longis, plerumque 4-6 floris, pedicellis, teretibus 1 cm. longis ; 
calycis tubo ca. 1 cm. diametro, fere hemispherico; operculo crassissimo, hemispherico; antheris grandis 
fissuris parallelis late dehiscentibus; fructibus hemisphericis, ca. 1 cm. diametro, margine lato, leniter 
convexo, valvis distincte exsertis. 


A medium-sized tree, known as “ White Gum,” and carrying a thick bark covered with a white 
powder. Sapwood pale-coloured and thick, the timber interlocked, and rich reddish-brown in colour, 
drying, in the course of years, to a deep putplish-brown. 


Juvenile Teayes shortly petiolate, lanceolate to broadly-lanceolate, about 6 cm. long by 3 cm. 
broad, of the same colour on both sides, the secondary veins moderately spreading, and tending to be 
parallel to each other. A vein more prominent than the other secondary veins, roughly following the 
outline of the leaf, but at a considerable distance from the margin, and giving the leaf a triplinerved 
appearance. 


Mature leaves shortly petiolate, lanceolate, acuminate, slightly falcate, not large, usually about 
10 or 11 cm. long, and up to 2 cm. broad, venation inconspicuous, the fine veins roughly parallel and making 
an angle of about 45 degrees with the midrib, intramarginal vein. hardly removed from the edge. 


Peduneles axillary or lateral, terete, about 1-5 cm. long, bearing usually 4 to 6 moderately large 
flowers on terete pedicels up to 1 cm. long. Buds shiny. 


Calyx-tube nearly hemispherical, about 1 cm. in diameter, with two slightly raised ridges separated 
by 180 degrees; tapering rather abruptly into the pedicel. 


Operculum very thick, hemispherical or terminating in a slight but sharp point when nearly 
Tipe. When less ripe, slightly broader than the calyx-tube, and without a point. 

Stamens about 9 mm. long, inflected in the bud, anthers large, opening widely in parallel slits. 
Gland long, faintly visible at the back. Filament at the base. The anthers belong to the Platyanthere 
group. 


Dise broadish, oblique, forming a prominent ring round the ovary, of which the obtusely conical 
centre protrudes slightly above the disc at the time of flowering. 


Fruit hemispherical, about 1 cm. in diameter, the rim broad, slightly convex, the capsule not sunk, 
the valves conspicuously exsert. 


Type from Beenup, W.A. (C. E. Lane-Poole, No. 465). 


Named in honour of Charles E. Lane-Poole, Conservator of Forests of Western “Australia, who 
collected this species, and who has done much to promote the study of this genus in his State. 


118 


RANGE. 


~ It is confined to Western Australia, and, so far ay is known at present, to a strip 
of coast-land, more or less ascending the Darling Range, in the south-western portion 
of the State, on the Perth-Bunbury Railway Line, between Kelmscott 16, and Waroona, 
70 miles south of Perth. 


“Very clean White Gum, Kelmscott, foot of Darling Range, 16 miles south 
of Perth.” (Dr. J. B. Cleland, No. 4.) Figured at fig. 4a and 4b, Plate 74, of the 
present work. 

“White Gum,” 40 feet high, 12 inches in diameter, near Beenup, 8.W. Railway, 
on the Perth to Bunbury road, 24 miles south of Perth (C. E. Lane-Poole, No. 8, 
November, 1918, fruits only; No. 465, July, 1919, complete material). 


“ A White Gum, sandy scrub land, Serpentine River, W.A.” In Herb. Melb., 
and variously attributed by Mueller (on the label) to #. uncinata and to EF. micranthera.* 
It is a very old specimen, and is figured at fig. 8a, 8b, 8c of Plate 74 of the present work. 
This and the following three localities are practically identical. 

“ Salmon-white Gun or Powder Bark Wandoo. Height’ to about 40 feet, to 
3 feet in diameter.’ Near Keysbrook (39 miles south of Perth), near the Belgobin School, 
on the Perth-Bunbury road. (Mr. Schock, through C. K. Lane-Poole, under the same 
number, 8, as given to some Beenup specimens. ) 

Tree of 40 feet, 3 feet in diameter. Keysbrook, Perth-Bunbury road (Mr. Schock, 
per Dr. F. W. Stoward, No. 1). 

“Salmon Gum or Powder-bark Wandoo,” half a mile south of Serpentine River 
on Perth-Bunbury road. (Mr. Schock, per Dr. F. W. Stoward, No. 90.) 

Sent as ““ Wandoo,”’ Waroona, January, 1903 (Forester J. J. Fitzgerald). Waroona 


is 70-miles south of Perth, and I could only obtain buds. Referred to at p. 224, Part 
XVII of the present work. 


AFFINITIES. 


1. With £. redunca Schauer. 


That officers of the Forest Department of Western Australia should, quite 
independently, in 1903 and 1918, speak of this as a Wandoo, shows that the general 
appearance of the tree, its bark and timber, must bear more than a_ superficial 
resemblance to the true Wandoo (EZ. redunca). But comparison of the figures 4 and 8, 
Plate 74 of this work, which partly depict #: Lane-Poolei, and Plate 140, which shows 
E. redunca, shows that the two species are botanically very dissimilar. 


* This is the specimen referred to at Part XX of the present work, bottom of page 308, under H. micranthera. 
There is, however, very little affinity between the two species, 


119 


2. With E. accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. 


Mr. Schock, the Collector of the Forest Department of Western Australia, calls 
FE. Lane-Poolei “ Powder-bark Wandoo.” Both species are White Gurs, with white, 
powdery barks, and the timbers have some external resemblance. The sylvicultural 
conditions of the two trees require to be worked out. As to the use of the term 
“ Powder-bark,” Part XXXIV, p. 101, of this work may be referred to. If we turn 
to Plate 142 of the same Part, and compare it with figures 4 and 8 of Plate 74, which 
in part depict H. Lane-Poolei, it will be seen that the two species have no close botanical 
affinity. 


3. With FE. Oldfield F.v.M. 


The affimty of this species is with 2. Oldfieldii, which included EF. Drummond 
Benth., a species which in Part XVII of this work I erroneously followed Mueller in 
suppressing. I have shown, in Part XLI, how these two species differ. The affinity 
of £. Lane-Poolei is with E. Drummondii rather than with £. Oldfieldii sensu strictu. 
E. Oldfieldii is a Malleewith fruits in threes, while 2. Lane-Poole? is a tree of considerable 
size, with fruits up to six in the head. The buds and leaves, both juvenile and mature, 
are very different. 


4. With EF. Drummondii Benth. 


This species, of which but little is known in the field, is described from the York 
district as “a small tree of about 20 feet, with trunk and branches smooth, whitish- 
buff, with a few brown semi-detached scales of dead bark.” Additional field-notes are 
very desirable, but it would appear that H#. Lane-Poole? is a different tree, and a 
Powder-bark. 


Comparison, however, with figures 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10 of Plate 74 (2. Drummondii), 
together with a good specimen of the type of this species, is sufficient to show that it 
and L. Lane-Poolei (figures 4 and 8 of Plate 74) are sufficiently different. The leaves 
af L. Drummondii are commonly, perhaps preponderatingly, ovate-lanceolate, the buds 
more ovoid, with the opercula longer than the calyx-tube; the fruits are smaller, and 
very different. 


5. With E, Campaspe S. le M. Moore. 


It is interesting to note a resemblance in the very thick, hemispherical operculum 
of L. Campaspe, but the anthers are different, and so are the fruits and other characters. 
But one so frequently receives, particularly from distant places, botanical specimens 
which are quite fragmentary, and a hint which may put one on one’s guard may 
be usetul. 


6. With E. oleosa F.v.M. 


In its anthers it belongs tothe Platyanthers, which includes F. oleosa and its 
allies. ‘he species are, however, very different in many other respects, but endeavour 
will be made to discuss these relationships when the seedlings of all the species are brought 
into comparison. 


120 


DESCRIPTION. : 


CCOXLIX, EF. Ewartiana Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., Ini, 111 (1919). 


FOLLOWING is the original description :— 


Frutex Mallee similis, 20’ altus, multis caulibus 3” diametro; cortice decidua peculiariter striatis ; 
foliis primariis crassiusculis, late ovato-lanceolatis vel fere orbicularibus, 7 cm. latis, 10 cm. longis; foliis 
maturis petiolatis, lanceolatis, 5-7-5 cm. longis, 1:5-2-25 cm. latis, petiolo 1-1-5 cm. longo, crassis, venis 
patentibus; pedunculis teretibus 2 cm. longis, 2-7 flores breve pedicellatos umbella gerentibus; alabastris 
clavatis, operculo hemispherico, ca. 8 mm. diametro, calycis tubo angustioribus; antheris, forma irregulare 
paralleliter aperientibus, filamentis brevibus; fructibus conoideo-globosis, ca. 12 mm. diametro, marge 
latissimo, truncato, conoideo; capsula non depressa, valvis leniter exsertis. 


Many-stemmed, 10-15 or 20 feet high. Somewhat Mallee-like in habit. The stems 3 inches in 
diameter, and the timber tough and pale. The bark is peculiar, falling off in narrow, longitudinal pieces, 
giving it a striped appearance, which, if not unique, is certainly rare in Eucalyptus. Wood hard, the 
centre deep reddish-brown. 


Juvenile leaves (described from Kunnunoppin, No. 146) with petiole of 1 cm., broadly ovate- 
lanceolate to nearly orbicular, 7 cm. broad by 10 cm. long, very thick, venation spreading. 


Mature leaves lanceolate, 5-7-5 cm., say, 2 to 3 inches long, and 1:5-2-25 cm., say three- 
quarters to | inch broad, with a petiole of half to three-quarters of an inch (say, 1-1-5 cm.) long. Dull 
yellowish-green on both sides, thick, venation spreading, the secondary veins not very prominent and 
meeting the midrib at about an angle of 45 degrees; the intramarginal vein distinctly removed from 
the edge. 


Peduneles terete, long (say, 2 cm.), each supporting an umbel of 2-7 flowers on short but distinct 
terete pedicels. 


Buds clavate, very yellow, with hemispherical operculum, about 8 mm. in diameter, and no mucro. 
The operculum less in diameter than the calyx-tube, and affording an excellent example of “‘ egg-in-ege-cup,” 
i.e., showing the place at the commissural rim of a deciduous additional operculum. 

Anthers most irregular in shape and opening in parallel slits. The gland sometimes seen on the 
top and sometimes at the base. The filament attached nearly half-way up at the back of the anther. 
Tt is included in the Macrantheree. Filaments very short, the stigmas not dilated. 


Dise forming a broad, conical, truncate band around the ovary, which becomes less truncate as the 
fruit develops. In its early stages it resembles a hat with a depressed crown. 


Fruits conoid-globose, about 12 mm. in diameter, the rim very broad, truncate-conoid, at length 
almost conical, the capsule not depressed, the valves slightly exsert. 


Named in honour of Alfred J. Ewart, D.Sc., Professor of Botany and Vegetable Physiology in the 
University of Melbourne, well known for his researches on the Australian flora. 


Type, Pindar, W.A. (J.H.M., October, 1909). 


121 


RANGE. 


This is a species of dry country, mainly recorded, so far, from Western Australia, 
but, by the Elder Expedition, found first in South Australia and subsequently in the 
western State, 

WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 


“ Many-stemmed, 10-15 or 20 feet. Tough wood. Peculiar bark, falling off 
in narrow, longitudinal pieces, giving a striped appearance. The indurated stems are 
3 inches in diameter. Several clumps seen. Very yellow buds, with hemispherical 
operculum, and absolutely no mucro. Operculum, which is distinctly smaller than the 
- calyx, affording one of the best examples I remember of the “ egg-in-egg-cup ” bud. 
Leaves greenish-yellow, dull coloured. The material I have is figured at 11, Plate 74.” 
The above statement will be found at p. 225, Part XVII of the present work. (664 
mile post, Pindar, Murchison Line, J.H.M., October, 1909.) 


“ Bark decorticating from 1 foot from the ground. Mallee, branching from 
the ground to a height of 15 feet and up to 6 inches in diameter. The bark at base 
grey, rough, decorticating in rolled up grey strips leaving the stem, which is red in 
colour, with a peculiar streaked appearance. On rubbing, the loose pieces of bark 
come off easily, leaving the steni more or less smooth.”” Near Government Tank, 
Westonia. This is 6 miles north of Carrabin, a railway station 195 miles east of Perth. 
(C. E. Lane-Poole, Nos. 220, 463.) 


Shrub 5-8 feet, several stems springing from base, 2-3 inches diameter, bark 
smooth above, inclined to be rough at base. Open flowers and young fruits. On iron 
stone gravel on high land. Best specimens always near the summit, Kunnunopp1 
district. (Dr. F. Stoward, No. 144.) 

“ Shrubby Mallee, 8-10 feet. Sucker leaves, flowers, mature fruits, and bark. 
Found on ironstone ridge, Kunnunoppin district.” (Dr. F. Stoward, No. 146). The 
bark precisely similar to that of the Pindar specimens, but the leaves of this specimen 
are broader than those of the type. 

“ Eucalyptus Oldfield, mountain form.” Mount Cooper, Cavenagh Range, 
R. Helms, 31st July, 1891. “ A dwarf state at 2,500 feet elevation.” This locality 
is in Western Australia, and the Camp No. 31, long. 128 degrees. 


SoutH AUSTRALIA, 
“ Bucalyptus Oldfield,” Elder Expl. Exped., R. Helms, 15 feet high, 12th June, 
1891. The Expedition was then in the vicinity of Yeelunginna Hill in South Australia, 
say, in lat. 27° 20” S., long. 131° 70” E. 


122 


AFEINIAIES. 


1. With £. Oldfieldii F.v.M. 

There has been great confusion between HL. Oldfieldii and E. Drummondii, and 
the present species, like H. Lane-Pooler, has been carved out of the aggregate. 
The-affinity of #. Lane-Pcolci inclines to E. Drummondit, and so does the present 
species in general characters, but both HL. Hwartiana and EL. Oldfieldii are dry- 
country Mallees. Mueller and Tate looked upon the Elder Expedition specimens as 
a mountain form of #. Oldfield. Both species have fruits with broad rims, though the 
sculpture is not the samein both. The frurts of #. Ewartiana are smaller, more numerous, 
have long peduncles, and are distinctly pedicellate. The operculum is very different 
to that of EL. Oldfieldiv; it is hemispherical, and shows a contraction with the calyx-tube 
which 1s not observable in #. Oldfieldiz. The two species also differ in other characters. 


2. With E. Drummondii Beuth. 

Compare fig. 11, Plate 74 (#. Ewartiana), with figs. 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10 of the same 
Plate (EZ. Drummondi). The buds of B. Drunvmendi are more oyoid than those. of 
E. Ewartiana; the former have much longer and slenderer pedicels. The shape of the 
fruit is different in the two species, that of 2. Drwmmondi having a more convex rim, 
with the tips of the valves more exsert. The mature leaves of HL. Drummondii are 
usually more or less ovate-lanceolate, a character not observed in those of E£. Hwartiana. 
The juvenile leaves of #. Ewartianu are remarkably coriaceous, and so broadly lanceolate 


as to be almost orbicular. 


3. With E. Lane-Poolet Maiden. 

E. Lane-Poolei is a moderately large White Gum, found in coastal situations ;_ 
E, Ewartiana is a Mallee frequenting regions of low rainfall. The foliage of the former 
is thin, lanceolate to narrow lanceolate; that of the latter much broader and thicker, 
with the juvenile foliage remarkably coriaceous and so broad as to be almost orbicular, 
and considerably larger than that of B. Lane-Poolei. While the texture of the 
operculum of £. Hwartiana is thinnish, that of BE. Lane-Poolei is remarkably thick, 
while comparison of the figures on Plate 74, viz., 4 (EZ. Lane-Poolez) and 11 (BL. Ewartiana) 


shows that they are widely different. 


4. With E. accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. 
In the size, paleness and extreme coriaceousness, | know only one species whose 
juvenile leaves resemble those of L. Hwartiana, and that is EH. accedens. See fig. 8, 
Plate 141, of the present work. But im almost every other character the two species 


diverge. 


123 


DESCRIPTION: 


COL. FE. Bakeri Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvu, 87 (1918). 


FoLLow1nG is the orginal description :— 


Frutex altus similis Mallee, vel arbor parva 30-50’ alta. Trunci cortex dura et squamosa. Ramuli . 
laeves. Lignum durum, grave, rubrum. Folia juvena obscuro-virentia, concoloria, linearo-lanceolata, 
vix acuminata, 9 cm. longa, 1 cm. lata, oleosa, indistincte venosa, penniveniis, vena peripherica a margine 
remota. Umbelle plerumque axillares, multiflore, saepe 10-13 flore. Operculum elongatum calycis tubo 
multo longiore, cujus diameter leniter latior est. Fructus diametro circiter 5 mm., truncato-spheroidel. 
Valvarum apices subulati, 2 mm. exserti. 


A large shrub or small, pendulous, Willow-like tree, attaining a height of 30-50 feet, forming a single 
stem or stooling from the ground. 


Bark dark, box-like, or hard and scaly up to its branches, falling away in long flakes, rough at the 
butt, branches clean, bluish-green or pale-yellow to white right up to the tips. 


Wood hard and heavy, of a deep red when freshly cut, becoming browner with age, the grain of 
the timber fibrous, very tough, reputed to be an excellent timber for wheelwrights’ work. 


Juvenile leaves dull green on both sides, linear-lanceolate, hardly acuminate, about 6 or 7 cm. 
long, the venation not distinct, the intramarginal vein close to the edge, the lateral veins penniveined, 
plentifully besprinkled with oil-dots and the branchlets angular and glandular. 


Mature leaves linear-lanceolate, petiolate, acuminate or with a hooked tip, bright-green, dull- 
shiny, richly covered with oil-dots, venation indistinct, the intramarginal vein distinct from the edge, the 
lateral veins penniveined. Average dimensions 9 by 1 cm. 


(If the species were gregarious, it would probably be found to be a valuable oil-yielding species.) 


Flowers.—Umbels mostly axillary and flowers numerous, often 10-13 in an umbel, which sometimes 
takes on a stellulate appearance. Operculum elongated, very much longer than the calyx-tube, which is 
of slightly increased diameter, and which tapers, somewhat abruptly, into the short Bene The common 
peduncle about 1 cm. 


Anthers small, renantheroid, but the two cells more united than in the Renanthere; spherical 
gland at top and back. 


Fruits.—Small, about 5 mm. in diameter, truncate-spheroid, the tips of the valves awl-shaped, 
and protruding 2 mm. from the orifice. 


Enclosing the valves, and torn by the tips of them as the fruit ripens is a thin, white membrane, 
which gives the rim and orifice a whitish appearance, and which, if present in all, is only obvious ina 
few species of this genus. 


This is a specially interesting species, rich in oil, which I name in honour of Mr. Richard Thomas 
Baker, who has done very valuable work in connection with this genus. 


124 elie 


eG Te 


It extends from northern New South Wales to Central Queensland, so far as 
we know at present. i 

Following are specimens in the National Herbarium, ‘Sydney. I am satisfied 
that careful research will bring many new localities to light. 


New SoutH WALES. 
1. “‘ Willowy Eucalypt,” Warialda, N.S.W. (W. A. W. de Beuzeville, No. 3). 
2. Ticketty Well, Wallangra (E. H. F. Swain, July, 1911. The type. J. L. 
Boorman, December, 1912). “ Tree-like Mallee,” 28 feet high and 5 inches in diameter, 
wood brown, bark grey up to 6 feet, then yellowish. Ticketty Well, locality of type. 
(Forest Guard A. Julius, Nos. 17 and 19). The leaves of these specimens are broader 
than those-of the type (Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lui, 68, 1919): 


QUEENSLAND. 

3. “Small bush, grows up to 10 feet high, grows very thickly on the poorest soil, 
where there is no Ironbark cover.” Warwick (Forester W. E. Moore, through C. T. 
White). 

4. Near Jericho (J. L. Boorman). It is a Mallee, and it would appear that Mallee 
is rare in the northern State. It grows in masses on red, stony ridges around the black 
soil of the flats, up to 10 feet high as seen. Gidgee (Acacia Cambagei R. T. Baker) and 
Gastrolobium grandiflorum_¥.v.M. grow in the immediate neighbourhood, (Proc. Roy. 
Soc. N.S.W. xlvu, 285, 1913, as EH. oleosa.) 


AFFINITIES. 


It is a remarkable, narrow-leaved species, with narrow juvenile foliage, buds 
with long opercula of less diameter than the calyx-tube, and small fruits with well 
exserted awl-like tips to the capsules. It is not easy to indicate its closest affinity, 
showing that it 1s a strong species. ; 


1. With E. uneinata Turez. 


It would appear to have affinity to #. wncinata Turez., but Mr. Boorman, an 
experienced collector, is emphatic that the two species are very different in habit. 
E. Bakeri is a tree of 50 feet and even more, reminding one-of a Willow; indeed, it was 
first sent in as “ Willowy Eucalypt.”’ The foliage is narrow, and somewhat dull in 
appearance; the anthers are very similar, but not identical, while there is no kink in 


the filament in the stamens of 2. Bakert. (Original description. ) 


125 


For EF. uncinata turn to Plate 62, Part XIV. H. Bakeri has narrower leaves 
(as a very general rule), and narrower juvenile leaves; the anthers are different, though 
not widely so. The buds of the two species sufficiently resemble each other to 
necessitate caution, but the fruits are different. 


2. With E. viridis R. T. Baker. 
Drawings of E. viridis (under E. acacioides A. Cunn.) may be seen at figs. 9-12, 
Plate 52, Part XI of this work, and a larger drawing at Plate 180 Part XLVIII of my 
“Forest Flora of New South Wales.” The latter has fruits with thin rims and 


non-exsert valves. 


3. With E. salmonophloia F.v.M. 

- Its fruits remind one of those of the Western Australian 1. salmonophloia F.v.M.., 
but those of the latter species are smaller, more shiny, have thinner and more marked 
pedicels. (Original description. ) 

For E. salmonophloia see Part XVII, Plate 73. It may be added that the latter 
is a large timber tree, with smooth bark, and different anthers. 


4. With FE. Seeana Maiden. 

i. Seeana Maiden is another species with small fruits (which are, however, 

domed), and a long operculum (more tapering into the calyx-tube in FE. Seeana), leaves 

different, and the bark of H. Seeana is smooth. (Original description.) For 2. Seeana 
see Part XXXII, Plate 132. 


5. With FE. redunca Schauer. 

E. redunca Schauer var. angustifolia Benth., is another narrow-leaved, long 
operculumed form. It is from south-western Australia, and has no close affinity to 
the present species. 

Other narrow-leaved species are EL. angustissima F.v.M. and EH. apiculata Baker 
and Smith, but they have no special affinity to this species. (Original description. ) 
For E. redunca var. angustifolia see Part XXXIV, Plate 140. 


6. With E. oleosa F.v.M. 


E. oleosa ¥.v.M. bears an obvious resemblance as far as the fruits are concerned, 
but those of the new species are smaller, and’in leaves and in most other respects the 
affinities are not obvious. (Original description.) It is amusing that, nevertheless, 
I should have first recorded the Jericho specimen as FE. oleosa. For E. oleosa see Part 
XV, Plate 65. The latter species has, however, broad juvenile foliage. 


126 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLI. EF. Jacksoni Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 219 (1913). 


FOLLOWING is the original description :— 


Arbor magnifica sylve, altitudinem 200’ attinens, et 15’ diametro. ‘‘ Red Tingle Tingle ” vocata. 
Cortex “ Stringybark ” similis sed fragiliuscula. Lignum rubrum, durum. Folia juvenilia fere orbicularia 
vel lato-lanceolata. Folia matura petiolata, lato-lanceolata, acuminata, p!eraque 9 cm. longa, 3-4 cm. lata. 
Venz visibiles, non conspicue. Alabastros floresque non vidi. Fructus fere spheerici, plerique 8 mm. ad 
1 cm. diametro. “Orificium parvum, 3 mm. diametro. YValvarum apices sub orificio valde depressi. 

A noble forest tree up to 200 feet high, erect in habit, with a long trunk, which attains a diameter 
of 15 feet (measured at 4 feet from the ground). Another measured tree was 7 feet 6 inches in diameter 
and 80 feet high (Mr. Saw): It reached a height of quite 200 feet; one tree measured was 45 feet round 
the base, 38 feet round 6 feet from the ground, and about 50 feet to the first branch (Mr. Brockman). 
Known locally as “ Red Tingle Tingle.” 

Bark fibrous, reddish, thick, of a stringybark character, but somewhat brittle, covering the trunk - 
and branches. 

‘ Timber bright red, reminding one, in that respect, of the Forest Mahogany of New South Wales 
(E. resinifera Sm.). It is fissile and tough, and I believe it to be a most valuable timber for economic 
purposes. 

Juvenile leayes.—Nearly orbicular to broadly lanceolate, somewhat oblique, paler on the under 
side, not specially thin, venation distinct but fine, lateral veins nearly parallel, intramarginal vein well 
removed from the edge. Oil-dots abundant. Average dimensions about | dm. long by 6 to 8 cm. wide. 

Mature leaves.—Equally green on both sides, petiolate, broadly lanceolate, acuminate, slightly 
curved, slightly inequilateral, veins obvious, but not very conspicuous, lateral veins parallel, intramarginal 
vein well removed from the edge, well besprinkled with fine oil-dots, and apparently moderately rich in 
oil. Average size of leaves 9 by 3 to 4 cm. 

Buds and flowers not seen. 


Fruits.—Almost spherical, with an average diameter of 8 mm. to 1 cm., with a small orifice, of say, 
3 mm. in diameter. Tips of valves well sunk below the orifice. 


[Since the above was written I have received half-grown buds, as figured, fig. 7, 
Plate 183. They may be described as clavate, four or five in the head (as seen in very 
few specimens) with rather long peduncles and with distinct pedicels, tapering gradually 
into the calyx-tube. Operculum hemi-ellipsoid, about half the length of the calyx-tube. | 


127 
RANGE. 


So far as we know, this species is confined to South-western Australia. 

Deep River, Nornalup Inlet, Bow River, Irwin’s Inlet, South-west Australia. 
(The type collected by Sidney Wm. Jackson.) Found also on the hills along the 
Frankland River, where it predominates and extends about 10 miles up. (Inspecting 
‘Ranger H. 8. Brockman, to the Inspector-General of Forests, W. A.) 

As opportunities occur, no doubt the range of this species, and also the Yellow 
Tingle Tingle (£. Guilfoylez) will be carefully defined, as they yield valuable timbers. 


AFFINITIES. 


1. With E. Guilfoylei Maiden. 

Although there are precedents, | hesitate to describe a species in absence of 
mflorescence, and without this, the description must be incomplete. But I have no 
doubt as to the validity of the species. It is closely allied to the Yellow Tingle Tingle 
(EL. Guilfoylei Maiden, Journ W.A. Nat. Hist. Soc., 111, 180; see also Part XX of the 
present work), the wood of which is pale, of a yellow colour and heavy, that of the 
present species being red, and lighter in weight. 


The Red Tingle Tingle is a much larger and thicker tree than the Yellow Tingle 
Tingle, the latter having been observed only up to 5 feet in diameter. 

As regards the adult leaves, those of #. Guilfoylec are always symmetrical, or 
nearly so: those of EF. Jacksoni are more or less oblique, shorter, and broader. 

The oil-dots in #. Guiljoylei are a greater distance apart than in the case of the 
new species, over the leaves of which they are evenly and abundantly diffused, while 
the secondary veins are further apait and ramify more in the case of the leaves of 
E. Guilfoylev. (Original description.) 


2. With FE. patens Benth. 
Mr. H. 8. Brockman says that “in general appearance the trees resemble very 


much the Blackbutt ” (H. patens). Reterence may be made to the original description 
of H. Guilfoyle:, where there are some comparative references to H. patens. 


128 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLII. FE. eremophila Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. W., liv. 71 (1920). 


FoLiLowiNne is the original description :— 


Frutex vel arbor mediocris, cortice leve, squamosa, ramulis glaucescentibus; foliis junioribus 
angusto-lanceolatis vel lanceolatis; foliis maturis lineari-lanceolatis ad lanceolatis, coriaceis, nitentibus 
venis secondariis tenuibus sed remotiusculis, non pennivenis, pedunculis elongatis, applanatis, pedicellis 
fere teretibus ca. 5 mm. longis, calycis tubo oblongo vel cylindroideo, turbinato, ca. 5 mm. longo; operculo 
cornuto calycis tubo ca. quinquies equilongo, diametro distincte minore; filamentis antherisque cornutis 
similibus; fructibus cylindroideis vel sphericis, calycis tubo crasso, capsule apice applanato fere margini 
aequante, fructu truncato. 


A shrub or medium-sized tree, with smooth, scaly bark. Branchlets glaucescent. 


Juvenile leaves (suckers) not available, in the earliest stage, but probably narrow. Those of 
the seedlings are narrow-lanceolate to lanceolate. 


Mature leayes linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, coriaceous, shiny, not glaucescent, the secondary 


veins fine but rather distant, and, at all events in the intermediate stage, spreading and roughly parallel, 
not feather-veined. 


Peduneles elongate, flattened; pedicels nearly terete, distinct, about 5 mm. long. 
Calyx-tube oblong or cylindroid turbinate, about 5 mm. long. 


Operculum sometimes coloured (reddish), straight or horn-shaped, up to 5 times as long as the 
calyx-tube, and much less in diameter. Filaments yellowish, sometimes crimson, angular, glandular, and 
with anthers as in the Cornute. 


Fruits cylindroid to spherical; top of the capsule nearly flush with the rim, giving the fruit, when 
not fully ripe, a characteristically truncate, flattish appearance. When the fruit is ripe its mouth becomes 
rounded and somewhat contracted. 


SYNONYM. ian 


FE. occidentalis Endlicher, var. eremophila Diels, in Engler’s Jahrb., xxxv, 442, 
1905. See also Part XXXVI, p. 147, of the present work. Figured at Plate 149, 
figures 7-11. 


The relations of #. occidentalis Endl. var. grandiflora Maiden (Part XXXYI, 
p. 149, and figures 1 and 2, Plate 150) to E. eremophila remain a matter for further 
consideration. 


129 


RANGE. 


It is confined to Western Australia, so far as we know at present, but it is quite 
possible that it may occur in western South Australia. 


This is a dry country form, and its range may be stated as bounded by Watheroo, 
on the Midland Railway, to 140 miles east of Kalgoorlie, and north of Esperance and 
back again to the vicinity of the Great Southern Railway. It probably has a very 
extensive range in country of low rainfall. 


“Shrub 4 metres high, flowers yellow, calyptra (opercula) reddish.” Near 
Coolgardie (Dr. L. Diels, No. 5,237).  Coolgardie, or rather, Boorabbin (E. Pmitzel, 
No. 917). I have also received it from Coolgardie (L. C. Webster). 


The type comes frem Coolgardie. Other localities are quoted, op. cit. p. 148. 


AFFINITIES. 


It is-a member of the Cornute. 


1, With E. occidentalis Endl. 
It is sharply separated from this species in its narrow juvenile foliage, that of 
H. occidentalis being broad. Those of the former are shiny, with more numerous oil- 
dots. Buds usually longer, hence with longer filaments; staminal disc broader. The 
fruit of EH. occidentalis is campanulate, while that of EL. eremophila is cylindroid or 
inclining to hemispherical. 


2. With E. platypus Hook. 


Here | invite attention to the similarities and dissimilarities | have brought 
forward at pages 151 and 152 of Part XXXVI of the present work. 


la. 


b 


ise) 


6a. 


130 


Explanation of Plates (180-183). 


PLATE 180. 
E. perfoliata R. Br. 


. Pair of young connate leaves; 1b, fruit with a very short stalk. Roe’s River, York Sound, North- 


west Australia. (Allar Cunningham, No. 238. September, 1820.) 


. Portion of leaf, not in the perfoliate state; 2b, flowers; 2c, anthers. “ North-west Coast, Australia ” 


(Surgeon Bynoe). (Nos. 1 and 2 were drawn by Miss M. Smith, of Kew, from original specimens 
in the Kew Herbarium). 


3a. Pair of leaves, still in the “juvenile ” stage, and yet the plant is bearing flower-buds; 30, sessile fruit. 


Lennard River, Kimberleys (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 333.) 
Fruit, more urceolate than the type. King’s Sound, North-west Australia (W. W. Froggatt, 1886). 
Buds. Mt. Anderson and Grant Range, Kimberleys. (W. V. Fitzgerald, August, 1906). The fruits 
of this specimen are similar to 3b, but with rather smaller orifice. 


PLATE 181. 
E. ptychocarpa F.v.M. 
(See also Plate 182.) 


Juvenile leaf (as young as I have seen); 18, fruit, the ribs not winged and the fruit more globular than 
in the type. In swamps, Northern Territory, north of 15° (W. S. Campbell). 


, Intermediate leaf; 2b, bud, with ribs; 2c, buds and flowers, the ribs almost winged; 2d, front and 


back views of anthers. Hight Mile Spring on to Tamburini, Northern Territory (G. F. Hill, 
No. 809). 3 
Fruit; Bathurst Island, Northern Territory (G. F. Hill, No. 469). 


PLATE 182. 
E. ptychocarpa F.v.M. (See also Plate 181.) 


Buds and flower, with long peduncle, long pedicels, and long filaments. Pine Creek, Northern Territory 
(C. E. F. Allen, No. 116.) 


. Mature leaf; 2b, bud; 2c, fruits. Woollybutt Creek, near Phillips Range, North West Australia 


(W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 950.) 


E. similis Maiden. 


. Juvenile leaf; 3b, mature leaf; 3c, buds; 3d, front and back view of anthers; 3e, fruits. Desert 


country, west of Emerald, Queenslund (G. H. Carr). The type. 
Fruits. Alice, 328 miles west of Rockhampton, Queensland (W. Pagan, through C. T. White). 


EB. livata (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. 


. Mature leaf; 5b, fruits. Summit of Bold Bluff, Kimberleys, North West Australia. (W. V. Fitzgerald, 


No. 843). The type. 
E. Baileyana (Maiden) F.v.M. 


‘(See my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Part XX XV, p.71, Plate 132, where it,will be seen that 


I have amended Mueller’s original description and figure of the species.) 

Two juvenile leaves, bearing stellate hairs; 6b, mature leaf; 6c, buds; 6d, front and back views of 
anther; 6e, calyx-tube; 6/, fruits. Eight Mile Plains, Brisbane, Queensland (A. Williams). 
The locality is that of the type, and the drawings are taken from the “ Forest Flora ” plate already 
quoted. 


131 


PLATE. 183. 
E. Lane-Poolei Maiden. 


Ig. Mature leaf; 1b, buds; Ic, front and back view of anther. Beenup, Perth to Bunbury Railway Line 
' (C. E. Lane-Poole), The type. 
(This species was formerly figured as L. Oldfieldii F.v.M. in figures 4 and 8, Plate 74, 
Part XVII of the present work.) 


=  B. Ewartiana Maiden., 


2. Fruits (larger than the type), Camp 4, vicinity of Yeelunginna Hill, say, in lat 27, 208., long. 131, 70 E., 
South Australia. Elder Exploring Expedition (recorded by Mueller and Tate as EH. Oldfieldit). 
(R. Helms, 12th June, 1891.) 


3¢. Juvenile leaf; 30, anther, three views. Pindar, W.A. (J.H.M.). 
(This species was formerly figured as | A. Oldfield var. Drummond in figure 11, Plate 74, 
Part UE of the present work.) 


E. Bakeri Maiden. 


4a. Juvenile leaves (the oil-glands as prominent as those of EZ. approximans Maiden, see Plate 179, Part 
XLII); 46, anther; 4c, twig, bearing mature leaves and fruits. Ticketty Well, between the 
Gwydir and McIntyre Rivers, northern New South Wales (H. H. F. Swain, No. 42). The type. 


5a. Broader, shorter leaf, from a fruiting twig; 5b, buds, seven in the head. Jericho, Queensland 
(J. L. Boorman.) 


E. Jacksom Maiden. 


6a. Juvenile leaf; 6b, juvenile leaf, a stage more advanced; 6c, mature leaf; 6d, fruits. Deep River, 
Nornalup Inlet, South West Australia (Sid. W. Jackson). The type. 


7. Twig with mature leaves and immature buds. Two miles fromthe Franklin River, on the Denmark. 
road, South West Australia (Dr. F. Stoward, No. 114). 


180. 


PE 


Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


M. Floekfon.del.et lith. 


EUCALYPTUS PERFOLIATA R.Br. 


ee 


RY hfe 


Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS, 


ir ae 


Aoets, 
mri confaaishs tn marewctoub {esa Mati owal Pm) cee 


M-Ftockron.del ef fith. 


EUCALYPTUS PTYCHOCARPA F.v.M. [See also Plate 182.] 


PL. 182. 


CriT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


deferlith. 


M-Fiockfon 


] 


V. FITZGERALD) MAIDEN. (5) 


[See also Plate 181 


» 2) 


(J 


M 


EUCALYPTUS PTYCHOCARPA F.v 


E. SIMILIS Marpen. (3,4) E. LIRATA (W 


EE. BAILEYANA’ F.v.M. (6) 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS Pimdoe: 


M.Flockton.del- ef liFh- 


EUCALYPTUS LANE-POOLEI MaIpEn. (1) [See also Figs. 4 and 8, Plate 74.] 


E. EWARTIANA MalIpen. (2,3) [See also Fig. 11, Plate 74.] 


E. BAKERI Matpen. (4, 5) E. JACKSONI MaIpen. (6, 7) 


_ The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “ Forest Flora of New 
South Wales ’’* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs 
of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic 
value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of 
the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— 


acacioides A. Cunn. (xlviii). mellvodora A. Cunn, (ix). 
acmenwoides Schauer (xxxii). microcorys F.v.M. (xxxviil). 
affints Deane and Maiden (lvi). macrotheca F.v.M. (li). 
amygdalina Labill. (xvi). Muelleriana Howitt (xxx). 
Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). ~ numerosa Maiden (xvii). 
Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). obliqua L’ Hérit. (xxii). 
Baueriana Schauer (Ivii). ochrophlova F.v.M. (1). 

Bauervana Schauer var. coniea Maiden (Iviii). odorata Behr. and Schlechtendal (xii), 
Behriana ¥.v.M. (xlvi). oleosa F.v.M. (Ix). 

breolor A. Cunn. (xliv). paniculata Sm. (viii). 

Boormani Deane and Maiden {xlv). puularis Sm. (xxxi). 

Bosistoana F.v.M. (xliii). piperita Sm. (xxxiil). 

Caleyi Maiden (lv). Pianchoniana F.v.M. (xxiv). 
capitellaia Sm. (xxviii). polyanthemos Schauer (lix). 
conica Deane and Maiden (lviii). popultfolia Hook. (xlvii). 
Consideniana Maiden (xxxvi). propinqua Deane and Maiden (Ixi), 
coriacea A. Cunn. (xv). punctata DC. (x). 

corymbosa Sm. (xii). radiata Sieb., as amygdalina (xvi). 
crebra F.v.M. (li). regnans F.v.M. (xviii). 
Dalrympleana Maiden (Ixiv). 7 resinifera Sm. (iii). 

dives Schauer (xix), _ rostrata Schlecht. (Ixii). 

dumosa A, Cunn. (Ixv). rubida Deane and Maiden (Lxii). 
eugentoides Sieber. (xxix). saligna Sm. (iv). 

Jruticetorum F.v.M. (xlii). siderophlova Benth. (xxxix). 
gigantea Hook. f. (li). sideroxylon A. Cunn. (xiii). 
globulus L? Her. (Ixvii). Sieberiana F.v.M. (xxxiv). 
gontocalyx F.v.M. (vi). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). 

hemastoma Sm. (xxxvii). tereticornis Sm. (x1). 

hemiphloia F.v.M. (vi). tessellaris F.v.M. (Ixvi). 
longifolia Link and Otto (ii). Thozetiana F.v.M. (xlix). 
LIuehmanniana ¥F.v.M. (xxvi) (=E. eirgata). viminalis Labill (lxiv). 
macrorrhyncha ¥.v.M. (xxvii). virgata Sieb. (xxv). 

maculata Hook. (vii). vitrea R. T. Baker (xxiii). 


melanophlora F.v.M. (liv). 


* Government Printer, Sydney. 4to, Price Is. per part (10s. per 12 parts); each part containing 4 plates and 
other illustrations. 


Sydney: Willies Applegate Gullick, Government Printes.—1026 


a5 oe 


He 


alyp ptus maerocarpa Hook. 
‘ucalyptus Preissiana Schauer. 
ucalyptus. megacarpa F.v.M. 
98. Hucalyptus globulus Labillardiére. 
- Eucalypius Maideni F.v.M. 
. Zucalyptus urnigera Hook. f. 
Plates, 77-80. (Issued July, 1913 | 


. Bucalyptus goniocalyx F.v.M. 

102. Eucalyptus nitens Maiden. 

«108. Eucalyptus elwophora F.v.M. 

_ 104. Eucalyptus cordata Labill. 

— 105. Eucalyptus angustissima F.v.M. 

Plates, 81-84. (Issued December, 1914 ) 


. Eucalyptus gigantea Hook. f. 

107. Eucalyptus longifolia Link and Otto. 
108. Eucalyptus diversicolor F.v.M. 

109. Eucalyptus Guilfoylec Maiden. 

110. Eucalyptus patens Bentham. 

. Eucalyptus Todtiana F.v.M. 

112. Eucalyptus micranthera F.v.M. 
Plates, 85-88. (Issued March, 1914.) 


. Eucalyptus cinerea F.v.M. 

114. Eucalyptus pulverulenta Sims. 

115. Eucalyptus cosmophylla F.v.M. 

116. Eucalyptus gomphocephala A. P. DC. 
Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914.) 


. Lucalyplus erythronema Turcz. 

. Eucalyptus acacieformis Deane & Maiden 
119. Eucalyptus pallidifolia ¥.v.M. 

120. Eucalyptus cesia Benth. 

121. Eucalyptus tetraptera Turcz. 

+122. Eucalyptus Forrestiana Diels. 

_. 123. Eucalyptus miniata A. Cunn. 

(124. Eucalyptus phenicea F.v.M. 

Plates, 93-96. (Issued April, 1915.) 


—125. Eucalyptus robusta Smith. 
126. Eucalyptus botryoides Smith. 
127. Eucalyptus saligna Smith. 

: Plates, 97-100. (Issued July, 1915.) 


IV- . Eucalyptus Deane Maiden. 

——-:129. Eucalyptus Dunnii Maiden. s 
130. Kucalyptus Stuartiana F.v.M. 

131. Euedlyptus Banksit. Maiden. 
132. Eucalyptus quadrangulata Deane & Maiden. 

- Plates, 100 bis-103. (Issued November, 1915.) 


—133. Hucalyptus Macarthuri Deane and Maiden. 
_ 134. Hucalyptus aggregata Deane and Maiden. 
+135. Eucalyptus parvifolia Cambage. 

- 136. Eucalyptus alba Reinwardt. 

— — Plates, 104-107. (Issued February, 1916. 


. Eucalyptus Perrmiana F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus Gunnii Hook. f. 

- Lucalyptus rubida Deane and Maiden. 
Plates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) 


. Eucalyptus maculosa R. T. Baker. 

. Eucalyptus pracoz Maiden. 

hg ovata Labill. 

Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden. 

lates, 112-115. (Issued July, 1916.) _ 


. XXIX—149, 


"Part XXVIII—145. Eucalyptus vernicosa Hook. f. 


146. Bucdlyptus Muelleri T. B. Moore. 
147, Hucalyptus Kitsoniana (J. G. Luehmann) 
Maiden. 
148. Hucalyptus viminalis Labillardiére 
Plates, 116-119. (Issued December, 1916.) 


Eucalyptus Baeuerleni F.v.M. 
150. Hucalyptus scoparia Maiden. 
151. Eucalyptus Benthami Maiden & Cambage. 
152. Hucalyptus propinqua Deane and Maiden. 
153. Eucalyptus punctaia DC. 
154. Hucalyptus Kirtoniana F.v.M. 

Plates, 120-123. (Issued February, 1917.) 


— XXX—155. Hucalyptus resinifera Sm. 
156. Hucalyptus pellita F.v.M. 
157. Eucalyptus brachyandra F.v.M. 
Plates, 124-127. (Issued April, 1917.) 


XXXI—158. Lucalyptus tereticornis Smith. 
159. Hucalyptus Bancrofti Maiden. 
160. Eucalyptus amplifolia Naudin. 
Plates, 128-131. (Issued July, 1917.) 


- XXXIL[-—161. Eucalyptus Seeana Maiden. 

162. Hucalyptus exserta F.v.M. 

163. Hucalyptus Parramattensis C. Hall. 
164. Hucalyptus Blakelyi Maiden. 

165. Hucalypius dealbata A, Cunn. 

166. Eucalyptus Morrisii R. T. Baker. - 
167. Eucalyptus Howittiana F.v.M. 

Plates, 132-135. (Issued September, 1917.) 


XXXIII—168. Hucalypius rostrata Schlechtendal. 
169. Eucalyptus rudis Endlicher. 
170. Eucalyptus Dundasi Maiden. 
171. EHucalyptus pachyloma Benth. 
Plates, 136-139. (Issued December, 1917.) 


XXXIV—-172. Eucalyptus redunca Schauer. 
173. Eucalyptus accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. 
174, Eucalyptus cornuta Labill. 
175. Eucalyptus Webstertana Maiden. 
Plates, 140-143. (Issued April, 1918.) 


XXXV--176. Eucalyptus Lehmanni Preiss. 
177. Eucalyptus annulata Benth. 
178. Eucalyptus platypus Hooker. 
179. Eucalyptus spathulata Hooker. 
180. Eucalyptus gamophylla F.v.M. 
181. Eucalyptus argillacea W. V. Fitzgerald 
Plates, 144-147. (Issued August, 1918.) 


XXXVI—182. Eucalyptus occidentalis Endlicher. 
183. Eucalyptus macrandra F.v.M. 
184. Eucalyptus salubris F.v.M. 
185. Eucalyptus cladocalyx F.v.M. 
186. Eucalyptus Cooperiana F.v.M. 
187. Eucalyptus intertexta R. T. Baker. 
188. Eucalyptus confluens (W. V. Fitzgerald) 
Maiden. 
Plates, 148-151. (Issued January, 1919.) 


XXXVI 189. Eucalyptus elavigera A. Cunn. 
190. Eucalyptus aspera F.v.M. 
191. Eucalyptus grandifolia R.Br. 
192. Bucalyptus papuana F.v.M. 
Plates, 152-155. (Issued March, 1919.) 


VinI—193. 
; 194. 
195. 
196. 
AGG 


202. 
203. 


Plates 156-159. 


XXXIX—204. 
205. 

206. 

Pert. 207. 
is 208. 
209. 
210. 
ort. 
lap) 
212. 
28. 
213. 
214. 
215. 


XL—216. 
217. 

218. 

219. 

220. 

221. 

- 222. 
Plates 164-167. 


198. 
199. 
200. 

o: 
201. 


Winalbabis tessellaris Fv.M. 
Eucalyptus Spenceriana Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Cliftoniana W. V. Fitzgerald. 
Eucalyptus setosa Schauer. 

Eucalyptus ferruginea Schauer. 
Eucalyptus Moore: Maiden and Cambage. 
Eucalyptus dumosa A. Cunn. 
Eucalyptus torquata Luehmann. 
Eucalyptus amygdalina: Labill. 
Eucalyptus radiata Sieber. 

Eucalyptus numerosa Maiden. 
Eucalyptus nitida Hook. f. 


(Issued July, 1919. ) 


Eucalyptus Torelliana F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus corymbosa Smith. 
Eucalyptus intermedia R: T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus patellaris F.vy.M. 
Eucalyptus celastroides Turezaninow. 
Eucalyptus gracilis F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus transcontinentalis Maiden.. 
Eucalyptus longicornis F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus oleosa B.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Flocktonie Maiden. 
Eucalyptus virgata Sieber. 
Eucalyptus oreades R. T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus obtusiflora DC. 


Eucalyptus fraxinoides Deane and Maiden. 
Plates 160-163. 


(Issued February, 1920.) 


Eucalyptus terminalis F.y.M. 
Bucalyptus dichromophloia F.y.M. 
Eucalyptus pyrophora Benth. 
Eucalyptus levopinea R. T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus ligustrina DC, 

Eucalyptus stricta Sieber. 

Eucalyptus grandis (Fill) Maiden. 
(Issued March, 1920.) 


Part XLI-223. 
2 A DOA, 
86. 


XLII. 


227. Eucalyptus Drummondii Be 


Bucalyptus lati ee ci 
Huestis Poelschea 


114, Eucalyptus Poe Turezani 
variety Kingsmilli Maiden. 
92. Hucalyptus Oldfieldii F.v.M. 


A ii ee) Ice 


Biccatynnis exumiutt Schauer 
229. Ei calyptus pellata a 
. Bucolyptus Fv. 
231. Ei calyptus 
Hue.liptus: pe : 
233. Eucclyptus Kruse.na F.y.M, 
. Eucalyptus Dawsoit R. T. Bake: 

62. Bucalijptus polyarthemos Schan T. 

64. Eucalypt..s Bayeriana Schauer. — 
235. Eucalyptus conica Deane and M: 

70. Eucalyptus concolor Schauer, 


Plates, 172-175. 


(Issned Ju 


(Issued Augus 


—236. Eucalyp'vs ficifolia F.v.M. — 
237. Bucclyupts ¢dephylle R.Br. 
233. Bucclypus hamatceylon Marde 
239. Eucalyptus maculata Hook. me 
240. Eucalyjtus Mooreana Ov Ve E 

Maden. 
241. Bucilyptus apprceim ms Ma 
242. Buc ilypius Stowsrdi Ma‘den. 


Plates, 176=179,-— 


(issued Nove mb 


3-H. MAIDEN, 150, FRs, FLS 


2 é ee Government Botanist of New aeuthi Wales and Director of He 


Botanic Gardens, echo) 


Vou Vi Papr 5 


= 


Par T XLV source ton 


(WITH FOUR PLATES.) 


PRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. ao 
a Published by Authority of ; : 
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE QF NEW SOUTH WALES. : 
2 < : Subuey : 
Be a WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRI | 
; pee 1924. 


2: 


vI—9. 
ee): 
ll. 


— *VII—12. 
eae 13. 
A: 
2716. 

16. 


VINt—17. 
; cig Woks 


44 


Pia. 46. 


and vat. | 


Eucalyptus pilularis Sm., 
_ Muelleriana Maiden. se 
Plates, 1-4. (Issued March, 1903.) 


Eucalyptus obliqua L’ Heéritier. 
Plates, 5-8. (Issued May, 1903.) 


. Eucalyptus calycogona Turczaninow. 


Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.) 


. Eucalyptus inerassata Labillardiére. 
. Eucaluptus fecunda Schauer. 


Plates, 13-24. (Issued June, 1904.) 
Eucalyptus stellulata Sieber. 


. Eucalyptus coriacea A. Cunn. 
. Eucalyptus coccifera Hook. f. 


(Issued November, 1904.) 


Plates, 25-28. 


Eucalyptus amygdalina Labillardiére. 
Eucalyptus linearis Dehnhardt. 
Eucalyptus Risdoni Hook. f. _ 

Plates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) 


Eucalyptus regnans ¥.v.M. 
‘Eucalyptus wtelina Naudin, and Eucalyptus 
vitrea R. T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus dives Schauer. 
Eucdyptus Andrewsi Maiden. 
Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpland. 
Plates, 33-36. (Issued October, 1905.) 


Eucdyptus capitellata Sm. 
Eucalyptus Muelleriana Howitt. 
Eucalyptus macrorrhyncha ¥.v.M. 


. Eucalyptus eugenioides Sieber. 
. Eucalyptus marginata Sm. 

. Eucalyptus buprestium F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus sepuleralis F.v.M. 


Plates, 37-40. (Issued March, 1907.) 


. Eucalyptus alpina Lindl. 
Eucalyptus microcorys F.v.M. 


Eucalyptus acmeniovdes Schauer. 


, Eucalyptus umbra R. T. Baker. 

. Eucalyptus virgata Sieber. 

. Eucalyptus apiculata Baker and Smith. 

. Eucalyptus Luehmanniana ¥.-v. Mueller. 
. Eucalyptus Planchoniana ¥.v.M. 


Plates, 41-44. (Issued November, 1907.) 


. Eucalyptus piperita Sm. 
. Eucalyptus Sieberiana F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus Consideniana Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus hemastoma Sm. 
. Eucalyptus siderophloia Benth. 
. Eucalyptus Boormani Deane and Maiden, 
. Eucalyptus leptophleba F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus Behriana F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus populifolia Hook. 
Eucalyptus Bowmani F.v.M. (Doubtful species.) 


Plates, 45-48. (Issued December, 1908.) 


. Eucalyptus Bosistoana F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn. 

. Eucalyptus hemiphloia F.v.M. 
44. 


Eucalyptus odorata Behr and Schlechtendal. 
(a). An Ironbark Box. 
Eucalyptus fruticetorum F.v.M. 


XIITI-—60. 


XVII_89. 


: Eucalyptus Raveretiana Fv.M. 
. Lucalyptus crebra B.v.M. 


. Eucalyptus melanophloia F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus pruinosa Schauer. 
. Eucalyptus Smithi R. T. Baker. _ 


. Eucalyptus sideroxylon A- Cunn. 
. Eucalyptus leucorylon F.v.M. 
. Hucalyptus Caleyx Maiden. 


. Eucalyptus paniculata Sim. 


. Eucalyptus Rudder: Maiden. : 
. Eucalyptus Bauervana Schauer. — 
. Lucalyptus cneorifolia DC. 


. Eucalyptus melliodora A. Cunn. 

. Eucalyptus fasciculosa F.v.M. 
. Eucdypius uncinata Turezaninow. 
. Eucalyptus decipiens Eudl. 

. Hucalyptus concolor Schauer. 

. Eucalyptus Cléexiana F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus oligantha Schauer. 


. Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus Gollai Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus falcata Turez. ‘ 


. Eucalyptus Le Souefia Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus Clelandi Maiden. : 

. Eucalyptus decurva F.v.M. 3 

. Eucalyptus doratoxylon F.v.M. . is 
. Eucalyptus corrugata Luehmann, 

. Eucalyptus goniantha Turez. 
. Eucalyptus Strickland: Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus Campaspe 8. le M. Moore. 
. Eucalyptus diptera Andrews. 
. Eucalyptus Griffithsic Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus grossa B.v.M. 2 
. Eucalyptus Pimpiniana Maiden. — 
. Eucalyptus Woodwardi Maiden. — 


- Plates, 49-52. 
Eucalyptus Stagervana F.v.M. 


Eucalyptus Naudinvana F.v.M. 


Plates, 53-56. (Issued November, 
Bucalyptus afinis Deane and Maiden. 


Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. 


Plates, 57-60. (Issued July, 191 


Plates, 61-64. (Issued Mareh, 191 


Plates, 65-68. (Issued July, 191 


Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M., var 
Maiden. - 


Plates, 69-72. (Issued Sep 
Eucalyptus salmonophloia F.v.M. 


90. Eucalyptus leptopoda Bentham. 
91. Eucalyptus squamosa De and 1} 
92. sch 

93 


Pm GRricAl REVISION OF THE 
GENUS PUCALVeTUS 


BY 


(Ho MAIDEN Tso, mks, PLS. 


(Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens. Sydney). 


Vor Wie trae) 5: 
Rat XLV of the Complete Work 


(WITH FOUR PLATES.) 


** Ages are spent in collecting matcrials, ages more in separating and combining 
them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, 
or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by 
antiquity, and transmits that hoard. augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. 
In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and 


even when they fail, are entitled to praise.” : 
Macautay’s “Essay on MILTon.” 


PRICE TWO SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. 


Published by Authority of 
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES,: 


SvNNeD : 


WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET. 


*14657—-A 1921. 


ae 


CCLIT. Eucalyptus erythrocorys ¥.v.M. 


Description 

The colour scheme in the inflorescence . 
The bundles of stamens in the Eudesmieze 
Range on 

Affinities. Table contrasting all the species 


CCLIV. Eucalyptus tetrodonta F.v.M. 


Description 
Range 5 : : ° 
Affinities . “4 : 6 : : : 3 : 5 


CCLV. Eucalyptus odontocarpa F.v.M. 


Description ~. 5 . zs < 5 ° 5 0 
Range 
Affinities 


XVII, Eucalyptus capitellata Smith. 


Description and Illustrations 


Range 


CCLVI. Eucalyptus Camfieldi Maiden. 


Description 
Range 
Affinity 


139 
149 
142 


144 
144 
145 


146 
147 


148 
148 
149 


CCLVII. Eucalyptus Blaxlandi Maiden and Cambage. 


Description and Illustrations 
Range 

A New England Stringybark . 
Affinities (incidentally) 


PAGE. 
150 
150 
152 


155 


CCLVIIT. Eucalyptus Normantonensis Maiden and Cambage. 


Description A é : : é ; é é 
Range 
Affinity 


Explanation of Plates (184-187) 


156 
157 


157 


159 


DESCRIPTION. 
CCLUIT. E. erythrocorys FvM. 


In Fragm. 11, 33 (1860.). 


FoLLow1ne is a translation of the original description :— 


Shrubby, leaves opposite, thickly coriaceous, long and narrowly lanceolate. somewhat falcate or 
slightly curved, imperforate, densely and spreadingly penniveined, with long petioles, the intramarginal 
vein somewhat distant from the edge; the peduncles thick, compressed, generally three-flowered, the 
calyxes large and sub-sessile, calyx-tube obpyramidate-tetragonous, plicate-costate, at the angles with 
a short apiculate tooth, several times longer than the scarlet operculum, depressed at the vertex, quadri- 
costate at the angles, swollen and wrinkled, fruits very large, very broadly campanulate, the top convex, 
deeply marked in front of the very rounded indentations of the margin, and broadly surrounding the 
orifice of the four-celled capsule; the valves red, converging, sunk below the vertex of the fruit. seeds 
winged. 

At the Murchison River and toward Shark’s Bay, in rocky plains. 

A shrub 8-10 feet high, called “ Illyarie’’ by the natives, by whom it is named on account of its 
ornamental character. Branches somewhat terete. Branchlets compressed-tetragonous. sturdy. Leaves 
of the same colour on both sides, shining, 34 to 7 inches long, under 2 to 1 inch broad, slightly pointed at 
the base and very much-so at the apex; veins prominent. Peduncles about 1 inch long. Buds about 
1 inch long or slightly shorter, contracted towards the base. Calyx tube dark green, bicostate on each 
side, from whence it is somewhat plicate. Operculum twice as broad as deep, cinnabar-red from the 
observation of the finder, preserving the red colour remarkably when dried, sometimes with and sometimes 
without a small umbo. Filaments innumerable, the csllector has observed them to be purple, in dry 
specimens in a young state they were yellowish-green and half an inch shorter. Limbs four, confluent; the- 
peduncles very thick, semi-orbicular, corresponding with the sides of the calyx-tube. Anthers sub-ovate, 
bearing a conspicuous gland at the back of the apex. Pollen golden. Fruits about 13 inch long and broad, 
twelve-ribbed, ribs confluent in threes at the apex: flat top of the width of the orifice, undulate, smooth; 
vertex of the capsule itself somewhat smooth, valves acuminate whencontracted. Seeds 13 to 23 lines long, 
some are sterile and angular-clavate, others half renate or half-round or deltoid, always smooth; I have 
not seen ones bearing the embryo. One of the most magnificent species of the genus; it now seems to have 
been known to Drummond (compare Hooker, Kew Misc., v, 121). I have hardly seen the flowers well 
opened; if the stamens, on the observation of Drummond, are collected in bundles of four, then the species 
should be added to the Eudesmice. 


Drummond's earlier account is as follows :— 

“ A square-capsuled opposite-leaved Eucalyptus, not yet seen in flower, grows among the hills near 
Dundarangan; and a beautiful yellow-flowered Eucalyptus grows on the limestone hills to the west of the 
Valley of the Lakes; it grows to a tree from 20 to 30 feet high, the leaves resemble those of the Red Gum 
(E. calophylla), they are hispid on the young shoots, glabrous on the flowering branches, they are always 
opposite in vigorous growth, sometimes alternate on old stunted trees;. the cups are of a bright scarlet 
colour, and have a verrucose appearance; when the capsule expands in a quadrangular form, the angles 
carry with them the stamens in four divisions; the seed-vessels are nearly as large as those of the Red Gum. 
The scarlet cups, fine yellow flowers, and opposite shining leaves of this tree make it one of the finest species 
of the genus.” James Drummond in Hooker’s Journal of Botany, vol. 5, p. 121, 1853. 


From Bentham we learn that this description applies to Drummond's 6th Coll. 
No. 70, fragments of which I have figured at figs. la and 1b, Plate 184. 


Bentham (B.FI. i, 258) re-described the species in the following words :— 


A shrub of 8 to 10 (Oldfield) or a tree of 20 to 30 feet (Drummond). Leaves mostly opposite or nearly 
30, or the upper ones alternate, all petiolate, long-lanceolate or broadly linear, often above 6. inches: long, 


134 


rigid, but with the oblique rather irregular veins conspicuous on both sides, the intramarginal one near 
the edge. Peduncles axillary or lateral, very thick, flat and broad, } to 1 inch thick, flattened pedicels. 
Calyx-tube turbinate, very thick, irregularly ribbed, 4 to ¢ inch long, and nearly # inch diameter at the top. 
with four more or less prominent angles, terminating in exceedingly short, obtuse, scarcely prominent 
teeth. Operculum red, thick and fleshy, depressed and flat-topped, broader and shorter than the calyx- 
tube, obtusely square or almost four-lobed, divided into four quarters by raised ribs, forming a cross on the 
top, each quarter transversely wrinkled, with a raised rib along the centre, opposite to the calyx-teeth. 
Stamens very numerous, inflected, forming four bundles alternating with the calyx-teeth, the claw 
or entire part very short and broad, or four clusters if the claw be considered as a mere dilatation 
or lobe of the margin of the staminal disk. Ovary much depressed, flat-topped. Frwit nearly hemispherical, 
ribbed, 1 to 14 inch diameter, the margin of the calyx horizontally dilated, the disk very broad and obtusely 
prominent, giving it the shape of an old-fashioned hat. the capsule depressed in the centre, the valves not 
raised. 

Mueller redescribed it, with a figure, in his ““ Eucalyptographia.” In that work 
he repeats that the filaments are sometimes purplish, thus adding it to the number of 
species with filaments of more than one colour. 


“ To the description should be added :—Juvenile leaves broader than the adult, margin very smooth, 
broadish and both sides and the branchlets stellato-scabrous. 


“ This species is often shrubby, but sometimes a tree of 10 metres, in caleareous coast-lands, it seems 
to be restricted to the Irwin district. Mueller’s Eucalyptographia’ plate unsatisfactory.’ (Diels and 
Pritzel, Engler’s Jahrb. xxxv. 444, 1905.) 


The authors do not say in what respects Mueller’s plate is unsatisfactory— 
perhaps in the absence of juvenile leaves which were, however, sent by Drummond, 
although apparently Bentham and Mueller did not see them. Probably they refer 
to the reduced scale of the drawing, which is thus calculated to mislead, and the plan 
‘of the flower, at figure 2, which does not show the stamens in bundles. 


Following is the history of two out of several plants in the Botartic Gardens, 
Sydney, raised from Mr. W. D. Campbell’s seed. We find it requires a sheltered 
situation to do well. Sown 10th October, 1913, seedlings drawn in various stages, 
planted out 11th May, 1914, flowered 12th April, 1917. 


(a) 12 feet high and 7 inches girth at 3 feet from the ground (23/4/17). 19 feet 

5 inches high, and 13 ft. 6 in. in girth (15/10/20). 

(b) 16 feet high, and 7 inches girth at 3 feet from ground (23/4/17). 20 ft. 3 in. 
high, and 104 inches in girth (15/10/20). 


The following description is taken from fresh material from the above two small 
trees :— 

Stems white, smooth. ‘lhe mature leaves opposite, and the branchlets decussate. The inflorescence 
displays the most charming colour-scheme of any Eucalypt known to me. The axes or branchlets bearing 
the inflorescence are of a dull purple lake (see Dauthenay, Plate 170, shades 2-4). The long, flattened 
peduncles are moss-green (see Dauthenay, Plate 272, shades 1 and 2). The buds are handsome because of 
the large, fleshy, biretta-like opercula, of an old carmine red (see Dauthenay, Plate 107, shades 1 and 2), 
which contrast well with the rich, grass-green ribbed calyx-tubes (Dauthenay, Plate 273, shades 2-4). 
The inside of the large operculum is smooth and white, and the outside has four raised, cruciform ridges, 


the general surface being more or less rugose. The falling of the operculum is succeeded by the protrusion _ 


of filaments, at first greenish-yellow (primrose-yellow), and afterwards lemon or golden-yellow (see 
Dauthenay, Plate 16, shades 2 and 3). The staminal dise or ring being broad and white, it effectively 
contrasts the colours of the calyx-tube and filaments. See also p. 135, for a further acceunt of the stamens 
and staminal rivg. 


ee 


135 


The stigma is punctate and green, thus contrasting with the stamens. The top of the expanded 
flower shows a rim or hub round the base of the stigma (top of the ovary) and radiating from it, in the 
direction of the greatest widths of the staminal rings (greatest lengths of stamens) are four equidistant 
tibsor spoke-shaped processes whichenclose four shallow troughs which are filled with honey and are therefore 
nectaries. 


The inflorescence is alike bizarre and beautiful; the plant is most charming. 


Fresh fruits sent to me from spontaneous trees by Mr. Campbell were up to 2} by 24 inches (therefore, 
much larger than those of the type), with sessile or rudimentary flattened pedicels. 


Bundling or Tuftiness of the Stamens. 


Robert Brown included “Stamens in four polyandrous bundles, alternating 
with the teeth of the calyx, connate at the base” as a character in his definition of 
Eudesmia as a genus distinct from Hucalyptus. He dropped the genus as untenable, 
later on, but Bentham (B.Fl. ii, 258) preserved the name to indicate a sub-series (IX) 
of Eucalyptus, which he called Kudesmieze. His definition of the sub-series includes 
“Stamens sometimes (my italics) very shortly united in four clusters, alternating with 
the calyx-teeth.” 


The matter of grouping will be dealt with subsequently, at the proper place, 
but Miss Flockton has produced such an excellent figure (fig. 29, Plate 184), of the 
bundling or apparent bundling of the stamens in a large-flowered species such as 
E. erythrocorys that a few remarks may be offered at this place. In the Hudesmiez 
we have (so far as the material at our disposal permits us to judge) various degrees of 
bundling (compare fig. 3c, Plate 185, for another example, LH. tetrodonta). EE. tetragona 
and EL. eudesmioides: will follow in the next part. 


In E. erythrocorys, the white staminal rmg (which is ultimately deciduous) is 
undulate on both margins, becoming wider at the crests or tops of each undulation, 
of which there are four, and becoming narrowest in each trough. An effect of the 
narrowness of the staminal ring at the four troughs is that there is a diminution of the 
number of stamens, since there is less room for them, and thus an appearance of tuftiness 
or bundling is caused. As a matter of fact there is not, at all events, at the period of 
the fall of the operculum, any complete break in the continuity of the stamens, though, 
as the flower develops, there is some deciduousness where the trough is deepest. If 
therefore the use of the word “ bundle” or “ tuft’? means a complete break in the 
continuity of the stamens, it is incorrect, but there certamly is an appearance of 
bundling. 

Further, there is variation in the lengths of the filaments, the longest emerging 
from the crests of each undulation and the shortest at the troughs. This character 
increases the appearance of tuftiness of the stamens. 


It may be convenient at this place to contrast the stamens of five species of 
Eudesmiez where I have adequate stamen-material. The material of the other species 
Is not so ‘satisfactory. 

B. crythrocorys (see Plate 184, this Part). The stamens are in four bundles, 
usually quite round the undulating staminal ring, but there are not so many in the 
trough, nor so long as those on the crest. The outer row expands last, in the following 
species the inner row expands last. 


136 


E. tetrodonta (see Plate 185, this Part). The stamens are in four bundles. but 
are disposed round the staminal ring , which is not undulate in this case. 

E. tetragona (see Plates 188, 189, Part XLVI). The stamens are in four bundles 
on an undulating staminal ring, with a distinct gap between the four clumps. This 
_ species is especially interesting because it is that on which the genus Hudesmia was 
founded. 

E. eudesmioides (see Plate 189, Part XLVI). The stamens are in four bundles 
on an undulating shallow staminal ring. There is a gap without stamens between 
each pair of bundles. 

As regards E. tetragona and E. eudesmiordes, the stamens appear to have thinned 
out or disappeared where the staminal ring becomes narrowest at the troughs. Speaking 
generally, as regards the Kudesmiez, whether the ring is of varying thickness or not, 
the stamens appear to thin out at four parts of the periphery. 

E. Baileyana (see Plate 182, Part XLIV, where, however, the stamens are not 
shown in the mass). The stamens are in four distinct bundles right round the staminal 
ring, although more deciduous between the bundles. 


IAING TE 


It is confined to Western Australia. The type was collected “ at the Murchison 
River, towards Shark’s Bay, in rocky plains,” by Oldfield. 


In “ Eucalyptographia” its range is defined as “In stony undulating bushy 


country between the Irwin River and Shark Bay, rather rare.” “‘ Not observed nearer 
(to Shark’s Bay) than 20 miles south of Freycinet Harbour. The plants indigenous 
around Shark’s Bay and its vicinity.” (Mueller, Parliamentary Paper, W.A., 1883, 
p. 14.) ; 


This would bring it not many miles north of the Murchison River, and it would 
be desirable to enquire into its limits more accurately, which are at present recorded 
as 10 miles south of Dongarra (which is at the mouth of the Irwin River) on the Arrow- 
smith road in the south, and 20 miles south of the Freycinet estuary in the north. We 
do not know its eastern boundary. If Drummond’s Dundaragan be identified, as it 
seems to be, with the modern Dandaraga, then the southern boundary is removed to 
say, the Moora district. Moora being a railway station 108 miles north of Perth. It 
would be very desirable to obtain more accurate information in regard to the range 
of one of the most interesting species of the genus. 

I have seen specimens of Drummond’s No. 70 (6th Coll.) in Herb. Calcutta and 
Herb. Cant. “ Limestone Hills, west of the Valley of the Lake,” which is, of course, 
near Dundaragan, as already quoted from Drummond’s original letter. This place 
has been already referred to. I have also seen it from the Murchison River, in Herb. 
Barbey-Boissier, collected by Oldfield. 


1387 


“ Tree of about 25 feet. rather straggly, has white bark, looks lke a white gum 


but is slightly different. 


10 miles south of Dongarra (W. D. Campbell). 


The pink buds look peculiar.” 


AFFINITIES. 


With FE. megacarpa F.v.M. 


Arrowsmith-road, about 


“Among Eucalypts, it resembles Z. globulus on account of the shape of the bud. 
The latter species appears also to grow in the humid tract of land on the coast of south- 
west Australia near Cape Leeuwin, as far as it is possible to judge from the specimens 


of our carpological collection.” 


E. megacarpa J.H.M.). 


(Original description.) 


(N.B.—This was an error, the globulus-like species being 


“It differs widely from the few other species of that section (Hudesmia) in the 
large size of its flowers and fruits, in the shape and coloration of the lid, as well as in the 


very broad expansion of the summit of its fruit, irrespective of some less conspicuous 
(“ Eucalyptographia.’’) 


differences.” 


It is convenient to have a small table of characters illustrating all the Hudesmiee, 


as follows. 


in which it has or will be treated. 


44, 


ceding). 


globular than 
similis. 


45. 45. 44. 44. 46. 46. 
Baileyana. tetrodonta odontocarpa. | similis. lirata. eudesmioides. tetragona. 
| 
Eastern Eastern 
Species. | Species. | 
Size ...|Medium-sized | Medium-sized | Shrub ... Medium-sized | Medium-sized | A shrub or| Tall, glaucous 
| tree or larger.| tree to very} | (trees) ve Yel-|) tree: small tree up} shrub or small 
“ Black large. ‘* Mess-) | low Jacket.” to 20 feet.| tree. ‘‘ White 
Stringybark.” | mate.” “WhiteGum’’) Marlock.” 
| | 
| Bark ...| Hard, thick, Whitish, fibrous,) —......... | Yellow flaky ...) Rough and| Smooth, a little] Smooth, a little 
fibrous, inter-| persistent. | greyish, soft) scaly at butt.| scaly at butt. 
locked. Al | and friable. 
coarse stringy- | 
| _bark. 
| Timber ; Pale brown Ale balelmen((WAV Its \sscecenss I ccdbec80 Brownish _ ...| Pale-chocolate ; Pale 
| F.), “ Reddish-| | brown _to- 
| brown” (R.H. | wards heart; 
} C.) most of it! 
} white. 
| Leaves | Broadly - lance- Long-lanceolate.| Linear-lanceo- | Ovate acumin-| Lanceolate ...! Lanceolate ...; Reek with oil .., 
olate. | Huge juvenile) late. ate, then nar- 
| leaves. row § lanceo- 
| | late. 
Flowers| Filaments | Buds reminis-| _......... | Filaments yel-) _......... Filaments Filaments 
| cream- | cent of large | low. cream- cream- 
coloured, cloves. _ Fila-! coloured. coloured. 
| ments yellow- | | 
| | ish-white. | 
Fruits | Nearly globular! Oblong - cylin-| Oblong-cylin- | Truncate-ovoid| Truncate-ovoid| Quadrangular | Ovoid to nearly 
| | drical. drical (smal-| perhaps  lar- globular. 
| ler than pre-| ger and more Rather large. 


.| Pale brown. 


Very large fila- 


The number preceding each species-name indicates the Part of this work 


45. 
erythrocorys. 


Branches 
cussate. 


Smooth, with a 
little ribbony 
bark. 


Very large. 


ments prim- 
rose yellow. 
Opercula car- 
mine-red. 

Tetragonous, 
quadrangular, 
2} x 2} inches. 

Largest fruit 
in genus. 


133 


Thus we have one purely eastern species (Bazleyana), one eastern species (svmilis) 
which probably will be found further west. Confined to the tropics are tetrodonta, 
odontocarpa, and lirata. Sub-tropical Western Australia has eudesmioides, crythrocorys, 
and tetragona, of which the first two are true west and the last south-west; the first 
is inland (approaching the coast), the last two are coastal. 

Apparently the largest tree is H. tetrodonta, but #. Baileyana, FE. similis and E. 
lirata are fairly large trees. JH. tetragona and KH. erythrocorys are tall shrubs or small trees, 
while £. odontocarpa, of which we know very little, has hitherto only been recorded as 
a shrub. The branchlets of all are quadrangular.° #. Baileyana and E. tetrodonta are 
more or less fibrous-barked, the former being the more stringy. H. eudesmioides, LE. 
tetragona, and L. erythrocorys are Gums, while FE. similis is a Yellow Jacket, and LZ. lirata 
may prove to be so. : 

The leaves of all are opposite or sub-opposite, thus showing affinity to Angophora, 
though in the fruits the latter genus more closely resembles the Angophoroidez section 
of Hucalyptus. The Eudesmiex have interesting affinities, but a fuller discussion of 
them must be deferred until the affinities of the whole of the species are dealt with. 

BE. tetragona stands out because the leaves reek with oil, and because of its 
glaucousness. 

Speaking generally, the filaments are arranged in four bundles or tend to be so; 
the filaments are yellowish white or yellow, those of HL. erythrocorys being bright primrose 
yellow, L. Preissiana being the only species that can approach it in this respect. The 
opercula of EH. erythrocorys are unique in that they are shaped like a biretta, and are of 
a rich carmine-red colour. 

The buds of EZ. tetrodonta and E. odontocarpa are reminiscent of cloves, the former 
being the larger. 

The outstanding characters of the fruit are brought out in the table, the huge 
‘fruits of 2. erythrocorys (the most remarkable species amongst the Hudesmiex) and the 
smaller globular fruits of #. Baileyana, being perhaps the most striking. 


139 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLIV. EF. tetrodonta F.v.M. 


In Journ. Linn. Soc., iti, 97 (1859). 


FoLLowiNe is a translation of the original :— 


A tree with angular branchlets, leaves opposite, faleate-lanceolate, gradually acuminate, moderately 
petiolate, opaque, indistinctly penniveined, peripheral vein rather close to the margin, wmbels axillary, 
terminal, solitary, bibracteate, three-flowered ,bracts slowly falling off, rather large, the angled peduncle the 
same length as the petiole, calyr sub-campanulate, quadridentate, gradually narrowed into a compressed 
pedicel which is barely the same length as the tube, teeth deltoid, operculum hemispherical, and the tube 
and spreading teeth twice as long as the operculum. 


Tn woody elevated less fertile tracts everywhere in Arnhem’s Land. (At Port Essington, Armstrong, 
and on the North Coast, 4. Cunningham in herb. Hook.) Flowering in August and September. 


A medium-sized tree with a straight slender trunk, with a dirty grey fibrous bark persisting all over. 
With bark of “ Stringybark trees.” Branchlets reddish, rigid. Leaves 3-6 inches long, 4-1} inches broad. 
peduncles 3-4 lines long, bearing at the apices two cymbiform, lanceolate, obtuse, acuminate bracts, about 
3 lines long, deciduous. The tube of the calyx with the teeth, 4-5 lineslong. Operculum coriaceous, obtuse; 
opaque, greenish. A species especially remarkable for the toothed calyx, showing transit to Angophora. 


Bentham (B.FI. ii, 260) then described it in the following words :— 


A tree, with a whitish, fibrous, persistent bark (7. Mueller). Leaves opposite or alternate, long- 
lanceolate, acuminate, often falcate and above 6 inches long, coriaceous, but the numerous somewhat 
oblique veins prominent, the intramarginal one near the edge. Peduncles axillary or two or three together 
at the ends of the branches, short and thick but not dilated, each bearing three or very rarely five rather 
large flowers, on thick angular or flattened pedicels of 2 to 4 tines. Calyx-tube obconical or turbinate, 3 to 
4 lines long, wtih four rounded very obtuse teeth, slightly prominent on the bud. Operculum hemispherical 
or nearly globular, smooth. Stamens very numerous, the longest attaining 5 or 6 lines, not distinctly 
arranged in clusters; anthers oblong, with parallel cells opening longitudinally. Ovary flat-topped. Fruzt 
oblong-cylindrical, 4 to 2 inch long, 4 to 6 lines diameter, not contracted at the orifice, the rim narrow but 
forming an acutely prominent ring, the capsule sunk, usually three-celled. 


Mueller subsequently redescribed it and figured it in “ Kucalyptographia.”’ 


In this work he speaks of it as “ not tall’’ and “ stem rather slender,” and in 
the original description as a “‘ meduim-sized tree.”’ It will be observed that, as regards 
the Northern. Territory, it is described as “ exceedingly well developed and reaching 
very large size, 70 or 80 feet or more and 3 feet or more in diameter.” It is evidently 
one of the most important timber trees of the tropics, and it is desirable that we should 
know more of its distribution and abundance. 


Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald (MSS.), speaking of Kimberley, says: “ Tree of 40-50 feet, 
trunk to 25 feet, diameter 1-14 feet; bark persistent on stem and branches, greyish, 
fairly rough, and very stringy; timber pale, fissile, moderately hard; filaments yellowish- 
white.” 


140 


Mr. R. H. Cambage, speaking of North Queensland, says (Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W.., 
XLIX, 414, 1915) :— 

This species, which was the only Eucalypt met with belonging to the sub-series Kudesmiew, is a 
very interesting one, for in addition to being one of the few having calyx teeth, like the Angophoras, it is 
apparently the only stringybark to be found in Northern Australia, excepting in the extreme east. It is 
known both as Messmate and Stringybark, and its bark is decidedly fibrous, the timber being reddish-brown. 

The ‘sucker ” leaves are opposite or alternate, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, up to 7 inches long 
by 3 to 4 inches broad, with petioles of half to three-quarters of an inch long, the lateral veins being arranged 
at an angle of about 60 degrees with the midrib, the intramarginal vein being close to the edge, the midrib 
prominent on the upper side of the leaf, the young leaves often reddish. The trees, which are erect, have 
an average height of about 40 feet with a diameter of about 1 foot, and prefer siliceous soil. 

There is a discrepancy in the colour of the timber as given by Fitzgerald and 
Cambage, but anyone who has given much attention to Stringybark timber in general 
knows how it varies in colour according to the district, and as the tree is large or small 
and the specimen fresh or dry. 


I overlooked Mr. Cambage’s earlier description of the juvenile leaves, or I would 
not, in the following passage, have stated that they had hitherto not been described. 


Juvenile leaves of this species have been received from Darwin from Dr. Jensen (July, 1916), and. 
have not hitherto been described. I proceed to describe them. 


The branchlets are markedly quadrangular, and like the leaves are entirely glabrous or very slightly 
glaucous, and equally green on both sides. They are large, oblique or falcate, very acuminate with prominent 
purplish midribs, raised chiefly on the lower sides of the leaves. 


Secondary veins very distinct, but fine, roughly parallel, and making an angle of about 60 degrees’ 
with the midrib. The intramarginal vein is at a considerable distance from the edge. 


A not uncommon size of the lamina is 25 cm. (say 10 inches) long and 13 cm. (say 5 inches) broad, 
with a petiole of 1:5 cm. Still in the opposite stage they may be half the width. (Maiden in Ewart and 
Davies’ ‘‘ Flora of the Northern Territory,” p. 314, 1917.) 

The flower buds are strongly reminiscent of large cloves, the opercula are ribbed, 
the ribs being occasionally almost winged. 


“ E. tetrodonta would probably merge into the division of Pachyphloie, which 
comprises all the Stringybark trees.’ (‘ Eucalyptographia.”) 


RANGE. 


The type came from the entrance to the Victoria River and the elevated sterile 
districts of Arnhem’s Land, “‘ Stringybark.” (Mueller.) These are, of course, Northern 
Territory. 


Bentham adds “ North Coast,’ A. Cunningham, and Port Essington, Armstrong. 
Mueller (“‘ Eucalyptographia ”) adds to these Port Darwin, Maria Island and Liverpoo] 
River and Escape Cliffs. All the localities so far quoted are Northern Territory, unless 
Cunningham’s be tropical Western Australia. 


But Mueller has definitely reported it from Tropical Western Australia (Prince 
Regent’s River), while we have abundant localities from Northern Queensland. So that- 


141 


itsrange may be at present stated as from the most northern tropical portion of Australia, 
extending from the West Kimberleys in Western Australia along the Northern Territory 
to North Queensland. 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
Mueller first recorded the species from Western Australia from the Prince Regent’s 
River, collected by Bradshaw's Expedition. See Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xvi, 469 
(1891). 


Subsequently W. V. Fitzgerald reported “ A small forest of Messmate or Stringy- 
bark was observed in sandy loam and among quartzites on the Packhorse Range.” 
(Kimberley Report, p. 12, 1907.) 


Some of his specimens are labelled ““ Messmate Creek (presumably named after 
this tree), Packhorse Range,’ and Packhorse Range generally.. (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 
1,214.) The locality is, of course, considerably south of the Prince Regent’s River. 
Mr. Fitzgerald (MSS.) adds Charnley River in West Kimberley, and says it is called 
“ Messmate ’’ and “ Stringybark,” and that it is found in sandy soil overlying quartzite 
and sandstone. 

: NORTHERN TERRITORY. 

It is frequently referred to as “‘ Stringybark’ by Leichhardt in his “ Overland 
Expedition from Moreton Bay to Port Essington.’ It is the Stringybark of the Gulf 
Country, and he notes it both in what is now Northern Queensland and the Northern 
Territory. I have seen a specimen of his labelled ““ West Coast of the Gulf.” Dr. 
H.1. Jensen says, in a letter to me, “ Stringybark occurs, as in the Northern Territory, 
on poor sandy granite and sandstone soils, but not abundantly.” 


The following specimens are before me :— 


Bathurst Island (G. F. Hill, No. 466); Melville Island (Prof. Baldwin Spencer) ; 
Darwin (Nicholas Holtze, Prof. Baldwin Spencer). 


“ The common Stringybark from Port Darwin to inland slopes, several hundred 
miles from the coast. Always on poor soil—coastally rather stunted in porcellanite 
and laterite formation. At the Adelaide River, Stapleton, Batchelor, and in the hill 
belt generally, exceedingly well developed and reaching very large size, 70-80 feet or 
more high, and 3 feet or more in diameter on granite, quartzite, and sandstone.” (Dr. 
H. I. Jensen.) (G. F. Hill, No. 340.) 


“Large Eucalypt, hard wood.’ Batchelor Farm (C. E. F. Allen, No. 2284). 
“ Stringybark Box, white flower,” Pine Creek (Dr. H. I. Jensen). Pine and Horseshoe 
Creeks (E. J. Dunn and R. J. Winters). 


Edith Creek and track generally to Katharine River (Prof. Baldwin Spencer). 


Speaking generally, but with especial reference to Darwin, Dr. Jensen writes: 
“On the granite country we get Stringybark (H. tetrodonta), Bloodwood (E. latifolia), 
E. setosa, Salmon Gum (?), Ironwood (? T'ristania suaveolens), H. miniata, and patches, 
of EB. phenicea.” 


142 


QUEENSLAND. 


Following are some localities of specimens I have seen, and with the greater 
settlement in Queensland, as compared with the remainder of the tropics, I look for 
additional localities, in order that its range may be better defined. 


Sources of the South Coen River (Stephen Johnson, in Melbourne Herbarium). 
This is, of course, in the Cape York Peninsula, and the most northern Queensland 
locality recorded. 


Stewart River (Stephen Johnson). 


This is the species referred to by Leichhardt as Stringybark, and noted at various 
points from the upper Lynd right to the settlement at Port Essington. 


Walsh River (correspondent of F. M. Bailey). Mitchell, Gilbert, and Norman 
Rivers (E. Palmer). 


“ Messmate,”’ “ Fibrous or stringybark on trunk and large branches, 40-50 feet.” 
Little River, between Gilbert River and Croydon (R. H. Cambage, No. 4,005). 


It was first noticed between the twenty-second and twenty-fourth mile posts 
from Alma-den, and again towards the fifty-first mile post. It was subsequently seen 
at various points along the Gilbert River, at the changing station on the Little River, 
and around Normanton. (R. H. Cambage in Proe. Roy. Soc. N.uS.W., xlix, 413, 1915.) 


Referring to Leichhardt’s “ Overland Expedition to Port Essington,” at p. 279 
(op. cit.), he speaks of the koolimans of the natives being “ very large, almost like small 
boats, and (were) made of the inner layer of the bark of the Stringybark tree.” At p. 285, 
“The Stringybark grew to a fine size on the hills, and would yield, together with 
Ironbark, and the Drooping Tea-tree, the necessary timber for building.” At p. 291, 
“All along the Lynd we had found the gunyas of the natives made of large sheets of 
Stringybark, not, however, supported by forked poles, but bent, and both ends of the sheet 
stuck in the ground.” They found them frequently afterwards during the journey 
round the Gulf. 


AFFINITIES. 


1. With F. odontocarpa F.v.M. 

“  . . this, however, I found only of shrubby growth, its leaves much 
narrower, the calyces very considerably smaller on shorter and thinner stalklets, the 
fruit also of much less size, its minute teeth protruding beyond the outward not 
decurrent rim.” (‘ Eucalyptographia,’ under #. tetrodonta). See also under &. 
odontocarpa at p. 145. 


143 
2. With Angophora. 


ee 


the strongly toothed calyx demonstrates some transit towards 
Angophora, although the lid is no ways dissolved into petals as in that genus, nor can 
the operculum be rightly regarded as petaloid, it being quite of the texture and structure 
normal in most Eucalypts, indeed, in this respect not different from the hd of 2. Preissii, 
E. terminalis, E. Abergiana, and a few other species, in which the calyx is rather 
irregularly ruptured than circumcised by a clearly defined sutural line; at best only 
the inner layer of the lid could be assumed to be corollaceous, but it is closely connate 
with the outer stratum as usual in the genus.” (‘* Eucalyptographia.’’) 


The relations of the Hudesmiex to Angophora will be treated at greater length 
in my grand classification of the various species of Eucalyptus, 


144 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLV. E. odontocarpa F.v.M. 


In Journ. Linn. Soc., 1, 98, (1859). 


\ 


Fotiow!ne is a translation of the original :— 


A shrub with angled branchlets; leaves opposite, rather shortly petiolate, linear or narrow-lanceolate, 
sub-falcate, acute at the base, shining, covered with bright dots, penniveined and reticulately veined, 
peripheral vein slightly distant from the margin ; umbels axillary, not exceeding three flowered, shortly 
pedunculate; the obconical acute quadridentate tube of the shortly pedicellate calyx three times as long 
as the depressed hemispherical operculum; fruits ovate-obconical indistinctly costate, quadridentate, 
trilocular, valves inserted below the margin. 

In sandy desert near Sturt’s Creek, flowering in autumn. 

Shrub of 8-10 feet. Branches rather slender. Leaves 2-5 inches long, 3-6 lines broad. Umbels 
sometimes two, one of the depauperate. Fruits 3-4 lines long, shining. 


It was next described in English by Bentham, in B.Fl. i, 260 :— 


A shrub of 8 to 10 feet, with slender branches (F. Mueller). Leaves opposite or alternate, linear- 
lanceolate, mostly 3 to 5 inches long, with oblique anastomosing veins, inconspicuous at first, more prominent 
in the fruiting specimens, the intramarginal one near the edge. Peduncles axillary, short, each with three 
small flowers on short pedicels, but not seen expanded. Calyzx-tube in the bud narrow-turbinate, about 
2 lines long, with four small, but prominent, spreading teeth. Operculwm hemispherical, very obtuse. 
Stamens apparently not in clusters; anthers small, with parallel cells. rwit oblong-cylindrical, 4 to 5 lines 
long, not contracted at the orifice when fully ripe; rim narrow, concave, the capsule slightly sunk, three 
or four celled. 

It was not included in the “ Eucalyptographia,’ but under £. tetrodonta it is 


stated that well developed flowers (of . odontocarpa) are unknown. 


RANGE. 


On a drawing of a portion of the type the words “Sturt’s Creek, Desert, 
February, 1856, Ferd. Mueller.” This is in the Northern Territory, in about 18 degrees 
south latitude. 

It also occurs in north West Australia (West Kimberley), also in desert. 


NORTHERN TERRITORY. 
“Small tree (Mallee).” Tanami Goldfield. (Dr. H. I. Jensen; C. E. F. Allen’s 
No. 202.) 
See also the Sturt’s Creek locality already given for the type. 


145 


o 


WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
“ Desert south of Fitzroy River, West Kimberley.” (W. V. Fitzgerald.) 
This is one of Mr. Fitzgerald’s labels, and his discovery of this species as new 
to Western Australia does not appear to have been recorded. It will be observed 
that, like Mueller, he speaks of it occurring in a “ desert.” 


7A EEN Tes: 


1. With FE. eudesmioides F.v.M. 


if 


E. odontocarpa is “ very much like some specimens of FH. eudesmioides, but the 
stamens do not appear to be arranged in clusters.” (B.FI., ui, 260.) 


The affinities of the various species of the Eudesmiez are dealt with at p. 187. 
The morphology of the filaments in the various species is discussed separately at 
p. 135. 


2. With E. tetrodonta F.v.M. 


ee 


E. odontocarpa at once distinguished from the following species 
(tetrodonta) by the very much smaller flowers.” (B.FI., i, 260.) Luehmann (Proc. 
Aust. Assoc. Adv. Science, vii, 524) thought EH. odontocarpa is probably a variety of 
E. tetrodonta. The species are compared to some extent in the table at p. 137. 


3. With EF. tetragona. 


“ E. tetragona is through E. eudesmioides also cognate to E. odontocarpa, of which 
well-developed flowers remained as yet unknown; the differences of the latter consist 
in still narrower and somewhat curved leaves with more spreading veins, in the small- 
ness of its flowers with proportionately more developed calyx-teeth, and the not 
membranously margined seeds; very possibly its anthers will bring it nearer to 
E. tetrodonta.” (“ Hucalyptographia.’’) 


See the table at p. 137. E. tetragona and E. eudesmioides will be dealt with 
in Part XLVI. 


116 


DESCRIPTION. 


XVII, FE. eapitellata Smith. 
In “ A Specimen of the Botany of New Holland,” p. 42, 1793 (1794). 


THE original description will be found at Part VIII, p. 211 of the present work. It 
was at this place more fully described by me, but my definition of the species, while 
largely following Bentham, Mueller and other competent authorities, was too wide. 
My references at Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lui, 493 (1918), were also too inclustve, as they 
include the dwarf form that I separated under the name EH. Camfieldi. (See Proc. 
Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, 66, 1920); see also below, p. 149. 


The type from Port Jackson may be described as follows :— 


A small to medium-sized tree with a stringy bark and timber brown or pale brown in colour, the 
young branchlets sometimes almost quadrangular. 


Juvenile leaves with undulate marginsand a few stellate hairs when quite young, but developing 
later into a glabrous leaf of thicker texture of much larger size, ovate to orbicular (say 8 by 8 cm. and 8 by 
10 cm., and even greater dimensions), shortly pedunculate or almost sessile, secondary veins few, spreading 
or looped, the intramarginal vein far removed from the edge. 


Mature leaves “ ovate lanceolate, firm, astringent but not very aromatic.” (Original description.) 
Equally green on both sides; coriaceous, venation spreading. 
Buds.—The buds and peduncles somewhat thick and angular or flattened. ‘“ We have seen no 


other species in which the flowers stand in little dense heads, each flower not being pedicellated so as to 
form an umbel.’”’ (Original description.) This, of course, does not remain true now. 


Fruits.—In consequence of the fruits being sessile, or nearly so, and crowded into heads, these 
assume a polygonal shape at the base, as if they had been pressed together when in a plastic condition. 
With this exception, the fruits have the form of a very much compressed spheroid, the horizontal 
diameter of which is from one and a half times to twice the depth. The fruit is swollen out below the 
rim, which is sometimes very well defined, and of a red or brown colour. The fruit is sometimes 
truncate, but more frequently the rim is dome-shaped. There is great variability in the amount of 
exsertion of the valves. The fruit may be perfectly ripe without exserted valves, but a twig from the 
same tree may have them ~xserted. 


The type cams from Port Jackson (Sydney), N.S.W. 


A figure of the species will be found at Plate 106, Part XXVIII, of my “ Forest 
Flora of New South Wales”; figure 8 of that Plate belong; to Z. Camfieldi Maiden. In 
the present work it is figured at Part VIII, Plate 37, figures 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, so that the 
fizures of the juvenile and intermediate leaf (4¢, 45) in Plate 186 seem quite adequate. 
The juvenile leaves of the two species can be compared. 


147 


RANGE. 


This species is confined to New South Wales, so far as we know at present. 


It occurs in poor, sandy land from Sutherland, near Port Hacking, a few miles 
south of Sydney, northerly to Port Stephens, and north of that it is found in certain 
New England localities indicated below. It is quite obvious that additional southern 
localities will be found, and intermediate ones between Port Stephens and Walcha. 


While it seems to prefer coastal localities, it will be seen that it occurs on the 
northern tableland also. Indeed, the range of the species requires to be carefully 
ascertained. 

Following are some localities, travelling north :— 

Sutherland (J. L. Boorman). Woronora (F. W. Wakefield, No. 4). Kogarah, 
Oatley, Como and Hurstville (J. H. Camfield). Folly Point, Middle Harbour (D. 
W. C. Shiress). 

George Caley’s specimens in the British Museum, “ Twisted Stringybark, near 
Sydney, January 15th, 1867, capitellata.” | (All in Caley’s handwriting). Also British 
Museum, Nos. 15 and 5 from Dr. A. B. Rendle, F.R.S., Keeper of Botany, British Museum, 
1912. 

Corner of Pittwater and Spit roads, 20-50 feet high; also Common from St. Ives 
to Tumble Down Dick, a distance of about 5 miles (W. F. Blakely and D. W. C. Shiress.) 


Passing Broken Bay, the following coastal specimens are strictly typical :— 


Brisbane Water (W. D. Francis). Wyong (Forester F. G. McPherson). Morissett 
(A. Murphy). “ Bark deeply turrowed, timber good.” ‘This species has always 
yellow inner bark,” Wyee (A. Murphy); Wallsend (W. W. Froggatt); Port Stephens 
district (A. Rudder); South Head of Port Stephens (J. L. Boorman). 

The most northerly locality irom which we have it is the Round Mountain, 
Guy Fawkes Range, 4,250 feet above the sea, and about 50 miles east of Armidale, on 
the Grafton road (J.H.M.). Buds as compressed as it is possible for them to be. Fruits 
large and hemispherical (figured at 7a and 7b, Plate 37). From the material available 
there may be room for opinion as to whether this is H. capitellata or FE. macrorrhyncha, 
but the buds, at least, incline me to the view that it is EZ. capitellata. 

(a) Near Apsley Falls, Walcha, No. 1,217, R. H. Cambage (EK. C. Andrews), is 
identical with the preceding. ; 

(b) Fourteen miles east of Deepwater at 4,000 feet, No. 1,219, Cambage (E. C. 
Andrews). In intermediate foliage only, but doubtless identical with the 
preceding. 

(c) Near Swamp Oak, Walcha, No. 1,218, Cambage (E. C. Andrews), has a very 
short pedicel and is one of the specimens which show how difficult, and perhaps 
impossible, it is to say what line of demarcation there is between 7. capitellata 
and H. macrorrhyncha. 


148 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLVI. EF. Camfieldi Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., LIV, 66 (1920). 


FoLiow1ne is the original description :— 


Frutex vel arbor pumila fere Mallee similis, statu immaturo pilis stellatis vestitis, cortice fibrosa ; 
foliis junioribus -scabrissimis, pilis stellatis dense vestitis, parvis, cordatis vel orbicularibus, saepe 
emarginatis; foliis maturis coriaceissimis, nitentibus, oblongis vel late lanceolatis, obliquis, apice obtuso ; 
alabastris ca. 9 capitulo, sessilibus pedunculo breve, angulatissimis sed post anthesin ovoideis; antheris 
reniformibus; fructibus hemisphaericis ad 1 cm. diametro in capitulis, compressis, capsula 4-loculare, 
apicibus distincte exsertis. 


A low branching shrub or stunted tree, almost Mallee-like and under 12 feet in height, and with 
stems about two inches in diameter. Covered with stellate hairs when young. Bark scaly-fibrous or 
fibrous, flattish, tough—a Stringybark. 


Juvenile leaves very scabrous, abundantly provided with stellate hairs in the earliest stage, 
cordate to orbicular, often emarginate, never lanceolate in the young state. Often 2 cm. by 2 cm. with 
intermediate sizes up to 4cm. by 4cm. (They remind one irresistibly of Angophora cordifolia, and when 
small as well as young, of Correa speciosa.) ; 


Mature leaves remarkably coriaceous and oblong to broadly lanceolate, with a blunt point, oblique, 
lustrous or shiny, as if varnished. Up to 1 dm. long, and, say, 3:5 cm. broad. Oblique and coarse in the 
intermediate stage with a mucro. 


Buds about nine in the head, small, very angular through compression, becoming ovoid or scarcely 
angular on anthesis, sessile on a short peduncle or none. Anthers renantherous, but not typically so. 


Fruits hemispherical, up to 1 cm. in diameter, in heads, compressed, sometimes so much so that 
they are almost syncarpous, with a shiny dark-red rim, capsule four-celled with the t'ps distinctly exsert. 

The type is from Middle Harbour, Port Jackson, 25th May, 1897. Julius Henry Camfield, for many 
years Overseer of the Garden Pa'ace Grounds, Botanic Gardens, Sydney, who died 26th November, 1916, 
was not only an excellent gardener, but a competent botanist, and I have much pleacure in dedicating 
this interesting species to his memory. 


RANGE. 


On exposed situations on sandstone tops, only known at present between Broken 
Bay and George’s River, a few miles north and south of Port Jackson, New South 
Wales. There is little doubt that careful search will greatly extend the range. Following 
are specific localities :— 


About half a mile south of the 17-mile post on the Galston road from Hornsby 
(W.F. Blakely). The west side of Berowra Creek, Hornsby, or about one and a half 
miles from the 17-mile post above. 


Be JUN = 71921) 
\ i’ ff 
’ i y, 
NW: yoy 
Latin ne) W se 

7A out —— 


ours 


149 © 


Eight to 9 feet high, in low Honeysuckle (Banksia) Scrub, Willoughby (A. G. 
Hamilton). Near the Suspension Bridge, Willoughby (J. L. Boorman). “ Looks like 
E. capitellata. From very stunted trees (very likely saplings from old stumps), only 
a few feet high. Note the sucker leaves.” On the high ground of Middle Harbour (J. 
H. Camfield, 25th May, 1897). Northbridge, opposite the Spit (D. W. C. Shiress). 
Mosman (W. M. Carne). 


The following are south of Port Jackson :— 


Woronora River at Heathcote (J.H.M. and J. L. Boorman). A dwarf form, 
8 feet high, Waterfall (R. H. Cambage, No. 4,169). 


AFFINITY. 


With E. capitellata Sm., with which it has long been confused. 


E. capitellata is a tree, sometimes a large tree, and the organs are all larger, while 
there is an absence, or almost absence, of stellate hairs in the young shoots. F. Camfieldi 
is a Mallee-like plant, forming a dense undergrowth, from three to about twelve feet 
high. £. capitellata appears to be absent from the Hornsby district, where the new 
species is not rare. The juvenile leaves (suckers) of EZ. Camfieldi are smaller, more 
orbicular to cordate, scabrous with a persistent stellate tomentum, apparently always 
present around the base of the adult plants, forming thickets, similar to the low stunted 
forms of Angophora cordifolia. They are never lanceolate like those of Z. capitellata. 
The new species has buds smaller than those of H. capitellata, and less attenuate, usually 
ovoid; in sqme specimens they are almost round and devoid of angles. The common 
peduncle is shorter than in EL. capitellata and quadrangular to nearly terete. The 
peduncle of £. capitellata is very often more compressed in the early bud. The fruits 
are smaller than those of E. capitellata, but otherwise very similar. 

The juvenile foliage shown in figures 4a and 4b, Plate 37, Part VIII, of this work 
(under E. capitellata), and also figure B, Plate 106, Part XXVIII, of my * Forest Flora 
of New South Wales,” belong to EL. Camfteldi. 


It is the form (5), for the most part, of p. 493 of Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., LIT, 1918. 

Mr. Blakely has pointed out to me that Z. ligustrina DC. (see this work, Part XL), 
apparently bears the same relation to EL. eugenioides Sieb. that LH. Camfieldi does to 
E. capitellata. 


150 


DESCRIPTION, 


CCLVI. EF. Blaxlandi Maiden and Cambage. 


In Proc. Roy. N.S.W., LI, 495 (1918), recapitulating descriptions at Proc. Linn. 
Soc. N.S.W., xxx, 193 (1905), and the present work, Part VIII, 216, as the 
Blue Mountains form of F. capitellata. 


Ir the reference in the present work (under “ Western Localities,”) be turned to, it 
will be seen that the description need not be repeated at this place. 

A specimen (Blackheath, Blue Mountains, N.S.W., J. H. Maiden, January, 
1905) in the National Herbarium of New South Wales is constituted the type by the 
authors. 

It is figured at Part VIII, Plate 38, of the present work, figures 3a, 3b, 3c, 5. 
Those figures of the type lack the mature leaf, which is given at fig. 5, Plate 187, of the 
present Part. 

It is named in honour of Gregory Blaxland, who was leader of the first party 
to cross the Blue Mountains (1813), where many trees of this species are to be found. 


RANGE. 


It occurs very extensively in New South Wales, both on the tablelands and in 
the coastal districts. It is also fairly widely diffused in Victoria, chiefly in Gippsland 
and along the east and south coast (western district), where it joins South Australian 
localities, extending into the Mount Lofty Range. It has been looked upon as £. 
capitellata, and it will be some time before it is understood that that species, sensu 
strictu, does not occur in the two southern States. 


New SoutH WALES. 

Western Localities.—Besides the type locality, Blackheath, and other parts of 
the Blue Mountains from Woodford to Cox’s River (Bowenfels), Jenolan Caves and 
Mount Wilson (see Part VIII, p. 217), we have— 

Mount Currucudgy (Rylstone district (R. T. Baker). Upper Meroo (A. Murphy, 
timber No. 9,899). Fruits very small to medium sized, and some exsert. (A. Murphy). 
Localities which extend its range in a slightly north-westerly direction. 

The Sydney (Outer Domain) form, referred to under #. capitellata at p. 217 and 
figures 4a—c, Plate 38, may be looked upon as a nearly glabrous form of #. Blaxland:; 
it is not typical. 


151 


We can now branch to the south. 

Southern New South Wales.—We now travel south and find that there is variation 
in this species, which seems to be capable of grouping, chiefly obvious in the size of the 
fruits. Let me briefly discuss some of the specimens in detail :— 

Waterfall (J.H.M.). Intermediate leaves coriaceous, glabrous, buds stellate; 
fruits small, capitate. 

Woronora (F. W. Wakefield No. 4). Sameas Waterfall. Buds slightly glaucous. 
Compare Gosford. 

Cobbity, banks of Nepean, near Camden (J.H.M.). Bluish cast of young foliage. 
Buds largish; fruits hemispherical, slightly pedicellate. 

“ Stringybark, like HZ. ewgeniordes, 150 yards north of hotel; Yerranderie (R. H. 
Cambage, No. 2,197). Juvenile leaves (upper part of trunk) lanceolate, glabrous; 
buds brown, stellate; fruits medium-sized fully ripe and valves well exsert. (Like 
Clyde Mountain, Baeuerlen). 

“ Blue-leaf Stringybark,” Hill Top (J.H.M.). Juvenile leaves: like those of 
Nelligen. The juvenile leaves precisely match those from Mt. Spiraby, near Tenter- 
field (J.H.M.). I had already pointed out (Part VIII, p. 215) that they also precisely 
match those of what may be termed the Blue Mountains form of F. capitellata (infra. 
p. 216) (Thisis now LZ. Blazxland:, of course.) The fruits and juvenile foliage are figured 
at 6a and 6b, Plate 38, and a note on them will be found at p. 215 of Part VIII. The 
fruits are in spherical clusters, and I suggested that this form might be intermediate 
between F. capitellata and E. eugenioides, which, although a view I do not hold now, 
is one that had some acceptance at the time. 


Hill Top, buds brown, stellate; also summit of Mount Jellore (both E. Cheel). 
Buds and fruits ike Wombeyan Caves. 


1. Berrima (J.H.M. and J. L. Boorman, September, 1901). Intermediate leaves 
like Clyde Mountain, Baeuerlen. Buds brown, stellate. Fruits varying in size and 
rim a little. 


2. Berrima, on the Mittagong road (D. W. C. Shiress, 1919, 1920). Suckers 
or intermediate leaves lanceolate to ovate and nearly orbicular, glabrous; buds rounded, 
stellate; fruits small to smallish, capitate. 


No. 1 specimens were noted at p. 216, Part VIII, and figures 7a and 76 of Plate 
38. Chiefly on consideration of the fruits, they were looked upon asa small fruited form 
of E. capitellata, or at all events, intermediate between that species and #. eugeniordes. 


Bowral to Bullio; also Wombeyan Caves, Taralga road (R. H. Cambage, J.H.M.). 
Juvenile leaves broad, undulate, hairy, precisely like Nelligen. More advanced juvenile 
leaves are scabrous, broadly ovate, cordate, precisely like those of the New England 
tableland and those in the neighbourhood of the New South Wales-Queensland border. 
Buds yellowish to brownish, rounded to pointed like “ tip-cats”’; fits with valves 
exsert and medium in size. 


152 


Goulburn (S. Lumsden, No. 15). Fruits small, capitate. Near Goulburn (J. B. 
Cleland). Fruits a little larger than the preceding (fig. 76, Plate 38), and fewer in the 
head. Clyde Mountain, Nelligen (W. Baeuerlen, No. 31.) 


“ Blue-top Stringybark.” High elevation at Nethercote, 5 miles west of Eden, 
on ironstone gravel and trap-rock. (Forester H. H, Rose, No. 16.) 


Northern New South Wales.—Let us return to the Sydney district and branch 
to the north. 


Stunted form, about 7 feet in height, diameter of 3 inches, growing on poor 
sandstone tops, Popran Trig. Reserve 1,158 (W. A. W. de Beuzeville, No. 4). Buds 
stellate, rounded to slightly angular; fruit capitate. 


“ Stringybark,’ Yarramalong, Forest Reserve, No. 38,429, Ph. Wyong (W. A. W. 
de Beuzeville, No. 25). Blue tint to young foliage, which is glabrous; buds stellate; 
fruits capitate. ‘‘ Appears like 25, but general appearance of tree is like a Blackbutt,” 
Yarramalong (W. A. W. de Beuzeville, No. 27). Juvenile foliage broadly ovate to 
broadly lanceolate, glabrous. Very like New South Wales-Queensland border specimens. 


“ Stringybark.” At an ‘elevation of between 800 and 900 feet near Booral. 
‘Attains a size up to 14 or 15 feet in circumference. Buds stellate; fruits smallish, 
valves exsert. These specimens are figured at figures 9a and 9b, Plate 38, and there is a 
note at p. 214 of Part VIII. While there placing them as a small fruited form of 
capitellata, I point out that some botanists may look upon them as a form of E. 
eugenvoides with very exsert valves. 


Fruits hemispherical, slightly depressed, valves slightly exsert, rim broadish. 
Murrurundi (J.H.M. and J. L. Boorman)... Figured at figs. 22a, b, Plate 40, as a form 
of E. eugeniordes. 


A New England Stringybark.—As we go further north, e.g., to New England, 
New South Wales, there seems to be a break in the Stringybark series, which may, of 
course, arise from imperfect collecting, and we find that H. eugenioides, E. Blaxlandi, 
and #. Muelleriana approach in a number of ways, the first being preponderant as at 
present defined. This New England form I referred to under (e) in Jowrn. Roy. Soc. 
N.S.W., lu, 495 (1918), as follows :— 

(e) We have also a form from New England, chiefly, so far as collected, at Wilson’s Downfall, 
Macpherson Range, Wallangarra, Armidale, &c. Also a large tree, which has broad-lanceolate up to 
orbicular juvenile foliage (I have not seen any coriaceous), with buds as depicted on Plate 37. The fruits 
are smaller than those of the type (7.e., are of the size of those of 1b, 4c, 8c, Plate 38); sessile to pedicellate. 
The pedicellate fruits are mostly flat-topped, and with a smooth, distinct rim. The shape of these rimmed 
fruits may be seen in If, Plate 38, but in that case the fruits are sessile, the series depicted under fig. 1, 


however, shows an amount of variation in a South Australian form which is repeated in the New England, 
New South Wales, specimens now under review. 


There is some usefulness in referring to this series in geographical order, going 
north. Frankly, I cannot separate these trees in some cases by marked characters, 
and I take the opportunity of contemplating them from the point of view of affinity 
to E. Blazlandi, At the same time, other botanists will find it useful to consider them 


153 
as variants of other Stringybarks. We require further observations (although much 
collecting has been already done) for they furnish additional evidence of the truth of 
the Preliminary Note attached to Part VIII. There can be no harm in making a pause. 

Juvenile leaves on the whole narrowish, but not representative, some leading 
to broadish; undulate; buds rounded, stellate. Yarrowitch (J.H.M.). “ Tall trees; 
the principal timber of the district. Juvenile foliage on the narrow side. Buds rather 
large, bursting into flower, opercula conoid.’ Yarrowitch (J. L. Boorman). 

Buds stellate, or nearly so, brownish; fruits small, capitate, Tia, via Walcha 
(J.H.M.). Figured at 18a-d, Plate 40, as EH. eugenioides. (See also p. 238, Part VIII), 
with broad sucker leaves, but evidently a form of the present series. Tia River 
(KE. Betche). Very like the preceding, except valves a little more exsert. Walcha (J. F. 
Campbell). Buds brownish; fruits smallish, hemispherical, slightly exsert. 

Then we come to three specimens, A., B., C., collected by the late Dr. A. W. 
Howitt from the Armidale district :— : 

A. Armidale district. 

B. Between Chandler and Styx Rivers. Bark stringy to smaller limbs and 
branches. Up to 50 feet. | 

C. Styx River. A Stringybark tree, tall, 60-70 feet. 

Some of A. W. Howitt’?s Armidale specimens are figured under F. eugenioides at 
figs. la-d, Plate 39, and they are identical with J. L. Boorman’s Stanthorpe (Q.)_ 
specimens figured at 2a-d of the same Plate. The Armidale specimens are referred to 
as intermediate between H. Muelleriana and EL. eugeniordes at p. 219 of Part VIII. 
I have other specimens broader than the juvenile leaves figured. They are alike, and 
belong to the northern Stringybark. Nor can anyone contemplating them doubt 
their relations to (e.g.), the Osler’s Creek, Victoria, tree figured at 2a-c, Plate 38, nor the 
Mount Lofty (8.A.) specimens figured at 1b-f of Plate 38, both now placed by me under 
E. Blazlandi. The seedling or sucker leaves are narrow to broadish, some are nearly 
glabrous, slightly hairy and undulate, the buds stellate, the fruits sessile to pedicellate, 
nearly hemispherical, but variable. 

Another specimen, Armidale (J.H.M.), the common Stringybark of the district, 
and figured at figs. 1 and 2 of Plate 39, would well stand for it. 

State Forest No. 322, Ph. Mackenzie, Co. Hardinge, Armidale district (Forestry.. 
Commission, 1918). Same as preceding, with fruits becoming a little more pilular. 

Then we have round, plump buds, getting pedicellate, fruits pear-shaped to hemi- 
sperical, e.g., Rampsbeck, 30 miles north-east of Armidale (J. F. Campbell). This is 
another specimen entered as LE. Muelleriana, but showing transit to EH. eugenioides. 

Then we come to Lawrence, Clarence River (J. V: de Coque). Figured under 
21a, b, Plate 40, as LE. eugenioides. 

Drake (E. C. Andrews). Fruits with well exserted valves. Figured at fig. 19, 
Plate 40, as ZH. eugenioides, and considered to show transit to E. Muelleriana. 
Drake (A. Hagman), with sunk valves, apparently not as fully developed as the 


preceding. Figured at fig. 20 as E. eugeniordes. 
B 


154 


See also the Moonambah, Richmond River (W. Baeuerlen), specimens referred 
to at p. 238 of Part VIII, but not figured, and foot of Mount Lindsay (W. Forsyth) 
figured at fig. 16a, b, of Plate 40. 

“ Woolly Butt.’ Juvenile leaves broadish, more or less scabrous, and even 
undulate to glabrous and lanceolate. (An odd leaf as broad as any of Wilson’s Downfall; 
see below). Buds brown, rounded, stellate. Fruits pedicellate, but with pedicels 
not long; medium in size, hemispherical, rimmed, valves non-exsert to more or less 
exsert. Bolivia, near Tenterfield (J.H.M.). A similar specimen was referred to as 
follows in Part VIII, p. 238 :— 


“ Tenterfield to Sandy Flat (J.H.M.). Fruits very similar to those of H. eugenioides, Sydney, e.g., 
Concord Park (believed to be typical), hemispherical, and somewhat exserted valves. Buds very com- 
pressed, almost like capitellata. I figured this (Plate 4, Part I) as 2. Muelleriana, and I now put it under 
E. cugenioides with doubt. It certainly is a transit form. 


Juvenile foliage (suckers) lanceolate, glabrous, ; small stellate brown buds; fruits 
hemispherical, slightly pedicellate, more or less. Some a little piperita- or acmeniordes 
like, but very variable. Acacia Creek, Macpherson Range (Forest Guard W. Dunn.) 
At one time looked upon as a small-fruited from of #. Muellervana. 

Suckers glabrous, lanceolate. Buds stellate. Fruits very shortly pedicellate, 
for the most part sessile. Medium sized, rimmed with more or less exsert valves. 
Cataract. Run, near Tenterfield (L. C. Irby). Certainly a transit form between the 
pedicellate (ewgenioides) series and the sessile (Blaxlandz). 

Tree of 20 or 30 feet. Suckers not in the youngest state nearly glabrous (shining 
upper surface). Buds clavate, nearly bursting into flower. Fruits somewhat He 
pilularis-like, becoming exsert. Pedicels very short or none. Wallangarra (J. L. 
Boorman). This is another intermediate form related to H. eugenzoides and perhaps 
EL. Afuelleriana. 

Then we have, suckers broad, nearly orbicular to broadly lanceolate, glabrous; 
buds small, brown, stellate to clavate, with pointed opercula when bursting into flower 
(it is very desirable to describe the shape of the buds when they are bursting into flower 
if possible, as they have a definite shape for that form); fruits smallish to medium large, 
exsett. to. ptominently exsert. Pedicellate to sessile. Wilson’s Downfall (R. H. 
Cambage, Nos. 2,822, 2,826, 2,839). This is another puzzling form, named at different 
times #. eugenioides and EL. capitellata, though not typical. 


QUEENSLAND. 
Buds slightly pedicellate, slightly glaucous; fruits medium, Z. pilularis-like. 
Stanthorpe (J. L. Boorman). Figured at 2a-d, Plate 39, and not distinguishable from the 


Armidale specimens already referred to. 


Now let us turn to Victoria and South Australia, beginning with Victoria. 


VICTORIA. 
Tt seems to me that the true #. capitellata does not extend to Victoria, and that 
Mr. Howitt’s notes on Gippsland forms, quoted at Part VIII, p. 217, refer to 


155 


E. Biazlandi. One of Mr. Howitt’s specimens was figured at 2a-c, Plate 38, as regards 
seedling leaves, buds, and fruits. They are from Osler’s Creek, and have much in 
common with £. Blazlandi from the Blue Mountains and the South Coast of New South 
Wales. The seedling leaves are narrower than those depicted for the type, but many 
of the type specimens are similar. The chief difference is that the fruits are more 
pedicellate than those of the type. 

“Small fruited Yellow Stringybark,’ but when freshly cut and green the heart 
wood is brown in colour. Wangarabelle, also found plentifully between Genoa and 
Mallacoota, and at Cann River; also at Orbost. (H. Hopkins, 1915). 

Now let us proceed to Western Victoria (Portland district). I{ we turn to page 
213, Part VIII, with the corresponding figures 8, 9, 10 of Plate 37, we find that they 
have a good deal in common with #. Blazlandi, and are perhaps inseparable from that 
species; they also possess affinity to HL. capztellata, from which they differ in the following 
points :—In the broader suckers, which are nearer those of H. capitellata, and in the 
pedicellate fruits with the valves less exsert. 


At the same time the affinitis to H. lavopinea R. T. Baker are worthy of con- 
sideration, and should be wo:ked out. (This form of H#. Blazlandi ascends to the 
Grampians, see p. 218, Part VIII, and fig. 12 of Plate 37). 


SoutH AUSTRALIA. 


These Western Victorian specimens carry us on to South Australia, and the 
species is found in the south-east, Kangaroo Island, Mount Lofty, and elsewhere. 


A reference to the south-east is under Narracoorte, p. 218, Part VIII, where we 
have clavate, scarcely angular kuds, with domed fruits, valves well exsert. These are 
figured at 11, Plate 37. 

There is a reference to a Kangaroo Island specimen collected by Robert Brown 
about 1802 at p. 213 of Part VIII, viz. :— 

Kangaroo Island, Hundred of Cassini (W. J. Spafford, No. 7, 1916). This 
eannot be separated from figs. 11a and 11b, Plate 37 (Narracoorte). . 


We now come to the Mount Lofty specimens referred to at p. 218, Part VIII, 
and if we turn to figures 14—f of Plate 38 of fruits all gathered from the same tree, we have 
a remarkable instance of variation in this species. Fruits sessile, shortly pedicellate, 
rim flat-topped or domed, valves sunk or exsert. Some of the specimens are remarkably 
like the type of #. Blazlandi. 


Then we have Aldgate, near Mount Lofty (J.H.M.), with juvenile leaves scabrous, 
nearly orbicular to oblong and broadly lanceolate. Not to be separated from the 
Narracoorte specimens (S.A.), nor from those from Osler’s Creek (Vic.). See also 
Willunga, Mount Lofty Range (W. Gill). 

The following locality is more distant. One or two miles west of Bordertown, 
where the scrub of the 90-mile Desert begins (J. M. Black, No. 2). Like Narracoorte, 
but with mostly smaller fruits. 


156 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLVII. EF. Normantonensis Maiden and Cambage. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii, 490 (1918.) 


“ Box ”-arbores parvae altae pedes decem ad triginta, interdum aliquem de “ Mallee’? admonentes. 
“ Box ”-cortex in arboris trunco et ramis magnis. Rami superiores interdum leves et subvirides. Arbores 
localiter ut “ Box ” cognitae. 


Fouia JUVENILIA.—In conditione immaturissima non visa, sed sub-glauca sunt, ramusculi angulares, 
folia lanceolata, exique petiolata, longa circiter novem cm. (tres uncias et dimidium) et 2-2:5 em. lata, 
irregulariter pinnata, venae secundarie apud angulum 45° e media costa; vena intramarginata clare a 
margine denota. 


Fora matura.—Lucide viridia, aliquanto nitida, contusa nullum oleiodorem dant. Angusta- 
lanceolata, pyramidata speciatim in apice, directa vel aliquanto faleata, petiolata, ad decem em. (quatuor 
uncias) et longiora, et plerumque infra unum em. lata, viridia cum flavedine, utrobique color idem, cum 
multis inconspicuis fere pinnatis venis secundariis. 


Fiorrs.—Pedunculi aliquanto breves terminales in exemplis. conducibilibus, in singulis umbellis 
circiter quinque ad septem flores aliquanto parvi. Gemmae obtuse clavatae, calycistubus gradatim 
pyramidatus in pediculum. Gemmae saepe alterius vel externi operculi vertigium gerunt. Operculum 
ee cum mucrone brevissimo, in longum circiter supremi calycis tubi trientem. Anthere ut in 

. gracilis. 


Frucrus.—Fructus parvus, cylindraceus-urceolatus, circiter quatuor mm. longus et tres mm. latus. 
Ora angusta ab annulo stamines constante coronata, capsula profunde suppressa. 


Typus.—R. H. Cambage, No. 3,930 (fructifer). 


bo} 


Pauca millia passuum ad orientem et meridiem e “‘ Normanton” (sinus “ Carpentaria” c!vitas 


“ Queensland ’’) in formationem arenaceam et cretaceam calculos ferreos continentem. 
Etiam in viam a“ Normanton” ad‘‘ Cloncurry ” inter rivos“‘ Normanton ”’ et“ Flinders” oceurrit. 


Small Box-trees of 10 to 30 feet, sometimes suggestive of Mallee. Box-bark on trunk and large 
branches. Upper branches sometimes smooth and greenish. Known locally as “‘ Box.” 


JUVENILE LEAvES.—Not seen in the earliest state, but are sub-glaucous, branchlets angular, leaves 
lanceolate, shortly petiolate, up to say 9 cm. (34 inches) long, and 2-2-5 cm broad, irregularly pinnate, the 
secondary veins at about an angle of 45 degrees with the midrib; intramarginal vein distinctly removed 
from the edge. 


_ Mature teaves.—Bright green, somewhat shiny, give no odour of oil when crushed. Narrow- 
lanceolate, tapering, particularly to the apex, straight or somewhat falcate, petiolate, up to 10 cm. (4 
inches) and more, and usually under 1 cm. wide, yellowish green, the same colour on both sides, with 
numerous not conspicuous almost pinnate secondary veins. 


Fiowrrs.—Peduncles shortish, terminal in the specimens available, each umbel with about five 
to seven rather small flowers. Buds bluntly clavate, the calyx-tube gradually tapering into the pedicel. 
The buds often carry the remains of a second or outer operculum. The operculum hemispherical, with 
a very short mucro, about a third as long as the ridge calyx-tube. Anthers asin E. gracilis. 


Frutrs.—Fruit small, cylindroid-urceolate, about 4 mm. long and 3 mm. broad.- The narrow rim 
crowned by a persistent staminal ring, the capsule deeply sunk. 


Type. R. H. Cambage, No. 3,930 (in fruit). 


157 


RANGE. 


A few miles to the east and south of Normanton (Gulf of Carpentaria, Queens- 
land), on a sandy cretaceous formation containing ironstone pebbles. Also occurs 
on Normanton-Cloncurry road between Normanton and Flinders River (R. H. Cambage). 

Normanton (Ivie Murchie). 


The description was drawn up from Mr. Cambage’s No. 3,930, with the exception 
of that of the ripe bud and stamens, in which Mr. Murchie’s specimen has been used. 


The trees provisionally identified as Eucalyptus gracilis (No. 3,930) are growing a few miles to the 
east‘and south of Normanton on a sandy cretaceous formation containing ironstone pebbles. They are 
small box trees from 10 to 30 feet high, often with branching stems suggestive of Mallce, leaves bright 
green and shiny, yielding no smell of oil when crushed, box bark on trunk and large branches, some small 
branches smooth and greenish, adult leaves from 3 to 43 inches long, about 1 cm. wide, juvenile leaves up to 
3 inches long and 1} inches wide, fruits about 4 mm. long and 3 mm. in diameter. Leichhardt appears to 
have passed through this identical forest after crossing the Norman River, the native name of which he 
gives as the “‘ Yappar.” He writes :—‘‘ The hills were composed of iron-sandstone . . . . . The 
intervening flats bore either a box-tree with a short trunk branching off immediately above the 
ground,” &c. (R. H. Cambage, in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 422-3, 1915.) 


I have received the species from Berricannia, between Muttaburra and 
Hughenden. Trees quite common about the homestead. (Mr. Svensson, through C. T. 
White.) 

Dr. H. I. Jensen says that a medium sized gum answering to the description of 
E. Normantonensis is very common on desert sandstone country, associated with 
Lancewood (Acacia Shirleyi ?) and Yellow Jacket (Z. peltata). 


AE NY: 


With £. gracilis F.v.M. 


It is closely allied to this species, but the leaves are of a diffcrent texture, and 
there is a sticky exudation in patches, the result of insect punctures. The juvenile 
leaves are broader and have a different venation to that of H. gracilis. There are no 
conspicuous oil-dots on the buds, as in the case of E. gracilis. The fruits, although 
very similar in shape to those of £. gracilis, are crowned by the persistent staminal 
rings as in some of the Ironbarks and Boxes. 


J. E. Tenison-Woods (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vii, 337) speaks of E. gracilis 
in Queensland, but we now know that most of the specimens to which he refers belong 
to E. Thozetiana ¥.v.M. Local observers might, however, inquire if those trees seen by 
him “ on the dry sandy scrubs on the Burdekin River, not far from Charters Towers,” 
refer to that or the present species. 


158 


This species had already been referred to twice in the Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W.; 
viz., xlix, 326-7, in which I looked upon it as an aberrant form of EH. calycogona var. 
gracilis. The second occasion is in xlix, 422, by Mr. R. H. Cambage, who collected 
the material both he and I provisionally described. He points out that it is probably 
referred to by Leichhardt, ‘* Overland Expedition to Port Essington,” p. 337, in words 
he quotes. It seemed to us that it is worthy of specific description. The first passage 
referred to is as follows :— 


“‘ T now desire to invite attention to a form first received from Mr. Ivie Murchie 
from Normanton, Queensland, not far from the Gulf oi Carpentaria, in November, 
1911, under the name of ‘ Box Wood’ 


Enquiries failed to elicit any further particulars until Mr. R. H. Cambage 
collected it at.the same place in August, 1913. He obtained a full suite of specimens, 
and furnished the following particulars:— No. 3,930. Small Box-trees of 10 to 30 feet, 
sometimes suggestive of Mallee. Leaves bright green, somewhat shiny, give no odour 
of oil when crushed. Box-bark on trunk and large branches. Upper branches some- 
times smooth and greenish. 

Formation pebbly (ironstone) and sandy; cretaceous ( ?). 

Also occurs on Normanton-Cloncurry road between Normanton and Flinders 
River.’. 

So far as I am aware, var. gracilis has not been recorded previously from nearer 
than 1,500 miles, and it is not surprising that the Normanton specimens differ a 
little from the type. I fail to get hold of any characters of sufficient importance to 
separate it from var. gracilis, and therefore note L.calycogona var. gracilis as an addition 
to the Queensland flora. 


Compared with typical var. gracilis, the leaves are of a different texture, and 
there is a sticky exudation in patches, the results of insect punctures. 


Mr. Cambage’s note of absence of oil does not mean that there is no oil at all, 
for the oil dots can be seen and are not scarce, but in comparison with other forms there 
is an absence of oil. At the same time the leaves from southern specimens of var. 
gracilis vary a good deal in oil content. The most important character is that the 
“inflorescence is terminal in the Normanton specimens (chiefly those of Mr. Murchie), 
whereas it seems to be usually axillary in all our other specimens.” 


la. 


. Juvenile leaf, covered on both sides with stellate hairs; 2b, mature leaf; 2c, the axis; 2d, a sessile 


3d, 


la. 


3a. 


la. 


3d. 


4a. 


159 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES (184-187), 


PLATE 184. 


E. erythrocorys ¥.v.M. 


Juvenile leaf; 1b, mature leaf, of No. 70, 6th Collection, Western Australia (James Drummond). 


bud and a newly expanded flower on a long, flattened peduncle; 2c, stamens; 2f, the biretta- 
like operculum looked at from above; 29, an individual flower, looked at from above, showing 
the stamens (somewhat tufted, and a little diagrammic) and the stigma. All from specimens 
grown in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, from seed from near Dongarra, W.A., (Mr. E. W. Clarkson, 
through Mr. W. D. Campbell, L.S.). 


3b. Different views of fruits from the Murchison River, W.A. (Augustus Oldfield, in the Vienna 
Herbarium). 


Fruit from near Dongarra, the largest I have seen (W. D. Campbell). 


PLATE 185. 


E. tetrodonta F.v.M. 


Juvenile leaf; 16, intermediate leaf. Darwin, Northern Territory (Dr. H. I. Jensen, July, 1916). 


Buds with strongly marked wing-like processes to the operculum. Messmate Creek, Packhorse Range, 
North-West Australia (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 1,214). 


Buds; 3b, a flower in elevation; 3c, a flower in plan; 3d, front and back view of anthers; 3¢, mature 
jeaf and fruits; 3f, plan of afruit. Pine and Horseshoe Creeks, Northern Territory (E. J. Dunn). 


PLATE 186. 


E. odontocarpa F.v.M. 


Twig with young buds; 1b, the same enlarged; 1c, twig with fruits. Sturt’s Creek, Northern- 
Territory (Mueller). From a drawing of the type at Kew, made by Miss M. Smith. 


Broad, young leaf, as young as I have seen it. Desert south of Fitzroy River, West Kimberleys, Nerth- 
West Australia (W. V. Fitzgerald, September, 1906). 


Front and back views of anthers; 3b, twig with fruits in various stages of maturity. Tanami Gold- 
field, Northern Territory (Dr. H. I. Jensen, through C. E. F. Allen). 


Nore.—Tanami is a gold-field, and not a tin-field, as inadvertently so recorded in this 
work in Part XXXVII, p. 186 (under #. aspera) and Part XXXVIII, p. 212 (under Z. sctosa). 


E. capitellata Sm. 


Orbicular juvenile leaf in the earliest stage; 4b, juvenile leaf a little further advanced; 4b, juvenile 
leaf still further advanced, with the venation modified; 4d, mature leaf. Corner of the Pittwater 
and Spit roads, Port Jackson (W. F. Blakely and D. W. C. Shiress). 

This species is also figured in Part VIII, Plate 87, figures 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 


la. 


3a. 


4a. 


6a. 


7a. 


160 
PLATE 187. 


EB. Camfieldi: Maiden. 

Juvenile leaves in the orbicular state; 1), juvenile leaves, a stage more advanced, beeoming pointed 
at the apex; }c, a juvenile leaf of a larger size, entirely covered with stellate hairs, but more 
thickly at the back; a portion of the leaf is enlarged to show the thick marginal vein and the stellate 
hairs; 1d, mature leaf, thick and very shiny; 1c, umbel of buds, nine in the head; Jf, front and 
back view of anther; lg, fruits. West side of Berowra Creek, Hornsby, near Sydney (W. F. 
Blakely). 

Intermediate leaf, on a twig bearing juvenile leaves. About half a mile south from the 17-mile post, 
Galston road, Hornsby (W. F. Blakely). 

Twig with fruits having exserted valves; 3b, immature fruits. Woronora River, Heathcote, a little 
south of Botany Bay (J. L. Boorman and J.H.M.). 

Front and back views of anthers; 4b, fruits so compressed as to be almost syncarpous. Waterfall, 
a few miles south of Sydney (R. H. Cambage, No. 4,169). 


The juvenile leaves figured at fig. 4, Plate 37, belong te this species. 


E. Blazlandi Maiden and Cambage. 


A mature leaf, Blackheath, N.S.W. (J.H.M.). From the type, which is further figured as regards 
juvenile leaves, buds and fruits at Plate 38, figs. 3a-3c. 


E. Normantonensis Maiden and Cambage. 
Intermediate leaf; 6b, buds; 6c, front and back views of anthers. Normanton, Queensland. (Ivie 
Murchie). 
Juvenile leaf, as young as I have seen one; 7b, mature leaf; 7c, fruits; 74, plan of the fruit, 
Normanton (R. H. Cambage, No. 8930). The type. 


The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “‘ Forest Flora of New 
South Wales’’* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs 
of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic 
value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of 
the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— 


acacioides A. Cunn. (xlvii). 
acmenvoides Schauer (Xxx). 
affinis Deane and Maiden (lvi). 
amygdalina Labill. (xvi). 
Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). 
Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). 
Baueriana Schauer (vii). 


Baueriana Schauer var. conica Maiden (1vii). 


Behriana ¥.v.M. (xlvi). 
bicolor A. Cunn. (xliv). 
Boormani Deane and Maiden (xlv). 
Bosistoana F.v.M. (xlii). 
Caleyz Maiden (lv). 
capitellata Sm. (xxviii). 
conica Deane and Maiden (Iviii). 
Consideniana Maiden (xxxvi). 
coriacea A. Cunn. (Xv). 
corymbosa Sm. (xii). 

crebra F.v.M. (li). 
Dalrympleana Maiden (\xiv). 
dives Schauer (xix). 

dumosa A. Cunn. (Ixv). 
eugentoides Sieber. (xxix). 
fruticetorum F.v.M. (xii). 
gigantea Hook. f. (li). 
globulus Li Her. (Ixvii). 
goniocalyx F.v.M. (vi). 
hemastoma Sm. (Xxxvii). 
hemiphloia F.v.M. (vi). 
longifolia Link and Otto (ii). 
Inuehmanniana B.v.M. (xxvi). 
macrorrhyncha F.v.M. (xxvii). 
maculata Hook. (vi). 
melanophloia F.v.M. (liv). 


melliodora A. Cunn. (1x). 
macrocorys F.v.M. (xxxviil). 
microtheca F.v.M. (Iu). 
Muelleriana Howitt (xxx). 
numerosa Maiden (xvii). 

obliqua L’ Hérit. (xxii). 
ochrophlova F.v.M. (1). 

odorata Behr. and Schlectendal (x11). 
oleosa F.v.M. (Ix). 

paniculata Sm. (vill). 

pilularis Sm. (XXxXi). 

prperita Sm. (XxXxill). 
Planchoniana F.v.M. (xxiv). 
polyanthemos Schauer (lix). 
populifolia Hook. (xlvii). 
propingua Deane and Maiden (1x1). 
punctata DC. (x). 

radiata Sieb., as amygdalina (xvi). 
regnans F.v.M. (xviii). 
resinifera Sm. (iil). 

rostrata Schlecht. (1xi1). 

rubida Deane and Maiden (xlii1). 
saligna Sm. (1v). 

stderophlova Benth. (xxxix). 
stderorylon A. Cunn. (xiii). 
Steberiana F.v.M. (xxxiv). 
stellulata Sieb. (xiv). 

tereticornis Sma. (X1). 

tessellaris F.v.M. (1xvi). 
Thozetiana F.v.M. (xix). 
viminalis Labill. (Ixiv). 

virgata Sieb. (xxv). 

vitrea R. T. Baker (xxi). 


* Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. Price ls. per part (10s. per 12 parts); each part containing 4 plates and 


ether illustrations. 


Sydney: William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer—1922 
E 


184. 


-deeF ith. 


Bip 
M.Floekion 


Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


BUCALY PLUS ERY THROCORYS=F.v-M: 


ss 
2) 
) 


ig ot 


CriT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


cai kbiacaa 


Ms RS 


TEA 
eae 


Die 


Flockton.del.eF ith 


Ds 


M. 


EUCALYPTUS TETRODONTA F.v 


PL. 186. 


“crit. REY. EUCALYPTUS. 


PALES Ee SOAPS RE RN SM IEA teil 


pace Lai BRP D INS HAE 


Pp SRN nn Cf 


pees 
Cr at 


M.Flockton.del.eF lith- 


3) 


(4) [See also Plate 37, Figs. 1, 2, 


(1 


EUCALYPTUS ODONTOCARPA F.v.M. 


PU CAV EUS CAMLEE LE ATA: Sim. 


3, oy 6.] 


Bi REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


eae PAS 


M.Flockfon.deél.erlt 


Plate 37.| 
[See also Fig 3, Plate 38.] 


4) [See also Fig. 4, 


(Ui 


EUCALYPTUS CAMFIELDI Mat1pEen 
EUCALYPTUS BLAXLANDI MaipEN and CAMBAGE 


) 


a) 
MAIDEN and Ca 


( 


(6, 7) 


MBAGE. 


EUCALYPTUS NORMANTONENSIS 


= ae lyptus megacarpa F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus globulus Labillardiére. 
99. Hucalyptus Maident F.v.M. | 

. Eucalyptus urnigera Hook. £.- 
Plates, 77-80. (Issued July, 1913.) 


ol. Eucalyptus goniocalys F.v.M. 

02. Eucalyptus nitens Maiden. 

3. Eucalyptus elwophora F.v.M. 

104. Eucalyptus cordata Labill. 

5. Eucalyptus angustissima F.v.M. 

_ Plates, 81-84. (Issued December, 1913 ) 


106. Eucalyptus gigantea Hook. f. 

. Lucalyptus longrfol1a Link and Otto. 
Eucalyptus diversicolor ¥.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Guilfoylec Maiden. 
Hucalyptus patens Bentham. 

lll. Eucalyptus.Todtiana F.v.M. 

12. Eucalyptus micranthera F.v.M. 

_ Plates, 85-88. (Issued March, 1914.) 


. Eucalyptus cinerea F.v.M. 

4. Hucalyptus pulverulenta Sims. 

5. Eucalyptus cosmophylla F.v.M. 
Hucalyptus gqomphocephala A. P. DC. 
Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914.) 


. Hucalyptus erythronema Turcz. 
Eucalypius acacieformis Deane & Maiden. 
Eucalyptus pallidifolia ¥.v.M. 

0. Eucalyptus cesia Benth. 

1. Eucalyptus tetraptera Turcz. 

2. Hucalyptus Forrestiana Diels. 
Eucalyptus miniata A. Cunn. 
Eucalyptus phenicea ¥.v.M.. 

_ Plates, 93-96. (Issued April, 1915.) 


is Eucalyptus robusta Smith. 
Eucalyptus botryoides Smith. 
127. Eucalyptus saligna Smith. 
_ Plates, 97-100. (Issued July, 1915.) 


8. Eucalyptus Deanet Maiden. 

, Eucdyptus Dunnit Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus Stuartiana F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus Banksit Maiden. 

Eucalyptus quadrangulata Deane & Maiden. 
lates, 100 bis-103. _ (Issued November, 1915.) 


: Bucalypius M Katowi Deane and Maiden. 
Bucalyptus aggregata Deane and Maiden. 
Eucdyptus parvifolia Cambage. 

Eucalyptus alba Reinwardt. 

: Regen 104-107. aes February, 1916., 


0. Eucalyptus rubida Deane ae Maiden. 
_ Plates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) 


ucaly pts maculosa R. T. Baker. 
ucdyptus pracor Maiden. 

alt ptus ovata Labill. 

us neglecta Maiden. 

(Issued July, 1916.) 


_ XXXV--176. 


XXXVI 182. 


Part XXVII—145, Eucalyptus vernicosa Hook. f. 


146. Hucalyptus Muelleri T. B. Moore. 
147. Eucalyptus Kitsoniana (J. G. Luehmann) 
Maiden. 
148. Hucalyptus viminalis Labillardiére. 
Plates, 116-119. (Issued December, 1916.) 


XXIX—149. Eucalyptus Baeuerlenit F.v.M. 
150. Eucalyptus scoparia Maiden. 
151. Eucalyptus Benthami Maiden & Cambage. 
152. Eucalyptus propingua Deane and Maiden. 
153. Hucalyptus punctaia DC. 
154. Eucalyptus Kirtoniana F.v.M. 
Plates, 120-123. (Issued February, 1917.) 


XXX—155. Hucalyptus resinifera Sm. 
156. Hucalyptus pellita F.v.M. 
157. Eucalyptus brachyandra F.v.M. 
_ Plates, 124-127. (Issued April, 1917.) 


XXXI— 158. Eucalyptus tereticornis Smith. 
159. Eucalyptus Bancrofti Maiden. 
160. Eucalyptus. amplifolia Naudin. 

Plates, 128-131. (Issued July, 1917.) 


XXXII—161. Hucalyptus Seeana Maiden. 
162. Eucalyptus exserta F.v.M. 
163. Hucalyptus Parramattensis C. Hall. 
164. Hucalyptus Blakelyi Maiden. 
165. Hucalyptus dealbata A. Cunn. 


166. Hucalyptus Morristi R. T. Baker. ae 


167. Eucalyptus Howittiana F.v.M. 
Plates, 132-135. (Issued September, 1917. aa 


XXXII 68. Hucalyptus rostrata Schlechtendal. 
-. 169. Hucalyptus rudis Endlicher. 
170. Eucalyptus Dundasi Maiden. 
171. Eucalyptus pachyloma Benth. 
Plates, 136-139. (Issued December, 1917. ys 


XXXIV—172. Eucalyptus redunca Schauer. 
173. Eucalyptus accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. 
174. Eucalyptus cornuta Labill. 
175. Eucalyptus Websteriana Maiden. , 
Plates, 140-143. (Issued April, 1918. = 


Eucalyptus Lehmanni Preiss. 

177. Eucalyptus annulata Benth. 

178. Eucalyptus platypus Hooker. 

179. Eucalyptus spathulata Hooker. 

180. Hucalyptus gamophylia F.v.M. 

181. Eucalyptus argillacea W. V. Fitzgerald 
Plates, 144-147. (Issued August, 1918.) 


Eucalyptus occidentalis Endlicher. 

183. Eucalyptus macrandra F.v.M. 

184. Hucalyptus salubris F.v.M. 

185. Eucalyptus cladocalyx F.v.M. 

186. Hucalyptus Cooperrana F.v.M. 

187. Eucalyptus intertexta R. T. Baker. 

188. Eucalyptus confluens (W. V. Fitzgerald) 
Maiden. 


Plates, 148-151. (Issued January, 1919.) 


XXXVII—189. Eucalyptus clavigera A. Cunn. 


190. Eucalyptus aspera F.v.M. 
191. Eucalyptus grandifolia R.Br. 
192. Lucalyptus papuana F.v.M. 
Plates, 152-155. (Issued March, 1919.) 


vii 93. istiphe tessellaris F.v.M. 
194. Hucalyptus Spenceriana Maiden. 
he 195. Eucalyptus Cliftoniana W. V. Fitzgerald. 
196. Lucalyptus setosa Schauer. 
197. Lucalyptus ferruginea Schauer, 
198. Eucalyptus Moore: Maiden and Cambage. 
199. Hucalyptus dumosa A. Cunn. 
_ 200. Lucalyptus torguata Luehmann. 
9. Hucalyptus amygdalina Labill. 
201. Eucalyptus radiata Sieber. 
202, Hucalyptus numerosa Maiden. 
208, Eucalyptus nitida Hook. f. 


Plates 156-159. (Issued July, 1919.) 


a XIX 204. Eucalyptus Torelliana F.v.M. 


.<, 205. Eucalyptus corymbosa Smith. 
me 206. Eucalyptus intermedia R. T. Baker. 
207. Eucalyptus patellaris F.v.M.- 

208. Hucalypius celastroides Turczaninow. 
209. Bucalyptus gracilis F.vy.M. — 

210. Hucalyptus transcontinentalis Maiden, 
211. Hucalyptus longicornis F.v.M. 

73. Hucalyptus ‘oleosa F.v.M. 

212. Hucalyptus Flocktonie Maiden. 

28. ELucalyptus virgata Sieber. 

213. Eucalyptus oreades R. T. Baker. 
214. Hucalyptus obtusvflora DC. 

215. Hucalyptus fraximoides Deane and Maiden. 


Plates 160-163. (Issued February, 1920.) 


XL 6. Eucalyptus terminalis F.v.M. 
>) 217. Bucalypius dichromophloia F.v.M. 
Pe B18. Hucalyptus pyrophora Benth. 

219. Eucalyptus levopinea R. T. Baker. 
220. Bucalyptus ligustrina DC. 

_ 221. Eucalyptus stricta Sieber. 
222. Hucalyptus grandis (Hill) Maiden. 

Plates 164-167. Ges March, 1920.) 


' Maiden n. sp. 


* 


_ Part XLIV—243. Hucalyptus perfoliata R. Brown. 
244. Hucalyptus ptychocarpa F.v.M. 
245. Hucalyptus similis Maiden. , eee 
246. EHucalyptus lirata (W. V. gen fe alae 
247. Eucalyptus Baileyana Bx M. 
248. Eucalyptus Lane-Poolei Maiden. 
249. Eucalyptus Ewartiana Maiden. SOR 
250. Eucalyptus Baker: Maiden. ee 
oN Eucalyptus Jacksoni Maiden. , 3 Se 
2. Eucalyptus eremophila Maiden. 


Plates, 180-183. 


4 . ig ae § x le i aes + 
cee nN RE Natl, Sma OE ale ee ee ee ee! eet mee 


“14. Bucalyptus pyre 

variety Kings? 
92, Bucalyptus Oldfielc 
227. Hucalyptus Drummondii 1 


Plates, 168-171. — 


XLII—228. Eucalyptus eximia Schauer, 

229. Eucalyptus peltata Bentha 

280. Eucalyptus Watsoniana F. 

- 931, Eucalyptus trachyphloia Full 
232. Hucalyptus hybrida Maiden. 

233. Eucalyptus Krusé.na F.v.M, 

234. Eucalyptus Dawson R. T. Bak 


62. Eucalyptus polyanthemos 
64, Hucalyptus Bauervana Scha 


235. Hucalyptus conica Deane and Mai er 
fs 70. Hucalyptus concolor Schauer, 


Plates, 172-175. (Issued August, 192 


XLII. —236. Eucalyptus ficifolia FvM. 
237. Hucalyptus calophylla R.Br. 
238. Eucaly apts ae Maid 


Maiden. 
241. Eucalyptus apprewimans Maide 
242. Hucalyptus Stoward: Maiden 


Plates, 176-1 79. 


(Issued Nover 


(Issued February, 1921.) . = 


m entICAL REVISION OF THE 
GENUS EUCALYPTUS 


anso Sow TN 
o® Cy “iy 


w JUL 1 2 1993 a 
ioceems 


BY 


etl SUAIDEN, iso, ERS, PLS 


(Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the 
Botanic Gardens, Sydney). 


Nou Vos Pani 6 


Pare XUN) oe 


(WITH FOUR PLATES.) 


PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. 


Published by Authority of 
q THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


Sydney ; 
WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER. 


*19061 1921, 


Part I—1. 
f{—2 
IiI—3 
Iv—4 
5 
V—6 
7 
8 
VI—9 
10 
11 
V II—12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
VitI—17 
18 
19 


21. Eucalyptus marginata Sm. 
22. Eucalyptus buprestium F.v.M. 
23. Eucalyptus sepulcralis F.v.M. XV —73 
Plates, 37-40. (Tssued March, 1907.) 74 
IX—24. Eucalyptus alpina Lindl. 75 
25. Bucalyptus microcorys F.v.M. 
26 Eucalyptus acmenioides Schauer. 
27, Eucalyptus wumbra R. T. Baker. XVI— 
28. Eucalyptus virgata Sieber. 
29, Eucalyptus apiculata Baker and Smith. 76 
30. Eucalyptus Luehmanniana F. v. Mueller. 77 
31. Eucalyptus Planchoniana F.v.M. 78 
Plates, 41-44. (Issued November, 1907.) 79 
X—32. Eucalyptus piperita Sm. a 
33. Eucalyptus Sceberiana F.v.M. 89 
34. Eucalyptus Consideniana Maiden. 93 
35. Eucalyptus hemastoma Sm. 84 
36. Eucalyptus siderophloia Benth. 85 
37. Eucalyptus Boormani Deane and Maiden. 86 
38. Bucalyptus leptophleba F.v.M. 87 
39. Eucalyptus Behriana F.v.M. 88 
40. Eucalyptus populifolia Hook. 
Eucalyptus Bowmani F.v.M. (Doubtful species.) 
Plates, 45-48. (Issued December, 1908.)  yyyq-—89. 
XI—41. Eucalyptus Bosistoana F.v.M. 90 
42. Eucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn. 91 
43. Eucalyptus hemiphloia F.v.M. 92 
44. Eucalyptus odorata Behr and Schlechtendal. 93 
44 (a). An Ironbark Boz. 94 


45. 


. Eucaluptus fecunda Schauer. 


. Eucalyptus coriacea A. Cunn. 
. Eucalyptus coccifera Hook. f. 


. Eucalyptus linearis Dehnhardt. 
. Eucalyptus Risdon Hook. f. 


. Eucalyptus regnans F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus vitellina Naudin, and Eucalyptus 


. Eucalyptus capitellata Sm. 

. Eucalyptus Muelleriana Howitt. 
. Eucalyptus macrorrhyncha F.v.M. “y 
. Bucalyptus eugenioides Sieber. 


Eucalyptus pilularis Sm., and var. Part XI—46. 
Muelleriana Maiden. (contd.) 47 
Plates, 1-4. (Issued March, 1803.) 48 


Eucalyptus obliqua 1 Héritier. 


Plates, 5-8. (Issued May, 1903.) 
. Eucalyptus calycogona Turczamnow. XII—50 
Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.) 51 
. Eucalyptus incrassata Labillardiére. oe 


Piates, 13-24. (Issued June, 1904.) Pe 
. Eucalyptus stellulata Sieber. 56 
57 


Plates, 25-28. (Issued November, 1904.) 


. Eucalyptus amygdelina Labillardiére. 


Plates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) 


vitrea R. T. Baker. 


. Eucalypius dives Schauer. 
. Eucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpland. 


Plates, 33-86. (Issued October, 1905.) 


Eucalyptus fruticetorum F.v.M. 


. Eucalypius ochrophloia F.v.M. | 
. Eucalyptus microtheca B.v.M. 


. Eucalyptus Raveretiana ¥.v.M. 

. Hucalyptus crebra F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus Staigervana F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus melanophlova F.v.M. 
. Lucalyptus pruinosa Schauer. 

. Eucalyptus Smith R. 'T. Baker. 
. Eucalyptus Naudinvana ¥.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus siderocylon A. Cunn. 
. Eucalyptus leucorylon F.v.M. 


. Eucalyptus Caleyr Maiden. 4 
Plates, 53-56. (Issued November, 191\ 


XHI—60. 
61. 
62. 

. Eucalyptus Rudder: Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus Bavertana Schauer. 

. Eucalyptus cneortfolia DC. 


. Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M. 4 
. Eucalyptus Gilli Maiden. s 
. Eucalyptus falcata Turez. 


. Eucalyptus Le Souefit Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus Clelands Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus decurva ¥.v.M.° 

. Eucalyptus doratocylon F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus corrugata Luehmann. 
. Eucalyptus goniantha Turez. 

. Eucalyptus Strickland: Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus Campaspe 8. le M. Moore. 
. Eucalyptus diptera Andrews. 

. Eucalyptus Griffithsi Maiden, 

. Eucalyptus grossa F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus Pimpiniana Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus Woodwardi Maiden. 


. Eucalyptus leptopoda Bentham. 
. Eucalyptus squamosa Deane and Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus Oldfieldia F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus orbifolia F.v.M. 

4. Eucalyptus pyriformis Turczaninow. 


Eucalyptus acacioudes A. Cunn. 
Eucalyptus Thozetiana ¥.v.M. 


Eucalyptus afinis Deane and Maiden. : 
Eucalyptus paniculata Sm. 1 
Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. : 


Plates, 57-60. (Issued July, 1911.) 


. Eucalyptus melliodora A. Cunn. 

. Eucalyptus fasciculosa ¥.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus uncinata Turezaninow. 

. Eucalyptus decipiens Endl. 

. Eucalyptus concolor Schauer. 

. Eucalyptus Cléeziana F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus oligantha Schauer. ¥ 


Plates, 61-64. (Issued March, 1912.) 


Plates, 65-68. (Issued July, 1912.) ~ 


Eucalyptus oleosa ¥.v.M., var. Flocktonmaa 
Maiden. » | 


% 
2) 


Plates, 69-72. (Issued September, 19 


Eucalyptus salmonophloia F.v.M. 4 | 
: 
: 


Plates, 73-76. (Issued February, 9] 


A ORMICAL I BVISION OF THE 


GENUS EUCALYPTUS 


BY 


Sec ADDING ).S.OF PRS, FS. 


(Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). 


VoL. Ve Rar (6. 
Part XLVI of the Complete Work. 


(WITH FOUR PLATES.) 


*« Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and combining 
them. Even when a sysiem has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, 
or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by 
antiquity, and transmits that hoard, augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. 
In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and 


even when they fail, are entitled to praise.” 
Macauray’s “Essay ON MILTON.” 


PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. 


Published by Authority of 
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 


Spvynev : 


WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET, 


*10061—A 1921. 


me 


a 
eis 


Ai yeh 
eee 


ti 


CCLIX, Eucalyptus tetragona \.v.M. 


PAGE, 
Description ‘ 6 : ‘ ; 5 , ‘ 0 a pe adepe 
Synonyms : ‘ ; 5 : : ‘ : : aeelOZ 
Robert Brown’s remarks on Eudesmia_. 0 . les 
Range ; ; ‘ ‘ : : : : : ‘ = 163 
Affinities) . : : : A : ‘ ‘ : : : 164 

CCLX. Eucalyptus eudesmioides F.v.M. 

Description 4 : ; ; ‘ : : : ; ae tO5 
Range Mer es fs hace Ay Pamper Ol emer mms! Does TOO 


Affinities . A : 3 : 5 ‘ 2 ‘ 168 


CCLXI. Eucalyptus Ebbanoensis Maiden nso. 


Description : : : . : ° : : : ye tO9 
Range : ‘ : : ’ ; 3 : 0 ‘ fe Leg 
ATHinity., . : , 6 ; : : : : ek O 


XV. Eucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden. 


Additional vernacular names . 6 : : : any 


Shape of the fruit : : ; . : : : ee © 
Synonyms. ‘ Sn Ba ; ‘ : : : ais oats 
Range ; 4 ; : : : : ‘ ; : bel 


STEMOITICS ee : - : 5 6 : 5 . : Ss kA 


CCLXII. Eucalyptus angophoroides RX. T. Baker. 


Description 
Range : : : é : : ; d : é eae! 
Affinities . : : ° : : : . . : Seely: 


GCLXIIT. Eucalyptus Kybeanensis Maiden and Cambage. 


Description 
Range 
Affinity 


CCLXIV. Eucalyptus eremophila Maiden. 


Description ° 5 . 5 
Synonym . 
“Range | 
Affinities 


(It has already been figured in Part XXXVI) 


ERX. Eucalyptus decipiens Endl. 


Evidence that finally proves that No. LXIX, 
E. concolor Schauer, is a Synonym 


Appendix. 


Eucalyptus cochinchinensis Auct. is a synonym of Melaleuca 
Leucadendron L. 


Explanation of Plates (188-191) 


PAGE. 
178 
179 
179 


180 
180 
I8t 
181 


182 


183 


183 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLIX. E. tetragona F.v.M. 


In Fragm. iv, 51 (1864). 


FoLLowINe is a translation of the original :— 


A shrub, tree-like, branchlets somewhat winged, or acutely tetragonal, leaves opposite or 
sub-opposite, coriaceous, lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate or ovate, more rarely orbicular, with rather 
long and compressed petioles, prominently penniveined, reticulately veined, peripheral vein more or 
less removed from the margin, peduncles axillary, solitary, compressed, about 3-flowered, rarely 
absent, pedicels acute angled, shorter than the calyx-tube, which is truncate-ovate, quadridenticulate, 
several times longer than the depressed hemispherical, cruciate, quadristriate operculum, stamens 
in four bundles, a little distant from each other or together, fruits rather large, truncate-ovate, or more 
tarely somewhat globose, 2 to 4 ribbed, 4 or more rarely 5-celled, the smooth rim of the capsule included, 


the fertile seeds rather large, narrowly winged, near the acute angles. 
In the hilly coastal tracts from the Stirling Range to Cape Arid (Western Australia). 


A shrub soon growing taller or increasing in season to a rather small tree, with a trunk then of 
25 feet; in its young state it is like H. globulus, especially in its branchlets, petioles, and chalky 
white inflorescence. The petioles, with narrowed curved back wings, are decurrent and as it were 2-keeled. 
Leaves mostly 2-4 inches long, ?-2 inches broad, more often acute than obtuse, margin slightly thickened, 
the younger ones glaucous on both sides, the older ones greener, always opaque, more or less covered with 
pellucid dots or almost imperforate. Peduncles an inch long or shorter, sometimes cuneate-dilated. 
Pedicels 1-6 lines long. Bracts almost cymbiform, in the apex of the peduncle, a few lines long, deciduous. 
Buds campanulate-obovate. _ Operculum about 3 lines broad and 1 line deep, always in four divisions. 
Filaments free, although in bundles crowded together alternately with the ribs of the calyx-tube, very 
numerous, whitish, becoming tawny yellow (fulvescentia), the longer ones measuring 3-4 lines. Anthers 
small, ovate-cordate. Fruits measuring }-? inch, somewhat contracted at the orifice. 


E. odontocarpa, E. tetradonta, and EH. eudesmioides have a similar quadridentate calyx in 
which the stamens are collected more or less distinctly into bundles, but on account of this one point it is 
not possible to separate Eudesmia from the genus Eucalyptus. 


It was then described by Bentham (B.FI. 11, 259) in the following words :-— 


Varying from a low scrubby shrub, densely covered with a white meal, to a small tree, of 20 to 25 
feet, the specimens often entirely deprived of the whiteness; branches mostly 4-angled or almost 4-winged, 
rarely terete. Leaves mostly opposite or nearly so or the upper ones alternate, from broadly ovate and 
very obtuse to lanceolate-falcate and almost acute, rarely above 4 inches long, thick and rigid, with 
diverging but rather distant veins, the intramarginal one at a distance from the edge. Pedwneles axillary, 
short, thick, angular or flattened, with three or very rarely four or five rather large flowers, on thick angular 
or flattened pedicels. Calyx-tube campanulate, about 3 or rarely nearly 4 lines long and broad, with four 
minutely prominent teeth, sometimes very conspicuous, sometimes scarcely perceptible. Operculum 
depressed-hemispherical, shorter than the calyx-tube, smooth. Stamens 3 to 4 lines long, more or less 
distinctly arranged in four clusters or bundles, alternating with the calyx-tube, but the claws or dilatations 
of the disk very short or scarcely perceptible; anthers small, with parallel cells opening longitudinally. 
Fruit ovoid or nearly globular, truncate, contracted at the orifice, smooth or more or less ribbed, } to 
? inch diameter, the rim scarcely distinct; capsule sunk, usually 4-celled. 


162 


Oldfield observes that from the abundance of essential oil this species contains, 
it is killed down to the ground by the periodical fires, when other plants are only a little 
scorched, and is thus generally to be found only in an untidy ragged, scrubby form, 
but he has seen dead stems of 25 feet. 


In 1906, Dr. Diels (translation herewith) wrote :— 


“ Of the species with juvenile characters Z. tetragona (R.Br.) F.v.M. is one of the most conspicuous, 
if observed typically. I have frequently observed this shrub in the south-eastern part of the south-west 
province of Australia, from Stirling Range to Esperance Bay, in sandy heathy country. One gets the 
best impression of its appearance if one calls to one’s mind the juvenile form of &. globulus, so common in 
gardens in Europe; the branches are remarkably strongly quadrangular, dusted over with white or bluish- 
white, the leaves are opposite, thick, ovate-lanceolate to ovate, or rarely orbicular, also strongly 
glaucous.” (L. Diels, Jugendformen und Blutenreife, p. 94.) 


After travelling amongst a good deal of it, I published the following note 
in 1911 :— 


“The seedlings have the leaves decussate, glandular and glandular-hairy on branches and along 


margins of leaves, and also‘on the backs of the midribs. The branches are very square and the whole plant 
reeks with oil. 


The leaves when young always stalked (flattened stalked) and the young foliage is plum-coloured. 
It is a shrub, always straggly, sometimes attaining a height of 10 feet. It is known as ‘ White 
Marlock,’ and is a striking object. 


Owing to the dazzling whiteness of the plants, the cream coloured flowers are by no means conspicuous, 
neither are they large. The colour of the filaments is cream, the anthers are small, and the stamens are in 
bundles (Hudesmie). 


It is common from Hopetoun to near Ravensthorpe, also common on the Kalgan Plains.” (Journ. 
W.A. Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. II.) 


I also found it at Esperance. It is not always opposite-leaved; it is very 
frequently alternate. 


SYNONYMS. 


1. Eudesmia tetragona R.Br. 


2. Eucalyptus pleurocarpa “chauev. 
1. Eudesmia. 
Following is a translation of the Latin original :—Myrtace, between Eucalyptus and Angophora. 
Generic characters.—Calyx superior, 4-toothed. Petals firmly connate to the 4-striate deciduous 
operculum. Stamens in four polyandrous bundles, alternating with the teeth of the calyx, connate at the 
base. Capsule 4-celled, polyspermous, dehiscing at the apex. 
The following is in English :— 
Eudesmia tetragona Tab. 3. In exposed barren places, near the shores in the . 
neighbourhood of Lucky Bay on the south coast of New Holland in 34° 8. lat. and 
123° E, long. Gathered both in flower and fruit in January, 1802. 


163 
Then comes a Latin description, of which the following is a translation :— 


Shrub of 3 to 5 feet, branches spreading, branchlets tetragonous, with marginate angles. Leaves 
opposite, at one time sub-opposite, petiolate, more often turned back, lanceolate or oblong, coriaceous, 
compact, margin entire, glaucous, with resinous dots, veins hardly immersed, anastomosing, 3-4 inches 
Jong, 14-16 lines broad. Umbels lateral, few-flowered, peduncles and pedicels two-edged, calyx turbinate, 
obtusely tetragonous, cohering with the ovary, with the angles at the top drawn out into short, subunequal 
teeth, the two opposite ones a little larger. Operculum depressed hemispherical, with a point, glandular, 
whitish, marked with four cruciform strie, slightly depressed opposite the teeth of the calyx, as if composed 
of the four petals, deciduous. Stamens very many; filaments in four bundles, approximately opposite 
the petals, hair-like, glabrous, white, the inner ones decidedly shorter; anthers ovate-subrotund, incumbent, 
yellowish white, dehiscing with longitudinal cells. Ovary included in the adherent tube of the calyx, 
four-celled; style 1, cylindrical; stigma obtuse. Capsule included and connate with the enlarged 
turbinate, oblong, woody calyx-tube, dehiscing in four divisions at the apex. 


Obs.—There can be no doubt respecting the affinity of this genus, which belongs to Myrtacez and 
differs from Eucalyptus solely in having a striated operculum placed within a distinctly toothed calyx, and 
jn its filaments being collected into bundles. The operculum in Hudesmia, from the nature of its striae, 
and their relation to the teeth of the calyx, appears to be formed of the confluent petals only; whereas, 
that of Hucalyptus, which is neither striated nor placed within a distinct calyx, is more probably composed, 
in several cases at least, of both floral envelopes united. But in many species of Hucalyptus a double 
operculum has-been observed; in these the outer operculum, which generally separates at a much earlier 
stage, may perhaps be considered as formed of the calyx, and the inner consequently of corolla alone, as 
in Eudesmia; this view of the structure appears at least very probable in contemplating Eucalyptus globulus, 
in which the cicatrix caused by the separation of the outer operculum is particularly obvious, and in which 
also ‘he inner operculum is of an evidently different form. 


Jussieu, in some observations which he has lately made on this subject (in Annales du Mus. 19, 
p. 432) seems inclined to consider the operculum of Eucalyptus as formed of two confluent bractee, as is 
certainly the case with respect to the calyptra of Pileanthus, and of a nearly related genus of the same 
natural family. This account of its origin in Hucalyptus, however, is hardly consistent with the usual 
umbellate inflorescence of that genus; the pedicelli of an umbel being always destitute of bractee; and in 
E. globulus, where the flowers are solitary, two distinct bractez are present as well as adouble operculum. 
But a calyptra analogous to that of Pileanthus exists also in most of the species of Hucalyptus, where it is 
formed of the confluent bractezee common to the whole umbel, and falls off at a very early period. Robert 
Brown in “ Appendix to Flinders’ Voyage,” 11, 599, t. 3; also his “ Miscellaneous Botanical Works” (Ray 
Soc.), 1, 74. 


2. Eucalyptus pleurocarpa Schauer, in Lehmann’s Plante Preissiane, i, 132 
(1844-5). 


The type came from Cape Riche. 


RANGE. 


It is confined to Western Australia. The type came from coastal hilly tracts 
from the Stirling Range to Cape Arid, but the original Hudesmia tetragona comes from 
Lucky Bay, which is a little to the east of Esperance. 

“From Cape Arid (Maxwell) to Lucky Bay (R. Brown), Cape Riche 
(Preiss), South West Bay (Oldfield), the vicinity of Stirling’s Range (F.v.M.), 
and thence northward at least as far as the remotest sources of the Swan River 
(Th. Muiz).”” (‘‘Hucalyptographia.’’) 


164 


From this the idea must not be taken away that H. tetragona occurs in the Swan 
River District. It occurs in a limited area of the southern district from the Stirling 
Range district to the Esperance district, Lucky Bay being its furthest record east, 
although I expect it to be found further east than that. 


Following are some specimens in the National Herbarium, Sydney :— 


East of Katanning (Dr. F. Stoward); Kalgan Plains (J.H.M.); “ Marlock or 
Spearwood,” Stirling Range (Collector for Andrew Murphy). Hast from Solomon’s 
Well, Stirling Range (Dr. A. Morrison); ‘‘ From the south-west front of the Stirling 

Range to east Mount Barren,” (Collector of Mueller); Cape Riche (Maxwell). 


“ Large leaf Eucalypt, scrubby, dwarf, 5-10 feet. Poor sandy ridge, midway 
between the eastern end of the Stirling Range and Growangerup. Only a small patch 
of it, but Mr. Rowe says there are miles of it on the way to Ravensthorpe.” (W. C. 
Grasby.) 

Hopetoun to Ravensthorpe, plentiful from end to end of the railway which 

connects the two places (34 miles). It is hardly conceivable that it ends at Ravens- 
thorpe (J.H.M.). Esperance (J.H.M.). Lucky Bay (Robert Brown). The type. 


AFFINITIES. 


1. With E. eudesmioides F.v.M. See under FZ. eudesmioides at p. 168. 


2. With F. inerassata Labill., var. angulosa. 


Drummond’s IV, 75, is, according to Bentham, LE. incrassata Labill. var. angulosa 
(figured at fig. 1, Plate 14 of the present work), but a specimen of Drummond’s No. 75 
(1848) from Herb. Oxon., in bud and flower, is H. tetragona F.v.M. Other specimens 
bearing the same number are Z. tetragona. The explanation is that, under this number, 
we have mixed material, for the two species are not closely related. 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLX. E. eudesmioides ¥.v.M. 


In Fragm. ii, 35 (1860). 


FoLLow1nc is a translation of the original :-— 


Dull green, leaves alternate, opposite or sub-opposite, ovate or narrow-lanceolate, acute or acuminate, 
slightly curved, more seldom sub-falcate, spreading and prominently penniveined, covered with bright 
dots, wmbels with not more than three flowers, peduncles and pedicels shorter than the calyx, rarely of the 
same length. Buds obovate, indistinctly tetragonous, calyax-tube ovate-campanulate, two or three times 
longer than the hemispherical operculum, the tooth of the fascicle of stamens thickened, semiorbicular 
and pointed; fruits ovate-campanulate, scarcely angled, 3-4 celled, the vertex of the capsule smooth, 
valves inserted near the margin of the fruit, the fertile seeds surrounded by a very narrow wing. 


In sandy plains and limestone hills near the Murchison River, at least up to Mount Curious, as well 
as towards the Bay (Shark’s) (Walcott and Oldfield). 


Shrub 4-12 feet high. Called ‘ Mallalie” by the aborigines. Branches rather smooth, branchlets 
compressed tetragonous. Leaves for the most part 4-4 inches long, 4-1 inch broad, with very short and 
sometimes long petioles, thinly coriaceous, imperforate when old, marginate, pale-green, never hoary, 
peripheral veins rather distant from the margin. Peduncles at first about 2 lines long, seldom longer, 
like the pedicels more or less angular. _Operculum traversed with four very smooth sutures often scarcely 
to be observed. Calyx-tube 2-3 lines long, hardly denticulate. Stamen-bundles alternating with the 
calyx-teeth, leaving behind an incurved tooth with a semiorbicular contracted base. Filaments. white 
or yellowish; rose-coloured at the base, the longer ones 24 lines long. Anthers pale, sub-ovate. Style 
barely alinelong. The indurated fruit 4-4 inch long, with the mouth sometimes distinctly and sometimes 
not at all contracted, wrinkled. Sterile seeds yellow, less than a line long, angular; fertile seeds blackish, 
14-2 lines long, rhomboid-subovate, acutely angled, very narrowly and thinly winged near the margin. 


The genus Eudesmia, if we except the disposition of the stamens, cannot be discerned from any 
species of Kucalyptus. 


(The filaments, rose-coloured at the base, bring this species into the list of those which have bi-coloured 
filaments. It belongs to a group where the reddish colour is, like that of Z. Sieberiana, not wholly diffused 
over the whole of the filament.) 


The species is described in B.FI. ili, 260, in the following words :— 


A shrub, attaining 10 feet, with a smooth bark (Oldfield). caves from broad-lanceolate and 4 to 
5 inches long, to narrow-lanceolate and shorter, mostly mucronate-acute and often falcate, rigid, the veins 
rather numerous but oblique and anastomosing, very conspicuous in the narrow leaves, much less so in the 
larger ones, the intramarginal one usually distant from the edge. Peduncles axillary, very short, nearly 
terete, mostly 3-flowered. Peduwncles short. Calya-tube narrow-turbinate, 24 to nearly 3 lines long, 
with four minute teeth, sometimes prominent, sometimes scarcely conspicuous. Operculum short, depressed 
hemispherical, very obtuse and rather thick. Stamens 2 to 3 lines long, distinctly arranged in four clusters 
or bundles alternating with the calyx-teeth; anthers very small, nearly globular, with distinct parallel 
cells. Fruit ovoid or oblong, usually } to nearly 2 inch long, in some specimens (perhaps not perfect), 


contracted at the orifice, but usually cylindrical, the rim concave, not broad, the capsule slightly sunk, 
usually 3-celled. 


It is not dealt with by Mueller in his “ Eucalyptographia,”’ 
8 ; 


166 


I published the following note concerning it in 1911 :— 


A white gum, a smooth-barked straggling tree of 20 feet, with a diameter of 9 inches and very little 
scaly bark. Asarule seenasa bush. Wood pale chocolate brown towards the heart, but most of it white. 
Branchlets brown, giving the tree a brownish cast. Juvenile leaves lanceolar, rarely broad. Leaves 
pale-green, glaucous, equally green on both sides. Leaves in opposite stage to top of tree. It is the 
exception for them to be alternate. Fruits yellowish, quadrangular. I only came across it at Minginew, 
where itisrare. (Journ. W.A. Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. IIL.) 


RANGE. 


_ The type comes from sandy plains and limestone hills near the Murchison River, 
- Western Australia. It was for many years believed to be confined to that State, but 
‘I show it to also occur in South Australia and the Northern Territory. It is a species 
_of dry country. Drummond had previously collected it, under No. 69 (6th Collection). 


The following two specimens were received from Mueller, and are doubtless 
typical :— . 
(a) Shrubby, 6-8 feet. Sand plain north of Mount Curious, Murchison River 
(Augustus Oldfield). 

: (b) “‘ Eucalyptus ‘ Myallie’ of the aborigines (evidently the same as ‘ Mallalie’ 
‘in the original description), from Pindaryah, north of Murchison ” (Augustus Oldfield). 


“ B. eudesmioides has been traced by the writer in 1877 from the Arrowsmith 
‘River to near Shark’s Bay over sand and limestone ground” (Mueller, in “ Bu leely aise 
graphia’). Found near Freycinet Harbour (Mueller, Shark Bay Report). 


Following are additional localities :-— 
“Mallee, 10-12 feet high.” Sand plains between Mogumber and Gillingarra 
(W. v. Fitzgerald). In another label on specimens from the same locality he says, 
“ Sandy hillsides; stems smooth-barked.” 
Carnamah, Midland Railway line (Dr. A. Morrison). em: 
Mt. Muggawah, Yandanooka, Arrowsmith River district (Dr. A. Morrison). 
Small tree of 20-25 feet, Mingenew (W. V. Fitzgerald, J.H.M.). Shrub of 14-3 
-metres, or small tree, young branches purplish, leaves glaucous. North of Mingenew 
' (Dr. L. Diels, No. 3035). 
[ “. _ ‘The above localities are all at no great distance from the west coast; the following 
‘take a leap into the dry country easterly and we have no intermediate records. 
“ The fine growth of Eucalyptus eudesmioides (Desert Gum) extending for over 
100 miles gave the country a very pleasing aspect.” Vicinity of Queen Victoria Spring. 


167 


(Journal Elder Expl. Exped.,p.7). The Spring is in 30° 30’ south latitude, and 123° 45’ 
east longitude, north-east of Kalgoorlie. ‘We have other specimens collected by the 
same expedition, as follows :— 


(2) Camp 45, Victoria Desert (R. Helms, Elder Exploring Expedition, 8th 


September, 1891). ——— 
(6) Victoria Desert (R. Helms, Elder Exploring Expedition, 2nd Sep eho ery Nat Use tag 
1891), (labelled H. Todtiana by a slip of the pen). The following note refer to these an 


specimens :—W.A., near Barrow Range, Victoria Desert (C. 45 and 60), “ Desett Gib, 1 2 1921 


30-45 feet.” (Proc. Roy. Soc. S.A., xvi, 358). Barrow Range is appro ately a, 
° : Shon : Staonal M 
26° south latitude, and 127° 20’ east longitude. nal Muse 


We are now approaching South Australia and the Northern Territory. 


y, 


South Australia. 


E. eudesmioides is shown in the map of the Elder Exploring Expedition over 
large areas in South Australia, and although I have not seen a South Australian specimen, 
I readily agree that it is found in that State, since it has been found in extra-tropical 
Western Australia adjacent to the South Australian border, and also in the Northern - 
Territory not far from the South Australian boundary. 


Mueller and Tate (Proc. Roy. Soc. S.A., xvi, 358) record a “‘ variety with ovate 
leaves, 25 miles 8.8.W. of Mt. Watson.”’ I have not seen the specimen and it weal be 
desirable to re-examine it: 


Northern Territory. 


In the desert country (from the George Gill Range to Ayers Rock and Mt. Olga), 
at p. 81 of the Horn Expedition Narrative, Prof. Baldwin Spencer says, “ All the morning 
we were traversing low sandhills, on many of which grew a fine sandhill gum, F. 
eudesmioides, which reached a height of 50 to 80 feet. The trunk is silver-grey in colour 
and very shiny, except the butt, where it is covered with a paper-like bark which peels 
off in long, yellow-brown scales. The grey-green foliage usually forms a kind of umbrella 
shaped mass, and it is somewhat strange to find a big tree like this right out amongst 
the waterless sandhills.” 

Tanami Goldfield is situated in North-western Central Australia in latitude 
19° 58’ and east longitude 129° 45’ (approx. about 484 miles east of the boundary 
between Western Australia and the Northern Territory. It is 696 miles (550 by track 
and 146 by railway) from Darwin, or 400 miles (by track via Mucka) from the Victoria 
River depot. 

In Mr. Lionel C. E. Gee’s “‘ General Report on Tanami Goldfield and district ~~ 
(S.A. Parliamentary Paper, 1911)—from Tanami to Mucka on the Victoria River; . 
Desert Gums (probably E. eudesmioides) were encountered (see p. 6 of Report). 


168 


Aue NT ES: 


1. With £. tetragona V.v.M. 


“Very near /7. tetragona in characters, but the narrow leaves, small flowers and 
narrow fruits give it a very different aspect.” (B.FI. iii, 260.) 


“ The differences between JL. tetragona and E. eudesmioides . . . consist in the much narrower 
leaves of E. eudesmioides, the absence of the waxy-powdery whiteness, less or not compressed flower-stalks, 
smaller flowers and fruits, prevailing ternary number of fruit-valves . . . A large fruited form of this 


plant from Esperance Bay, referred to E. tetragona in the ‘Flora Australiensis’ seems to mediate the 
transit from E. tetragona to E. eudesmioides; it is without whitish bloom, and may exhibit the aged state 
of the species.” (‘‘ Eucalyptographia.”) 


No form, large-fruited or other, from Esperance Bay, is referred to EZ. tetragona 
in the “ Flora Australiensis.” Mueller is referring to a specimen in his own herbarium, 


as follows :—His label is “ Eucalyptus tetragona F.M. (Eudesmia), Esperance Bay. Transit 
to E. eudesmioides. Flower stalks compressed.”’ 


Diels and Pritzel refer to it in the following passages :— 


“ E. tetragona F.v.M. We have seen a form with narrower lanceolate-elliptical leaves and less 
pruinose, collected in the eastern Eyre district near Israelite Bay (A. G. Brooks) in the Melbourne herb. 
This specimen seems analogous.to the form, mentioned by Mueller in Eucalyptographia, as showing transit 
to E. eudesmioides, found near Esperance Bay. Still it seems to have much more affinity to EL. tetragona 
than E. eudesmioides.” (Diels and Pritzel in Engler Jahrb., xxxv, 444.) 


This Esperance Bay specimen (EB. tetragona, in my view), is referred to again by 
Dr. Diels in the following passage (translation) :— 


The species (B. tetragona) belongs from its fruits and flowers to the very small group of Eudesmiee 
(Bentham Fl. Austr. iii, 258) and is there doubtlessly nearly related to E. eudesmioides F.v.M. (fig. 27), 
Nothing is more expressive of the close relationship of the two species than the different limits different 
authors draw to the forms of the two species. According to F. v. Mueller (Eucalyptographia) £. 
gudesmioides is distinguished by the alternate, much smaller leaves, the warting of the white waxy bloom, 
less or not at all flattened pedicels, and smaller flowers and fruits. A large-fruited form from Esperance 
Bay—so continues F. v. Mueller—which is placed by Bentham (B.FI.) with #. tetragona, seems to represent 
a transition of the two; it has no white bloom and is perhaps the grown-up state of the species. With this 
F. v. Mueller admits that a form regarded by him as EZ. eudesmioides is perhaps the fully matured state of 
E. tetragona. I can only agree with this view after examining a specimen similar to the form in question 
collected by Miss Brooke at Israelite Bay. This plant is from the fruit entirely Z. tetragona, but the leaves 
are partly alternate, smaller, without bloom, and the flowers are smaller, therefore a clear transition to 
E. eudesmioides, whose type, collected about 900 km. more northerly, is figured at fig. 27d. (‘‘ Jugendformen 
und Blutenreife,” p. 94.) 


This Esperance Bay specimen is figured at figs. 4a-d, Plate 188; see the description 
of the Plate given at page 183, where I express the opinion that it is E. tetragona, with 
fruits not quite ripe. It may be looked upon as starved. At the same time, I agree 
that it seems to show characters intermediate between Z. tetragona and EL. eudesmiordes. 
Further, we must remember that it comes from country where E. tetragona is abundant, 
and LH. eudesmioides absent, the latter being found in more northerly, much drier, 
country. 


The chief differences between the two species are tabulated by me at page 137, 
Part XLV. 


169 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLXI. E. Ebbanoensis Maiden n.sp. 


Tuts species may be described as follows :— 


Mallee 9” diametro, fere 30’ alta, cortice leve; foliis maturis obscure viridibus, crassiusculis, 
lanceolatis, sepe falcatis, venis indistinctis, tenuibus, patentibus, vena peripherica margini approxi- 
mata; alabastris 3 in axillis pyriformibus, operculo brevi-hemispherico, ca. 5 mm. diametro; calycis tubo 
urceolato ad conoideo; staminibus 4 fasciculis dispositis; fructibus fere hemisphericis, fere 1 cm. diametro, 
margine latiusculo plano vel rotundato, valvis bene exsertis. 


A tall mallee, usually between 12 and 20 feet high and 6 inches in diameter, but probably attaining 
a height of about 30 feet; stems near the ground about 9 inches in diameter. Bark smooth. 
- Juvenile leaves not seen. 


Mature leaves usually alternate, dull green, the same on both sides, rather thick, with rather 
long petioles, lanceolate, often faleate, gradually tapering to the apex, not very rounded at the base, 
profusely dotted, venation indistinct, fine, spreading, the intramarginal vein rather close to the edge. 


Flowers.—Buds in threes in the axils, brown, the peduncles rounded and about I cm. long, the 
pedicels short but distinct. Pear-shaped, the operculum shallow-hemispherical, about 5 mm. in diameter, 
the calyx-tube urceolate to conoid, and twice the depth of the operculum. Anthers versatile, with cream- 
coloured filaments, the cells opening in parallel slits with large gland at back; arranged in four bundles, 
alternating with the calyx-teeth. i eee 


Fruits hemispherical to truncate-pyriform, nearly 1 em. in diameter, with a broadish, flat or domed 
tim, and with the valves (three) well exsert. 


Type from Sandplain, Ebbano, east from Mingenew, Western Australia (Dr. A. Morrison, 28th 
September, 1904), 


Figured at Figs. 6 and 7, Plate 189. 


RANGE. 


It is confined to Western Australia, so far as we know at present. The type 
comes from Ebbano (Ebano), about 12-15 miles east of Mingenew, a railway station 
227 miles north of Perth and about 35 miles east of Dongarra on the sea coast. Comet 
Vale is on the Laverton line, and is 63 miles north of Kalgoorlie. The two localities 
are nearly 400 miles apart in a slightly south-easterly direction. 


Following are details of the two specimens seen by me :— 

“Sand Plain, Ebbano, east from Mingenew”’ (A. Morrison, 28th September, 
1904). No further particulars. Dr. Morrison spelt the name with two “b’s,” but on the 
official map, obligingly forwarded by the Department of Lands and Surveys of Western 
Australia, the name is spelt with one ‘“‘b.” As Dr. Morrison’s original spelling was 
Ebbano, and in some correspondence concerning this plant that spelling was adopted, 
I use the name Lbbanoensis, though with some doubt. 


170 


No. 115. No main trunk (mallee habit). Usually between 12 and 20 feet high; 
stem usually not more than 6 inches in diameter. Smooth bark. Many of the trees 
seen are re-growths. Original trees probably up to about 30 feet in height, and stems 
near the ground about 9 inches in diameter. Comet Vale (J. T. Jutson, No. 115, 
December, 1916; fruits, 25th March, 1917). 


AFFINITY. 


With E. eudesmioides F.v.M. 


It is evidently closely related to this species. I have not juvenile leaves of the 
new species, but the two can be compared to some extent on perusing Plate 189. It 
seems to me that H. eudesmioides is a remarkably uniform species. EH. Ebbanoensis 
differs from it sharply in the fruits, which are larger, inclined to be quadrangular, usually _ 
angled, with a thin rim and sunk valves. It also appears to be longer leaved and more 
free-growing. Both species are Mallees or small trees, and have their inflorescence 
in threes. The new species, while I believe it to be quite distinct, requires further ~ 
investigation before we can fully define it. 


1 


XV. FE. Andrewst Maiden. 


~~ See the present work, Part VII, p. 194, Plate 36; also my “ Forest Flora of New 
South Wales,”’ Part XXI, p. 5, with Plate 79. 


Although this is commonly known as “ Blackbutt,” and I have, therefore, to 
save confusion, proposed the name “ New England Blackbutt ”’ for it, it also passes 
under the names ‘“ Messmate,’ “‘ Peppermint,’ and even “Stringybark” and 
“ Woollybutt.”’ 


Shape of the fruit.—As figured at fig. 4, Plate 36, Part VII of this work, nearly 
hemispherical, slightly pear-shaped fruits, with nearly filiform pedicels are shown. At 
figs. 20-22, Plate XXXII of Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxiii, 1898, the fruits of 
E. Sieberiana var. Oxleyensis (which at p. 195, Part VII of this work, I have stated to 
be a synonym of EH. Andrewsz), are shown to be so pear-shaped as to be almost conical. 
This conical form of the fruit is also shown in Mr. Baker’s plate of E. campanulata, 
and also in figs. 5g, 5h, Plate 190, which have been drawn from Mr. Baker’s type. 


Turning to the more bell-shaped form of the fruit from which Mr. Baker gets 
his name campanulata, I have not a specimen so campanulate as that of fig. 5f, Plate 190, 
which is a facsimile of fig. 3 of Mr. Baker’s plate of his type. I think it is just a trifle 
‘diagrammatic. The nearest I can get to it is fig.4. This tendency to the campanulate 
form shows a closer approximation to the type of H. Andrews: than to EL. campanulata 
‘itself. What has misled Mr. Baker in proposing the species campanulata is too close a 
following of typical Z. Andrewsi without bearing in mind the variation as exhibited in 
E. Sieberiana var. Oxleyensis, and his own figures 4 and 5 (reproduced by me as 5g and 
5h). The drawings now submitted, viz., figs. 1, 2b, 4, 5g, and 5h, Plate 190, usefully 
supplement Plate 36 of Part VII, showing that in #. Andrews the range of the shape 
of the fruits is considerable, and varies from hemispherical to conical. 


SYNONYMS. 


1. E. Sieberiana F.v.M., var. Oxleyensis Deane and Maiden (1898). 
2. E. campanulata R. T. Baker (1911). 
1. This variety is fully described in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxiii, 794 (1898), 


with figs. 20-22, Plate XXXII. See my comments at Part VII, p. 195 of the 
present work. 1 Si Se RR Se 5 2 


2. Mr. Baker’s species is described in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlv, 288 (1911), 
with Plate XIII. 


172 


Following is a copy of the original :— 
EUCALYPTUS CAMPANULATA, sp. nov., “ Bastard Stringybark.” 


An average forest tree. Bark decidedly stringy, persistent on the main trunk, branches smooth. 


“Sucker”? or abnormal leaves broadly lanceolate, oblique not shining, same colour on both sides, 
often over 9 inches long, venation well marked, lateral veins oblique, distant intramarginal vein well 
removed from the edge. Petiole over 1 inchlong. Normal leaves comparatively small, lanceolate, oblique, 
subcoriaceous, not shining. Venation not at all well marked on the smaller upper leaves, but distinctly 
so in the others. Lateral veins very oblique. 


Buds, clavate or club shaped, the operculum domed. 


Fruits.—At the earliest stage of development campanulate on a slender pedicel, a feature not 
noticed in other species by us. Mature fruits pyriform, rim truncate or slightly countersunk, about 6 mm, 
diameter at the rim, 


Bark “ stringy ’’ as implied in its common name. 


Timber, light coloured or whitish, fissile, but close grained, easy working, in fact, similar in general 
characteristics to some of the “ Ashes”? or “ Stringybarks,’’ although perhaps a little more inclined to 
develop gum-veins. 


Arbor (Bastard Stringybark), distincta, nomine altitudinem 60 feet, attinens, ramulis primum 
compresso-tetragonis mox teretiusculis. 


Cortex partim secedens in trunco persistens ramis levibus. 


Folia abnorme (suckers) obliqua falcato-lanceolata petiolata, alterna concoloria vena peripherica 
a margine remota; vena laterale obliqua graviter. Folia vulgare, falcato-lanceolata, obliqua, petiolata 
concoloria, alterna subcoriacea, vena aut prominentes aut obscura obliqua, pleraque 3-6” longer. 


Pedunculi axillare umbellis multifloris; operculo-depresso hemispherica, mucronulatato breviter, 
calycis tubus circa 1 cm. longus; fructibus truncato-ovatis, 1 cm. longi, 5 mm. lati valvis non exsertis. 


Remarks.—The material of this tree for investigation was collected by Mr. C. F. Laseron, the 
Museum Collector, at Tenterfield, where it passes as the “‘ Bastard Stringybark.’ His herbarium material 
appears to be identical with specimens collected by Mr. A. Rudder in the Upper Williams district. 


The fruits somewhat resemble those of E. virgata Sieb. or E. Sieberiana,but then the timber, bark, 
and oil differ from these species. The oil of Z. virgata consists almost entirely of eudesmol, as shown in 
our work on “The Eucalypts and their Essential Oils.” Fruits, timber and oil differentiate it from EZ. oblaqua, 
which species has been collected in almost the same neighbourhood, at Mount McKenzie, Tenterfield. 


There is a distinguishing feature of the species in its very early fruits, which are quite bell shaped 
and remind one of the shape of the mature fruits of Z. Deanei. As they mature, this shape passes gradually 
away, the calyx gradually tapering into a pedicel, very rarely is the fruit hemispherical. 


On a cortical classification it would be placed with the “ Stringybarks,’’ or between them and the 
“ Peppermints,’’ but the timber may be classed as one of the ‘“‘ Ashes,’’ such as EB. regnans, E. oreades, ot 
E. Delegatensis. 


The large oblique suckers are not at all unlike those of H. obliqua, or even the above three species, 


At Tenterfield it is found growing amongst such “ Stringybarks”’ as EL. obliqua and E. levopinea. 


173 


RANGE 


This species is found in northern New South Wales and southern Queensland 
(chiefly on the tablelands and especially New England). A large number of localities 
are quoted at pages 195 and 196 of Part VII of the present work, and the following 
further records of specific localities in the National Herbarium, Sydney, will be more 
or less useful. 


Mr. Forest Guard N. Stewart of Glen Innes, writing in January, 1909, made the 
following report in regard to his experience in New England, N.S.W. Further particulars 
in regard to the timber will be found at page 6, Part XXI, of my “ Forest Flora of New 
South Wales.” 


This Blackbutt varies very much in quality according to soil and altitude, as I find that this timber 
growing on granite formation and at a high altitude is pale in colour and harder than the same timber at a 
lower altitude on soil of a basaltic formation. Where growing on the latter, the timber is generally of a 
pale brown colour, denser and heavier than the former, and the bark is of a more fibrous nature. 


It appears to be very subject to gum-veins, although not to such an extent as to injure the timber: 
For house-building purposes it has been found to be very durable. 


It has a wide range in this district from the Sara or Mitchell River on the south to Pheasant Creek 
on the north. {cannot find any of the same timber as far west as Emmaville. The Messmate of Emma- 
ville and the Blackbutt of New England differ very much in quality, as the Emmaville timber is only used 
for temporary purposes as it is not durable, especially when it comes in contact with the ground, and it 
has too many gum-veins for house-building purposes. Blackbutt is never specified here for piles or in 
fencing contracts for obvious reasons, the principal one I think is that the Glen Innes people think there is 
no timber like stringybark or box for fencing purposes. I have examined piles of the New England 
Blackbutt in one building which I know has been erected twenty-four years, and they appear to be quite 
sound, 

“ Messmate,’’ Coolpi Mountains, near Ellenborough Falls, ea Wingham (J. L. 


Boorman). 
Mt. Lindsay Station, Nandewar Mt., 3,200 feet (R. H. Cambage, No. 2847). 


“A Mountain Box” (an improper name, J.H.M.). Southern flanks of Gleniffer 
Range, Gleniffer. (E. H. F. Swain, Nos. 220, 223).-“ Blackbutt,” parish Vant, county 
Hawes. (E. H. F. Swain). “Stringybark,” Dividing Range, county Parry. (E. H. 
F. Swain). Parish Scott, county Parry (HE. H. F. Swain). Usually hollow, timber 
regarded as useless; Dungowan Creek, county Parry. Swamp Oak, parish Vernon, 
county Parry (Forest Guard M. H. Simon). “Stringybark,” Nundle, county Parry 
(Forest Guard M. H. Simon, No. 9). 

Fourteen feet in girth, parish Terregree, county Courallie, Moree district (E. H. 
F. Swain, Nos. 25, 38). 

Timber valued for many purposes, Guy Fawkes (J. L. Boorman). “‘ Woollybutt,” 
Armidale district (District Forester Stopford). 

“ Blackbutt,’ State Forest No. 308, parish Robertson, county Gough, Glen 
Innes Forestry district (Forest Guard, specimen No. 20). See fig. 1, Plate 190. 


Pheasant Creek, Glen Elgin (J. L. Boorman). 
Cc 


174 


“ Peppermint,’ Marengo, counties of Gresham and Clarke (A. W. Deane, L.S.). 


“ Peppermint,’ Gundamulda, Warialda district (W. A. W. de Beuzeville, 
No. 5). “‘ Woollybutt,” Linton, Warialda district (W. A. W. de Beuzeville). 


Smoky Cape, via Kempsey (J. L. Boorman). 
Eastern Dorrigo, slopes towards Coff’s Harbour (W. Heron). 
_ “ Blackbutt,” Torrington (J. L. Boorman). 
Summit of Beehive Mountain, Tooloom Station (Forest Guard W. Dunn, 
No. 369). 


“ Blackbutt,” Tenterfield to Sandy Flat (J.H.M.). Tenterfield (C. F. Laseron, 
J.H.M.). Wallangarra (J. L. Boorman). Boonoo Boonoo, north-east of Tenterfield 
(R. H. Cambage, No. 3790). ““ Messmate,” Wilson’s Peak, Macpherson Range (J.H.M.). 


Queensland. 


Dalveen, near Stanthorpe (A. Sargent). “Stringybark,” Springbrook, Macpherson 
Range (C. T. White). 


AFFINITIES. 


These are dealt with at Part VII, p. 196, but there may be added :— 
1. E. gigantea Hook. f. 


This species will be found dealt with at Part XX, p. 291, with Plate 85. As will 
be seen in comparing these illustrations with those in Plate 36, Part VII, and Plate 190, 
in both species we have very large juvenile leaves, although those of F. gigantea are the 
larger. Both are glaucous and exhale a delicious aroma from their leaves. The buds 
of the two species are not closely related, nor are the fruits, although those of fig. 2b, 
Plate 190, approximate to those of H. gigantea. 


175 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLXII. E. angophoroides R. T. Baker. 


In Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxv, 676 (1900), with Plate xlvi, figs. 4a, 4b, 4c. 


Fo.iowinc is the original description :— 


A medium sized tree with a white box bark persistent to the ultimate branches. 


Sucker leaves ovate-acuminate, cordate, shortly petiolate, glaucous, variable in size from 1 to 3 or 
4 inches long, and 1 to 3 inches broad; venation indistinct on both sides. Leaves of mature trees-narrow 
lanceolate, about 6 inches long, acuminate, not shining, of the same colour on both sides; venation finely 
marked, oblique, spreading; intramarginal vein removed from the edge. Oil glands numerous. 


Peduncles axillary, 3 to 4 lines long, slightly compressed, bearing a few flowers. Calyx hemi- 
spherical to pyriform, 1 linelong. Pedicel about 1 line long. Operculum hemispherical, shortly acuminate 
Ovary domed. Stamens all fertile; anthers parallel, opening by longitudinal slits. 


Fruits hemispherical to slightly pear-shaped, 2 lines in diameter and under 4 lines long; rim thick, 
sloping outwards—a ring just below the edge; valves generally 4, exserted under 1 line. 


The author calls it ““ Apple-top Box,’’ and adds “‘ E. Bridgesiana Baker, partim.” 
For a reference to L. Bridgesiana Baker, see p. 68, Part XXIV. 


RANGE. 


It is confined to the southern coastal district of New South Wales; and may be 
expected to be found in eastern Gippsland, Victoria. 

“ Colombo, N.S.W. (W. Baeuerlen); Towrang, N.S.W. (R. T. Baker). It is 
quite limited in its distribution, and presents no difficulty of determination in the field.” 
(Original description.) 

Colombo is on the Bemboka River amongst the hills. It is no great distance 
west of Bega, and therefore in county of Auckland, in the extreme south-east of this 
State. The Wyndham locality, to be quoted later, is south-west of Colombo, and in 
the same county. Nangutta is somewhat further south. Yourie to be referred to later 
is in the county of Dampier, also a coastal county, and a little north of the county of 
Auckland. 

Towrang is a railway station 126 miles from Sydney, 8 miles north of Goulburn, 
and this locality is important since it yielded the oil attributed to this species which 
Messrs. Baker and Smith (“ Research on the Eucalypts,” p. 144) examined. 


176 
The following note bears on the apparently dubious Towrang locality :— 


“Some years ago I received from Mr. Baker specimens (in bud) from Towrang, which he attributed 
to this species, and which I attributed to E. Stuartiana F.v.M. var. parviflora, and still hold that view.” 
(Figured at figs. 3 and 4, Plate 102, Part XXIV, J.H.M.) 


“ Recently, having received certain specimens from Mr. R. H. Cambage, which had been collected 
by Mr. E. C. Andrews at Wyndham, on the Pambula-Bombala road, I went into the matter again, and 
find that they are identical with Mr. Baker’s Colombo specimens, and I agree with him as to the validity 
of his species so fa: as the Colombo specimens are concerned. Further search at Towrang reveals no 
£. angophoroides, but confirms the previous determination of E. Stuartiana. 


“The error is to be regretted, and I would point out the inconvenience of giving more than one 
locality for a type. 


“ The combination of the two species is perpetuated in my notes of E. Stuartiana F.v.M. at page 68, 
Part XXIV of my ‘ Critical Revision of the genus Eucalyptus,’ now in the press, but the type was distributed 
before I could point out the confusion.” (Maiden in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 322, 1915.) 


Mr. E. C. Andrews, now Government Geologist of New South Wales, favoured 
me with the following note on the abovementioned Wyndham locality, as follows :— 


“Mr. Cambage has said you would like to know the area from which I collected the Eucalyptus 
when visiting the Whipstick mines. Enclosed please find sketch of locality at 16 miles to inch (not 
reproduced). The plants grow thickly alongside main road between Wyndham and Whipstick, the two 
being 4 miles apart. H. Sieberiana flourishes on the siliceous granites and the Devonian sediments at 
Whipstick, one tree being 100 feet to the first limb and about 6 to 8 feet in diameter. The Eucalyptus 
(angophoroides) with the peculiar seedlings, leaves, and sapling foliage grows especially on the Devonian 
sediments and basic granite. Its mates are E. goniocalyx; E. Bosistoana, &e. _ E. coriacea is there also at 
Candelo and a few miles west of Wyndham.” (Letter of 22nd July, 1915.) 


Mr. W. Baeuerlen also collected it at Nangutta, near Eden. 


I have also received this plant under the name of ‘“‘ Cabbage Box,” from Mr. 
William Dunn, from Yourie, about 30 miles westerly from Bermagui, on the Tuross 
waters. The locality is useful, as we do not at present know the range of this species. 
This is in the county of Dampier. © ~  * 


“ Mr. Baker’s tree appears to be only found in and around Yourie as far as I can 
learn. I called on Mr. Gough, an old resident of that locality, and he states he does 
not know of any other locality that the tree may be found. The specimen of the bud, 
&c., were obtained from two separate trees, one of which is fully 8-9 feet in circum- 
ference and with a clean barrel of 38-48 feet.’’’ (Forest Guard William Dunn of 
Bermagui). Mr. Dunn is mistaken about his locality being unique, but the statement 
is evidence that the tree is not well known yet, and probably not very abundant. What 
its focus or optimum locality is, we do not yet know. 


177 


AFFINITIES. 


1. With E. Stuartiana F.v.M. (E. Bridgesiana R. T. Baker). 
“The herbarium material of this species is so similar to that of B. Bridgesiana that on my first 
examination it was included under that species, 


“My field observations since that date; and the acquisition of further material such as timber and 
oil, have convinced me that the two trees are quite different, and should not be included under the same 
name. Mr. W. Baeuerlen, indeed, who has known the trees for very many years, has always held that the 
two were different in specific characters. 


“ B. Bridgesiana is known vernacularly as ‘ Apple’ and ‘ Woolly-butt,’ but this tree as “ Apple-top 
Box.’ As stated above, the foliage, fruits, and flowers certainly resemble those of the former species, but 
there the similarity ends. The bark is a true box-bark, but the timber is quite unlike that of a box. 


“The bark has not an essential oil as pertains to EL. nova-anglica and FE. Bridgesiana. 
_ “ Although it has a regular light-coloured grey box bark, yet the appearance of the tree is more 
like that of an ‘ Apple-tree’ (Angophora), hence the local name of ‘ Apple-top Box.’ 


“(It has) ‘ A pale-coloured, soft, specifically light timber, open in the grain, and perhaps to be 
regarded as porous. It has not the broad sapwood of E. Bridgesiana Baker. It seasons well, and is suited 
for cabinet work, as it closely resembles in colour, EEN Ce texture the timber of Angophora intermedia 
DC. It is much superior to that of BE. Bridgesiana.” (Original description.) 


For E. Stuartiana see Part XXIV; plates 101 and 102, when it will be seen that 
the resemblance between the two species is considerable. The closest resemblance is 
to var. grossa, which has the coarsest juvenile foliage in the species. Morphologically 
it is not easy to separate the two species, but they differ, as Mr. Baker has pointed out, 
in timber and oil; also in their canopies, to mention no other differences. 


2. With F. eleophora F.v.M. (E£. Cambagei Deane and Maiden). 


“Tt differs from EZ. Cambagei Deane and Maiden, in the superiority of its timber and the inferiority 
of its oil, and the shape of its fruits; and from LZ. nova-anglica Deane and Maiden in the bark, colour of 
timber, and oil.’’ (Original description.) 

For E. ele@ophora see Part XIX, Plates 82 and 83. In E. angophoroides the 
juvenile leaves are more uniformly rounded, and the large intermediate leaves are 
common and characteristic. . In £. eleophora the operculum is, as a rule, only half the 
length of the calyx-tube, while the fruit is sessile, cylindroid, and, as a rule, angled or 
ribbed. At the same time the fruits of the two species are sometimes sufficiently 
similar as to necessitate caution. 


~ Miscellaneous. 


“Tt has little affinity with such Boxes as E. hemiphloia F.v.M., E. Woollsiana 
Baker, E. conica Deane and Maiden, EF. pendula A. Cunn. (£. largiflorens F.v.M.), although 
it appears to be a connecting link with these and what are known as Bastard Boxes 
such as £, Cambagei Deane and Maiden, and E£. bicolor A. Cunn.’’ (Original description.) 


What E. Woollsiana R. T. Baker is, will be stated in Part XLVII after repro- 
duction of all the Plates, and revision of the evidence. It is a synonym, in my view. 
E. bicolor A. Cunn. is a western New South Wales species with reddish brown timber, 
and very different from EZ. angophoroides. It has E. pendula A. Cunn. and E. Langone 
F.y.M. as synonyms, and has been more than once shown in the present work. 


178 


DESCRIPTION, 


CCLXII, FE. Kybeanensis Maiden and Cambage. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlviii, 417 (1914). 


Fo.Low1ne is the original description :— 


Arbor Mallee similis, 6-10’ alta, caulibus levibus viridibus, ligno pallido. Folia juvena lanceolata 
circiter 6 cm. longa, 1 cm. alta, non-glauca, subtus pallidiore-virentia, margine crassata, costa media 
prominente, venis lateralibus prominentibus et fere pinnatis. Folia matura coriacea, lanceolata circiter 
6-8 cm. longa, 1-5 cm. alta. Alabastra operculis hemisphericis diametro circiter conoideo calycis tubo 
dimidio equilongis. Flores renantheri. Fructus sessiles, ad 7 in capito, fere hemispherici, diametro 
fere 1 cm., orificio leniter rotundati, valvarum apicibus orificio acquis. 


Species cum Z£. stricta affinitate trahitur, fructibus autem maxime diversis et EH. capitellate Sm. 
similibus, qua magna “ Stringybark,” est 


Of mallee-like growth, 6 to 10 feet high, with smooth, greenish stems 14 inches in diameter. Timber 
pale coloured. 


Juvenile leayes.—Lanceolate, about 6 cm. long by 1 em. broad as the alternate stage is reached, 
very shortly petiolate, non-glaucous, of a brighter green on the underside. Margin thickened. Midrib 
prominent and raised, showing a depression on the upper page of the leaf, the lateral veins prominent and 
roughly pinnate, intramarginal vein well removed from the edge. 


Mature leaves rather coriaceous, lanceolate, about 6-8 cm. long by 1-5 cm. broad, erect, shone 
petiolate, equally green on both sides. Veins fairly prominent and qacrsien from the base; intramarginal 
vein a considerable distance from the edge. 


Buds.—Externally rough in texture, operculum hemispherical, the diameter about half the length 
of the conoid calyx-tube. 


Flowers.—Renantherous. 


Fruits.—Sessile, up to seven in the head. Nearly hemispherical, nearly 1 cm. in diameter, rim 
broad and reddish-brown, gently domed, tips of valves flush with the orifice. 


The above was drawn up from the type, collected at Kybean on the Monaro. 


Following is a description of a specimen from Blackheath, Blue Mountains, 
N.S.W., designated as ‘“‘ C,”’ and looked upon by us as a hybrid of Z. stricta Sieb. It is 
briefly referred to in Part IX, p. 283, of the present work. 


““C.—A sapling tree, say 4 inches in diameter and 12 feet high. One small clump also seen. 


Juvenile. leayes.—Not seen in the earlier stage, but in what may be termed the intermediate 


stage. In that stage they are oval or oblong, and say 14 inch long by } inch broad and profusely dotted 
with oil glands. 


Mature leaves bright green, rather coriaceous. Veins fairly prominent, and spreading from the 
base; intramarginal vein a considerable distance from the edge. Tips of the leaves hooked as a rule. 
Reminds one a foliage of EZ. stricta, amongst which it’ grows, though the venation is probanly, more 
prominent than that of L. stricta 


179 


Buds numerous, pointed and in heads, giving it a stellate aspect. Hardly so clavate as those of 
E. stricta, but not seen ripe. Four to ten in the umbel. 


Flowers.—Expanded ones not seen. 


Fruits in dense heads, the common peduncle up to a quarter of an inch, pedicels absent. Individual 
fruits rarely hemispherical, slightly compressed at the base, rim broad and reddish-brown, slightly domed, 
tips of valves flush with the orifice. 


Bark smooth, very long ribbons. 
Timber pale-coloured. 


Affinities ——The surrounding species are ZH. stricta Sieb.; EH. Sreberiana F.v.M.; E. Moorei 
Maiden and Cambage; and #. Gunnii Hook. f. var maculosa Maiden (£. maculosa R. T. Baker). It has 
already been pointed out that the foliage resembles that of #. stricta. The buds exhibit slight resemblances 
at least to Z. stricta and to EB. Gunniz var. maculosa, particularly to the former, but the affinity of the fruit 
is not at present obvious, though they are suggestive of some forms of both E. capitellata and E. eugeniordes, 
to which trees our plant has otherwise not the slightest resemblance, and it may turn out to be a good species.” 
(Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxx, 201, 1905.) 


RANGE. 


Confined to New South Wales, so far as we know at present, but it may be 
expected to be found in north-eastern Victoria. 


The type grew on sandy conglomerate formation at Kybean, amongst Casuarina 
nana Sieber, near the Kydra Trigonometrical Station, on the Great Dividing Range, 
4,000 feet above sea-level, 16 miles easterly from Nimitybelle, near Cooma (R. H. 
Cambage, 4th November, 1908.) 


The plant already referred to at “C” was collected at Blackheath in a high 
part of the Blue Mountains. 


AFFINITY. 


1. With £. stricta Sieb., and other species. 


Unfortunately the material of H. Kybeanensis is scanty, so that the last word 
has not been said in regard to its relationships. It is shrubby, almost Mallee-like. In 
this respect and to some extent in the seedlings, it has relations to-Z. stricta. In the 
somewhat straight venation of the juvenile leaves it shows affinity to the H. coriacea 
group, and in the fruits to the #. capitellata group. It certainly requires further 
investigation. 


180 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLXIV, E. eremophila Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, 71 (1920). 


Fotiow1nc is the original description :— 


Frutex vel arbor mediocris, cortice leve, squamosa, ramulis glaucescentibus; foliis junioribus 
angusto-lanceolatis, vel lanceolatis; foliis maturis lineari-lanceolatis ad lanceolatis, coriaceis, nitentibus, 
venis secondariis tenuibus sed remotiusculis, non pennivenis; pedunculis elongatis, applanatis, pedicellis 
fere teretibus ca. 5 mm. longis, calycis tubo oblongo vel cylindroideo, turbinato, ca. 5 mm. longo; opezculo 
cornuto calycis tubo ca. quinquies aequilongo, diametro distincte minore, filamentis antherisque Cornutis 
similibus; fructibus cylindroideis vel sphericis, calycis tubo crasso, capsule apice applanato fere margini 
aequante, fructu truncato. 


A shrub or medium-sized tree, with smooth scaly bark. -Branchlets glaucescent. 


Juvenile leaves (suckers) not available in the earliest stage, but probably narrow. Those of the 
seedlings are narrow-lanceolate to lanceolate. 


Mature leaves linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, coriaceous, shiny, not glaucescent, the secondary 
veins fine but rather distant and, at all events in the intermediate stage, spreading and roughly parallel, 
not feather-veined. 


Pedunceles elongate, flattened, pedicels nearly terete, distinct, about 5 mm. long. 
Calyx-tube oblong or cylindroid turbinate, about 5 mm. long. 


Operculum sometimes coloured (reddish), straight or horn-shaped, up to five times as long as the — 
calyx-tube and much less in diameter. Filaments yellowish, sometimes crimson, angular, glandular, and 
with anthers as in the Cornute. 

Fruits cylindroid to spherical; top of the capsule nearly flush with the rim, giving the fruit when not 
fully ripe a characteristically truncate flattish appearance. When the fruit is ripe its mouth becomes 
rounded and somewhat contracted. 


As it is figured as indicated below, further illustrations do not appear to be 
necessary at this place. 


SYNONYM. 


E. occidentalis Endlicher var. eremophila Diels, in Engler’s Jahrb., xxxv, 
442, 1905. 
See also this work, Part XXXVI, p. 147. Figured at Plate 149, figures 7-11 
of the same work. ; 
The relations of #. occidentalis Endl. var. grandiflora Maiden (Part XXXVI, 
p- 149, and figures 1 and 2, Plate 150) to EZ, eremophila remain a matter for further 
eolsideration. 


181 


RANGE. 


It is confined to Western Australia so far as we know at present, but it is quite 
possible that it may occur in western South Australia. This is a dry country form, and 
its range may be stated as bounded by Watheroo on the Midland Railway, to 140 miles 
east of Kalgoorlie, and north of Esperance and back again to the vicinity of the Great 
Southern Railway. It probably has a very extensive range in country of low rainfall. 

“Shrub 4 metres high, flowers yellow, calyptra (opercula) reddish.” Near 
Coolgardie (Dr. L. Diels, No. 5237). Coolgardie, or rather Boorabbin (E. Pritzel, 
No. 917). I have also received it from Coolgardie (L. C. Webster). The type comes 
from Coolgardie. Other localities are quoted, op. cit., p. 148. 


AFFEINIEIES. 


It is a member of the Cornute. 


1. With E. occidentalis Endl. 


It is sharply separated from this species in its narrow juvenile foliage, that of 
E. occidentalis being broad. Those of the former are shiny, with more numerous oil 
dots. Buds usually longer, hence with longer filaments; staminal disc broader. The 
fruit of EZ. occidentalis is campanulate, while that of EL. eremophila is cylindroid or 
inclining to hemispherical. 


2. With EB. platypus Hook. 


Here I invite attention to the similarities and dissimilarities I have brought 
forward at pages 151 and 152 of Part XXXVI of the present work. 


182 


_. DESCRIPTION. 


LXX. E. decipiens Endl. 


_ (Synonym £. concolor Schauer, No. LXIX.) 


Ir my readers will turn to Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, Proc. Dec., 1920), there will 
be found a brief note recording that I drew attention to the confusion that has gathered 
around £. concolor in the same Journal, Vol. XLVII, p. 231 (1913). I have carried the 
matter a stage further in the present work, Part XLII, page 66. I have now received 
admirable specimens from Mr. C. A. Gardner, who is collecting on behalf of Mr. C. E. 
Lane-Poole, the Conservator of Forests of Western Australia. His specimens come from 
Spearwood, near Fremantle, Western Australia, are complete, and supply the missing 
evidence that H. concolor is specifically identical with EL. decipiens. 


At the top of p. 67 I suggested “‘ it may turn out that 2. concolor is the Fremantle 
form of H. decipiens.” Mr. Gardner’s specimens prove this, and we are therefore justified 
in suppressing HZ. concolor Schauer as a separate species. Not only has the conclusion 
been arrived at by the direct evidence of field observations, but the result is confirmed 
by seedlings raised from seeds from various localities, and grown in the Botanic Gardens, 
Sydney. 


Mr. Gardner’s description of the Fremantle tree, which follows, is valuable, 
that while L. decipiens, it is E. concolor, and from practically the type locality. 


Eucalyptus decipiens Endl.—A tree attaining 30 to 50 feet, but usually much. less, the branches 
spreading or almost pendulous, and very much like E. gomphocephala DC. in appearance. Bark thick, 
persistent and rough, of an ash-grey colour, the bark of the upper portions sometimes smooth. 


Leaves variable in shape and size. Sucker leaves opposite or alternate, obcordate or almost 
orbicular, 2-3 cm. long and as broad, glaucous, the midrib scarcely conspicuous, the veins at an angle of 
45 degrees to the midrib, the intramarginal one at a distance from the edge. Adult leaves ovate-lanceolate 
or lanceolate, undulate, slightly falcate, coriaceous and shining, about 9 cm. long, the midrib conspicuous, 
the intramarginal vein distinct and usually about -2 cm. from the edge. 


Peduncles lateral, terete and thick,:8 cm. long, bearing a dense sessile head of 6 to 9 flowers. Calyx- 
tube broadly turbinate, -5 cm. long and as broad. Operculum conical as long as the calyx-tube, obtuse, the 
line of separation distinct. Stamens inflected in the bud, filaments white, filiform, terete or slightly 
flattened at the base -7 cm. long, anthers globular. Ovary conical, style thickened at the base, about 
“6 cm. long, tapering. ; 

Fruit broadly turbinate or campanulate -5 cm. long and about as broad. Capsule sunk beneath the 
prominent truncate rim, the points of the valves slightly protruding. 


Collected at Spearwood near Fremantle in limestone on low hills near the sea. Some of the young 
trees grow in dense patches, are erect, and might in appearance suggest a mallee. Coll. C. A. Gardner, 
14th September, 1920. 


183 


APPENDIX, 


Eucalyptus cochinchinensis Auct. 


In Part I, p. 18 of the present work, there is a list of some non-eucalypts described 
as Hucalypts. The following may be added. 

_ The late Dr. C. B. Robinson, the well-known botanical explorer of the Philippine 
Bureau of Science, Manila, wrote to me on 10th April, 1911, “‘ In the Botanic Gardens 
at Saigon, I was shown a plant under the name of Hucalyptus cochinchinensis, and told 
that it is very common both in Cochin China and Cambodia. Subsequently I found it 
in great abundance in southern Annam. However, I believe it to be a Melaleuca. It 
may interest you, as it has been referred to Eucalyptus.” 


Dr. E. D. Merrill, of the Bureau, sent me the following specimens :— 
1012. C. B. Robinson, 8-3-11, as above. It is Melaleuca Leucadendron L. 


1092. C. B. Robinson, 12-3-11. Melaleuca leucadendron lL. Nha-trang, 
Annam. “ A tree 4 m. high, growing at an altitude of 2 metres.” 


Explanation of Plates (188-191). 
PLATE 188. 


E. tetragona F.v.M. 


A. (Lanceolate-leaved series, with rather long petioles. It is not possible to make a sharp line of 
demarcation, as the leaves are transitional from lanceolate to ovate, but there is acertain amount of 
convenience in the grouping.) 


la, 16. Juvenile leaves, from the original plate of Hudesmia tetragona R.Br. in Appendix to Flinders’ Voyage, 
ii, 599, t. 3. 


2. Buds, from shrub of 15 feet, Murchison River. (Augustus Oldfield.) 
3a. Leaf and fruits; 3b, fruit, end on. Drummond’s No. 69. 


4a. Buds; 46, leaf with fruits; 4c, fruit, as ripe as is available; 4d, fruit, end on. Esperance Bay 
(Correspondent of Mueller). This is the “tiansit to EH. eudesmioides,’ of Mueller, and is the 
specimen referred to by Mueller at p. 168, and by Diels and Pritzel at p. 168. The fruits are not 
quite ripe, and therefore imperfectly ribbed; this, I think, has contributed to the confusion 
concerning this specimen. 


B. (Ovate-leaved series, with rather short petioles.) 


5. Juvenile leaves, showing stellate-hairs. Kalgan Plains, near Mount Stirling Range. (J.H.M.) 


6a. Apparently mature leaf; 6b, buds; 6c, front and back views of anther; 6d, flower in elevation; 6e¢, 
flower in plan, showing four bundles of stamens. Hsperance. (J.H.M.) 


7. Leaves and buds. (Drummond’s 4th Collection, No. 75.) (See also Plate 189.) 


1£4 
PLATE 189. 


i. teragona ¥F.v.M. (concluded’. 
la. Leaf and fruit; 10, fruit. (Drummond’s 4th Collection, No. 78.) 


2a. Fruits; 2b, fruit, end on. Stirling Range (Louis Dillon). These are the largest fruits I have seen in 
the species. 


E. eudesmioides F.v.M. 


3a. Juvenile leaves (not in the earliest stage); 3b, buds; 3c, mature leaf and flowers; 3d, enlarged flower, 
in elevation; 3e, three views of anther; 3f, fruits. 


In considering 3d, which is enlarged, it will be observed that the top of the calyx-tube has 
not the sunk appearance which is observable in the fruit. The explanation is that the calyx-tube 
increases in length as ripening proceeds, but the disc remains stationary. The calyx-teeth 
eventually become absorbed or dry up and break off. _I have seen one of these four teeth alone 
remaining on the fruit. From Mount Curious, Murchison River (Augustus Oldfield). The 
type. 


4, Fruits, more angled than usual. Mingenew. (W. V. Fitzgerald.) 


5a, 5b, 5c, 5d, 5e. Various stages of juvenile leaves, 5a being in the earliest stage, while 5e is most mature, 
but not as mature as 3c. All from Mingenew. (J.H.M.) Mingenew is on the Midland Railway 
Line (Perth to Geraldton), and is 227 miles north of Perth. 


FE. Ebbanoensis u.sp. 


6a. Mature leaf; 6b, flowers; 6c, fruits. Sand Plain,E bbano, east from Mingenew. (Dr.A. Morrison.) The 
type. 


7a. Mature leaf and buds; 7b, three views of anther; 7c, fruits. Comet Vale, 63 miles north of Kalgoorlie. 
(J. T. Jutson.) 


PLATE 190. 


E.. Andrewsi Maiden. 


1. Fruits, pear-shaped and domed. From State Forest No. 308, parish Robertson, county of Gough, 
N.8.W. (Forest Guard’s specimen, No. 20, June, 1903.) 


2a. Front and back views of anthers; 2b, larger, pear-shaped fruits. These are up to fourteen in the head 
from this locality. 2c, leaf in an intermediate stage. Boonoo Boonoo, Tenterfield District- 
(J. L. Boorman.) 


3. Fruits, nearly hemispherical and slightly domed, taken from the type specimen. ‘Tingha, N.S.W. 
(R. H. Cambage.) 


4. Fruits, flat-topped, nine in the head, taken from a co-type. Howell, near Tingha. (J.H.M.) 


5a. Juvenile leaf, almost in the intermediate stage; 5b, mature leaf; 5c, buds; 5d, flowers, showing styles 
and stigmas; 5e, front and back views of anther; 5f, campanulate young fruits, a trifle 
diagrammatic; 5g, fruits; 5h, single fruit, both it and 5g being pear-shaped to conoid. Tenterfield, 
N.S.W. (C. F. Laseron), All drawn from type specimens of E. campanulata R. T. Baker, 5a, 5b 
being drawn from type specimens supplied by Mr. Baker, the remainder being reproduced from 
Mr. Baker’s drawings of the type, Plate XIII, Vol. XLV, Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 


I cannot separate leaves, buds, fruits, nor any other organs of EZ. campanulata from 
E, Andrewsi, and what has doubtless misled Mr. Baker in my drawings of the type of the latter in 
Plate 36 of the present work is the greater width of the juvenile leaf (he only depicts an inter- 


mediate leaf), and the almost hemispherical fruits, which are only one amongst several yarying 
shapes, 


185 


PLATE 190—continued. 


E. angophoroides R. T. Baker. 
(See also Plate 191.) 


6a. Juvenile leaf; 6b, intermediate leaf; 6c, mature leaf; 6d, buds; 6¢, fruits. ‘‘ Apple-topped Box,” 
Colombo, Bega District, N.S.W. (W. Baeuerlen.) The type. 


7. Fruits, not domed, “‘ Cabbage Box.” Nangutta, near Eden. (W. Baeuerlen.) 


82. Buds; 88, front and back view of anther; 8c, fully ripe fruits. Yourie, via Bermagui. (Forest Guard 
William Dunn.) 


Ja, 9b. Juvenile leaves, quite small; 9c, intermediate leaf (compare with 6b). Wyndham, near Eden. 
(J. L. Boorman.) For some other specimens belonging to the same locality showing further 
variation of leaves in this species, see Plate 191. 


PLATE 191. 


E. angophoroides R. T. Baker (concluded). 


la, 16. Different stages of intermediate leaves, to be compared with those on the preceding Plate. Wyndham, 
N.S.W. (J. L. Boorman.) 


2. Perhaps the largest intermediate leaf I have seen in this species. Wyndham (EK. C. Andrews per R. H. 
Cambage.) 


E. Kybeanensis Maiden and Cambage. 


3a. Mature leaf; 3b, young buds with rounded opercula; 3c, front and back views of anther; 3d, fruits 
on a rachis square in section, which is unusual in fruiting specimens in Eucalyptus. This species 
is therefore one of the few which flower when the foliage is in the juvenile stage. Kybean, Monaro, 
N.S.W. (R.H. Cambage.) The type. 


4a,4b. Juvenile leaves (N.B., the mature leaf is similar to 3a); 4c, very young buds, with pointed opercula; 
4d, 4e, fruits. Blackheath, Blue Mountains, N.8.W. (R. H. Cambage and J.H.M.) 


At one time labelled C, and looked upon as a hybrid of E, stricta Sieb. See Part IX, p. 283. 


ee 
oe 
i aT 2 


eames 


Z 


. oy x 
Ce) eines 5 
fa) 3 ry 
st 4 
5 RANI 3 
=| £ 
Ou 2 
hel 
uo 
9 
ie 
br 
lan 
Ov 
c 
H 
o 
wus) 
o 
a 
AY 
[e) 
i) 
{0} 
oO 
) 
(ep) 
SI 
a 
iz 
fy 
< 
Za 
e) 
©) 
< 
~ 
oe 
(eal 
a 
cp) 
=) 
fH 
Ay 
tH 
4 
< 
O 
=) 
ea} 
n 
=) 
e 
ou 
~ 
ey 
=< 
oO 
=) 
w 
> 
fy 
[aa 
& ee 1 lerdrceaauedi oat 


PL. 189. 


Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


el-ef Lith. 


ES AA A EL ANAS ESEP, 


M-Flockion.d 


DIAS ELE RTPA 


ox ae mw oe wre ow 
wasn ew eee we = 


(6, 7) 


(3-5) 


[See also Plate 188.] 


LE ORR RNAI RIN LPIA RIAD 


.v.M. 


EUCALYPTUS EUDESMIOIDES F 
EUCALYPTUS EBANOENSIS MaipEn n.sp 


ae < 
ee POS 
CoE area 


2) 


ee anne as 


(1, 


he) pond an nee 


nomenon 


EUCALYPTUS TETRAGONA F.v.M. 


PL. 190. 


Rev. EUCALYPTUS. 


CRIT. 


| 


M.Floeliton.dei ef ith. 


EUCALYPTUS ANDREWSI MaipEen (1-5) [See also Figs. 1-4, Plate 36 | 
EUCALYPTUS ANGOPHOROIDES R. T. Baker (6-9) [See also Plate 191.] 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


Se 


i, 


—— 


tle 


Sor OITA eT 


M.FlocKton. delet hith- 


PUCALYERUS ANGOPHOROIDES Ree BAKER =(172)es[See alsomblate  .or| 


(3, 4) 


EUCALYPTUS KYBEANENSIS MaIpEN and CAMBAGE. 


The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “ Forest Flora of New 
South Wales”’* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs 
of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic 
value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of 
the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— 


acacioides A. Cunn, (xlviii). melliodora A. Cunn. (ix). 
acmenicides Schauer (xxxii). macrocorys F.v.M. (xxxviil). 
affinis Deane and Maiden (lvi). microtheca F.v.M. (lii). 
amygdalina Labill. (xvi). Muelleriana Howitt (xxx). 
Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). numerosa Maiden (xvii). 
Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). obliqua L’ Hérit. (xxii). 
Baueriana Schauer (lvii). ochrophicia F.v.M. (1). 
Baueriana Schauer var. conica Maiden (viii). odorata Behr. and Schlectendal (xli). 
Behriana F.v.M. (xlvi). oleosa F.v.M. (1x). 

bicolor A. Cunn. (xliv). paniculata Sm. (viii). 

Boormani Deane and Maiden (xlv). pilularis Sm. (xXxxi). 

Bosistoana F.v.M. (xlii). piperita Sm. (Xxxiil). 

Caley: Maiden (lv). Planchoniana F.v.M. (xxiv). 
capitellata Sm. (xxviii). polyanthemos Schauer (1ix). 
conica Deane and Maiden (Ivii). populifolia Hook. (xlvii). 
Consideniana Maiden (xxxvi). propinqgua Deane and Maiden (Ixi). 
coriacea A. Cunn. (Xv). punctata DC. (x). 

corymbosa Sm. (xii). radiata Sieb., as amygdalina (xvi). 
crebra F.v.M. (li). regnans B.v.M. (xviii). 
Dalrympleana Maiden (Ixiv). resinifera Sm. (iil). 

dives Schauer (x1x). rostrata Schlecht. (1x). 

dumosa A, Cunn. (Ixv). rubida Deane and Maiden (xliii). 
eugentoides Sieber. (xxix). saligna Sm. (iv). 

fruticetorum F.v.M. (xlii). siderophloia Benth. (xxxix). 
gigantea Hook. f. (li). stderoxylon A. Cunn. (xiii). 
glovulus L? Her. (1xvii). Sieberiana F.v.M. (xxxiv). 
goniocalyx F.v.M. (vi). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). 

hamastoma Sm. (XxXxvii). tereticornis Sm. (xi). 

hemiphioia F.v.M. (vi). lessellaris F.v.M. (xvi). 
longifolia Link and Otto (ii). Thozetiana F.v.M. (xlix). 
Luehmanniana F.v.M. (xxvi). viminalis Labill. (1xiv). 
macrorrhyncha ¥.v.M. (xxvii). virgata Sieb. (xxv). 

maculata Hook. (vii). vitrea R. T. Baker (xxiii). 


melanophloia F.v.M. (liv). 


* Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. Price ls. per part (10s. per 12 parts) ; each part containing 4 plates and 
other illustrations. ‘ 


Sydney: William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer—192L 


dua Ss i raat 


soe ce 


aie Eee aed 


XIX—101I. 
102. 


103. 
104. 
105. 


‘XX—106. 


107. 


108. 
109. 
110. 
TE 


112. 


XXI—113. 


114. 


115. 
116. 


XXII—117. 
118. 
Ie)s 
120. 
121. 
122. 
123. 
124. 


XII—125. 


126. 


127. 


XIV—128. 
129. 

130. 
esi. 
132. 
Plates, 100 bis—103. 


. Eucalyptus Macarthuri Deane and Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus aggregata Deane and Maiden. 

. Lucalyptus parvifolia Cambage. 

. Bucalyptus alba Reinwardt. 

(Issued February, 1916., 


. Hucalyptus macrocarpa Hook. 

. Zucalyptus Prevssiana Schauer. 

. Eucalyptus megacarpa F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus globulus Labillardiére. 
. Hucalyptus Mardenz F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus urnigera Hook. f. 


Plates, 77-80. (Issued July, 1913.) 


Eucalyptus goniocalyx F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus nitens Maiden. 

Eucalyptus eleophora F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus cordata Labill. 

Eucalyptus angustissima F.v.M. 

Plates, 81-84. (Issued December, 1913.) 


Eucalyptus gigantea Hook. f. 
Eucalyptus longifolia Link and Otto. 
Bucalyptus diversicolor F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Guilfoyle: Maiden. 
Eucalypius patens Bentham. 
Eucalyptus Todiiana ¥.v.M. 
Eucalyptus nicranthera F.v.M. 
Plates, 85-88. (Issued March, 1914.) 


Eucalyptus conerea F.v.M,. 

Eucalyptus pulverulenta Sims. 
Eucalyptus cosmophylla F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus gomphocephala A. P. DC. 
Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914.) 


Eucalyptus erythronema Turcz. 


Eucalyptus acacieformis Deane & Maiden. 


Eucalyptus pallidifolia F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus cesia Benth. 

Eucalyptus tetraptera Turcz. 
Eucalyptus Forrestiana Diels. 
Eucalyptus miniata A. Cunn. 
Eucalyptus phenicea F.v.M. 

Plates, 93-96. (Issued April, 1915.) 


Eucalyptus robusta Smith. 

Eucalyptus botryoides Smith. 
Eucalyptus saligna Smith. 

Plates, 97-100. (Issued July, 1915.) 


Eucalyptus Deane: Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Dunni Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Stuartiana F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Banksw Maiden. 


Eucalyptus quadrangulata Deane & Maiden. 
(Issued November, 1915.) 


Plates, 104-107. 


. Eucalyptus Perrmiana ¥.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus Gunniw Hook. f. 
. Hucalyptus rubida Deane and Maiden. 


Plates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) 


. Eucdyptus maculosa R. T. Baker. 
2. Eucalyptus precoc Maiden. 

. Evedyptus ovata Labill. 

. Lucdyptus neglecta Maiden. 


Plates, 112-115. (Issued July, 1916.) 


146. 
147. 


148. 


Plates, 116-119. 


AXIX—149. 
150. 
151. 
152. 
153. 


154. 


Plates, 120-123. 


XXX—155. 
156. 

157. 
Plates, 124-127. 


Part XXVIMI—145. Eucalyptus vernicosa sx eee 


Eucalyptus Mudleri VT. 

Eucalyptus Kitsoniana (J. eee mann) 
Maiden. ; 

Eucalyptus viminalis Labillara;s 6. 

(Issued Decemier, 1916.) 

Eucalyptus Baeuerlent F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus scoparia Maiden. 

Eucalyptus Benthami Maiden & Camhk oe. 

Eucalyptus propingua Deane and Mai 

Eucalyptus punctaia DC. 

Eucalyptus Kirtoniana F.v.M. 

(Issued February, 1917.) 


Eucalyptus resinifera Sm. 
Eucalyptus pellita F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus brachyandra F.v.M. 
(Issued April, 1917.) 


AXXI—158. Hucalyptus tereticornis Smith. 


159. 


Eucalyptus Bancrofti Maiden. 


160. Eucalyptus amplifolia Naudin. ~ 


Plates, 128-131. 


XXXII—161. 
162. 
163. 
164. 
165. 
166. 


167. 


Plates, 132-135. 
XXXHI—168. Eucalyptus rostrata Schlechtendal. 


169. 
170. 
171. 


Plates, 136-139. 


XXXIV—172. Eucalyptus redunca Schauer. *~ 
173. 

174. 

175. 

Plates, 140-143. 


XXXV--176. 
177. 
178. 
179. 
180. 


181. 


Plates, 144-147. 


XXXVI—182. 
183. 
184. 


185. 
186. 


187. 


188. 


Plates, 148-151. 


XXXVII—189. Eucalyptus clavigera A. Cunn. 
190. 
MOTE 
192. 

Plates, 152-155. 


(Issued July, 1917. A 


Eucalyptus Seeana Maiden. 

Eucalyptus exserta F.v.M, 

Eucalyptus Parramattensis C. Hall. 
Huecalyptus Blakely: Maiden. 

Eucalyptus dealbata A. -Cunn. 

Eucalyptus Morristi R. T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus A owittiana F:v.M. 

(Issued September, 1917.) 


Eucalyptus rudis Endlicher. 

Eucalyptus Dundasi Maiden. 

Eucalyptus pachyloma Benth. 

(Issued December, 1917.) 


Eucalyptus accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. 
Eucalyptus cornuta Labill: 

Eucalyptus W ebstercana’ Maiden. 
(Issued April, 1918.) 


Eucalyptus Lehmanni Preiss. 
Eucalyptus annulata Benth. 
Eucalyptus platypus Hooker. 
Eucalyptus spathulata Hooker. — 
Eucalyptus gamophylia F.v. Me 
Eucalyptus argilacea W.V. Witzeerala 
(Issued: August, ‘1918. ) 


Eucalyptus occidentalis Endlicher, 

Eucalyptus macrandra F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus salubris F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus cladocalyx F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus Cooperiana F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus intertexta R. T. Baker. 

Eucalyptus confluens (W. VY. Fitzgerald) 
Maiden. 

(Issued January, 1919.) 


Eucalyptus aspera F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus grandifolia R.Br. 
Eucalyptus papuana F.v.M. 

(Issued March, 1919.) 


Part AXK" mn +193. 


Eucalyptus tessellaris F.v.M. 


= 194. Eucalyptus Spencervana Maiden. 


195. 
196. 
197. 
198. 
199. 
200. 

9. 
201, 
202. 
203. 

Plates, 156-159. 


XXXIX—204. 
205. 
206. 

. Kucalyptus patellaris F.v.M. 

. Hucalyptus celastrovdes Turczaninow. 

. Kucalyptus gracilis F.v.M. 

. Hucalyptus transcontinentalis Maiden. 

. Lucalyptus longicornis F.v.M. 

. Kucalyptus oleosa ¥.v.M. 

. Hucalyptus 

. Hucalyptus virgata Sieber. 

. Eucalyptus oreades R. T. Baker. 

. Lucalyptus obtusiflora DC. 

Eucalyptus fraxinoides Deane and Maiden. 


Plates, 160-163. 


215. 


XL—216. 
217. 

218. 

Be 9: 

220. 

221. 


222, 
Plates, 164-167. 


XLI—223. 


224. 
225. 
226. 


114. 


Eucalyptus Cliftoniana W. V. Fitzgerald. 
Eucalyptus setosa Schauer. 

Eucalyptus ferruginea Schauer. 
Eucalyptus Moorei Maiden and Cambage. 
Eucalyptus dumosa A. Cunn. 

Eucalyptus torquata Luehmann. 
Eucalyptus amygdalina Labill. 
Eucalyptus radiata Sieber. 

Hucalyptus numerosa Maiden. 

Eucalyptus nituda Hook. f. 


(Issued July, 1919.) 


Eucalyptus Torelliana F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus corymbosa Smith. 
Eucalyptus intermedia R. T. Baker. 


Flocktonie Maiden. 


(Issued February, 1920.) 


Lucalyptus terminalis ¥.v.M. 
Eucalyptus dichromophloia F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus pyrophora Benth. 
Hucalyptus levopinea R. 'T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus ligustrima DC. 

Eucalyptus stricta Sieber. 

Eucalyptus grandis (Hill) Maiden. 
(Issued March, 1920.) 


Eucalyptus latifolia F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Foelscheana F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Abergiana F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus pachyphylla F.y.M. 
Eucalyptus pyriformis Turczaninow. 
variety Kingsmill: Maiden. 


. Lucalyptus Oldfieldia F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus Drummondw Bentham, 


Plates, 168-171. (Issued June, 1920.) 


Part XLII—228. 


229, 


XLII. — 23 


241. 
242. 


Plates, 176-179. 


XLIV—243. 


244. 


245. 


246. 


247. 
248, 
249. 
250. 


251. 
252. 


XLV.— 253. 
254. 

. Hucalyptus odontocarpa E.v.M. 

. Hucalyptus capitellata Smith. 

. Eucalyptus Camfieldi Maiden. 

. Hucalyptus Blaalandi Maiden and 


.. Eucalyptus Watsoniana F.v.M. 


q 
, Hucalyptus hybrida Maiden. / 
. Hucalyptus Kruseana F.v.M. } 
. Eucalyptus Dawsoni R. T. Baker. © 
. Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. i 
. Eucalyptus Baueriana Schauer. } 
. Eucalyptus conica Deane and Hes 
70. 


Plates, 172-175. 


6. Eucalyptus jicifolia EyM, 
237. 
238. 
239. 
240, 


. Eucalyptus Normantonensis Maid 


Eucalyptus eximia Schauer. 
Hucalyptus peltata Bentham. 


} 


i 


Eucalyptus trachyphloia E.v.M. 


Eucalypius concolor Schauer. 
(Issued August, 1920.) 


Eucalyptus calcphylla R.Br. 


Eucalyptus hamatoxylon Maiden 
Eucalyptus maculata Hook. 


Eucalyzius Moorecna (W. V. ee 
Maiden. : 

Eucalyptus approxumans Maiden. 

Eucalyptus Stoward: Maiden. 


(Issued November, 


Eucalyptus perfoliata R. Brown. 
Eucalyptus ptychocarpa ¥.v.M. : 
Eucalyptus somilis Maiden. i 
Eucalyptus lurata (W. V. Hivzeerald 
Maiden n.sp. 
Eucalyptus Baileyana F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Lane-Poolec Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Ewartiana Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Baker: Maiden. 
Hucalyptus Jackson: Maiden. 
Eucalyptus eremophila Maiden. 


Plates, 180-183. (Issued February, 19} 


Eucalyptus erythrocorys E.v.M. 
Hucalyptus tetrodonta R.v.M. 


Cambage. 


} 
fi 


Cambage. 


Plates, 184-187. (Issued April, 19 


: 
A 


B CRIHCAL REVERSION OF THE 
GENUS EUCALYPTUS 


BY 


|. DPALDEN ISOS ERS BLS. 


(Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the 
Botanic Gardens, Sydney), 


VOR FAN fo 


PA ORD -; ‘ 
rf vn OL G T pi 
ak 


253) Ved 


: or tHe \ 253146 / 
Fe AR r XLVII COMPLETE WORK/2a) Mus so 


&\ 


(WITH FOUR PLATES.) 


PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. 


Published by Authority of 
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTII WALES. 


Svdnev ; 
WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER. 


*12761 1921. 


Part I—1. 


II—2. 
iI—3. 
iv—4 


VITI—17. 
18. 
IL)s 
20. 
21. 
22. 
23. 


Eucalyptus pilularis Sm., and var. 
Muelleriana Maiden. 
Plates, 1-4. (Issued March, 1903.) 


Eucalyptus obliqua Li Heritier. 
Plates, 5-8. (Issued May, 1903.) 


Eucalyptus calycogona Turezaninow. 
Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.) 


. Eucalyptus incrassata Labillardiére. 
. Eucalaptus fecunda Schauer. 


Plates, 18-24. (Issued June, 1904.) 


. Eucalyptus stellulata Sieber. 

. Eucalyptus coriacea A. Cunn. 

. Eucalyptus coccifera Hook. f. 

(Issued November, 1904.) 


. Eucalyptus amygdalina Labillardiére. 
. Eucalyptus linearis Dehnhardt. 
. Eucalyptus Risdoni Hook. f. 


Plates, 25-28. 


Plates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) 


. Eucalyptus regnans F.v.M. 
. Euealyptus vitellina Naudin, and Lucalyptus 


vitrea R. T. Baker. 


. Hucalyptus dives Schauer. 
. Bucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden. 
. Bucalyptus diversifolia Bonpland. 


Plates, 33-36. (Issued October, 1905.) 


Eucalyptus capitellata Sm. 
Eucalyptus Muelleriana Howitt. 
Eucalyptus macrorrhyncha ¥.v.M. 
Eucalyptus eugenioides Sieber. 
Bucalyptus marginata Sm. 
Eucalyptus buprestium F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus sepulcralis F.v.M. 
Plates, 37-40. (Issued March, 1907.) 


24. Hucalyptus alpina Lindl. 
, Eucalyptus microcorys F.v.M. 


Eucalyptus acmenioides Schauer. 


, Eucalyptus umbra R. T. Baker. 

28. Eucalyptus virgata Sieber. 

. Eucalyptus apiculata Baker and Smith. 

. Eucalyptus Luehmanniana F. v. Mueller. 

. Eucalyptus Planchoniana F.v.M. 

(Issued November, 1907.) 


2. Eucalyptus piperita Sm. 

. Eucalyptus Sieberiana F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus Consideniana Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus hemastoma Sm. 

. Eucalyptus siderophloia Benth. 

. Eucalyptus Boormani Deane and Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus leptophleba F.v.M. 

. Bucalyptus Behriana F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus populifolua Hook. 


Plates, 41-44. 


Part XI—46. 


(contd.) 


Eucalyptus Bowmani F.v.M. (Doubtful species.) 


Plates, 45-48. (Issued December, 1508.) 


. Eucalyptus Bosistoana F.v.M. 

2. Hucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn. 

. Eucalyptus hemiphloia F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus odorata Behr and Schlechtendal. 


44 (a). An Ironbark Boz. 


45. 


Eucalyptus fruticetorum F.v.M. 


XVII—89. 
. Eucalyptus leptopoda Bentham. 
. Eucalyptus squamosa Deane and Maide 
. Eucalyptus Oldfield F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus orbifolia F.v.M. : 
. Eucalyptus pyriformis Turczaninow. 


. Eucalyptus Thozetiana ¥.v.M. 
. Lucalyptus ochrophlaa F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus microtheca F.v.M. 


. Eucalyptus Raveretiana F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus crebra F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus Staigeriana F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus melanophloia F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus pruinosa Schauer. { 
. Eucalyptus Smith R. T. Baker. 

. Eucalyptus Naudiniana F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus sideroxylon A. Cunn. 

. Eucalyptus leucorylon F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus Caley: Maiden. 


. Eucalyptus melliodora A, Cunn. 

. Eucalyptus fasciculosa F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus uncinata Turezaninow. 
. Eucalyptus decipiens Endl. | 
. Eucalyptus concolor Schauer. 
. Eucalyptus Cléeziana ¥.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus oligantha Schauer. 


. Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus Gillii Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus falcata Turez. 


. Eucalyptus Le Souefii Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus Clelandi Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus decurva F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus doratoxylon F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus corrugata Luehmann. 

. Eucalyptus goniantha Turez. 

2. Eucalyptus Strickland: Maiden. . 
. Eucalyptus Campaspe 8. le M. Moore. ~ 
. Eucalyptus diptera Andrews. 

. Eucalyptus Griffithsic Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus grossa F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus Pimpiniana Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus Woodwardi Maiden. 


Eucalyptus acacioides A. Cunn. 


Plates, 49-52. (Issued February, 


Plates, 53-56. (Issued November, 


. Eucalyptus affinis Deane and Maiden. 
61. 
. Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. 

. Eucalyptus Rudderi Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus Baueriana Schauer. 
. Eucalyptus cneorifolia DC. | 


Eucalyptus paniculata Sm. 


Plates, 57-60. (Issued July, 1911. | 


Plates, 61-64. (Issued March, 191 


Plates, 65-68. (Issued July, 1912. 


Eucalyptus oleosa ¥.v.M., var. Flockton 
Maiden. 


Plates, 69-72. (Issued September 
Eucalyptus salmonophlova ¥.v.M. 


Plates, 73-76. (Issued February 


AEC RITICAL REWISION 9OF THE 


GENUS EUCALYPTUS 


BY 


oe MATDEN SSO; Einss EES. 


(sovernment Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). 


Vor Vo Pare 7, tena 
Part XLVII of the Complete Work. 


(WITH FOUR PLATES.) 


*« Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and eombining 
them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to alte, 
or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by 
antiquity, and transmits that hoard, augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. 
In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and 


even when they fail, are entitled to praise.” 
MacauLay’s ‘(Essay ON MILTON.” 


PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. 


Published by Authority of 
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 


Svonev : 
WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET. 


*12761—A 1921. 


CCLXV. Eucalyptus Laseroni R. T. Baker. 


Description 
Range : 
Discussion of its supposed hybrid ¢ character 
Affinities ° : : ; 


CCLX VI. EE De Beuzevillet Maiden. 


Description 
Range 
Affinities 


GCLX VII. Bucalypts Mitehelli es 


Description 
Range : : ‘ ; ; ; : ° , 
Affinities : A 


COLX VALI. ane Brownit Maiden and 
Cambage. 


Description . : ‘ ; : 5 
Range 7... : : : ; : : ; A A 
Synonyms. ; ; ; : : : ° 5 
Affinities 


COLXIX, Eucalyptus Cambageane Maiden. 


Description 
Range 
A ffinity 

CX XITT. Bucalypts miniata A, Cunn. 
Juvenile leaves 5 5 ° 
Additional localities : : : 


Eucalyptus Woollsiana Rk. T. Baker. 


(No serial number is given, as, in my opinion, 
it is not a valid species,) 

Description F 

Illustrations vouched for by Mr. Baker 

Characters taken seriatim 

Matched by R. T. Baker ay ay Ey Brown’s figure 
of £. odorata ; 

Vernacular names 

Range : 

Affinities 


XIIV. Eucalyptus odorata Behr and Schlecht. 


Characters taken seriatim . 
Range 6 : 6 

Var. caleicultrix : 
A New South Wales locality « added 
Affinities . ; 6 - ' 


XLII, Eucalyptus hemiphloia F.v.M. var. microcarpa 
Maiden. 


Illustrations : . 
Synonym . 

Range 

Affinities 


XIII. Eucalyptus bieolor A, Cunn. 


Characters taken seriatim . 
Range 3 
Affinities 


CCLXX. Ee es Maiden. 


Description 
Synonym . 
Range 
Affinities 


COLX XI, ee Penrithensis Maiden. 


Description 

Synonym . 

Range 

Affinities 

Discussion of supposed hybrid ‘character 


CXI. Euealyptus micranthera ¥.v.M. 


Description of the fruits 


COLX XII. ae notabilis Maiden. 


Description 

Illustrations ‘ : : ‘ : : 4 6 
Synonym . 4 ; : : : : 2 . : . 
Range 

Affinities 


CCLX XII. eke canaliculata Maiden. 


Description 
Illustrations 
Synonym 
Range 
Affinities 


Explanation of Plates (192-198) 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLXV. E. Laseronit R..T. Baker. 


In Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxvii, 585 (1912), with Plate LXIII. 


Fottowrne is the original description :— 


Arbuscula usque ad 35’ alta. Cortex fibrosus, tam in ramis quam in trunco persistens, viridis, et 
hine “ Bastard Stringybark.’ Folia 3-5” longa, fere 1-2” lata, lanceolata, ovata, alternata subcoriacea, 
concoloria; venis patentibus, peripherica a margine remota, venulis obliquatis. Pedunculi }” longi, 
axillares, solitarii, 10-15 flori. Fructus }” longi, pilulares; margine convexo, valvis non exsertis. 


It is a small tree, 35 feet high and 1 foot in diameter, as far as seen. The fibrous bark covers the 
trunk, and decorticates in long strips from the main branches, which are otherwise smooth, but darker 
than in £. stellulata. The timber is yellowish-brown, and tough to cut, but brittle. . . . From the 
specimens seen, this is not a good timber. It is fairly close-grained, of a pale colour, but the presence of 
gum veins will militate against its general utilisation by the commercial world. 


A small tree under 40 feet high, and about 1 foot in diameter, with a fibrous but hard stringy bark, in 
the general acceptation of the letter term. 


Abnormal (juvenile) leaves ovate, lanceolate, slightly faleate in some instances, petiolate, attenuate, 
varying in size up to 5 inches long, and up to 2 inches broad. Normal leaves lanceolate, alternate, sub- 
coriaceous, average leaves under 4 inches long and 1 inch wide, occasionally shining. Venation distinctly 
marked, the basal lateral veins sometimes running the whole length of the leaf, and well removed from 
the edge; the other lateral veins not so oblique, more transverse. 


Buds in clusters, on axillary peduncles about } inch long. Operculum sharply conical. 


Fruits hemispherical, capitular, rim domed, valves scarcely or not exserted, } inch in diameter, 
pedicel varying in length up to 2 lines long. 


RANGE. 


“This tree, so far, is known only from the Black Mountain district, where Mr. Laseron obtained 
material in July, 1907. He states in his field-notes that it is regarded locally as a cross between “ Silver- 
top Stringybark,” EZ. levopinea, and “Sally,” LZ. stellulata. A few trees are to be found on a rough rocky 
basalt hillock, about half a mile south of Black Mountain railway station.” (Original description.) 


The above locality is in the higher parts of New England, New South Wales. 


The railway station in question is 4,330 feet above sea-level, and between Armidale 
and Glen Innes. It is 380 miles north of Sydney. 


“Tn 1903 I received from Mr. R. H. Cambage ‘ a form of L. eugenioides Sieb.’ from between Tingha 
and Guyra, and in the following year visited the tree. I labelled it on Ist April, 1905, and again on 30th 
March, 1906, ‘ probably a eugenioides-stellulata hybrid,’ and I put it with my collection of reputed hybrids 
to be dealt with collectively in my ‘ Critical Revision.’ 


‘During the present year, Mr. R. T. Baker has described it as a new species (H. Laseronz), and says 
it bears the local reputation of being a cross between H. lavopinea and stellulata.” (Journ. Row. Soc. N.S.W., 
xlvii, 229, 1913.) 


188 


I wrote as follows in Part VIII, p. 237, of the present work concerning the above 
and other specimens :— 


Near cemetery, Tingha (R. H. Cambage); with fruits a little more sub-cylindrical and perhaps 
s./stle more domed than the type. Specimens from the same locality with nearly pilular fruits and very 
la:tow juvenile foliage. 

Near 11-mile post, Inverell to Tingha (R. H. Cambage). Form with even narrower leaves than the 
ype (of L. eugenioides). 

Tingha to Guyra, 19 miles from the latter place (J.H.M. and J. L. Boorman). Juvenile leaves 
mtermediate. Mature leaves broadish. Fruits (from same tree) flat-rimmed, domed; valves exsert 
and sunk; hemispherical and inclined to be sub-cylindrical. 

I place this specimen under Z. eugenioides, and it certainly seems to form a connecting link between 
the Tingha specimens and the supposed hybrid which follows. 

Between Tingha and Guyra, 19 miles from the latter (J. L. Boorman). “‘ Stringybark,” medium- 
sized trees growing in swampy ground in company with that of Z. stellulata and E. nova-anglica. An 
interesting form; leaves broad, thickish: None of the fruits with exserted valves, which is unusual in 
northern specimens. I am of opinion that here we have a hybrid between Z. eugenioides and EL. stellulata. 


I abstained from describing them as a new species, as I attributed them to a 
form of EL. eugenioides or to a hybrid of the same. I concur, however, in Mr. Baker’s 
action in describing them as a new species. 

This material extends the range somewhat. The railway station of Guyra is 
386 miles north of Sydney, and Tingha runs north-westerly. I have no doubt that 
the species will be found over a moderately wide area in these cold mountain districts. 

Tree of 50 feet, evidently a Black Sally, but the fruits are smaller. Summit of 
Ben Lomond (William Dunn, 1908, No. 336). Ben Lomond railway station is 401 
miles north of Sydney, and the summit of the mountain, only a few miles from the 
railway station, is over 5,000 feet high. This extends the range northerly, bringing 
it to a few miles south of Glen Innes. 


AFFINITIES. 


1. With E. stellulata Sieb. 


“The small stellate clusters of buds are larger than those of Z. stellulata, but the colour of the upper 
branches, though fainter, is also suggestive of that species, The leaves are more inclined to lanceolate 
than ovate in shape, as obtains in Z. stellulata, whilst the venation is distinct. The midrib is stronger, 
and the venation not so parallel as in H. stellulata. The bark, timber, and especially the fruits are also 
different. 

The oil of this species differs considerably from that of Z. stellulata, in the presence of such a large 
amount of pinene, in a deficiency in phellandrene, and consequently a much less levo-rotation, in the large 
amount of high boiling constituents, and in an increased ester-content. . 

One or two trees were noticed in another locality, associated with #. stellulata, from which it is 
easily distinguished in the field. 

In a botanical sequence, it might be placed between the Stringybarks and the Gums or Smooth- 
barks, such as Z. stellulata or E. coriacea.” (Original description.) 


I have stated my former opinion that it is a stellulata hybrid. There is no doubt 
that the two species are very closely related. For E. stellulata see Plate 25, Part V. 


189 
2. With EF. coriacea A. Cunn. 


“The venation somewhat resembles that of E. coriacea, but the fruits are different, and esyecial 
the buds and bark.’’ (Original description.) 


E. coriacea has a close affinity to H. stellulata, so that EH. Laseroni has affinity 
to E. coriacea, but far less than to ZL. stellulata. For EH. coriacea see Plates 26 and 
27 Part: Ve 


3. With £. capitellata Sm. 
“The fruits fairly well match those of H. capitellata, but this is the only 
resemblance to that species amongst Stringybarks.” (Original description.) 
The Stringybark in question is H. eugenioides rather than EL. capitellata, as wil 
be seen from examination of fig. 17, Plate 40, Part VIII. 


4. With F. eugenioides Sieb. 

I have already stated that I looked upon #. Laseroni as a stellulata x eugenioides, 
which is an expression of opinion that an affinity is to H. eugenioides. The resemblance 
between LE. oblonga DC., see fig. 6 (for Sieber’s Fl. Nov. Holl. No. 583, the type), and 
fig. 7, Plate 40, Part VIII, “ White Stringybark” of the Mudgee district, and 
E. Laseront is obvious, and most people look upon H. oblonga as synonymous with 
E. eugeniordes. 


5. With £. dives Schauer. 
“The venation (of H. Laseroni) seems to be intermediate between that of the 
typical Stringybarks and the Peppermint group, but more approaching that of 
H, dives.” (Original description.) 


190 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLX VI, E. De Beuzevillet Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, 68 (1920). 


Foxiiowine is the original description :— 


Arbor ampla plusve minusve glauca; cortice leve, lamellis longissimis decidua, trunci basi aspero- 
lamellosa, ligno pallido fere albo, gummi venis; foliis fragrantibus, foliis junioribus orbicularibus ad 
cordatis, venis secondariis patentibus vel sursum curvatis; foliis maturis lanceolatis, crassis, venis 
secondariis basi patentibus postquam longitudinalibus; alabastris angularibus fere alatis, operculo conoideo 
calycis tubo ca. dimidio aequilongo; fructibus polygonalibus, angularibus, piriformibus vel subglobosis, 
capsula depressa, sessile vel brevissime pedunculata. 


A tree of medium or large size, up to 60 feet high, a “ White Gum,” more or less glaucous, the young 
branchlets glandular. Bark smooth, but with usually more or less rough-flaky bark at the butt. Where 
the rough bark is present it usually ascends the trunk about 5 to 6 feet; the deciduous or smooth portion 
in long strips, not ribbons, some of the pieces being 30 feet long. Timber pale-coloured, almost white, with 
gum (kino) veins, with a general resemblance to that of HZ. coriacea. Foliage fragrant. 


Juvenile leayes almost orbicular to cordate, thin, shortly petiolate, secondary veins spreading 
or curved upwards, no distinct intramarginal vein. Some leaves measured are 9 cm. long by 7 cm. broad. 


Mature leaves lanceolate, slightly falcate, with a short blunt point, thick, slightly shining, the 
secondary veins spreading at the base, thence longitudinal and parallel to the midrib. An average leaf 
is about 13 cm. long and about 4 cm. in greatest width. There are leavesintermediate in shape, thickness 
and venation between the juvenile and mature leaves. 


Buds remarkably angular by compression, the angles almost winged, peduncles about 1 em. long, 
convex to flattened, expanded, especially at the top, pedicels absent or very short, the conoid operculum 
about half the length of the calyx-tube. Filaments cream-coloured, anthers renantherous. 


Fruits polygonal and most of them angled, the angles or ribs persisting until maturity, pear-shaped 
to sub-globose, sessile or very shortly stalked, walls thick; capsule sunk, 3 or 4-celled. 


Type from Jounama Peaks, New South Wales, Wilfrid Alexander Watt de Beuzeville, Assistant 
Forester, Forestry Commission, December, 1919. ; 


RANGE. 


So far it has only been found on peaks in the Mount Kosciusko district of New 
South Wales. ‘“‘ Near the summit of Mount Jounama, at an altitude of 5,400 feet 
almost. Jounama is one of what is known as the Bogong Peaks, in the parish of 
Jounama, county of Buccleuch, about 30 miles south of Tumut. There is a belt of 


191 


these trees about 5 or 6 miles long by about half a mile. wide, along the top of the 
Jounama Peaks. Its lowest level would be between 4,500 and 5,000 feet. The tree 
is one of the largest in the district. The buds mature in a few weeks, and the fruits 
set immediately; in other words, it flowers and fruits in the same year.”’ (de Beuzeville.) 
(A consequence of the severity of the climate during the greater part of the year.) 
This species and Z. stellulata Sieb. in the same district carry buds and fruits in all stages 
of maturity during the year. 


ALE EN WibES: 


1, With EF. coriacea A. Cunn., var. alpina. 


It differs in being a much larger, and, as a rule, a freer growing plant. ‘‘ Have 
never seen a form like it before. Tree much like the ordinary £. coriacea, except for 
it being much more spreading and gnarled, though this might be accounted for by its 
exposed position at a high altitude.” (de Beuzeville.) It has large, mostly oblique 
leaves and large angular buds. The fruits are also two or three times as large as those 
of var. alpina, and usually with two or three faint angles and a more convex rim. 


Its affinity with the Tasmanian EF. coccifera Hook. f., is more remote. 


2. With F. gigantea Hook. f 


The affinity lies in the shape of the juvenile leaves (suckers) and more distantly 
in the fruits. The foliage of both species is fragrant, with the same kind of odour, but 
E. gigantea is a rough-barked species, while HZ. de Beuzevillei is a Gum. 


3. With £. tetragona F.v.M. 


There is similarity in the polygonal, often quadrangular fruits, which requires 
a word of caution in case fruits are the only material available. 


192 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLXVI, EF. Mitchelli Cambage. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii, 457 (1918), with Plates XX XVIII and XXXIX. 


FoLiow1ne is the original description :— 


Arbor umbrosa in altum pedes quinquaginta crescens, trunci diametrum duorum pedum habens. 


Folia matura.—Linearia lanceolata, a septem ad quatuor decim cm. longa, a septem mm. ad 
1-4 cm. lata, cum apice directo vel falcato, utrobique aequaliter viridia, glabrosa et notabile nitida, aliquanto 
coriacea, costa media modice clara, venac laterales aliquanto obscurae et angulis 7-15° e costa media 
dispositae, margines quasi nervi sunt, olei glandulae numerosissimae petiolum 1-1-3 em. longum. 


Gemimae.—Sessiles, operculum acutum, longae circiter a tria ad quatuor mm. gemmae vix tam 
longae quam calycistubus, racemus stellatus, pedunculum longum circiter unum mm. 


Flores.—In umbella tenus undecim antherae parvae, color ut lactis flos, versatiles, renantherosi. 


Fructus.—Sessiles, globosi-truncati, fusci, nitidi quasi fuscati, interdum punctis parvis palladis 
clavati, longi a quinque ad sex mm. diametrum quinque sexve mm. habentes apud os restricti, labrum 
Interius unum mm. crassus valve depressae. 


Cortex.—Levis et alba nisi quod squamus paucas asperes apud basem habet. 


Habitat.—Summum jugum montis “ Buffalo” prope casam ad provinciam “ Victoria ” pertinentem, 
in formationem siliceam graniteam quatuor millia et quadringenti pedes super mare nascens. 


An umbrageous tree reaching 50 feet high, with stem diameter of 2 feet. 
Seedlings.—Hypocotyl erect, terete, red, glabrous, up to 2°3 cm. long. 


Cotyledons obtusely quadrilateral to orbicular-reniform, entire, about 3 mm. long, 5 mm. broad, — 
upper side green, under side red to reddish-green, glabrous; petiole about 3 mm. long. 


Seedling foliage opposite, entire, glabrous, oblong-lanceolate to elliptical-lanceolate, petiole 
1-2 mm. long; midrib prominent on underside, lateral veins fairly distinct, and arranged at angles of from 
40-60 degrees with the midrib. On seedlings 5 inches high the second pair of leaves were elliptical-lanceolate, 
and up to 2 cm. long by 8 mm. broad, while the sixth pair were elliptical, and 2:5 cm. long by 1 cm. broad. 


Mature leaves linear-lanceolate, from about 7-14 cm. long, 7 mm. to 1:4 cm. broad, with straight 
or hooked point, equally green on both sides, glabrous and remarkably shiny, somewhat coriaceous, midrib 
fairly distinct, lateral veins rather obscure, and arranged at angles of from seven to fifteen degrees 
with the midrib, margins nerve-like, oil glands very numerous, petiole 1-1-3 cm. long. 


Buds sessile, operculum pointed, about 3-4 mm. long, scarcely as long as the calyx-tube, the cluster 
stellate, peduncle about 1 mm. long. 


Flowers up to eleven in the umbel. Anthers small, creamy-white, versatile, renantherous. 


Fruits sessile, globular-truncate, brown, shining as if varnished, sometimes studded with small 
pale dots, 5-6 mm. long, 5-6 mm. in diameter, restricted at the orifice, inner rim 1 mm. thick, valves sunk. 


Bark smooth and white except for a few rough flakes at the base. 


This species is named in honour of the late Sir Thomas Livingstone Mitchell, Surveyor-General, who 
collected many native plants, and was the second explorer to pass Mount Buffalo, 


193 


RANGE. 


Summit of Mount Buffalo, Victoria, near the Government Chalet, growing in 
siliceous granite formation at 4,400 feet above sea-level, and known as Willow Gum. 
The species flowers in December. 

So far as we know, it is confined to Victoria, but it is hardly reasonable to 
suppose that it will not be found on the adjacent high mountains (e.g., Mount 
Kosciusko) in New South Wales, and also in other elevated situations in Victoria. 


AFFINITIES. 


1. With £. vitrea R. T. Baker. 


From this it differs somewhat in its leaf venation, for the prominent, almost 
parallel veins of #. vitrea are not represented in this new species. The pedicellate 
hemispherical fruits of H. witrea are also different; the operculum of that species is 
shorter and more obtuse, while the peduncle is very much larger. The bark of the 
new species is smooth and white, that of H. vitrea being fibrous over the greater part 
of the trunk. 


2. With E. nitida Hook. f. 


From this it differs in its more globular fruits, pointed instead of obtuse buds, and 
is an umbrageous tree, while #. nitida is only a tall shrubby plant. - 


3. With #. stellulata Sieb. 
It resembles this species in its stellate buds and to some extent in the shape of 
its fruits, but differs in its leaf venation, colour of bark which is white, while that of 
E. stellulata is slate-coloured, and in its seedling foliage. 


4. With EF. Moorei Maiden and Cambage.” 
Its resemblances and differences are similar to those mentioned in the case of 


EL. stellulata, and in addition H. Moorei only grows as a Mallee-like shrub of about 
10-12 feet high. 


194. 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLXVIII. FE. Brownit Maiden and Cambage. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 215 (1918). 


Foutiowine is the original description :— 


Box tree mediocris, circiter 40’ alta, erecta magis quam dependens. Cortex dura, lamellosa. Folia 
juvenilia lanceolata vel angusto lanceolata. Folia matura lanceolata, 10-15 cm. longa, 2-3 em. lata, 
venis lateralibus angulo 30° ad costam mediam. 


Alabastri parvi, clavati, operculum hemisphericum, umbella quaque 3-9 in eapite. Fructus parvi, 
conoidei, circiter 3 cm. diametro. 


We propose the name in honour of the great Robert Brown, who (amongst other parts) is closely 
identified with the botany of Northern Queensland. 


A medium-sized Box-tree, about 40 feet high, erect rather than drooping. 
Bark.—Hard thin flaky Box-bark, on the trunk and large branches, the ultimate branchlets smooth. 


Juvenile leavyes.—Lanceolate or narrow lanceolate. Generally long and narrow, petiolate, 
equally green on both sides, and slightly shiny, venation distinct, spreading, intramarginal vein distinct 
from the edge. Size say 20 by 2 cm. 


Mature leaves.—Lanceolate; except as regards the size, the description of the juvenile leaves 
applies. Size say 10-15 by 2-3 cm. Lateral veins arranged at angle of about thirty degrees with the 
midrib. 

Buds small, clavate, operculum hemispherical or slightly umbonate, and about half the length of 
the calyx-tube, which tapers gradually into the pedicel. 

Flowers.—Inflorescence paniculate, the individual umbels three to nine in the head. 


Anthers semi-terminal, nearly globular in shape, opening in small pores on each side near the top. 
Filament at the base, small gland on the top. 


Fruits.—Fruits small, conoid, about 3 cm.in diameter and the calyx-tube about the same length, 
tapering, not perfectly gradually, into the pedicel, rim thin, tips of the valves flush with the orifice, which 
is not constricted. 


RANGE. 


It is confined to Northern Queensland, so far as we know at present. 
Type from Reid River, near Townsville (N. Daley, Sept. and Dec., 1912). 


Wirra Wirra, Almaden to Forsayth, North Queensland, growing on a somewhat 
sandy-conglomerate formation which furnishes a more siliceous soil than that usually 
selected by Box trees. (R. H. Cambage, No. 3895, August, 1913.) 


195 


** After the 115th mile-post was passed, an undescribed species of Eucalyptus appeared (B. Brownii 
Maiden and Cambage, these Proceedings, 1913, p. 215). The note made in the train conveys a general 
description of the tree, and reads :—‘ A narrow-leaved Box, seems distinct species, rough bark on branches, 
green leaves.’ These trees were growing on a contorted, micaceous slate formation showing quartz, but 
they continued intermittently to Wirra Wirra, where the rock is sandstone, possibly Upper Cretaceous. 
This Box tree averages about 40 feet high, with small fruits, and according to Mr. Thomas Keller, of Wirra 
Wirra, has dark-red timber.”” (R. H. Cambage in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 413, 1915.) 


SYNONYMS. 


E. bicolor A. Cunn., var. parviflora F.v.M., Burdekin River (see B.Fl. iu, 215), 
E. populifolia F.v.M., non Hook. 
Scrub Box tree of the Burdekin River, but not the Box tree of the Suttor River, 
labelled as above, which is #. populifolia Hook. All the above specimens were 
examined by Mueller, and apparently by Bentham also. 


AFPINITIES: 


Its closest relations are with two species—E. populifolia Hook., and E. bicolor 
A, Cunn. Both are indicated by the labels of both Bentham and Mueller. 


1. With E. populifolia Hook. 


To the typical form of E. populifolia the resemblance is not close, but there is a 
narrow-leaved form of the species to which the resemblance is closer. The differences 
lie in the bark, which is less flaky in populzfolia, in the more conical fruits of ZH. Brown, 
and particularly in regard to the position of the intramarginal vein, which is much 
more removed from the leaf edge in E. Brownit. 


2. With £. bicolor A. Cunn. 


The differences appear to be the duller colour of the foliage of EH. bicolor, that 
of the new species being a vivid green, its less spreading venation and less conoid fruits. 
E. Brown has not the weeping habit of EF. bicolor. 


There is a specimen in the Melbourne Herbarium labelled “ near Mount Ellott, 
Queensland, Fitzalan and Dallachy,” which appears to be H. Brownii. The late J. G. 
Luehmann has a note “ Placed by Bentham with £. largiflorens (bicolor), seemingly 
with injustice. F.v. Mueller.” 


196 


DESCRIPTION. 


COLXIX. EF. Cambageana Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 91 (1913). 


Arbor alta Blackbutt vocata, ramis longis pendulisque. Trunci, cortice cinerea et squamosa alti- 
tudini 3-4 pedes, a caule leve et albo ramisque distincte disjuncta. Lignumrubrum. Folia juvenia 15 cm. 
longa, 2:5 cm. lata, pallido-virentia utrinque, concoloria, ovata vel pyriforma, vena peripherica patente et 
a margine distincte remota. Umbelle 3-8 in capite, paniculas plerumque terminales formantes. Alabastri 
clavati. Operculum ovoideum et calycis tubo circiter dimidio superante. _ Fructus parvi, conoidei, 
diametro circiter 7 mm. orificio. 


“The young trees grow tall and fairly straight, but with age they become pipy and eventually 
simply a shell. Very liable to be attacked by white ants.” (Miss Zara Clark.) 


“The trees range from 50-80 feet high, having long pendulous branches. 


“ They have scaly bark permanent up to 5-4 feet from the ground: this is hard and of an ironbark 
nature, jet black in colour, the remainder of the stem being milky-white, approaching bluish-white 
(glaucous); it is clear of any sign of ribbony bark beyond the butt. There is a distinct line of demarcation 
between the rough black and the white clean stem. 


“The sapwood is exceptionally thin, the heart wood deep red or chocolate in colour, hard, heavy, 
long and tough in the grain, much resembling that of the Red Box (polyanthemos) of New South Wales. 


“ Tt is the most important timber in the Emerald district for all purposes, being sound, and yielding 
long, clean stems of many feet in length, hence exceptionally suitable for milling purposes.” (J. L. 
Boorman.) 


Local name, “‘ Blackbutt.” Type from Mirtna Station, Charters Towers, Queensland (Miss Zara 
Clark, January and December, 1912.) 


Juvenile leaves.—Pale-coloured, equally green on both sides, rhomboid-ovate to pyriform and 
broadly lanceolate, petiolate, apex blunt, venation prominent, marginal vein at a considerable distance 


from the edge, the lateral veins spreading. Oil dots not obvious. Average size say 9 to 12 cm. by 5 or 6 
broad. 


Mature leayes.—Lanceolate, slightly curved, petiolate, thickish, shiny, pale-coloured, equally 
green on both sides, venation prominent, the intramarginal vein distinctly removed from the edge, the 
lateral veins spreading. Average length of mature leaves 15 by 2-5 cm. 


Flowers.—Umbels 3 to 8 in the head, forming usually terminal panicles, buds clavate, the calyx- 
tube forming a defined raised border at its junction with the operculum, the calyx-tube tapering gradually 
into the pedicel, the operculum ovoid and about half the length of the calyx-tube. 


Anthers belonging to the Poranthere, pores small, opening at the side, the filament always at the 
base, and the small gland always at the top. 


Fruits.—Small, conoid, the calyx-tube tapering with but slight abruptness into the pedicel; when 
young, with a well-defined grooved rim, which almost disappears on ripening, leaving a dark brown rim, 
tips of the valves sunk or rarely flush with the orifice. Size about 7 mm. diameter at the orifice and length 
the same. 


197 


RANGE. 


“Grows on hard clay soil, often stony, and always some distance from water. 
Generally in clumps and often in company of Gidgee and Prigalow in the Charters 
Towers district.” (Miss Zara Clark.) 


Reid River, a few miles south of Townsville (N. Daley). 


“The principal timber of the Emerald district, noted for its hardness and size, © 
and for the good quality of its timber. Apparently local from Gin Gin to within 10-12 
miles east of Alpha.” (J. L. Boorman.) 


Some poor fruits collected by O’Shanesy from the Dawson and Mackenzie Rivers, 
labelled E. leptophleba by Mueller, are the present species. These were referred to 
by me in the present work, X, 333, where I doubted the naming of the specimen. It 
might be neglected altogether but for the reason that (op. cit., p. 333), it evidently 
formed the basis of the name FH. leptophleba attached by O’Shanesy to a Blackbutt 
whose timber and bark he describes. He says “dispersed through the scrubby 
country westward from Goganjo.” 


“ E. Cambageana, the Blackbutt of the Comet River and Coowarra districts, 
was first noticed between Jericho and Beta, thence onwards at intervals to Gogango, 
often growing with Acacia harpophylla (Brigalow).” (R. H. Cambage in Journ. Roy. 
Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 445, 1915.) 


It is therefore widely diffused in the warmer parts of Queensland, but we do 
not know its precise range yet. 


AFFINITY. 


It would appear to take the place, in Queensland, of the more southern 
E. polyanthemos Schauer, or rather of its narrow-leaved forms. The anthers, however, 
sharply separate them. The leaves also are different both in shape and venation. 
The rough bark is more scaly than that of E. polyanthemos, and the line of demarcation 
more clearly defined. 


It is named in honour of Mr. Richard Hind Cambage, who has done valuable 
work in connection with this genus. I shall refer to this work more in detail in the 
epilogue. H. Cambagei Deane and Maiden is conspecific with E. eleophora F.v.M. 


198 


CXXIUI. E. miniata A. Cunn. 


See Part XXII, p. 37, of the present work, where juvenile leaves collected by Mr. 
R. H. Cambage at Croydon, North Queensland, were described but not figured. 


Juvenile leaves collected by Gerald F. Hill at Stapleton, south of Darwin, 
Northern Territory, are now figured. Following are some additional notes in regard 
to specimens collected by Mr. Hill :— 


“809. 8-mile Spring, on to Tanumbirini, 26th March, 1912. Occurs near creeks 
and springs. Stem like Bloodwood. 


“552. Top Spring. On Sandstone Range. This specimen, with one loose 
flower only, is probably this species. 


“Pine Creek Railway, Brock’s Creek (E. J. Dunn). 


“<Woolly Butt.’ ‘I find that 2. miniata grows on the deeper loams, while 
E. phenicea takes its place on the more barren dry parts.’ On granite country between 
Cullen River and Wandi. (Dr. Jensen.) 


“ Juvenile leaves of this species collected by Mr. R. H. Cambage at Croydon, 
North Queensland, with abundant stellate hairs, have been already described in Crit. 
Rev. Eucal. ii, 37. 


“T have already figured juvenile leaves of this species at fig. 3a, Plate 95 of my 
Critical Revision, but Mr. Hill’s specimens (below) are more satisfactory. 


“T have received juvenile leaves, some in a strictly opposed state, from Darwin, 
collected in July, 1916. (G. F. Hill.) They vary from oval and ovate to nearly 
circular. 


“Sometimes they are slightly emarginate, with a not very prominent mucro. 
A not uncommon size is 9 cm. (about 3% inches) long by up to 7-5 em. (3 inches), with 
a petiole 1 cm. long. 


‘As a general rule the intramarginal vein is not far removed from the edge, but 
there is some variation in this respect.” (Maiden in Ewart and Davies’ “ Flora of the 
Northern Territory,” p. 312, 1917.) 

“EB. miniata was observed at various points between Almaden and Normanton on siliceous soils, 
and is usually known as Woollybutt, although that name is also given to F. clavigera. It is sometimes 
spoken of as ‘‘ Tobacco Pipe Gum,” from the resemblance of the large ribbed fruits to the bowl of a pipe, 
and is the ‘‘ Melaleuca Gum ” of Leichhardt. The lower portion of the trunk is covered with a remarkable 
yellow, scaly to papery bark, and the branches are smooth (Plate LIX, C.R.).” (R. H. Cambage in Journ. 
Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 425, 1915.) 

“A tree of 50-100 feet high, trunk to 40 feet, diameter to 3 feet; bark greyish 
to reddish, woolly-fibrous, rough and persistent on the lower half of the trunk sometimes 
covering the whole of it; limbs always white and smooth; timber red, very rough, hard; 
flowers at a height of 2 feet; an inhabitant of poor sandy soil.” (Fitzgerald MSS.) 
The above notes refer to the tree as it occurs in north West Australia. (Quoted by 
Maiden in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 454, 1917.) 


“EB. miniata is very abundant between the Gilbert and Little Rivers towards 
Croydon, North Queensland.” (Dr, H. I. Jensen, in a letter to me, June, 1920.) 


199 


DESCRIPTION. 


FE. Woollsiana R. T. Baker. 


In Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxv, 684, 1900, with Plate XLIII. (No serial number 
is given, as I do not admit 2. Woollsiana as a valid species, but a synonym 
of H. odorata Behr and Schlecht., at least in part.) 


FoLiow1ne is the original description :— 


A large tree up to 80 feet high, and more than 3 feet in diameter. Bark persistent half-way or more 
than half-way up the trunk; smooth, chiefly of a rich brown colour. 


Sucker leaves lanceolate, alternate; 2-3 inches long, 4-3? inch broad. Mature leaves under 
6 inches long, on a petiole less than 4 inch; narrow-lanceolate, tapering to a fine recurved point, mostly of 
a thin texture, of a light yellowish-green, sometimes slightly shining; venation obscured, impressed on the 
upper surface; lateral veins few, intramarginal vein removed from the edge. 


Peduneies axillary, from 2-12 lines long. Flowers few. Calyx about 1 line in diameter, tapering 
into a short stalk. Operculum hemispherical, acuminate, and often shorter and more obtuse than shown in 
the plate. Ovary flat-topped. Stamens all fertile; anthers parallel; connective large and long, attached 
at base to the filaments. 


Fruits small, 1 line in diameter, hemispherical to slightly pear-shaped; rim thin, slightly contracted, 
valves not exserted. 


Timber.—Hard, close-grained, interlocked, heavy, durable timber of a brownish colour. Useful 
for bridge-decking, posts, railway sleepers, and general building purposes. It is in great request at the 
Cobar mines for shoring the roofs. 


Let us endeavour to interpret Mr. Baker’s views of his speci3s based on his own 
descriptions and figures. 

Illustrations—Mr. Baker figures H. Woollsiana at Plate XLIII, Proc. Linn. Soc. 
N.S.W., vol. xxv, but gives no particulars as to locality of the specimen. — 

He figures the species in his and Mr. Smith’s “ Research on the Eucalypts,” 
and at Nos. 6 and 7 he adds very broad leaves to the details of his former plate. 

In Journ. Roy. Soc. S.A., xl, 472, he states that Plate 29 (H. odorata) of J. E. 
Brown’s “ Forest Flora of South Australia” is H. Woollsiana. The illustrations are 
referred to with further detail in the descriptions of the illustrations at p. 223 of the 
present Part. 


Let us consider the characters of Z. Woollsiana, as stated by Mr. Baker, seriatim. 

Habit.— Large tree up to 80 feet high, and more than 3 feet in diameter.” 
(Original description.) 

Cc 


200 


Bark.—* Bark persistent half-way, or more than half-way, up the trunk; smooth, 
chiefly of a rich brown colour.” (Original description.) A specimen from Nyngan, 
W. Baeuerlen, given to me by Mr. Baker and labelled by him Mallee Box, #. Woollsiana, 
has bark whitish on the outside, thin, flaky, or with narrow furrows, Box-like (like 
E. odorata). 

Timber.—“‘ Hard, close-grained, interlocked, of a brownish colour.” (Original 
description.) Ihave received a specimen of a dark brown timber, bark rough, from 
Girilambone to Condobolin (W. Basuerlen), sent by Mr. Baker as a specimen of the type. 


Juvenile leaves.—‘ Lanceolate, alternate, 2-3 inches long, 3-2 imch broad.” 
(Original description.) These were not figured when the type was figured, but are 
obviously those shown in Research plate, fig. 1. These can be matched by leaves of 
E. odorata, e.g., 16b, 16c, 19a, Plate 51, Part XI. They are less like those of E. bicolor, 
see fig. 5a, Plate 49, Part XI. 

The introduction of the broad leaves (figs. 6 and 7, Research plate) introduces 
a new element. From the distance of the tramarginal vein to the edge, they are 
evidently juvenile or intermediate leaves. They are matched by the juvenile foliage 
of EF. odorata, Wirrabarra Forest Reserve, South Australia (W. Gill, March, 1905), 
figured in 10), Plate 51, Part XI, but there are larger leaves on the twigs. 


Mature leaves.—* Under 6 inches long, on a petiole less than $ inch, narrow 
lanceolate, tapering to a fine recurved point, mostly of a thin texture, of a light yellowish 
green; sometimes slightly shining; venation obscured, impressed on the upper surface ; 
lateral veins few, intramarginal vein removed from the edge.”’ (Original description.) 

What Mr. Baker intended by mature leaves is quite clear from fig. 1 (type plate), 
and also figures 2 and 3 (both type plate and Research, &c., plate). In fig, 5 (Research 
plate), he added a much longer, more petiolate leaf, which seems to me probably not 
different from 1-3. There is no difficulty in matching these with FL. odorata. 

Buds.—*‘ Operculum hemispherical, acuminate, and often shorter and more 
obtuse than shown in the plate.” (Original description.) These buds, drawn too 
pointed, as stated, are figured at fig. 2 of the type plate, and fig. 2 of the Research plate. 
They are shown six in the head. 

As shown in the figures, they a good deal resemble those of pointed buds of 
E. bicolor, see fig. lia, Plate 49, Part XI. But I think the poimted buds are probably a 
mistake for H. Woollsiana, as hinted by Mr. Baker in the word “ often.” I think the 
typical form of the species really has the “ tip-cat”’ buds of E. odorata, as shown in 
J. E. Brown’s figure of that species (fig. 3a, Plate 104) attributed by Mr. Baker to his #. 
Woollsiana, and which buds are the type form of E. odorata, see fig. 9b, Plate 51, Part XI. 

Peduncles.—In the figures of the twig (leaves and flowers, not buds) (see fig. 3 of 
the type plate and fig. 3 of the Research, &c., plate), the peduncles are shown long and 

_the pedicels distinct. 

Fruits —-** Small, 1 lme in diameter, hemispherical to slightly pear-shaped, 

rim thin, slightly contracted, valves not exserted.” (Original description.) They are 


PE ee ce 


201 


figured in fig. 8, both of the type plate and the Research plate. It will be observed 
that they were not taken off the same tree as the buds (fig. 2), and the flowers (fig. 3), 
as they are nearly sessile, while the twigs of buds and flowers are pedicellate. 


(Some of the very small fruits attributed to EZ. Woollsiana would probably have. 
got larger, had not the growth been arrested from various causes.) 


Under the heading of #. Wooilsiana R. T. Baker, in Proc. Roy. Soc. S.A., xl, 
479 (1916), Mr. Baker writes :—- There appears to have been some confusion in the 
past between this species and its congeners, for that figured by J. E. Brown, ‘ Forest 
Flora of South Australia’ under £. odorata is this species. Specimens were received 
which match the type (? which type) collected in New South Wales.” 


This is a narrow-leaved species. I show a tracing of the essential parts of the 
drawing (J. E. Brown’s Plate 29) at figures 3a, 3b. This is, as Brown, then Conservator 
of South Australian forests, says, the South Australian H. odorata, and although Brown 
was not a botanist he knew this common South Australian species well. Brown’s 
drawing is, in my view also, EL. odorata, and will be referred to under EL. odorata at 
p. 223. In other words, Mr. Baker synonymises his HZ. Woollsiana with E. odorata, 
and I think he is right. 


Vernaculars—*‘ Mallee Box.” This was applied by Mr. Baker to his species, 
and I have known such a name to be applied in more than one district. It shares the 
name, however, with EF. odorata. The name means that the tree sometimes is as small 
as Mallee, and that it has a Box-like bark, but that individual trees may grow quite 
large, and shoot up above the prevailing dwarfer (Mallee) vegetation. I never knew 
it to be a true Mallee. This name has been in actual use for this and allied species at 
Nymagee, Mount Boppy, Yagobie (towards Queensland border), Inglewood (South 
Queensland). — 


Vernaculars are often applied in ignorance, or at all events, without uniformity. 


“Black Box” is a name less in use for this species, and most of the cases in 
which I have heard it used have been owing to confusion with H. odorata. At the same 
time, it has been applied to #. Woollsiana (so far as it was supposed to be recognised), 
and Mr. R. H. Cambage explains it as follows in 1900 :— 


“ The tree which is best known in the western district as White Box is £. albens (E. hemiphloia var. 
albens), with pale bark and glaucous leaves, but its habitat is under the western fringe of the high mountain 
spurs running from the Great Dividing Range, avoiding the cold country, and extending westward along 
slight undulations to the low plain country proper. Here it ceases, but is met and overlapped by 
E. Woollsiana. All along, and near these points of contact, the latter is called Black Box, to distinguish 
it from #.albens. Itis also a darker tree, having dark green and slightly glossy leaves. In times of drought 
sheep will eat the leaves of #. albens, especially after they have been cut a day or two, but they object to 
the leaves of H. Woollsiana.” (Cambage in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxv, 715, 1900.) 


“ Narrow-leaved Box.” In comparison with such a species as E. hemiphloia 
(vars. both albens and microcarpa) EH. Woollsiana is undoubtedly narrow-leaved, but I 


think most of the references to the narrowness of the leaves really belong to 
E. Pilligaensis, see p. 210. 


202 


RANGE. 


It is unfortunate that a single specimen, and no other, has not been fixed as the 
type. The author of this species sins, in this respect, in very good company, but 
absence of definiteness of a type leads to the confusion we all desire to avoid. 


Mr. Baker quotes the following localities :—Girilambone, Cobar, and Trangie 
(W. Baeuerlen); Nyngan and Murga (R. H. Cambage). (Original description.) These 
are all in western New South Wales. 

It will be observed that no type locality is mentioned, neither is it stated, in the 
explanation of Plate XLII, figuring H. Woollsiana (original description) where the 
specimens figured came from. I have received, in response to my request for types, 
specimens labelled by Mr. Baker, Condobolin and Girilambone to Condobotn. 


AP EPINITIES: 


Preliminary.— This tree is a half-barked “ Box,” and allied in bark and timber to 
E. populifolia, E. albens, and other cognate Box-trees. [Of all the Box-trees described 
this species has probably the narrowest leaves]. . . . (These words in the square 
brackets are omitted from Research, &c., p. 132.) 

The leaves have a shining surface, occasionally as pertains to H. populifolia 
F.v.M., or E. Behriana F.v.M. (Original description.) 


1. With E. conica Deane and Maiden. 


“Tt differs from #. conica Deane and Maiden, in height, bark, timber, oil and fruits. Although 
the two species are not easily separated on herbarium material, they are never confounded in the field.” 
(Original description.) References to £. conica are omitted from Research, &c., p. 132. 

For E. conica’ see Part XIII, with Plate 60, and also p. 64 of Part XLII. See 
also Plate 219, Part LVIII of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales.” 4. conica 
has broader juvenile leaves in contradistinction to the usually narrower ones of 
E. Woollsiana; the fruits also are very different in shape and size, while the anthers 
of the two species are very different. 


2. With E. microtheca F.v.M. 


“Tt differs from #. microtheca in the valves of the fruit not being exserted, in the ceicur of the wood, 
and in the bark and chemical constituents.” (Original description. 
\ oO I 


For E. microtheca see Part XI, figs. 16-22, Plate 52. There are no close affinities ; 
the timber of H. mcrotheca is red, and the fruits sharply different. 


3. With F. viridis R. T. Baker. 


“ The fruits are small, and somewhat approach in shape those of the Green Mallee, H. viridis Baker; 
but the bark, timber, and chemical constituents of the kino and oil differentiate it from that species.” 
(Original description.) (This passage is omitted from Research, &e.. p. 133.) 

“ By the casual observer, it is sometimes confused with the large form of 
E. viridis, which is also in places called Mallee Box, but with this tree it has no field 
affinities.” (R. H. Cambage in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxv, 714, 1900 ) 


For £. viridis (under the name #. acacioides), see figs. 9-12, Plate 52, Part XI. 
As a very general rule, this is a slender, graceful Mallee. 


4. With E. bicolor A. Cunn. (£. pendula A. Cunn., see Part XI). 

“ from #. pendula A. Cunn., in the venation and shape of the leaves, the shape of the 
fruits and Carettuents of the oil, and particularly in its timber, and it has a more erect habit than this 
species.” (Original description.) 

For £. bicolor see Part XI, with figs. 5-13 of Plate 49. I would be inclined to 
say that #. bicolor has a more pendulous habit than those trees which have been 
described as EL. Woollsiana; it is a thick, rough-barked, pendulous, narrow-leaved 
species, while #. Woollsiana has a paler and less rugged bark; the colour of the timber 
of EF. bicolor is a rich reddish brown. 


5. With EF. populifolia Hook. 


“EF. populifolia has- much wider leaves, but the bark of the species is very similar [but is not 
associated in any other respect with this species]. (These words in square brackets are omitted from 
Research, &c., p. 133.) Mr. W. Baeuerlen states ‘ that it is usually associated with E. populifolia, the 
Green Mallee (£. viridis Baker), and the Grey Mallee (H. Morrisii Baker), on which account it is called 
* Mallee Box.’ I have never seen it in Mallee form, and as a result of my enquiries it appears that it does 
not grow in that form.’”’ (Original description.) 

For E£. populifolia see Part X, Plate 48. The two species are very dissimilar, 
the only approach (distant) being in the infrequent narrow-leaved form of EH. populifolia, 
and in the small fruits, which are, however, different in shape. 


6. With EF. hemiphloia F.v.M. 


“From £. hemiphloia it differs in the nature of its timber, oil, buds, and leaves. . . . Of 
described species it is most closely allied to HZ. hemiphloia and other ‘ Boxes’ in oil, kino, and botanical 
characters. (Original description.) 

I agree that the closest affinity of certain specimens attributed to HL. Woollsiana 
is to LE. hemiphlowa var. microcarpa, indeed that they cannot be separated. In this 
connection compare, for the former, the illustrations referred to at p. 223, with those 
of L. hemiphloia var. microcarpa at Plate 50, Part XI, figs. 7-17. In E. hemiphloia 
we have broad suckers and usually, almost invariably, coarser mature foliage; paniculate 
inflorescence, which often serves to separate it from its congeners; fruits usually larger 
and more ovoid. At the same time, in E. hemiphlova, through arrested growth and 
other causes, we may have very small fruits. Mr. Cambage was alive to that many 
years ago, for, in sending me twigs of H. hemiphloia var. microcarpa, from Mount 


204 


McDonald, near Cowra, he sent twigs tied together with fruits varying in size from as 
small as ever seen in the figures of EL. Woollsiana to as large as those seen in the variety 
of E. hemiphloia. The little bundle bore the label, “ These three twigs are from the 
same branch.” 


The differences between EH. Woollsiana may be ascertained (if possible) by 
comparison of the figures, figs. 2b, 2c, Plate 194, of the specimens attributed by Mr. 
Baker to E. Woollstana, and figs. 7-17, Plate 50, Part XI, of E. hemiphloia var. 
microcarpa. In addition, we must take cognisance of material distributed by Mr. Baker 
as co-types of his #. Woollsiana. 


Speaking generally, it may be said that they gradually run into each other, 
and that there are times when it is difficult to separate them on herbarium material, 
especially if it be incomplete. The leaf characters do not appear to offer sufficient 
evidence to always discriminate between them, and the buds and fruits are subject to 
variation, both in shape and size, as already indicated. The suckers appear to be the 
strongest characters by which they can be separated, but everything depends on what 
we know as #. Woollsiana. 


205 


XIIV. EF. odorata Behr and Schlecht. 


As I have stated that the mixed material described and sent out as E. Woollsiana is 
chiefly E. odorata, 1 refer to Part XI.of the present work, and give some supplementary 
notes on the latter species. 


Habit—A shrub or medium-sized tree; rarely a very large tree. Sometimes 
Mallee-like, but not a true Mallee. 


Bark.—Dark grey, rough, persistent (Mueller). 


I see no difference between odorata and Woollsiana bark, except that I have 
more specimens of saplings and branches of South Australian odorata. These are 
smooth and ribbony on the branches. 


Timber.—Pale-coloured to brown, hard, mterlocked. 
“ B. odorata would, if found in New South Wales, certainly be called a Box-tree, 
as it looks like a stunted form of H. Woollsiana, though its wood appears slightly 


browner. It is plentiful on the hills near Adelaide, and is known as Peppermint.” 
(R. H. Cambage, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxvi, 321, 1901.) 


I see no difference between this and Woollsiana timber, except that the latter 
is perhaps a little darker in colour. The different views of Mr. Cambage and myself 
as regards the comparative colour of the timber of HZ. odorata and HE. Woollsiana may 
be explained because of the fewness of the specimens seen, but the probable explanation 
is that there is no real difference at all. 


Juvenile Leaves—The comparison with those of #. Woollsiana seems to have 
been sufficiently dealt with under H. Woollsiana, see p. 200. The same remarks apply 
also to the mature leaves, the “ tip-cat’’ buds, and the fruits. 

The almost lear juvenile leaf shown at fig. 10a, Plate 51, is exceptional, though - 
there are connecting forms with the normal. In the opposite direction, the very broad 
leaf shown at 16a seems exceptional, but both specimens came from a source which 
allows no doubt as to their botanical origin. 


RANGE. 


For South Australian and Victorian localities, see Part XI, pp. 33 and 34. The 
New South Wales localities given at p. 35 should be held in suspense, and the following 
substituted. When £. odorata is better understood, many more New South Wales 
localities will be found. : 


206 


“ Mallee,” pale timber, but not mature. Minore (J. L. Boorman, June, 1901). 

“From an old stump of tree, 3 feet or more in diameter, base appeared of a 
‘boxy’ nature.’ Cobar (J. L. Boorman, July, 1903). Figured at Plate. 152, 
Part XLI, “ Forest Flora.” 

Second growth of tree 2-3 feet in diameter. Mount Boppy (J. L. Boorman, 
August, 1903). 

The note on EF. odorata by myself, in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 329 (1915), 
probably refers to E. bicolor A. Cunn. 


Range of E. odorata var., calcicultrix F.vM. 


To the South Australian localities given at Part XI, p. 35, may be added :— 

“Water Mallee,” because the roots are used to drain water for human consump- 
tion in dry areas. Muinnipa, Hyre’s Peninsula (W. J. Spafford, No. 14). One foot in 
diameter. Timber and bark like odorata. 


New SoutH WALEs. 
The following specimen shows that it occurs in this State, and it should still 
further be looked for :— 
“Tree of about 30 feet, growing in bed of creek in the same way as #&. rostrata 
in these inland places.” Broken Hill (A. Morris, Nos. 84 and 102). 


AFFINITIES. 


1. With £. Woollsiana R. T. Baker. 

T have already, p. 201, stated that I do not think that EF. odorata can be separated 
from #. Woollsiana, but perhaps the comments already given under Bark, &c., at p, 200 
may be found useful. 

BE. odorata has broadish suckers and pale brown timber, with commonly dull 
foliage (at all events in New South Wales specimens), and a Cobar specimen (in the 
same general district as some specimens of £. Woollsiana) will be found figured in 
Plate 152, fig. EH, Part XLI, of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales.” It shares 
with E. Woollscana the name of “ Mallee Box,” 


207 


XLII. E, hemiphlowa F.v.M. var. mierocarpa Maiden. 


As, in my view, it is impossible to understand what is attributed to EH. Woollsiana 
without comparison with HL. hemiphloia var., microcarpa, I bring it forward under 
review at this place, with some additional localities. The variety is described at Part 
XI, p. 18, of the present work. 


Illustrations.—Plate 50, figs. 7-17, Part XI of this work. 


Se NON WNT. 


E. Woollsiana R. T. Baker, partim. ‘The Woollsiana No. 2” of J. H. Maiden 
in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxix, 764 (1904). 


RANGE. 


This is stated at Part XI, p. 18. The localities there given have been checked 
and confirmed, and I desire to give the following additional ones :— 


New SoutH WALEs. 
Deniliquin, rare, believed to be “ Black Box ” (O. Wilshire). 
“ Black Box,” flats near creek, Experiment Farm, Bomen (Dr. H. I. Jensen), 


About 50 feet, with grey granulated bark. Extension of Barns’ No. 8 Line, 
East Mirrool (W. D. Campbell, No. 33). Tree of 50 feet, timber pale. At 3,000 feet 
on Line 3, Parish of Yenda, East Mirrool (W. D. Campbell, No. 56). Grey Box, very 
common here. Temora to Morangarell (Rev. J. W. Dwyer, No. 137). Tree of 40 feet, 
Temora to Mirrool (Rev. J. W. Dwyer, No. 197). 


‘ Narrow-leaved Box.’ Mulyandey State Forest on the new Grenfell road, 
16 miles from Forbes (Forest Guard C. O. Love). 
D 


208 


West Wyalong (F. W. Wakefield). Temora. The commonest Box about Temora 
to Wyalong (Rev. J. W. Dwyer). Cootamundra to Temora (Rev. J. W. Dwyer, No. 205). 
A tall Box. Ardlethan, Temora to Griffith Line (J. L. Boorman). 


White or Grey Box, Condobolin (R. H. Cambage). 
Wongoni near Dunedoo (Andrew Murphy). 


QUEENSLAND. 
Inglewood (J. L. Boorman). 


AFFINITIES. 


The relations of EH. hemiphloia (including this variety) and other species will be 
found stated at Part XI, p. 19. Its relations with what is stated to be £. Woollsiana 
will be found discussed at p. 203 of the present Part. 


209 


XLII. EF. bicolor A. Cunn 


In view of the fact that E. becolor (on herbarium specimens) has been confused with 
E. odorata, and that the species is more diffused than was as one time supposed, the 
following notes may be useful :— 


Bark.—The bark is dark coloured, very thick, and even furrowed like an Ironbark 
when old, though not so hard; flaky-fibrous, sometimes reminiscent of a Stringybark. 


Timber.—The timber is red (or rarely reddish brown). The colour is referred to in 
this work, Part XI, p. 10. It is sometimes one of the most interlocked of timbers. 


RANGE. 


This is dealt with at Part XI, pp. 9-12, of the present work, fairly comprehensively. 

In Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix, 329 (1915), will be found a note from my pen 
on the occurrence of H. odorata in New South Wales, but the timber is there erroneously 
described as reddish, because the specimens referred to (now to be enumerated) are 
really E. bicolor. They are:— HG ne 

“ Hybrid Box,” T.8.R., } mile from Girilambone Railway Station (J .H.M. and 
J. L. Boorman, August, 1910). eee ae 

“Mallee Box,” 44 miles from Coolabah Railway Station on way to Coolabah 
Experiment Farm (J.H.M. and J. L. Boorman, August, 1910). 


AFFINITIES. 


See Part XI, p. 12. 


210 


DESCRIPTION 


COLXX. E. Pilligaensis Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, 163 (1920). 


Fottowine is the original description :— 


Arbor mediocris, cortice cana E. hemiphloiae simile et in trunco ramisque persistente; ligno brunneo, 
fibris tortuosis; foliis junioribus lineari-lanceolatis ca 10 cm. longis et 1-25 cm. latis, utrinque obscuris, 
venis distinctis sed praeter costam non conspicuis, vena peripherica a margine paullo remota, venis patent- 
ibus; foliis maturis angusto-lanceolatis ca 10 cm. longis, 2:5 cm. latis, nitentibus vel obscuro-nitentibus 
utrinque, venis junioribus foliis similibus; alabastris non angularibus, operculo conico, calyce in pedicillum 
angustato; antheris #. odoratae similibus, stigma paullo dilata; fructibus parvis conoideis ad subcylindraceis 
ca 3 mm. longis in pedicellum paullo longiorem angustatis, pedunculo ca 9 mm.; margine distincta valvis 
plerumque 4, valde immersis. 


A medium-sized tree. 


Bark.—Whitish grey like that of Z. hemiphloia, and persistent as in that species, on the trunk and 
main branches. 


Timber.—Brown coloured and interlocked. 


Juvenile leayes.—Linear-lanceolate, say 10 em. (4 inches) long and say 1-25 em. (1 inch) broad, 
dull on both sides, venation distinct though not conspicuous, except as regards the midrib. - Intramarginal 
vein a little distant from the edge, venation spreading. 


Mature leaves.—Narrow lanceolate, say 10 cm. (4 inches) long, and up to say 2-5 em. (4 inch) 
broad, shining or dull-shining (egg-shell lustre) on both sides; venation as in juvenile leaves. 


Buds.—Not angular, with conical operculum, the calyx tapering into the pedicel. 
Flowers.—Anthers very similar to those of #. odorata; the stigma slightly dilated. 


Fruits.—Small, conoid to subcylindrical, say 3 mm. (4 inch) long, tapering to a pedicel rather 
exceeding that length, into a common peduncle of 9 mm.(? inch); rim distinct, valves usually four, well sunk. 


This tree has received both attention and neglect, because it has been by some looked upon as 
included in #. Woollsiana R. T. Baker. As I have now no hesitation in saying that it is not included in 
E. Woollsiana (compare Mr. Baker’s figures of that species), and as I am of opinion that it has not been 
formally described as a species, I offer it as new. Inasmuch as it is so common in the Pilliga Scrub, New 
South Wales, that the district may be looked upon as a focus of it, the specific name chosen may be useful. 


Illustrations—See Part XI, Plate 51, figures 27-30 of the present work; also 
my ‘“ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Part XLI, Plate 152, figures B and C, for 
much larger and better figures. These were all drawn from a specimen collected by 
me at Narrabri, New South Wales, in November, 1899, and form the type. A 
photograph block of saplings at Gilgandra, New South Wales (R. H. Cambage) was 
backed by specimens referable to this new species. All the figures were labelled 
E. odorata var. Woollsiana. 


211 


SYNONYM. 


FE. odorata Behr and Schlecht., var. Woollsiana Maiden, as described at p. 32, 
Part XI of the present work. 


RANGE. 


So far as I know, this species is confined to New South Wales and Queensland, 
but we have much to learn in regard to its range in these, and possibly in other States. 
It is represented by the following specimens in the National Herbarium, Sydney. 
The localities quoted are all in the northern half of New South Wales, extending just 
into Queensland, the two quoted from that State marching with the northern New 
South Wales localities. 

New SoutH Watgs. 

Mount Boppy (J. L. Boorman, August, 1903). Four and a half miles from 
Coolabah Railway Station on the way to the old Experiment Farm (J. L. Boorman 
and J.H.M.). “Mallee Box,’ Moondana, Parish Flinders, Nymagee district (Forest 
Guard EH. F. Rogers). 


Gilgandra (R. H. Cambage No. 1135, with photo. of a clump of saplings, already 
quoted). Large shrub or small tree, Dubbo-Gilgandra road, 18 miles from Dubbo 
(W. Forsyth, No. 2). “ Narrow-leaved Box,’ Coonamble (E. Taylor). 


Castlereagh River (Rev. Dr. Woolls), labelled H. largiflorens by Mueller. 
“ Narrow-leaved Box,” on the plains near Baradine (W. Forsyth, No. 5). 


Very common in the Piliga Scrub, as the following specimens will show :-— 


Box, slaty smooth bark on branches. Forest Reserve 1,263, Parish Leard, 
County Nandewar; 45 feet high, girth 54 inches (Forest Guard M. H. Simon). 
“ Narrow-leaved Box.” Bark greyish in colour and rough on trunk, smooth on 
limbs and of darkish colour. Height 60 feet, diameter 3 to 4 feet. Wee Waa (Forest 
xuard T. W. Taylor, No. 14). “ White Box,” near Old Wongan Station, Dubbo Creek 
area (Dr. H. I. Jensen, No. 56). ‘‘Gum-topped White Box.” Cuttabri (J. L. 
Boorman, Dr. H. I. Jensen, Nos. 2, 19). ‘‘ Narrow-leaved Box.’ A tree of 60 feet, 
fairly straight, Parish Kenebri, County White, Piliga (HZ. H. F. Swain, No. 40). A 
Box, girth 7 feet, Pilliga (HE. H. F. Swain, No. 29). 

Narrabri, November, 1899 (J.H.M.). The narrow suckered tree defined by me 
as E. odorata var. Woollsiana. Type of E. Palligaensis. 


“A Box growing on flats, black soil plains, by side of river, medium-sized trees.” 
Narrabri West (J. L. Boorman). ‘‘ Narrow-leaved Box. Bark whitish-grey, like that 
of FE. hemiphloia, and persistent as in that species, on the trunk and main branches. 
I also saw it growing in the Forbes district.” Narrabri (Henry Deane). (1 have not 
seen the Forbes specimens—J.H.M.) 


212 


“ Narrow-leaved Box.” Moree (W. S. Campbell). In flower only, and at one 
time considered by me to be £. odorata. 

“ Apple,” Bingara (E. H. F. Swain, No. 11). “ Mallee Box,” Yagobie, between 
Gwydir and MacIntyre Rivers (E. H. F. Swain, No. 8). 

Dark flaky bark. Denman, the most southerly locality known, at all events 
in the coastal districts (W. Heron, No. 24). 


QUEENSLAND. 
A medium-sized tree, known locally as “ Mallee Box,” Inglewood, wa Warwick 
(J. L. Boorman). 
“Ribbon Box.” Same growth, size, and bark as Gum-topped Box (#. hemiphloia), 
but leaves narrow and fruit very small. Very abundant. Wyaga, Goondiwindi district 


(C. T. White, No. 26). 


AFFINITIES. 


It is known as “ Narrow-leaved Box,’’ and best deserves this name of all the 
Boxes. This, combined with the remarkably small fruit, readily separates it from 
such species. From £. Woollsiana R. T. Baker, H#. odorata Behr and Schlecht., EF. 
hemiphlowa F.v.M. var. microcarpa, E. conica Maiden, all Boxes, like it, with pale timbers 
and similar bark, it is distinguished by its very narrow juvenile leaves and usually 
narrower mature leaves. From J£. bicolor A. Cunn., which has narrow juvenile leaves, 
it is sharply separated by the thick, dark bark and red-brown timber. 


213 


DESCRIPTHIGN. 


CCLXXI. FE. Penrithensis Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 227 (1913). 


FoLLowIne is the original description :— 


Arbor mediocris, “ Bastard Stringybark” vocata. Cortex trunci dura et subfibrosa. Rami 
teretes. Folia matura crassiuscula, venis nitentibus, distinctis, patentibus, vena peripherica a margine 
remota. Alabastri stellulati, juvenes angulatiusculi, maturi clavatiores. Operculum conicum. Flores 
paniculati 4-10 in umbella quaque. Antherae reniformes. Fructus hemispherici ad fere pilulares 
diametro circiter 5 mm. margine levo et conspicuo. Fructus a pedicello filiforme acute disjunct. 


“ Bastard Stringybark” or “ Peppermint.’ Two miles east of Penrith, New South Wales (J. L. 
Boorman, January, 1900). A tree of medium height and very scarce locally. 


Bark hard fibrous on the trunk, branches smooth, intermediate in character between a “ Stringy- 
bark” and a “ Peppermint.” 


Timber reddish brown and with concentric though not abundant gum-veins. 


Intermediate leaves petiolate, falcate, acuminate, mostly unsymmetrical, rather coriaceous, 
equally green on both sides, venation prominent, spreading, intramarginal vein well removed from the edge. 
Average size say 13 cm. by 3 em. broad. 


Mature leayes much smaller, say 9 cm. by 1 cm. broad, rather thick, shiny, plentifully besprinkled 
with black dots, venation the same, resembling those of intermediate leaves. 


Buds stellulate and somewhat angled when very young, more clavate as maturity approaches. 
Operculum conical, the calyx-tube tapering into a short pedicel. 


Flowers paniculate, 4 to 10 in the individual umbel, which has a slightly flattened common peduncle 
under 1 cm.long. Anthers kidney-shaped. 


Fruit hemispherical to nearly pilular, diameter about 5 mm. with a well-defined smooth rim, tips 
of the valves either sunk, or not protruding beyond the orifice. The fruit is sharply separated from the 
filiform pedicel. = 


SYNONYM. 


E. Marsdeni C. Hall, in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xlii, 747 (with a Plate). 


T submit drawings of the types of both H. Penrithensis and E. Marsdent. The 
material is not large in either case; the barks are the same; the fruit of #. Penrithensis 
is a little smaller, but I can find no botanical differences between them. Dr. Hall 
realises that the species is not a strong one, calling it “‘f. vel sp. nov.” He also says: 
“JT have named this form or species tentatively H. Marsden, after the Rey. Samuel 
Marsden, the first incumbent of St. John’s Church, Parramatta.” 


214 
Following is the original description of #. Marsdeni :—- 


** Arbor 30-50’ altitudine, cortice fibroso inferne superne levi foliis petiolatis, lanceolatis, acuminatis, 
faleatis, obliquis, fere membraneis; cymis axillaribus; pedunculis 4” longis, pedicellis 14’; operculo 
hemispheerico, umbonato; fructibus hemispheericis, valvis parum exsertis.” 


A tree, 30 feet high in specimen observed, and probably would attain a height of 60-80 feet when 
fully grown. 


Seedling.—Cotyledons very small, orbicular-reniform, entire purplish on under-surface, glabrous. 
Leaves opposite, decussate, obtuse, shortly petiolate, lanceolate, venation pinnate, rather oblique, edges 
sinuate. Stem reddish, and both it and the leaves covered with fine, stellate hairs. 


Juvenile leaves of a more advanced stage than in the small seedling are alternate, petiolate, narrow- 
lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous. Mature leaves alternate, petiolate, falcate, acuminate, oblique, greyish 
on drying, almost membranous, occasionally shiny, and having a pleasant, aromatic scent. Lamine 
6 inch-8 inch long by ? inch broad, petiole slender, $ inch long. Lateral veins oblique, alternately fine, 
intramarginal vein fairly distant from the edge. 


Inflorescence axillary, peduncles } inch long, with rather few flowers in head, six to nine; buds 
turbinate, 5 inches long, operculum hemispherical, shortly acuminate. Stamens all fertile, anthers 
kidney-shaped. Fruits hemispherical 3 lines in diameter, rim domed, valves small, slightly exserted. 


Bark of an unusual character for a Eucalypt. While 1% falls in the group of the stringybarks, yet 
it is laminated, with a sort of ochreous deposit on the surface of each layer. Inner bark very hard and 
compact. But while the trunk and lower branches have such bark, that of the upper branches and branchlets 
1s smooth and greyish, so that the tree is really a half bark. 


Timber light brown in colour, fairly heavy, close, straight in the grain, annual rings prominent in 
the young stage, planes and dresses well, and should be useful for technical purposes; gum-veins few. 


RANGE. 


Confined to the County of Cumberland, New South Wales, so far as we know at 
present. 

The type of E. Penvithensis came from two miles east of Penrith, New South 
Wales. Guided by Mr. Boorman I saw the tree a month or two afterwards, but it and 
a few others, believed to be the same, were cut down a short time subsequently, and 
others could not be traced. 


Toongabbie, New South Wales, at the rear of the Public Schoo!, on the Wiana- 
matta clay, is the only locality known of the type of #. Marsdeni, but I understand 
from Dr. Hall that his specimen cannot be found now, having probably shared the 
same fate as the type tree of H. Penrithensis. 

See also notes at pp. 236 and 237 (under H#. ewgenioides) in Part VII of the 
present work. 

It will probably turn out that EZ. Penrithensis is not as rare as was at once 
supposed. It has probably been passed over as a ragged, hard Stringybark, and 
looked upon as an anomalous LZ. eugenioides. 


215 


The following two specimens probably belong to this species :+- 


1. Field of Mars, Gladesville, two trees close together, pointed out by J. J. Fletcher 
to R. H. Cambage and myself in February, 1905, and Mr. Cambage and I 
collected specimens, while Mr. Cambage took admirable photographs of 
the trees, which will be reproduced when Barks in the genus are arrived at. 

2. Galston-road, about 1 mile from Hornsby, Mr. Sutton’s property (W. F. 
Blakely, 21st October, 1918). 


These two specimens apparently vary only in robustness from the type of 
E. Penrithensis, the Galston specimen being from a young, vigorous tree, which would 
account for this. 


APEINITIES: 


This is an anomalous, rare, and apparently local species, and one naturally 
looks upon it as a hybrid. At the same time, hybridism is difficult to prove. Of course 
it is not necessary to prove that the assumed parents are to be found, at the present 
time, in close juxtaposition to the individuals from which one obtained material in the 
present case. The parents may be some distance away, and the seed of the trees may 
have been conveyed in a number of ways. Possibly the parents are H. eugentordes 
Sieb. and £. hemastoma Sm. var. micrantha Benth. Let us consider these m detail. 
(Original description.) 


Dr. Hall was also of opinion that his species (Z. Marsdent) might be a hybrid, 
and he and I formed these opinions independently in regard to the practically solitary 
specimens of HL. Penrithensis and EH. Marsdeni referred to. It will be best to give his 
remarks from the original description litteratim :— 


“* As seen from the description, this form of Eucalypt, on a cortical classification, seems intermediate 
between the smooth-barks and stringy-barks. The timber has not the texture of that of the stringy-barks, 
but more nearly resembles that of #. viminalis in physical characters. The early buds resemble those of 
IZ. obliqua, but there is no resemblance in the mature stage. The mature leaves are generally markedly 
oblique. The fruit resembles that of #. eugenioides, but it tapers more into the pedicel, and is not so flat; 
nor are the fruits so clustered on the peduncle. The seedling is intermediate between those of E. eugeniotdes 
and #. Moorei; and, in its hairy seedling-leaves and reniform cotyledons, approximates strongly to the 
stringy-barks. The reniform anthers also place it in that category, but the bark, timber, and oil are quite 
distinct from those of this class. As, so far, only a single tree is known, one is strongly inclined to conclude 
that it 1s either a hybrid or a sport. Strong colour is lent to the hybrid theory by the fact of it possessing 
so many of the characters of the stringy-barks, especially in the seedling stage; yet differing from them 
in others in the mature stage, as, for instance, in the bark, oil, and timber. Since the only tree has, 
unfortunately, lately been cut down, further comparison is at present impossible. Now that a description 
has been published, search may reveal further specimens, and more definitely establish its status. The 
tree was a young one, about 12-15 years old, and growing on land that had been mostly cleared, but with 
a few well-grown trees of ZH. hemastoma, HL. resinifera, and E. sidcrophloia in proximity. Other trees near by 
were L. crebra, E. eugenioides, L. hemiphloia, E. punctata, and F, tereticornis.” 


E 


216 


1. With EF. hemastoma Sm. var. micrantha Benth. (A “ White Gum.”) 


The affinities lie in the smoothness of the branches, the fruits, and the young 
(intermediate) leaves. (Original description of H. Penrithensis.) 


2. With F. eugenioides Sieb. (A “ Stringybark.’’) 

The bark indicates some affinity to the Stringybark, and there is also affinity 
in the foliage (as also with the White Gum). There is some (not close) resemblance 
in the fruits, while the pedicellate fruit is seen in the White Gum. (Original description 
of EF. Penrithensis.) 


Some remarks on supposed hybridism in which E. eugenioides takes a part, will 
be found under £. Laseroni, p. 187. 


3. With E. piperita Sm. 


Penrith is not in £. stellulata country, and the relations of the proposed new 
species with H. piperita may be examined. The barks resemble each other a good 
deal. The poimtedness and curvature of the young buds reminds one of those of 
E. piperita. The resemblance of the foliage and anthers would apply more or less to 
E. eugeniordes, hemastoma, and piperita. (Original description of H. Penrithensis.) 


217 


CXII. EF. micranthera F.v.M. 


See the present work, Part XX, Plate 88, p. 308. 


THIs excessively rare and imperfectly known Western Australian species has been 
sent to me (Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lii, 506) by Mr. H. P. Turnbull, of the Alexander 
River, about half-way between Esperance and Israelite Bays, on the south coast. 


Unfortunately he was unable to recognise the specimen, and so to say the exact 
spot where he collected it, and thus obtain more material, but he has obtaimed fruits 
(unfortunately the seed had all dropped out), and these, being new to science, may 
be described as follows :—They are hemispherical in shape, and about 7 mm. in diameter, 
shining, with one moderately prominent angle. The pedicels short and flattened, 
supported by a flattened peduncle of twice the length. The rim horizontal or slightly 
rounded, the teeth of the calyx flush with the rim or slightly exceeding it. They are 
figured at fig. 5b, Plate 195. 


E. mcranthera certainly resembles #. cneorifolia DC. in the narrowish leaves 
and sessile inflorescence. The peduncle of E. micranthera is broader and more 
compressed; the fruits are very similar in both species, but the anthers are smaller 
in £. micranthera and the filaments broader and more yellowish or yellowish-green. 
The leaves of E. micranthera have longer petioles and are somewhat broader. 


218 


DESCRIPTION, 


CCLX XII. FE. notabilis Maiden. 


; In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, 169 (1920). 


Fottowine is the original description :— 


Arbor mediocris pulchra umbrosa, cortice lamelloso-fibrosa “ Mahogany’ simile, ligno pallido 
rectis fibris duro. Ramulis quadrangulatis. Foliis juvenilibus lanceolatis, petiolatis, pallidis, inferiore 
pagina, venis secundariis fere parallelibus. Foliis maturis crassis, coriaceis, lanceolatis, rectis vel falcatis, 
penniveniis. Alabastris ad 9 capitulo, pedunculo lato fere sessile, calycis tubo hemispherico ad hemi- 
ellipsoides, angulis duobis prominulis. Fructibus fere hemisphericis, ca 7 mm. diametro angulis vel alis 
duobus, margine distincta, valvis valde exsertis. 


A tree of moderate size, say about 50 feet, with a diameter of 4to 5 feet. It has rich dark umbrageous 
foliage, and is a handsome species. 


Bark flaky-stringy, or fibrous-flaky in young trees. It is rough to the tips of the branches, and the 
trunk does not display corrugations of the bark. Timber pale-coloured (of the palest brown when freshly 
cut), straight grained, a good splitter, and possessing a fair degree of tensile strength. 


Juvenile leaves.—Young branchlets markedly quadrangular, leaves very thin, pale on the under- 
side, punctate, lanceolate, petiolate (say 10 or 11 cm. long, 3 or 4 cm. broad, with petioles of 1 em. and 
more), secondary veins thin, roughly parallel, rather spreading, making angles of 60-80 degrees with the 
midrib, a few nearly at right angles; intramarginal vein well removed from the edge. 


Mature leaves thick, coriaceous, of egg-shell lustre on the upper, but dull on the lower surface, 
lanceolate, straight or faleate, tapering into a long apex, petiolate, up to 14 em. long and more, up to 4 cm. 
in greatest width, with petioles of 2 cm. Venation inconspicuous, the secondary veins penniveined, 
nearly as parallel and commonly making scarcely a more acute angle with the midrib than the Corymbose ; 
the intramarginal vein not far removed from the edge. 


Buds up to nine in the head, on a broad strap-shaped peduncle of 1 cm. or less, sessile or on pedicels 
of -5 em., each commonly with a double operculum; calyx-tube hemispherical to hemiellipsoid, with two 
angles or ribs sometimes so prominent as to be winged; operculum hemispherical to conoid, up to 7 mm. 
in diameter and sometimes exceeding that of the calyx tube. 


Anthers white, opening in parallel slits, the two cells usually cohering to the tips; versatile; 
large gland at the back. 


Fruits almost hemispherical, about 7 mm. in diameter, often with two or more angles or wings; 
rim well defined; the calyx valves three or four, broad at the base, and the tips well exsert. 


Type.—Glenbrook, Blue Mountains, New South Wales. (R. H. Cambage and J.H.M.) 


Illustrations—The new species is figured as intermediate between H. resinifera 
and £. pellita in the present work, Part XXX, Plate 125, figs. 7, 8,9. We there have 
a juvenile leaf, mature leaf, buds with hemispherical and conoid opercula, anthers 
and fruits. 


219 


SYNONYM. 


Recorded as the Blue Mountains form of those intermediate between E. pellita 
F.v.M. and £. resinifera Sm. See present work, Part XXX, pp. 216, 217. 


RANGE. 


Confined to New South Wales so far as we know at present, and to the vicinity 
of the lower slopes of the Blue Mountains, but owing to wide-spread confusion with 
E. resinifera we have much to learn of its range. It has only been recorded so far 
from the Lower Kurrajong and Glenbrook to Faulconbridge. 


Following are specific localities :—Lower Kurrajong, one of the lower slopes to 
the Blue Mountains (J.H.M.) ; Glenbrook (R. H. Cambage, J.H.M., J. L. Boorman); 
Lapstone Hill to Sprmgwood (R. H. Cambage and J.H.M.); Springwood (J. L. Boorman) ; 
North Springwood (R. H. Cambage and J.H.M.); Faulconbridge (J.H.M.). 


APEINITIES: 


1. It is one of the few species, of which HE. gomphocephala DC. is the most 
notable, which have an operculum of diameter greater than the calyx-tube, giving it 
an overhanging appearance. 


2. The anthers of H. notabilis and E. canaliculata are to all intents and purposes 
alike. Affinity to each other is thus indicated, and also that they belong to the same 
group, which includes E. punctata, E. resinifera, and E. pellita. 


3. With E. resinifera Sm. (and E. pellita F.v.M.). 


The position of EH. notabilis seems to be nearest to these two species, but closer 
to the former in some respects. The figures and remarks on this association have 
already been referred to. The bark is that of a ‘‘ Mahogany,” but the paleness of the - 
timber of EL. notabilis at once separates it from these two species. 


DESCRIPTION. 
COLX XII. FE. canalieulata Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, 171 (1920). 


Fotiow1ne is the original description :-— 


“ Grey Gum” alta, in cortice leve maculis lenticularibus. Ligno pallido, fibris crassis, duro. Foliis 
javenilibus peticlatis, lanceolatis, venis tenuibus. Foliis maturis, angusto-lanceolatis, paullo crassis, 
venis tenuibus fere parallelibus angulum ca 45° cum costa formantibus. Alabastris magnis, clavatis, 
umbellis ad 6 capitulo pedunculis applanatis; operculo hemiellipsoideo, mucrone breve.  Fructibus 
magnis, conoideo-hemisphericis, pedicello breve applanato, calycis tubo duobus costis prominentibus 
margine paullo rotundata conspicua. 


A tall Grey Gum, whose trunk usually averages scarcely 2 feet in diameter, but it may attain, 
exceptionally, twice that size (A. Rudder). It is a tall tree with a diameter of 4 feet, 70 feet to the lowest 
branches, the whole tree being 90-120 feet high (J. L. Boorman, also speaking of a Dungog tree). Bark 
smooth, but with lenticular patches in places, like that of a Grey Gum (#. punctata). 


Timber pale coloured, somewhat coarse-fibred, interlocked and tough, resembling that of 
Spotted Gum (#. maculata) a good deal, and also that of Tallow-wood (HZ. microcorys). The colour of 
the timber approximates to pale snuft-brown, say, Dauthenay, Rep. de Couleurs, Plate 2, shade 303. 


Juvenile leaves not seen in the earliest state, but some still opposite are lanceolate to broadly- 
lanceolate, equally green on both sides, with numerous fine, not prominent, roughly parallel veins, at an 
angle of about 45 degrees with the midrib. Leaves about 5 or 6 cm. long, and about half that width, with 
petioles of 2 cm. 


Mature leaves of medium size, narrow-lanceolate, petiolate, say 1-2 dm. long and 2-3-5 cm. broad 
with petioles say 2-3 cm. long, dark green, moderately thick venation almost as in juvenile leaves. 


Buds large, clavate, umbels up to six in the head on flattened expanding peduncles 2 cm. long and 
more, the calyx-tubes with one or two opposite sharp ridges, gradually tapering in short but distinct thick 
pedicels, the operculum hemi-ellipsoid with a short mucrone, each bud with a second deciduous operculum 
which leaves a sharp commissural edge. 


Anthers white, opening in parallel slits, the cells cohering at their edges; versatile, gland at 
the back. 


Fruits large, about 1:7 cm. in greatest width and about the same in depth, including the tips of 
the capsule. Conoid-hemispherical, the shiny calyx-tube with a short-flattened pedicel, the continuation 
of the edges of which forms two somewhat sharp ridges. The calyx-tube is surmounted by a slightly- 
domed conspicuous rim of about 3 mm. in width (which rim morphologically consists of a fusion of the 
disc and of the staminal ring). This again is surmounted by a pudding-basin rim barely 2 mm. wide. 
Valves triangular, moderately exsert. 


Type.—Seven miles from Dungog on the Booral-road (Augustus Rudder, J. L. Boorman). The 
specific name is given in reference to the channelled appearance of the fruit. 


Illustrations —See my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,’ fig. D, Plate 37, 
Part X (fruits); the same drawing reproduced in the present work, Part XXIX, fig. 1, 
Plate 123. For mature leaf, buds and anther, see figs. 9a-c, Plate 122 of the present 


221 


work. The specimens “ fruit rather globular, but not perfectly ripe,” Spit-road, Manly, 
Port Jackson:(J. L. Boorman), figured at fig. 3, Plate 123, do not belong to E. punctata 
var. grandiflora (E. canaliculata); they belong to EL. punctata, though they are rather 
larger than those of the type. - 


SYNONYM. 


E. punetata DC., var. grandiflora Deane and Maiden, in Proc. Linn. Soe. 
N.S.W., xxvi, 133 (1901). 


RANGE. 


It seems to be confined to New South Wales. ‘I have only observed the large- © 
fruited Grey Gum m the counties of Gloucester and Durham. It seems, so far as I have 
seen, to occupy the intermediate country a little back from the coast to near the eastern 
slopes of the Dividing Range. I do not think it is very plentiful, but small patches 
of it are occasionally met with, besides isolated trees, and it often associates more 
or less with the small-fruited Grey Gum, EZ. propinqua.” (The late Augustus Rudder 
in a letter to the writer, dated 31st August, 1893.) 


It grows in company with Ironbark (#. paniculata) and abundance of #. saligna. 
It is very scarce in the Dungog district (J. L. Boorman). 


AFFINITIES. 


1. With £. saligna Sm. 


The similarity of these trees is chiefly in their barks, but the differences between 
them in this respect have been already stated. Mr. Boorman says that, at Dungog, the 
direction of the branches in HZ. canaliculaia is more horizontal and the shape less inclined 
to be pyramidal as in #. saligna. The floral organs and the timber, of course, sharply 
separate them. (See Plates 99 and 100, Part XXIII, of the present work, for H. saligna.) 


2. With FE. punetata DC. 


The new species is nearer H. punctata (indeed, it has been regarded as a variety 
of it) than #. saligna, but the discovery that E. canaliculata has a pale timber at once 
showed that it must be removed from #. punctata and other species with red timbers. 
For drawings of details of HL. punctata see the present work, Part XXTX, Plates 121 and 
122, while that of H. canaliculata are in the same Part (as HE. punctata var. grandiflora) 


222 


in Plates 122 and 123. The anthers of the two species are alike. The outstanding 
difference shown there is in the smaller size of the buds and fruits of #. punctata, their 
less tendency to vertical angularity, and less marked commissural edges. The juvenile 
leaves are broader in EF. punctata. 


3. With FE. maculata Hook. 


We have undoubted affinities in the smooth, more or less blotched bark, and 
also in the timber, for both are remarkably alike in external characters. But H. maculata 
(Plate 178, Part XLITT) is a well defined member of the Corymbose, and the differences 
are very great, as regards the organs. 


Explanation of Plates (192-195). 
PLATE 192. 


EL. Laseroni R. T. Baker. 


la. Juvenile leaf; 1b, mature leaf; 1c, head of buds (fourteen); 1d, head of fruits, almost sessile. Black 
Mountain near Guyra, N.S.W. (C. F. Laseron.) The type. 


Mature buds and flowers. Summit of Ben Lomond, near Glen Innes, N.S.W. (William Dunn.) 


Front and back views of anther. 19 miles from Tingha, on the Guyra road, N.8.W. (J. L. Boorman 
and J.H.M.) 
E. de Beuzevillei Maiden. 
4a. Juvenile leaf; 4b, intermediate leaf; 4c, mature leaf; 4d, buds (note the ribs); 4c, front and back 
views of anther; 4/, fruits (note the ribs). Jounama Peaks, County Buccleuch, N.S.W. (W.A.W. 
de Beuzeyille.) The type. 
E. Mitchelli Cambage. 


5a. Buds; 5b, anther; 5c, pendent fruiting twig. Juvenile leaves not available. Mount Buffalo, Victoria, 
around the Chalet. (R. H. Cambage.) The type. 


PLATE 193. 


E. Brownti Maiden and Cambage. 
la. Juvenile leaf; 1b, mature leaf, the venation scarcely visible; 1c, short panicle showing buds and flowers ; 
ld, front and back views of anther; le, mature fruits (observe the rims). Reid River, via 
Townsville, Queensland. (Nicholas Daley.) The type. 


E. Cambageana Maiden. 


2a. Juvenile leaf: 2b, leaf a little further advanced; 2c, mature leaf; 2d, buds and flowers; 2e, front and 
back views of anther; 2/, mature fruits. Mirtna Station, Charters Towers, Northern Queensland. 
(Miss Zara Clark.) The type. 


E. miniata A. Cunn. 


3. Juvenile leaves, almost in the opposite stage. They have not previously been figured in this stage. 
See Part XXII, Plates 95 and 96, where figures of this species are given. The figures on Plate 
95 are in the intermediate stage and come nearest to the juvenile leaves at present figured, and 
which are described at p. 198 of the present Part. Stapleton, near Darwin, Northern Territory. 
(Gerald F. Hill.) 


223 


PLATE 194. 


E. Woollsiana R. T. Baker. 

The figures on this Plate are taken from three different sources, all certified to by Mr. Baker as 
i. Woollsiana. They are :— 

A. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxv, 684, Plate XLIII (1900). This is the type. d 

(EZ. Woollsiana is mixed material in which FZ. odorata predominates. As this has been discussed 
at pp. 199 to 201, the facts will not be repeated here.) 

Mr. Baker gives no particulars as to the locality of the specimen figured as his type. In Plate 194, 
la, is a reproduction of fig. 1 of Mr. Baker’s drawing of the type. Itisa broadish, mature leaf. 1b, mature 
leaf and pointed buds. Reproduction of fig. 2 of type. (This drawing is modified by the statement at 
p. 132 of the “‘ Research,” “* Operculum often more obtuse than shown in the Plate.”) 1c, twig with mature 


leaves, flowers, and immature fruit. Reproduction of fig. 3 of type. 1d, mature fruits. Reproduction 
of fig. 8 of type. 


B. “ Research on the Eucalypts,’ Baker and Smith (1902). 


In the Plate of Z. Woollsiana in that work Messrs. Baker and Smith added 2a (Plate 194), which is _ 
a reproduction of fig. 1 of the “ Research” Plate; 2b, 2c, which are broadish intermediate leaves, 
reproductions of Nos. 6 and 7 of the “ Research”’ Plate.; 2d, a very long, narrowish, mature leaf, a 
reproduction of No. 5 of the “ Research” Plate. 


C. “ Forest Flora of South Australia,” J. Ednie Brown, Plate 29. The figure of #. odorata in that 
work is in Proc. Roy. Soc. S.A., x1,-479 (1916), attributed by Mr. Baker to Z. Woollsiana. 


3a. Flowering twig; 3b, fruits (both reproduced from J. EH. Brown’s Plate); 4, anther, E. odorata. Murray 
Bridge, South Australia. (R. H. Cambage and J.H.M.) 


PLATE 195. 


E. Pilligaensis Maiden. 


la. Juvenile leaves; 1b, mature leaves and immature buds; lec, fruits. Narrabri, N.S.W. (J. H. Maiden.) 
The type. 


. Twig with almost ripe buds; 2b, anther. Bingara, N.S.W. (E. H. F. Swain.) 


bo 
& 


E. Penrithensis Maiden. 
(Of which #. Marsdeni C. Hall is a synonym.) 


. Intermediate leaf; 36, mature leaf; 3c, buds; 3d, front and back views of anther; 3e, fruits. Two 
miles east of Penrith, N.S.W. (J. L. Boorman and J.H.M.) The type of #. Penrithensis. 


4a. Mature leaf; 46, buds; 4c, front and back views of anther; 4d, fruits. Toongabbie, near Parramatta, 
N.S.W. (Cuthbert Hall.) This is the type of Z. Marsdeni C. Hall, which, in my view, is identical 
with £. Penrithensis. 


co 
Q 


E. micranthera F.v.M. 
(See also Part XX, Plate 88.) Inthe former Plate the fruit is not given, as it was then unknown. 


5a. Buds; 5b, fruits. Alexander River, Western Australia. (H. P. Turnbull.) 


Bio? 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS, 


(ap) 


! 
j 


Sa ame AN mei 


Nie 


nearness ayy a 


M.Flockton.del.et tith. 


ae 
th 
a 
aie) 
Mia 
ae 
a 
oS) 
a4 Je 
S 
Zz @ 
ON 
aia 
El 
<< ow 
ps) 
mn 
eile 
Ay AY 
Palioa 
a4 
Se 
Sy |=) 
fy) & 


EUCALYPTUS MITCHELLI CamBaceE (5). 


PL, 193: 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS, 


ee anew end int ISTE N TV ENOMER NSTI EP, 


DA PIC PUR PONSA NG 


ASSL IDI ACAESATRY IER WYN IA INNATE ON ESTE SP RUE TY2  RTOVIRAY AN TENANE 


7 
\ 


\ 


M.¥FloeKlon. del-er liFh- 


EUCALYPTUS BROWNII MaIpeEN and CamBaGE (J). 


EUCALYPTUS CAMBAGEANA MaIpEN (2). 


EUCALYPTUS MINIATA A. Cunn 


[See Plates 95 and 96.] 


(3) 


aa 
Ke 


F a - 
i yt me = rope pt de capitan pe 


PL 94 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS, 


EUCALYPTUS WOOLLSIANA R. T. Baker. 
(A composite species, mainly consisting of £. odorata BEHR and SCHLECHT. 


The 


drawings are all by Mr. Baker, or vouched for by him, except No. 4). 


Eset 


a¢ 


| 


Buon: 


_ Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


M.Flockfon. del. eFlith. 


EUCALYPTUS PILLIGAENSIS MaIpen (1, 2). 


EUCALYPTUS PENRITHENSIS Matpen (2), which = £. Marsdeni C. HALL (4). 


(5) [See also Plate 88.] 


EUCALYPTUS MICRANTHERA F.v.M. 


Se ee ee er 
y u Cahn tee iinet 4 


The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “ Forest Flora of New 
South Wales’’* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs 
of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic 
value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of 
the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— 


acacicides A. Cunn. (xlvii). melliodora A. Cunn. (ix). 
acmenicides Schauer (xXxxii). macrocorys F.v.M. (xxxviil). 
affinis Deane and Maiden (lvi). microtheca F.v.M. (li). 
amygdalina Labill. (xvi). Muelleriana Howitt (xxx). 
Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). numerosa Maiden (xvii). 
Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). obliqua L’ Hérit. (xxii). 
Bauervana Schauer (vii). ochrophicia F.v.M. (1). 
BauerianaSchauer var. conica Maiden (lvii). odorata Behr and Schlectendal (xl). 
Behriana F.v.M. (xlvi). oleosa FK.v.M. (1x). 
bicolor A. Cunn. (xliv). © paniculata Sm. (vill). 
Boormani Deane and Maiden (xlv). pilularis Sm. (xXxxi). 
Bosistoana F.v.M. (xiii). prperita Sm. (XxXxill). 
Caleyi Maiden (ly). Planchoniana F.v.M. (xxiv). 
capitellata Sm. (Xxviii). polyanthemos Schauer (lix). 
conica Deane and Maiden (lvii1). populifolia Hook. (xlvii). 
Consideniana Maiden (xxxvi). propingua Deane and Maiden (Ixi). 
coriacea A. Cunn. (xv). punctata DC. (x). 
corymbosa Sm. (xii). radiata Sieb., as amygdalina (xvi). 
crebra B.v.M. (li). regnans B.v.M. (xviii). 
Dalrympleana Maiden (\xiy). resinifera Sm. (111). 
dives Schauer (xix). rostrata Schlecht. (1x1). 
dumosa A. Cunn. (lxv). rubida Deane and Maiden (xli). 
eugenioides Sieber. (xxix). saligna Sm. (iv). 
fruticetorum F.v.M. (xl). stderophlova Benth. (xxxix). 
gigantea Hook. f. (li). sideroxylon A. Cunn. (xiii). 
globulus L? Her. (1xvii). Sieberviana F.v.M. (xxxiv). 
goniocalyx F.v.M. (vi). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). 
hemastoma Sm. (XxXxvii). tereticornis Sm. (x1). 
hemiphloia F.v.M. (vi). tessellaris F.v.M. (1xvi). 
longifolia Link and Otto (ii). Thozetiana F.v.M. (xlix). 
_ Iuehmanniana F.v.M. (xxvi). viminadlis Labill. (Ixiv). 
macrorrhyncha ¥.v.M. (xxvii). virgata Sieb. (xxv). 
maculata Hook. (vii). virea R. T. Baker (xxiii). 


melanophloia ¥.v.M. (liv). 


* Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. Priee 1s. per part (10s. per 12 parts) ; each part containing 4 plates and 
other illustrations. 


Sydney: William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer—1921 


. Eucalyptus macrocarpa Hook. 

. Eucalyptus Preissiana Schauer. 

. Eucalyptus megacarpa F.v.M. 

. Hucadlyptus globulus Labillardiére. 
. Eucalyptus Maident F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus urnigera Hook. f. 


XIX—101. 
102. 
103. 
104. 
105. 


XX—106. 
107. 
108. 
109. 
110. 
iLike 
112. 


XXI—113. 
114. 
115. 
116. 


OX 11 —1 1'7. 
118. 
119. 
120. 
121. 
122. 
123. 
124. 


-XKXITI—125. 
: 126. 
P47 


XXIV—128. 
129. 
130. 
163 Fe 
(1B 2. 

Plates, 100 bis-103. (Issued November, 1915.) 


XXV—133. 
134. 
135. 
136. 


XXVI— 13s. 
‘ 139. 
140. 


XXVII—141. 
‘i 142. 
143. 
144. 


f 


Plates, 77-80. (Issued July, 1913.) 


Eucalyptus goniocalyx F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus nitens Maiden. 

Eucalyptus eeophora F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus cordata Labill. 

Eucalyptus angustissima F.v.M. 

Plates, 81-84. (Issued December, 1913.) 


Eucalyptus gigantea Hook. f. 
Eucalyptus longifolia Link and Otto. 
Eucalyptus diversicolor F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Guilfoylec Maiden. 
Eucalyptus patens Bentham. 
Eucalyptus Todtiana F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus micranthera F.v.M. 
Plates, 85-88. (Issued March, 1914.) 


Eucalyptus cinerea F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus pulverulenta Sims. 
Eucalyptus cosmophylla F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus gomphocephala A. P. DC. 
Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914.) 


Eucalyptus erythronema Turcz. 
Eucalyptus acacieformis Deane & Maiden. 
Eucalyptus pallidifolia F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus cesia Benth. 

Eucalyptus tetraptera Turcz. 

Eucalyptus F orrestiana Diels. 

Eucalyptus miniata A. Cunn. 

Eucalyptus phenicea F.v.M. 

Plates, 93-96. (Issued April, 1915.) 


Eucalyptus robusta Smith. 

Eucalyptus botryoides Smith. 
Eucalyptus saligna Smith. 

Plates, 97-100. (Issued July, 1915.) 


Eucalyptus Deanei Maiden. 

Eucalyptus Dunnit Maiden. 

Eucalyptus Stuartiana F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus Banksit Maiden. 

Eucalyptus quadrangulata Deane & Maiden, 


Eucalyptus Macarthuri Deane and Maiden. 
Eucalyptus aggregata Deane and Maiden. 
Hucdyptus parvifolia Cambage. 

Eucalyptus alba Reinwardt. 

Plates, 104-107. (Issued February, 1916.; 


Eucalyptus Perriniana F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Gunnit Hook. f. 

Eucalyptus rubida Deane and Maiden. 
Plates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) 


Eucalyptus maculosa R. T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus precoxz Maiden. 

Eucalyptus ovata Labill. 

Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden. 

Plates, 112-115. (Issued July, 1916.) 


Part XXVIN—145. Eucalyptus vernieosa Hook. f. 


146. Eucalyptus Muclleri T. B. Moore. 
147. Hucalyptus Kitsoniana (J. G. Lueh mann) 
Maiden. 


148. Lucalyptus viminalis Labillardiére 


Plates, 116-119. (Issued December. 1916.) 


XXIX—149. Hucalyptus Baeuerleni F.v.M. 


150. Eucalyptus scoparia Maiden. 
151. Eucalyptus Benthami Maiden & Cambage. 
152. Hucalyptus propingua Deane and Maiden. 
153. Hucalyptus punctaia DC. 
154. Eucalyptus Kirtoniana F.v.M. 

Plates, 120-123. (Issued February, 1917.) 


XXX—155. Hucalyptus resinifera Sm. 


156. Eucalyptus pelita F.v.M. 
157. Eucalyptus brachyandra F.v.M. 
Plates, 124-127. (Issued April, 1917.) 


XXXI—158. Eucalyptus tereticornis Smith. 


159. Eucalyptus Bancrofti Maiden. 
160. Hucalyptus amplifolia Naudin. 
Plates, 128-131. (Issued July, 1917.) 


XXXII—161. Eucalyptus Seeana Maiden. 


162. Eucalyptus exserta F.v.M. 

163. Eucalyptus Parramattensis C. Hall. 
164. Hucalyptus Blakelyi Maiden. 

165. Hucalyptus dealbata A. Cunn. 

166. Eucalyptus Morrisic R. T. Baker. 
167. Eucalyptus Howittiana F.v.M. 
Plates, 182-135. (Issued September, 1917.) 


XXXIII—168. Hucalyptus rostrata Schlechtendal. 


169. Hucalyptus rudis Endlicher. 

170. Eucalyptus Dundast Maiden. 

171. Eucalyptus pachyloma Benth. 
Plates, 136-139. (Issued December, 1917.) 


XXXIV—-172. Hucalyptus redunca Schauer. 


173. Hucalyptus accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. 

174. Eucalyptus cornuta Labill. 

175. Eucalyptus Websteriana Maiden. 
Plates, 140-143. (Issued April, 1918.) 


XXXV--176. Eucalyptus Lehmanni Preiss. 


177. Eucalyptus annulata Benth. 

178. Eucalyptus platypus Hooker. 

179. Hucalyptus spathulata Hooker. 

180. Eucalyptus gamophylla F.v.M. 

181. Eucalyptus argillacea W. V. Fitzgerald 
Plates, 144-147. (Issued August, 1918.) 


XXXVI—182. Eucalyptus occidentalis Endlicher. 


183. Hucalyptus macrandra F.v.M. 
184. Eucalyptus salubris F.v.M. 
185. Eucalyptus cladocalyx F.v.M. 
186. Huealyptus Cooperiana B.v.M. 
187. Eucalyptus intertexia R. T. Baker. 
188. Hucalyptus confluens (W. VY. Fitzgerald) 
Maiden. 
Plates, 148-151. (Issued January, 1919.) 


XXXVII—189. Eucalyptus clavigera A. Cunn. 


190. Hucalyptus aspera F.v.M. 
191. Hucalyptus grandifolia R.Br. 
192. Eucalyptus papuana F.v.M. 
Plates, 152-155. (Issued March, 1919.) 


art XXXVIMI—193. 
N (94. 


195. 


196. 


197. 


198. 


HGR). 


200. 


9 
201. 
202. 
203. 


Plates, 156-159. 


XXXIX—204. 

' 205. 
. Kucalyptus 
. Eucalyptus patellaris F.v.M. 
. Hucalyptus 
. Hucalyptus 
. Eucalyptus 
. Eucalyptus 
. Eucalyptus 
. Eucalyptus 
. Eucalyptus 
. Eucalyptus 
. Eucalyptus 


215. Eucalyptus fraxinoides Deane and Maiden. 


Plates, 160-163. 


XL—216. 
217. 
218. 
219. 
220. 
221. 
222. 


Plates, 164-167. 


XLI—223. 
224. 
225. 
226. 
114. 


92 


227. 


Plates, 168-171. 


ia 


Bucalyptus tessellaris F.v.M. 


Eucalyptus Spenceriana Maiden. i 
Eucalyptus Cliftoniana W. V. Fitzgerald. 


Eucalyptus setosa Schauer. 
Bucalyptus ferruginea Schauer. 


Bucalyptus Moore: Maiden and Cambage. 


Eucalyptus dumosa A. Cunn. 


Eucalyptus torquata Luehmann. 


Eucalyptus amygdalina Labill. 
Bucalyptus radiata Sieber. 
Eucalyptus numerosa Maiden. 
Eucalyptus nitida Hook. f. 


(Issued July, 1919.) 


Torelliana F.v.M. 
corymbosa Smith. 
intermedia R. T. Baker. 


Eucalyptus 
Eucalyptus 


celastroides Turczaninow. 
gracilis F.v.M. 
transcontinentalis Maiden. 
longicornis B.v.M. 

oleosa F.v.M. 

Flocktonie Maiden. 
virgata Sieber. 

oreades R. T. Baker. 
obtusiflora DC. 


(Issued February, 1920.) 


Eucalyptus terminalis F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus dichromophloia ¥.v.M. 
Eucalyptus pyrophora Benth. 
Eucalyptus levopinea R. T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus ligustrina DC. 

Bucalyptus stricta Sieber. 

Eucalyptus grandis (Hill) Maiden. 
(Issued March, 1920.) 


Eucalyptus latifolia F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Foelscheana ¥.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Abergiana ¥.v.M. 
Eucalyptus pachyphylla F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus pyriformis Turczanmow. 
variety Kingsmilli Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Oldfieldii F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus Drummondii Bentham. 
(Issued June, 1920.) 


XLVI.—259. 
260. 

261. 

15. 

262. 

263. 

264. 

70. Eucalyptus 


Eucalyptus 


Plates, 188-191. (Issued May, 1921.) ee b 


Part XLIL—228. 
229. 


230. 


231, 


232. 


233. 


234, 
62. 
64. 

230. 


70. 


P 


XLII. —236. 
237. 
238. 
239. 


240. 


241. 
242, 


Plates, 176-179. (Issued November, 192 


XLIV—243 


244. 
245. 


XLV.—253. Hucalyptus erythrocorys F.v.M. 
254. Hucalyptus tetrodonta F.v.M, 


tetragona F.v.M. 


Eucalyptus eudesmioides F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus Ebbanoensis Maiden n.sp. 
Eucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden. 

Eucalyptus angophoroides R. T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus Kybeanensis Maiden & Cambage. 
(dup. of 252) Eucalyptus eremophila Maiden. 


decipiens Endl. 


. Eucalyptus eremephila Maiden. - 


7. Eucalyptus Blaxlandi Maiden and 


Eucalyptus eximia Schauer. 
Eucalyptus peltata Bentham. 
Eucalyptus Watsoniana F.v.M. | 
Eucalyptus trachyphloia B.v.M. 
Eucalyptus hybriaa Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Kruseina ¥B.v.M. Pa 
Eucalyptus Dawsont R. T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. = 
Eucalyptus Baueriana Schauer. _ S, 
Eucalyptus conica Deane and Maiden, 
Eucalyptus concolor Schauer. 


lates, 172-175. (Issued August, 1920. 


Eucalyptus ficifolia F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus calophylla R.Br. 
Eucalyptus hamatoxylon Maiden, 
Eucalyptus maculata Hook. aa 
Eucalyptus Mooreana (W. V. Fitzgerale 
Maiden. : | 
Eucalyptus approximans Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Stowardi Maiden. q 


\ 


. Eucalyptus perfoliaia R. Brown. 

Eucalyptus ptychocarpa F.v.M. 

Eucalyptus similis Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus lirata (W. V. Fitzgerald) 
Maiden n.sp. 

. Eucalypius Baileyana ¥.v.M. 

. Bucalyptus Lane-Poole: Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus Ewartiana Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus Bakeri Maiden. 

. Bucalyptus Jackson Maiden. 


Plates, 180-183. (Issued February, 


. Eucalyptus odontocarpa F.v.M, 4 
. Eucalyptus capitellata Smith. 
. Bucalyptus Camfieldi Maiden. 


Cambage. 
. Eucalyptus Normantonensis Maiden 
Cambage. ) 


Plates, 184-187. (Issued April, 1921 


A CRITICAL REVISION OF THE 
GENUS EUCALYPTUS 


BY 


ei MAIDEN, 1s0; ERS, FES 


(Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the 
Botanic Gardens, Sydney), 


piiliall isis. 
~ OCT 701921 
L239 390 


ee MOET chee oe 


(WITH FOUR PLATES.) 


PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. 


Published by Authority of 
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTII WALES. 


Svuvnev ; 
WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER. 


‘ae 1921. 


Part I—1. 
WI—2. 
JII—3. 
Iv—4. 

5 


Eucalyptus pilularis Sm., and var. 
Muelleriana Maiden. 
Plates, 1-4. (Issued March, 1903.) 


Eucalyptus obliqua L’ Heéritier. 
Plates, 5-8. (Issued May, 1903.) 


Eucalyptus calycogona Turczaninow. 
Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.) 


Eucalyptus incrassaia Labillardiére. 


. Lucaluptus fecunda Schauer. 


Plates, 138-24. (Issued June, 1904.) 


. Eucalyptus stellulata Sieber. 
. Hucalyptus coriacea A. Cunn. 
. Eucalyptus coccifera Hook. f. 


Plates, 25-28. (Issued November, 1904.) 


. Eucalyptus amygdalina Labillardiére. 
. Hucalyptus linearis Dehnhardt. 
. Hucalyptus Risdoni Hook. f. 


Plates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) 


. Eucalyptus reqnans F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus vitelina Naudin, and Eucalyptus 


vitrea R. T. Baker. 


. Eucalyptus dives Schauer. 
. Hucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpland. 


Plates, 33-36. (Issued October, 1905.) 


. Lucalyptus capitellata Sm. 

. Lucalyptus Muelleriana Howitt. 
. Eucalyptus macrorrhyncha F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus eugeniordes Sieber. 

. Eucalyptus marginata Sm. 

. Lucalyptus buprestium F.v.M. 

. Lucalyptus sepulcralis F.v.M. 


Plates, 37-40. (Issued March, 1907.) 


. Eucalyptus alpina Lindl. 

, Eucalyptus microcorys F.v.M. 

_ Eucalyptus acmenioides Schauer. 

, Hucalyptus umbra R. T. Baker. 

. Eucalyptus virgata Sieber. 

. Eucalyptus apiculata Baker and Smith. 

. Eucalyptus Luehmanniana F. v. Mueller. 
. Eucalyptus Planchoniana F.v.M. 


Plates, 41-44. (Issued November, 1907.) 


. Eucalyptus piperita Sm. 

. Hucalyptus Svebervana P.v.M. 

. Lucalyptus Consideniana Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus hemastoma Sm. 

. Eucalyptus siderophloia Benth. 

. Hucalyptus Boormani Deane and Maiden. 

. Eucalyptus leptophleba F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus Behriana ¥.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus populifolia Hook. 

Eucalyptus Bowman F.v.M. (Doubtful species. 


Plates, 45-48. (Issued December, 1908.) 


. Eucalyptus Bosistoana F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn. 

. Eucalyptus hemiphloia F.v.M. 

. Hucalyptus odorata Behr and Schlechtendal. 


44 (a). An Ironbark Boa. 


45. 


Eucalyptus fruticetorum F.v.M. 


Part XI—46 
(contd.) 47 


48 
49 


XII—50 


XITI—60. 
61. 
62. 
63. 
64. 
65. 


) 
XVII— 


. Eucalyptus Cléeziana ¥.v.M. 
2. Eucalyptus oligantha Schauer. 


. Eucalyptus oleosa F.v.M. 


. Lucalyptus Pimpiniana Maiden. 


2. Eucalyptus Oldfieldii F.v.M. 
. Bucalyptus orbifolia F.v.M. 
. Lucalyptus pyriformis Turezaninow. 


. Lucalyptus acacioides A. Cunn. 
. Hucalyptus Thozetiana F.v.M. 
. Hucalyptus ochrophloia F.v.M. 
. Lucalyptus microtheca F.v.M.. 
Plates, 49-52, (Issued February, ! 


. Hucalyptus Raveretiana F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus crebra F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus Staigeriana F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus melanophloia F.v.M. 

. Hucalyptus pruinosa Schauer. 

. Hucalyptus Smith R. T. Baker. 

. Hucalyptus Naudiniana F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus siderovylon A. Cunn. 

. Eucalyptus leucoxylon F.v.M. 

. Hucalyptus Caleyi Maiden. 
Plates, 53-56. (Issued November, 


i] 
I 
2 
F | 


Eucalyptus affnis Deane and Maiden. ~ 
Eucalyptus paniculata Sm. 

Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer. 
Eucalyptus Rudderi Maiden. 

Eucalyptus Baueriana Schauer. 
Eucalyptus cneorifolia DC. 


Plates, 57-60. (Issued July, 1911)) 


a 
6 


. Eucalyptus mellvodora A. Cunn. 

. Lucalyptus fasciculosa F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus uncinata Turezaninow. 
. Eucalyptus deciprens Endl. 

. Lucalyptus concolor Schauer. 


Plates, 61-64. (Issued March, 191% 


. Bucalyptus Gulia Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus falcata Turez. 
Plates, 65-68. (Issued July, 1912.) 


Lucalyptus oleosa ¥.v.M., var. Flocktona 
Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus Le Souefii Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus Clelandi Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus decurva F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus doratoxylon F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus corrugata Luehmann, 
. Lucalyptus goniantha Turez. 
. Hucalyptus Strickland: Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus Campaspe 8. le M. Moore. 
. Eucalyptus diptera Andrews. 
. Eucalyptus Griffithsit Maiden. 
. Hucalyptus grossa F.v.M. 


. Hucalyptus Woodwardi Maiden. 
Plates, 69-72. (Issued September, 


. Eucalyptus salmonophloia ¥.v.M. 


. Hucalyptus leptopoda Bentham. 
. Eucalyptus squamosa Deane and Maide 


Plates, 73-76. (Issued February, 


A S@RITICAIS REVISION OF THE 


GENUS) UCP YPrus 


BY 


Je Ho MARDEN FSO RRS. es: 


(Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). 


Vow, Vv. Barr 3s, 
Part XLVIII of the Complete Work. 


(WITH FOUR PLATES.) 


“Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and combining 
them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to aller, 
or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by 
antiquity, and transmits that hoard. augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. 
In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and 
even when they fail, are entitled to praise.”’ 

Macauay’s “Essay on MILTON.” 


PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE, ‘i "2 Xs 
25°39 OS; 


Published by Authority of 
TIE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES,’ 


Svduey : 


WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PIILLIP-STREET. 


*20867—A 1921. 


me a 


i 
i Rae: , 
: ere fh, 


LXI, Eucalyptus paniculata Sm. 


Variation in colour of timber : 225 
Other reputed differences between it ana E. ecnUeOn 

and £. Nanglei . : ‘ : : : : Z e220 
Range ; . : : 7 a 227: 
Original deseriptions of Rvs oven - 3 - 229,230 
Affinities . : ; : : ; A : : : on 229 


CCLXXIV. Eucalyptus decorticans sp. nov. 


Deseription : : ‘ : : ‘ : A A sae 2ou 
Synonym . : , ‘ a, ea : ‘ i ; A wehbe 
Range : ‘ : : : : 5 a : 6 e232 
Affinities . : ; ; j : p : ; , 4 PBB 


CCLXXV. Eucalyptus Culleni R. H. Cambage. 


Description , : : : : : ; : ; 5 8288 
Range 4 : : : : : : : ° ‘ RY. 
Affinities. : : ; F : ‘ 5 6 f e234 


CCLXX VI, Eucalyptus Beyert R. T. Baker. 


Deseription : : , : : : : : é 2235 
Synonym . : : ; : ; ‘ : : : Weeeze5 
Affinities . ; : ‘ : : ; e230 
Bentham’s views on tne ree ‘ ; : : 5 . 236 
DirevVVieolls’ ,; ‘ ae we i : ‘ : 5) 2S 
Mueller’s a ih ae ee : : : : doy saigts) 
Mr: Baker’s ,, ah a a ae ‘ : E , 2so 
Range : 0 : : : : : : : : = 239 


XCVILI. Eucalyptus globulus Labill. 


A discussion as to the validity of E. St. Johni 
R. T. Baker, as distinct from #£. globulus . 240 


CCLXX VII. Eucalyptus nova-anglica 
Deane and Maiden. 


Synonym : 
Range a aes 
Affinity 


No. I. The Growing Tree. 


A. Rate of growth 
B. Natural afforestation 
C. Increment curves 


Determination of increment by stem analysis . 


D. The largest Australian trees 


Explanation of Plates (196-199) 


LXI. EF, paniculata Sm. 


In Mr. R. T. Baker’s paper, “Some Ironbarks of New South Wales” (Journ. Roy. 
Soc. N.S.W., li, 410, 1917), the very important step was taken of splittmg up 
E. paniculata into three species (£. paniculata Sm., with HL. Fergusoni and EF. Nanglei 
proposed as new), because of variation in the timber. It seems to me that the 
proposals add to the worries of both botanists and timbermen. ; 

Variation in colour of timbers—Mr. Baker (op. cit., pp. 410-413) discusses the 
matter of variation in Ironbark timbers, and following are some of his observations. 
Thus, p. 410, ““ Under what has been commonly known as FH. paniculata, it was found 
that several distinct [my italics] timbers occur . . . .” Although he subsequently 
refers to other differences, they are vague, and his chief emphasis isin regard to colour. 

In p. 412 “.-. . . my experience . . . . is that Eucalyptus timber 
variations are not great wherever grown, especially colour of timbers, certainly not 
in a range of several colours.” 

Insp, 413"we have.“ ... 2. four distinct timbers; and 4° . . % It is 
difficult to admit that so wide a range of colours and qualities can exist under one 
species . . . .” “If four distinct woods are to be placed under the same 
species-name, then it will be the exception to the rule of constancy [my italics] that 
I have so far found to obtain in our timbers.” He then proceeds to take “ the white, 
grey or light chocolate coloured timber as the type paniculata, then apart from other 
characters we have remaining, a deep chocolate timber, a pink timber, and a deep red 
one, for which names are required, and it is now proposed to give those specific rank.” 

So that the reasons for separating H. Fergusoni and FE. Nanglei are based on 
differences in (1) timber, (2) “ other characters,’ and we will consider these separately. 

The coloured photographs of timber accompanying Mr. Baker’s paper probably 
do not do his sections justice, but I see no great difficulty in placing those attributed 
to L. Fergusoni and E. Nanglei with EF. paniculata, so far as colours are concerned. 

The Rey. Dr. Woolls, in the letter quoted to me at p. 238, speaks of the variation 
of timber according to age, and also to the soil. We do not know, except in very general 
terms, the amount of variation in colour and other physical characters owing to 
environment. 

I shall further deal with this matter of colour when I come to treat Eucalyptus 
timbers in general. It is a very difficult subject, for hardly two authorities describe 
the colour of a particular species in the same way. 

Schlich (Manual of Forestry, v, 59) classifies “‘ healthy, freshly-cut woods ”’ of 
about twenty British and exotic timbers under the headings yellowish-white, bright 
yellow, greyish-yellow, brownish-yellow, reddish, reddish-brown, golden-brown, dark 
brown, black. He includes no Eucalypts. 


226 


He says, “Some woods may have different shades of colour, as oak, which is 
either dark or light. This shading of colour in woods may be very marked, and caused 
by variations of soil and rate of growth, more or less perfect formation of heartwood, 
&e. . . . . After wood has been kept for some time its colour usually deepens, 
and many bright-coloured woods become greyish.” 

Timbers vary in colour according as they are green, or seasoned or old. That 
is why so many timbers are described by some pale colour as white, pink, or pale, and 
subsequently as brownish, red, or dark. 

In my first classification of the Ironbarks of New South Wales, in a paper read 
before the Sydney Architectural Association on 4th September, 1893, I speak of the 
timber of EL. paniculata as “ very pale, pmk when fresh.” In my “Notes on the 
Commercial Timbers of New South Wales” (Second Edition, 1904), I spoke of it (p.7), 
as “ often pale-coloured, even grey.” 

Every timber merchant knows that he has to grade his timbers of the same 
kind according to weight, colour, grain, &c. I am not referring to different species, 
but to grading within the same species. This is particularly the case in Northern 
Europe and North America, with timber of say Pine and Oak. In Australia, as regards 
our indigenous timbers, we have entered less into the refinements of grading, but even 
in such reputedly definite timbers as Jarrah, Tallow Wood, the Stringybarks and even 
the Ironbarks (now under discussion), the timber merchant recognises variations or 
orades. | have a block of She-oak timber on my study table. When I first had it, 
some years ago, it was fiery-red, almost loud; it is now an inoffensive reddish-brown 
or brown. 

Speaking of HZ. paniculata timber at Part XIII, p. 104, I quote the late Augustus 
Rudder as to its variation in colour. He spent a long life in £. paniculata country, 
and was shrewd in regard to both botanical and timber differences. See also my remarks 
on “vernacular names” at p. 105 of the same Part. 


Other Reputed Differences between E. paniculata and E. Fergusoni 
and E. Nanglei. 


Quoting Mr. Baker, p. 411,““. . . . it was found that the trees, in addition 
to having distinct timbers, differed also in variation of fruit, leaves and bark.” 

Mr. Baker does not publish a key to his species Fergusoni and Nanglei (in 
comparison with #. paniculata), and therefore we have mainly to fall back on the 
photographs of the fruits as shown in Plate XXI. My point is, elaborated at p. 227, 
that the forms all run into each other. 

Page 419. H. Nanglei. There is a general absence of contrasted characters, 
an exception being, under #. Nanglez, “ the whole plant being coarser than EF. paiiculata 
and the fruits are quite characteristic, the chief feature being the rim, which frequently 
flattens in pressed specimens . . . . differs from its type #. paniculata in . . 
shape of fruits . . . . In botanical sequence it may follow E. Fergusoni, although 
its organs differ considerably from that species.” 


227 


In my anxiety to avoid duplication of drawings, particularly where there is a 
plate in the “ Kucalyptographia,’’ which is a work that should be read with mine, the 
drawings selected in the present work may sometimes give rise to some misunderstanding 
unless the above fact be borne in mind. The Critical Revision drawings are sometimes 
intended to bring out certain points. Turning to Part XIII, Plate 57, figs. 9e and 16, 
for example, see legend at p. 131, are intended to show that the fruits may be quite small 
or may have exserted valves. It does not mean that the form depicted is characteristic 
of this particular tree, for some of the fruits on this tree may be quite normal; it simply 
warns readers of an ascertained aberration in 2. paniculata. 


Further, the young foliage may become very coarse (large and thick), especially 
in exposed situations such as Ulladulla and Kincumber. Indeed the same thing is 
noticed at Dungog, and is by no means rare. In a comparatively dense forest the 
leaves may be thinner and smaller, with pale undersides. The figures now published 
of BE. paniculata at Plates 196 and 197 should, taken in conjunction with Plate 57, be 
sufficiently comprehensive, 


RANGE. 


It is confined to coastal New South Wales and Queensland so far as we know 
at present. See Part XIII, p. 105. There is (1921) no satisfactory evidence that it 
occurs in Victoria. 


The individual localities quoted at pp. 106, 107, will not be repeated. I have 
carefully gone over the specimens with the types of EH. Fergusoni and EL. Nanglet before 
me, and find that attempts to sort them out into three species are beyond my capacity. 
It is quite true that I am able to pick out some specimens in which the fruits match 
those particular fruits in the specimens which Mr. Baker has selected for his types, but 
they are associated with other characters which show that the forms cannot be 
segregated from LH. paniculata. 


E. paniculata is often found flowering in a dwarf state along the coast, particularly 
on north heads or headlets, e.g., Ulladulla, Terrigal, First Point, Kincumber. 


The list of localities which follows is to be added to those given in Part XIII, 
p. 106. 


I may say that, in common with some other species which occur along the 
coast, exposed to the strong sea air, and also more inland, H. paniculata has larger 
coastal fruits. Incidentally it may be stated that the fruits of a species, wherever 
grown, may be larger if the product of a young vigorous tree, and smaller if near the 
top of a large tree. 


228 


New Soutua WaALgs. 


Forty feet high. Bermagui (Forest Guard W. Dunn). Boyne State Forest 
No. 147, 10 miles north of Bateman’s Bay (Forest Guard L. Walker). About 20 feet 
high, North Head, Ulladulla (R. H. Cambage No. 4,070). 

Heathcote, a few miles south of Sydney (J.H.M.). With suckers in the 
opposite stage. 

Dundas (H. J. Rumsey). Parramatta to Penrith (Rev. Dr. Woolls). Ryde 
(F. R. Smith). Eurella-street, Burwood (J.H.M.). Lane Cove road, near Gordon 
(H. Deane). Near Golf Links, Killara (W. F. Blakely and D. W. C. Shiress). Near 
Gordon Station, on main road (W. F. Blakely). Pymble (W. A. Dixon). 

Large tree, bark very rough and dark, younger branches nearly smooth. Asquith, 
near Hornsby (W. F. Blakely). Large tree of 50 or 60 feet. Bark a dull grey, very 
rough on barrel and main branches, and smaller ones somewhat smooth, with a few 
loose fragments of curly bark of i or 2 inches hanging from them. Near Oldham, 
Mt. Colah, near Hornsby (W. F. Blakely). 

“A shrub about 10 feet high, growing on exposed hillsides on the coast near 
Terrigal. Growing in an almost horizontal manner, owing no doubt to its exposure 
to wind.” (W. A. W. de Beuzeville, April, 1918). First Point, Kincumber (R. H. 
Cambage and J.H.M.). The juvenile foliage may attain as large a size as that of Wingello 
(fig. 11, Plate 57). 

Raymond Terrace (E. Cheel). Grey Ironbark, Williams River (J. L. Boorman). 
Scrub Ironbark, Dungog (W. F. Blakely). The fruits from a very old tree are smaller. 
Nelson’s Bay, Port Stephens (J. L. Boorman). Grey Ironbark. Good flow of good 
quality honey. Wauchope (W. D. Goodacre). 

Settlement Lease No. 63, parish Wondoba, county Pottinger, poor hilly country, 
(Forest Guard M. H. Simon). 

Torrington (J. L. Boorman). 

Woodford Island, Clarence River (E. J. Hadley). ‘‘ Grey Ironbark,’ Rappville, 
17 miles from Casino (C. L. Campbell). Parish Dyraaba, county Rous, Casino; also 
Richmond Range (E. G. McLean). 


QUEENSLAND. 

Benarkin (Forest Inspector Twine, through C. T. White). Beenleigh (Dr. J. 
Shirley). Cabbage-tree Creek, Sandgate, with roots almost in salt water (C. T. White). 

“Grey Ironbark.’ Waterworks-road, Brisbane (J. L. Boorman). Kedron; 
Mt. Gravatt. (Near Brisbane, C. T. White). 

Aspley (E. Bilbrough). Fraser Island (W. R. Petrie). 

Parish Boondooma, 70 miles north-west of Wondai (Forest Guard Higgins, 
through C. T. White). Gympie (L. Hirst). 

“ Grey Ironbark.” Black heartwood. Blackbutt (R. W. Jolly). 


229 
I quote the original descriptions ‘of both H. Fergusoni and E. Nanqlez. 


EB. Fergusoni R. T- Baker, in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 415 (1917). (Bloodwood-bark Ironbark.) 


Description—A tall fine typical specimen of an Ironbark, with a facies in the field of some- 
thing approaching a “ Bloodwood,” from the nature of the bark, which resembles somewhat those species 
of Eucalypts. It is probably the thinnest bark of all the Ironbarks, and lacks the deep furrows so common 
to the group, being friable and so very short in the fibre on the exterior half, but hard and compact and 
deep red in colour for the remaining thickness, there being almost an entire absence of kino. The early 
leaves, say two or three, are at firstrather broadly lanceolate, from 7 to 9 inches long and 24 to 3 inches 
broad, but later leaves much smaller and less coriaceous than the earlier ones, venation distinct, intra- 
marginal vein removed from the edge, lateral veins medium oblique. Normal leaves lanceolate, falcate, 
varying in length and width, and may be described in a general way as only medium size for an ironbark, 
not thick; venation not at all distinct as a rule, intramarginal vein removed from the edge, lateral veins 
fairly oblique. Inflorescence paniculate-corymbose, but when developed into the fruiting stage becoming 
almost corymbose. Calyx pyriform, ribbed. Operculum conical, the rim of the calyx bulging beyond 
the base of it. Fruits pear-shaped on a long slender pedicel, strongly four-ribbed, contracted at the rather 
thin rim, valves deeply inserted, 9 lines long and 4 lines wide. 


Timber.—The colour is a deep red or reddish chocolate when fresh cut, but rather inclined to 
become a lighter red when aged. It is hard, heavy, straight or interlocked in the grain, which may be 
described as rather open, the vessels being conspicuous in a longitudinal cut, and appearing as whitish 
streaks. It planes and dresses well, and is suitable for all kinds of heavy constructional works. 


In its economics it is probably equal to the very best of other Ironbarks, such as Z. crebra, 
E. paniculata, E. siderophloia. 


Then follows an account of the microscopic structure of the timber. 
Geographical Range.—Bulladelah and Wingello. 


(I have received from Mr. Baker a specimen labelled Bulladelah (LL. C. Maxwell, 
October, 1916), as typical for H. Ferguson.) 

Affinities.—It is not easy to place this species in its systematic sequence, as whilst timber places 

it near H. siderophloia, the bark, leaves and fruits especially differentiate it from that species, as these 


features also do from other described species of Ironbarks, H. crebra, EL. paniculata, E. sideroxylon, 
E. Caleyi, E. drepanophylla. 

It might be placed between ZL. siderophloia and the pink Ironbark of this paper, HZ. Nangle:. (Origina] 
description.) 


“Research has shown that the timber of this tree was exhibited at the Paris International Exhibition 
of 1862, under the name of L. crebra, but later this name was changed on the specimen fto L. paniculata.” 
(End of original description.) 


Following are my own comments :— 


1. The word Paris in connection with 1862 is, of course, a slip of the pen. No 
specimen of an Ironbark timber named as to species was exhibited either in the Paris 
Exhibition of 1855, or in the London Exhibition of 1862. 


2. The “ timber of this tree’ refers to one of a number of little hand-samples, 
being Sir William Macarthur’s reference set (it was he who made the New South Wales 
timber collections for these exhibitions). These were spoken about to me by Sir Wilham 
at Camden Park in February, 1881, and some years later they were presented by 


Mrs, Macarthur Onslow, his niece, and placed by me in the Technological Museum. 
B 


230 


3. I spent much time on these specimens (including those which are Ironbarks) 
between the years 1885 and 1896 (when I was transferred to the Botanic Gardens), 
with the printed catalogues of these Exhibitions before me, and made some notes. 
The gist of those notes, as regards Nos. 1, 3, 8 of the specimens of the London Exhibition 
of 1862, will be found at Part XIII, p. 106, of the present work, under HZ. paniculata, 
and a reference to #. crebra will be seen. The name crebra was marked by me on a 
specimen, and afterwards changed by me to paniculata. All this happened many 
years ago, and I think paniculata is probably correct. 


E. Nanglei R. T. Baker, in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 418 (1917), with three figures of 
the fruit at Plate 21. (Pink Ironbark.) 


Description.—An average forest tree with a very thick, compact, deeply furrowed bark, containing 
large quantities of kino. Leaves lanceolate, the early-growth leaves might be described as broadly 
lanceolate, and of a thin texture; veins finely prominent, and not very oblique; usual leaves mostly straight, 
lanceolate, venation not at all prominent; lateral veins oblique, and more so than in the earlier leaves; 
intramarginal vein rather close to the edge. Inflorescence paniculate or axillary at the neds of the branchlets 
but in the fruiting stage, the leaves having fallen, the capsules appear in quite a paniculate form. Buds 
under an inch long, calyx pyriform; operculum conical. Fruits inclined to pilular, constricted at the 
rather short pedicel or pyriform, more or less contracted at the rim, where it is more or less flat or broad; 
in some instances very slightly ribbed at the base or pedicel, valves not exserted, or just a little so. 


Timber.—A very fine timber with a distinct clear pink or red colour, and having the facies rather 
of E. rostrata, E. tereticornis, or EL. propinqua, than that of an Ironbark. It may be described as close- 
grained, heavy, hard, but does not plane to so bony a face as Ironbarks, having a tendency to splinter up 
almost immediately after planing. It is not so heavy as other Ironbarks, probably being the lightest 
in weight of any of them. 


General.—The timber of this tree is quite distinct from the White or Grey Ironbark of this paper, 
and the two could not be correctly placed under one species, especially in a public collection of timbers 
such as obtains in the Technological Museum. No tradesman or timber expert would pass them as one 
and the same wood, and it was these particular differences that influenced me to separate these trees as 
distinct. The bark is not so deeply furrowed nor quite so thick as in most Ironbarks, but has a fair amount 
of kino scattered throughout its structure, the inner layers also thinner for so large a tree. It isalso easy 
of determination in herbarium material, and the whole plant being coarser than #. paniculata, and the 
fruits are quite characteristic, the chief feature being the rim which frequently flattens in pressed specimens. 


It is difficult to trace ‘references to this tree, but it is just possible that, owing to its paniculate 
inflorescence, it may have been confounded with E. paniculata, and perhaps Dr. Woolls, when first record= 
ing the colour of the wood of #. paniculata as Red may have had material of this species, vide remarks by 
J. H. Maiden under Z. paniculata. 


This species differs from its type E. paniculata, principally in the physical properties of its timbers, 
such as colour and texture, also in inflorescence, shape of fruits and nature of bark, and the same remarks 
apply to other Ironbarks. In botanical sequence it may follow #. Fergusoni, although the organs differ 
considerably (they have not been stated, J.H.M.) from that species, as well as from the other Ironbarks. 

Geographical Range-—It has a wide range, preserving its specific features well throughout its 
distribution. Localities at present known to me are Morisset, Stroud, Bulladelah, Woy Woy, Lindfield, 
Nowra. (End of Mr. Baker’s description.) - 


I have picked out a number of herbarium specimens whose facies most generally 
resemble that of #. Nanglei as represented by the specimens presented by Mr. Baker, 
but they run into Z£. Fergusoni and both into £. paniculata inextricably. 


231 


DESERIPT ION. 
CCLXXIV. FE. decorticans sp. nov. 


ARBOR magna, cortice nigricante dura sulcata, EB. siderophloiae similibus; ramis albis, laevibus, deciduis, 
ligno rubro mediocre; foliis junioribus angustissimis lineari-lanceolatis vel lanceolatis; foliis maturis 
lanceolatis utrimque aeque viridibus, venis (praeter costam mediam) inconspicuis; calycis tubo obconico 
in pedicellum brevem angustato; operculo plerumque obtuso; fructu ovoideo-cylindrico, 7 mm. diametro, 
valvarum apicibus paulo exsertis. 

Bark.—On the butt blackish, hard, furrowed, with flattish ridges after the fashion of E. siderophloia 
but with bare branches as described by Dr. T. L. Bancroft in the following extract from a letter :—“ A 
remarkably fine tree, like a large Grey Ironbark, but the branches of the top, up to the size of a man’s arm 
or even thicker, are white in colour; covered with a*thin, smooth bark; the bark is always peeling off 
these thin branches, and the ground below is strewn with it after the style of BE. hemiphloia.” 

Timber inferior in quality, colour red. 

Juvenile leayes.—Extremely narrow, linear lanceolate to lanceolate, some specimens having 
an average length of 5 or 6 dm. and a diameter of 8 cm., oil dots abundant. 

Mature leayes.—Lanceolate, slightly curved, acuminate, equally green on both sides, drying 
to a pale green, venation (except the midrib) inconspicuous, the lateral viens very fine and somewhat 
spreading, the marginal vein close to or very near the edge. 

Flowers.—Umbels three to six flowered, usually three or four together in short axillary or terminal 
panicles, the peduncles angular. Calyx-tube obconical with one or two angles, tapering into a short pedicel. 
Operculum usually blunt-pointed, about as long as the calyx-tube. Stamens inflected in the bud, anthers 
broad, white, opening at the sides, filament at the base, small gland at the top. 

Fruit.—Ovoid cylindrical, and 7 mm, in diameter, often with one or two angles, with a darker 
coloured rim hardly constructed at the orifice, the tips of the valves slightly protruding. 

This form is known as “ Mountain Ironbark,” “ Naked Top Ironbark,” or “ Gum Top.” 


This description is based on one in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 80 (1913), 
but we have acquired additional information concerning it, and it now seems distinct, 
and therefore a name should be given to it. I have therefore pleasure in bringing 
Mr. F. M. Bailey’s forma decorticans (of H. siderophloia) up to specific rank, if that 
be admissible. I take the opportunity (in addition to the name of Dr. Bancroft 
already quoted) of saying how indebted I am to Mr. C. T. White, the Government 
Botanist of Queensland, for valuable help. 


SYNONYM. 


E. siderophloia Benth. forma decorticans Bailey, in Queensland Agric. Journ., 
xxvi, 127 (March, 1911). 
“This tree resembles the narrow-leaved forms of the species (siderophloia), 
differing principally in the bark of the branches, even when as thick as a man’s arm, 
being deciduous,” (Complete original description.) 


RANGE. 


So far as we know at present it has only been received from the Burnett River 
district of Queensland. It was originally sent by Dr. T. L. Bancroft, its discoverer, 
from Hidsvold, where it occurs. on rocky mountainous country, associated with 
EL. siderophloia. Mr. Forest Guard 8. J. Higgins (sent by Mr. C. T. White), collected 
it in the parish of Boondooma, but there is no doubt that, having been confused with 
other Ironbarks, it has an extensive range. 


AL RINTLES: 


With £. drepanophylla F.v.M. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvui, 80, I considered E. decorticans to be specifically 
identical with ZL. drepanophylla, but additional material has caused me to form a 
different opinion. Phylogenetically, £. drepanophylla may be looked wpon as a coarse 
form of #. crebra, and most observers do not discriminate between those two species, - 
many of the references to L. crebra including EL. drepanophylla. It is possible that 
E. decorticans has, like E. drepanophylla, evolved from E. crebra. I attach great 
importance to Dr. Bancroft’s observations. He says H. decorticans is a denizen 
of dry, rocky hillsides, while 2. crebra grows on flatter country. E. decorticans 
has a deciduous bark on the branches, and a poor timber, differig from ZL. erebra in 
both these respects. — 


The anthers of EH. decorticans are semi-terminal, or approaching the group 
provisionally termed Porantheroid; those of H. drepanophylla are small, opening in 
parallel slits, simulating those of FE. crebra. 


Partly because of the narrowness of the juvenile leaves (borne out, I may say, 
in the seedlings), I wrote to Dr. Bancroft about the relation of the new species 
(decorticans) to the widely diffused HE. crebra. He replied: “I am absolutely certain 
that the sucker leaves are extremely narrow, more so a lot than those of F. crebra. 
The new species and H. crebra do not grow together.’ In another letter he says that — 
they are as narrow as those of H. Seeana Maiden. See fig. la, Plate 132, Part xxxii, 
of the present work. ; 


DESCRIPTION, 


CCLXXV. E. Culleni R. H. Cambage. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, 48 (1920), with Plate 1. 


FoLLowine is the original description :—- 


ARBOR alta quadraginta vel quinquaginta pedes, trunci diametrum unciarum duodeviginti ad duo 
pedes habens. 


Folia matura.—Linearia-lanceolata circiter sex ad quattuordecim cm. longa, octo mm. ad 15 
em. lata, cum apicibus directis vel uncis, interdum leviter falcata, utrobique cinerose viridia, glabrosa, 
costa media clara, venae laterales aliquanto obscurae et dispositae angulo circiter 45° ecosta, margines 
plerumque quasi nervi vena intra marginem juxta extremitatem, olei glandulae parvae sed numerosae, 
petiolus a quinque mm. ad unum em. longus. 


Gemmae globosae, tubus calycis hemisphericalis duo mm. longus, diametrus quattuor mm. habens, 
operculum simile tubo calycis, terminatum cuspide brevi circiter -5 mm. longa, pediculi circiter quinque 
mm. longi, pedunculi teretes a quinque mm. ad 1-1 cm. in parte intera paniculae. 


‘ Flores pedicellati, umbellae in paniculis terminalibus vel nonnullae in axillis superioribus, cum 
floribus a tribus ad septem, antherae parvae patentes late laterale, glandula a tergo filum a fundamento. 


Fructus hemisphericales tres ad quattuor mm. longi, diametrum a sex ad septem mm. habentes, 
ora excitata, circiter 1-5 mm. lati, valvae exsertae, pedunculi a quinque mm. ad 1-2 em. longi. 


Cortex dura, aspera et sulcata. 
Lignum rubrum, durum et durabile, consuetissimum in fodinis apud “ Chillagoe.” 
A tree of 40-50 feet high, with stem diameter of 18 inches to 2 feet. 


Mature leaves linear-lanceolate, from about 6-14 cm. long, 8 mm. to 1:5 cm. broad, with straight 
or hooked points, sometimes slightly falcate, greyish-green on both sides, glabrous, midrib distinct, lateral 
veins rather obscure, and arranged at an angle of about 45 degrees with the midrib, margins usually nerve 
like, intramarginal vein close to the edge, oil glands small but numerous, petiole 5 mm. to 1 em. long. 


Buds globular, calyx-tube hemispherical, 2 mm. long, 4 mm. in diameter, operculum similar to 
calyx-tube, terminating in short point about -5 mm. long, pedicels about 5 mm. long, peduncles terete, 
5 mm. to 1-1 em. in the lower portion of the panicle. 


Flowers pedicellate, umbels in terminal panicles or some in the upper axils, with three to seven 
flowers, anthers small, opening widely laterally, gland at back, filament at base. 


Fruits hemispherical, 3-4 mm. long, 6-7 mm. in diameter, rim raised, about 1-5 mm. broad, valves 
exserted, peduncles 5 mm. to 1:2 cm. long. 


Bark hard, rough and furrowed. - 
Timber red, hard and durable, much used in the Chillagoe mines. 
The species blooms in March, and I am indebted to Miss Ethel K. Maitland for flowers. 


Reversion (‘sucker’) foliage.—Ovate-lanceolate, 3-7 cm. long, 5 mm. to 2 cm. broad, so far 
as seen. 


Seedlings.—Hypocotyl terete, red, 3 mm. to 1 cm. long, 1 mm. thick at base, glabrous. 


234 


Cotyledons obtusely quadrilateral to reniform, entire, 2-5-3 mm. long, 4-7 mm. broad, upperside 
green, underside red; petiole 3 mm. long. _ 

Stem brownish-red in lower portion, brownish-green in upper part. 

Seedling foliage opposite for about two or three pairs, entire, glabrous, linear; petiole 2-4 mm. 
First pair 1-6-2-4 cm. long, 1-2 m.m broad, upperside green, underside purple; leaves Nos. five to ten up 
to 5 cm. long, 2-3 mm. broad. 

A seedling about one foot high has an opposite pair of nodules or swellings* about the axils of the 
cotyledons or the first pair of leaves. 

The species is named in honour of Sir William Portus Cullen, K.0.M.G., M.A., LL.D., Chief Justice 
of New South Wales and Chancellor of the University of Sydney, who has done much to encourage the 
preservation of our native flora. 


RANGE. 


It is confined to North Queensland, so far as we know at present. 


Alma-den, 121 miles by rail westerley from.Cairns, tropical Queensland, about 
1,600 feet above sea-level, growing on granite formation containing about 68-70 per cent. 
silica, and known as Ironbark. (No. 3,905, collected August, 1913.) Mr. J. H. Maiden 
informs me that he received an incomplete specimen of this species from Chillagoe in 
1911. (Original description.) 


APPINETTIES: 


Its closest affinity appéars to be with H. crebra F.v.M., which it resembles in 
bark, timber, and mature leaves, but differs in the shape of buds and fruits, and in the 
seedling foliage. It also resembles E. paniculata Sm., in its bark, but differs in the 


timber and other characters. 


* “On Certain Shoot-bearing Tumours of Eucalypts and Angophoras,” by J. J. Fletcher and C. T, Musson. 
Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xliii, p. 191 (1918). 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLXXVI. &. Beyeri R. T. Baker. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 420 (1917), with figure of the fruit. Syn, 
£. paniculata var, angustifolia Woolls (sic.). See p. 236. (Narrow-leaved 
Tronbark.) 


FoLLowine is the original description :-—- 


A tree with a tall giant stem, surmounted with rather a straggling, sparsely-leaved head. Bark 
hard, heavy, very thick, permeated with kino. Leaves lanceolate throughout, those of the early stage 
very narrow lanceolate, thin, almost membranous, average foliage leaf wider in proportion to the length, 
not thick, the base tapering and evenly balanced, oblique or rounded. Venation in some cases well marked. 
Buds small, calyx tapering into a proportionately long and slender pedicel; operculum conical. Fruits 
pyriform, shining, pedicel slender, rim thin, valves attached at the base below the rim, not exserted, 3 lines 
long and 2 lines in diameter. 


Timber.—A dark chocolate-coloured timber, mostly interlocked, heavy, very hard, and having a 
great reputation for durability; and so is one of the finest Ironbarks.of the country. It could be used_ 
for all kinds of heavy constructional works, such as wharves, beams, posts, bridges, heavy carriage, and 
coach work. Itis a valuable timber, and not easily confounded with any other yet described. 

(Then follows a description ef the microscopic characters of the timber, which 
can be referred to in the original). Irving W. Bailey, in Journal of Forestry, xv, 176 
(February, 1917), gives a warning note as to the use of the microscope for timber 
diagnosis. ais 

Mr. Baker’s type is figured at fig. 1, Plate 199, and it will be seen that it is 
impossible to separate it from fig. 21, Plate 57. 

Named after Mr. George Beyer, who for several years was Herbarium Assistant in the Technological 
Museum, and in which capacity he did much to help on the researches in economic botany, and still continues 
to do so in his office of chief clerk in that institution. (End of original description.) 

It will be noticed that there is no reference in the original description to the 
anthers so far as their dehiscence is concerned, and the only reference to the stamens 
is “ outer stamens anantherous ” (Woolls). The opportunity of making a pronouncement 
on this essential point was not availed of (p. 420), 


SYNONYM. 
E. paniculata Sm. var. angustifolia Benth. 


The name E. paniculata var. angustifolia Woolls, as quoted by Mr. Baker, was | 
adopted (not created) by Woolls. 


- 


236 


AFFINITIES. 


The affinity of H. Beyeri as regards anthers (see fig. 3d, Plate 199) is with 
E. paniculata, and not with EL. crebra, which it often closely resembles in narrowness 
of leaves, slenderness of branchlets, smallness of fruits; and it seems to me, the question 
is whether it should be considered (as Bentham and Woolls considered it), as a form of. 
E. paniculata, if its specific rank be not conceded. The anther of H. crebra has a small 
gland at the top, and it is comparatively broad at the base. In ZL. paniculata and 
Ei. Beyer: the anther is broad at the top. 

HE. Beyeri has been known for at least half a century, and let us consider what™ 
has been written about it. 


A. Bentham’s views :— 


“ Bucalyptus paniculata Sm. var. angustifolia. Leaves narrow and thin, as in some varieties of 
E. crebra. Umbels loose, paniculate. Operculum conical. Outer stamens anantherous. New South_ 
Wales, ‘ Narrow-leaved Iron-bark,”’ Woolls (B.FI. iti, 212, 1886). 
Woolls’ specimens for the Flora Australiensis would have been forwarded to 
Bentham some years ago with notes on the labels, ; 


B. Rev. Dr. Woolls’ views :— 


1. “ A contribution to the flora of Australia” (1867). In writing the later 
chapters of this work, Mr. (afterwards Rev. Dr.) Woolls had Bentham’s views before 
him. At p. 242 he says :— 


Speaking of Z. paniculata and EZ. crebra; these are mere varieties of the ‘ white Iron Bark,’ one of 
the most valuable trees in the colony. . . . I feel no hesitation in uniting HZ. paniculataand E. crebra 
as one species, although there is an occasional difference in the quality of the wood, and in the size of the 
flower-buds as well as in the texture of the leaves. In the form angustifolia, the flowers are very small, 
and bear a great resemblance to those of Z. bicolor, or the Bastard Box. 


2. EB. angustifolia is regarded as a variety of #. paniculata, but the workmen, judging only from 
the wood, call it a distinct species, by the name of the Narrow-leaved Ironbark. (Lect. Veg. Kingd., 
123, 1879.) 

I think this is a slp of the pen for £. paniculata var. angustifolia Benth. 
E. angustifolea Woolls is a nomen nudum for lack of description, and if it were not, the 
name is preoccupied by EL. angustifolia R.Br., a synonym of E. amygdalina Labill. See 
Part VI of the present* work, p. 151. 


3. In “ Plants indigenous in the neighbourhood of Sydney ” (1880 edition), 
under Schizophloiz, we have “ H. crebra F.v.M., EL. paniculata Sm., and also E. sp., 
doubtful,’ which is not the variety angustifolia above referred to. 


4. In a paper, “ Eucalypts of the County of Cumberland ” (Proc. Linn. Soe. 
N.S.W., v. 298 (1881) ), under Schizophloiz, we have “ EF. sp. F.v.M.; E. crebra F.v.M.; 
and E. paniculata Sm., and var. angustifolia Benth.” 


~ ene 


237 


5. “ He (Rev. Dr. Woolls) again refers to it in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1880, 
p. 503, as only to be distinguished from Z. erebra by having its outer stamens anantherous, 


although practical men easily distinguish them by their wood and bark.’ (Quoted by 
Mr. Baker.) 


This is a reference to Vol. V (1881), and we have, in a continuation of the preceding 
paper, dealing with the Schizophloie, “‘ #. paniculata varies in the colour of the wood 
from white to red, and, therefore, is sometimes called ‘ White’ and sometimes ‘ Red 
Tronbark,’ while on the Blue Mountains the pale variety has the name of ‘ Brush 
Ironbark’ . . . ., and in dried specimens var. angustifolia is only to be 
distinguished from LZ. crebra by having its outer stamens anantherous, although practical 
men easily distinguish them by their wood and bark.” 


Under E. crebra he says: ‘ According to the artificial (Bentham’s anthereal) 
system, EL. crebra stands in the same section with E. siderophloia, though, in its general 
character, it approaches more closely to the narrow-leaved forms of H. paniculata.” 


6. In “ The Plants of New South Wales”’ (1885), at p. 51, we have, under 
E. paniculata, “ There is a narrow-leaved variety of this species very similar to E. crebra, 
and it can scarcely be distinguished but by the opening of the anthers.” 


_ 7. See the paragraph referring to 1. paniculata, “ There is alsoatree . . . . 
colour and touch,” in Dr. Woolls’ letter to me of 26th September, 1888, below. 


8. In “ Plants indigenous and naturalised in the neighbourhood of Sydney ” 
(1891), p. 26, we have enumerated “ #. crebra F.v.M.; also E. paniculata Sm. and 
var. angustifolia.” 

The Rey. Dr. Woolls’ name has been a good deal quoted in regard to EH. paniculata 
and other Ironbarks. I corresponded with him many times in regard to this very subject, 
and I even took a house at Burwood, near Sydney, where I lived for some years, in 
order that I might be near him, and I was in his house scores of times for botanical 
chats, often illustrated by specimens. We often walked about Burwood, Strathfield, 
Concord, to examine trees he had studied, while he directed my attention to specific 
trees at Parramatta, Rossmore (then Cabramatta), Bringelly, Richmond, the Kurrajong, 
chiefly referred to in his writings, which I visited as directed by him. So that I know 
fairly well his views on County of Cumberland Ironbarks, at all events during the last 
few years of his life. Following are extracts from one of his Burwood letters of 26th 
September, 1888, referring to EH. panicutata :— 


The common names of E. paniculata are White, Pale, Grey, She, Narrow-leaved Ironbark. In 
some forms of this species the leaves are similar to that of Z. crebra, but the anthers are ofa different shape 
and the wood paler in colour. . , . The true Narrow-leaved Ironbark is #. crebra. It occurs between 
Sydney and the Mountains (Blue) occasionally, but it abounds at the Kurrajong. 


When Sir William Macarthur collected for the Paris Exhibition of 1867 (the New South Wales 
Catalogue of timbers at the Paris Exhibition of 1867 is a facsimile of that of the London Exhibition of 
1862, already referred to, J.H.M.), he had nine logs of Ironbark from the Counties of Cumberland and 
Camden, and I was the person who called his attention to the Red-flowering Ironbark (#. szderoxylon), 
He calls E. paniculata White or Pale Ironbark, and says it is the most valuable of all the Ironbarks. I 

C 


233 


had several conversations with Sir William about the woods, but at the time he was collecting the third 
volume of our Flora Australiensis had not arrived in the colony, and so there was a difficulty in determining 
the species. : 


There is also a tree (of which I am not certain) called Scrub or Brush or Forest Ironbark—so-called 
at the Kurrajong—I referred to #. paniculata, whose bark was not so furrowed as the species near Sydney, 
and the wood was reported to be light in colour and tough. (This is #. Beyert. J.H.M.) 


I have been assured by practical men that the timber varies in proportion to age, and also to the 
soil in which it grows. 


c. Mueller’s views :-— 


E. angustifolia Woolls, “* Lectures on the Vegetable Kingdom,” p. 123, is a form of H. crebra. It 
seems not likely that EB. paniculata will ever be taken for E. crebra, as the leaves of the latter are never 
much unlike in the colour of their two pages, as all the stamens are fertile, the anthers opening in their 
whole length, and the fruits usually smaller and angular. (“‘ Kucalyptographia,” under £. crebra.) 


E. crebra and E. microcorys are also not dissimilar to #. paniculata, and mere fruiting twigs of these 
three might easily be referred to the wrong species, but in a flowering state the mode of dehiscence of the 
anthers distinguish them easily from each other, irrespective of several other characteristics. 
(* Eucalyptographia,” under 2. paniculata.) 


p. Mr. Baker’s views :—- 


1. In general features, such as leaves, buds, fruits, it very closely resembles H. crebra, and from 
herbarium material alone might easily be mistaken for HZ. crebra, but the timber at once readily differentiates 
it from that species. 


2. With L. paniculata Sm. “ The chief differences from the type of #. paniculata are the shape and 
size of the fruits, shape of the leaves, timber and bark. In botanical sequence it may be placed after the 


2” 


type B. paniculata. 


The chief features are so distinct from the type #. paniculata, that it is now proposed to raise it to 
specific rank under the name of 2. Beyeri. 


3. In p. 420, general statements as to affinities to H. erebra and HE. paniculata are made—“ from 
herbarium material alone (it) might easily be mistaken for HE. crebra. . . . In botanical sequence it 
may be placed after the type E. paniculata. . . .” “The chief features are so distinct from the type 
E. paniculata, that it is now proposed to raise it to specific rank,’’ &e. 


As in other proposed species referred to in this paper, the chief reliance is made on difference in the 
timber. ‘‘ The timber alone readily differentiates it from that species” (H. crebra), (p. 421). 


Previously (p. 420), “Itis . . . not easily confounded with any other (timber) yet described.” 


So far I have spent a good deal of time examining timbers connected with 
herbarium specimens of FL. paniculata, and also of pieces of H. Ferguson, E. Nanglet 
and E. Beyeri, certified to by Mr. Baker himself. Nor have I relied entirely on my 
own judgment. I find them all brown, particularly either when kept or taken from 
an old tree. Of the specimens in my care, that of #. Fergusoni is the reddest, though 
in most H. paniculata timbers there can be detected some red, particularly in a suitable 
light. It is because the timber of H. Beyeri seems, so far as my specimens go, the 
brownest of the lot, that (taken in conjunction with the morphological characters) I 
think. H. Beyert is worthy of specific rank. But the species is still somewhat 
unsatisfactory, and, like some others of our species, requires further investigation. 


239 


RANGE. 


“This tree seems rather restricted in its geographical range, being so far only 
recorded from Kingswood and St. Mary’s, New South Wales.” (Original description.) 
Following are specimens which I attribute to E. Beyeri, and which are in the 


National Herbarium, Sydney. See also the notes with the description of Plate 199, 
as given at p. 260. 


G. Caley’s specimens, from the British Museum. The words between inverted 
commas are in Caley’s handwriting :— 


A. “ Ironbark, N. Beach, 13th June, 1804: Thrown down by parrots.” British 
Museum, No. 33. 


B.““ Torrangora (St. ? Street) boundary. November, 1806. Got by Dan.” 
British Museum, No. 12. 


c. “ Mogargro, South Brush. Got by Dan” (evidently an assistant, aboriginal, or 
other). British Museum, No. 27. 


Parramatta River, Parramatta (W. F. Blakely and D. W. C. Shiress). 
Ermington Park, Ermington (W. F. Blakely). 


240 


XCVIII. E. globulus Labill. 


SYNONYMS. 


1. E. globulus Lahbill., var. St. Johni, R. T. Baker, Journ. Aust. Assoc. Adv. 
Science, xiv (January, 1913). Also E. St. Johni, R. T. Baker. 


2. Vict. Nat., xxx, 127 (November, 1913). 


As regards the first reference, Mr. Baker says: “Or sp. nov. . . . Tentatively 
placed as a variety.” The description, however, is not sufficient for a new species, nor 
indeed has the brief Latin description been given, as required by botanical law. Then 
we have “‘ On a new variety of Hucalyptus globulus—E. globulus, var. St. Johni.,” by 
R. T. Baker, in Vict. Nat., xxx, 127 (November, 1913). 


Following is the paper :—- 


The Blue Gum, Lucalyptus globulus Labill., has such an extensive range from Southern Tasmania 
through Victoria to the north of New.South Wales, and preserves such a constancy of general morphological 
characters, that a departure from the normal is of systematic interest; and the honour is due to a Victorian 
for unearthing this variety. It was discovered by Mr. P. R. H. St. John, on the banks of the Lerderberg 
River, Bacchus Marsh district, 5th November, 1903, so that at present its location is restricted; but 
this appears to be the general rule when new species or varieties are discovered. At least a hundred 
similar trees are growing in the neighbourhood, and there is little doubt but that it will be found to be 
more widely distributed later on.* 


The other species of Eucalypts growing within a square mile of this particular tree are as follows :— 
E. amygdalina, E. Behriana, E. eleophora, EB. leucorylon, E. melliodora, E. macrorrhyncha, .E. hemiphloia, 
E. polyanthemos, E. sideroxylon, E. viminalis. 

The material collected by Mr. St. John is quite complete, consisting of (a) seedling; (b) adventitious 
shoots, obtained from branch of tree 8 feet from the ground, the tree about 20 years old; (c) leaves from 
a young tree 6 feet high; (d) leaves from young tree 12 feet high; (¢) twig from mature tree, with early 
buds, mature buds and flowers; (f) twig with fruits from mature tree. The young seedlings have ovate- 
lanceolar, acuminate, petiolate leaves, glaucous above, under surface purplish; the cotyledons or seed- 
lobes are on slender stalks, and deeply bi-lobed. = 

(a) The older seedling leaves are oval, sessile, or shortly petiolate, and slightly or not at all cordate ; 
shortly acuminate; not large, about 14 inches to 2 inches long, and # inch to 1} inch or more wide; pale 
and glaucous on the under side, oil-dots numerous, stem terete, branchlets square. 

(b) Similar in shape to those of (a), only longer. 


(c) The leaves of the adventitious shoots are longer, orbicular, cordate, lateral veins slightly oblique, 
parallel, and looping some distance from the edge; branchlets rectangular. 


(d) These are large, petiolate, oval, to oval-lanceolate, showing intermediate stage to normal leaves. 


(c) This is an interesting specimen, as it shows the inflorescence in every stage. The early stages 
are characterised by a calyptra, covering two or three buds. The mature buds are more like those of 
E. Maideni than £. globulus, and differ from the latter in the absence of a second operculum. The calyx 
is compressed, sessile, about } inch long, } inch and less in width, operculum acuminate, depressed, tuber- 
culate, stamens inflexed before expansion; anthers parallel, opening by longitudinal slits. 


* This variety has since been discovered in South and East Gippsland. R.T.B. 


241 


Normal leaves lanceolate, falcate, as in the type, with similar venation, 2 inches to 2 feet or more in 
length, } inch to 3 inches broad, on petioles varying from 1 inch to 2 inches long; oil-dots conspicuous. 


The fruits of this variety diiter considerably in size and other features from the type; they measure 
about + inch long to $ inch in diameter. 


The edges of the compressed calyx are here seen to have developed into slightly broken ridges; 
there is quite an absence of the tubercles so pronounced a feature on the type; the rim is sharp and well 
defined, and slopes down or upwards to the summit of the valves, that vary in number from two to four. 


It is the seedling leaves, the presence of a calyptra in the early buds, the absence of double opercula 
and the fruits which justify, in my opinion, the tree being given varietal rank. 

Then follows a plate of fruits of #. globulus and of the variety, but, unfortunately, 
they 2-e reduced in size, and, therefore, not easy to interpret. However, in 1920, in the 
work about to be referred to, Mr. Baker speaks of E. St. Johni as if he had described it. 

The references to the species in “ Research on the Eucalypts ” (Baker and Smith, 
2nd ed., 1920) are trivial, and are as follows :— 


Page 145 (under #. globulus). ““ A small, smooth-fruited form that has a wide distribution, and seed 
distributed abroad, is not #. globulus, but E. St. Johni R.T.B.” 


Page 287 (under £. coccifera). “* The sessile fruits are near perhaps to those of B. St. Johni, except 
that this rim :s nearly flat.” 


Surely this is not the way to describe a species at the close of the second decade 
of the twentieth century. 


APE ENTS: 


1. With £. globulus Labill. 5 
From type specimens placed at my disposal, the fruits of F. St. Johni (and the 
reputed differences from FH. globulus turn on the fruits), are figured at fig. 10, Plate 79, 
Part XVIII, of the present work. The buds are roughened or tubercled. The points 
made are that the fruits are sessile, small, and smooth. Neither is a constant character 
as distinct from FL. globulus. See the above plate. Most fruits of Z. globulus are sessile. 
As to size, the fruits vary from even smaller than described by Mr. Baker as for 
E. St. Johni, to the very large fruits of H. globulus found in Tasmania. As regards 
smoothness, examination of Plate 79 will show that the character is not rare in 
E. globulus. See figs. 9a, b, c, and it will be observed that we may have roughness and 
smoothness, with a considerable amount of variation in size, in the same restricted 
area of trees. In my view, it is not a species, as distinct from EH. globulus, and from 
what I have just said, its acceptance as a variety would be likely to cause confusion. 


2. With F. Maideni F.v.M. 
For this species, see Plate 80 of Part XVIII. As regards size and smoothness 
of the particular fruit chosen as typical of H. St. Johni, these characters are common 
enough in #. Maideni, which may be both sessile and pedicellate. But whether 
LE, St. John can stand as a species can best be discussed under L. globulus. 


242 


CCLXX VII. E. nova-anglica Deane and Maiden. 
In Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxiv, 616 (1899), with a plate. 
THE description is given at Part XXI, p. 9, of the present work, and need not be 


repeated. It is figured at figs. 3-4, Plate 90, and as these are adequate no further 
illustrations are given. 


SYNONYM. 


E. cinerea F.v.M., var. nova anglica Maiden, in Part XXI, p. 9, of the present 
work, I am of opinion that it is worthy of specific rank. 


RANGE. 


It appears to be confined to New England, New South Wales, and the extension 
of that elevated tableland into Southern Queensland. 


For a number of localities, with notes, see this work Part XXI, p. 10, The 
following are additions (New South Wales) :— 


Belltrees, near Scone (L. A. Macqueen). 


“Peppermint,” coarse fibrous bark. Uralla (Dr. J. B. Cleland). Armidale, 
not rare, especially on Uralla-road (J.H.M.). 


Bark rough, fibrous to scaly, with clean tips of branches. Trees varying in 
size. Very common all over the district, more especially on the flats at the foot of the 
Peak, Chandler’s Peak, near Guyra (J. L. Boorman). 


Bald Knob, 16 miles on the Glen Innes-Grafton road. (H. T. Paton.) 


“Tree of 20-30 feet, fairly common. Much branched and pendulous in habit, 
the bark fibrous and somewhat flaky, branches of a dirty white to reddish, Usually 
on flats, with moisture and good soil. Timber comparatively useless; used for firing 
when dry, but it rarely grows of sufficient size to be milled.” Wallangarra (J. L. 
Boorman). 


243 


APE INIT Y: 


1. With E. cinerea F.v.M. 
But E£. nova-anglica has— 
(a) Flowers in more than threes; 
(b) Mature leaves always lanceolate, 7.e., it never flowers in the broad-leaved stage ; 


(c) The peduncles are usually not in pairs in the axils as in the normal form (and 
in var. multiflora). 


E. cinerea has a reddish timber, of very little value, and a reddish fibrous, friable 
bark, whilst Z. nova-anglica has a paler-coloured timber and a more flaky bark. 


The seedlings of the two species are much alike. 


244 


THE GROWING TREE. 


A.—Rate of Growth. 


Following are some references to the scanty Australian literature on the 
subject :-— 

“ Age of Australian (Tasmanian) Trees.” J. E. Tenison-Woods, in Journ. Roy. 
Soc. N.S.W., xii, 21 (1878). 

“ Rate of Growth of Trees” (“ The Eucalypts of Gippsland ’’), Howitt, in Trans. 
Roy. Soc. Vict., ti, 111 (1890). 

* Notes on the Rate of Growth of some Australian Trees.” H. C. Russell, in 
Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xxv, 168 (1891). The observations were taken at Lake George, 
and at the Svdney Observatory. 

“Rate of Growth of Native and Other Trees.” In the Presidential Address of - 
Henry Deane, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xx, 633-636 (1895), will be found some valuable 
information on the subject. 


2 


See also a paper, “ Rate of growth of Indigenous Forest-trees,’ compiled by 
me from the reports of Foresters, in the Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., August, 1893, which contains 
much useful information, some of which I have abstracted below. 

Bull., No. 8, Department of Forestry, New South Wales (April, 1914), is a leaflet 
entitled “ Rate of Growth of Indigenous Commercial Trees,’ but they are taken in 
groups, “ Coastal Hardwoods” and ** Inland Hardwoods,” and the species are referred 
to only by vernaculars. 

Reference may also be made to the article in my “ Forest Flora of New South 
Wales,” Part 68, which gives some data in regard to the growth of various species in 
non-Australian countries. 

In giving numbers of years of growth of a tree, much depends on the dates in 
order that we may ascertain the meteorological conditions. As a rule authors omit 
the dates, and hence we are dealing with indefinite growing entities, which we cannot 
check. For example, the rate of growth of a tree between the years 1890 and 1900 may 
be very different to the growth between the years 1895 and 1905, or 1900 and 1910. 


With reference to the following brief papers of Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods and 
Mr. (afterwards Dr.) Howitt, admirable observers, which tend to show that large trees 
have probably not the great ages attributed to them by bush people and others, it 
is interesting to note that expert foresters have, during the last few years, in Europe 
and elsewhere, thrown doubt on the ages of many trees deemed by tradition, more or 
less authentic, to be “historic.” It has been pointed out in some cases that trees 
in a forest die from natural causes or accident, and are succeeded by seedlings of their 


245 


own kind which absorb the traditions of a line of ancestors, perhaps remote. We are 
familiar with statements as to the tree of Robin Hood, and other persons more or less 
mythical, and even historic; as to “ the oldest tree in the world ” (attributed to a certain 
specimen of Dracaena Draco in Teneriffe), and so on, 


“ Tt is a very interesting inquiry to know how old are the stately trees which people these (Southern 
Tasmania, J.H.M.) forests. Judging from their size, one would be inclined to attribute to them great 
antiquity. Iwas very anxious to collect data on the subject; but to nearly all my inquiries I only received 
mere guesses; from 200 to 300 years was the general reply. I found, however, in Mr. Hill a source of 
information at once reliable and valuable. Mr. R. Hill is the proprietor of an extensive sawmill at 
Honeywood, on the Huon; he is also a ship-builder and hop-grower. It is from him that I have derived 
the most of the statistical information in the paper, and the facts which did not come under my personal 
observation; and I take this opportunity of thanking him for his readiness in affording every aid to inquiry, 
and express the hope that the colony may long profit by his intelligence, industry and enterprise. Mr. 
Hill assured me that some of the Gum trees, and perhaps all of them, shed their bark twice in the year. 
The Stringybyrk (#. obliqua) is one of the most striking instances of this. He further informed me that, 
hearing a lecture from Mr. Bicheno on the growth of trees, and the statement that a ring of wood was added 
to the diameter each year of growth, he was induced to test the truth of this. There was a Blue Gum 
(EZ. globulus, J.H.M.) in his garden in Hobart Town, the age of which he was sure of, as his brother had 
planted it eighteen years previously. He felled it and counted the rings, and found them to be thirty-six 
in number, or two for every year. From this, and from the shedding of the bark as described, and a long 
series of observations, he concludes that the sap rises twice in the year. He has for many years watched 
the growth of the trees, and he believes that for the first twenty years the average growth is about 1 inch in 
diameter for each year. Out of thousands of trees felled, or cut in his mill, he has not found one 
over 75 years old, and a very large proportion of the serviceable timber is composed of trees about 
50 years of age. Quite recently he has had a very interesting opportunity of verifying these observations. 
At Ladies’ Bay (between Port Esperance and Southport), a paddock on the farm of Mr. D. Rafton was 
cleared for the purposes of cultivation. It was exactly sixteen years this summer (1877-78) since a crop 
was taken ott it, and was quite overgrown with saplings, which were all cut down. Mr. Hill, at my request, 
wrote to Mr. Rafton, requesting him to examine the stumps, and I append his reply :—' Lasies’ Bay, 26th 
April, 1878. According to your request I send you the result of my examination of the stumps of young 
saplings in the paddock which we are now clearing. Number of rings in the longest saplings, thirty-three ; 
size across the heart-wood where the rings cease, 1 inch. The rings, I observe, are not an equal distance 
from each other, some of them being three times the size of the others. On making inquiries I find beyond 
a doubt that it is exactly sixteen years this summer since the last crop was taken off the paddock. Yours 
truly, D. Rafton.’ From these facts I think we may safely adopt Mr. Hill’s conclusion that there are two 
rings of growth for each year, and that the tallest trees of the forest, the giant timber of Tasmania, range from 
50 to 75 years old.” (Tenison-Woods, loc. cit.) 


Now we come to Howitt, who is speaking of Gippsland :— 


The age of the new forest does not, however, depend merely on the general observation that they 
have sprung up since the settlement of the country in 1840. 


I have been enabled to make some direct observations, which show the size of certain trees of known 
age, and which will serve as comparison for the general growth of the forests. 


In 1864 the discovery of auriferous quartz reefs in the Crooked River district, caused a township, 
which is now called Grant, to be formed on the summit of the mountains, near the source of the Good Luck 
Creek. In part of the Government reserve, upon which the Warden’s quarters and police camp stood, 
and which was cleared of timber, a few young BH. amygdalina (E£. radiata is meant, J.H.M.) trees grew, and 
were permitted to remain. One of these was lately kindly measured for me by Mr. W. H. Morgan, M.M.B., 
who found it to be 56 feet high and 10 feet in girth three feet above the ground. This tree is anexample 
of very many others of the same species now growing on the surrounding ranges. At Omeo, in the 
Government reserve, a number of young LZ. viminalis are now 60 feet high, which in 1863 were only small 
saplings under 5 feet in height. On the road from Sale to Port Albert, which was formed somewhere about 


D 


24.6 


1858-59, there are numerous places where FZ. viminalis and H. Muelleriana and other species are now 
growing upon the ditches formed at the sides of the road. ‘Those, for instance, at Lillies Leaf are on the 
average about 30 feet high. 


These instances show how the occupation of Gippsland by the white man has absolutely caused 
an increased growth of the Eucalyptus forests in places. I venture, indeed, to say with a feeling of 
certainty produced by long observation, that, taking Gippsland as a whole, from the Great Dividing Range 
to the sea, and from the boundary of Westernport to that of New South Wales, that, in spite of the clearings 
which have been made by selectors and others, and in spite of the destruction of Eucalypts by other means 
(to which I am about to refer), the forests are now more widely extended and more dense than they were 
when Angus M’Millan first descended from the Omeo plateau into the low country.’ (Howitt, loc. cat.) 


Following are some notes on the rate of growth of imdividual species of trees, 
arranged in alphabetical order. The notes are so few that the new Forest Controllers 
of the various States have practically to begin records for themselves. All these are New 
South Wales records, unless otherwise indicated :— 


E. cladocalyz F.v.M.—-A tree at Balwyn, near Melbourne, in eleven years and 
two months attained a height of 53 feet, with a circumference at ground of 435 inches, 
at 6 feet, 41 ches. F. Chapman, A.I..8., in Vict. Nat., 7th November, 1918, p. 106. 


E. diversicolor ¥.v.M.—A.B., of Torbay Junction, writes the following concerning 
rate of growth of trees in Western Australia, in the Western Mail of 26th September, 
1913 :— 


Re age of Karri trees, I note your remark that to find the age of Karri trees you count the number 
of rings from the centre to the bark. This method is not correct for the majority of native trees of Australia. 
Many years ago in Gippsland a deal of discussion took place on this subject. The theory that is held by 
botanists was believed until it was proved by actual fact to be incorrect. I have seen myself White Gum 
saplings grown in five years—from where a sawmill was in actual work—cut down, and the rings counted 
from twelve to sixteen in each sapling. (These observations confirm those of Tenison-Woods, already cited. 
J.H.M.). These saplings grew up in the trolly track the benchmen were walking in five years before, and 
were from 4 to 8 inches each in diameter. Numerous others found similar cases. Mr. Chris. Mudd, F.L.S., 
a botanist, visited Gippsland district some little time after. On the fallacy being pointed out to him, 
he then expressed the opinion that the rings indicated growths, and not years. It is evident this is so, and 
also that different species of trees have a different number of growths in the year, some only one and some 
as many as three. The climate also, in the botanists opinion, made the difference. That Karri trees 
in this district make more than one ring in a year—while they are saplings at least—I am certain, 
having tested it. The exact number they do make would, however, take a bit of careful investigation, 
which could perhaps be best found out by some older settler who knew of a tree planted, say thirty or 
forty years ago. 


BE. globulus Labill.— 


Two trees were planted at the same time on the south side of the Observatory Reserve, in trenched 
and manured ground. The larger of these trees, that at the south-west corner of the ground, measures 
3 ft. 10 in. round 3 feet above the ground. The other one near the cottage measures 3 ft. 54 in.; 
they were small pot plants when put in and would now be 16 years old. They do not seem to be 
growing vigorously, perhaps this is not to be wondered at as the roots cannot penetrate the solid sandstone 
which is close to the surface where they grow. 


The tree in Observatory Park is now 16 years old and is 3 ft. 10 in. round, 3 feet above the 
ground, or 63 inches less than the tree at Lake George, which is a year younger. The trees on Mount 
Victoria measured about 63 inches round after fifty years’ growth, and the measures on the Lake George 
tree (believed to be #. viminalis) seem to justify us in assuming that it enlarged uniformly year after year. 
Therefore, at fifteen years, the Observatory Park Sydney) tree measured 43 inches. (Russell, loc. cit.) 


24.7 


FE. maculata Hook.—Trees with height 60 feet, diameter 24 inches, acquired 
this in twenty years, and others with height 40 feet acquired a diameter of 10 inches 
in ten years. They grow on the south coast of New South Wales (Forester J. S. Allan). 
A spotted Gum in the Shoalhaven district, New South Wales, in an old saw-pit not 
used for seventeen years, was then 2 feet in diameter by 25 feet to first limb, and 45 feet 
high; good soil, side of hill. (Forester G. R. Brown). 

In Annual Report of the Forestry Commission (up to 30th June, 1919), p. 27, 
is a note on experiments in coppicing H. maculata and BL. pilularis for about two and a 
half years near Wyong, New South Wales. 


E. paniculata Sm.—A tree aged 10 years acquired a height of 40 feet, diameter 
10 inches. South Coast (Forester J. 8. Allan). 


E. pilularis Sm.—-A self-sown seedling was measured at Gosford in 1889, on the 
land which was cleared for a nursery site. In eighteen months it had attained a height 
of 25 feet, and a circumference of 18 inches. (John McCoig.) In ten years, on the 
South Coast, a tree acquired a height of 40 feet, diameter 10 inches (Forester J. 8. Allan). 
At Cogo, Wilson’s River, in the old vineyard (twenty-five years neglected), are now 
growing Blackbutts, average 18 inches in diameter, 25 feet to first branch, and 50 feet 
high.. (Forester G. R. Brown, 1895.) A Blackbutt sapling seventeen years ago 12 inches 
in diameter and 30 feet high, is now (1895) 2 feet 9 inches in diameter, and 40 feet to 
first limb, 70 feet high. (Forester G. R. Brown, Port Macquarie.) 

In January, 1885, I measured certain Blackbutt saplings in the parish of Clybucea, county of 
Dudley. These saplings were then about 5 years old, and taped about 12 inches girth by a height of 10 


feet from the measurements then taken. I find that the same saplings now (1895) average 36 inches 
girth and a height of 40 feet. (Forester McDonald, Kempsey.) 


In Annual Report; Forestry Commission (up to 30th June, 1919), p. 27, is a note 


on the regrowth in three years of two species (H. propinqua and FH. saligna), on land 
burnt over in the Wyong district, New South Wales. 


E. radiata Sieb. (under FE. amygdalina Labill). See Mueller’s “* Kucalyptographia.”’ 


E. rostrata Schlecht.— 


In suitable localities I estimate that the Murray River Red Gum attains a height of about 50 to 60 
feet in ten years, after which it does not grow so rapidly. It will attain a diameter of about 12 inches in 
twelve years, then I estimate it increases at the rate of about ? inch in a year until it gets to about 24 to 
26 inches in diameter. (Inspecting Forester Manton, 1895.) 


E. saligna Sm.— 


About nine years ago land was cleared at Hogan’s Brush, near Gosford. After the clearing, a Blue 
Gum came up and was suffered to remain. Now it is 50 feet in height, and circumference of 3 feet 6 inches 
at 4 feet from ground. Measured October, 1895. (Forester John Martin.) 


A Blue Gum five years ago was 3 inches in diameter and 15 feet high. It is now 
(1895) 12 inches in diameter by 15 feet to first limb, and 35 feet high; red second-class 
soil, in the open. (Forester G. R. Brown, Port Macquarie.) 


248 


EB: viminalis Labill.— 


The young tree that I selected in January, 1885, was one of a cluster of four, close to the jetty 
(Lake George) on which the lake gauge is placed, and it was found to measure 23 inches round, 3 feet from 
the ground; it was measured again on the 10th November, 1891, and found to be at 3 feet from the 
ground 521 inches round, almost exactly 17 inches in diameter, that is, an increase from 7 to 17 inches 
in diameter in six years and eight months, a rate of increase which, if maintained for five years more, would 
make it a large tree upwards of 2 feet in diameter and only 20 years old. 


As to the age of the tree measured at Lake George, it was growing about 4} or 5 feet within the 
high-water mark of the great flood of 1874, within which all the trees were killed, the residents when appealed 
to, said the four trees could not be more than seven or eight years old, which agrees with probabilities as 
to their age, for they would not spring up until a year or two after the water retired, and it did not leave 
the spot they grew on until 1875, ten years before I was there. Taking then eight years as their probable 
age in February, 1885, they would now be almost 15 years old, and the tree measured is now 4 feet 
44 inches round, 3 feet above the ground. Therefore at fifteen years the Lake George tree measured 
524 inches. The probable age at this measure was fourteen years eight and a half months; if allowance for 
three and a half months is made to bring the age up to fifteen full years, it would measure 53% inches 
round; on 22nd November, 1892, girth 544 inches; Ist January, 1894, girth 604 inches; January, 1895, 
girth 634 inches. (Russell, loc. cit.) 


Following is a report on some Victorian wiminalis trees :— 


Seed sown January, 1912; seedling planted out August, 1912. In December, 
1916, this became 25 feet high, and 9 inches in diameter. First sign of flower-buds 
November, 1915. Flowers annually in November; shed its bark for first time in 
December, 1916. In full bloom 25th January, 1917. (P. R. H. St. John, in Vict. 
Nat., February, 1917, p. 155.) 


B.—Natural Afforestation. 


Following is a valuable contribution to the question of the influence of settlement 
on Eucalyptus Forests, by the late Dr. A. W. Howitt :— 


The influence of settlement upon the Eucalyptus forests has not been confined to the settlements 
upon lands devoted now to agriculture or pasturage, or by the earlier occupation by a mining population. 
It dates from the very day when the first hardy pioneers drove their flocks and herds down the mountains 
from New South Wales into the rich pastures of Gippsland. 


Before this time the graminivorous marsupials had been so few in comparative number that they 
could not materially affect the annual crop of grass which covered the country, and which was more or less 
burnt off by the aborigines, either accidentally or intentionally, when travelling, or for the purpose of 
hunting game. 


Annual Bush Fires —These annual bush fires tended to keep the forests open, and to prevent 
the open country from being overgrown, for they not only consumed much of the standing or fallen timber, 
but in a great measure destroyed the seedlings which had sprung up since former conflagrations. The 
influence of these bush fires acted, however, in another direction, namely, as a check upon insect life, 
destroying, among others, those insects which prey upon the Eucalypts. 


Granted these premises, it is easy to conclude that any cause which would lessen the force of the 
annual bush fires would very materially alter the balance of nature, and thus produce new and unexpected 
results. 

The increasing number of sheep and cattle in Gippsland, and the extended settlement of the district, 
lessened the annual crop of grass, and it was to the interest of the settlers to lessen and keep within bounds 
bush fires which might otherwise be very destructive to their improvements, 


249 


The results were twofold. Young seedlings had now a chance of life, and a severe check was 
removed from insect pests. The consequence of these and other co-operating causes may be traced 
throughout the district, and a few instances will illustrate my meaning. 


The valley of the Snowy River, when the early settlers came down from the Maneroo (Monaro) to 
occupy it, as, for instance, from Willis downwards to Mountain Creek, was very open and free from forests. 
At Turnback and the Black Mountain, the mountains on the western side of the river were, in many parts 
clothed with grass, and with but a few large scattered trees of 2. hemiphloia. 


Forests inereased.—The immediate valley was a series of grassy alluvial flats, through which 
the river meandered. After some years of occupation, whole tracts of country became covered with 
forests of young saplings of HL. hemiphloia, pauciflora (coriacea), viminalis, amygdalina (radiata), and 
stellulaia, and at the present time these have so much increased, and grown so much, that it is difficult 
to ride over parts which one can see by the few scattered old giants were at one time open grassy country. 


Within the last twenty-five years many parts of the Tambo Valley, from Ensay up to Tongio, have 
likewise become overgrown by a young forest, principally of EB. hemiphloia and macrorrhyncha, which 
extend up the mountains on either side of the valley. This dates especially from the time when the 
country was fenced into large sheep paddocks, when it became very important that bush fires should be 
prevented as a source of danger to the fences, and even when fire occurred the shortness of the pasturage 
checked the spread. 


Similar observations may be made in the Omeo district, namely, that young forests of various 
kinds of Eucalypts are growing where a quarter of a century ago the hills were open and park-like. In 
the mountains, from Mount Wellington to Castle Hill, in which the sources of the Avon River take rise, 
the increase of the Eucalyptus forests has been very marked. Since the settlement of the country, ranges, 
which were then only covered by an open forest, are now grown up with saplings of EZ. obliqua, E. Sieberiana 
and others, as well as dense growths of Acacia discolor, A. verniciflua, and other arborescent shrubs. These 
mountains were, as a whole, according to accounts given me by surviving aborigines, much more open 
than they are now. 


In the upper valley of the Moroka River, which takes its rise at Mount Wellington, I have noticed 
that the forests are encroaching very greatly upon such open plains as occur in the valley. I observed 
one range, upon which stood scattered gigantic trees of B. Sieberiana, now all dead, while a forest of young 
trees of the same species, all of the same approximate age, which may probably be twelve years, growing so 
densely that it would not be easy to force a passage through on horseback. Again, at the Caledonia River, 
as at the Moroka, the ranges are in many parts quite overgrown with forests not more than twenty years 

‘old. The valleys of the Wellington and Macalister Rivers also afford most instructive examples of the 
manner in which the Kucalyptus forests have increased in the mountains of Gippsland since the country 
was settled. The forest in these valleys, below 2,000 feet above sea level, is principally composed of 
Eucalyptus polyanthemos, E. macrorrhyncha, with occasional examples of E. melliodora and E. Stuartiana; 
while Z. viminalis occupies the river banks and moist flats. I noticed here that H. melliodora and 
E. macrorrhyncha formed dense forests of young trees, apparently not more than 25 years old. In 
some places, moreover, one could see that the original forest had been composed, on the lower 
undulating hills and higher flats, of a few very large H. melliodora, with scattered trees of E. polyanthemos 
and B#. macrorrhyncha. At the present time the two latter have taken possession, almost to the exclusion of 
E. melliodora. In other places EB. polyanthemos or EB. macrorrhyncha predominate; but, on the whole, 
I think the latter will ultimately triumph over its rivals, unless the hand of man again intervenes. 


Such observations may also be made in Western and Southern Gippsland, but, of course, with 
reference to different species of Eucalypts. 


In the great forest of South Gippsland many places can be seen where there are substantially only 
two existing generations of trees; one of a few very large old trees, the others of very numerous trees 
which are probably not older than thirty to forty years, and in most cases certainly not half that period. 
The older trees of this second growth do not, I suspect, date further back than the memorable ‘“‘ Black 
Thursday” (6th February, 1851.—J.H.M.), when tremendous fires. raged over this tract of country. It 
may also be inferred, from the constant discoveries, during the process of clearing, of blackfellows’ stone 
tomahawks, that much of this country now covered by a dense scrub of gum saplings, Pomaderris apetala 
Aster argyrophylla, and other arborescent shrubs, was at that time mainly an open forest. 


250 


I might go on giving many more instances of this growth of the Eucalyptus forests within the last 
quarter of a century, but those I have given will serve to show how widespread this re-foresting of the 
country has been since the time when the white man appeared in Gippsland, and dispossessed the aboriginal 
occupiers, or to whom we owe more than is generally surmised for having unintentionally prepared it, by 
their annual burnings, for our occupation. (A. H. Howitt in Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict., ii, 109, 1890.) 


The following is based on what I wrote in the Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., vol. vi, 
593 (1895), and also issue for April, 1905 :— 
The Spontaneous Growth of Trees.—Natural regeneration or re-afforestation is proceeding often 


without our knowledge, and even in spite of ourselves—quietly, surely. 


I was informed here (Failford) and also on the A. A. Company’s Estate (Gloucester) that formerly 
the hills were often destitute of timber where now there is dense forest. The reason of this change is 
attributed to the over-stocking of the country, the stock eating down the grass so that bush fires (which 
formerly consumed the seedlings of forest trees) are now less frequent, and devastate smaller areas than they 
used todo. . . . Mr. Forester Rudder expresses the opinion that cattle directly aid the propagation 
of trees by trampling the seeds into the ground. 


In Australia and Tasmania the following experience is not uncommon. When sheep are folded 
the manure becomes quite thick. In a few years, if the sheep be removed, Eucalypts come up freely. This 
occurs in places in which they were not previously found. It seems to me that this points to the sheep 
licking up the seed with their feed and redepositing it in manure. Vigorous growth would take place in 
fertilised soil. Perhaps this matter of natural afforestation (not re-afforestation, asit takes place in areas 
not previously known to carry trees) may be entirely explained by herbivora grazing in forest land and 
depositing their dung on non-forest land. The obvious reason why this afforestation does not take place 
more abundantly, is because sheep and cattle readily eat down young seedlings, which must therefore 
be protected accidentally or otherwise in order that they may reach maturity. 


See also the extract from Dr. Howitt’s paper just quoted. 

This natural spread of forests should be comfort to those who are apt only to 
consider the destructive action of the timber-getter, and to lose sight of the compensating 
influences that are at work. 

The springing up of young forest growths where there was formerly forest is, 
of course, common enough. We do not know how long many seeds will remain dormant 
in or on the ground after the old growth has been removed. It is not an uncommon 
thing to see a straight avenue of trees not artificially planted. One fine avenue known 
to me is along the line of an old chock and log fence, and consists of She-Oaks (Casuarina)*. 
Oak saplings were used as top-rails for this fence, the seed from the saplings germinated, 
and the young growth was protected from stock by the fence. The seedlings grew 
into fine trees, and finally the old fence was removed, leaving only the line of trees which 
followed the direction of the fence. I have seen a similar occurrence with the Grey 
Box (Eucalyptus hemiphloia) in the Bringelly, N.S.W., district. 


C.—Inerement Curves. 
There would appear to have only been published, as regards botanically identified 
trees, data concerning very few species. 
Determination of Increment by Stem Analysis.—The scientific forester requires 
more than the empirical data of rate of growth to which I have already referred. He 
requires a proper record of growth or increment ascertained by scientific methods. 


* E.g., Agricuttural Gazette, vii, 514. 


251 


The Forestry Commission of New South Wales has issued, August, 1918 (the researches 
were made in 1916), Bulletin No. 13, under the above title, compiled from data supplied 
by W. A. W. de Beuzeville, Forest Assessor, of which a brief abstract is sufficient for 
the present purpose. 


The determination of the rate of growth of trees and forests is of fundamental importance to the 
forester, because, without accurate knowledge of this subject, he is unable to fix the annual yield of the 
forest at that quantity which will ensure that the forest be not over-cut and the forest capital exhausted. 
The large number of forests throughout the State, which have been operated upon to such an extent that 
supplies of milling timber are now no longer available, is sufficient evidence of the disastrous result of 
over-cutting, and the necessity of ascertaining rates of growth and regulating the annual cut accordingly. 


Rate of growth may be ascertained either by systematic measurement of standing trees in all stages 
of growth over a considerable number of years, or by making what is known as stem analyses of felled trees. 
Stem analysis can be applied only to those species the timber of which shows well-defined annual rings 
of growth, and for this reason, unfortunately, is inapplicable to the great majority of Australian species. 
Where possible, however, the method should be used, as it enables the forester to obtain valuable data 
upon which to regulate cutting operations while waiting for the more accurate information secured from 
the direct measurement of growing trees. 

It should be remembered, however, that the rates of growth ascertained by stem analysis of trees 
in virgin forests do not necessarily represent the rates which will be obtatined in the future under careful 
forest management. The forest trees from which the selection must be made have attained to maturity 
only after a long struggle against the competition of their rivals, and without the aid of the forester, who 
by well-regulated thinnings, can do much to accelerate the rate of growth. Consequently the figures 
obtained from stem analysis should be regarded rather as the safe minimum to be expected in the future. 


For the purpose of obtaining authentic information relative to the growth of 
species of Eucalyptus on the southern tableland, Mr. Forest Assessor W. A. W. de 
Beuzeville made stem analysis of the Buddong Mountain Ash (E. gigantea Hook). 


The figures and conclusions arrived at for the Mountain Ash are given in full 
in the Bulletin, as it is reported to be the fastest growing species in New South Wales. 


The specimen selected for investigation was a typical forest tree, well grown and carrying a heavy 
crown occupying little more than half the total height of the tree. It was felled at ground level, and the 
main stem marked off into nine pieces, each of which was cut through the centre. The concentric rings 
on each section were counted, and the diameters measured, the information being then tabulated, and 
the calculations made on the assumption that the concentric rings were annual.* (The method followed 
is that described in Chapter VI of vol. iii of Schlich’s‘* Manual of Forestry,” to which readers are referred.) 


Deiais of the Analysis. 


Section 1 taken at the foot of the tree showed 97 rings. 


ap eee 5 feet above ground level ,, 97  ,, 
RPO sy) Lois 5 ~ Eee Purr re 
peed Oe ADDR as vs SOS 
Pam Di) ae SD) =e 3 Os 
MG! sh AB SY 55 Pct ten 
RAMEY oD 11.35, AP DON ay os 5 SOO y al 
co SS imme an LS Tae ue SO at! a 
Reme o> 3. (LOB. 53 i Aen Dom Le 


Top, 35 feet long; total height, 140 feet; age, 97 years. 


* Tf the rings are seasonal instead of annual, and it may be that two rings per year are formed, it will be seen 
that the growth of the trees was extraordinarily fast. This will not, however, affect the underlying principle which 
this bulletin is intended; - «xplain, 7 fi 


252 
Thus, at 35 feet from the ground there were only 91 annual rings as against 97 at the base. This 
means that the part of the tree above 35 feet had beenin existence only ninety-one years, so that it teck 
97-91 = 6 years, for the tree to reach a height of 35 feet. Thus the following table is prepared — 


Height of section Number of rings. | ana ae 
in feet. 2 4 3 
| height of section. 
0) 97 
5 97 
15 95 2 
25 93 4 
35 91 6 
45 88 9 
55 85 12 
65 79 18 
95 53 44 
140 0 97 


From this table a curve showing height at different ages is plotted (see Fig. 1, not reproduced, J.H.M.). 
The very rapid height growth in the first twelve years should be noted as it has an important economic 
bearing on the regeneration of the forests. A species capable cf such rapid growth in early youth is not 
likely to be suppressed by weeds, and consequently expenditure on early cleanings will probably not be 
necessary. Compare the figures for Z. globulus, in Tasmania, quoted at p. 245. 


A further abstract of Mr. de Beuzeville’s researches is found in “‘ The Australian Forestry Journal,” 
for January, 1918. 


‘ The forest of L. gigantea at Buddong appears to be of comparatively recent origin, and is rapidly 
establishing itself in the surrounding forest of Bucalypius coriacea and Ff. rubida. A noteworthy feature 
is that trees evidently well past maturity are sound to the heart and absolutely free from disease. 


The specimen selected for analysis was a typical tree of a typical forest of the species. The annual 
rings were clearly defined through the whole of the cross sections, and varied very little in width. The 
tree was well grown, with a good crown, and apparently still vigorous. 


A remarkable circumstance was the rapid height growth during the early life of the tree, and this 
is shown in a series of graphs which accompany the treatise, and disclose the following .— 


Growth in height .—23 years, 20 feet; 6 years, 40 feet; 14 years, 60 feet; 20 years, 68 feet; 40 years, 
‘90 feet; 60 years, 110 feet; 80 years, 126 feet; 96 years, 140 feet. 


Growth in diameter .—2 years, 1 inch; 6 years, 24 inches; 14 years, 6 inches; 20 years, 9 inches; 
40 years, 18 inches; 60 years, 28 inches; 80 years, 36 years; 96 years, 42 inches. 


“Volume of wood :—20 years, 20 cubic feet; 40 years, 75 cubic feet; 60 years, 180 cubic feet: 80 
years, 300 cubic feet; 96 years, feet 420 cubic feet. 


Calculation on the results of an examination of the area of the cross section at various ages shows 
that the tree reaches absolute maturity about the ninetieth year, when it will yield almost 5,000 superficial 
feet of timber. 


Mr. de Beuzeville states that the bark amounts to 12 per cent. of the volume of the stem, the very 
low percentage being accounted for by the thin nature of the bark on the upper portion of the trunk. In 
conclusion, he remarks that his analysis discloses that “‘ the tree does not reach absolute maturity at the 
early age often attributed to it, but maintains a vigorous growth long after it has reached the dimensions 
of a millable log. The present minimum felling girth is 7 feet over bark, and is apparently reached in 
forty to fifty years. The problem is, therefore, whether if will be most advantageous to operate on the 
species as at present, or whether the cutting age should be deferred until maturity, when greater volume 
has been attained.” 


253 


Then we come to a paper: ‘* Determination of the Increment of Trees by Stem 
Analysis. No. 1. Eucalyptus viminalis,’ by W. A. W. de Beuzeville, Journ. Roy. 
Soc. NV.S.W., li, 239 (1919). (N.B.—The species is really HZ. Dalrympleana Maiden, 
as described by me in “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Part LXIV, p. 137. It was 
formerly confused with ZL. wiminalis.) 


The calculations show that the tree increases in height rapidly until about thirty years old, averaging 
2-8 feet per annum. This rate gradually diminishes, dropping to 1-6 feet mean annual increase when 
sixty-six years old. The diameter increase, likewise, is greater during youth, but is fairly evenly main- 
tained during the whole period, ranging from 37 inches to ‘3 inches per annum. The mean annual volume 
increment, which was -1 cubic feet at ten years, showing a steady improvement, reaching 1-13 cubic feet 
at sixty-six years of age, 


Earlier in point of publication than the preceding papers, we have “ Timber 
Production and Growth Curves in the Mountain Ash (Hucalyptus regnans),” by R. T. 
Patton, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxx (N.S.), 1 (1917). 


It is not convenient to reproduce the graphs of the papers of either Mr. Patton 
or Mr. de Beuzeville. All the papers should be carefully read, and I will content myself 
with a few extracts of Mr. Patton’s paper also. 


It has been said that Mountain Ash will mature in forty years, and will give in this time a butt of” 
from 2 feet to 2 feet 6 inches. It has also been claimed for Mountain Ash that it is the fastest-growing 
tree in the world, and that it will give a cut of 150,000 feet super. per acre. In order to test the truth of _ 
these statements a series of measurements was carried out at Powelltown on logs of this timber. 


It was found impossible at the time to get any reliable figures as to either its fast growing rate or 
its quantity of timber per acre. Many factors militated against this. In the first place, all the forest 
now being cut is over ripe, and consequently many trees are hollow. Again, a very large number of trees 
have incipient decay in the heart. Other factors also prevented any accurate estimate being formed. 
However, there was ample material for a study of the annual rings. It was impossible to obtain 
measurements from all logs coming in, as in quite a percentage there was either a pipe, or decay had 
proceeded far enough to destroy the boundaries of the first annual rings. Only those logs then were 
taken in on which the annual rings were clearly defined. The measurements were taken to the eightieth ring, 
and not continued further owing to the difficulty in many cases of distinguishing the rings. In onecase 
the rings, though narrow, were easily distinguishable to the 125th ring. It was obvious from these later 
rings that the tree had lacked vigour. This was borne out by a study of the trees in the standing forest, 
The paucity of foliage on these big trees is very noticeable, as was also the amount of mistletoe. No mistletoe 
was observed on the saplings, or even on trees half grown. From these observations one was led to conclude 
that the tree reaches its prime well under a hundred years. 


The most remarkable feature is the rapid expansion of the trunk (and hence width of annual ring), 
during the first ten years of growth. . . 


The differences between the width of the annual rings as the tree gets older will be less and less. 
There is a point of interest here, and that is that the enormous decrease in the width of the ring may be 
due to overcrowding, or putting it in other words, that, as the trees grow older, and so many are striving for 
the same light and carbon dioxide, the crown is not as large as it would be if the forest were controlled. 
It was very apparent from a study of the mature trees that width of ring is largely dependent on the distance. 
of the trees apart, for in many logs the original centre is well to one side of the mature log. Some trees. 
have limbs on the congested side only 6 to 8 feet long, while on the free side they are 15 to 20 feet long. 
The maintenance of a good head is important from a forestral point of view. 


From the study of the annual rings, then, we may conclude at present that the Mountain Ash reaches 
its maturity between the fortieth and fiftieth years; but we are not entitled to conclude that the tree is ~ 
then fit for milling. In view of the fact that in the future a large proportion of this timber will probably 
find its way on to the market in a dressed and seasoned condition, the tree cannot be said to be fit for 

E 


254. 


milling until the wood is ripe. It may well be, that so long as the tree maintains a good head, the timber is 
improving in quality, and therefore it may be inadvisable to cut it during this period. There are other 
factors as well to be considered with regard to the time of harvesting the timber. The upkeep of this forest 
is small at present, as compared with that of the forests of the old world. Hence interest charges will 
be much smaller, and we could therefore allow the forest to stand for a much longer period than is the 
case with old world forests. 


See also ‘On the Growth, Treatment, and Structure of some Common 
Hardwoods,” by R. T. Patton, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxi (New ser.), 394 (1919), with 
one plate and seven text figures. 


The author systematises his observations under the following heads :—Height, 
density of trees per acre, seasoning of timber, structure. He criticises the adoption of 
the Schlich method of measurement of diameter growth (at all events, as regards 
Australian conditions) if only because, in our “ empirical’? or managed forests, it 1s 
difficult to select an average tree for research. 

The question of the height of FE. regnans (Victorian Mountain Ash), the only 
‘Eucalypt referred to, is dealt with at p. 255 of the present work. The question of 
density of trees per acre is only now being undertaken, since we have only quite recently 
established forestry departments taking cognisance of our Eucalypts on scientific lines. 


As regards seasoning of timber, I will give a few references to this, and also to 
structure of timber, when I deal with those branches of the subject. 


Now let us turn to a paper, “ Estimation of the Rate of Growth of Trees by 
Stem Analysis,” by C. E. Lane Poole, “‘ Jarrah,” i, No. 3, p. 14, November, 1918. 


The author begins :— 

“ Tt is an unfortunate fact that the bulk of Australian eucalypts do not lend themselves to this 
system of estimation. There are exceptions, of which Mountain Ash (Lucalyptus Delegatensis) of New 
South Wales is one, but in most cases Eucalypts do not appear to have any distinct period of rest during 
the year, with the result that there are no well-defined rings. Karri (#. diversicolor) in its very early years 
(up to about twenty-four), shows annual rings, but after that time it is difficult to distinguish them.” 

He then gives an admirable account of the method, choosing the Monterey Pine 
(Pinus radiata or insignis), a Californian species much cultivated in Australia, for 


purposes of illustration. 


D.—The Largest Australian Trees. 


The size of a tree may be measured in vertical height or girth, the two dimensions 
usually adopted. The fairest method would, of course, be to compute the cubic contents. 
As regards girth, it is to be regretted that many measurements are not strictly 
comparable, because of the varying heights above ground at which they have been 
taken. 


It has been known for many years that Australia and Tasmania possess very 
large trees, attention having been directed earliest to those of Tasmania. It has since 
been proved, I think, that the largest trees (HE. regnans) occur in Gippsland, Victoria, 


255 


although those of the Western Australian Karri (#. diversicolor) are very large. Most 
of the literature has gathered around the Gippsland trees, and will be found quoted 
below by Mr. Hardy and myself. 


A discussion on the height of Gippsland trees (Mr. Howitt’s paper, in Trans. 
Roy: Soc. Vict., ii (1890), in which Baron von Mueller and Mr. A. W. Howitt joined, 
will be found in Journ. Roy. Soc. Vict., iii (new series), 124 (1890). Mr. Howitt had 
measured a tree of 350 feet, and Mueller stated that trees 400 feet high had existed. 
The discussion is well worth referring to. ; 


In my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” Vol. II, pp. 161-165 (1905), I gave 

such evidence as was available to me in regard to “ The giant. trees of Australia.” I 
wrote at p. 163 in the followmg words :— 

Professor Sargent is an eminent authority on the subject of which he treats, and in view of the actual 

measurements that he presents, viz., 340 feet in height for a Redwood (Sequoia sempervirens), and a girth 

round the trunk of 107 feet for its congener, the “* Big Tree’’ (S. Wellingtonia), Iam of opinion that, so 


far as our knowledge goes at present, California is the home both of the tallest and of the broadest trees 
in the world. 


In the Federal Handbook published for the visit of the British Association in 
1914, 1 wrote :— 
The official size of the tallest Gippsland tree is given as—height, 326 ft. 1 in.; girth, 25 ft. 7 in., 
measured 6 feet from the ground; locality, spur of Mount Baw Baw, 91 miles from Melbourne. This is 


enormous, but different from the alleged heights of from 400 to 525 feet foisted on Mueller, and which 
will probably not be eradicated from the newspapers for another generation. 


As regards the Californian trees brought into comparison . . . the difference (under 14 feet) 
against the Gippsland tree is not large, and it would not be surprising if additional investigations should 
cause this friendly competition between Australia and the United States to end differently. 


Presently I will show that New Zealand is in this competition. 


A short account of the big trees of California,’ Bull. No. 28, United States 
Department of Agriculture, Division of Forestry (1900), gives a later account than 
that of C. S. Sargent. 


In the “ summary of facts” it 1s stated that “the dimensions of the Big Tree 
are unequalled.” A number of dimensions of trees, living and dead, are quoted, but 
comparatively few with full particulars. Thus the height is given of many, the diameter 
at the ground of some, and at 6 feet above the ground of others. Many particulars 
are given in regard to them in the Bulletin, which is not easy of brief abstraction. 


For particulars as to tall trees of Brazil, see Bates’ ‘‘ Naturalist on the Amazons ” 
(Murray’s Pop. Ed., 1910, pp. 29, 30). 


In a paper “ On the Ascent of Water in Trees” (Phil. Trans. B., Vol. 199, 1905) 
Professor A. J. Ewart (of the University of Melbourne), has some remarks in regard 
to the reputed heights of the Gippsland trees, after referring to certain reputed 
measurements which have been repeated over again by authors copying one another, 
as “greatly exaggerated’? and “considerably exaggerated,’ he concludes, “ The 
tallest Australian tree, therefore, hitherto accurately measured, barely exceeds 300 feet, 
and it is possible that some of the records from other countries, notably America, may 
suffer a similar diminution when accurately tested.” 


256 


Mr. R. T. Patton (Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxxi, 396, 1919) has some notes on the 
height of E. regnans. He gives 326 feet as the “ greatest height recorded,” and the 
two highest measurements as made by himself as 249 and 261 feet. 


In Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvi, p. 9 (published 1914), is a paper by T. F. Cheeseman 
on “ The Age and Growth of the Kauri (Agathis australis), in which he refers to the 
sizes of other large trees. He says: “ Seeing that the age and size of large forest trees 
have been regularly overestimated in other countries, it could hardly be expected that 
New Zealand would escape similar exaggeration.” He has just been quoting Professor 
A. J. Ewart’s cautious remarks on Gippsland trees at some length. 


Incidentally, it may be mentioned that in the American “ Journal of Forestry,” 
xvii, 890 (November, 1919), there is a note on Kauris and Californian Big Trees as 
follows :— 

The’ New Zealand Department of Lands has published a small book by D. E. Hutchins on the 
© Waipoua Kauri Forest,” in which occurs the statement .—* There were two gigantic Kauri in the Tutamoe 
State Forest, each having a diameter of 22 feet, and the best one having a clean bole of 100 feet. This was 
estimated to contain 295,788 board feet, which is twice the size of the largest California big tree, one of 
the Calaveras Grove, containing 141,000 board feet.” 


The commentator says :—‘“ It is strange that at the present day the claims of California for large 
sized trees should be contested by New Zealand. The following data show that even though New Zealand 
has some immense trees, as those just described appear to be, still they cannot equal the giant Sequoias, 
of which we are justly proud. 


“A Sequoia tree cut in 1854, called ‘ the Mother of the Forest,’ had a diameter of 30 feet and a 
height of 321 feet, and contained 537,000 board feet, which is twice that given for these famous Kauri trees 
of New Zealand. In addition, this tree was 137 feet to the first limb. Another tree, called ‘ The Father 
of the Forest,’ measured a number of years ago 36 feet in diameter, 400 feet in height, and 200 feet to the 
first limb.” (These seem round numbers. J.H.M.) 


Mr. D. E. Hutchins, “ A Discussion of Australian Forestry,’ pp. 315-17 (1916), 
says :— 
I am sure that every patriotic Australian will agree that an attempt should be made by the Forest 


Departments in Victoria and Western Australia to find out the actually biggest trees, measure them, and 
place them under special protection. 


I quite agree with this, and he is unconsciously repeating a very old suggestion 
of mine, but Mr. Hutchins says: “‘(Mr. Maiden) perhaps goes to the other extreme, 
and throws doubt on quite good evidence.” If my readers will take the trouble to 
turn to what I have said, and also to what Mr. Hutchins has said, they can judge for 
themselves. If I have tried to avoid anything, it is to be “ extreme,” and my article 
was an honest attempt to weigh the evidence on scientific (7.e., truthful) lines. The 
genial forester, when he has opportunity to consult the literature of the subject, will 
see that I am by no means the severest critic of reputed measurements of big Australian 
and American trees. [I wrote the above some years ago, before our friend had received 
the well-deserved honour of Knighthood, to be followed, alas too soon, by his death 
in January, 1920.] 


267 


The most recent writer on the subject is A. D. Hardy, of the State Forest 
Department of Victoria (“ The Tall Trees of Australia,’ Vict. Nat.,xxxv, 46, July, 1918), 
an authority whose researches in regard to Australian forestry matters are always 
valuable, and, therefore, one reads what he has to say with interest in regard to a subject 
which has already been surrounded by much romance. This romance, emanating 
from Australia itself, has found its way into scientific publications in Europe and 
America. 


The paper contains some most useful information in regard to the giant trees 
of America, and, indeed, of other countries, but what is of special interest to me at the 
present time is the information he has brought together, additional to that already 
compiled by myself. At p. 50 Mr. Hardy quotes three measurements which exceed 
those enumerated in the Victorian atlas of giant trees. The following is the “ best 
measurement by a legally qualified measurer.”” Mr. G. Cornthwaite measured a tree 
in 1880, 2 miles from Thorpdale, Gippsland. “I cannot find the old notes taken 
at the time, but I am quite sure as to the measurement of the length.” He gives the 
height at 375 feet, allowing for the stump. “ At about 12 feet from the ground (it) 
was about 6 feet in diameter.” 


Although these figures are to some extent based on memory, if they satisfy 
Mr. Hardy they go a long way towards satisfying me. 


Mr. Hardy quotes some American Sequoias, larger than the Redwood 
(S. sempervirens) measured by Professor C. S. Sargent, at 340 feet. Doubtless after 
the war (written in 1918, J.H.M.) the Americans will examine their records of measure- 
ments and state whether they can beat our record of 375 feet or not. 


As regards bulk, Mr. Hardy quotes the tree pictured as “ King Edward VII” 
by Mr. Hugh Mackay, Conservator of Forests of Victoria, in the handbook of that State 
prepared for the British Association meeting of 1914. It had a girth of 80 feet, measured 
at about 10 feet from the ground. 


I have often pointed out (e.g., Presidential Address, Royal Society of N.S.W., 
1897), that it is desirable that we should have measurements by surveyors or other 
competent observers of the heights and girths of definite Eucalyptus trees, and the 
ascertainment of such data should be the business of the forestry staffs of all the States. 
We ought to know the sizes of our primeval vegetation, even if these biggest trees, 
when removed by fire or other catastrophe, may never be succeeded by others which 
can be permitted to attain equal magnitude. 


Instead of going further into details in regard to the sizes of the largest trees, 
it may be convenient to consult the following list of species, arranged in alphabetical 
order, in which the sizes are dealt with. Thus the following may be referred to in their 
proper places in the present work, and in my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales ” :— 

Eucalyptus Andrewsi Maiden, E. botryoides Sm. (H. Hopkins records £. botryoides 
in the rich alluvial flats of the Snowy River, stately trees of 150 feet or more in height, 
and boles of 6 or 7 feet in diameter, and 50 or 60 feet to the first limb), Z. Dalrympleana 


258 


Maiden, H. Deanei Maiden (Mr. A. Murphy informs me that there are plenty of trees 
in the Ourimbah district, near Gosford, 10 to 12 feet in diameter), H. Dunnii Maiden 
(see note below), E. diversicolor F.v.M. (see this work, Part XX, p. 298), E. gigantea 
Hook. f. (see note below), E. Jacksoni Maiden, E. goniocalyx F.v.M., E. maculata 
Hook., #. microcorys F.v.M., EB. nitens Maiden, FE. pilularis Sm. (see this work, Part L, 
p. 30), £. regnans F.v.M., E. viminalis Labill. 


Under EF. viminalis, Mueller (“ Kucalyptographia”’) quotes a Victorian tree 
up to 320 feet, with a diameter of 17 feet. 


Baker and Smith (“‘ Research on the Eucalypts,” p. 137) say this tree is “ probably 
the largest of New South Wales Eucalypts.” “This is perhaps the most widely- 
distributed species of the genus in these States, as well as probably the tallest, as trees 
measuring over 300 feet high frequently occur.” (p. 188.) 


In view of the fact that HE. Dalrympleana has been “ carved out”’ of FE. viminalis, 
and of further investigations in regard to our White Gums, it is desirable that E. viminalis 
and its allies should be remeasured. F. viminalis, sensu strictu, is, however, undoubtedly 
a big tree. 


E. Dunnii.— 


““ T measured one standing tree of the above, which gave a girth of 24 feet 4 inches, with a length 
of at least 30. feet; this works out 13,3224 feet—superficial. The tree in question is fairly round and 
straight, and apparently sound. <A few days later, ** To-day I measured another tree. It was felled for 
sawmill purposes. It was perfectly sound, straight and round. This tree was cut into four logs 11 feet 
in length (each log), the butt log measured 13 feet in circumference and contained 4,500 super. feet. 
Royalty at 6d. (£1 2s. 6d.).” (William Dunn, Forest Guard, Acacia Creek, Macpherson Range, near 
Queensland border, September, 1905.) 


E. gigantea.—I submit an interesting note based on observations made in Tasmania 
in the thirties, and which I submitted to Mr. Rodway, the Government Botanist of 
that State, who reports: “In the Richmond district there is much H. obliqua and 
E. gigantea. I have never seen the former of such gigantic proportions as cited, wherefore 
think reference was to latter. At the time this article was written, all the forms with 
rough bark were referred to obliqua, and those with smooth to amygdalina.” 


Following is the note :— 


“Mr. Backhouse and my son, Dr. Joseph Hooker, have made MSS. remarks upon a great number 
of new species in Van Dieman’s Land, and it is there that the trees are seen to attain the most gigantic 
size. Near Richmond, in Yorkshire, the former gentleman visited a place in the forest remarkable for an 
assemblage of gigantic “ stringybarks,” Hucalyptus obliqua? There, within a space of half a mile, he 
measured ten different trees from 30 to 55 feet in circumference at four fect from the ground; and some 
of these fine sound trees were upwards of 200 feet high. One prostrate tree was 35 feet in circumference 
at the base, 22 feet at 66 feet up, 19 feet at 110 feet up. There were two large branches at 120 feet, and 
the elevation of the tree, traceable by the branches on the ground, was 213 feet. ‘ We ascended this tree 
on an inclined plane formed by one of its limbs, and walked four abreast with ease upon its trunk! In its 
fall it had overturned another 168 feet high, which had brought up with its roots a ball of earth 20 feet 
across. It was so much imbedded in the earth that I could not get a string round it to measure its girth. 
On our return I measured two stringybarks, near the houses on the Hampshire Hills, that had been felled 
for splitting into rails, each 180 feet long. Near to them is a tree that has been felled, which is so largé 


259 


that it could not be cut into lengths for splitting, and a shed has been erected against it, the tree serving 
for the back.’ Another tree, at Emu Bay, supposed to be 250 feet high, was 554 feet round at 5 feet from 
the ground, and nearly 70 feet in circumference at the surface of the ground. “‘ My companions spoke to 
each other, when at the opposite side of this tree to myself, and their voices sounded so distant that I 
concluded they had inadvertently left me, to see some other object, and immediately called to them. They 
in answer, remarked the distant sound of my voice, and enquired if I were behind the tree.” (Bot. Mag., 
vol. 69, t. 4036, 1843.) 


Explanation of Plates (196-199). 


PLATE 196. 


E. paniculata Sm. 
(See also Plate 57, Part XIII.) 


1a. Juvenile leaf; 1b, juvenile leaf (slightly more advanced); 1c, twig showing mature leaves and buds; 
1d, immature fruits, showing staminal rings; le, fruits. Asquith, near Hornsby, between Sydney 
and the Hawkesbury River (W. F. Blakely). 


2a. Buds; 2b, anthers. On the main road, near Gordon Railway Station, North Shore Line, Sydney 
(W. F. Blakely). 


Juvenile leaf, not in its earliest stage. Kedron, near Brisbane, Queensland (C. T. White). 
Mature leaves and fruits. Mount Gravatt, near Brisbane (C. T. White). 


5a. Mature leaf; 5b, buds; 5c, fresh anthers. From the same set of specimens, some of the dried anthers 
precisely match 2b. Waterworks-road, Brisbane (J. L. Boorman). 


PLATE 197. 


E. paniculata Sm. 
(See also Plates 57, Part XIII, and 196.) 
E. Fergusoni R. T. Baker. 


la. Mature leaf; 1b, mature leaf and immature buds; le, fruits, markedly ribbed. Bulladelah, N.S8.W, 
(L. C. Maxwell). The type. 


I match #. Fergusoni perfectly with specimens of LH. paniculata. My attempts to separate 
them have been most painstaking. 


E. Nanglet R. T. Baker. 


2a. Juvenile leaf; 2b, mature leaf and immature buds; 2c, fruits. H. Nanglei has, like E. paniculata, the 
staminal ring, and in this respect shows some affinity to H. melliodora A. Cunn., E. sideroxylon 
A. Cunn. Morrissett, N.S.W. (C. F. Lascron). The type. 


3a. Mature leaves and buds; 3h, mature leaf, buds and expanding flowers; 3c, anthers, different views. 
Lindfield and Nowra, a mixed parcel, as received from Mr. Baker. Lindfield is a railway station 
on the North Shore Line, near Sydney; Nowra is on the Shoalhaven River, about 94 miles south 
of Sydney. (R. T. Baker and L. G. Irby). Co-types. 


I am not able to separate H. Nanglei from EH. Fergusoni, nor either of them from 
E. paniculata. 


260 


PLATE 198. 


E. decorticans sp. nov. 
(Syn. E. siderophloia Benth., forma decorticans F. M. Bailey.) 
la, 1b, le, the three youngest leaves I can find. They show that the juvenile leaves are narrow and do 


not differ in venation from the mature leaves. 1d, mature leaves and buds; le, anthers, If, fruits 
(Eidsvold, Queensland (Dr. T. L. Bancroft). The type. 


E. Cullent R. H. Cambage. 


2a. Juvenile leaves; 2b, buds; 2c, front and back view of anther; 2d, mature leaves and fruits. Alma-den, 
North Queensland (R. H. Cambage, No. 3905). The type. 


PLATE 199. 


E. Beyert R. T. Baker. 
(See also figure 21, Plate 57, Part XIII, as Z. paniculata.) 


la. Twig with buds; 10, fruits. St. Mary’s (about 30 miles west of Sydney). (R.T. Baker.) The type. 

2a. Juvenile leaf; 2b, twig with buds and flowers; 2c, twig with fruits. About 1 mile south-east of Kings- 
wood Station (close to St. Mary’s) and } mile from the Great Western road (W. F. Blakely and 
J. L. Boorman). 

Figs. 3 and 4 I at present look upon as intermediate between H. Beyeri and EL. paniculata. 

It will be observed that the leaves are broader and coarser than those of Z. Beyeri, but the trees 
were high, and they appeared to be a second growth, abundant on the branches, and therefore 
perhaps abnormal. F#. Beyeri requires further investigation both as regards its botanical characters 
and timber. 

3a. Mature leaves; 3b, buds and flowers; 8c, staminal ring, which is very deciduous; 3d, anthers. A 
very large and very old tree in a paddock about + mile north-west of St. Mary’s Station (W. F. 
Blakely and J. L. Boorman.) 


4a, 4b, 4c. Leaves of various sizes; 4d, buds. Anthers the same as 5d. On the Richmond road, } mile 
from St. Mary’s Station (W. F. Blakely and J. L. Boorman). 


The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “‘ Forest Flora of New 
South Wales”’* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs 
of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic 
value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of 
the Part: of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :-— 


acacioides A. Cunn. (xlviii). melliodora A. Cunn. (ix). 
acmenicides Schauer (Xxxii). microcorys F.v.M. (xxxviil). 
affinis Deane and Maiden (lvi). microtheca F.v.M. (li). 
amygdalina Labill. (xvi). Muellerrana Howitt (xxx). 
Andrewst Maiden (xxi). numerosa Maiden (xvii). 
Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). obliqua Li Hérit. (xxii). 
Bauerrana Schauer (lvii). ochropiloia F.v.M. (1). 
Baueriana Schauer var. conica Maiden(lvil). odorata Behr and Schlectendal (xli). 
Behriana ¥F.v.M. (xlvi). oleosa F.v.M. (Ix). 

bicolor -A. Cunn. (xliv). paniculata Sm. (vill). 

Boormani Deane and Maiden (xlv). pilularis Sm. (xxxi). 

Bosistoana F.v.M. (xliii). prperita Sm. (Xxxiil). 

Caleyx Maiden (lv). Planchoniana ¥F.v.M. (xxiv). 
capitellata Sm. (xxviii). polyanthemos Schauer (lix). 
conica Deane and Maiden (lvii). populifolia Hook. (xlvii). 
Consideniana Maiden (xxxvi). propinqua Deane and Maiden (1xi). 
coriacea A. Cunn. (xv). ‘punctata DC. (x). 

corymbosa Sm. (xii). * radiata Sieb., as amygdalina (xvi). 
erebra F.v.M. (li). regnans B.v.M. (xviii). 
Dalrympleana Maiden (Ixiv). resinifera Sm. (il). 

dives Schauer (xix). rostrata Schlecht. (Ixii). 

dumosa A. Cunn. (lxv). rubida Deane and Maiden (xlii). 
eugenioides Sieber. (xxix). saligna Sm. (iv). 

fruticetorum F.v.M. (xh). stderophloia Benth. (xxxix). 
gigantea Hook. f. (li). sideroxylon A. Cunn. (xiii). 
globulus L? Her. (Ixvii). Sieberiana F.v.M. (xxxiv). 
goniocalyx F.v.M. (vi). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). 

hemastoma Sm. (Xxxvii). tereticornis Sm. (xi). 

hemiphloia F.v.M. (vi). lessellaris F.v.M. (Ixvi). 
longifolia Link and Otto (11). Thozetiana ¥.v.M. (xlix). 
Iuehmanniana F.v.M. (xxvi). vuminalis Labill. (Ixiv). 
macrorrhyncha F.v.M. (xxvii). virgata Sieb. (xxv). 

maculata Hook. (vii). vurea R. T. Baker (xxiii). 


melanophlaa F.v.M. (liv). 


*Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. Each part contains 4 plates and other illustrations. 


War conditions have so largely affected publications that it is no longer possible to continue the issue of ‘‘ The 
Forest Flora of New South Wales” at the old rates, and from this date onward, z.e., from and including Part ,7, 
Vol, VII, vii, the price of the individual Parts will be raised to 2s. 6d. eaoh, 


Note By GOVERNMENT PRINTER. 


For those Parts already published the old sale price will be adhered to, and subscriptions already received will not 
be disturbed, but the new subscription rate of 2s. 6d. per part, or 25s. for 12 parts, will come into effect as from the 
Ist July, 1921. 


F Sydney: William Applegate Gullick, Gevernment Printer—1921 


eae 


pa eid 


meas} Oe aes acs satel A 
SRR nee Re bee aa ea 
aN: fi 


e 


196. 


Bie 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS 


M-FloeKhon-dél-er ith, 


] 


[See also Plates 57 and 197 


EUCALYPTUS PANICULATA Sm. 


PES AST: 


Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


M.FloeKTon.del. et lth. 


-] 


[See also Plates 57 and 196 


EUCALYPTUS PANICULATA Sm. 


. T. BAKER, Fig. 1, E. Nanglei R. T. Baker, Figs. 2 and 3. 


(E. Fergusoni 


both drawn from the types.) 


Pr i98: 


CRIT. REV, EUCALYPTUS 


I ERE earn 
SUN es myers taney mtn reserve omnovcnonen 


NtUar a8 Ad PAREN PORE RA RC re PAXIL CN 


M-Flockfon. del. €Ffith, 


EUCALYPTUS DECORTICANS (fF. M. BaILey) MAIDEN (1). 


(2). 


E. CULLENI R. H. Campacer 


Ed 


vanay 
as 


Sie 


i 


ond 


Boe 


— 


PL. 199. 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


™. FlaeckTon.det. et Lith. 


EUCALYPTUS BEYERI R. T. Baker (J, 2). 


[See also Fig. 21, Plate 57.] 


ie 


KVINI—95. Eucalyptus macrocarpa Hook. — Part XXVIM—145. Lucalyptus vernicosa Hook. f. 


96. Eucalyptus Preissiana Schauer. 146. Hucalyptus Muellert T. B: Moore. 
97. Eucalyptus megacarpa F.v.M. 147. Hucalyptus Kitsoniana (J. G. Luebmann) 
98. Eucalyptus globulus Labillardiére. Maiden. 
99. Hucalyptus Maideni F.v.M. 148. Lucalyptus viminalis Labillardiéte. 
100. Hucalyptus urnigera Hook. f. Plates, 116-119. (Issued December, 1916.) 
Bo... Plates, 77-80. (Issued July, 1913.) XXIX—149. Hucalyptus Baeuerleni F.v.M. 
KIX—101. Eucalyptus goniocalyx F.v.M. 150. Hucalyptus scoparia Maiden. 
b 102. Eucalyptus nitens Maiden. 151. Eucalyptus Benthami Maiden & Cambage. 
103. Eucalyptus elcophora F.v.M. : 152. Hucalyptus propinqua Deane and Maiden. 
104. Eucalyptus cordata Labill. 153. Eucalyptus punctaia DC. 
105. Eucalyptus angustissima F.v.M. 154. Hucalyptus Kirtoniana F.v.M. 
Plates, 81-84. (Issued December, 1913.) ‘ Plates, 120-123. (Issued February, 1917.) 
KX—106. Eucalyptus gigantea Hook. f. XXX—155. Hucalyptus resinifera Sim. 
P 107. Eucalyptus longifolia Link and Otto. 156. Lucalyptus pellita ¥.v.M. 
108. Hucalyptus diversicolor F.v.M. 157. Lucalyptus brachyan dra P.M. 
109. Eucalyptus Guilfoyle: Maiden. Plates, 124-127. (Issued April, 1917.) 
110. Eucalyptus patens Bentham. XXXI—158. Eucalyptus tereticornis Smith. 
lll. Eucalyptus Todtiana F.v.M. 159. Hucalyptus Bancrofti Maiden. 
112. Eucalyptus micranthera F.v.M. 160. Eucalyptus amplifolia Naudin. 
Plates, 85-88. (Issued March, 1914.) Plates, 128-131. (Issued July, 1917.) 
—113. Eucalyptus cinerea F.v.M. XXXIUI—161. Eucalyptus Seeana Maiden. 
114, Eucalyptus pulverulenta Sims. 162. Eucalyptus exserta F.v.M. 
115. Eucalyptus cosmophylla F.v.M. 163. Eucalyptus Parramattensis C. Hall. 
116. Eucalypius gomphocephala A. P. DC. 164. Hucalyptus Blakelyt Maiden. 
Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914.) 165. Hucalyptus dealbata A. Cunn. 


: : 166. Hucalyptus Morrisic R. T. Baker. 
KII—117. Eucalyptus erythronema Turez. 167. Eucalyptus Howittiana F.v.M. 


118. Eucalyptus acacieformis Deane & Maiden. 
oe 119. Bacau See F.v.M. Plates, 132-135. “(Issued Bepicmber ee 
| 120. Eucalyptus cesia Benth. XXXII—168. Hucalyptus rostrata Schlechtendal. 
121. Eucalyptus tetraptera Turcz. 169. Eucalyptus rudis Endlicher. 
122. Eucalyptus F orrestiana Diels. 170. Hucalyptus-Dundasi Maiden. 
123. Eucalyptus miniata A. Cunn. 171. Eucalyptus pachyloma Benth. 
124. Eucalyptus phenicea F.v.M. Plates, 136-139. (Issued December, 1917.) 
— Plates, 93-96. (Issued April, 1915.) XXXIV—-172. Eucalyptus redunca Schauer. 
M—125. Eucalyptus robusta Smith. 173. Eucalyptus accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. 
mo 196. Eucalyptus botrydides Smith. 174. Eucalyptus cornuta Labill. 
127. Eucalyptus saligna Smith. 175. Hucalyptus Websteriana Maiden. 
Plates, 97-100. (Issued July, 1915.) Plates, 140-143. (Issued April, 1918.} 
KIV—128. Lucalyptus Deanei Maiden. XXXV--176. Hucalypius Lehmanni Preiss. 
F, - 129. Eucalyptus Dunnit Maiden. 177. Bucalyptus annulata Benth. 
130. Eucalyptus Stuartiana F.v.M. 178. Eucalyptus platypus Hooker. 
131. Eucalyptus Banksit Maiden. 179. Bucalyptus spathulata Hooker. 
132. Eucalyptus quadrangulata Deane & Maiden. 180. Eucalyptus gamophylla F.v.M. 
Plates, 100 bis-103. (Issued November, 1915.) 181. Hucalyptus argillacea W. V. Fitzgerald, 


Plates, 144-147. (Issued August, 1918.) 


XXXVI—182. Eucalyptus occidentalis Endlicher. 
183. Eucalyptus macrandra F.v.M. 
184. Eucalyptus salubris F.v.M. 


KV—133. Lucalyptus Macarthuri Deane and Maiden. 
134. Eucalyptus aggregata Deane and Maiden. 
135. Eucalyptus parvifolia Cambage. 

136. Hucalyptus alba Reinwardt. 


" 185. Eucalyptus cladocalyx F.v.M. 
f Plates, 104-107. (Issued February, 1916., 186. Hueal ypius Coomeraual naar : 
RVI—138. Eucalyptus Perriniana F.v.M. 187. Eucalyptus wmnteriexta R. T. Baker. 
139. Bucalyptus Gunnii Hook. f. 188. Hucalyptus confluens (W. V. Fitzgerald) 
140. Hucalyptus rubida Deane and Maiden. Maiden. 
Plates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) Plates, 148-151. (Issued January, 1919.) 
WII—141. Eucalyptus maculosa R. T. Baker. XXXVII—189. Lucalypius clavigera A. Cunn. 
142. Eucalyptus precox Maiden. 190. Eucalyptus aspera F.v.M. 
143. Eucalyptus ovata Labill. 191. Eucalyptus grandifola R.Br. 
144. Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden. 192. Hucalypius papuana F.v.M. 


Plates, 112-115. (Issued July, 1916.) Plates, 152-155. (Issued March, 1919.) 


Part XXXViII—193. Hucalyptus tessellaris F.v.M. 
194. 
195. 
196. 
LOW: 
198. 
199. 
200. 

She 
201. 
202. 
203. 


Plates, 156-159. 


XXXIX—204. 

205. 

206. 
. Eucalyptus patellaris F.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus 
. Hucalyptus 
. Hucalyptus 
. Hucalyptus 
. Hucalyptus 
. Eucalyptus 
. Eucalyptus 
. Hucalyptus 
. Eucalyptus 
215. 


Plates, 160-163. 


XL—216. 
217. 
218. 
219. 
220. 
221. 
222. 


Plates, 164-167. 


XLI--223. 


XLI—228. 


229. 
. Huealyptus Watsoniana Biv. M. 
. Bucalyptus trachyphloia F.v.M. 


Eucalyptus Spenceriana Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Cliftoniana W. V. Fitzgerald. 
Eucalyptus setosa Schauer. 

Eucalyptus ferruginea Schauer. 
Eucalyptus Moore, Maiden and Cambage. 
Eucalyptus dumosa A. Cunn. 
Eucalyptus torquata Luehmann. 
Eucalyptus amygdalina Labill. 
Eucalyptus radiata Sieber. 

Eucalyptus numerosa Maiden. 
Eucalyptus nitida Hook. f. 


(Issued July, 1919.) 


Torelliana F.v.M. 
corymbosa Smith. 
wntermedia R. T. Baker. 


Eucalyptus 
Eucalyptus 
Eucalyptus 


celastroides Turczaninow. 
gracilis F.v.M. 
transcontinentalis Maiden. 
longicornis F.v.M. 

oleosa F.v.M. 

Flocktonie Maiden. 

virgata Sieber. 

oreades R. T. Baker. 
obtusiflora DC. 

Eucalyptus fraxinoides Deane and Maiden 


(Issued February, 1920.) 


Eucalyptus terminalis F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus dichromophloia F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus pyrophora Benth. 
Eucalyptus levopinea R. T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus ligustrimna DC. 

Eucalyptus stricta Sieber. 

Eucalyptus grandis (Hill) Maiden. 
(Issued March, 1920.) 


Bucalyptus latifolia F.v.M. 


. Lucalyptus Foelscheana F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus Abergiana F.v.M. 

. Eucalyptus pachyphylia B.v.M. 

. Hucalyptus pyriformis Turczaninow. 


variety Kingsmills Maiden. 


. Eucalyptus Oldfieldia ¥.v.M. 
. Eucalyptus Drummond Bentham. 


Plates, 168-171. (Issued June, 1920.) 


Eucalyptus eximia Schauer. 
Eucalyptus peliate Eentham. 


232. Hucalyptus hybrida Maiden. 


Plates, 172-175. 


3. Hucalyptus Kruseana F.v.M. 

. Hucalyptus Dawsont R. T. Baker. 
. Hucalyptus polya 
. Eucalyptus Bauer 
35. Eucalyptus conrea 


themos Schauer. 
2ana Schauer. 
Deane and Maiden. 
Eucalyptus concolor Schauer. 


(Issued August, 1920.) 


Part XLIII.—236. 
. Eucalyptus calophylla R.Br. 
. Eucalyptus hematoxylon Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus maculata Hook. 4 
. Eucalyptus Mooreana (W. V. Fitzgen 


XLIV—243. 
244, 
245. 
246. 


247. 
248. 
249. 
250. 


251. 
252. 


XLV.— 253. 
254, 

255. 

17. 

256. 

257. 


258. 


XLVI.—259. 
260. 


XLVII.—265. 

266. 
. Lucalyptus Mitchell Cambage. . 
. Eucalyptus Brownit Maiden and Camb 
. Lucalyptus Cambageana Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus mumata A. Cunn. 


. Eucalyptus approximans Maiden. 
24.2, 


Plates, 176-179. 


. Eucalyptus Ebbanoensis Maiden n.sp 
. Eucalyptus Andrews: Maiden. 
. Eucalyptus angophoroides R. T. Bak 
. Hucalypius Kybeanensis Maiden & C 
. (dup. of 252) Eucalyptus eremophila 
. Bucalypius decipiens Endl. 


Plates, 188-191. 


. Eucalyptus odorata Behr and Schl 
. Eucalyptus hemuphloia F.v.M., var 


. Eucalyptus bicolor A. Cunn. 

. Bucalyptus Palligaensis Maiden. — 
. Eucalyptus Penrithensis Maiden. — 
. Eucalyptus micranthera F.v.M. — 
. Eucalyptus notabilis Maiden. 
2738. ras 
Plates, 192-195. (Issued July, 19% 


Eucalyptus ficifolia F.v.M. 


Maiden. 


Eucalypius Stoward: Maiden. 
(Issued November, 1 


Eucalyptus perfoliata R. Brown. 
Eucalyptus ptychocarpa ¥.v.M. 
Eucalyptus similis Maiden. 
Eucalyptus lirata (W. V. Fitagerald) 
Maiden n.sp. 
Eucalyptus Bauleyana F.v7.M. 
Eucalyptus Lane-Poolet Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Ewartiana Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Baker Maiden. 
Eucalyptus Jacksont Maiden. 
Eucalyptus eremcphila Maiden. 


Plates, 180-183. (Issued February, 198) 


Hucalyptus erythrocorys F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus tetrodonta F.v.M. 
Hucalyptus odontocarpa ¥.v.M. 
Eucalyptus capitellata Smith. 
Eucalyptus Camfieldi Maiden. 
Bucalyptus Blavlandi Maiden and | 
Cambage. ‘| 
Eucalyptus Normantonensis Maid 
Cambage. 


Plates, 184-187. (Issued April, 1 


Eucalyptus tetragona F.v.M. 
Eucalyptus eudesnnoides ¥.v.M. 


(Issued May, 1921.) q 


Eucalyptus Laseron R. T. Baker. 
Eucalyptus de Beuzevillec Maiden. 


Eucalyptus Woollsiana R. T. Bake 


carpa Maiden. 


Eucalyptus canaliculata Maiden. 


A CRITICAL REVISION OF THE 
GENUS EUCALYPTUS 


BY 


oy Ht MAIDEN, 150, PRS. Fis 


(Government Botanist of New South, Wales and Director of the 
Botanic Gardens, Sydney). 


Jan ip 
vou isfy 
4 


7 256 be 3%, 
= ped 1 I- 199] x 


WV. 
f) 
torah Museu 


A RT x L I x coun eee 


(WITH FOUR PLATES.) 


VoL ae 


PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. 


Published by Authority of 
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTIL WALES. 


Svnnev : 
WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER. 


fags 1924 


bo 


ow 
sees 


10. 
i, 


. L. pilularis Sm., 


INDEX OF PARTS PUBLISHED. 


PART I. 


and var. Muelleriana 


Maiden. 
Plates, 1-4. (Issued March, 1903.) 


PART II. 
E.. obliqua L’ Heéritier. 
Plates, 5-8. (Issued May, 1903.) 
PART III. 


ZL. calycogona Turezaninow. 
Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.) 


PART IV. 


E. incrassata Labillardiére. 
E. focunda Schauer. 
Plates, 13-24. (Issued June, 1904.) 


PART V. 


. stellulata Sieber. 
. coriacea A. Cunn. 
. coccifera Hook. f. 
Plates, 25-28. (Issued November, 1904.) 


PART VI. 


E. amygdalina Uabillardiére. 
E. linearis Dehnhardt. 
E, Risdoni Hook. f. 
Plates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) 


PART VII. 


12. H. regnans F.v.M. 
13. EH. vitellina Naudin, and EF. vitrea R. 7. 
Baker. 

14. HB. dives Schauer. 

15. H. Andrewsi Maiden. 

16. 2. diversifolia Bonpland. 

Plates, 38-36. (Issued October, 1905.) 

PART VIII. 

17. E. capitellata Sm. 

18. HE. Muelleriana Howitt. 

19. EF. macrorrhyncha F.v.M. 

20. E. eugenioides Sieber. 

21. BE. marginata Sm. 

22. E. buprestium F.v.M. 

23. EH. sepulcralis F.v.M. 

Plates, 37-40. (Issued March, 1907.) 

PART IX. 

24. E. alpina Lindl. 

25. EH. microcorys F.v.M. 

26. EH. acmenioides Schauer. 

27. E. umbra R. T. Baker. 

28. EH. virgata Siebr. 

29. E. apiculata Baker and Smith. 

30. EH. Luehmanniana F.v.M. 

Sl. E. Planchoniana F.v.M. - 


Plates, 41-44. (Issued November, 1907.) 


oo oo 
SoS 
&& 


41. 
42. 
43. 
44. 


44 (a). 


45. 
46. 
47. 
48. 
49, 


Or Or or 
> Rue © 


cr or Gr Gr Or Or 
SAAaSH = oo 


No) 
by 


60. 
61. 
62. 
63. 
64. 
65. 


66. EH. 
67. E. 
68. E. 
69. EB. 
70. E. 
(ale 1 
72. E. 


oo 


Bee 


SEOR seh 


PART X. 


. prperita Sm. 
. Sieberiana F.v.M. 
. Consideniana Maiden. 


hemastoma Sm. 


. siderophloia Benth. 

. Boormani Deane and Maiden. 

. leptophleba F.v.M. 

. Behriana V.v.M. 

. populifolia Hook. 

. Bowman F.v.M. (Doubtful species.) 


Plates, 45-48. (Issued December, 1908.) 


PART XI. 


. Bosistoana F.v.M. 
. bicolor A. Cunn. 
. hemiphloia F.v.M. 


odorata Behr and Schlechtendal. 
An Ironbark Boz. 
fruticetorum F.v.M. 


. acacioides A. Cunn. 


Thozetiana F.v.M. 


. ochrophloia F.v.M. 
. microtheca F.v.M. 


Plates, 49-52. (Issued February, 1910.) 


PART XII. 


. Raveretiana F.v.M. 
. crebra F.v.M. 

. Staigeriana F.v.M. 

. melanophloia F.v.M. 
. pruinosa Schauer. 

. Smithii R. T. Baker. 
. Naudiniana F.v.M. 

. siderorylon A. Cunn. 
. leweorylon F.v.M. 

. Caleyi Maiden. 


Plates, 53-56. (Issued November, 1910.) 


PART XIII. 


. affinis Deane and Maiden. 
. paniculata Sm. 

. polyanthemos Schauer. 

. Rudderi Maiden. 


Bauweriana Schauer. 


. cneorifolia DC. 


Plates, 57-60. (Issued July, 1911.) 


PART XIV. 


melliodora A. Cunn. 

fasciculosa F.v.M. 

uncinata Turezaninow. 

decipiens Endl. 

concolor Schauer. 

Cléeziana F.v.M. 

oligantha Schauer. 

Plates, 61-64. (Issued March, 1912.) 


E 

76. E 
77. 
78. B 
79. E 
80. H 
81. £ 
82. # 
83. # 
84. # 
85. # 
85. H 
87. E 
88. EH 
89. # 
90. # 
91. 
92. H 
93. H 
94. # 
95. E 
96. EH 
97. # 
98. HL 
99. # 
100. # 
101. E 
102. # 
103. 
104. 
105. # 
106. E. 
‘107. E. 
108. E 
109. # 
110. # 
lll. # 
112. # 


E. oleosa F.y.M. 
E. 
E. falcata Turez. 


. oleosa F.v.M., var. Flocktonie 
. Le Souefii Maiden. 

. Clelandi Maiden. 

. decurva F.v.M. 

. doratoxylon F.v.M. 

. corrugata Luehmann. 

. gomantha Turez. 

. Stricklandi Maiden. 

. Campaspe 8S. le M. Moore. 
. diptera Andrews. 

. Griffithsii Maiden. 

. grossa W.v.M. 

. Pimpiniana Maiden. 

. Woodwardi Maiden. 


. macrocarpa Hook. 

. Preissiana Schauer. 

. megacarpa F.vy.M. 

. globulus Labillardiére. 
. Maident F.v.M. 

. urnigera Hook, f. + 


. goniocalys F.v.M. 

. nitens Maiden. 

. elaophora F.v.M. 

. cordata Labill. 

. angustissima F.v.M. 


. diversicolor F.v.M. 
. Guilfoylei Maiden. 
. patens Bentham. 

. Todtiana F.v.M. 

. micranthera V.v.M. 


PART XV. 
Gillu Maiden. 


Plates, 65-68. (Issued July, 14! 


PART XVI. 


Plates, 69-72. (Issued Septemhe: 


PART XVII. 


. salmonophloia F.v.M. 

. leptopoda Bentham. ‘ 
. squamosa Deane and Maiden. ~ 
_ Oldfieldii F.v.M. 4 
. orbifolia F.v.M. i 


. pyriformis Turezaninow. 


Plates, 73-76. (Issued February, 


PART XVIIL. 


Plates, 77-80. (Issued July, 1913 


PART XIX. 


Plates, 81-84. (Issued Deceit 


PART XX. 
gigantea Hook, f. 
longifolia Link and Otto. 


Plates 85-88. (Issued March, 191 


AO RICAD KEVESION OF THE 


GENUS” Oe ALYerUS 


BY 


jE MAIDEN, ISO, mrs, fis 


(Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). 


Mor Vo Parr 9. 
Part XLIX of the Complete Work. 


(WITH FOUR PLATES.) 


“Ages are spent in eollecting materials, ages more in separating and combining 
them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, 
or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by 
antiquity, and transmits that hoard, augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. 
In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and 


even when they fail, are entitled to praise.’ 
MACAULAY’sS ‘‘EssAY ON MILTON.” 


PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE, 5 é 
2 nee 7 eee 


Published by Atsthority of 
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTII WALES, 


SVONCY : 


WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET. 


*24779—A 1921. 


COLXX VIL, Eucalyptus drepanophylla V.v.M. 


Description 
Range 
Affinities . 


XXX VIII. Eucalyptus leptophleba \.v.M. 


Description 
Synonym . 
Range 
Affinities 


CCLXXIX, Eucalyptus Dalrympleana Maiden. 


Description 
Range 
Affinities . 


CCX VII. Eucalyptus dichromophioia ¥.v.M. 


Juvenile leaves 


COLXXX. Eucalyptus Hillit Maiden. 


Description 
Range 
Affinities . 


No. I. The Growing Tree. 


(Continued from page 2589, Part XLVIII). 


E, Nanism P ; : ; eR 


EF. The owerine of BuGeiyoee while in the 
juvenile-leaf stage . ; : , $ ae 17/5) 


G. Dominance or aggressiveness of certain species 278 


H. Natural Grafts— 


1. Cohesion of branches . C : ; » Eo Ao 
2. Adhesion of branches. : : : : --, 280 


J. Artificial Grafts— 
1. Budding and grafting. 5 5 282 
2. Grafting by approach in the cocaine nee 282 


K. Fasciation . ‘ : : F : ‘ : ; 283 
L. Tumours and Galls : : : : ; é e283 
M. Protuberances of the Stem : , : ; a eAI6) 
N, Abortive branches (Prickly stems) . 5 ° er 207) 
O. Pendulous branches . . : : 3 i a 208 
P. Vertical Growth of Trees . : : ; : <) 289 


Explanation of Plates (200-208) . ; : : 200 


DESCRIPTION. 


COLXXVITI. E. drepanophylla F.v.M. 


Ex Bentham in B.FI. 1, 221 (1866). 


FoLuowine is the original description :— 


A tree, usually low and stunted, the bark dark-grey and ribbed (Dallachy). 


Leaves long-lanceolate, often exceeding 6 inches and usually faleate, acuminate, with numerous 
fine, parallel, and very diverging veins, often scarcely conspicuous, the intra-marginal one close to or very 
near the edge. 


Umbels three to six-flowered, usually three to four together in short axillary or terminal panicles 
or the lower ones solitary, the peduncles short and terete, or nearly so. Calyx-tube obconical, nearly 2 
lines long, tapering into a short, thick pedicel. 


Operculum conical or obtuse, usually about as long as the calyx-tube. 


Stamens about 2 lines long, inflected in the bud; anthers very small, nearly globular, with distinct 
parallel cells. 


Fruit subglobose-truncate, about 4 lines diameter, slightly contracted at the orifice, the rim rather 
thin, the capsule somewhat sunk, but convex, so that the valves often slightly protrude. 


E. drepanophylla is referred to as a synonym of EF. leptophleba F.v.M. in Part X 
of the present work, p. 332, following Mueller. At p. 333 I invited the attention of 
Queensland botanists to this little known species. Owing to the zeal of Dr. T. L. 
Bancroft, then of Stannary Hills, north Queensland, and now of Eidsvold, I was able 
to clear up the identity of E. leptophleba as apart from FH. drepanophylla. See Journ. 
Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvii, 82, 83, and also the present work. I am also under obligations 
to Mr. C. T. White, Government Botanist, of Queensland, in this enquiry. 

Further references to HL. drepanophylla will be found under “* Range,” Part X, 
p. 333, and “ Affinities,” p. 334. 

I am not quite certain that the differences between EF. drepanophylla and E. crebra 
are sufficient to justify the retention of the former as a species, but on the whole think 
that it is probable. I trust that Queenslanders will give attention to the species. 


It will be observed that certain old Ironbark specimens referred to L. drepanophylla 
by Mueller himself (and Bentham) ave destitute of fruit, and Dallachy expressly 
mentions that his Edgecombe Range specimens had no fruit. At the same time, 
Bentham described the fruit as “ sub-globose truncate, about 4 lines diameter, 
slightly contracted at the orifice, the rim rather thin, the capsule somewhat sunk, but 
convex, so that the valves often slightly protrude.” 


It will be observed that at figs. 3d, 4b, 4c, Plate 200, I have taken cognizance 
of fruiting specimens which probably come near the type. 


262 


RANGE, 


The B.FI., iti, 221, localities for 2. drepanophylla will be fourd refsrrcd to 
at Part X, p. 333. So far as I know, L. drepanophylla is confined to Queensland, 
and its recorded localities are from the coast and coastal ranges from Maryborough 
to Cairns, but it may be confidently predicted it will be found north, south and west 
of the places indicated. The following specimens belong, in my view, to 7. drepanophylla, 
Nos. 1-3 are from the Port Denison district, and are probably all typical :— 


1. “ Ironbark, the flowers white and sweet-scented; this is a very low (ligh— 
a correction by Dallachy) stunted tree in this country. Wdgecombe, 15th August, 
1863. No fruit.” (Copy of Dallachy’s label endorsed by Mueller “ Lucalyptus 
drepanophylla Ferd. Mueller.” This specimen has a second “ Botanical Museum of 
Melbourne” label, in Mueller’s handwriting. “ Lucalyptus drepanophylla V.M., Port 
Denison,” and this was seen by Bentham. It is undoubtedly the type. 


2 


2. Port Denison (Fitzalan). Specimen marked ” Hucalyptus drepanophylla’ 
by Mueller. Buds and anthers of this were figured as FL. leptophleba, Pl. 48, fig. 4. 
(Mueller has a note :—‘ The tree from Port Denison, alluded to under 2. Bowmani 
by Bentham in B.FL., ii, 220, belongs to #. drepanophylla.”  (Kucalvptogrophia, 


under L. Baileyana.) 


3. * Bucalyptus drepanophylla Ferd. Mueller. Burdekin Expedition. Lue. 
crebra var.” (Copy of a label in Mueller’s handwriting, seen by Bentham.) 

Mount Elliott (south-west of Bowling Green Bay) in flower only (Iitzalan); 
(EL. drepanophylla, so labelled by Mueller). This locality is a little north of Bowen. 

Ironbark, Charters Towers (H. B. Walker, 1903). These specimens, in mature » 
leaf, buds and flowers, with a piece of bark, appear to be #. drepanophylla. This locality 
is only a few miles inland from Bowen, home of the type. 

Cleveland Bay (Townsville), in bud, pale-coloured operculum (8. (?) (Stephen 
Johnson, 1876); (labelled F£. drepanophylla by Mueller). ‘* Narrow-leaved Ironbark,” 
Reid River, via Townsville. (Nicholas Daley and G. R. Skelton, through Dr. J. Shirley.) 

Near Atherton, back of Cairns (District Forester H. W. Mocatta). 

Stannary Hills, near Irvinebank (Dr. T. L. Bancroft, 17th March, 1901, and 
Jater dates. In June, 1909, Dr. Bancroft writes: “‘ With rough bark, up to 100 feet 
high and 2 feet in diameter; timber red.” He informs me that the late Mr. F’. M. Bailey 
named it £. erebra. This is the most northerly locality known to me. 

Now let us go south from Bowen, the type locality, and we have :— 

~ North Coast,” R.Br., 1802-5, not in fruit, pale-coloured operculum; (probably 
either Keppel Bay or Shoalwater Bay. as quoted in B.FI., ii, 221, under 27. drepano- 


phylla). 


263 


Mullet Creek, between Bundaberg and Gladstone, North Coast Railway (Chief 
Engineer for Railways, through C. T. White). 

The common Ironbark of the district, medium to large-sized trees, 30-60 feet 
high, fairly plentiful. Mount Perry (J. L. Boorman). 

Parish Boondooma. Burnett district (S. J. Higgins, through C. T. White, 
No. 11). ‘ Narrow-leaf Ironbark.” “A form of F. crebra, with Weeping Willow 
habit. A really pretty tree; I have often wondered if it is a hybrid.” Hidsvold, 
Upper Burnett River (Dr. T. L. Bancroft.) These specimens, varying somewhat in 
width and texture of leaf, show how difficult it is to separate HH. ecrebra and 
H. drepanophylla. Both of these localities are a little west of Maryborough, and form 
our most southerly records at present. 


APPINIVIG Ss: 


1. With E. erebra F.v.M. 

“2B. drepanophylla differs from F. crebra chiefly in the large flowers and in the 
larger, harder, and more globular fruit. . . . It is not impossible, however, that 

E. drepanophylla . . ~~ and crebra, all of them Ironbarks, may be but 
forms of one species.” (B.FI., i, 221.) 

“ E. drepanophylla, which may be perhaps a mere variety of the imperfectly 
known £. leptophleba, is still nearer to EL. siderophloia than to E. crebra; (and then 
follows differences from F. siderophloia). ( EKucalyptographia,” under LZ. siderophloia). 

“BE. drepanophylla, which was advanced with much hesitation as a species 
(“ Flora Australiensis,” 11, 221), seems mainly to differ in more stunted habit, larger 
and stiffer leaves of a paler hue, larger flowers and fruits and, perhaps, different bark. 
This species or variety, for the elucidation of which further field studies are needed, 
extends northward to the Palmer River (Th. Gulliver), Cape Sidmouth (C. Moore), 
and Trinity Bay (Walter Hill), and, on the authority of Bentham, even to the north- 
west coast of Australia (Cunningham).” (/b., under FE. crebra). 

“EB. drepanophylla, which comes very near to JL. leptophleba and E. crebra, 
belongs to the series of Ironbark trees (with, therefore. furrowed and dark-coloured 
bark), has usually narrower leaves of less straightness and of lighter green, with very 
subtle much diverging and also more copious veins, a shorter lid, anther-cells slit in their 
whole length and proportionately shorter fruits. To 2. drepanophylla verges Bentham’s 
variety parviflora (“ Flora Australiensis,” ui, 217) mentioned doubtfully under 
Li. hemiphloia; it is according to Fitzalan’s note an Lronbark ‘Tree; the anthers. however, 
seen not to open with regular slits.” (/b., under #7. hemiphloia). 

It seems to me that important differences between F. erebra and FE. drepanophylla 
lie in the broader juvenile leaves of the latter and in the shape of the anthers. 


2. With E£. leptophleba ¥.v.M. 


This is dealt with under #. lepicplela, see p. 267, 


DESCRIPTION, 


XXXVI, E. leptophleba F.v.M. 


In Journ. Linn. Soc., iti, 86 (1859). 


A TRANSLATION of the original description will be found at Part X, p. 332. 
It is briefly described in B. FI., il, 221, in the following words :— 


A moderate sized or large tree, with a dark, persistent, rugged bark, of which only fragmentary 
fruiting specimens have been preserved. These appear to me to differ but slightly from FH. crebra in the 
leaves rather thicker and broader, and in the fruits much larger, attaining 4 lines diameter, or rather more. 
There is some confusion here with #. drepanophylla. [See p. 267. J.H.M.] 


Then we have :— 


£. leptophleba, or Blackbutt, is a large tree of quick growth, rising to a height of about 100 feet, 
with a diameter of 3-4 feet; bark dark, persistent, and separating into numerous small pieces (similar to 
that of Z. tessellaris) on the trunk, grey, smooth, and deciduous on the branches. This tree has the general 
appearance of Z#. tereticornis, with the bark of £. tessellavis and the fruit of H. crebra. The wood is red, 
hard, and durable, but not much used, in consequence of being generally hollow in the centre. (P. O’Shanesy, 
of Rockhampton.) ‘“* Contributions to the Flora of Queensland,” 1880, p. 40. 


“ Yudhulwan ” is the aboriginal name, according to Mr. O’Shanesy, who was 
writing on the Eucalypts between Rockhampton and the Drummond Range. 

EB. leptophleba has the bark more greyish, less furrowed (than #. erebra), and rather wrinkled, breaking 
up into numerous small, angular pieces in the manner of ZL. tessellaris; hence it belongs to the Rhytiphloiz 
not Schizophloie; its flowers remained unknown, but its lid is double in an early state of growth. To 
E. leptophieba seems also to belong a tree, observed by Mr. P. O’Shanesy on the Comet River, which sheds 
the outer layers of its bark from the branches and upper part of the stem; the persistent portion of the 
bark resembles that of Z. tessellaris, but the leaves are more prominently veined, and the fruit is often 
five-valved, and occasionally even six-valved. (Eucalyptographia under £. crebra). 


I have mentioned, below, p. 267, that I do not think that Mr. O’Shanesy’s tree 
is free from doubt. 


Seeing my note (Part X, p. 333) to the effect that the juvenile leaves of 
E. leptophleba were unknown, Dr. T. L. Bancroft, then of Stannary Hills, North Queens- 
land, where the species is abundant, obligingly sent me juvenile leaves. They are 
elliptical or nearly oblong in shape, very coriaceous, equally green on both sides, and 
4} inches in breadth by 7 inches in length are common dimensions. The veims are 
prominent, roughly parallel, and often nearly at right angles to the midrib. The 
intramarginal vein is at a considerable distance from the edge. 


265 
I have classified recorded notes on the bark in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvu, 
81, as follows :— 


1. Bark dirty grey, rugose, fissured on trunk and persistent on the branches. 
This is the original description. 

2. “ An Ironbark ” (B.FL, ili, 221, under 2, drepanophylla). A mistake arising 
out of the long-continued confusion with L. drepanophylla. 


3. Dark persistent rugged bark (ib. under FL. leplophleba). Perhaps this is 
intended for a free translation of the original description. 


4. “ Breaking up into numerous small angular pieces in the manner of 
EL. tessellaris ” (Kucalyptographia, under F. crebra). 


5. “ A box, hardly to be distinguished from F. populifolia.” (Dr. T. L. Bancroft, 
in a letter to me). 


Mr. R. H. Cambage favoured me with a photograph of the tree, which is a Box. 
I hope to reproduce my photographs of typical Eucalyptus barks later. 


SYNONYM. 


E. Stoneana ¥. M. Bailey in Queensland Agric. Journ., xxii, p. 259 (1909) with 
two plates. 


The type comes from Stannary Hills, North Queensland (Dr. T. L. Bancroft). 


Mr. Bailey described it as follows :— 


Bastard Gum-leafed Box of the locality.. Plates 51 and 32. A large tree with a rather close, hard, 
persistent greyish bark, about 4} inch thickness. Wood, outer yellow, inner red. Branchlets angular, 
slender, and probably more or less glaucous when fresh. Leaves alternate, thin-coriaceous, 6 to 104 inches 
long, from 7 lines to 3 inches wide, broadest and roundly-cuneate at the base, the apex blunt or acuminate; 
margins more ot less repand, midrib alone prominent, principal parallel transverse nerves distant, but faint 
like the reticulate veins, the intra-marginal nerve always close to the edge of leaf. Oil-dots very numerous 
and minute. Petioles slender, from } to 1} inch long. Inflorescence axillary, panicles elongated, primary 
peduncles about 1 inch long, secondary 9 lines, irregularly angled, bearing umbels of from two to six flowers, 
often somewhat crowded at the end of the branchlets. Ilowers, when fully expanded, about 1 inch diameter. 
Operculum thin, hemispherical, or with a very minute point. Stamens about 4 lines long, inflected in the 
bud, all fertile, in three irregular rows. Anthers globose, bursting at the top. Style slightly exserted, 
stigma peltate, scarcely larger than the style. Frnié oval-globose, including the pedicellate lower-half 
about 8 lines long, diameter about 4 lines at the top, the outside portion smoothish, the lower pedicel-like 
portion angular; rims thin, capsule deeply sunk, the top dome-shaped; cells four or five. Seed dark 
brown. bluntly triangular to thick cuneate and furrowed, about 1 line long. 


266 . 


RANGE. 


It is only known from Queensland. The type comes from the Gilbert River, 
which flows into the Gulf of Carpentaria, near its south-eastern corner. Its known 
localities near are from Cape York, along the eastern side of the Gulf of Carpentaria, and 
southerly to the Burdekin River, apparently at no very great distance from the sea. 
Its identity has only recently been established, and therefore the attention of collectors 
is invited to it. 


[“ EB. redunca is bounding east and west an extensive longitudinal belt of 
EL. leptophleba, as shown in an excellent map, issued recently with an important document 
by the W.A. Forest Board.’ (“ Eucalyptographia,’ under H. redunca.) This is 
probably the “ Map of part of the Colony of Western Australia showing timber forests 
of . . . .” (six principal timbers), published in 1880. It is probably a misprint 
for loxophleba (foecunda), the York Gum—F. leptophleba not occurring in Western 
Australia. The correction is published as the mistake is somewhat serious, because 
E. leptophleba is so little known, even yet.] 


Following are some specimens I have authenticated, or which are in the National 
Herbarium, Sydney :— 


Sources of the South Coen River, York Peninsula, in fruit (Stephen Johnson). 
(Labelled drepanophylla by F.v.M.) Figured as EF. leptophleba at fig. 3, Plate 48, 
Part X. 

“ Endeavour River, N. Holland, Lieutenant King” (afterwards Admiral P. P. 
King), ex herb. Lambert in herb. Cant. Ripe fruits figured as EH. leptophleba, fig. 5, 
Plate 48. 

Palmer River, in fruit only (? Th. Gulliver). (Referred to as HE. drepanophylla 
in “* Kucalyptographia,” under F. crebra. 


Daintree River (Fitzalan), in flower only. Labelled £. drepanophylla by Mueller. 

“S.E. Carpentaria, Box-tree,” in fruit only. (E. Palmer, 1882). Labelled 
EB. drepanophylla by Mueller. 

Trinity Bay (Cairns). Referred to £. leptophleba by Mueller himself. 

In bud, Rockingham Bay (Dallachy). Labelled E. leptophleba by Mueller. 

“ Grey Box.” Chillagoe, west of Cairns (E. Doran, No. 10). 


Bucalyptus leptophleba was noticed soon after the forest country was entered, and it extends westerly 
to Alma-den and towards Forsayth, but from about this latter locality it seems to give place to a smaller 
and paler-coloured form of Box Tree (No. 4162), which was found intermittently as far west as the Flinders 
and Cloncurry Rivers. £. leptophleba is a Box tree with a rather thick bark and long leaves, the rough 
bark extending to the branchlets. The timber is reddish-brown, with a fairly thick sapwood. It seems 
to favour the low, rather than the hilly land. (R, H. Cambage, in Journ, Roy, Soe. N.S.W.xlix, 397, 1915.) 


267 


** Box-trees, more on the lowlands than on the hills. Box-bark to branch’ets. 
Wood reddish-brown towards centre. Rather thick rim of sapwood on small tree. 
Trees up to 60 feet. On granite at 1,600 feet. Alma-den (R. H. Cambage, No. 3903, 
with photo.). 

“ Bastard Gum-leaf Box.” Timber red. Stannary Hills, south-west of Cairns 
(Dr. T. L. Bancroft). Dr. Bancroft supplied me with a fine series of specimens, leaving 
nothing to be desired in completeness. 


Ravenswood, Burdekin River, in fruit (S. Johnson, No. 15, 1883). Labelled 
E. drepanophylla by Luehmann. 


“Dispersed through the scrubby country westward from Gogango.” (P. 
O’Shanesy, of Rockhampton.) As this is much the most southerly locality recorded, 
it would be desirable to confirm it, although O’Shanesy doubtless got the determination 
from Mueller. I have suggested (Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvui, 81, 1913) that perhaps 
O’Shanesy’s tree may be EZ. Cambageana Maiden. 


AFFINITIES. 


1. “ Near to E. patellaris ¥.v.M.” (Original description.) 

For E. patellaris see Part XX XIX, p. 257, with figs. 7a-d, Plate 163. It is a 
species very little known, evidently also a Box. Only one authenticated specimen is 
known, a portion of which is figured. It differs from LH. leptophleba in the more 
strongly marked venation of the leaves and in exsertion of the valves of the fruits. 
Mueller’s statements as to the affinity of the two species, collected by him at nearly 
the same time, and described by him shortly afterwards, must be respected, and we 
can say no more until L. patellaris is rediscovered. 


2. With £. erebra F.v.M. 

Bentham (B. Fl., ii, 221) says that the fragmentary fruiting specimens “ appear 
to me to differ but slightly from H. crebra in the leaves rather thicker and broader, 
and in the fruits much larger, attaining 4 lines diameter or rather more.” Bentham 
was referring to what he looked upon as a coarse form of EZ. crebra named LF. drepanophylla, 
and that form and EH. leptophleba have been thoroughly confused, as already indicated. 
E. crebra is, however, an Ironbark, and EL. leptophleba a Box. 


I confess I do not see its close affinity at the present time. Itis one of the most 
coarse foliaged of all species of Kucalyptus, and it has very large flowers and fruits for 
a Box—one with a red timber. Indeed, it seems closer in superficial resemblance of 
herbarium material to some of the Ironbarks, which has caused the confusion with 
E. drepanophylla. E. pruinosa, a tropical “* Box,’ somewhat resembles it in the fruits. 


268 


DESCRIPTIGN: 


COLXXIX. E. Dalrympleana Maiden. 


In “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” vol. vii, Part IV, 137 (1920). 


Fo.iowine is the original description :— 


White Gum grandissima, cortice sepe maculis claris et lamellis longis tenuibus secedente, lgno 
carneo. Foliis juvenilibus pallidis cordatis vel orbicularibus vel ovoideis, amplexicaulibus, s2ssilibus 
vel brevissime petiolatis. Venis patentibus, recticulatis. Foliis maturis petiolatis, lanccolatis, faleatis 
rare minus 1 dem. longis et 2 cm. latis, venis patentibus vena peripherica a margine distincta remota. 
Inflorescentia axillare, 3 floribus breve pedicellatis cruciformibus. Alabastrorum calycis-tubo cylindroideo, 
angulare, operculo conico equilongo margine commissurata distincte. Fructibus truncato-ovoideis, 
ca. 8 mm. diametro, margine rotundata vel plana, non lata, valvis 3 vel 4 mediocriter exsertis. 


A large tree, sometimes attaining an enormous size. ‘I have scen them 30 feet in girth, with a 
barrel of almost 100 feet. They are generally 15 or 16 feet in girth. Known locally as ‘ Mountain Gum ’ 
or ‘White Gum.’ The trees present a remarkable appearance. During early spring the bark is quite 
white, but later this changes to a vivid red (sometimes almost vermilion), and the trunks have the appearance 
of being painted in large irregular blotches. Timber pinkish in colour, and dries irregularly.” (W. A. W. 
de Beuzeville.) 


Branchlets angular, juvenile leaves scabrous in the earliest stage, pale-coloured, cordate to orbicular 
or ovoid, stem-clasping, sessile, or with very short petioles, with a short innocuous point; 5 em. long and 
5 em. broad are average dimensions. Venation spreading, reticulated, the leaf dotted with black spots, 
scarcely seen with the naked eye. 


Mature leaves petiolate, lanceolate, usually more or less faleate, rarely under 1 dm. long and 2 em. 
wide, venation spreading, intra-marginal vein distinctly removed from the edge; black-dotted. 


Inflorescence axillary, petioles flattened, under 1 em. long, supporting three shortly pedicellate 
appressed, rarely cruciform, flowers of medium size. The buds with cylindroid calyx-tube, angled, with a 
conical operculum of equal leneth. Commisural rim marked. Anther small, opening in parallel slits. 
Gland at the back. 


Fruits truncate-ovoid, about 8 mm. in diameter, rim rounded or flat-topped, not broad, valves three 
or four, moderately exsert. 


Named in honour of Richard Dalrymple Hay, Chief Commissioner of Forests of New South Wales, 
whose name will ever be connected with his arduous endeavours, extending over a number of years, to place 
the working of the forests of New South Wales on a sound basis. 


RANGE. 


The typical form is found in the Yarrangobilly, Batlow, and Tumberumba 
districts, and it has been found in the mountainous country in the counties of Wellesley, 
Wallace and Selwyn, in south-eastern New South Wales. It has been so long confused 
with other White Gums, that there is little doubt that its range will be very greatly 
extended on critical inquiry. 


It undoubtedly occurs m the adjacent country in Gippsland, Victoria. It is 
highly probable that the “ broad-suckered ezminalis ” from Tasmania (e.g., Hobart), 
(Chimney Pot Hill, L. Rodway) and Sheffield (R. H. Cambage), and the Dee (J.H.M.), 
referred to in my paper in Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1918, p. 88, belongs to this species. 


Following are some representative specimens from New South Wales :— 


“A Mountain Gum.” Peppercorn Plain, Yarrangobilly, about 20 miles north 
of Kiandra, elevation about 4,700 feet. W. A. W. de Beuzeville, Nos. 1, 2,3. A large 
tree as described in his letter, No. 409120, January, 1920. (The type.) 


“ Mountain Gum,” Bago Forest Reserve, Batlow district (de Beuzeville, No. 1, 
January, and also March, 1917). 


“A White Gum,” Yellowin Creek, Bago Forest Reserve (de Beuzeville, No. 2, 
January, 1917). 


“Large Gum-trees,” Laurel Hill, Tumberumba (R. H. Cambage, No. 847). 
Considered at one time as coming between 2. rubida and EF. ovata (acervula). 


* This is like a broad-suckered H. viminalis, but the timber is much inferior to 
the ordinary. This tree grows generally on poor soil, and is usually stunted. 
Occasonally a large specimen may be seen growing with the ordinary viminalis.” 
Tallaganda Forest. Braidwood-Queanbeyan district (W. A. W. de Beuzeville, October, 
1918, No. 14). 


“An inferior White Gum,” Parker's Gap, same general locality (de Beuzeville, 
October, 1918, No. 5). 


(Mr. de Beuzeville’s No. 9, same place and date, is called “‘ Ribbon Gum,” and 
has the conventional narrow suckers of 2. viminalis.) 


270 


AFFINITIES. 


This question has been dealt with at length at “ Forest Flora,” p. 138, to which 
my readers are referred, and it will be sufficient to give the following table showing the 
differences between it and HZ. rubida Deane and Maiden and E. viminalis Labill., the 
two nearest species :— 


Dalrympleana. rubida. viminalis. 


| } 
| 1 | 2 3 


Size and habit of Very large, erect, non-glaucous) Not very large; smaller] Frequents good moist soil. 
tree. || tree. than £. Dalrympleana.| Large size. 
| Grows on poorer soils. 
| Glaucous. ; 
Barks ees: --- Smooth, spotted or patehy,) Smooth, spotted or patchy,) Moderately thick; not 
| very thick; sometimes 2) thickish, but not so} very patchy; much less 
| inches thick. More or less; thick as that off ribbony than the other 
| rough at butt. | E. Dalrympleana. two. 
Timber ....— ---) Pale - coloured, shrinks irregu-, Much more brittle than) Good. Few gum-veins. 
| larly. Not much tensile) that of £. Dalrympleana. 
strength. Valuable for build- 
ing purposes, when kept 
under cover. Valuable for'| 
paper-pulp. 


{ } 
Seedlings and Broadish; glaucous, but less so Broad, glaucous ... ...| Narrow, non-glaucous. 
Suckers. than those of F. rubida. | 
Mature leaves ...| Non-glaucous ... oe .... Dull green, or glaucous ...) Non-glaucous; have sweet 
ethereal smell. . 
| Buds... ... Elongated, usually in threes. Ovoid, often glaucous. Op-| Same as (1). Usually in 
| | Rarely cruciform. Has a} erculum nearly hemi-| threes. 


flowering season in its type spherical.. Usually in) 

locality, nearly a couple of threes, cruciform. 

months earlier than #. rubida | 
Fruits... ...| Nearly globose, with very pro- More urceolate. Top- Like (1). 


| . . . 
|  truding valves, usually about) shaped; 35 lines diam.| 
| 6mm.diameter. Bandedrim.| Less banded. Smaller 


| | than those of (1). | 

| Found on easterly and north-- Found on westerly and} Most usually found on 

| erlyslopesinits type-locality) southerly slopes (Tum-| river or creek banks. 
(Tumberumba district). | berumba district). 


CCX VII. E. dichromophloia F.v.M. 


This species is dealt with in Part XL, but in Plate 165 no leaf earlier than an 
intermediate leaf is figured. 
In Part XLI, p. 3, the juvenile leaves of E. dichromophloia are described for 


the first time, but not figured. They are now figured at fig. 3a, Plate 202 of the present 
Part (see p. 290 below). 


Dr. H. I. Jensen tells me that the species seems very widespread on poor country 
iu Queensland, while H. terminalis is found on better, moister land. 


bo 
“1 
— 


DESCRIPTION. 


COLXXX E. Milli Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liti, 64 (1919). 


Fo.itow1ne is the original description :— 


Arbor mediocris, cortice tenere sqyuamosa, ramis levibus, ligno duro rubro-brunneo.  Foliis 
primariis longe petiolatis, magnis, irregulariter orbicularibus, apice rotundato vel obtuso, glabris crassis 
venis fere pinnatis, margine undulato. Foliis maturis similibus sed minoribus. Inflorescentia racemosa, 
floribus paucis plerumque 4 in umbella, pedunculis longis, teretibus. Calycis tubo piro simile formato 
circa -5 cm. diametro in pedicellum 1 cm. angustato. Operculo haemispherico vel conico calycis tubo 
equilongo. Antheris longis longitudinaliter aperientibus. Fructus non vidimus. 

; A broad-leaved tree of medium size, the bark somewhat tessellated or soft scaly, the branches smooth. 
Timber rich reddish-brown, “ hard.” 

Juvenile leaves with very long petioles, irregularly orbicular, the base flat or slightly tapering 
into the petiole, the apex rounded or blunt, the venation pinnately spreading; glabrous, thick and leathery 
the margin undulate, large, say 14 cm. broad by 12 long (54 by 4? inches). 

Mature leaves very similar to the juvenile ones, but smaller, with some tendency to becoming 
broadly-lanceolate, with the secondary veins making a smaller angle with the midrib. 

Buds few in an umbel, usually four, the umbels forming a racemose inflorescence. The long peduncles 
terete or slightly flattened. The calyx-tube pear-shaped, about -5 cm. in diameter, tapering into a pedicel 
of l em. The operculum hemispherical with a slight umbo or conical, of about the same length as the 
calyx-tube. 

Anthers long, opening in parallel slits, gland at top, filament at base, with affinity to the semi- 
terminal ones. Style conspicuous, the stigma not exceeding it in width. 


Fruit not seen. 
Type from Bathurst Island (Gerald F. Hill, No. 468). 


RANGE. 


I have only received it from Bathurst Island (which is to the immediate west 
of Melville Island, and with it forms a huge double island off the Northern Territory, 
north of Darwin). 


It grows in somewhat heavy soil, in rather flat localities (presumably subject to 
floods) and associated with FE. papuana, EH. terminalis and an occasional No. 464, 
(#. latifolia F.v.M.) (G. F. Hill). 

A photograph of a moderately dense forest, taken by Mr. Hill, shows the distinct 
outlines of a tree of this species about 40 feet high, with a diameter of about 2 feet. 


There is, partly in the foreground, a tree of the same species, perhaps 50 feet high. 


bo 
-~S 
bo 


Ze EN es: 


1. With £. oligantha Schauer. 

Its closest affinity appears to be with this species, but LZ. oligantha has paler 
foliage. urceolate calyx-tube, which does not continuously taper into the pedicel, 
much shorter filaments, and capitate stigmas. The anthers of the two species are 
similar, but not identical. £2. oligantha is described as shrubby (but later it may prove 
to attain tree size), but we know nothing of its bark and timber. The fruits of neither 
species are known. 


2. With FE. Spenceriana Maiden. 
As a rule this species has thin, graceful, lanceolate leaves, but occasionally it 
has coarser foliage, ¢.g., the Stapleton, Northern Territory, plant shown at fig. 4, 
Plate 156, C.R. But even in that tree, which presents a good deal of similarity to a 
tree of L. Hillii, the foliage is not broad as a whole. Also, the bark of EL. Spencerrana 
is not tessellated; it is a Box. The fruit of #2. Spenceriana is small and of papery or 
angophoroid texture, which that of 2. Hill: can never be. 


3. With F. alba Reinw. 
A large leaved, long petiolate species suggesting a similarity to L. alba, For 


that species Plates 105-7, C.R., may be referred to. But Z. alba differs in buds and 
anthers, and in developing into lanceolate leaved forms. 


273 


THE GROWING TREF. 


(Continued from p. 259, Part XLVIII.) 


E.---Nanism. 


Nanism or dwarfing may arise from more than one cause, or from a combination 
of them. As a rule, the most obvious factor is prevalence of strong winds, and where 
this is accompanied by shallowness of soil, we have a couple of important factors. It 
is notorious that trees become dwarf in exposed situations near the sea, and on high 
mountains; indeed, we can trace the diminishing size of a species according to the 
varying shelter individuals receive. 

Examples of the effects of the strong sea air in diminishing size, taken almost 
at random, are, at First Point, near Kincumber, Broken Bay, New South Wales, where 
Mr. R. H. Cambage and I saw FE. resinifera Sm. flowering at 4-5 feet, EL. umbra R.T. 
Baker at 4-5 feet, 2. paniculata Sm. at 6 feet. Normally these species are medium-sized 
to large trees. 


F.—The Flowering of Eucalypts while in the Juvenile-leaf Stage. 


ee 


The generative maturity of plants is not connected immutably with a definitive 
stage of development.” There seem so many cases in which flowering and fruiting 
have been found to occur in the opposite-leaved stage that it seems fair to assume 
that further experience will show that it may occur in very many more—perhaps in 
all species. 

Naudin’s First Memoir, 347 (1883) says, alter speaking of the adventitious 
leaves “which take on the appearance of the juvenile stage. . . ,” “this 
retrogression towards anterior forms, and which is like a partial rejuvenation of the 
tree, is not an obstacle to the flowering; these branches of juvenile aspect sometimes 
flower and ripen the fruits as well as those of the adult form.’ He seems to have been 


the first botanist who made this observation. 


In 1906 Dr. L. Diels published this “ Jugendformen und Bliitenreife im 
Pflanzenreich,’’ and I cannot do better than quote portions of a review of it by C. R. 
Barnes which appeared in the Botanical Gazette, vol. 45, p. 137 (February, 1908). The 
work deals, inter alia, with the question of precocious blooming, and the genus Eucalyptus 
is illustratively employed. 

An interesting discussion of the relations between the vegetative form and the flowering period of 
plants is presented by Dr. Diels. . . . The questions with which the book deals were raised by the 
author’s travels in West Australia in 1902. After his return he examined the literature, and made further 
investigations to throw light upon the problems of form in the plant kingdom. He has gathered together 

C 


274 


a considerable number of examples of the relation between form, blooming time, and external conditions. 
These he presents and discusses in his usual luminous fashion. He has even cited briefly analogous 
phenomena, not a few from the animal kingdom. 


The thesis of the book is that the generative maturity of plants is not connected immutably with 
a definitive stage of their development, as has been so widely held. A certain minimum of nutritive prepara- 
tion is presupposed; but once this is passed, there isa broad variation zone in which blooming occurs. Its 
appearance is dependent upon complex, largely unknown conditions, an important part of which, however; 
are external. The vegetative ontogeny depends upon the co-operation of autogenous and exogenous (an 
excellent substitute for the awkward term “‘aitiogenous’”’) factors; for the rudiments of the vegetative 
organs have many possibilities, and which one is realised is determined by the environment. The mature 
form of the entire organism is thus a product of vegetative ontogeny and of generative maturity, both of 
which factors zre variable, though their variability is not in the same direction. ‘True, the development 
of vegetative structures usually ceases at blooming, but this is the only place where the two lines of develop- 
ment, the vegetative and the generative, are inseparably connected. Elsewhere they are free and inde- 
pendent of one another, and each varies after its own manner. In this connection of two variable factors 
lies an important impulse to increase the manifold forms of the plant world. For the conditions which 
help to regulate the succession of leaf forms and floral maturity change with the changes of climate in space 
and in time, giving rise to local geographic species and allowing true species to arise in the course of time. 
Their features attain heritability, and become therewith a source of new lines with new possibilities. 


A new term, “ helicomorphy,”’ is suggested to comprehend Goebel’s two terms for the two-leaf forms 
in heteroblastic species, the juvenile forms and successive forms. In the course of a short chapter on the 
phylogenetic significance of helicomorphy, the author pays his respects to the famous “ biogenetic law,” 
that ontogeny recapitulates phylogeny, in these terms: ‘‘ In the botanical field it has absolutely no (nicht 
einmal immer) heuristic value, and whoever allows himself to be led by it will at most succeed in satisfying 
the needs of his imagination.” 


In the genus Eucalyptus we are accustomed to see— 


1. Plants flowermg when in the mature lanceolate-leaved stage. The juvenile 
leaves may be, and usually are, of a different shape. This is heteroblasticity. 


2. In a few cases the leaves maintain their juvenile form through life. (Isoblasticity 
or homoblasticity.) 


3. In a number of cases, and careful observation increases the number from time 
to time, we find plants which normally fall under (1), flower as regards individual 
branches, while in the juvenile stage. 


At p. 97 of Dr. Diels’ work already referred to, he says (translation) :— 


Everywhere in Eucalypts are shown close relations between juvenile forms and flowering maturity. 
Tt will be a very useful work for the Australian botanists to add new facts by observation in the field and 
in cultivation. Thereby it will perhaps also be possible to find out the conditions, of which we know very 
little at present. There is at least one fact which manifests itself empirically : The number of forms which 
flower while their foliage is in the juvenile state is specially numerous in regions where the surrounding medium 
as at a considerable distance from the optimum of the genus. (N.B.—I have dealt with the question of Optimum 
at Part 69 of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales.” —J.H.M.). The cool regions of Tasmania are rich 
in such forms. The dry plains of the North Australian sandstone tableland possess such species, and they 
are also found in the dry heaths of south-west Australia, which follow the interior border of the winter-rain 
region. 


At. p. 17 he says :— 


The reigning Australian genus Eucalyptus is marvellously elastic in the condition of growth and 
flowers. The most important instances will be given later (p. 88-98); for the present I will mention only 
a few cases given by Mueller, and from my personal observations in South-West Australia. 


275 


He then proceeds to quote the cases of ZH. cordata, tetragona, redunca, marginata, 
and occidentalis. 


“ Flowering in a shrubby state” a (favourite expression of Mueller’s), may 
not be identical with flowering while the leaves are in a retarded or juvenile state, but 
in a number of cases this is so. Of course some species are normally shrubby, and not 
because of nanism. In the following list I will indicate by (S) where I do not give 
further information, whether I have actually seen, or it has been reported to me, that 
the flowering is in the juvenile-leaved state. 


E. Baeuerleni F.v.M. “ Flowers at 5 feet.” (W. Baeuerlen.) 


E. Beyeri R. T. Baker. A tree apparently referable to this species. See Part 
XLVIII of the present work. 


E. Blakelyi Maiden. See figure 1, Plate 134, Part XXXII, for a specimen at 
Hill End, New South Wales, flowering in the juvenile stage. 


E. Bosistoana F.v.M. Under the name EH. Nepeanensis, R. T. Baker has described 
a new species which is merely LZ. Bosistoana flowering while some of the foliage is in the 
juvenile stage. 


; E. calophylla R.Br. “* At the east end of the Stirling Range of Western Australia, 
I found 2. calophylla as Maalok, only 5 feet high, while in Red Gum Pass (crossing the 
Range) the trees were very large and one decaying trunk between 5 and 6 feet in 
diameter lay on the ground.” (Dr. A. Morrison.) In the Stirling Range district I 
also have seen this species flower in a dwarf state. Dr. G. P. U. Prior, of the Mental 
Hospital, Rydalmere, Sydney, informs me that he has flowered 2. calophylla var. rosea 
in two years from the sowing of the seed. 


E. calycogona Turez. Figured at D, Plate 9, Part III, we have an instance of 
inflorescence with juvenile foliage. 


E. celastroides Turcz. See fig. B, Plate 10, Part III. 
E. cinerea Fv.M. (8.) 


“ FE. cordata Labill. is a medium-sized tree, but often it remains shrubby. Mueller 
writes (Eucalyptographia) ‘I have rooted specimens before me, hardly 3 feet high, 
but nevertheless bearing flowers and fruits.’”’ (Jugendform., p. 17.) 


E. cosmophylla ¥.v.M. This is a medium-sized tree from Mount Lofty, South 
Australia. Dr. J. B. Cleland sowed seeds on 12th May, 1912, at Neutral Bay, Port 
Jackson. The plants flowered in 1917 and 1918. There were flower-buds on 25th 
October, 1918. The height was 10 feet 6 inches on 8th December, 1918. 


EL. diversifolia Bonpl. A cultivated plant in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney 
(W. F. Blakely, March, 1920). 


E. dives Schauer. Mr. A. D. Hardy draws attention to the precocious blooming 
in this species in Victoria. See Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., XX1X (New Ser.) 170. Bentham 
pointed out the flowering of this species as a tall shrub. (8.) 


276 
Eudesmie. It seems to me that all Hadesmie flower in the opposite- 
leaved stage. 
EB. fasciculosa F.v.M. (S.)° See Part XIV, p. 140. 
E. ferruginea Schauer (S). 
E. Foelscheana ¥.v.M., flowering at 18 inches. (8.) 


E. gamophylla F.v.M.  (S.) 


& 


BE. gigantea Hook. f. 


I have repeatedly seen this species flowering profusely when about 6 fect high, sometimes when 
not more than 3 feet, and on several occasions when it had reached a he'ght growth of between 2 and 3 feet. 
As this species rarely suckers, it appeared to me that the early and profuse seeding powers were a com- 
pensating characteristic of the species. (W. A. W. de Beuzeville, Forest Asseszor, Forestry Commission, 
Sydney.) 

In another letter Mr. de Beuzeville says: ‘ Regarding your inquiry as to the state of the folage 
of this species when in the early flowering stage of 2 or 3 feet, [ may say that you are quite right in your 
impression that it flowers in a juvenile-leaf stage. T have often seen the flowers on these flowering saplings 
fully 4 inches broad and about 5 inches long.’ This, therefore, is to be added to the list of tree species 
which also flower in a shrubby state, and also to the list of those that flower in a juvenile-leaved stage. 
(Maiden, in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., LI, 449, 1917.) 

E. globulus Labill. Mueller (Hucalyptographia) says, “On the storm-beaten 
rocks of Wilson’s Promontory I have seen FZ. globulus profusely in flower and fruit, 
though dwarfed by exposure to the size of a mere shrub, when almost within the reach 

5 ) ? 
of oceanic spray.” 


Mr. A. D. Hardy sent me a twig of reversionary foliage from an introduced 
street-tree at Stawell, Victoria. The tree is of normal appearance, and bears buds, 
flowers and fruits plentifully. Near a fork were reversionary shoots, all fruit or flower 
bearing. 

E. gracilis F.v.M. See fig. 1, Plate 12, Part ILI, of this work. 

E. Houseana (W.Y.F.) Maiden. We may have inflorescence both with mature 
and juvenile leaves in this species. See Plate 204, Part L of this work. 


LE. Kybeanensis Maiden and Cambage. Flowers in juvenile stage. See legend 
at p. 185, Part XLVI of the present work. 

E. leucorylon F.v.M. Mueller (Eucalyptographia) has seen the species 
flowering in a shrubby state, ‘even when the leaves were still opposite.” Flowered 
and fruited freely at 4-6 feet on very poor shingly ground at Bacchus Marsh, Victoria, 
see Part XII, p. 90. 

A red flowering form from Murray Bridge, S.A., collected by himself, had seed 
sown by Dr. J. B. Cleland at Neutral Bay, Port Jackson, 14th November, 1915. It 
flowered at a height of 11 feet 6 inches from 26th October, 1918, to 3rd December, 
v.e., at three years old. The flowering twigs, as seen by me, were not, however, in the 
juvenile-leaf stage. 


E. macrocarpa Hook. A dwarf Western Australian species. (8.) 


277 

E, marginata Sm.“ The typical tree-form is confined to the more moist country, 
and will not be seen any more where the yearly rainfall is below 75 cm., but occasionally 
one will meet there with shrubby forms. (Dr. Diels.) 

E. melanophloia F.v.M.  (8.) 

EL. melliodora A. Cunn. This is a precocious flowering species, and when it flowers 
in a shrubby state the leaves are often large. (S.) See Part XIV, p. 135. 

FE. Moore’ Maiden and Cambage.  (8.) 

E. occidentalis Endl. (Quoted by Diels.) 

E. perfoliata R.Br. See fig. 3a, Plate 180, Part XLIV, showing that it may 
flower in the juvenile stage. ; 

E. Planchoniana F.v.M. Flowers at Stradbroke Island, Queensland, as a stunted 
bush of a few feet (C. T. White). : 

E. polyanthemos Schauer. Flowering as a shrub of 8 or 10 feet, at Quiedong, 
near Bombala, New South Wales (W. Baeuerlen, March, 1887). 


FE. precor Maiden. See Part XXVII, p. 131 (last paragraph but one), and 
fig. 13e, Plate 112. Inquiry is going forward as to whether the remarks under 
EL. Bosistoana (Nepeanensis) apply here. 

E. pulverulenta Sims. (S.) 

E. pyriformis Turez. (S.) 

L, Raveretiana F.v.M. Flowers when only 10 feet high (Mueller in “ Eucalypto- 
graphia.”’) 

EB. redunca Schauer. (Quoted by Diels.) 

Ei. Risdoni Hook. f. (S.) 

E£. rostrata Schlecht. Mr. A. D. Hardy draws attention to a case of precocious 
blooming in this species near Melbourne. (Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxix, (New Ser.), 171). 

E, rubida Deane and Maiden. For figure of this species flowering in juvenile 
stage at Kangiara, near Bowning, New South Wales, see fig. 4a, Plate 110, Part XXVI. 

E. setosa Schauer. See Plate 158, Part XX XVIII. 

LE. tereticornis Sm. This oceasionally flowers in the broad-leaved (juvenile) 
stage. 

Li. tetragona F.y.M. (Quoted by Diels.) 

Li. trachyphloia F.v.M. See Bailey’s proposed form fruticosa discussed at 
Part XLII, p. 43. 

E. umbra R. 'T. Baker. Some of the juvenile leaves very broad, but all rather 
thin and paler on the underside. Mr, Cambage and I found it fruiting as a dense scrub 
of 3-4 feet high on the summit of First Point, Kincumber. 

LE. uncinata Turez. is one-of the species in which the juvenile form of foliage 
often remains side by side with the mature foliage. 


278 


E. vernicosa Hook. f. (8.) 


E. viminalis Labill. Beyond the Blue Mountains, New South Wales, e.g., Cox’s 
River to Fish River, Mount Blaxland to Rydal, Sidmouth Valley (all R. H. Cambage 
and J.M.H.), we have collected this species with fruits and juvenile leaves on the same 
twig. 

Mr. A. D. Hardy figures an example of precocious fruiting amongst resting buds 
in £. eugenioides in Gippsland. He says he has also seen it in EL. obliqua. I have seen 
it in #. eugenioides in the Sydney district. (Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. xxix (New Ser.), 172, 
and Plate 13, 2.) 


Eucalyptus alpina was grown in the Centénnial Park, Sydney, from seeds obtained 
from the Victorian Grampians, and it is one of the surprises of acclimatisation that it 
succeeded there admirably. Mr. A. A. Hamilton, in whose care the tree was, informs 
me as follows :— 


The first buds which appeared developed slowly, and at the end of one year were still diminutive. 
In the second-flowering season a further set of buds appeared, which behaved in a similar manner to those 
of the first year, the latter increasing in size, but still remaining unopened. This again occurred in the 
third year, three separate sets of buds in different stages of development appearing on the plant at the 
same time. At the close of the third season the first year’s buds flowered, and finally fruited nearly four 
years after the buds first appeared on the plant. At this period there were four distinct phenological stages 
of floral growth present. 


G.—Dominance or Aggressiveness of Certain Species. 


This is a subject which has scarcely occupied the attention of Australian foresters 
yet, or at all events they have rarely written about it. 

Some years ago I pointed out to Mr. Gollan, the Superintendent of the Gosford 
Nursery, New South Wales, a flourishing tree of EZ. nwmerosa Maiden, in a border adjacent 
to the boundary fence. A slender species, it seemed to be flourishing as well as any 
species in the border. I several times during various years visited this tree, because 
of the personal interest I took in the species. 


In 1915 I was present at the dedication of the Strickland Forest, a few miles 
away, and pointed out to some people the way in which this species (a southern one) 
was taking possession of a fairly large area of the forest, its spread being far greater 
than when I had visited the forest a few years previously. I pointed out that this was 
the first EKucalypt I had known to behave in such an aggressive manner. 


I was therefore much interested to read that Dr. L. Cockayne, F.R.S., in his 
“New Zealand Plants and their Story,” gives an example of the aggressive character 
of a species of Eucalyptus. 


At Waitati, near Dunedin, on the land belonging to the Mental Hospital, stands a fine example of a 
kind of Stringybark (Hucalyptus numerosa), more than fifty-eight years of age. Originally the vegetation 
of the area was mixed Taxad forest, but this has been replaced by a close growth of Manuka thicket 
(consisting of various low shrubs). Some years ago this thicket was burned in the neighbourhood of the 
tree, and a young forest of gums several acres in extent has sprung up, the new ground and the potash 
from the fire being eminently suitable for the germination of the Gum-tree seeds. In 1910 the Gum saplings 


279 


grew extremely closely. Their height was from 40 to 50 feet. Some were half a foot in diameter, while 
others were extremely slender. Thousands of Manuka (Leptospermum scoparium) seedlings sprang up along 
with those of the Gum; andit must not be forgotten that Manuka, far more than most of the indigenous 
plants, can reproduce itself again and again after burning, and can exclude almost all other vegetation. 
But in this case the great rapidity of growth gave the Gums the victory, and eight years ago only a little 
Manuka remained near the margin of this remarkable and quite natural forest growth. 

But this is only one phase of dominance. We want observations, as quantitative 
as possible, showing the way in which various species attain large size and crowd out 
or smother other species. The Taxonomic portion of this work now enables foresters 
to recognise the Eucalypts. These remarks should be read in connection with Coppicing, 
in Part XLVIT, p. 249, where another phase of Dominance is incidentally referred to. 


In the photograph, to be reproduced later, supplied by Mr. C. J. Weston, Affores- 
tation Officer of the Federal Territory, we have a lesson taught, as regards a few species, 
in a limited area, and it shows how #£. Macarthuri has dominated certain species. 


But what we mainly want are observations in regard to what may be termed 
the natural dominance of the trees of the forest, in order that this factor may be taken 
cognizance of in the plans for commercially working the forest. 


H.—Natural Grafts. 


~ 1. Cohesion of Branches. 


See an Appendix entitled ““ On some Natural Grafts between Indigenous Trees,” 
to my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” vol. vi, pp. 79 and 287. This is based on 
an earlier paper by me in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xxxviii, 36, (1904). Most of the 
references are to adhesion, not cohesion. [I give some cases of true cohesion—that is 
to say, the branches of only one species being concerned. 


See also a fine example of a natural graft in F. tereticornis on the original 
Bathurst, New South Wales, road, between Sidmouth Valley and Raimville Creek. 
The photograph (April, 1909) is by R. H. Cambage, and is reproduced in my “ Forest 
Flora of New South Wales,” vol. vi., p. 287. 


In Vict. Nat., xxvii, 207 (1911) is a note by Mr. J. W. Audas, with an excellent 
photograph of cohesion of branches in £. elwophora F.v.M., locally known as “ Grey 
Gum.” It is near the Beaconsfield State School, Victoria, and was pointed out by Mr. 
McCann. The tree is about 15 feet in circumference at the base, and attains a height of 
about 50 feet. It forks about 10 feet from the ground, and unites again at about 25 feet. 
After this union four large limbs spread out. The junction is quite 3 feet by 3, and the 
limbs growing thereon are much thicker than those below the union. 


In Vict. Nat., xxxviii, 13, June, 1921, there is a statement by Mr. Audas that 
he has seen in the Balangum Ranges, Grampians, Victoria, a Yellow Box (2. melliodora) 
and a Grey Box (KH. hemiphloia var. microcarpa), which have different root-systems. 
The usual circumstance is that the trunks fuse only a few feet from the ground, and, 


280 


at a little distance, the tree appears to have a composite trunk with two kinds of bark, 
and to have two kinds of foliage, as represented by two large branches of the different 
species concerned. 

There is a fine example of this inarching of branches, 12 inches in diameter, in 
LE. hemastoma var. micrantha in the Federal Territory, on the Queanbeyan-Uriarra 
road, near the saddle of Mount Stromlo. Mr. C. J. Weston pointed me out the tree 
and sent the photograph (February, 1920), which will be subsequently reproduced. 

There is another illustration of cohesion of branches in the figure of LZ. rostrata 
by A. D. Hardy, Plate XI, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxix (New Series), 167 (1916). 

“An excellent instance of fusion of shoots (post-genital) was observed in the 
case of L. salmonophloia; two cross-bars occurred, one close above the other; a very 
rare case.” (“‘ Principles Plant Teratology,’ Worsdell, 1, 118). 

It will be observed that all the Eucalypts quoted are Gums, or, if rough barked 
on the trunk, with smooth branches. In an allied genus, Angophora, A. lanceolata is 
perhaps the commonest tree in Eastern Australia to show the phenomenon, and that 
isa smooth bark also. In the case of the rough barks, it is fair to suppose that the fusion 
took place at an early stage of the plant’s history, before the rough bark had developed. 


oe 


Naturally grafted branches are fairly common on Beech, Oak, Holly, Lime, 
Willow, Yew, and Scots’ Pine, whilst they may also be noted on many other trees.” 
(* Natural Grafting of branches and roots,” by W. Dallimore, Kew Bulletin, 1917, 
p- 303). Mr. Dallimore discusses the way in which this grafting has been brought 
about in certain cases. Speaking of the friction between two branches, caused by the 
wind, he points out that a good deal of tissue may be destroyed, and all the time 
nature is trying to repair the injury by forming patches of callus on both branches, 
at those places where friction is least active. As the branches become heavier and 
movement ceases, the patches of callus grow together, and eventually a strong union 
is effected between the two branches. The paper is suggestive, and should be referred to. 


2. Adhesion of Branches. 


Under Cohesion of Branches,” at p. 279, I have quoted a paper from my pen, 
and it will be seen that the Natural Grafts there enumerated are vastly more 
numerous in the case of Adhesion, i.e., where two different species (and more rarely, 
genera) are concerned. I will content myself with a few supplementary notes. 

Following is a relatively early reference to natural grafts. “If nature does 
not admit of crossing in the genus Hucalyptus, it certainly encourages that of grafting, 
for, in the neighbourhood of Mudgee, the Apple (Angophora intermedia) may be grafted 
naturally on L. rostrata, whilst, on the Richmond Common a similar eccentricity may 
be seen on ZL. tereticornis.” (Rev. Dr. Woolls in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xvi, 61, 1891.) 
I have not seen the reputed Mudgee graft, but that on the Richmond Common was a 
false graft, m other words, no graft at all, See my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” 
Vole vilap. 70. 


281 


See also a natural graft between FZ. obliqua and LE. viminalis at Turritable Creek, 
Macedon, Victoria, reported by A. D. Hardy. (Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxix. (New Series), 
166.) 

Mr. A. D. Hardy also gives a case of heterotropy (reversed direction of growth 
of branch), in the form of a drawing of a branch of a reputed hybrid of 2. hemiphloia 
x melliodora, between Stawell and the Grampians, Victoria. (Plate 12, Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Vict., xxix (New Series), p. 169.) 


There was also reported to me as a natural graft #. maculata (Spotted Gum) 
(this was green) and EF. paniculata (Grey Ironbark) (this was dead). The trees were at 
Cessnock, New South Wales, and the observer, Mr. F. G. McPherson, District Forester, 
Wyong, New South Wales. I have a photograph. but in view of the death of the 
Ironbark the graft does not appear to have been perfect, and it is probably one of the 
so-called false grafts, 7.e., where one tree grows in another, the latter being a sort of 
container or flower-pot. 


The late Dr. G. V. Perez, of Teneriffe, who died in January, 1920, was a man 
whose work was admired by horticulturists throughout the world. He took the liveliest 
interest in Australian plants. Amongst others he cultivated LZ. ficifolia and E. calophylla. 
Following are extracts from some of his latest letters, and which refer to adhesion of 
branches (grafting by approximation, approach, inarching, are more or less synonymous 
terms, though in strictness, inarching only takes place when scion and stock are growing 
on their own roots). 


In order to preserve a very beautiful Eucalyptus hybrid, which I am growing from seeds sent from 
Sydney as #. ficifolia (cherry-coloured) (this is Z. calophylla var. rosea.—J.H.M.), 1am grafting by approxi- 
mation, placing the stock in a large and long bamboo; the method succeeds very well, and I should say 
that to preserve any pretty shade of colour it will be valuable. I am going to employ as stock the hybrid 
calophylla x ficifolia, as E. ficifolia is much more delicate in the bad soil I have here, and besides the “ Cherry ”’ 
I wish to preserve is a hybrid, which does not breed true from seeds; I have thought that what I have 
written may possibly be of some interest. (31st March, 1919.) 


I shall now endeavour to obtain several plants of one which you sent as #. ficifolia, and which is 
certainly a hybrid, often referred to in my correspondence with you as “Cherry” colour (calophylla 
var. rosea.—J.H.M.), and most beautiful and floriferous. which began to flower when only four years old, and 
the progeny of which began to flower as early as two years old, some of them being white, some resembling 
the parent plant, and some rosy-piik (on Mendelian lines probably.—J.H.M.). The colour is so beautiful 
that it is worth while preserving by grafting by approximation, by the method above named, and grafting 
on its own stock; I have already two successfully grafted and planted out, but on (?) true ficifolia, which is 
not such a good stock. 


with reference to what I wrote about grafting #. ficifolia by approximation in large 
and ane true bamboo tubes, allow me to add that a small tree grafted in this manner, and which is only 
about half a yard high, and which has only been in the ground about one year, is about to flower; its parent, 
the seeds of which were sent by you, is of a beautiful fire or orange colour, and I presume it is the true 
Sicifolia, which, according to you, is often of this colour. (18th June, 1919). 


In my last letter [ alluded to a tiny Eucalyptus which I had grafted by approximation; it has 
flowered. It is of the fire or orange kind. If there is any novelty about this kind of grafting of coloured 
Eucalyptus to preserve the pretty kinds, perhaps you would like to know that it has been a most successful 
way of grafting in my hands; I first grow the stock in a long and large true bamboo tube, and attach it 
to the tree I wish to graft on and propagate. (5th July, 1919.) 

D 


Z 282 


J.—Artificial Grafts. 


1. Budding and Grafting. 


I do not know of any successful Australian experiments with adult Hucalyptus 
plants. In a few cases I have heard of experiments being made, but they have usually 
been abandoned before completion of the experiment. 


Following is an account of some experiments by French horticulturists :— 


M. Felix Sahut gives a remarkable account of a Eucalyptus which, planted at Lattes in 1864, resisted 
32 degrees Fahr. of frost during the memorable winter of 1870-1, nor did the tree suffer in any way, and 
even its leaves remained intact. It had been raised from a seedling among seed of #. Risdoni, and its 
identity was never traced. It grew to a height of nearly 40 feet during its comparatively short life, for at 
the age of twenty years it gradually began to show signs of weakness, and ultimately it died. 


This tree, which had been provisionally named #. Lattensis by M. Naudin, indicated a species 
possessing cold-resisting qualities, but as it never blossomed, M. Sahut’s foresight led him to graft it on an 
allied species, with the view to its cultivation as an ornamental tree in more northern parts of France. 


Two methods were employed, one, the cleft graft, with moderate results only, and the graft by 
approach, or inarching, with much greater success. The stock being more susceptible to cold than the 
scion, the operation was purposely made as near as possible to the root. The union of the plants was 
practically perfect, and five or six dozen plants developed vigorously and with great promise. Some of 
them grew to a height of 6 feet during the first year, but during the next season they all began to fail, and 
at the end of the third year not one was alive. 


The operation of budding was not tried by M. Sahut in these experiments, because he did not think 
it would succeed, and it is interesting to note that this method has been adopted with good results elsewhere. 
The Revue Horticole published, in 1893, an account of work of this character conducted in Palestine by 
M. Justin Dugourd, who budded 2. globulus on HE. resinifera. The former species is one with spreading 
roots, and is less resistant to the influence of the wind, &c., than the latter, which was used as the stock, 
because it grows into a strong tree. 


It appears to be necessary for the complete success of this operation to support the scion in some 
suitable manner, so that the sap may the more readily reach it. As the stock increases in growth it is 


also desirable to remove any shoots which it may produce, unless the operation is unsuccessful, when the 
subject may then be allowed to grow. (Gard. Chron., 11th March, 1899, p. 145.) 


2. Grafting by approach in the Seedling stage. 
g by app g Stag 


This operation may be either cohesion or adhesion, and it leads to such important 
and, perhaps, practical results, and therefore is worthy of brief consideration under a 
separate heading. 


Grafting by approach in Eucalyptus is easy when the plants are little past the cotyledon stage, 
according to some experiments by Mr. C. J. Weston, Afforestation Officer, Canberra. In practice they 
sometimes result in pans of mixed seed, two diverse seedlings being accidently pressed together by the 
fingers in the operation of potting up. 


In the nursery rows at Canberra are three sturdy plants of H. rubida-maculosa. When I saw them 
in July they were about 3 feet high, and spreading. One half of each plant has the typical rubeda character, 
and the other half of the plant the typical maculosa character. Stripping the soil from the roots shows 
perfect fusion of the two trees. This grafting by approach or fusing of two species by pressure applied at 
a critical time could also hardly be avoided by the agency of animals treading amongst young seedlings. 


283 


I published the above note in Jowrn. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liii, 21, (1919), as I thought 
Mr. Weston’s experiments should be put on official record. An illustration will be 
furnished in due course. 


Here, I think, is the key to the most perfect case of fusion or adhesion I have 
ever seen in my life, viz., that brought under my notice by Mr. Chappelow of a White 
Gum and a Stringybark illustrated (as regards a section of the timber) in my paper, 
Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xxxviii, 36 (1904). See also my “ Forest Flora of New South 
Wales,” vi, 79. It seems to me much more likely that so complete a fusion of two species 
would take place at a very early stage of the existence of the two plants than by the 
rubbing together of woody stems or branches later on. As Hucalyptus trees are 
increasingly grown artificially in Australia, we may expect to see more of these grafts 
originating in the potting shed. Perfect natural grafts of the Chappelow type are 
exceedingly rare, and it seems to me that my theory of fusion as young seedlings by 
the trampling of native animals or of stock is worthy of consideration. 


K.—Fasciation. 


Fasciation of branches is not common in Eucalyptus, or at all events it must be 
rare, for I have not come across a record. A case of fasciation in young suckers 
of £. gracilis was sent to me from Lake View, Griffith, Line 61 (N.S.W.) by Mr. W. D. 
Campbell, L.S., in 1918. . 


L.—Tumours and Galls. 


The literature on this subject, as regards Eucalyptus, is very scant. Not only 
the most important paper but almost the only one, is “On certain shoot-bearing 
Tumours of Eucalyptus and Angophoras, and their modifying influence on the growth 
habit of the plants,” by J. J. Fletcher and C. T. Musson, in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 
xlii, 191, with many plates. 


They quote Clayton O. Smith, “ Further Proof of the cause and infectiousness 
of Crown Gall” (Uniy. California Publications, Agric. Experim. Station Bull. No. 235, 
December, 1912), as the first to draw attention to the fact that the stem-nodules in 
a certain species of Eucalyptus are axillary, and that certain stem-nodules arise from 
infection by soil-bacteria. “In Eucalyptus seedlings the natural knots often appear 
opposite each other where the cotyledons have previously attached, also the Quince 
knots appear first at the node about the old leaf-scar. All the evidence we have goes 
to show that some injury or weakness is necessary for infection to take place.” 


Clayton O. Smith, op. cit., p. 549, published the figure (21) which will be duly 
reproduced. The legend is “ Artificially caused galls on forest Red Gum (Eucalyptus 
tereticornis). Crown gall has not been known to attack the various species of Eucalyptus 


254 


in nature. The significance of swellings found frequently at the crown of young Gum 
trees is not yet understood. They do not appear to be detrimental to the tree.” A 
further note on this crown gall will be found at p. 552 of the work quoted. 


Forest Red Gum (Eucalyptus tereticornis). Fig. 21. Seedlings of 4 to 6 feet were inoculated. The 
first successful inoculations were made May 16, 1910. On March 25, 1912, there was one large knot and 
one very small one at points of inoculation. September 2, 1911, inoculated a seedling about } inch 
in diameter. February 20, 1912, there were two small knots. On March 26, 1912, one of these knots 
had grown rapidly in size, the other had not changed. 


Tnoculations were made on small seedlings July 29, 1910, on the branches. Typical roundish knots 
or galls had developed on September 5, 1910. 


The appearance of a Eucalyptus nodule (or rather a pair of axillary stem-nodules 
still unfused) may be seen in the figure of one in L. paniculata, see fig. 12, Plate 57, 
Part XIII of the present work. 


Fletcher and Musson (p. 198) say :— 


Were it not that, by a fortuitous combination of circumstances, the axillary stem-nodules are able 
to fuse in pairs, the fused pairs to concresce, and the reinforced, composite, stem-encircling tumours thus 
enabled to incorporate roots, and so last for some considerable time, or even permanently, both the nodules 
and any shoots they might develop would be short-lived and abortive, as they actually are in refractory 
seedlings, and as the shoots on the lower pairs of concrescences also are. 


But in the natural inoculations in the lower axils of the young seedlings of Eucalypts. which furnish 
some of the most valued hardwood timbers, we are inclined to think that the organisms are confined to the 
out-growths, and the circling tumours to which they give rise, and probably do not invade the tissues of the 
seedlings. The tumours do not kill the seedlings, or even seriously damage their tissues. They are a 
drag on the normal development of the plants, especially so when shoots do not develop, and by interfering 
with the water-supply, and also by their shoots preventing the development of the normal branching. 
Tn the Mallees, so much water is intercepted by the tumours that the seedling-stem is dwarfed; and, hy 
the persistence of the shoots, the growth habit is permanently distorted, so that the plants are prevented 
from realising their potentialities as trees. The seedling-stem may possibly be sometimes crowded out and 
got rid of. But the stem-nodules, as well as the composite tumours to which they give rise; are complex 
tumours, composed of both somatic cells and germ cells; and the latter are totipotent, because in the per- 
sistent-composite tumours of the Mallees, the tumour-shoots complete their growth, flower and fruit. and 
produce seed. Even in the non-Mallees, if the seedling-stem is lost, two tumour-shoots may take its place, 
attain to tree-size, and flower and fruit. But they do not prematurely disclose their embryonic possibilities 
in the way that some of Erwin Smith’s artificially-produced monstrosities did. Also, the production of 
these tumours in Eucalyptus under natural conditions is a matter of long standing. The Mallee scrubs, 
which must have been the development of centuries, were in their prime when civilised man first saw them, 
nearly 101 years ago. 


Then follow a number of interesting references to Mallees, arranged in clirono- 
logical order, particularly as regards the “ root ’—the ‘* Mallee-roots”” which form 
an important portion of the fuel supply in South Australia and those portions of 
Victoria and New South Wales adjacent thereto. 


The authors (pp. 204, 228) state that they have met with six species of Eucalypts 
exempt from tumours or stem-nodules, viz., L. oreades R. T. Baker, 2. pilularis Sm., 
E. sp. (from foot of Blue Mountains, New South Wales, on the western side), E.-gigantea 
Hooker, 2. regnans F.v.M. var. fastigata. I hope the paper will direct the attention 
of Australians to phenomena which have only been imperfectly studied as regards 


285 


the morphology of the widely distributed tumours or galls themselves, and which 
could only have been studied as to causation since the development of the science of 
bacteriology. 

. During the last twenty-five years at the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, and at the 
auxiliary State Nursery, Campbelltown, I have caused to be raised many thousands 
of Eucalyptus seedlings for distribution to public institutions. The number of species 
grown at Campbelltown is relatively small, but at Sydney (chiefly for the colour- 
drawings of seedlings by Miss Flockton for many years, and latterly by Miss Ethel King, 
an enormous number of species, perhaps 150, has been grown from time to time, and 
in many cases these have been kept in pots for years until pronounced mature leaves 
made their appearance. In course of time, research students will continue or promote 
the good work of Messrs. Fletcher and Musson, and I hope that the enormous wealth 
of nodule material to which I have alluded (and which is far in excess of any material 
of the same kind J have ever heard of) will be used for study. 


The following brief bibliography concerning galls in plants other than Eucalyptus 
may be suggestive. It chiefly refers to the dreaded Crown Gall, which works such 
devastation in economic plants :— 


Bulletin 213, on “ Crown Gall of Plants; its cause and remedy ” (Bureau of 
Plant Industry, U.S. Dept. Agric., 1911). 

“ Chemically induced Crown Galls,” by Erwin F. Smith (Proc. Nat. Acad. Sciences, 
Washington, ui, 312 (April, 1917) ).  “ A fuller account, accompanied by photographs 
and photo-micrographs, will be published in the Journal of Agric. Research.” See 
also Abstract in “* Current Opinion ” (Philadelphia) for March, 1918, p. 193. 


“Plant Cancer,” Missouri Bot. Garden Bull., May, 1919, p. 51. A useful short 
article, with a few illustrations and some bibliography. 

In “ The Garden” for 12th July, 1873, is a brief article, with a remarkable 
illustration, on “ Swollen-stemmed Irish Yews.” The specimens, bearing large tuberous 
bodies between the stem and the proper roots, were obtained from cuttings. The plants 
were generally under 2 feet in height, while those of normal growth, of the same age, 
averaged about 5 feet; all, however, having the same healthy appearance. The tubers 
averaged from 8 to 12 inches in circumference, with a ligneous structure throughout, 
but showing large annual rings or growths, and covered with bark, having numerous 
roots proceeding from the under surface. 


Mr. KE. Breakwell, B.A., B.Sc., has very kindly given me a memo., which has 
been reproduced with little alteration and few additions, in the following statement. 

Bulbous and tuberous stems may be caused either by (1) insect invas on, forming 
galls, (2) fungus invasion, (3) xerophytic conditions, and (4) qualitative influence of 
correlation. 

(1) Insect invasion. See Goebel’s “ Organography of Plants,” Part I. Goebel 
points out that galls are due either to a material excreted from the unfertilised, or 


286 


from the fertilised egg, and that the material may be the same in both cases, or in 
some cases by a larval stimulus. The protection to the insect in the gall is effected 
partly mechanically, partly chemically—especially by a copious formation of tannin— 
but the protection is not absolute. He emphasises two points— 


(a) In general no tissue elements appear in the anatomical structure of the gall 
which do not exist elsewhere in the plant under other conditions. 


(2) All the more highly differentiated galls are produced out of juvenile tissues 
caused to develop in an abnormal way by gall insect. The more complex 
the gall is, the earlier must the influence producing it be exerted on the plant 
tissues. 


(2) Fungus invasion. See Annals of Botany, vol. xxiv, p. 537, July, 1910, by 
T. Reed. The writer points out that Bernard discovered, by inoculating the cortex 
of the roots of young plants of Solanwm tuberosum with the spores of the fungus Fusarium, 
he produced a greater yield of tubers than if not artificially inoculated. This means 
that’ although the stem is removed from the roots, the former becomes infected. 
Bernard tentatively suggests that the fungus may thus operate by giving rise to soluble 
products which in some mysterious way cause the underground stems to swell up and 
accumulate vast reserves of carbohydrates, &c. 


“ The roots of Podocarpus are covered with small tubercles formed by a Mycorrhiza, 
which probably assists in the nutrition of the plants, especially when young. (‘‘ The 
Flora of South Africa’ (Marloth), i, 103, with fig.) 


(3) Xerophytic conditions. See Warming—‘ Aecology of Plants,” p. 124. 
Bulbous and tuberous plants are mainly confined to Liliacee, Iridaceze, Amaryl- 
lidacew, and other families growing in dry countries, particularly in South Africa. 
Many tubers consist of root and stem combined, as in the case of some shrubs in the 
South American savannahs. 


(4) Qualitative influence of correlation. Goebel, “ Organography of Plants,” 
Part I, p. 215, points out that if a certain part of a plant be affected (by wounding, 
e.g.) other parts will be affected. Knight produced tubers from aerial roots, by removing 
the subterranean stolons at an early period or by interfering with their connection 
with the aerial parts. He produced tubers on the top of the aerial shoots, the points 
furthest separate from the normal position of formation of tubers. 


M.—Protuberances of the Stem. 


In reply to a correspondent, I intimated that the matter of reserves of liquids 
in trees is principally in the Apple Tree (Angophora), a genus closely allied to Eucalyptus. 
It is also found in a number of Eucalypts. It arises through the irregular shrinkage of 
the rings of timber, and these get more or less filled with gum—or kino is a more correct 
term—and when shrinkage proceeds further, being sometimes helped by bush fires, 


287 


these cavities may cause shelling; if they proceed further they are large enough to 
fill a bucket. As a rule, these cavities contain liquid more or less astringent, because 
of the presence of the kino of which I have just spoken. In the case of the Cider Gum 
of Tasmania (HZ. Gunn), the liquid is watery and so little astringent that it can be 
drunk. In many cases the liquid gets into the cavity through lodging in the fork 
of the tree or trickling through a crack of the wood. To some extent this watery 
liquid would be added to by the sap, but I think that the quantity of that is negligible. 
There is no evidence that the liquid benefits the tree or otherwise. It is not a disease; 
it is simply an evidence of mechanical shrinkage of the timber. Some of the 
Bloodwoods (EZ. corymbosa and allies) have the cavities mainly filled with kino. 


I have referred to this phenomenon of swollen stems, often liquid retainers, 
at some length in Part Ixiii, p. 119, of my “ Forest Flora of New South Wales,” in 
regard to the following species :—H. Gunnii, H. maculosa, EF. Raveretiana, E. Bancrofti 
E. redunca var. elata, and EL. salmonophloia. 1 have briefly referred to these swellings 
in EF. redunca var. elata at pp. 94, 95, Part XXXIV of the present work. 


“Swellings and knobs are frequently largest just where it springs from the 
ground.” See A. W. Howitt’s remarks concerning FZ. polyanthemos at Part XLII, 
p- 59, of the present work. 


It may be observed that all the above species have smooth or almost smooth 
barks. 


In many cases the butt of H. coriacea forms a huge protuberance at the ground 
level, taking on a peculiar plastic appearance often seen in the coast districts in 
E. maculata (Spotted Gum) and Angophora lanceolata (Smooth-barked Apple). In 
E. coriacea, from this protuberance there spring out as many as four (and even more) 
stems of equal diameter, such stems being equidistant from each other, or nearly so. 


N.—Abortive Branches (Prickly Stems). 


The presence of abortive branches in Eucalyptus is very common. It is often 
noticed by rubbing one’s hand down a stem when one feels the friction of short sharp 
prickles. Sometimes these are more or less concealed by the fibrous bark; in the case 
of Gums they may be quite evident to the eye. 


I have been in touch for some years with Mr. Harry Hopkins, of Bairnsdale, 
Victoria, in regard to this phenomenon, in the beginning in regard to H. Consideniana, 
and I obtained the following useful note (which incidentally deals with other matters) 
through him :— 

Mr. W. H. Harvey, Yarram Yarram, Victoria, who calls this tree “‘ Prickly Messmate,”’ obligingly 
gives me the following information concerning its occurrence in that State. ‘‘ It is very scarce, is only 
found in small belts, chiefly in the parishes of Willung and Carrajung. The tree thrives best and creates 
a fine barrel or bole in voleanic soils or chocolate loams, when it attains a height of about 50 feet in barrel, 


and up to 3 feet in diameter. Called ‘ Prickly Messmate,’ on account of the surface of the sapwood being 
covered as a rule with spikes or prickles. Has a yellowish-brown fibrous bark, and the surface is smoother 


288 


(less prickly to the touch) than cither Stringybark or Messmate. Wood-buff colour, fairly free from gum- 
veins, and very durable. Mr. J. Wills, Chief Clerk of Works, Alberton Shire. speaks very highly of this 
timber, and says that it gives as good results as any timber in the district.” (Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 
418, 1917.) 


Mr. Hopkins writes :— 


But I may state that during several years’ experience at ‘* bush work” in my younger days, I not 
infreyuently came upon this feature, in both young and old trees of several species, but perhaps mostly 
in Gippsland in Red Gum (£. tereticornis), and to a lesser extent in Stringybark (#. eugenioides) and 
Messmate (H#. obligua). I have also seen it in Peppermint (#. radiata), Apple Box (2. Stuartiana), and 
E.rubida. There is no Consideniana in the district where I then was. Generally—lI think always, in my 
experience—the trees showing the characteristic grew upon ‘‘ wet’ ground, with a clay retentive subsoil 
near the surface. though not actually swampy. In some trees—particularly in the Red Gum—these prickles 
extended through all the concentric layers of wood, from the outside to almost or quite the centre—in 
cases where the prickles were largely and well developed, and in some cases, more particularly the Pepper- 
mint and Stringbark. the prickles were much smaller, though perhaps very numerous, and appeared to 
have developed in the outer layers of the wood. In some cases I have seen the surface of the sapwood 
so closely covered with fine or small prickles that it might be described as articulate or papillous. This 
condition is certainly not confined to £. Consideniana. It may, I think, be found in any species of the 
Eucalyptus where the causes that produce it are present. 


Mr. W. F. Blakely says they are very common in the Orange district, New South 
Wales, in I’. hemiphloia var. albens, where they are known as “ pimples.” I have seen 
them ‘in a number of other species, but regret I have not made a list of them and of 


their prevalence. 


Mr. C. E. Lane-Poole, speaking of £. Todtiana (the coastal Blackbutt of Western 
Australia) says it is disregarded by the houeswife for firewood on account of its many 


prickles. 


LE. Planchoniana is sometimes known as “ Needle Bark,” because it is prickly 
to rub down with the hand. The name * Porcupine Stringybark ” is also applied 
to it for the same reason. 


These prickles, which will probably be found in most species, if looked for, will 
be illustrated by photographs if specimens in 2. Muelleriana and E. tereticornis, as 
supplied by Mr. Hopkins. 


O.—Pendulous Branches. 


It is very difficult to group species according to habit. Besides the question of 
size, there is that of length of branches, and of canopy. Most species are rather erect 
in habit, bat som>, of which FL. sepuleralis F.v.M., of South Western Australia, is an 
extreme form, have pendulous branches, and we have all stages between the two. In 
this species the branches are intensely glaucous and so very drooping and extremely 
pendulous that it is known locally as * Weeping Gum,” and Mueller has suggested its 


cultivation in cemeteries, 


289 


In this and the following species the branches are so elongated, thin, and 
pendulous, as to droop in an almost vertical manner. HH. macrorrhyncha F.v.M., a 
Stringybark of inland eastern Australia; H. sideroxylon A. Cunn., an Ironbark of much 
the same range; HE. Mitchelliana Cambage, of Mount Buffalo has much the same 
habit; EF. acaciaeformis var. linearis, a so-called Peppermint of New England, has 
also markedly drooping branches. . L. coriacea sometimes has branches so pendulous 
as to be known as Weeping Gum. 


P.—Vertical Growth of Trees. 


This subject is touched upon in Part XLVI, p. 123, of my “ Forest Flora of New 
South Wales,” based on a paper by Mr. R. H. Cambage in “ The Surveyor ” (the official 
organ of the Institute of Surveyors of New South Wales) for 31st December, 1904, 
and 28th February, 1905. 


A further paper from Mr. Cambage’s pen will be found in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 
lu, 377, and Eucalyptus parviflora is used illustratively. An abstract of this will be 
found in “ The Australian Forestry Journal ” for November, 1919, p. 353. 


The subject is interesting to many people, because living Eucalypts are often 
used as corner or other posts in fencing, and if as growth proceeded the rails mortised 
into the tree were carried up and two panels of fencing injured, it is probable that 
living trees would cease to be used for the purpose, and would be destroyed forthwith. 
Mr. Cambage’s experiments bear out the observations of people interested in fencing, 
that the mortise-holes remain at the same height from the ground as when they were 
made. 


290 


Explanation of Plates (200-203). 


PLATE 200. 


E. drepanophylla F.v.M. 


la. Twigs with flower buds; 1b, three views of an anther. Port Denison, Queensland (John Dallachy), 
The type. 


2a. Juvenile leaf; 2b and 2c, two leaves, nearly mature and mature; 2d, buds and flowers. Mount Elliott, 


Queensland (J. Fitzalan). Labelled Z. drepanophylla by Mueller. 


8 


da. Long mature leaf; 3b, leaf, bud, and flowers; 3c, three views of an anther; 3d, small globular fruits 
the tips of the valves slightly exsert. Hidsvold, Queensland (Dr. T. L. Bancroft). I look upon 
this as a transit form between ZB. drepanophylla and E. crebra. 


4a. Two views of an anther; 4b, 4c, panicles of fruits. Stannary Hills, North Queensland (Dr. 4h Tie 
Bancroft).. I look upon these specimens also as showing transit between E. drepanophylla and 
EL. crebra. 

5a, 5b. Juvenile leaves. Mount Perry, Queensland (J. L. Boorman). 


6a, 6b. Juvenile leaves grown in the Botanic Gardens, Sydney, from seed, from Hidsvold, Queensland 
(W. F. Blakely). 


PLATE 201. 


E. leptophleba F.v.M. 


la. Juvenile leaf; 1b, small juvenile leaf; 1c, intermediate leaf; 1d, mature leaf; le, buds and flowers; 
lf, fruits. Stannary Hills, North Queensland (Dr. T. L. Bancroft). 


PLATE 202. 


E. Dalrympleana Maiden. 


la. Broad juvenile leaves; 1b, pointed buds; 1¢, twig with buds and flowers; 1d, fruits. Tumberumba, 
New South Wales (W. A. W. de Beuzeville). The type. 


2a, 2b. Juvenile leaves of various widths, but most of the specimens available certainly broad. Chimney 
Pot Hill, Hobart, Tasmania (L. Rodway). These are probably, but not certainly, #. Dalrympleana. 
E. dichromophloia F.v.M. 


3a. Juvenile leaves in the earliest stage; 3b, juvenile leaf, further advanced; 3c, a coarse leaf in the inter- 
mediate stage; 3d, a large, speckled fruit. Old Battery, Eidsvold, Queensland (Dr. T. L. Bancroft). 


PLATE 203. 


E£. Hill. Maiden. 


la. Juvenile leaf; 1b, lc, intermediate, almost mature leaves; 1d, twig with buds and very early fruits; 
le, three views of ananther. Bathurst Island, Northern Territory (Gerald F. Hill). The type. 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


ey me tarann SaSer EAR 


“oy 


Ndeeeiae 
Moritaaasvet 


eh Aepenetnty 


- del. et lith- 


Flockron 


EUCALYPLUS DREPANOPHY ELA K-vM. 


201. 


Bis 


Crit. REY. EUCALYPTUS. 


M.FloeKTon.des. ef hth. 


(See also Plate 48, Figs. 3-5.) 


EUCALYPTUS LEPTOPHLEBA F.v.M. 


PL. 202 


CriT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


ith. 


M.FlockTon. dé}. @ 


(1, 2). 


EUCALYPTUS DICHROMOPHLOIA F.v.M. (8). 


EUCALYPTUS DALRYMPLEANA MaIpENn 


ian 


iy 
iy 
a 
t 
7 


PL. 203. 


‘Crit. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


M.Flockron.del.er ith. 


EUCALYPTUS HILLII Maren. 


ine Petia 
Dares 


So TUN 


The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “ Forest Flora of New 
South Wales”’* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs 
of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic 
value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of 
the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— 


acacicides A. Cunn. (xlviii). meliodora A. Cunn. (ix). 
acmenicides Schauer (xxxii). microcorys F.v.M. (xxxviil). 
affinis Deane and Maiden (lvi). macrotheca F.v.M. (li). 
amygdalina Labill. (xvi). Muelleriana Howitt (xxx). 
Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). numerosa Maiden (xvii). 
Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). obliqua L’ Hérit. (xxii). 
Baueriana Schauer (lvii). ochrophiaa F.v.M. (1). 
Baueriana Schauer var. conica Maiden (lviil). odorata Behr and Schlectendal (xli). 
Behriana ¥F.v.M. (xlvi). oleosa F.v.M. (1x). 

bicolor A. Cunn. (xliv). paniculata Sm. (viii). 

Boormani Deane and Maiden (xlv). piuularis Sm. (XxXxXi). 

Bosistoana F.v.M. (xliii). piperitta Sm. (Xxxill). 

Caleyi Maiden (lv). Planchoniana ¥F.v.M. (xxiv). 
capitellata Sm. (xxviii). polyanthemos Schauer (lix). 
conica Deane and Maiden (lviii), populifolia Hook. (xlvii). 
Consideniana Maiden (xxxvi). propinqgua Deane and Maiden (1xi). 
corvacea A. Cunn. (xv). punctata DC. (x). 

corymbosa Sm. (xii). radiata Sieb., as amygdalina (xvi). 
crebra F.v.M. (liii). regnans F.v.M. (xviii). 
Dalrympleana Maiden (lxiv). resinifera Sm. (iil). 

dives Schauer (xix). rostrata Schlecht. (xii). 

dumosa A, Cunn. (xv). rubida Deane and Maiden (xliii). 
eugenroides Sieber. (xxix). saligna Sm. (iv). 

fruticetorum F.v.M. (xlii). siderophlova Benth. (xxxix). 
gigantea Hook. f. (li). sideroxylon A. Cunn. (xiii). 
globulus L? Her. (Ixvi). Siebervana F.v.M. (xxxiv). 
goniocalyx F.v.M. (vi). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). 

hemastoma Sm. (xXxxvii). tereticornis Sm. (xi). 

hemiphloia F.v.M. (vi). tessellaris F.v.M. (lxvi). 
longifolia Link and Otto (ii). Thozetiana F.v.M. (xlix). 
Iuehmanniana F.v.M. (xxvi). viminalis Labill. (Ixiv). 
macrorrhyncha F.v.M. (xxvii). virgata Sieb. (xxv). 

maculata Hook. (vii). vurea R. T. Baker (xxiii). 


melanophloia F.v.M. (liv). 


* Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. Each part contains 4 plates and other illustrations. 


Nore By-GovERNMENT PRINTER. 

War conditions have so largely affected publications that it is no longer possi le to continue the issue of ‘‘ The 
Forest Flora of New South Wales” at the old rates, and from this date onward, 7.e., from and including Part 7, 
Vol. VII, the price of the individual Parts will be raised to 2s. 6d. each. 

For those Parts already published the old sale price will be adhered to, and subscriptions already :eceived will not 
be disturbed, but the new subscription rate of 2s, 6d. per part, or 25s. for 12 parts, will come into effect as from the 
Ist July, 1921, 

F Sydney: William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer—1922 


ss : 


Wasnt. 


5 OTS GIN 
Oe anode Be 


Kea Mane, 


ES eB te EL EAER OY IS 


iiboae 


133. 
134. 
135. 

136. 


Sty & & & Std yd 


Se & 


Sees 


Se & & 


Se & 


Sees 


Ses 


INDEX OF PARTS PUSLISHED—continued. 


PART XXI. 


. cinerea F.v.M. 

. pulverulenta Sims. 

2 cosmophylla F.v.M. 

- gomphocephala A. P. DC. 


Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914.) 


PART XXII. 


. erythronema Turcz. 

- acacieformis Deane & Maiden. 
. pallidifolia F.v.M. 

. c@sia Benth. 

. tetraptera Turcz. 

. Forrestiana Diels. 

- mimiata A. Cunn. 

- phenicia F.v.M. 


Plates 93-96. (Issued April, 1915.) 


PART XXIII. 


. Tobusta Smith. 
- botryoides Smith. 
. saligna Smith. 


Plates, 97-100. (Issued July, 1915.) 


PART XXIV. 


. Deanei Maiden. 

. Dunnti Maiden. 

. Stuartiana F.v.M. 

. Banksii Maiden, 

- quadrangulata Deane and Maiden. 


Plates, 100 bis-103. 


(Issued November, 
1915.) 


PART XXV. 


. Macarthuri Deane and Maiden. 
- aggregata Deane and Maiden. 
. parvifolia Cambage. 

. alba Reinwardt. 


Plates, 104-107. (Issued February, 
1916.) 


PART XXVI. 


. Perriniana F.v.M. 
. Gumnii Hook f. 
. rubida Deane and Maiden. 


Plates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) 


PART XXVII. 


. maculosa R. T. Baker. 
. precor Maiden. 

. ovata Labill. 

. neglecta Maiden. 


Plates, 112-115. (Issued July, 1916.) 


PART XXVIII. 


- vernicosa Hook f. 
- Muelleri T. B. Moore. 


- Kitsoniana (J. G. Luehmann) Maiden, 
. By. 


ziminalis Labillardiere. 
Plates, 116-119. (Issued December, 
1916.) 


Or 


158. 
159. 
160. 


161. 
162. 
163. 
164. 
165. 
166. 
167. 


168. 
169. 
170. 
aI(Al 


176. 
177. 
178. 
179. 
180. 
181. 


Seeees 


aes 
2 2 
Se & 


Seeeeee Ses 


Se & 


SSeeu 


PART XXIX. 


. Baeuerleni F.v.M. 

. scoparia Maiden. 

. Benthami Maiden and Cambage. 
. propinqua Deane and Maiden. 

. punctata DC. 

. Kirtoniana F.v.M. 


Plates, 120-123. (Issued February, 
1917.) 


PART XXX. 


. resinifera Sm. 
. pellita F.v.M. 
. brachyandra F.v.M. 


Plates, 124-127. (Issued April, 1917.) 


PART XXXI. 


. tereticornis Smith. 
. Bancrofti Maiden. 
. amplifolia Naudin. 


Plates, 128-131. (Issued July, 1917.) 


PART XXXII. 


. Seeana Maiden. 

. exserta F.v.M. 

. Parramattensis C. Hall. 
. Blakelyit Maiden. 

. dealbata A. Cunn., 

- Morrisii R. T. Baker. 

. Howittiana F.v.M. 


Plates, 132-135. (Issued September, 
1917.) 


PART XXXII. 


. rostrata Schlechtendal. 
. rudis Endlicher. 

- Dundasi Maiden, 

. pachyloma Benth. 


Plates, 136-139. (Issued December, 
1917.) 


PART XXXIV. 


- redunca Schauer. 
. L, 
. cornuta Labill. 

. Websteriana Maiden. 


accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. 


Plates, 140-143. (Issued April, 1918.) 


PART XXXV. 


i Lehmanni Preiss. 
. annulata Benth. 
. platypus Hooker. 
. spathulata Hooker. 
- gamophylla F.v.M. 
iH. 


argillacea W. V. Fitzgerald. 
Plates, 144-147. (Issued August, 1918.) 


182. 
183. 
184. 
185. 
186. 
187. 
188. 


189. 
190. 
191. 
192. 


216. 
217. 
218. 
219. 
220. 
221. 


Sees e 8 


Bese eee es 


By By ty Sy by By by by by by by ty ty 


PART XXXVI. 


. occidentalis Endlicher. 

. macrandra F.v.M. 

. salubris F.v.M. 

. cladocalyr F.v.M. 

. Cooperiana F.v.M. 

. intertexta R. T. Baker. 

. confluens (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. 


Plates, 148-151. (Issued January, 1919) 


PART XXXVII. 


. clavigera A. Cunn. 
. aspera F.v.M. 

- grandifolia R.Br. 

. papuana F.v.M. 


Plates, 152-155. (Issued March, 1919.) 


PART XXXVIII. 


. tessellaris F.v.M. 

. Spenceriana Maiden. 

. Cliftomana W. V. Fitzgerald. 
. setosa Schauer. 

. ferruginea Schauer. 

. Moorei Maiden and Cambage. 
. dwmosa A. Cunn. 

. torquata Luehmann. 

. amygdalina Labill. 

. radiata Sieber. 

- numerosa Maiden. 

- nitida Hook. f£. 


Plates 156-159. (Issued July, 1919.) 


PART XXXIX. 


- Torelliana F.v.M. 

- corymbosa Smith. 

. intermedia R. T. Baker. 

. patellaris F.v.M. 

. celastroides Turczaninow. 
- gracilis F.v.M. 

. transcontinentalis Maiden. 
. longicornis F.v.M. 


oleosa F.v.M. 


. Flocktonie Maiden. 

. virgata Sieber. 

. oreades R. T. Baker. 

. obtusifiora DC. 

. fraxinoides Deane and Maiden. 


Plates, 160-163. (Issued February 
1920.) 


PART XL. 


. terminalis F.v.M. 

. dchromophloia F.v.M. 
- pyrophora Benth. 

. levopinea R. T. Baker. 
. ligustrina DC. 


E. stricta Sieber. 
222. E. grandis (Hill) Maiden. 


Plates, 164-167. (Issued March, 1920.) 


236. 
237. 
238. 
239. 
240. 
24), 
249. 


Sy 


See hbeesse2 8 


INDEX 


PART XLI. 
. latifolia F.v.M. 


. HB. Foelscheana F.v.M. 

. HL. Abergiana F.v.M.. 

. £. pachyphylla F.v.M. 

. B. pyriformis Turczaninow, 


var. 
milli Maiden. 


. B. Oldfieldii F.v.M. 
. BE. Drummondii Bentham. 


Plates, 168-171. (Issued June, 1920.) 


PART XLII. 


. eximia Schauer. 

. peltata Bentham. 
Watsoniana F.v.M. 

. trachyphloia F.v.M. 

. hybrida Maiden. 

. Kruseana F.v.M. 

-. Dawsomi R. T. Baker. 

. polyanthemos Schauer. 

. Baueriana Schauer. 

. conica Deane and Maiden. 
. concolor Schauer. 
Plates, 172-175. 


PART XLIII. 
E. ficifolia F.v.M. 
E. calophylla R.Br. 
EB. hematorylon Maiden. 
EH. maculata Hook. 
E. Mooreana (W. VY. Fitzgerald) Maiden. 
E. approximans Maiden. 
E. Stowardi Maiden. 


Plates 176-179. 
1920.) 


(Issued 


Kings- 


(Issued August, 1920.) 


November, 


OF PARTS PUBLISHED—continued, 


259. 
260. 
261. 

15. 


262 


PART XLIV. 


. HL. perfoliata R. Brown. 

. Li. ptychocarpa F.v.M. 

5. H. stmilis Maiden. 

. £. lirata (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden n.sp. 

. #. Baileyana F.v.M. 

. E. Lane-Poolei Maiden. 

. BH. Ewartiana Maiden. 

. EL. Bakeri Maiden. 

. BE. Jacksoni Maiden. 

. H. eremophila Maiden. 

Plates, 180-183. (Issued February, 
1921.) : 


PART XLV. 
i. erythrocorys F.v.M, 


‘E. tetrodonta ¥.v.M. 


E. odontocarpa F.v.M. 

. capitellata Smith. 

. Camfieldi Maiden. 

. Blaxlandi Maiden and Cambage. 

. Normantonensis Maiden and Cambage. 
Plates, 184-187. (Issued April, 1921.) 


See & 


PART XLYI. 
H. tetragona F.v.M. 
LE. eudesmioides F.v.M. 
E. Ebbanoensis Maiden n.sp. 
E. Andrewsi Maiden. 


. E. angophoroides R. T. Baker. 
263. 
264. 

70. 


FE. Kybeanensis Maiden & Cambage. 
(dup. of 252) 2. eremophila Maiden. 
E. decipiens Endl. 


Plates, 188-191. (Issued May, 1921.) 


61. #. paniculata Sm, 
274. EH. decorticans sp: nov. 
275. E. Culleni R. H. Cambage. 
276. E. Beyeri R. T. Baker. 
98. #. globulus Labill. ; 
277. E. nova-anglica Deane and Maiden. 


PART XLVII. 


E. Laseroni R. T. Baker. 
266, EH. de Bewzevillei Maiden. 

EB, Mitchelli Cambage, 

#. Brownti Maiden and Cambage. 
269. E. Cumbageana Maiden. — 

#. miniata A. Cunn. } 
B. Woollsiana R. T. Baker. Pe ASA 
44. EH. odorata Behr and Schlecht. 


43. BE. hemiphloia F.y.M., var. microca 
Maiden. x 


42. E. bicolor A. Cunn. ° 
270. EF. Pilligaensis Maiden. 
Dat. Penrithensis Maiden. 


. micranthera F.v.M. 
. notabilis Maiden. 

- canaliculata Maiden. Rip: 
Plates, 192-195. (Issued July, 1921.) 


" 


_ 
is 
See ea 


PART XLVII. 


Plates 196-199. (Issued August, 192 


THE GROWING TREE. 


Rate of growth. 

Natural afforestation. 
Increment curves. 

The largest Australian trees, 


A URITIULAL REVISION OF THE 
GENUS EUCALYPTUS 


BY 


a. te MAIDEN, i560, rks, bus 


(Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the 
Botanic Gardens, Sydney). 


Vou V > DART 10. 


E ‘OF THE 
P ART L COMPLETE WORK. 


(WITH FOUR PLATES.) 


resets 


< Tire 
Sahysunian LE oy 
~ ) VioN, 
hs 2N 
we WAR 7 4999 x 


PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE. 256393 
Neary am, 
(ora Masel - 

See 
Published by Authority of 


THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


Svnnen : 
WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER. 


“6s ~ 1921. 


INDEX OF PARTS 


PART I. 
1. E. pilularis Sm., and var. Muelleriana 
Maiden. 
Plates, 1-4. (Issued March, 1903.) 
PART II. 
2. HE. obliqua L’ Héritier. 
Plates, 5-8. (Issued May, 1903.) 
PART III. 
3. E. calycogona Turezaninow. 
Plates, 9-12. (Issued July, 1903.) 
PART IV. 
4, E. incrassata Labillardiére. 
5. E. fecunda Schauer. 
Plates, 13-24. (Issued June, 1904.) 
“PART V. 
6. E. stellulata Sieber. 
7. E. coriacea A. Cunn. 
8. EF. coccifera Hook. f. 
Plates, 25-28. (Issued November, 1904.) 
PART VI. 
9. EZ. amygdalina Labillardiére. 
10. HE. linearis Dehnhardt. 
ll. EH. Risdoni Hook. f. 
Plates, 29-32. (Issued April, 1905.) 
PART VII. 
12. HE. regnans F.v.M. 
13. HE. vitellina Naudin, and E. vitrea R. T. 
Baker. 
14. E. dives Schauer. 
15. HE. Andrewsi Maiden. 
16. EZ. diversifolia Bonpland. 
Plates, 33-36. (Issued October, 1905.) 
PART VIII. 
17. E. capitellata Sm. 
18. EL. Muelleriana Howitt. 
19. EH. macrorrhyncha F.v.M. 
20. HE. eugenioides Sieber. 
21. E. marginata Sm. 
22. E. buprestium F.v.M. 
23. EH. sepulcralis F.v.M. 
Plates, 37-40. (Issued March, 1907.) 
PART IX. 
24. E. alpina Lindl. 
25. EH. microcorys F.v.M. 
26. E. acmenioides Schauer. 
27. EH. umbra R. T. Baker. 
28. E. virgata Siebr. 
29. E. apiculata Baker and Smith. 
30. H. Luehmanniana F.v.M. 
31. E. Planchoniana F.v.M. 


Plates. 41-44. (Issued Novemher. 1907.) 


60. 
61. 
62. 
63. 
64. 
65. 


bio ty oy ot 


Bee ees 


Seeeee& 


eee eee 


PART X. 


. prperita Sm. 
. Sieberiana F.v.M. 


Consideniana Maiden. 
hemastoma Sm. 


. siderophloia Benth. 


Boormani Deane and Maiden. 


. leptophleba F.v.M. 
. Behriana F.v.M: 
. populifolia Hook. 


Bowmani F.v.M. (Doubtful species.) 
Plates, 45-48. (Issued December, 1908.) 


PART XI. 


. Bosistoana F.v.M. 

. bicolor A. Cunn. 

. hemiphloia F.v.M. 

. odorata Behr and Schlechtendal. 
. An Ironbark Boz. 

. fruticetorum F.v.M. 

. acacioides A. Cunn. 

. Thozetiana F.v.M. 

. ochrophloia F.v.M. 

. microtheca F.v.M. 


Plates, 49-52. (Issued February, 1910.) 


PART XII. 


. Raveretiana F.v.M. 
. crebra F.v.M. 


Staigeriana F.v.M. 
melanophlowa F.v.M. 
pruinosa Schauer. 


. Smithii R. T. Baker. 


Naudiniana F.v.M. 


. siderorylon A. Cunn. 
. leucorylon F.v.M. 
. Caleyi Maiden. 


Plates, 58-56. (Issued November, 1910.) 


PART XIII. 


. affints Deane and Maiden. 
. paniculata Sm. 

. polyanthemos Schauer. 

. Rudderi Maiden. 

. Baueriana Schauer. 

. cneorifolia DC. 


Plates, 57-60. (Issued July, 1911.) 


PART XIV. 


. melliodora A. Cunn. 

. fasciculosa F.v.M. 

. uncinata Turezaninow. 
. decipiens Endl. 

. concolor Schauer. 

. Cléeziana F.v.M. 

. oligantha Schauer. 


Plates, 61-64. (Issued March, 1912.) 


73. 
74, 
75. 


101. 
102. 
103. 
104. 
105. 


106. 
107. 
108. 
109. 
110. 
111. 
112. 


PUBLISHED. 


SS ee eee ee ees 


Sees 


. oleosa F.v.M. 
. Gilli Maiden. 
. falcata Turcz. 


. oleosa F.v.M., var. Flocktoniw Mi 
. Le Souefit Maiden. 

. Clelandi Maiden. 

. decurva F.v.M. 

. doratoxrylon F.v.M. 


. goniantha Turcz. 
. Stricklandi Maiden. 


. diptera Andrews. 


. grossa F.v.M. 
. Pimpiniana Maiden. 
. Woodwardi Maiden. 


. salmonophloia F.v.M. 
. leptopoda Bentham. 


. Oldfieldii F.v.M. 
. orbifolia F.v.M. 
. pyriformis Turczaninow. 


. macrocarpa Hook. 

. Preissiana Schauer. 

. megacarpa F.v.M. 

. globulus Labillardiere. 
. Maideni F.v.M. 

. urnigera Hook, f. 


. goniocalyr F.v.M. 

. nitens Maiden. 

. eleophora F.v.M. 

. cordata Labill. 

. angustissima F.v.M. 


. gigantea Hook, f. 

. longifolia Link and Otto. 
. dwersicolor F.v.M. 

. Guilfoylei Maiden. 

. patens Bentham. 

. Todtiana F.v.M. 

. micranthera F.v.M. 


’ 


PART XY. 


(Issued July, wil 
1 


¥ 


Plates, 65-68. 


PART XVI. 


corrugata Luehmann. 


Campaspe 8S. le M. Moore. 


Griffiths: Maiden. 


Plates, 69-72. (Issued September, 


PART XVII. 


squamosa Deane and Maiden. 


Plates, 73-76. (Issued February, 


PART XVIII. 


Plates, 77-80. (Issued July, 1913. 


PART XIX. 


Plates, 81-84. (Issued December, 


PART XX. 


- 
Plates 85-88. (Issued March, 191 


AX ORMMICAL REVISION OF THE 


€ENUS TPUCALYPTUS 


BY 


dees AT DENS O70 RS. Els: 


(Government Botanist of New South Wales and Director of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney). 


Von Veo Parn 10) 
Part L of the Complete Work. 


(WITH FOUR PLATES.) 


“« Ages are spent in collecting materials, ages more in separating and combining 
them. Even when a system has been formed, there is still something to add, to alter, 
or to reject. Every generation enjoys the use of a vast hoard bequeathed to it by 
antiquity, and transmits that hoard, augmented by fresh acquisitions, to future ages. 
In these pursuits, therefore, the first speculators lie under great disadvantages, and 


even when they fail, are entitled to praise,” 
Macautay’s “Essay ON MILTON.” 


PRICE THREE SHILLINGS AND SIXPENCE, 


Published by Authority of 
THE GOVERNMENT OF THE STATE OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 


Svpnev : 
WILLIAM APPLEGATE GULLICK, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET. an ati 
s- 
26863—A 1921. 


256393 


=> A3H,. Muse os 


CCLXXXI. Fuealyptus Houseana 
(W. V. Fitz@erald) Maiden. 


Description ~*~ . 
Range 
Affinities 


CCLXXXU, Eucalyptus Jutsoni Maiden. 
Description : 

Range 

Affinities 


CCLXXXIII. Eucalyptus adjuncta Maiden. 


Description 
Range 
Affinities 


I. Eucalyptus pilularis Sm., var. pyriformis Maiden. 


Deseription 


CCLXXXIV. Eucalyptus pumila Cambage. 


Description 
Range 
Affinities . 


CCLXXXV. Eucalyptus rarylora ¥. M. Bailey. 


Description 
Range 
Affinities . 


CCLXXXVI. Eucalyptus Mundijongensis 


Maiden. 
Description : : : ; ° A . ° 
Range : : : : < 5 4 artis ° : 
Affinities . : . ° ° ° . ° . 


No. oli. The Bark: 
(Continued from p. 289, Part XLIX.) 


1. Early references to Eucalyptus barks and early 
Eucalyptus vernaculars in general 


2. Eucalyptus bark classifications :— 
i. Mueller (1889) . é 5 6 ° 
ii. Mueller (1884) 
lil, Maiden (1891) 
iv. Cambage (1918) 
v. Baker (1919) . 
vi. Maiden (1921) 


0. Mallees, Marlocks, and other small species. 


a. True Mallees . 
b, False Mallees 
e. Marlocks 


PAGE. 
395 

306 
306 


3.8 


315 
317 
320 


DESCRIP FON. 
CCLXXXI, EF. Houseana (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. 


In Journ. Royal Society, N.S.W., xlix, 319 (1915). 


FoLLow1nG is the original description :— 


_ Arbor alta, altitudinem 80 feet attinens, aetate opposito-foliata florescens. Folia juvenia fere 
amplexicaulia, petiolis brevibus vel absentibus, latissime lanceolata ad fere ovata, basi cordata, apice 
obtusa, pallida saepa glauca, 8-12 cm. longa, 6-7 cm. lata. Venae patentes, venis principis fere 
parallelibus, margine crassata. Folia matura petiolata, alternata, falcata, petiolis 2 cm. longis, foliis 
ad 16 cm. longis et 4 cm. latis. Alabastri, pedunculis brevibus leniter planis, floribus sessilibus vel fere 
sessilibus, 4-7 capitulo. Operculum hemisphaericum circiter dimido cupula subangulare aequilongum. 
Antherae aperintes in fissuris parallelibus, versatiles, dorso glandula magna. Fructus non vidimus. 


“ Amongst the tallest of the tropical species, occasionally reaching a height of 80 feet.”’ 


Particulars as to habit, bark, and timber, not available. 


[The following is supplementary information from Mr. Fitzgerald’s MSS. ‘‘ Height 40-70 feet, 
trunk to 30 feet, diameter 1}-24 feet, bark persistent, white to greyish-white, smooth; timber reddish, 
not very hard or tough Quoted by Maiden in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 450, 1917.] 


Juvenile leaves.—The following description has been drawn up from specimens in the 
flowering (or rather plump bud) stage; they represent, as far as we have them at present, the juvenile 
leaf stage; at the same time, they are mature to the extent that they are contemporaneous with the 
inflorescence. Opposite, almost stem-clasping, the petioles being very short or absent; very broadly 
lanceolate to nearly ovate, cordate at the base, apex blunt pointed, margin sometimes undulate, pale 
coloured, or entirely glabrous. Length 8-12 cm., width 6-7 cm. 


Venation spreading, the principal veins roughly parallel, and making an angle of approximately 
60 degrees with the midrib ; the margin thickened, the intramarginal vein well removed from the edge, 
the venation distinct, particularly on the lower surface. 


[From additional material collected by Mr. Fitzgerald, the following additions to the description 
have been drawn up :— 


Juvenile leayes.—Slightly glaucous, equally green on both sides, slightly stem-clasping 
around a nearly terete branchlet, oval to ovoid or broadly-lanceolate, tapering into a blunt or rounded 
apex, up to 18 em. (say 7 in.) long by 8 em. (say 3} in.) broad, secondary veins roughly parallel, at an 
angle of about 60 degrees with the midrib and with abundance of fine anastomosing veins, the intramarginal 
vein well removed from the edge—Maiden in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., li, 450, 1917.] 


Mature leaves.—(Petiolate, alternate, lanceolate, falcate, with petioles of 2 cm., and leaves 
up to 16 cm. long and 4 cm. wide. Venation distinct, the foliage pale-coloured and glabrous and the two 
surfaces scarcely to be distinguished from each other.) 


292 


Flowers.—Buds with short, slightly flattened peduncles, the individual flowers sessile or almost 
so, four to seven in the head as seen. Opercula hemispherical, about half the length of the calyx-tube, 
which tapers only slightly, and which is usually sub-angular. (Filaments turn red on drying. Anthers 
open in parallel slits, attachment of filaments versatile; large gland at back.) 


Fruits not seen. 


[Fruits conoid to hemispherical, small (rather more than 5 mm. in diameter), nearly sessile, the 
short broad pedicel continued into the calyx-tube, forming two or more angles. Peduncle of 5 to 7mm., 
also flattish and angular. The fruit with a narrow rim, the tips of the capsule slightly exsert and not 
adnate to the edge. Description drawn up from material collected by Mr. J. H. Niemann at Pine Creek, 
Northern Territory, and given by me in Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. li, 450, 1917.] 


Type.—Isdell River near Mount Barnett Homestead, Kimberleys, North Western Australia, 
No. 1014, collected by W. V. Fitzgerald, May, 1905. 


The sentences in round brackets ( ) have been drawt up from specimens 
(No. 1357) collected at the base of the Artesian Range, Kimberleys, by Mr. Fitzgerald. 
The sentences in square brackets [ ] have been drawn up from the sources stated. 


In the following year (viz., 1916) Mr. Fitzgerald, on the eve of his departure 
for the war, placed certain of his botanical manuscripts in my care, and I found the 
following description of this species amongst them, which supplements, to some extent, 
my original description :— 


Arborescent, branchlets angular; leaves on the young plants opposite or sub-opposite, shortly 
petiolate, ovate-cordate, obtuse, those on the tree alternate, conspicuously petiolate, broad to narrow- 
lanceolate, usually falcate, acuminate, all thin, of dull lustre, the oil dots copious, veins fine, numerous, 
ascending and evident, reticulated between, intramarginal one adjacent to the edge; flowers 4-8, sessile 
and rather closely packed, on axillary and lateral thick terete peduncles which are much dilated upwards; 
calyx-tube obconical, not ribbed; lid depressed, hemispherical, much shorter than the calyx-tube; 
stamens inflected in the bud; anthers oblong, with parallel distinct cells dehiscing longitudinally; ovary 
flat topped; style short. 


Leaves (Juvenile) 3-4 inches long, (Mature) 6-8 inches long, the petioles to 1 inch. Peduncles 
2 lines long; calyx-tube 2 lines or less in length. Stamens 2 lines, the filaments white. 

Fruit not seen. 

Locality —On grassy plains, Upper Isdell River, base of Artesian Range (W.V.F.). The species 
is named in honour of Dr. F. M. House of Western Australia. 


Affinity —E. feecunda, Schauer. 


RANGE. 


It is a tropical species occurring both in Western Australia and the Northern 
Territory. 


Western Australia.—The type comes from Mount Barnett Homestead, Kimberleys, 
North West Australia (W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 1,014)—‘‘ In swampy and wet sandy 
localities, associated with the coarser kind of grasses were EH. Houseana and 
E. ptychocarpa.” (Fitzgerald in “ Kimberley Report,” p, 12). 


293 


Appendix.—The name Houseana was used by Mr. Fitzgerald in the Western 
Mail, Perth, W.A., of 2nd June, 1906. No description of the plant was ever published. 
A small scale photograph was accompanied by the following words :—* Eucalyptus 
Houseana W.V.¥., after Dr. F. M. House, is among the tallest of the tropical species, 
it occasionally reaching a height of 80 feet. This tree usually occurs on well-grassed 
plains between the Isdell and Charnley Rivers (original description, p. 322).” 


Northern Territory.—l attribute the following four specimens to this species :— 

1. Scientific Expedition of Prof. (now Sir) W. Baldwin Spencer (and others) 
from Darwin to the Roper River, Gulf of Carpentaria, July-August, 1911. At Cullen 
Creek Prof. Spencer collected a specimen with glaucous foliage, twigs and buds. 
Leaves sessile but hardly stem-clasping; flowering while the leaves are still opposite. 
The leaves as much as 15 cm. long and half as broad. 


Then I have three specimens from the Pine Creek Railway, viz. :— 

2. Collected by Dr. H. I. Jensen, Government Geologist, Darwin, in August, 
1913. His label reads, “Sessile leaf, white bark (? smooth bark—J.H.M.), small 
flower and fruit (no fruit available—J.H.M.), rather crooked branches.” Close to 


type. 
3. A similar specimen from E. J. Dunn, Pine Creek Railway, same date, also 


in bud and leaf. 

4. Specimen in leaf, bud, and flower from Pine Creek, J. H. Niemann, August 
1904. This differs from the type, and Nos. 2 and 3, in having distinct pedicels to the 
flowers. There is a slight umbo to the operculum, probably because the bud is fully 
developed. The leaves are mostly narrower-lanceolate than the type, and most have 
distinct, though very short, petioles. (Original description, p. 320). 


In Ewart and Davies’ “ Flora of the Northern Territory,” p. 311 (1917), I quoted 
the following additional localities :— 

381. Burrundie (McKinlay River flats). 

359. “ Snow-white bark, smooth-barked tree, growing singly or in branches 
like Mallee. Medium size. It is crooked on poor soil, straighter on Burrundie alluvial 
soil.” Burrundie. 

345. “ Particularly partial to flooded clay flats. Like many trees it loses its 
leaves in the dry season.” Pine Creek. 

379. “ Tree up to 40 feet high, smooth white bark.” On flats, Pine Creek to 
Wandi. 

375. Wandi. Non-glaucous. © 

380. Mount Diamond to Wand Flats. 

413. Umbrawarra. 

Dr. Jensen says that the forms from the hills and from the flats may look very 
different, which may be due to a stunting of the former, which have a much smaller 
leaf and fruit. 


294 


AFFINITIES. 


This is another of the few species which flower in the opposite-leaved or juvenile 
stage (See Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlvili, 424 (1914) ). If described from the type 
only, it might have been looked upon as homoblastic species, but the additional 
material I have quoted shows that, like HE. praecow (loc. cit.), it is heteroblastic, like 
the vast majority of species of this genus. We can only say that it is an example of 
retarded heteroblasty. 


Other instances of retarded heteroblasty in Eucalyptus are :— 


E. Risdoni Hook. f. See Plate 32 of the present work. 
E. Gilli Maiden. See Plate 67, op. cit. 
E. cinerea, F.v.M. See Plate 89, op. cit. 
E. cinerea F.v.M., var. multiflora. Plate 90, op. cit. 
E. melanophloia F.v.M. 
In the absence of a complete suite of specimens and full data as regards 


E. Houseana, | am only able to suggest relationships to the following species at 
present :—- 


1. With E£. alba Reinw. 


The flower-buds of £. Houseana may resemble those of E. alba a good deal. 
Exceptionally the leaf-blade may resemble that of Z. Houseana in shape and venation, 
but that of HZ. alba is not sessile at any stage, not cordate at the base, and is often gross 
in size. Speaking generally, the foliage of H. alba is not pale-coloured, whether arising 
from glaucousness or not. Both species flourish in moist, low-lying localities. 


2. With F. clavigera A. Cunn. 


It differs from this species in the hairiness of the leaves (particularly) in young 
Specimens, so common in ZL. clavigera, in the numerous flowers, in the great length of 
the peduncles and pedicels, and in the clavate shape of the buds of FE. clavigera. The 
shape of the leaves and the venation may, exceptionally, be a good deal similar in the 
two species. (Original description, p. 321.) 


3. With E. fecunda Schauer, according to Mr. Fitzgerald himself. 


E. fecunda is figured and described in Part IV. I am not able to indicate close 
affinities, and leave the matter for further enquiry. 


295 


DESCRIPTION: 


CCLXXXIT. EF. Jutsoni Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lui, 61 (1919). 


FoLLOWING is the original description :— 


Frutex parvus ramulosus circiter 6-8 altus, trunco tenue. Ramulorum apicibus planis mox 
teretibus. Foliis maturis brevissime petiolatis, angusto-linearibus, 7-5-9 cm. longis, crassis, duris venis 
inconspicuis. Pedunculis brevissimis vel absentibus 2-4 floris; calycis tubo conoideo operculo acuminato 
conoideo equilongo. Antheris E£. angustissime similibus. Flores non vidimus. 


“A small, thin-stemmed, branching-from-the-root-gum, about 6 to 8 feet high on the average. 
White flowers, yellow pointed buds. Ants very numerous on the bark” (J. T. Jutson). Branchlets 
flattened at the tips, but soon becoming terete. 


Juvenile leayes not seen. 


Mature leaves very shortly petiolate, narrow linear, acuminate, slightly twisted, 7-5-9 cm. 
(say 3-3} inches) long, wiry, thickish and tough, the veins inconspicuous, often channelled at the 
inconspicuous midrib. 


Peduneles axillary, very short or absent, flattened, each with two to four flowers. 


Buds sessile or tapering into a short, flattened pedicel-like process, the calyx-tube conoid, and of 
the same length as the acuminate conical operculum. 


Flowers.—Stamens inflected in the bud, anthers renantheroid (7.e., somewhat resembling the 
Renanthere), and apparently similar to those of H. angustissima. Style long, the stigma scarcely 
thickened, the ovary conical. 


Fruits not seen. 


Type from Comet Vale, W.A. (John Thomas Jutson, No. 216. Formerly Geological Surveyor 
on the staff of the Geological Survey of Western Australia.) 


RANGE. 


It is only known from Comet Vale, a township on the railway line 63 miles north 
of Kalgoorlie, Western Australia. 


296 


APE TNT S: 


1. With FE. angustissima F.v.M. 


Its closest affinity appears to be with the imperfectly known EH. angustissima. 
See the present work, Part XIX, with Plate 84. 


EH. Jutsoni appears to be a coarser plant than FH. angustissima, and its conoid 
or tip-cat buds are qui'e different in shape to those of fig. 7a, which has very short, 
though distinct, non-tapering pedicels. Fruits of 8b, as depicted, could not result from 
the flowers of H. Jutsoni. The anthers of the two species may not be dissimilar, but 
I have not seen ripe ones of #. angustissima. After the most careful consideration 
I am quite satisfied that, although the two species present some points of resemblance, 
they are distinct. 


2. With EF. oleosa F.v.M., var angustifolia Maiden. 


This is a narrow-leaved form of the species, figured at fig. 17, Plate 65 (the 
type), with other specimens referred to this form, viz., fig. 18, Plate 65, and fig. 1, 
Plate 66, with figs. 2 and 3, Plate 66, perhaps belonging to it. 


The type of var. angustifolia=E. socialis F.v.M., and it differs from ZL. Jutsoni 
in the broader. more distinctly veined leaves, and in the number of flowers in the head. 
Incidentally it may be pointed out that the buds figured at fig. 1b, Plate 66, display 
great similarity to those of typical H. angustissima (fig. 6a, Plate 84). : 


997 


DESCRIPTION. 
CCLXXXIU. EF. adjuneta Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., liv, 167 (1920). 


FoLiow1ne is the original description :— 


Arbor alta, “Grey Gum,” ligno atro-rubeo. Foliis maturis petiolatis lanceolatis, rectis vel 
falcatis, venis secundariis patentibus non prominulis. Alabastris axillaribus, umbellis 5-floris in duobus 
paribus, pedunculis pedicellisque gracilibus, calycis tubo obconico, operculo rostrato 1 cm. longo. 
Fructibus hemispherico-conoideis, ca 1 em. diametro, calycis tubo leve margine distincta, capsule valvis 
valde exsertis. 


A tall tree of 70 or 80 feet, with a diameter of 3 or4 feet (Andrew Murphy); the bark smooth, and 
somewhat rough in patches, like that of a Grey Gum; timber deep red. 


Juvenile leayes.—What are known as “suckers” (adventitious shoots) are not available, 
but a young seedling has leaves of medium width. 


Mature leayes small (as far as the material is available), petiolate, lanceolate, straight or falcate, 
tapering gradually to the apex, without lustre, secondary veins not prominent, spreading, the midrib and 
marginal vein pink in colour. 


The original material was mislaid. When subsequent search was made for the original trees it 
was found that the group of three had been destroyed in the widening of the line, and others have not yet 
been found. The belated description is published now, in the hope that other trees may be traced. 


Buds axillary, usually in two pairs of three flowered umbels, peduncles slender, 1 cm. long and 
more, decurved, pedicels slender, of half that length, calyx-tube smooth, obconical, 5 mm. long, 7 mm. 
broad, terminating somewhat abruptly in the pedicel; operculum rostrate, 1 cm. long. Anthers long, 
white, opening in parallel slits, gland at back, versatile. 


Fruits hemispherical-concoid, about 1 cm. in diameter, calyx-tube smooth, with distinct domed 
rim, the valves of the capsule three or four and well exsert. 


RANGE. 


Close to the bank of a fresh-water creek, near the eastern side of the railway 
line, about three-quarters of a mile from Wyee Railway Station, towards Morisset, 
Wyee is 71 miles north of Sydney, and 33 miles south of Newcastle, New South Wales. 


The species has been temporarily lost, so we must postpone further notes as to 
its range. It has probably been confused with other Grey Gums in well-watered 
littoral districts of New South Wales and Queensland. 


298 


AFFINITIES. 


Its position seems to be between EH. longifolia, Link and Otto, and E. punctata 
DC., but to come nearer to the former. The timber seems to be nearer EL. longifolia. 
in texture and colour, although that of EH. punctata runs it closely. As regards the 
bark, while HZ. punctata is consistently a Grey Gum, one may have logs showing that 
the woolly bark (woolly-butt) of EH. longifolia almost disappears, showing bark inter- 
mediate between a Grey Gum and a Woolly-butt. H. adjuncta is a Grey Gum. 


1. With E. longifolia Link and Otto. 

For E. longifolia see Part XX, Plate 86, of the present work. There is 
similarity in the pink veins of the leaves and in the three-flowered umbels and in the 
timber. There are differences in the larger leaves of E. longifolia, in the (as a rule) 
smaller flowers, in the absence or almost absence of exsertion of the valves and in the 
roughness of the bark. 


2. With FE. punctata DC. 

Originally /. adjuncta was sent as a “ bark and timber not to be distinguished 
from EF. punctata.” For E. punctata see Part XXIX, Plates 121, 122, of the present 
work, where it wil! be seen that the peduncles and pedicels are thicker, the flowers are 
more numerous in the umbel, the buds different in shape, and the fruits different. 


299 


DESCRIPTION. 
I. E. pilularis Sm. 


FoLLowrnG is the original description of a variety :— 


E., pilularis 8m., var. pyriformis Maiden, in Journ. Roy. Soc., N.S.W., xlvii 94 (1913). 


Bucca Creek, near Coffs Harbour, New South Wales. (A. H. Lawrence, J. L. Boorman.) Type, 
J. L. Boorman, June, 1911. 


A tall, sound “‘ Blackbutt,” 4 to 7 feet in diameter, bark ribbony up to beyond the third or fourth 
branches. Bark on the butt similar to that of the normal species. Branchlets often glaucous and 
double opercula common. 


Fruit large, often pyriform, commonly 1-5 cm. long, 1 cm. broad in the dried state. 


Since the above was published I have obtained the following additional particulars 
from Mr. Boorman :—* Tall trees of 60-80 feet. Timber straight in the grain. On 
the hills away from Bucca Creek on the Woolgoolga road near Coff’s Harbour. Only 
a few trees in the district.” 


At one time I thought this might be a species distinct from H. pilularis. It 
differs from the normal species in the size and shape of the fruits. I have, however, 
since obtained some fruits which are nearly as globular as those of normal E. pilularvs. 
The glaucous branches in the variety seem different. The juvenile leaves of both 
forms seem to be the same. It is certainly an interesting variety. 


For a reference to aboriginal names of normal FL. pilularis see Part I, p. 27, also 
a paper by me in Agricultural Gazette, N.S.W., October, 1903, p. 989. 


300 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLXXXIV. E. pumila Cambage. 


In Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., lu, 453, 1918 (with Plate XX XVII). 


FoLLowinG is the original description :— 

Arbuscula alta, cum truncis multis separatis, in altum pedes quindecim viginitive extendens, 
trunci diametrum unciarum duarum triumve habens. 

Ramusculc angulares precipue ad extremitates. 

Folia (reversio) tenera ovata ad ovata-lanceolata, 3-5 cm. longa 1-1-5 em. lata. 


Folia matura linearia-lanceolata ad ovata-lanceolata, modice crassa, sex ad duodecim cm. longa, 
unum ad tria cm. lata, sepe leviter falcata; utrobique obtuse viridia, extremitates fusce et flaccide, 
systema venosa modice clara, vene laterales angulis cir. circiter 40 ad 55° e corta media disposite, vena 
inter margines plerumque juxta marginem, olei glandule numerose. Petiolus 1-1-5 cm. longus. 


Gemmae.—Fusce cum colore viridi tincte. proper sessiles vel cum pediculis circiter unum mm. longis, 
operculum conoide, quinque ad septem mm. long, calycistibus vix longitudinis dimidius pedunculus, 
aliquanto complanatus circiter unum mm. longus. 


Flores.—Circiter septem ad tredecim in umbella, anthere modice calle parallele. 


Fructus.—Prope sessiles, hemisphericales, diametrus circiter septem mm. plerumque cum 
quatuor valvis exsertis, ora crassa, convexi. 


Cortex.—Tenuis et levis ad humum, interdum cum vittis pendulis longis, crassus -5-2 mm., color 
cinereus vel subyiridis. 


Lignum.—Fuscum in centrum, durum. 

A tall shrub of many separate stems reaching 15-20 feet high, with stem-diameter of 2-3 inches. 
Branchlets.—Angular, especially towards the tips. 

Juvenile (reversion) _ FoL1acE.—Ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 3-5 cm. long, 1-2-5 cm. broad. 


Mature leaves linear-lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, fairly thick, 6-12 cm. long, 1-3 cm. broad, 
often slightly falcate, dull green on both sides, tips brown and withered. Venation fairly distinct, lateral 
veins arranged at angles of from about 40-55 degrees with the. midrib, intramarginal vein usually close 
to the edge. Oil glands numerous. Petiole from 1-1-5 cm. long. 


Buds.—Greenish-brown, almost sessile or with pedicels about 1 mm. long, operculum conoid, 
5 to 7 mm. long, the calyx-tube scarcely half that length, peduncle somewhat flattened, about 1 cm. long. 


Flowers.—About 7-15 in the umbel, anthers of medium size, the cells parallel. 


a 


Fruits.—Almost sessile, hemispherical, about 7 mm. in diameter with usually four exserted 
valves, rim thick, convex. 


Bark.—Thin and smooth to the ground, sometimes ribbony, -5-2 mm. thick, slaty to greenish in 
colour. 


Timber.—Brown towards centre, tough. 


Seedlings.—Hypocotyl red, erect, glabrous. 


301 


Cotyledons slightly emarginate, 1:7 mm. long, 5 mm. broad, lobes oblong-obtuse, upper side 
green, underside red, glabrous; petiole 2 mm. long. 


Seedling foliage opposite for two or three pairs, entire, glabrous, oval-lanceolate to ovate and 
ovate-lanceolate, obtuse. First pair up to 1-4 cm. long, 7-5 mm. broad, upperside green, underside red to 
purple, petiole 2mm. long. Second pair up to 3 cm. long, 1-8 em. broad, underside red to purple, petiole 
5mm. Third pair up to 4:7 cm. long, 2-4 cm. broad, underside at first reddish purple, becoming pale 
green, petiole up to 7 mm. 


Stems red. 


The seeds germinated twelve and a half years after being gathered. Plants when about 6-8 inches 
high developed nodules or swellings about the axis of the cotyledons, which had fallen. 


RANGE. 


Near Pokolbin, a quarter of a mile west of portion 146, Parish of Rothbury 
County of Westmoreland, New South Wales. 


This species is a Mallee growing on the side of a hill amongst Eucalyptus 
siderophlora Benth., EH. maculata Hook., Callitris calcarata R.Br., Casuarina [uehmanni 
R. T. Baker, and C. stricta Ait. The specific name is in allusion to the dwarfed habit 
of the tree. 


APPINITIES: 


ji. Aen J Glomilanan. Chtare, 


Its closest affinity appears to be with H. dealbata A. Cunn., from which it differs 
in bark and timber, as well as the texture of the leaves, and the position of the intra- 
marginal vein. The seedling foliage is also different. (The evolution of the 
Eucalypts in relation to the cotyledons and seedlings, by Cuthbert Hall, M.D., 
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxix, Plate 46). #. dealbata will sometimes grow in 
Mallee form, but in such cases the bark remains fairly thick, and the timber soft. 


2. With FE. Behriana F.v.M. 


In bark, timber, oil and habit #. pumila much resembles FE. Behriana F.v.M., 
but differs in the flowers, fruits and leaves. 


Leaves of this EKucalyptus were procured and distilled in August, 1907, at the 
Technological Museum. Messrs. Baker and Smith report on the oil as follows :— 


The yield of oil is large, 617 lb. of leaves with terminal branchlets giving 9 lb.-10 oz. of oil—equa] 
to 1-56 per cent. The oil is very rich in eucalyptol, and both in yield and eucalyptol content this species 
is one of the best from which to distil Kucalyptus oil for pharmaceutical purposes, and in this respect 
may be associated with H. Smithi, EL. polybractea (fruticetorum) and BE. Morrisiz. The oil contains some 


302 


pinene, but the dextrorotatory form only slightly predominates, and consequently the large fraction of 
rectified oil does not vary but slightly in optical properties from that of the crude oil. This is contrary 
to the general experience with oils of the eucalyptol class, as in those the dextrorotatory pinene generally 
predominates. There are only a few species which give an oil, the rectified portion of which has a less 
dextrorotatory than the crude oil; #. dealbata is one of the species having this peculiarity as well as 
E. Behriana, E. maculosa, and a few others. No phellandrene could be detected. A small amount of 
the lower boiling aldehydes was present; the odour indicated that butaldehyde and valeraldehyde were 
present, thus following the general rule. The crude oil in appearance and other characteristics resembles 
those of this group generally, and the recified oil is shghtly tinted yellow. . . . Of the most closely 
allied oils it more nearly approaches FH. dealbata than that of any other species which has yet been 
investigated, although the resemblance between it and the oil of #. Behriana is also strongly marked. 


Being a Mallee, it was thought that it might contain a considerable amount of calcium oxalate in 
the bark. The green bark taken from small sticks had a thickness of 1 to 2 millimetres; it was found 
to contain 3-85 per cent. of calcium oxalate. The amount of calcium oxalate in the bark of the largest 
piece having a diameter of 3 inches was 5-39 per cent. The crystals in the bark of this species differ in 
no respects from those of Eucalyptus barks generally (see paper with plate by H. G. Smith in Journ. Roy. 
Soc. N.S.W., xxxix, 23, 1905). The amount of lime in the bark of #. dealbata was 1-19 per cent. 


303 


7 DESCRIPTION. 


CCLXXXV. E. rariflora F. M. Bailey. 


In Queensland Agric. Journ., January, 1914, p. 62, with plates. 


FOLLOWING is the original description :— 


A tall tree not recorded as very abundant; branchlets slender of a pleasing red colour. Leaves 
very variable in shape, those of the flowering branchlets varying from lanceolate to oblong or even ovate, 
from 2-43 inches long and 3-1 inch broad, or the ovate ones still broader on slender petioles of about 
1 inch. On young trees the leaves are almost orbicular, or sometimes obversely reniform, and mostly 
broader than long, but always slightly decurrent on the petiole from 3-3 inches long and 4-3} inches 
broad, apex sometimes emarginate, texture thin, in the young leaves, almost membranous. (The petioles 
in these large leaves are often over 2 inches long.) Parallel nerves numerous, slender, branching at the top, 
where they join the intramarginal one, which is sometimes very close, at other times rather distant 
from the edge, the smaller veins forming a very delicate irregular reticulation. Oil dots numerous, 
Inflorescence composed of slender erectopatent panicles of usually few scattered pedicellate flowers; at 
times in umbels of three or four flowers. Operculum very short, scarcely exceeding 1 line, blunt or very 
slightly umbonate. Stamens inflected in the bud, the outer ones 14 lines long. Anthers globular, 
opening in broad slits. Fruit (including the short pedicel) 4 lines long, about 2 lines diameter; rim rather 
broad. Capsule sunk, 4-celled, the valves not exserted. Seeds small, somewhat pear-shaped, dark 
brown and slightly rugose. 


The trunk and large branches are (according to information and specimens 
kindly supplied to me by Dr. T. L. Bancroft) covered with hard-fibrous, black, corrugated 
bark, such as would merit the name of Black Box (Rhytiphloiw). The colour of the 
timber is pale brown. 


RANGE. 


It is confined to Queensland, so far as we know at present, the only specimens 
known coming from Eidsvold and Mundubbera. 


304 


AUC IN UN IEIGE Sy. 


The author was struck by the remarkable shape of the juvenile leaves, but 
suggested no affinity. 


The affinity is with 2. populifolia Hook., see Plate 48, Part X. There is no doubt 
that the two species are closely related, and it may be that they belong to the same 
species. I have received admirable specimens and notes from Dr. T. L. Bancroft, who 
suggested hybridism, an opinion I held for a number of years, but which I abandoned. 


If the references and plates to EL. populifolia and E. rariflora be examined, it 
will be found that in both species we have a predominance of round or poplar-leaves 
(populifolia), but also lanceolate leaves of various widths. In L. populifolia we have 
the narrower leaves in trees which do not appear to carry the broadest leaves, or which 
have not been collected on the same tree. In #. rariflora we have the two kinds of leaf 
on the same tree. 


These narrow leaves above referred to are shiny and are generally recognised 
as belonging to #. populifolia; indeed, bushmen call the shrub or tree producing them 
*““ Narrow-leaved Bimble Box.’ It is around these narrow leaves that the uncertainty, 
referred to hybridism as one explanation, has gathered. (Hor example, I thought 
the explanation was in assuming a hybrid between ZL. populifolia and EL. bicolor, the 
latter being a species often associated with the former, and having narrow leaves.) © 


The explanation I submit at the present time is that in all these forms we have 
one comprehensive species, consisting of— 


1. EL. populifolia, with broad leaves, as we usually know it. 


bo 


. With lanceolate leaves of various widths. 


. L. rariflora, with leaves of (1) and (2) combined on the same tree. 


oo 


I believe that we have isoblastic and heteroblastic species which are but forms 
of one another, and that we keep them apart because we have not the connecting 
evidence. 


In the present case I have given the evidence as to leaves; I cannot see any 
difference in inflorescence and fruits. The barks and timbers appear to be alike. I 
have given sufticient evidence to cause both Queensland and New South Wales botanists 
to endeavour to settle a very interesting and far-reaching point as to the relations 
between, or the identity of, the two species. 


805 


DESCRIPTION. 


CCLXXXVI, EF. Mundijongensis Maiden. 


In Journ. Roy. Soc., N.S.W., xlvii, 225 (1913). 


FoLLowInG is the original description :— 


Arbor alta, Cortex basi trunci dura et secedens. Rami teretes. Lignum pallidum. Folia 
circiter 15 cm. longa et 2 em. lata, aneusto-lanceolata, leniter faleate, nitentia, concoloria, crassa, coriacea, 
petiolata, penniveniis parum conspicuis. Alabastri in apicem acutati, clavati. Operculum in .apicem 
acutatum circiter dimidio calycis tubo equiloneum. Flores non vidi. Fructus fere sessiles, cylindroidei, 
circiter 1-5 cm. longi et -75 cm. diametro, margine angusta et sulcata. Valvarum apices sub orificio valde 


depressi. 


A tall tree, about 80-100 feet high, and 5 feet in diameter about 4 feet from the ground. The 
trunk of the only specimen known at present leans somewhat and divides into two main branches 
of approximately equal diameter at about 25 feet from the ground. 


Bark.—‘*‘ Fine adherent bark at base, top clean” (Dr. Cleland). Specimens of the bark forwarded 
by Mr. H. M. Giles and also by Mr. Wallace, are hard, flaky, breaking off in long woody strips. Bark of 
smaller branches smooth, but exhibiting exfoliation. It has a good deal in common with the Peppermint 
barks of the Eastern States (¢.g., E. piperita, Sm.). 


Timber.—Pale coloured. 


Juvenile leayes.—Coarse, thick, coriaceous, moderately shiny, equally green on both sides, 
petiolate, venation not very prominent, somewhat spreading at the base in some specimens, in others at an 
angle of about 60° to the midrib, and roughly parallel. Intramarginal vein not conspicuous, ard 
somewhat removed from the edge. Size of leaves seen by me about 12 cm. long and 5 broad. 


Mature leaves.—Narrow lanceolar, somewhat faleate, shiny, equally green on both sides, 
thicxish, coriaceous, petiolate, venation inconspicuous and penniveined, margins thickened, and the fine 
intramarginal vein not close to the edge. Leaves seen by me about 15 em. long, and 2 broad. 


Buils.—Not seen perfectly ripe. Pointed clavate, slightly angular, the operculum pointed, very 
slightly exceeding the calyx-tube in diameter, and about half as long as the same. Lach half ripe bud 
about 1 cm. long with a pedicel of half that length, apparently three to seven buds in the umbel, with a 
strap-shaped peduncle of 1-5-2 cm. Flowers not seen. 


Fraits.—With short peduncles to nearly sessile, cylindroid, about 1-5 em. long, and about half 
that in diameter, with a thin, grooved rim, valves three or four, and the tips well sunk below the orifice. 


306 


RANGE. 


This is only known at present from one (perhaps two) localities in Western 
Australia. Following is the history of the species so far as I know it :— 


Early in 1909, Dr. J. B. Cleland gave me a photograph of a tree and a few _ 
fragments of fruits and leaves from Jarrahdale, Western Australia. His label was 
“near Jarrahdale. Fine adherent bark at base, top clean. Near Jarrahdale Forest.” 


I recognised the specimens as identical with leaves and fruits given me by the 
late Mr. J. G. Luehmann, of the National Herbarium, Melbourne, many years ago 
when I intended to visit Western Australia, a trip which was postponed. This specimen 
bore the label, “ Close to the inn near Jarrah Dale, about 28 miles from Perth (Sir) 
John Forrest, 22nd March, 1882.” 


The locality is near Mundijong Railway Station. I have been in communication 
with Mr. C. R. P. Andrews, of Perth, on the subject, both before and since my visit 
to the western State in 1909. Although I planned to visit the tree, and actually got 
as far as the railway station, I was compelled to return to Perth without inspecting it. 


Mr. Andrews kindly communicated with the local teacher, and the following 
are extracts from two of his letters :— 

The teacher (Mr. Stephen Wallace) states that the tree grows about 5 miles from Jarrahdale, and 
he therefore wrote to Mr. R. Cowen, on whose property the tree stands, for particulars. In forwarding 
the specimens, Mr. Cowen remarked, “‘ Suckers are not obtainable. As far as I know, the tree is the only 
one of its kind in the district, and it seems to me to be a great age. The diameter is about 5 feet, and 
the tree grows on poor shallow soil. The sub-soil is nearly pure pipe-clay, and it is in a very wet place, 
both in summer and winter. Local opinion generally classes it as a Tuart.” 


The teacher states that it is a difficult tree to get specimens from, except when high winds blow 
the branches off. He also states that it appears to be in danger of destruction from white ants. 
Mr. Wallace has kindly forwarded small sections of one of the smaller branches 


and also some twigs at Mr. Andrews’s suggestion. For additional material I am 
indebted to Mr. H. M. Giles, of South Perth. 


AFFINITIES. 


1. With EF. inerassata Labill. Mueller suggested this affinity on a label on Sir 
John Forrest’s specimen. 


The affinity, or, at all events, the resemblance, is there, no doubt. We have 
it in the cylindroid fruits, but I know of none quite so cylindrical as those of the present 
species. As regards the buds, the operculum is shorter than the calyx-tube in some 
forms of EZ. incrassata also, but there is an absence of multiple mbbing in the present 


307 


species. The juvenile leaves are somewhat different and the mature leaves are very 
different to those of any form of H. incrassata I know. ‘The proposed species is a large 
tree, far exceeding in size that of any form of HZ. incrassata I ever heard of. 


2. With EF. gomphocephala DC. 


“ Local opinion generally classes it as a Tuart ” (correspondent of Mr. Andrews). 
Figures of E. gomphocephala can be seen in the “ Hucalyptographia,” and at Plate 92, 
Part XXIV of the present work. The affinities are not close, the swelling of the 
operculum in E. gomphocephala is a very prominent character, and there is only the 
trace of a swelling observable in the buds of the new species (they are, however, unripe). 
Occasionally, e.g., at fig. 2f of the plate quoted, the rim of the fruit of L. gomphocephala 
may be reduced, in which case the fruit bears some resemblance to that of the new 
species. But it would appear that the fruit of #. gomphocephala always has exserted 
valves. The resemblance of the leaves is not specially close. 


When I get flowers I will again raise the question of the affinities of this tree; 
in the absence of them, any conclusions must be of a provisional nature. 


808 


THE BARK. 


(Continued from p. 289, Part XLIX.) 


1. EARLY REFERENCES TO EUCALYPTUS BARKS, AND EARLY 
EUCALYPTUS VERNACULARS IN GENERAL. 


THE earliest reference to Eucalyptus trees in the field is by Banks in 1770 (Hooker’s 
“ Journal of the Right Hon. Sir Joseph Banks,” 1896), but although he and Solander 
observed them at both Botany Bay and Northern Queensland, their barks do not 
appear to have attracted his attention. This is not to be surprised at, as, close to the 
sea, they do not exhibit that degree of variation which is observed further inland. 
Apart from that, his visit was but a flying one, with the nature of the country, its 
aborigines, its fauna, its plants, all most puzzlingly strange. 

Mr. Caley [George Caley was in New South Wales from 1800 to 1810.—J.H.M.] has observed in the 
limits of the colony of Port Jackson nearly fifty species of Eucalyptus, most of which are distinguished, 
and have proper names applied to them, by the native inhabitants, who, from differences in the colour, 
texture, and scaling of the bark [the italics are mine], and in the ramification and general appearance of 


these trees, more readily distinguish them than botanists have as yet been able to do (Robert Brown 
in Flinders’ “ Voyage to Terra Australis,” ii, 545, 1814). 


In the same work (i, 18) Robert Brown had already stated— 
Of Eucalyptus alone nearly 100 species have been already observed; most of these are trees, many 
of them are great, and some of enormous dimensions. 
But only fourteen species were known to science in 1814, and only six species 
are referred to by Brown in his Collected Works (Ray Society). 


Hooker’s Eulogium (Proc. Linn. Soc., 1888, pp. 56-7), says :— 

Now, Brown, in the appendix to Flinders’ ‘‘ Voyage” says that he collected nearly 4,000 specics 
(3,900) in Australia . . . The species were, in a great measure, at any rate, described as collected 
in Australia itself, the descriptions were written out in the homeward voyage, and it only remained on 
the return to England to complete the work. 

It seems impossible that he excluded the Eucalypts. I have referred to the 
matter in my “ Sir Joseph Banks,” p. 42. 

It Caley or Brown made notes on the bark, they have not been preserved (or 
at all events, they have not been seen by an Australian specialist in the genus); from 
men of their powers of observation the notes could not fail to have been of interest. 
The aborigines of the districts in which Caley worked are practically extinct now. 
It is scarcely possible they abstained from making notes on such a difficult and 
interesting subject. We know that Caley brought specimens of timbers to England 
(“ A series of specimens of the native woods collected in New Holland by the late Mr, 


309 


George Caley,” and presented to the Linnean Society, Trans. Linn. Soc. xvii, 597 (1832) 
have disappeared, and, probably, losing their labels, have long since been destroyed). 
Even a manuscript list of Caley’s (if it exists), describing the barks of New South Wales 
trees, would be worthy of perusal, for year by year, we can interpret such notes better. 

Dr. A. R. Rendle, Keeper of Botany, British Museum, has kindly given me 
original labels with some of Caley’s specimens, and I have given notes on them, e.g., 
L. exumia, Part XLII, p. 30. 

The first reference I can find to the use of the term “ Gum Tree” is “ The 
Red Gum-Tree (Zucalyptus resinifera)”’ in White’s “ Voyage,” p. 231 (1790). It 
had evidently got into use, for we have “ The Red Gum-tree ” in G. Barrington’s “ History 
of New South Wales,” p. 461 (1802). The term arose without reference to the bark, 
but to the Kino oz “ gum ” which exuded from the tree. 

As early as “Gum” we have the name “The Peppermint tree (Hucalyptus 
prperita)” in White’s “ Voyage,” p. 226 (1790). This also did not refer to the bark, but 
to the leaves, which were early distilled for medicinal purposes for local use. See 
p- 328, Park LXVII of my “ Forest Flora and New South Wales.” 

The words “ White Gum” will be found in Barracks’s MS. Journal of 1798, 
annotated and explained by R. H. Cambage in Proc. Roy. Aust. Hist. Soc., vi, 33. The 
explorer was then somewhere near Bundanoon. The first use of the term “ White 
Gum ” I can trace in print is in Trans. Linn. Soc., xv, 192, 278, 285 (1827), as the abode 
of certain birds. I invite the attention of correspondents to these early vernacular 
names. The timber of “Gum,” &c., was spoken of by James Flemming, “ Journal 
of Explorations, Port Phillip,” p. 25 (1802). It was apparently a common thing to 
speak of gum-timber by that time. 


2 


Early uses of the term “‘ Blue Gum”’ are as follow :— 

“Blue Gum,” Collins’ “ Account of New South Wales,” 1, 235 (1802). ‘ Blue 
Gum Trees,” Oxley’s “ Expedition” (1820). 

Whether the first Blue Gum tree was named because the leaves were of a bluish 

cast (glaucous), or the young stems or branches, or both, cannot be stated with reference 
to a particular species. It may, or may not be, that EH. saligna, the “ Sydney Blue 
Gum,” was the first species to be called “ Blue Gum.” Although F. globulus, the 
Tasmanian and Victorian Blue Gum, has a bluer cast, the name, as applied to it, did 
not get into hterature till later than 1802. 
The name “ Stringybark,” which even more than Ironbark is in common use 
throughout eastern and South Australia, does not appear to have early got into books. 
We have it in P. Cunningham, op. cit., 1, 187 (1827). But Mr. R. H. Cambage, op. cit. 
pp. 9 and 33, shows that it occurs in Barracks’s MS. Journal in the Year 1798 in the 
Mittagong and Moss Vale (New South Wales) districts. In page 33 it is a “ short 
Stringy Bark,’ and therefore perhaps a Peppermint that is spoken of. Later on, one 
finds it noted as “ The String Bark tree’ in J. O. Balfour’s “ Sketch of New South 
Wales,” 37 (1845), and “ Vessels formed of Stringybark ” are referred to in Westgarth’s 
“Australia Felix,” p. 73 (1848). 


310 


Then, in noting the earliest reference to Ironbark I can put my hands on, it is 
to be noted that Gum-tree was synonymous with Hucalyptus, and that Ironbark was 
deemed (correctly) to be a form of Gum. Here we have an undoubted case of the use 
of the bark as a term in classification-—* A species of Gum-tree, the bark of which on 
the trunk is that of the Ironbark of Port Jackson.” See G. Barrington’s, “ History of 
New South Wales,” p. 263 (1802). Then Allan Cunningham in 1817 uses it in connection 
with E. siderorylon. See Part XII, p. 82 of the present work. “Ironbark” is 
mentioned in 7'rans. Linn. Soc., xv, 260 (1827). 

Although there is a reference in the very earliest days of settlement to the Port 
Jackson timbers reminding the early settlers of Box (Buxus) because of their hardness, 
I cannot trace a very early record of the definite use of the term “ Box” as so applied. 
In any case, the use of the term did not apply to the bark. Allan Cunningham, in his 
MSS. dated 1817, speaks of ** Bastard Box,” and this is repeated in Oxley, p. 126 (1820). 

Nor was the use of the term “‘ Apple” one borrowed from the bark; it referred 
to the general appearance of the tree, and, while probably first applied to Angophora 
intermedia was certa‘nly applied to certain straggly, more or less bushy Eucalypts. 
In Oxley’s work, 1820, p. 276, he speaks of “* That species of Eucalyptus vulgarly called 
the Apple-tree.” In Leichhardt’s “ Overland Expedition, etc.,” p. 264 (1847), and 
in other pages, he speaks of “ Apple Gum.” 

I do not know what is the earliest use of the term “ Bloodwood,” but I find 
the term ‘“ Blood-tree” (for the same thing, but now obsolete) in Trans. Linn. Soc., 
xv, 271 (1827), where such trees are given the aboriginal name of Mun-ning (probably 
E. corymbosa is meant), and they are stated to be the home of the Banksian Cockatoo. 
Here again the name does not refer to the bark. 

An early reference to the “ Cider Gum” (#. Gunnit) I find in Ross’s “ Hobart 
Town Almanack,” 1830, p. 119. 

Then we come to “ Blackbutted Gum,” Peter Cunningham’s “Two Years in 
Australia,” i, 187 (1827), in Sturt’s “Southern Australia,” uu, 236 (1833), and to 
* Blackbutt,’ Leichhardt’s “‘ Overland Expedition,” p. 49 (1847). It was first applied 
to trees with dark, fibrous barks, which well covered the butts, but when applied to 
interior situations (the first use is by Sturt), and in the Goldfields of Western Australia, 
it means a Gum, with more or less flaky, hard, deciduous, bark, reaching not very far 
up the butt. 

The term “ Mountain Gum” was first used, so far as I know, by C. Sturt in 
“ Southern Australia,” ii, 118 (1833). It is one of those local names, very widely 
used, which have caused a great deal of confusion. 


Then in Leichhardt’s “ Overland Expedition to Port Essington” (1847) we 
have (so far as I know) the earliest references to— 
1. “ Moreton Bay Ash” (E. tessellaris). 


2. “ Flooded Gum,” p. 7. This is E. grandis (and to a less degree H. saligna), 
and is a reference to the moist situations such trees prefer. 


311 


3. “Spotted Gum,” p. 11 (following Hooker, 1844). This is 2. maculata, and is 
in reference to the spotted or rather blotched appearance of the bark. As 
: knowledge progressed, it was found that a vernacular such as this, and indeed 
many others, became applied to more than one species. It was used by 
P. Cunningham, op. cit., 1827. In the same work, at i, 187, I find the term 
“ Woolly Gum,” but this is now out of use, being superseded by Woolly-butt. 


The earliest reference I can find to the use of the term “ Mallee” is by W. 
Westgarth in “ Australia Felix,” p. 73 (1848). It is of aboriginal origin. 


“ Weeping Gum.” “A kind of Eucalyptus (this is 2. coriacea, A. Cunn.—J.H.M.) 
with long drooping leaves, called the ‘ Weeping Gum,’ is the most elegant of the family.” 
Mrs. Meredith’s, ““ My Home in Tasmania,” i, 169 (1852). 


The name “Swamp Gum,” which I first find in Mitchell’s paper in Proc. Roy. 
Soc., Van Diemen’s Land, ti, 132 (1853), has much the same meaning as “ Flooded 
Gum.” 


The use of the name “ Lemon Scented Gum” (£. maculata, var. citriodora) will 
be found in G. Bennett’s “ Gatherings of a Naturalist,” p. 265 (1860). 


We have now arrived at modern times, and can take up the vernaculars in 
Mueller’s writings in the fifties. The indexes of the volumes of the present work 
catalogue a very large number of vernacular names. 


I offer these records of early vernacular names not as exhaustive (they are, 
indeed, almost casual); they may be useful in inviting the attention of students to trace 
the dates of entry of some plant-vernaculars into our language. 


I will now invite attention to two statements of a general character concerning 
the barks of the Eucalypts. 


As regards Mr. R. T. Baker’s statement, as cited below, that the classification 
by the cortical system was introduced by the first settlers, the observation is not 
historically correct, although it has a stratum of truth in it. I have just submitted 
eighteen vernaculars, giving the earliest dates of their use as known to me, but only 
- five of them, it appears to me, viz., Ironbark, White Gum, Blackbutt, Stringybark, 
Woolly Gum (Woolly-butt), and Spotted Gum, are based on the barks. At the same 
time the use of the bark for classification by the public is a valuable one, and as 
people become better informed, they will make a more accurate use of it. 


1. “ The Gum trees are so designated as a body from producing a gummy, 
resinous matter, while the peculiarities of the bark usually fix the particular names 
of the species—thus the Blue, Spotted, Blackbutted, and W oolly Gums are so nominated 
from the corresponding appearance of their respective barks; the Red and White Gums 
from their wood; and the Flooded Gum from growing on flooded land.” (P. Cunningham’s 
“Two Years in New South Wales,” i,-200 (1827). 


2. “ The first practical classification of our Eucalypts was cortical—one that 
was introduced by the first settlers of Port Jackson, 1788, and founded on the appearance 
of the bark, and this grouping of these trees has lasted to this day.” (R. T. Baker’s 
“ Hardwoods of Australia,” p. 137), 

D 


312 


2. EUCALYPTUS BARK CLASSIFICATIONS. 


1. Mueller, 1859.—The first serious attempt (other than that of the unpublished 
one of Caley) to group Eucalypts by their bark was not made until 1859, when Mueller 
(Journ. Linn. Soc., i, 99), as already indicated by me in Part I of the present work, 
p- 2, divided them into six groups, viz. :— 


1. Leiophloie.— Smooth barks or Gums. 

2. Hemiphloie.—Hallf-barks or Boxes. 

3. Rhytiphlovce.—With wrinkled persistent bark, the least satisfactory of the groups. 
4. Pachyphloie.—Stringybarks | 
5. Schizophlove.—tlronbarks. 


6. Lepidophloie.—Barks friable and lamellar. 


I did not quite understand what was meant by No. 6 at Part I, but at Pare 
Oxi p- 37, of the present work, I have fully explained, I think, what Mueller intended 
to convey. 


It was probably the perusal of Mueller’s paper that caused Hooker to write to 
Bentham, under date 8th August, 1859, as follows :— 


Take Eucalyptus altogether as a genus, and it is really a remarkable vegetable, considering the 
number of forms its bark assumes; that alone would make it notable. (L. Huxley’s “* Life of Hocker.’ 2%) 


Bentham, 1866.—Then Bentham (B. FI., ii, 186, 1866) writes— 


F. Mueller has proposed sections founded on the nature of the bark, of the value of which I am 
totally unable to judge, nor have I any means of availing myself of them, for the specimens themselves 
never show the character, and a large proportion of them are either unaccompanied by any notes of it, 
or the collectors’ notes are from various causes indefinite, unreliable, or even contradictory. 


Then in “ Eucalyptographia,’ Mueller elaborated his system of 1859, as we 
shall presently see, but he proposes to change his No. 4 (Pachyphlove) as follows :— 


In “ Eucalyptographia ” (under £. tetradonta) he says :— 
the systematic term Puchyph/oia, adopted collectively for all the Stringybark trees, might 
perhaps give way to the still more expressive designation Znophloie, all stringybark trees, as the name 
implies, producing a very fibrous bark. 

I am not aware that anyone has followed Mueller in this substitution of Inophlove 
for Pachyphloie. The strimgybarks form one of the most natural of the bark-groups, 
and there is no justification in replacing one established term by another which is a 
Synonym. 


Huxley’s views on the coining of new technical terms may be quoted here, and 
the moral is capable of very wide application :— 
terms which are open to criticism, but which I adopt im the accompanying table, 


fececee they have been used. It is better for science to accept a faulty name which has the merit of 
existence, than to burthen it with a faultless newly invented one. (“ Critiques and Addresses,” p. 153.) 


318 


i. Mueller, 1884.—Mueller, at the end of the “ Eucalyptographia’ (1884), 
placed the species under sections, so far as he was able. Following are his lists, and, 
with our wider knowledge, the positions assigned to many of the species in the sections 
have since been altered, as will be shown in my grouping of the barks. Mueller’s 1884 
classification is not an improvement on his 1859 one; the reverse is the case. 


1. LeropHito1a (Mueller, 1884). 


3. INOPHLOIE. 


pauciflora (coriacea). hemastoma. 
sepulcralis. ochrophlova. 
Behriana. platyphylla. 
doratoxyton. salmonophloia. 
diversicolor. latifolia. 
clavigera. corynocalyx (cladogalyz). 
maculata. Torelliana. 
cordata. urnigera. 
rostrata. tereticornis. 
Gunn. redunca. 
salubris. saligna. 
punctata. obcordata. 
megacar pa. globulus. 

2. RuyYTIPHLOIA. 
stellulata. odorata. 
polyanthema. hemiphloia. 
largiflorens (bicolor). pruimosa. 
populifolia. Howittiana. 
drepanophylla. macrotheca. 
Raveretiana. patens. 
decipiens. terminalis. 
Abergiana. trachyphloia. 
corymbosa. Watsonvana. 
eximid. rudis. 
setosa. resinifera. 
Secunda. robusta. 
botryoides. longvfolra. 
cornuta. gomphocephala. 
melliodora. 


(An attempted suppression of Pachyphloi, 
as already indicated.) 


eugeniordes. Stuartiana. 

acmenovdes. prperita. 

capitellata. obliqua. 

MIUCTOCOTYS» macrorrhyncha. 

Baileyana. marginata. 

pulverulenta (cinerea is meant, Planchoniana. 
see Part XXI, p. 3). tetrodonta. 


314 


4, PACHYPHLOIE. 
ptychocarpa. (No. 3 is the same as 4, as we have already seen.) 


5. SCHIZOPHLOLE. 


Sieberiana. Cloeziana. 
crebra. ficifolra. 
siderophlova. calophylla. 
melanophlova. 


6. LEPIDOPHLOLE. 


pheenicea. peltata. 
moniata. 


In the following cases Mueller felt uncertain as to the place in his sections 
certain species should occupy, and he therefore arranged them as intermediates :— 


7. RuyTIPHLOI@—LEIOPHLOLE. 
tessellaris. occidentalis. 
gonrocalyx. 


[We have three very dissimilar barks here. ] 


8. SCHIZOPHLOILA-—LEIOPHLOLE. 
paniculata leucoxylon. 


[The reason why Mueller suspended these two species between the Ironbarks 
and the Smooth-barks, was because he had confused— 


(a) E. paniculata (an Ironbark) with EL. fasciculosa (a Smooth-bark). The confusion 
is explained at Part XIV, p. 140. 

(b) E. leucoxylon (a Smooth-bark) with EF. sideroxylon (an Ironbark). The confusion 
is explained at Part XII, p. 82. 


In other words, 2. paniculata and E. sideroxylon should go to the Schizophloie, 
and H. fasciculosa and E. leucoxylon to the Leiophloie.} 


9. SCHIZOPHLOLE—-RHYTOPHLOI®. 
drepanophylla. 


Here we have a key to the confusion of 2. drepanophylla (Schizophloie) with 
E. leptophleba (Rhytiphloie), see Part XLIX, p. 264. 


10. INoPHLOIa&—LEIPHLOLE. 
amygdalina. 


[Whether he included #. radiata in E. amygdalina (which is probable), or not, 
only Hemiphloie (see p. 522), and Leiophleie are possibly in question. ] 


315 


11. Le1lopHLo1a—-RHYTOPHLOLE. 
viminalis. 
[Z. viminalis is normally a Smooth-bark, though never quite free from rough 


bark at the butt. In some trees this rough bark extends a considerable distance along 
the trunk. See Part XXVIII, p. 168.] 


12. RuyTipHLoL#—-INOPHLOIZ. 
pilularis. 
[In my view, this is a member of the Hemzphlorw. While there is some variation 


in the bark, as indeed in so many others, I do not know of sufficient in this ‘species to 
admit it into the other groups mentioned. ] 


13. Of the following species, Mueller did not know the nature of the bark, or 
of that of some of them; being such small species, he felt uncertain :— 


stricta. angustissima. 
Oldfieldi. santalifolia. 
Todtiana. caesia. 
buprestium. gracilis. 
uncinata. alba. 
gamophylla. brachyandra. 
incrassata. oleosa. 
cneorifolia. Foelschvana. 
vernicosa. pachypoda. 
erythronema. cosmophylla. 
alpina. Preissiana. 
pachyphylla. pyriformis. 
macrocarpa. tetraptera. 
odontocar pa. eudesmioides. 
tetragona. erythrocorys. 


[Of many of them we can speak now as to their bark, and I have transferred 
most to a practically natural group, dependent on habit—the Mallees or Marlocks. to 
be dealt with below, p. 321.] 


il. Maiden, 1891.—In the “ Educational Gazette of New South Wales” for 
June, 1891, p. 4, in an article on “ The Study of Eucalypts,”’ I wrote as follows (only 
New South Wales species were dealt with) :— 


Because of the hehe of these trees, and their uncertain periods of flowering, our readiest method 
of approximately distinguishing between them is by means of their barks. For this purpose we notic 
two things : 


316 


1. The texture, whether smooth, like a “ White-cum” (haemastoma); spotted like the “Spotted- 
gum” (maculata) ; scaly, like the “ Bloodwood” (corymbosa) ; compactly matted, or sub-fibrous, like the 
“Woolly Butt ” (longifolia); or presenting the textures of bark well known under the names of “ Tron- 
bark,” “ Stringybark,” and so on. 

2. Whether the roughish outside bark extends to the branches (¢ g., corymbosa), or is confined to 


the trunk, ¢.g., Blackbutt (pilularis). 


Of the several groups of Eucalypts, two are fairly well defined—those with 
furrowed, hard bark, called Ironbarks, and those with fibrous barks, well known as 
Stringybarks. Even these two groups are not separated absolutely from the other 
species, some of which tend to approach them in the texture of their bark; thus, the 
“Mountain Ash” of the Blue Mountains and the southern mountainous districts 
(EL. Sieberiana) (E. gigantea was added later.—J.H.M.), sometimes resembles an Ironbark 
and, in fact, often goes by that name. Also the Peppermint (Z. piperita), and the 
Blackbutt (Z. pilularis) sometimes have barks fibrous enough to fall within the category 
of Stringybarks. These instances may be largely multiplied, and I go into this detail 
to emphasise the fact that the local names of Eucalypts are somewhat elastic, and do 
not usually denote one species and no other. It is therefore desirable, as a rule, to 
guard against fitting botanical names on to the local ones, for we have five Blue Gums 
for example while some species, e.g., amygdalina (radiata) have numerous local names. 


There are, however, a few Eucalypts which have, I believe, appropriated certain 
local names to themselves, that is, the following are not ambiguous, and if the local 
names are properly applied, there is little difficulty in assigning the botanical ones 
The principal are :— 


Bloodwood (£. corymbosa), Mountain Bloodwood (#. eximia), Blackbutt 
(E. pilularis), Yellow Box (E. melliodora), Woolly Butt (. longifolia), Spotted Gum 
(£. maculata), White Mahogany (H. acmenioides), Swamp Mahogany (£. robusta), 
Bastard Mahogany (2. botryoides), Tallow Wood (£. microcorys). 


Tt will be convenient for us to study Eucalypts according to a practical, though 
not strictly scientific, classification. 


1. Gum Trees, a term frequently applied in a general sense to all Eucalypts, 
because there exudes from their trunks a reddish astringent “gum” or kino. The 
term, in a restricted sense, is applied to those with smooth barks. Following are our 
chief “Gum Trees” :— 


(a) White Gum so called on account of the colour of the bark); hemastoma, Gunnii, 
gonocalyx, pauciflora (coriacea), viminalis. 

(6) Red Gum (so called on account of the colour of the wood); Z. rostrata (mainly 
found on the Murray). ; 


317 


(c) Blue Gum (these and the following Gums so called on account of the the tint 

. of the bark); #. saligna, the principal Blue Gum of the coast districts; 
E. Maideni, south-east New South Wales, for many years deemed to be 
E. globulus (Tasmanian and Victorian Blue Gum). 

(d) Grey Gum, E. punctata (which is sometimes also known as “ Leather-jacket ’’) 
E. tereticornis (which is sometimes also known as “ Bastard Box”). 


2. Our Ironbarks are as follows :— 

She Ironbarks (HZ. paniculata), Red-flowering Ironbark (#. sideroxylon), Broad- 
leaved Ironbark (2. siderophloia), Narrow-leaved Ironbark (EZ. crebra), Silver-leaved 
Tronbark of the north west (EZ. melanophloia). 


3. Following are our Stringybarks :— 

E. obliqua, #. macrorrhyncha, E. capitellata, “‘ Coast Stringybark; also known 
as “ Broad-leaved or Silvery Stringybark,” owing to its greyish bark. H. eugeniordes 
“ Stringybark ” (has a warm brown cast). -Coast and Blue Mountains. 

4. Bor. When a Gum-tree has a closely-matted fibrous bark, with interlocked 
tough wood, it is usually termed a “ Box,” from a fancied resemblance to the Turkey 
box-wood which is used for engraving. Following are our principal New South Wales 
Box-trees :— ee 

E. hemiphloia, the commonest Box of the coast districts; E. largiflorens (bicolor), 
Grey Box; HE. mcrotheca, Bastard Box, or Coolibah of the interior; LH. polyanthemos, 
under this botanical name there is no doubt that two distinct trees, viz., Red Box or 
Slaty Gum, and lignum vite or Poplar-leaved Box, are included. (The latter is 
E. Baueriana, as afterwards ascertained); EH. populifolia Bimble Box. 


5. Mahogany. Some of our Hucalyptus timbers are called “ Mahoganies,” 
owing to a resemblance in appearance and texture to West Indian Mahogany. They 
are as follows :— 


White Mahogany (#. acmenioides), Bastard Mahogany (E. botryoides), Swamp 
Mahogany (LH. robusta), Red or Forest Mahogany (#. resinifera). 


iv. Cambage, 1913. Mr. R. H. Cambage, Journ. Roy. Soc., N.S.W., xlvu, 30, 
1913, classifies Eucalyptus barks into five groups :— 
1. Smooth. The Leiophloie of Mueller; the Gums. 
2. Sealy. He gives E. corymbosa, of the Bloodwood group, . . . asa type. 
3. Scaly to sub-fibrous. This is an intermediate group, and includes the Boxes. 
4. Fibrous. The Pachyphloiw of Mueller; the Stringybarks. 
. Furrowed. The Schizophloie of Mueller; the Ironbarks. 


Or 


I reproduce what he said, for he makes the first geographical classification of 
some of the barks. 


318 


For the purpose of discussing the distribution of various kinds of bark, only 
well marked types have been selected, between each of which there are insensible 
gradations. I have not included the hemiphloie or half-barked section, because this 
designation gives no clue whatever to the nature or texture of the bark on the lower 
portions of the boles, and this character of rough bark occurring on the trunk in varying 
extent, with smooth branches, may be found distributed in some measure throughout 
most of the sections. 


‘There are so many gradations in the textures of the Kucalyptus barks, that it is 
impossible to account for them all in detail within the limits of five sections, and in a 
few cases a particular class of bark may be almost equally distributed over two climatic 
divisions. 

“In considering the allocation of the sections in New South Wales, the following 
four geographical divisions will be referred to, viz. :—the Coastal Area, the Mountain 
Region, Western Slopes, and Interior (see Plate I, not reproduced). In the following 
table the word “ first’ signifies ““ most abundant,” and “fourth” denotes “least 
abundant ”’ in the particular division under which the number appears. 


Barks. | Coastal. Mountains. Western Slopes. Interior. 
Smooth... ee a ...| Second ... eee Hrs tienes eel) Third eee .... Fourth. 
Scaly ae. oat a ee: (SHATSb ste y| Fourth (?) ..., Second ... Al Third (¢). 
Scaly to sub-fibrous ... aoe |felehinds eee ...| Fourth ... ...| Second ... | First. 
Fibrous ae ae ce eins tia ...| Second ... eee hard ee 4 Fourth. 
Furrowed ae a so] divest bce one Mourth: ...| Second ... | Third, 


“Smooth Barks.—The smooth barks, which include such trees as Eucalyptus 
viminalis and E. coriacea, are perhaps more typical of the Mountain Region than any 
other, with the Coastal Area ranking a close second. It seems remarkable that as the 
ascent is made, especially above 4,000 feet, and the more rigid climatic conditions are 
encountered, the Eucalypts, particularly if growing in the open, instead of being more 
densely coated with thick fibrous bark, are gradually restricted to the smooth-barked 
types, such as L. coriacea and rubida in New South Wales and Victoria, and E. Gunnit, 
coccifera, and vernicosa in Tasmania. This goes to show that the actual protective 
qualities of the bark are not wholly regulated by the texture, but also depend upon the 
constituents contained in the bark. 


“Scaly Barks.—Among the scaly-barked Eucalypts, of which H. corymbosa of the 
Bloodwood group may be considered as a type, there are various gradations, and the 
section may be extended to include such trees as E. robusta. This class of bark, which 
is something between a scaly and a woolly, probably most nearly represents that of the 
earliest type of Kucalypt, and is most plentiful in the Coastal Area, next on the Western 
Slopes, and least in the Mountain Region. 


319 


“ Scaly to Sub-fibrous.—In the sub-fibrous class, or what is a sort of transition 
from scaly to shortly-fibrous, we have amongst others E. populifolia and E. hemiphlova, 
of what are known as the Box-tree group, the bark of which is usually of a grey colour. 
The fibre is very short, the bark not particularly thick and usually covers most of the 
trunk and often the branches as well. The Box timbers are very hard, and like the 
Ironbarks, this class of Eucalypt absolutely shuns the colder situations, neither group 
having a representative in Tasmania. The Box-tree section is most common in the 
Interior and next to that, on the Western Slopes, occurring also in the Coastal Area, 
but absent from the mountains above an altitude of 3,000 feet in latitudes south of 
32 degrees. 

“ Fibrous Barks—The commonest forms of fibrous-barked trees are known as 
Stringybarks, of which FL. eugenioides and LE. obliqua may be mentioned as types. Most 
of these Stringybarks occur in the Coastal Area, and next in the Mountain Region, 
while there is only one species, EL. macrorrhyncha, on the Western Slopes, and, except 
for an occasional tree of the last-mentioned species, the fibrous-barked Eucalypt is 
unknown in the Interior. This distribution is of great interest, and appears to be in 
response to climatic conditions. A second form of fibrous bark, which is less stringy 
than the typical Stringybarks, and usually of a grey colour, is known as Peppermint- 
bark, from the fact that the species on which it grows possesses leaves which emit a 
strong odour of peppermint when crushed. The Peppermint group, of which L. dives, 
Andrewsi, amygdalina (radiata), and piperita are typical, belongs chiefly to the Mountain 
Region, and occurs also in the Coastal Area, but is absent from both the Western Slopes 
and the Interior, in fact, to an observer descending the western side of the mountains, 
the presence of the Peppermints is evidence that cool conditions have not yet been left 
behind, while the occurrence of the Box-trees denotes that the country below the margin 
of the winter snow has been reached, and that fairly warm and comparatively dry 
conditions prevail. Three of the typical Peppermints, viz., H. dives, amygdalina and 
Andrewsi, rarely, if ever, descend below an altitude of 2,000 feet in latitudes north of 
35 degrees, so that it seems probable that prior to the great uplift in the Kosciusko 
period, these species, in their present state of development did not exist in New South 
Wales except perhaps in the extreme south, and this latter possibility could apparently 
only apply to the first two. 

* Furrowed Barks.—The hard furrowed-barked trees of which the Ironbarks 
E. crebra and E. sideroxylon may be regarded as types, are most numerous in the Coastal 
Area, and next to that, on the Western Slopes, being practically unknown in the 
Mountain Region above an altitude of 3,000 feet. It seems curious that the one 
condition these hard-timbered, thick-barked Eucalypts avoid more than any other, 
is the cold. One species with equally rough furrowed bark on the trunk, but with 
softer fissile timber, viz., H. Sveberiana, which belongs to the Mountain Ash group 
flourishes from the sea level up to an elevation of about 3,500 feet on the ocean side 
of the mountains, but is almost unknown west of the Main Divide. H. Smithii is another 
species with furrowed bark on the lower part of the bole, and is found east of the Main 
Divide below an altitude of 3,000 feet.” 

aD 


320 


v. Baker, 1919.—Mr. R. T. Baker in his “ Hardwoods of Australia,” p. 137 
(1919) divides Kucalypts into eleven groups, according to the barks, as follows :— 


“1. Bloodwoods.—tIn this group of trees the bark is rough, rigid, reddish in 
colour, friable, and very short in the fibre, with medium furrows. 


“2. Mahoganies.—These have a bark almost identical with that of the 
Stringybarks. 


“3. Boxes.—This is a more compact, fibrous-ridged bark than any of the previous 
groups, a light grey in colour, and the lattice pattern much smaller than in the 
Stringybarks, the furrows less deep than in any other lattice pattern group. 


“4. Tallow Woods.—This bark is yellow ochre in colour, laminated and scarcely 
rigid or furrowed. 

“5. Stringybarks.—These are characterised by the long fibres which intertwine 
and cross lattice-like, forming ridges and depressions, and are reddish-brown or grey 
in colour. ; 


“6. Woollybutts.—This bark may be described as a coarser kind than, or 
variety of, the Box bark. 

“7, Blackbutts.—These have similar characters to the Stringybarks, only black 
at the surface, as though burnt, and not extending so far up the trunk or branches. 


“8. Gums.—The largest group of all, having a smooth, pinkish, yellowish tint 
or whitish bark. 


“9. Peppermints.—These barks might be described as a fine lattice pattern, 
and rather closer in texture than that of the Stringybarks, but shorter in the fibre and 
the colour more bordering on that of the Boxes. 


“10. Ashes.—Somewhat similar in character to the Blackbutts. 
“11. Ironbarks.—A hard, rugged, compact, broadly-latticed pattern, high 
ridged bark, either black or grey on the outer surface, and always dark red inside.” 


Some of these barks are illustrated, usually in profile. 


vi. Maiden, 1921.— 

Following is a grouping of the barks so far as I have been able to do 
it, and I would point out that no approximately complete classification can be 
offered until our knowledge of some barks is very much more complete than it 1s at 
present. 


It will be found desirable, in the present state of our knowledge, to combine 
study of the bark with that of size and habit of the species. In due course I shall offer a 
large number of photographs which illustrate these three characters. Further, it 
seems natural and convenient to combine colour (and even texture) of timber with the 
above classification, based on external characters, as it is the common practice of the 
Australian botanist and forester to use the tomahawk or axe in making his examination 
in the forest. 


321 


As I base my classification on that of Mueller’s of 1859, it may be a convenience 
at the outset to eliminate the smaller species (Mallees or Marlocks), partly because they 
form a natural group, and partly because they are not classified according to their 
barks. Nor are their timbers classified in practice as it is. They may, for the most 
part, be looked upon as depauperate Gums. I will make a few preliminary remarks on 
size, and, by the elimination spoken of, we shall be in a position to more conveniently 
study the remaining species. 

Descriptions of Barks necessarily tentative.—In describing the general appearance 
of the trees and their barks, I have, as frequently as possible, stood in front of what 
I considered average trees, and have written the descriptions on the spot. But these 
descriptions have been done at different times. Further, some of the descriptions 
have been written by different hands, some of them have been written at considerable 
intervals of time, while some are short and some are long. As a result, the terms 
employed for the same object vary with the talent and the experience of the authors 
as descriptive writers. It becomes, therefore, a matter of careful research to 
standardise these descriptions, and I can do no more than hope that the beginning I 
have made may be found useful. 


Following is my proposed classification :— 
O. Mallees (or Marlocks). 


(To be elimimated from the general bark, &c., classification, as a matter of 
convenience. I list them below as True Mallees, False Mallees, and Marlocks.) 


1. Leiophloie (Smooth-barks or Gums). 
I propose the following provisional sections :— 
A. Shaft-like or columnar. 
(a) Pale timbers. 
(b) Red timbers. 


B. More or less erect in habit, but not shaft-like. 
(a) Pale timbers. 
(b) Red timbers. 
(c) Brown timbers. 
C. Scrambling in habit. 
(a) Pale timbers. 


(6) Dark-coloured timbers, red to reddish-brown. 


D. Western Australian Blackbutts. 
E. Gimlet Gums, 
F, Grey and Spotted Gums. 


322 


2. Hemiphloie (Half-barks). 
(a) Renanthere, with pale timbers. Including eastern Peppermints, also 
Blackbutts and Mountain Ash. 
(b) Boxes (timbers pale). 
(c) Timbers reddish-brown. 


(d) Western Australian species (a provisional group). 


3. Rhytiphloie (Whole-barks, in contradistinction to the Hemiphloie). 


(a) Pale timbers. 
(6) Red timbers (Mahoganies in part). 


4, Pachyphlove (Stringybarks), cluding a small group of dwarf species. 


5. Schizophloie (Ironbarks), also (a) Ironbark-Boxes, an 
intermediate group. 


6. Lepidophloie (with lamellar or uniformly flaky barks—the Bloodwoods). 


(a) Dark-barked and with red timber. 

(6) Yellow-jackets, with pale timber. 

(c) An intermediate small group (including E. calophylla), with pale timber. 

(d) Eudesmize (excluding the Marlocks). 

(e) Tessellatee (those with tesseree on the lower part of the trunk, e.g., H. tessellaris. 


(f) Angophoroideze (species, ¢.g., #. clavigera, very closely allied to Angophora). 


O. Maliees, Marlocks, and other smail species. 


The vast majority of Hucalypts will be found to be under 150 feet in height; 
while in the interior districts a tree of 100 feet is accounted a large one. Some of the 
largest trees have been referred to at Part XLVIII, p. 254. 


The smallest species are mostly. included under the Mallees (Marlocks). While 
it is obviously simple to record those which are, in the present state of our knowledge, 
largest and smallest, the puzzle is to classify the intermediate forms. This is the 
difficulty that so frequently confronts usin Hucalyptus—we have ascertained A and Z 
(or think we have), but what are we to do with B to Y. Even in Mallees and Marlocks 
we have this problem of intermediates. 


A large number of species may be described as small—Mallees and Marlocks— 
the smaller ones usually spindly and with the bark smooth, but exhibiting the usual 
exfoliation which result in the falling-off of ribbons, or of flakes of old, hard bark. The 
majority of them naturally occur in “ hard” conditions, and are assumed to be old 
or disappearing forms, struggling in a difficult environment. 


323 


We must bear in mind that we know so little about some species that we cannot 
say whether we shall later find that they attain a very much larger size. Dwarf species 
only exceptionally attain the dignity of a tree from which timber may be cut. Ina 
few cases (e.g., H. redunca) the typical form is a shrub, while a variety assumes tree-form. 


Mueller touched on the difficulty in the following passage : “‘ The characters of 
shrubby Eucalypts proving generally less constant than those of the tall timber-trees 
of this genus.” (‘ Eucalyptographia,”’ under FE. occidentalis). 


Some Mallees, when they attain their best development, grow into medium-sized 
trees, 30-40 feet being common, and a height of 50 feet not being rare, while the very 
exceptional height of 70 feet (measured) in the case of L. gracilis is worthy of special 
note, and, perhaps later, of special classification. In other words, we must bear in mind 
that the usual idea of a Mallee being a shrub may require a good deal of modification. 


When the plant consists of a number of small stems close together it goes by the 
name of “ Whipstick Mallee.” 


Some general notes on Mallee will be found in Part IV, pp. 94, 98, of the present 
work. For a valuable paper on the development of Mallees, see Fletcher and Musson 
in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xl, 199 (1918), which is abstracted in the present work, 
Fart XLIX, p. 284. 


There is a certain amount of convenience in a geographical classification of 
Mallees, thus we have :— 


a. True Mallees. 


True Mallees (as originally defined), with large bulbous root-stocks. Found in 
regions of comparatively low rainfall, and in plain country. 


Speaking generally, it may be said that Mallees are smooth-barked, thin-barked, 
and bark-bound when young, and later, the outer bark falls off more or less abundantly 
as ribbons. As development proceeds the rough bark on the lower part of the trunk 
becomes less ribbony, and more or less flaky and hard, till at length—at maturity, and 
when there is no necessity for the fall of the bark—the butt becomes rough-barked, with 
a dark-coloured, hard-flaky, sub-fibrous exterior. 


I shall show, under Gums, that the state of having a smooth bark is an ideal, 
and it will be later proved that all groups of barks have exceptions more or less important. 
Mallees do not escape this general law. For example, 1. Camfieldi and E. liqustrina, 
which might by some be classed with the Mallees, seem better placed under the 
Ssingykarks. 

One must bear in mind that the typical Mallee, with its bulbous root-stock and 
many comparatively thin stems, often arranged in a more or less circular manner, is 
a condition arrived at as the result of environment, but the same species may be single- 
stemmed and like an ordinary tree in appearance. This dimorphous character has 
given difficulty to many people, who have thought that the two forms represented 
different species. 


324 
Following is a provisional list :— 
. Bakery Maiden, 
. Behriana F.v.M, 
. calycogona Turez. 
. cneorifolia DC. 
. dumosa A. Cunn. 
. fruticetorum F.v.M. 
. Gilliv Maiden. 
. gracilis F.v.M. 
. incrassata Labill. 
. leptophylla F.v.M. (to be dealt with in a subsequent Part), 
. Morris R. T. Baker. 
. oleosa F.v.M. 
. uncinata Turez. 
. Thozetiana F.v.M. (For a note on this tree, see Section B, of Gums), 
. viridis R. T. Baker (acacioides A. Cunn.). 


Se &e & eee es eS eS eS 


HK. Baxeri Maiden. 

A large shrub, or small pendulous, willow-like tree, attaining a height of 30-50 
feet, forming a single stem, or stooling from the ground. Bark dark, box-like, or hard 
and scaly on trunk, branches smooth. Timber hard and heavy, deep red when freshly 
cut, drying browner. 

K. Benriana F.v.M. 

A tall shrub or small tree up to 20-30 feet and more, with one or two dozen 
stems of 3 to 4 inches in diameter springing from one root. The bark always smooth 
and commonly of a dark, oily-looking green. 


EK. catycocona Turez. 

Up to 25 or 30 feet, with a smooth bark. At Wedderburn (Victoria), 25-30 feet, 
usually with only one stem, and a smooth greyish bark very similar in colour to 
E. fruticetorum (F. W. Wakefield). Speaking of Pinnaroo, Mr. J. M. Black describes 
this Mallee as 16 to over 30 feet high and 20-24 inches in diameter in cases where the 
trees have been cut down. Inner bark smooth and pale grey, outer bark brown, rough 
and peeling. Near the Ninety-mile Desert it flowers as a Whipstick Mallee under 
10 feet high. 

EH. CNEORIFOLIA DC. 

A Mallee confined to Kangaroo Island, South Australia, where it is known as 
“ Narrow-leaf.”” In some places they may be a foot in diameter, but usually the trunks 
are only as thick as a man’s arm, and forming an impenetrable scrub. Where it forms 
a single stem, it may attain a height of 40 feet with a white stem with a more or less 
box-scaly roughness (see J.H.M.in Journ. Roy. Soc. S.A., Xxxil, 279). 


325 


E. pumosa A. Cunn. 


“White Mallee.” The type is a large shrub or small tree of 20-40 feet, the 
clumps having about 6-8 stems of equal size, and the whole plant more or less glaucous 
in appearance. The outer bark of a scaly nature and of a dark-brown colour, falling 
off in irregular-shaped patches, the smooth bark being of a bluish-white or even straw 
colour, but these colours vary. Because of this paleness the species is often known 
as “ White Mallee.” 

EK. rrutTicetoruM F.v.M. 

“ Blue Mallee.” A glaucous Mallee, with quadrangular branchlets, with willowy, 
light-coloured stems. 

EK. Girt Maiden. 

A glaucous Mallee, attaining a height of 20 feet, the stems and branches rather 
crooked. 

KE. eraciuis F.v.M. 

“White Mallee.” A graceful species of 10-20 feet ina type locality. Sometimes, 
as with other Mallees, it becomes a medium-sized tree, with only one stem. In its 
wide range it is often found up to 40 feet in height, and exceptionally (as Kong Mallee 
see Part XXXIX, p. 265) it may attain the exceptional height of 70 feet (measured). 
The timber is brown. The above remarks apply to South Australia, Victoria, and New 
South Wales, but in Western Australia 1t becomes a Blackbutt; see Part LI. 


E. tncrassata Labill. 


We cannot speak definitely about the bark of the typical species until the identity 
of the species is cleared up. See Part XX XVIII, p. 223. 


Variety angulosa Schauer. This is by far the most abundant form of incrassata 
in the south coastal districts of Western and South Australia. In sheltered places 
near the sea it forms large shrubs or small trees, shapely, with dense foliage forming 
an agreeable shade, and a graceful ornament to the beach. On the Kalgan Plains, 
W.A., it is the tallest of the Mallees (say 15 feet), with fleshy, large leaves. In such 
situations, which are more exposed, it has smooth, clean stems (say 3 inches) with the 
leafy branches coming less close to the ground. 


EK. Morrisir R. T. Baker. 

“Grey or Black Mallee.” The bark dirty grey and slightly roughened. As 
growth proceeds we have ribbons, more or less, and eventually blackish, half-flaky 
bark at the butt. The short butts may be up to nearly 2 feet in diameter. I have 
seen it nearly 40 feet high, though it is usually only about half that size. 


KH. oveosa F.v.M. 

“Red Mallee.” The type was described (from South Australia) as a shrub of 
the height of a man, but it may attain the usual size of Mallees, e.g., 30 or 40 feet or 
more. It has roughish bark at the butt, but the upper portion and the branches are 
smooth. 


325 


H. unciINnaTA Turcz. 
A slender Mallee, usually not exceeding 10 feet in height, confined to coastal 
south-western Ausvralia. 


Ki. virtpis R. T. Baker (acacioides A. Cunn.). 
A tall, spindly shrub or slender small tree, attaining a height of 20-30 feet. Bark 
smooth, a little hard, scaly bark at butt. 


b. False Mallees. 


False Mallees, or Mallee-like shrubs, with bulbous root-stocks reduced in size 
or absent. Found in regions of comparatively high rainfall, in rocky coastal districts 
and tablelands (of New South Wales) sometimes ascending to a considerable elevation. 


There is no strict Ime of demarcation between these and the generally 
recognised Mallees. 


EH. apiculata Baker and Smith. 
. approximans Maiden. 
. Baeuerlenia F.v.M. 
. coccifera Hook., f. 
. diversifolia Bonpl. 
. Moorei Maiden and Cambage. 
EL. Kybeanensis Maiden and Cambage. 
Ei. neglecta Maiden. 
E. nitida Hook., f. 
E. obtusiflora DC. 
EL. parvifolia Cambage. 
EL. pulverulenta Sims. 
. pumila Cambage. 
. stricta Sieb. 


E 
E 
EL. urmgera Hook., f. 
E 
E 


Seeee 


. vernicosa Hook., f. 
. virgata Sieb. 
HK. apicutata Baker and Smith. 
A shrub of 6-8 feet, forming a scrubby growth. 


EH. APPROXIMANS Maiden. 
A Mallee-like plant of 4-10 feet high. 


EK. BAEUERLENI F.v.M. 
Few or many stemmed; attaining a height of 40 feet, up to 15 inches in diameter; 
bark smooth, hide-bound, brownish. Timber pale-coloured, hard. 


E. coccrrera Hook., f. 
Quite a small tree (under 20 feet in height) with a smooth, white bark, but much 
smaller on the exposed tops of mountains, 


327 


E. DIVERSIFOLIA Bonpl. 


A Mallee-like shrub or small tree, up to 20 feet high. Has a smooth bark with 
ribbons. 
EK. Kypeanensis Maiden and Cambage. 
A Mallee of 6-10 feet, with smooth, greenish stems 14 inches in diameter. 


EK. Mooret Maiden and Cambage. 

An erect, rather slender, shrub of up to 10 or 13 feet in height, with a stem- 
diameter of 2 to 4 inches. It forms dense masses of small area, reminding one somewhat 
of a Whipstick Mallee, but lacking the root-stockiness of a Mallee. About 1 mile west 
of Hartley Vale Railway Station, Mr. W. F. Blakely (in June) found it from 6-20 feet, 
when highest forming nice straight poles, with a diameter of 5-6 inches. Bark at 
base dark and rough, changing to smooth, and dark green to glaucous in colour. 


HK. NEGLECTA Maiden. 
A tree of small size, sometimes described as scraggy when old, not exceeding 
20 feet in height. Smooth and ribbony. Grows in clumps forming a dense thicket, 
the stems appearing “to be independent saplings and not suckers from a common 
crown.” 
HK. nitipA Hook., f. 
Shrubs or small stunted trees, with a little scaly or ribbony bark at butt. “ At 
Currie’s River, Tasmania, it formed low bushes, about 5 feet high, but occasionally 
a few feet higher. It grew in the poor sandy land near the sea.” (Gunn.) 


At the same time, the type is described (see Part XX XVIII, p. 235) as “ a fairly 
tall tree with hanging branchlets.” So far as I understand this species, it is a tall 
shrub or small tree, but it requires further investigation. 


Ki. OBTUSIFLORA DC. 

An erect shrub or small tree, smooth or with a little ribbony bark. It fozms 
bushes, with branches smooth and glaucous, the young bark greenish or bluish, peeling 
off in ribbons. 

HK. PARVIFOLIA Cambage. 

A small, umbrageous tree, reaching 20-30 feet, rarely 40 feet, with a stem- 
diameter of up to 18 inches. Bark smooth, dull grey. This species affords one of the 
difficulties of grouping by Habit. 


HK. PULVERULENTA Sims. 

A scraggy, spindly, tall shrub or small tree, 15 feet high, and up to 3 inches in 
diameter. Has a long, weak trunk, of pretty uniform diameter, say 2 inches on the 
average; quite prostrate or quite erect, and also spreading and rambling. It is 
smooth-barked, with short ribbons (Mount Blaxland is the type). At Apsley, near 
Bathurst, the size is greater, from 10-30 feet, with a diameter of 3 inches. Wood 
pale-coloured and tough. 

EK. PuMILA Cambage. 

A tall shrub of many separate stems, reaching 15-20 feet, with a stem diameter 
of 2-3 inches. 

FE 


323 


E. stricta Sieb. 

The Scrubby Gum of the Blue Mountains and other places, a dwarf Gum, forming 
an almost impenetrable scrub of 6-15 feet, the thin, smooth, bark falling off in strips, 
I have, however, seen it larger—up to nearly 30 feet—where there is good soil and 
moisture, e.g., in the taluses of mountains. 


E. uRNIGERA Hook., f. 
A small tree of 15-20 feet, with spreading branches and a smooth bark, usually 
blotched with red or brown. 
K. vernicosa Hook., f. 
“ An erect shrub 4-6, rarely 12-20. Bark smooth.’ (Rodway). 


EK. virGata Sieb. 
A straggling, tall, shrub or small tree, rarely exceeding a height of 15 to 20 feet 
or a stem-diameter of 3 inches. More or less glaucous, the stems smooth. 


(c) Mariocks. 
Marlock is the Western Australian equivalent of Mallee, and, like it, is a term 
somewhat loosely used. It includes all Gum-scrub, 7.e., dwarf species or individuals, 
on a sand-plain. Maalock is an old spelling, and means a thicket more or less dense. 
It may include the true Mallee of the more eastern States, z.e., a dwarf Eucalypt with 
a thickened stocky stem more or less embedded in the light sandy soil. There are various 
qualifying adjectives, such as Black, White. A few species have their own special 
names, ¢.g., Moort (for 2. platypus) in addition to the general one of Marlock, which is 
mostly in use inthe southern part of the State. 
. angustissima F.v.M. 
. annulata Benth. 
. buprestium F.v.M. 
. cesia Benth. 
. cornuta Labill (a note). 
. decurva F.v.M. 


. lepiopoda Benth. 

. macrandra F.v.M. 

. macrocarpa Hook. 

. micranthera F.v.M. 

. occidentalis Endl. (a note). 
. odontocarpa F.v.M. 

. Oldfieldia F.v.M. 

. orbifolia F.v.M. 

. pachyloma Benth. 

. pachyphylla F.v.M. 
Pimpiniana Maiden. 
. platypus Hook. 
Preissiana Schau. 

. pyriformis Turcz. 

. Sheathiana Maiden. 
. spathulata Hook. 

. Stowardi Maiden. 


E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

E 

E. diptera Andrews. 
E. doratoxylon F.v.M. 
E. Ebbanoensis Maiden. 
E. eremophila Maiden. 
E. erythronema Turcz. 
BE. erythrocorys F.v.M. 
HY. eudesmioides V.v.M. 
E. Ewartiana Maiden. 
E. falcata Turez. 

E. Forrestiana Diels. 
E. goniantha Turcz. 

E 
E 
E 
E. 


bh Shhh eee ee 


. grossa F.v.M. E. tetragona F.v.M. 
. Jutsont Maiden. E. tetraptera Turcz. 
. Kruseana F.v.M. Ei. Websteriana Maiden. 


Lehmanni Preiss. 


329 


H. ancustissima F.v.M. 
A bushy shrub of 5 feet; a very imperfectly-known species. 


HE. ANNULATA Benth. 


A tall shrub with a smooth bark. Others have described it from 7-12 feet, 
while Diels and Pritzel have seen it from 6 to 32 feet, with an ash-coloured smooth 
bark. It is evidently one of those species which, like the eastern Mallees, may develop 
into a fairly large size. 

EK. BuPpRESTIUM F.y.M. 


A tall shrub, sometimes up to 15 or 20 feet, with a Mallee habit; smooth stems. 


K. cas1a Benth. 
A Mallee, about 12 feet high, bark smooth, tough, stripping in long lengths. 


E. cornuta Labill. 
The Yate. Sometimes forms Marlock thickets. 


KH. DecuRVA F.v.M. 
A tall, spindly, Mallee-like shrub of 10-15 feet, but may attain a larger size. 
The upper parts of the branches glaucous, the branchlets red. 
EH. DIPTERA Andrews. 
A slender tree of 10-20 feet. 


E. DORATOXYLON F.v.M. 
Usually a shrub or small tree, but Mueller quotes an authority that its trunk 
may appear 3 feet in diameter. I have not been able to obtain confirmation of this, 
E. Eppanoensis Maiden. 


It attains a height of 30 feet, with a diameter of 9 inches; bark smooth. 


E. EREMOPHILA Maiden. 


A shrub or medium-sized tree, with smooth, scaly bark. 


EK. erRytHrocorys F.v.M. 


Stems white, smooth, a small shrub, or attaining a height of 30 feet. 


EK. EUDESMOIDES F.v.M. 

“Shrub 4-12 feet with a smooth bark; called also a White Gum, a smooth- 
barked, straggling tree of 20 feet. As arule seen asa bush. Branchlets brown.” 

Stated to reach “a height of 50-80 feet in Central Australia, the trunk silver- 
grey in colour and very shiny, except the butt, where it is covered with a paper-like 
bark which peels off in long, yellow-brown scales.” (Prof. Baldwin Spencer.) See 
Part XLVI, p. 167. 

It is a species that deserves further enquiry, as it is apparently one of the 
dimorphic species—a small Mallee or a big tree, according to environment. 


330 


HK. ERYTHRONEMA Turcz. 
A tall shrub or small tree up to 20-30 feet, a crooked trunk of 10 feet, diameter 
1 foot, with very light grey, smooth bark. : 
Mr. H. A. le Souef, of South Perth, says :—‘ I asked my collector about its habit. 
He says that where it is swept by fire it is a Mallee, having a large woody stock root, 
and several thin stems from it, but where fire never reaches it it grows into the ordinary 
tree from 12 to 15 feet in height. 


K, Ewartrana Maiden. 
Many stemmed, 10-15 or 20 feet high. The stems 3 inches in diameter. The 
bark is peculiar, falling off in narrow, longitudinal pieces, giving it a striped appearance, 
rare in Eucalyptus. 


HK. Faucata Turez. 
A Mallee of 10-15 feet, with very slender stems. Of somewhat drooping habit. 


EK. Forrestiana Diels. 
A shrub of 5-10 feet, never divaricate. 


E. GontantHa Turcz. 
Unknown, but probably a shrub or small tree. 


HK. crossa F.v.M. 
A shrub of 3-9 feet, with broadly spreading branches. 


EK. Jutsont Maiden. 
A small, thin-stemmed, branching-from-the-root Gum, about 6-8 feet high 


on the average. 
Ki. Kruseana F.v.M. 


A straggling shrub, about 8 feet high. 


K. LeHMANNI Preiss. 
A shrub, forming a Marlock growth, or a small tree up to 30 feet high, and up to 


12 inches in diameter. 
Ei. LEPTopopA Benth. 


A thin, wiry, rather erect tall shrub or small spindly tree, with several stems 


together. 
E. MACRANDRA F.v.M. 


A shrub or small tree with a smooth bark. 


EK. macrocarpa Hook. 
A stout shrub of €-10 feet, usually more or less mealy-white. 
Up to 14 feet (W. D. Campbell). It forms copses, hard to get through, usually 
very crooked in its growth. Stems thin, long. The bark smooth and varies from 


pale to dark grey. 
EK. MICRANTHERA F.v.M. 


A shrub of 6 to 10 feet with a smooth bark. 


dol 


E. oOccIDENTALIS Endl. 
The Yate. Often forms Marlock thickets. 


E. opontrocarpa F.yv.M. 
Shrub of 8-10 feet. A Mallee. 


EK. Oxprietpi F.v.M. 
A stiff shrub of 8 or 10 feet, with many thin stems close together, forming an 
impenetrable scrub, but not a true Mallee. 


E. ornsirouia F.v.M. 
A shrub of 5 feet. 
E. pacuyztoma Benth. 


A spindly, sand-plain Gum, not known to attain tree size. 


H. PACHYPHYLLA F.v.M. 
A tall shrub otherwise described as “ bush 8-12 feet high ”’ and “dense bushes, 


10-15 feet high.” 
HE. Pimprntana Maiden. 


A shrub of 3-5 feet, but very little is known about it. 


K. pLatypus Hook. 
A tree attaining 30 feet, with a smooth bark. Forms gregarious small trees 
erect in habit, with smooth bark, a little ribbony at butt. It is specifically referred 
to as Marlock by Mueller and Morrison, but it varies in size. 


H. PreisstANna Schau. 
It forms spindly shrubs up to 10 feet; so far as I saw, most of them smaller. 
Mueller says it attains a height of 15 feet. 


K. pyrirormis Turcz. 
A slender shrub, with long weak stems. 


EK. SueatTHiaAna Maiden. 
A slender young tree, probably a Marlock. 


EK. spATHULATA Hook. 
A shrub of 6-8 feet or rather more. In the form known as Swamp Mallet, and 
which is believed to be specifically identical, it is a tree from 20-30 feet. 


E. Srowarpi Maiden. 
“A shrubby Mallee.”’ 
E. terracona F.v.M. 


“A low scrubby shrub, densely covered with a white meal, to a small tree of 20-25 


feet.’ A ‘“‘ White Marlock.”’ 
E. TETRAPTERA Turcz. 


A shrub or small tree (rarely above 10 feet), the branches nearly terete or very 
prominently four-angled, almost winged. 


E. WEBSTERIANA Maiden. 
A shrub of 6 or 10 feet. 


la. 


la. 


2a. 


la. 


2a. 


3a, 


332 


Explanation of Plates (204-207). 


PLATE 204, 
Eucalyptus Houscana (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. 


Juvenile leaves; 1b, mature leaf; 1c, umbel of buds; 1d, front and back view of anther; le, twig 
shows mature leaves and buds; 1f, compound spike of buds, the leaves being apparently 
deciduous. Isdell River, near Mount Barnett Homestead, Kimberley, North-West Australia. 
(W. V. Fitzgerald, No. 1,014.) The type. 


Juvenile leaves. On flats, Pine Creek to Wandi, Northern Territory. (Dr. H. I. Jensen.) 
Juvenile leaves, Burrundie, Northern Territory. (G. F. Hill, No. 360.) 


Fruits, Pine Creek, Northern Territory. (G. F. Hill, No. 345). Identical with those of 380, Mt. 
Diamond to Wandi Flats. (G. F. Hill.) 


PLATE 205. 


Eucalyptus Jutsoni Maiden. 


Flowering twig; 1b, buds; 1c, different views of anthers. Comet Vale, north of Kalgoorlie, 
Western Australia. (J. T. Jutson, No. 216.) The type. 


Eucalyptus adjuncta Maiden. 


“Twig, bearing mature leaf, buds, and flowers; 20, different views of anther; 2c, fruit-bearing twig. 


Wyee, N.S.W. (Andrew Murphy.) The type. 


PLATE 206. 


Eucalyptus pilularis Sm., var. pyriformis Maiden. 


Juvenile leaf; 1b, Intermediate leaf; 1c, mature leaf; 1d, operculum covering umbel; le, buds; 
lf, two views of anther; 1g, two views of fruits, usually pyriform when not fully ripe; 1h, an old 
fruit, hemispherical and with a thick rim. Bucca Creek; near Cofi’s Harbour, N.S.W. (J. L. 
Boorman.) The type. 


Eucalyptus pumila R. H. Cambage. 


Juvenile leaf in almost the earliest stage; 2b, intermediate leaves; 2c, mature leaf; 2d, buds; 2e, front 
and back views of anther; 2f, an umbel of scarcely ripe fruits; 2g, umbel of ripe fruits. 
Pokolbin, N.S.W. (R. H. Cambage, No. 1,506.) The type. 


PLATE 207. 
Eucalyptus rariflora Bailey. 


Juvenile leaf, reproduced from Mr. Bailey’s drawing; 2a, juvenile leaf; 2b, 2c, intermediate leaves; 
2d, mature leaf; 2e, buds; 2f, front and back views of anther; 29, fruits. Eidsvold, 
Queensland. (Dr. T. L. Bancroft.) Dr. Bancroft supplied the specimens from the same 


locality to Mr. Bailey for the type. 


Eucalyptus Mundijongensis Maiden. 


3b. Mature leaves; 3c, buds; 3d, front and back views of anther; 3e, fruits. Mundijong, 29 miles 


south of Perth, Western Australia, on the Bunbury Line. (Dr. J. B. Cleland.) The type. 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


ai? 


fia" i sone 
Gasser eed al 


i 


ed 
bt 


Zé 


ao 


ry 


" a, 


“y 


™.Flockfon.del. er lifh- 


EUCALYPTUS HOUSEANA (W. V. FitzGERALD) MAIDEN. 


PL. 205. 


RIT, REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


NY ih BNM AP be SRS YIAY CAHSEE EMME 


Seniesa orden rysrrvercsnen 


\ 


yee 
Se ee 


AW ccna” 


M.FlockKfon.del. er lith. 


(1). 
(2). 


EUCALYPTUS JUTSONI MaIpENn 
EUCALYPTUS ADJUNCTA MatpEen 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. u RiEZ06 


own GOON ran 


M.FlockKFon.del. eF lhith- 


EUCALYPTUS PILULARIS 5Sm., var. PYRIFORMIS MAIDEN (1). 
[See also Plate 1, Part 1.] 


EUCALYPTUS PUMILA CamBaGE (2). 


Pi, 207. 


CRIT. REV. EUCALYPTUS. 


M.Flockton. del. @F ith. 


EUCALYPTUS RARIFLORA Bamey (1, 2). 
EUCALYPTUS MUNDIJONGENSIS Marpen (8). 


The following species of Eucalyptus are illustrated in my “ Forest Flora of New 
South Wales’’* with larger twigs than is possible in the present work; photographs 
of the trees are also introduced wherever possible. Details in regard to their economic 
value, &c., are given at length in that work, which is a popular one. The number of 
the Part of the Forest Flora is given in brackets :— 


acacicides A. Cunn. (xlviii). melliodora A. Cunn. (ix). 
acmentoides Schauer (Xxxil). microcorys V.v.M. (xxxviil). 
affinis Deane and Maiden (lvi). maicrotheca F.v.M. (Iii). 
amygdalina Labill. (xvi). Muelleriana Howitt (xxx). 
Andrewsi Maiden (xxi). numerosa Maiden (xvii). 
Baileyana F.v.M. (xxxv). obliqua Li Herit. (xxii). 
Baueriana Schauer (vii). ochrophicia F.v.M. (1). 
Bauveriana Schauer var. conica Maiden (lviil). odorata Behr and Schlectendal (x11). 
Behriana F.v.M. (xlvi). oleosa V.v.M. (Ix). 

bicolor A. Cunn. (xliv). paniculata Sm. (vii). 

Boormani Deane and Maiden (xlv). pilularis Sm. (XXx1). 

Bosistoana F.v.M. (xliii). piperita Sm. (XXxili). 

Caleyi Maiden (lv). Planchoniana ¥.v.M. (xxiv). 
capitellata Sm. (xxvii). polyanthemos Schauer (lix). 
conica Deane and Maiden (Iviil). populifolia Hook. (xlvii). 
Considentana Maiden (xxxvi). propingua Deane and Maiden (Ixi). 
corvacea A. Cunn. (xv). punctata DC. (x). 

corymbosa Sm. (xii). ridiata S:eb., a3 amygd tlina (xvi). 
erebra F.v.M. (li). regnans F.v.M. (xvii). 
Dalrympleana Maiden (Ixiv). resinifera Sm. (11). 

dives Schauer (xix). rostrata Schlecht. (1xii). 

dumosa A, Cunn. (Ixv). rubida Deane and Maiden (xliii). 
eugentoides Sieber. (xxix). saligna Sm. (iv). 

Jruticetorum F.v.M. (xii). siderophloia Benth. (xxix). 
gigantea Hook. f. (li). sideroxylon A, Cunn. (xii). 
globulus L? Her. (Ixvii). Steberiana F.v.M. (xxxiv). 
goniocalyx V.v.M. (vi). stellulata Sieb. (xiv). 

hemastoma Sm. (XxXxvii). tereticornis Sm. (xi). 

hemiphoia F.v.M. (vi). fessellavis F.v.M. (Ixvi). 
longifolia Link and Otto (il). Thozetiana F.v.M. (xlix). 
Inuehmanniana F.y.M. (xxvi). viminalis Labill. (Lxiv). 
macrorrhyncha F.v.M. (xxvii). virgata Sieb. (xxv). 

maculata Hook. (vii). virea R. T. Baker (xxi). 


melanophloia F.v.M. (liv). 


* Government Printer, Sydney. 4to. Each part contains 4 plates and other illustrations. 


Note By GOVERNMENT PRINTER. 


War conditions have so largely affected publications that it is no longer possible to continue the issue of ‘‘ The 
Forest Flora of New South Wales” at the old rates, and from this date onward, 7.e., from and including Part 7, 
Vol. VII, the price of the individual Parts will be raised to 2s. 6d. each. 


For those Parts already published the old sale price will be adhered to, and subscriptions already received will not 
be disturbed, but the new subscription rate of 2s. 6d. per part, or 25s. for 12 parts, will come into effect as from the 
Ist July, 1921. ; 


Sydney: William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer—192%. 


113. 
114. 
115. 
116. 


117. 
118. 
119. 
120. 
121. 
122. 
123. 
124. 


125. 
126. 
127. 


128. 
129. 
130. 
131. 
132. 


133. 
134. 
135. 
136. 


138. 
139. 
140. 


141. 
142. 
143. 
144. 


145. 
146. 
147. 
148. 


by by by 


See eee 


See & 


See 


See 


INDEX OF 


PART XXI. 


. cinerea F.v.M. 

. pulverulenta Sims. 

. cosmophylla F.v.M. 

. gomphocephala A. P. DC. 


Plates, 89-92. (Issued March, 1914.) 


PART XXII. 


. erythronema Turez. 

. acacieformis Deane & Maiden. 
. pallidifolia F.v.M. 

. cesia Benth. 

. tetraptera Turcz. 

. Forrestiana Diels. 

. miniata A. Cunn. 

. phenicia F.v.M. 


Plates 93-96. (Issued April, 1915.) 


PART XXIII. 


. robusta Smith. 
. botryoides Smith. 
. saligna Smith. 


Plates, 97-100. (Issued July, 1915.) 


PART XXIV. 


. Deanei Maiden. 

. Dunnii Maiden. 

. Stuartiana F.v.M. 

. Banksii Maiden. 

. quadrangulata Deane and Maiden. 


Plates, 100 bis-103. 


(Issued November, 
1915.) 


PART XXV. 


. Macarthuri Deane and Maiden. 
. aggregata Deane and Maiden. 

. parvifolia Cambage. 

. alba Reinwardt. 


Plates, 


104-107. (Issued February, 
16.) 


PART XXVI. 


. Perrimana F.v.M. 
. Gumnii Hook f. 
. rubida Deane and Maiden, 


Plates, 108-111. (Issued April, 1916.) 


PART XXVII. 


. maculosa R. T. Baker. 
. precor Maiden. 

. ovata Labill. 

. neglecta Maiden. 


Plates, 112-115. (Issued July, 1916.) 


PART XXVIII. 


. vernicosa Hook f. 

. Muelleri T. B. Moore. 

. Kitsoniana (J. G. Luehmann) Maiden. 
. iminalis Labillardiére. 


Plates, 
1916.) 


116-119. (Issued December, 


149. 
150. 
151. 
152. 
153. 
154, 


155. 
156. 
157. 


158. 
159. 
160. 


161. 
162. 
163. 
164. 
165. 
166. 
167. 


168. 
169. 
170. 
171. 


172. 
173. 
174. 
175. 


176. 
177. 
178. 
11742); 
180. 
181. 


Seeeee 


weeee eae 


Sees 


Seeeee8 


PARTS PUBLISHED—continued. 


PART XXIX. 


. Baeuerleni F.v.M. 

. scoparia Maiden. 

. Benthami Maiden and Cambage. 
. propinqua Deane and Maiden. 

. punctata DC. 

. Kirtoniana F.v.M. 


Plates, 
1917.) 


120-128. (Issued February, 


PART XXX. 


resinifera Sm. 
. pellita F.v.M. 
. brachyandra F.v.M. 


Plates, 124-127. (Issued April, 1917.) 


PART XXXI. 


. tereticornis Smith. 
. Bancrofti Maiden. 
. amplifolia Naudin. 


Plates, 128-131. (Issued July, 1917.) 


PART XXXII. 


. Seeana Maiden. 

. exserta F.v.M. 

. Parramattensis C. Hall. 
. Blakelyi Maiden. 

. dealbata A. Cunn. 

. Morrisii R. T: Baker. 

. Howittiana F.v.M. 


Plates, 1832-135. (Issued September, 
1917.) 


PART XXXIII. 


. rostrata Schlechtendal. 
. rudis Endlicher. 

. Dundasi Maiden. 

. pachyloma Benth 


Plates, 136-139. (Issued December, 
1917.) 


PART XXXIV. 


. redunca Schauer. 
EL, 
. cornuta Labill. 

. Websteriana Maiden. 


accedens W. V. Fitzgerald. 


Plates, 140-143. (Issued April, 1918.) 


PART XXXV. 


. Lehmanni Preiss. 

. annulata Benth. 

. platypus Hooker. 

. spathulata Hooker. 

. gamophylla F.v.M. 

. argillacea W. V. Fitzgerald. 


Plates, 144-147. (Issued August, 1918.) 


190. 
191. 


tf & 


See 


Bees esses 


. £, 
. corymbosa Smith. 

. intermedia R. T. Baker. 

. patellaris F.v.M. 

. celastroides Turczaninow. 

. gracilis F.v.M. 

. transcontinentalis Maiden. 

. longicornis F.vy.M. 

. oleosa F.v.M. 

. Flocktonie Maiden. 

. virgata Sieber. 

. oreades R. T. Baker. 

. obtusifiora DC. 

. fraxinoides Deane and Maiden. 


Se ee & 


PART XXXVI. 


. occidentalis Endlicher. 
. macrandra F.v.M. 
ae 
. cladocalyz F.v.M. 

. Cooperiana F.v.M. 

. intertexta R. T. Baker. 

. confluens (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. 


salubris F.v.M. 


Plates, 148-151. (Issued January, 1919.) 


PART XXXVII. 


. clavigera A. Cunn. 
. aspera F.v.M. 

. grandifolia R.Br. 

. papuana F.v.M. 


Plates, 152-155. (Issued March, 1919.) 


PART XXXVIII. 


. tessellaris F.v.M. 

. Spenceriana Maiden. 

. Cliftoniana W. V. Fitzgerald. 
. setosa Schauer. 

. ferruginea Schauer. 

. Moorei Maiden and Cambage. 
. dumosa A. Cunn. 

. torquata Luehmann. 

. amygdalina Labill. 

. radiata Sieber. 

. numerosa Maiden. 

. nitida Hook. f. 


Plates 156-159. (Issued July, 1919.) 


PART XXXIX. 
Torelliana F.v.M. 


Plates, 
1920.) 


160-163. (issued February 


PART EXE: 


. terminalis F.v.M. 

. dichromophloia F.v.M. 
. pyrophora Benth. 

. levopinea R. T. Baker. 
. Ligustrina DC. 


E. stricta Sieber. 


292. EH. grandis (Hill) Maiden. 


Plates, 164-167. (Issued March, 1920.) 


223. L 
224. H 
225. E 
226. EL 
114. #. 
92. E 
297. E 
228. E 
229. E 
230, H 
231. H 
232. E 
233. H 
234. # 
62. H 
64. H 
235. E 
70. H 
236. E 
237. H 
238. E 
239. FE 
240. # 
241. EB 
242. H 
243. H 
244. HB 
245. H 
246. E 
247. E 
248. # 
249. H 
250. H 
251. 
252. EF 


INDEX 


PART XLI. 
. latifolia F.v.M. 
. Foelscheana ¥.v.M. 
. Abergiana F.v.M. 
. pachyphylla F.v.M. 


pyriformis Turezaninow, var. Kings- 


milli Maiden. 


. Oldfieldti F.v.M. 
. Drummondii Bentham. 
Plates, 168-171. (Issued June, 1920.) 


PART XLII. 
. eximia Schauer. 
. peltata Bentham. 
. Watsoniana F.v.M. 
. trachyphloia F.v.M. 
. hybrida Maiden. 
. Kruseana ¥.v.M. 
. Dawson R. T. Baker. 


. polyanthemos Schauer. 


. Baueriana Schauer. 
. conica Deane and Maiden. 
. concolor Schauer. 
Plates, 172-175. (Issued August, 1920.) 


PART XLIII. 
. ficifolia F.v.M. 
. calophylla R.Br. 
. hematoxylon Maiden. 


. maculata Hook. 


. Mooreana (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden. 


. approximans Maiden. 
. Stowardi Maiden. 


Plates 176-179. (Issued November, 
1920.) 


PART XLIV. 
. perfoliata R, Brown. 
. ptychocarpa F.v.M. 
. similis Maiden. 
- lirata (W. V. Fitzgerald) Maiden n.sp. 
. Baileyana F.v.M. 
. Lane-Poolei Maiden. 
. Ewartiana Maiden. 
. Bakeri Maiden. 
. Jacksoni Maiden. 
. eremophila Maiden. 


Plates, 180-183. 


(Issued February, 
1921.) 


OF PARTS PUBLISHED-—continued. 


42. 
270. 
271. 
112. 
272. 
273. 


PART XLV. 


. erythrocorys F.v.M. 

. tetvodonta F.v.M. 

. odontocarpa F.v.M. 

. capitellata Smith. 

. Camfieldi Maiden. 

. Blazlandi Maiden and Cambage. 


Seeee eh 


Plates, 184-187. (Issued April, 1921.) 


PART XLVI. 


. Li. tetragona F.v.M. 

. EL. eudesmioides F.v.M. 

. LH. Ebbanoensis Maiden n.sp. 

. HE. Andrewsi Maiden. 

. EH. angophoroides R. T. Baker. 

. E. Kybeanensis Maiden & Cambage. 
. (dup. of 252) #. eremophila Maiden. 
. £. decipiens Endl. 


Plates, 188-191. (Issued May, 1921.) 


PART XLVII. 


5. H.. Laseront R. T. Baker. 

. BE. de Beuzevillei Maiden. 

. E. Mitchelli Cambage. 

. E. Brownti Maiden and Cambage. 
. EL. Caumbageana Maiden. 

. E. miniata A. Cunn. 


E£. Woollsiana R. T. Baker. 


. E. odorata Behr and Schlecht. 
. E. hemiphloia F.v.M., 


var. 
Maiden. 


E. bicolor A. Cunn. 

E. Pilligaensis Maiden. 

E. Penrithensis Maiden. 
E. micranthera F.v.M. 

E. notabilis Maiden. 

£. canaliculata Maiden. 


Plates, 192-195. (Issued July, 1921.) 


. Normantonensis Maiden and Cambage. 


microcarpa 


PART XLVIII. 


. paniculata Sm, 

. decorticans sp. nov. 

. Cullent R. H. Cambage. 

. Beyert R. T. Baker. 

. globulus Labill. 

. nova-anglica Deane and Maiden. 
Plates 196-199. (Issued August, 1921.) 


THE GROWING TREE. 


Rate of growth. 
Natural afforestation. 
Increment curves. 


The 


278. 

38. 
279. 
217. 


largest Australian trees. 


PART XLIX. 
E. drepanophylla F.v.M. 
E. leptophleba F.v.M. 
E. Dalrympleana Maiden. 
E, Hillii Maiden. 
H. dichromophloia F.v.M. 
Plates, 200-203. (Issued September, 1921.) 


THE GROWING TREE—continucd. 


Nanism. 


The 


flowering of Eucalypts while in the juvenile- 
leaf stage. 


Dominance or aggressiveness of certain species. 


Natural grafts. 
Fasciation. 


Artificial grafts. 
Tumours and galls. 


Protuberances of the stem. 
Abortive branches (prickly stems). 
Pendulous branches. 

Vertical growth of trees. 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES 


i TL 


3 9088 004380 
nhbot qQK495.M9M217 
v.5 Accritical revision of the genus 


Meriva 
ei 
ey 


hea st 
ny fit 


ee sans 

eseee nea estsra iG sit an Welt 

stiasaevalel if ie i tte 

‘agro Heh iti pa it ty Lipa eign i ‘ Wie 
htc ‘f 


Fare ber \ 
each 


iy 


es (0h 
fis 


ree + A v 
pinnitr t Aas t y f a i i 
nae bn Ny tb Ant ahi tity 

f 


staat ‘i 
cit Me 
peg " fa 
Sarita statis shi ee Perhanats ce 
ae arta a Pedy 
a re Ss 
cit et whee au igi ey i 
a4 eid rive rat i 
abcd ylecedyireies i 
nt . i 


etant ee 

Demat ii 
Sra 
efile 


a tir 
sth 


iy 
uh 


Gren 
PCR 
ay 


i 
¢ f Wy 
SRS a 


as 
Bh 


+ R 


ase 


ARSENAL 
= 
et